A.M. was supported by IKERBASQUE, by the project PID2024-157724NB-I00, funded by MICIU/AEI/10.13039/501100011033/FEDER, EU, and by the Europa Excelencia grant EUR2025-165042, funded by the Ministerio de Ciencia, Innovación y Universidades and Agencia Estatal de Investigación, and by IT1875-26 (Basque Government). M.M. was supported by IKERBASQUE and partially supported by the project PID2024-157724NB-I00, funded by MICIU/AEI/10.13039/501100011033/FEDER, EU, and by IT-1615-22 and IT1875-26 (Basque Government). C.P. was supported by the Ramón y Cajal fellowship grant RYC2023-045598-I (MICIU, Spain), and partially supported by the grants PID2023-150984NB-I00 and PID2024-155320NB-I00 funded by MICIU/AEI/10.13039/501100011033/FEDER, EU.
Introduction
A central line of research in harmonic analysis aims to determine sufficient conditions for the boundedness of singular integral operators (SIOs) in terms of their action on suitable testing functions, and has given rise to so-called T 1 T1 T 1 - and T b Tb T b -type theorems. In this paper, we work in the framework of local T b Tb T b theorems, in which the L 2 L^2 L 2 -boundedness of a SIO is deduced from testing conditions on functions b B b_B b B , and b B ∗ b_B^* b B ∗ for the adjoint operator, adapted to a suitable family of balls B B B in the ambient space. Motivated by applications to PDEs, Steve Hofmann posed in 2008, during his plenary short course at the 8th International Conference on Harmonic Analysis and Partial Differential Equations held in El Escorial (Madrid, Spain), the problem of whether suitable L p L^p L p -integrability conditions on the testing functions yield L 2 L^2 L 2 -boundedness of a singular integral operator; see [31 Section 3.3.1] or the survey by S. Hofmann and A. McIntosh [36 Section 5.1.2] . It turned out to be a delicate question, even in the case of SIOs associated with the Lebesgue measure on Euclidean spaces, and several advances have appeared in the recent literature in non-homogeneous harmonic analysis, as we discuss later in this introduction (see § 1.1 ).
Our main result, Theorem 1.3 , is a local T b Tb T b theorem with testing conditions on metric balls, for possibly non-doubling measures of polynomial growth on geometrically doubling metric spaces. It applies to general Calderón-Zygmund kernels, with two unrelated accretive systems of finite complex testing measures for the operator and for its adjoint.
The testing assumptions are formulated on suitable families of doubling balls with small boundary, and they do not refer to any dyadic lattice. Passing from these assumptions to a dyadic testing system is delicate, since the accretivity on a ball need not persist on its dyadic subcells, and the testing balls associated with nested cells need not be nested. Our proof merges this geometry of balls with two independent random dyadic systems and a fixed David-Mattila lattice, by means of a mixed corona decomposition and two-measure estimates for suppressed operators.
The testing measures satisfy a quantitative small-set condition, and they need not be absolutely continuous with respect to the underlying measure. In the operator-testing alternative, only a one-level L 0 L^0 L 0 bound for the maximal truncations is required on a contracted testing ball, outside a set of small relative measure. We also allow an alternative for the balls on which a fixed proportion of the underlying measure is concentrated on a set of small relative diameter. We remark that allowing this dichotomy is not only a technical improvement but crucial to obtain the parabolic version of [MT20] in full generality1 .
For testing functions with L p L^p L p and L q L^q L q size bounds, the theorem resolves the maximal-truncation version of Hofmann’s local T b Tb T b problem in the full range 1 < p , q ≤ ∞ 1 < p, q \leq\infty 1 < p , q ≤ ∞ , see Corollary 1.4. Combined with the Cotlar-type argument of [60 ] , it also gives buffered and unbuffered criteria for fixed truncations, in the corresponding ranges of exponents, for kernels that are not necessarily antisymmetric and with testing conditions on metric balls, see Corollary 1.5.
Following the terminology in [41 ] , we say that a metric space ( X , d ) (X,d) ( X , d ) is geometrically doubling if there exists D ∈ N D \in\mathbb{N} D ∈ N such that, for every x ∈ X x \in X x ∈ X and r > 0 r > 0 r > 0 , the open ball B ( x , r ) : = { y ∈ X : d ( x , y ) < r } B(x,r) := \{y \in X : d(x,y) < r\} B ( x , r ) := { y ∈ X : d ( x , y ) < r } can be covered by at most D D D balls B ( x j , r / 2 ) B(x_j,r/2) B ( x j , r /2 ) , with x j ∈ X x_j \in X x j ∈ X . If B ⊂ X B \subset X B ⊂ X is a ball, we also use the notation r ( B ) r(B) r ( B ) for its radius and, if B = B ( x , r ) B = B(x,r) B = B ( x , r ) and λ > 0 \lambda> 0 λ > 0 , the notation λ B : = B ( x , λ r ) \lambda B := B(x,\lambda r) λ B := B ( x , λ r ) .
Definition 1.1. We say that K : ( X × X ) ∖ { ( x , x ) : x ∈ X } → C K : (X \times X) \setminus\{(x,x) : x \in X\} \to\mathbb{C} K : ( X × X ) ∖ {( x , x ) : x ∈ X } → C is an n n n -dimensional Calderón-Zygmund kernel if there exist C > 0 C > 0 C > 0 and γ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] \gamma\in(0,1] γ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] such that:
(1) For all x , y ∈ X x,y \in X x , y ∈ X with x ≠ y x \ne y x = y we have
∣ K ( x , y ) ∣ ≤ C d ( x , y ) n |K(x,y)| \leq\frac{C}{d(x,y)^n} ∣ K ( x , y ) ∣ ≤ d ( x , y ) n C (2) For all x , x ′ , y ∈ X x,x',y \in X x , x ′ , y ∈ X with d ( x , y ) ≥ 2 d ( x , x ′ ) d(x,y) \geq2d(x,x') d ( x , y ) ≥ 2 d ( x , x ′ ) we have
∣ K ( x , y ) − K ( x ′ , y ) ∣ + ∣ K ( y , x ) − K ( y , x ′ ) ∣ ≤ C d ( x , x ′ ) γ d ( x , y ) n + γ . |K(x,y)-K(x',y)| + |K(y,x)-K(y,x')| \leq C\frac{d(x,x')^\gamma}{d(x,y)^{n+\gamma}}. ∣ K ( x , y ) − K ( x ′ , y ) ∣ + ∣ K ( y , x ) − K ( y , x ′ ) ∣ ≤ C d ( x , y ) n + γ d ( x , x ′ ) γ .
Given a Calderón-Zygmund kernel K K K , a non-negative Radon measure μ \mu μ on X X X , and ε > 0 \varepsilon> 0 ε > 0 we define its associated singular integral operator (SIO) as
T μ f ( x ) : = ∫ K ( x , y ) f ( y ) d μ ( y ) for f ∈ L 1 ( μ ) and x ∉ supp ( f μ ) T_\mu f(x) := \int K(x,y)f(y)\,d\mu(y) \qquad\text{for } f \in L^1(\mu) \text{ and } x \notin\operatorname{supp}(f\mu) T μ f ( x ) := ∫ K ( x , y ) f ( y ) d μ ( y ) for f ∈ L 1 ( μ ) and x ∈ / supp ( f μ )
and its associated ε \varepsilon ε -truncations
T μ , ε f ( x ) = ∫ d ( x , y ) > ε K ( x , y ) f ( y ) d μ ( y ) . T_{\mu,\varepsilon}f(x)=\int_{d(x,y)>\varepsilon}K(x,y)f(y)\,d\mu(y). T μ , ε f ( x ) = ∫ d ( x , y ) > ε K ( x , y ) f ( y ) d μ ( y ) .
These integrals are absolutely convergent for f ∈ L 1 ( μ ) f\in L^1(\mu) f ∈ L 1 ( μ ) and, if μ \mu μ has polynomial growth as in (1) below, also for f ∈ L p ( μ ) f\in L^p(\mu) f ∈ L p ( μ ) , 1 < p < ∞ 1<p<\infty 1 < p < ∞ . We say that T μ T_\mu T μ is bounded on L p ( μ ) L^p(\mu) L p ( μ ) for 1 ≤ p < ∞ 1\leq p<\infty 1 ≤ p < ∞ (resp. from L 1 ( μ ) L^1(\mu) L 1 ( μ ) to L 1 , ∞ ( μ ) L^{1,\infty}(\mu) L 1 , ∞ ( μ ) ) if T μ , ε T_{\mu,\varepsilon} T μ , ε is bounded on L p ( μ ) L^p(\mu) L p ( μ ) (resp. from L 1 ( μ ) L^1(\mu) L 1 ( μ ) to L 1 , ∞ ( μ ) L^{1,\infty}(\mu) L 1 , ∞ ( μ ) ) uniformly in ε > 0 \varepsilon>0 ε > 0 . In this case, we write
∥ T μ ∥ L p ( μ ) → L p ( μ ) : = sup ε > 0 ∥ T μ , ε ∥ L p ( μ ) → L p ( μ ) . \lVert T_\mu\rVert_{L^p(\mu)\to L^p(\mu)}:=\sup_{\varepsilon>0}\lVert T_{\mu,\varepsilon}\rVert_{L^p(\mu)\to L^p(\mu)}. ∥ T μ ∥ L p ( μ ) → L p ( μ ) := ε > 0 sup ∥ T μ , ε ∥ L p ( μ ) → L p ( μ ) .
We also define the maximal singular integral as
T μ , ♯ f ( x ) = sup ε > 0 ∣ T μ , ε f ( x ) ∣ . T_{\mu,\sharp}f(x)=\sup_{\varepsilon>0}\lvert T_{\mu,\varepsilon}f(x)\rvert. T μ , ♯ f ( x ) = ε > 0 sup ∣ T μ , ε f ( x )∣ .
We further understand that T ε μ ( x ) : = T μ , ε 1 ( x ) T_\varepsilon\mu(x):=T_{\mu,\varepsilon}1(x) T ε μ ( x ) := T μ , ε 1 ( x ) if μ \mu μ is finite. This definition also generalizes to complex measures, and we define T ♯ μ ( x ) T_\sharp\mu(x) T ♯ μ ( x ) analogously. Finally, given a singular integral operator T T T associated with a Calderón–Zygmund kernel K ( x , y ) K(x,y) K ( x , y ) , we denote by T ∗ T^* T ∗ its adjoint, which corresponds to the SIO associated with the kernel K ( y , x ) K(y,x) K ( y , x ) .
For n > 0 n>0 n > 0 , we say that a Radon measure μ ∈ M + ( X ) \mu\in\mathcal{M}_+(X) μ ∈ M + ( X ) has growth of degree n n n , or, for brevity, n n n -growth with constant C 0 > 0 C_0>0 C 0 > 0 , if
μ ( B ( x , r ) ) ≤ C 0 r n , for all x ∈ X and all r > 0. (1) \mu(B(x,r))\leq C_0r^n,\qquad\text{for all }x\in X\text{ and all }r>0. \tag*{(1)} μ ( B ( x , r )) ≤ C 0 r n , for all x ∈ X and all r > 0. (1)
Before stating the precise testing assumptions, we briefly explain their form. We allow finite complex measures in place of testing functions, with a total variation bound and a small-set condition requiring that sets of small relative μ \mu μ -measure carry only a small fraction of the total variation, in the spirit of [62 Theorem 1.6] . On each testing ball, we allow two alternatives: either the maximal truncations are bounded on a contracted ball outside a set of small relative μ \mu μ -measure, or a fixed proportion of the underlying measure is concentrated on a set of small relative diameter. The second alternative allows us to handle balls where the measure concentrates near the poles in our application to caloric measure.
Definition 1.2 (Accretive measure testing system). Let B \mathcal{B} B be a family of balls, and fix C 1 ≥ 1 \mathcal{C}_1\geq1 C 1 ≥ 1 , ε 0 ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \varepsilon_0\in(0,1) ε 0 ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) , and τ , ζ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \tau,\zeta\in(0,1) τ , ζ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) . An accretive measure testing system for T T T consists of finite complex Radon measures { ν ^ B } B ∈ B \{\widehat{\nu}_B\}_{B\in\mathcal{B}} { ν B } B ∈ B such that
∣ ν ^ B ∣ ( X ∖ B ) = 0 , ν ^ B ( B ) = μ ( B ) , ∥ ν ^ B ∥ ≤ C 1 μ ( B ) . (2) \lvert\widehat{\nu}_B\rvert(X\setminus B)=0,\qquad\widehat{\nu}_B(B)=\mu(B),\qquad\lVert\widehat{\nu}_B\rVert\leq\mathcal{C}_1\mu(B). \tag*{(2)} ∣ ν B ∣ ( X ∖ B ) = 0 , ν B ( B ) = μ ( B ) , ∥ ν B ∥ ≤ C 1 μ ( B ) . (2) For every Borel set A ⊂ B A\subset B A ⊂ B , the following condition holds:
If μ ( A ) ≤ ε 0 μ ( B ) , then ∣ ν ^ B ∣ ( A ) ≤ ∥ ν ^ B ∥ 200 C 1 . (3) \text{If }\mu(A)\leq\varepsilon_0\mu(B),\qquad\text{then}\qquad\lvert\widehat{\nu}_B\rvert(A)\leq\frac{\lVert\widehat{\nu}_B\rVert}{200\mathcal{C}_1}. \tag*{(3)} If μ ( A ) ≤ ε 0 μ ( B ) , then ∣ ν B ∣ ( A ) ≤ 200 C 1 ∥ ν B ∥ . (3) Moreover, for every η ∈ ( 0 , 1 / 10 ) \eta\in(0,1/10) η ∈ ( 0 , 1/10 ) there is a finite constant C 2 ( η ) > 0 \mathcal{C}_2(\eta)>0 C 2 ( η ) > 0 such that, for each B ∈ B B\in\mathcal{B} B ∈ B , there is a Borel set U B = U B ( η ) ⊂ B U_B=U_B(\eta)\subset B U B = U B ( η ) ⊂ B satisfying one of the following alternatives:
(i) There is a Borel set V B ⊂ U B V_B\subset U_B V B ⊂ U B such that
diam ( V B ) ≤ η r ( B ) and μ ( V B ) ≥ ζ 2 μ ( B ) . (4) \operatorname{diam}(V_B)\leq\eta r(B)\qquad\text{and}\qquad\mu(V_B)\geq\frac{\zeta}{2}\mu(B). \tag*{(4)} diam ( V B ) ≤ η r ( B ) and μ ( V B ) ≥ 2 ζ μ ( B ) . (4) (ii) We have
μ ( U B ) < ζ μ ( B ) , T ♯ ν ^ B ( x ) ≤ C 2 ( η ) for every x ∈ ( 1 − τ ) B ∖ U B . (5) \mu(U_B)<\zeta\mu(B),\qquad T_\sharp\widehat{\nu}_B(x)\leq\mathcal{C}_2(\eta)\quad\text{for every }x\in(1-\tau)B\setminus U_B. \tag*{(5)} μ ( U B ) < ζ μ ( B ) , T ♯ ν B ( x ) ≤ C 2 ( η ) for every x ∈ ( 1 − τ ) B ∖ U B . (5) An accretive measure testing system for T ∗ T^* T ∗ is defined in the same way, with T ∗ T^* T ∗ in place of T T T , and we always assume that the systems for T T T and T ∗ T^* T ∗ have the same constants C 1 \mathcal{C}_1 C 1 , ε 0 \varepsilon_0 ε 0 , τ \tau τ , ζ \zeta ζ , and C 2 ( η ) \mathcal{C}_2(\eta) C 2 ( η ) .
Alternative (5) is equivalent to the one-level L 0 L^0 L 0 condition
μ ( { x ∈ ( 1 − τ ) B : T ♯ ν ^ B ( x ) > C 2 ( η ) } ) < ζ μ ( B ) , (6) \mu\left(\left\{x\in(1-\tau)B:T^\sharp\widehat{\nu}_B(x)>\mathcal{C}_2(\eta)\right\}\right)<\zeta\mu(B), \tag*{(6)} μ ( { x ∈ ( 1 − τ ) B : T ♯ ν B ( x ) > C 2 ( η ) } ) < ζ μ ( B ) , (6)
since one can take U B U_B U B to be this superlevel set. In particular, no integrability of T ♯ ν ^ B T^\sharp\widehat{\nu}_B T ♯ ν B is required, and the level C 2 ( η ) \mathcal{C}_2(\eta) C 2 ( η ) may be arbitrarily large. Similarly, condition (3) does not imply that ν ^ B \widehat{\nu}_B ν B is absolutely continuous with respect to μ \mu μ .
We now state the main result of the paper.
Theorem 1.3. Let ( X , d ) (X,d) ( X , d ) be geometrically doubling with constant D > 1 D>1 D > 1 , let μ \mu μ be a Radon measure with n n n -growth constant C 0 \mathcal{C}_0 C 0 , for some n ≥ 1 n\geq1 n ≥ 1 , and let T T T have an n n n -dimensional Calderón–Zygmund kernel with size and regularity constants C C C and γ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \gamma\in(0,1) γ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) . Fix δ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] \delta\in(0,1] δ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] and Λ ≥ 100 \Lambda\geq100 Λ ≥ 100 . There is β 0 = β 0 ( D , n , δ , Λ ) > 1 \beta_0=\beta_0(D,n,\delta,\Lambda)>1 β 0 = β 0 ( D , n , δ , Λ ) > 1 such that the following holds for β ≥ β 0 \beta\geq\beta_0 β ≥ β 0 and C 3 ≥ 220 \mathcal{C}_3\geq220 C 3 ≥ 220 .
Let B \mathcal{B} B consist of all balls B = B ( x , r ) B=B(x,r) B = B ( x , r ) with x ∈ supp μ x\in\operatorname{supp}\mu x ∈ supp μ , 0 < r ≤ diam ( supp μ ) 0<r\leq\operatorname{diam}(\operatorname{supp}\mu) 0 < r ≤ diam ( supp μ ) , and C 3 \mathcal{C}_3 C 3 -small boundary with respect to μ \mu μ , satisfying
μ ( Λ B ) ≤ β μ ( δ B ) . (7) \mu(\Lambda B)\leq\beta\mu(\delta B). \tag*{(7)} μ ( Λ B ) ≤ β μ ( δ B ) . (7) We fix C 1 ≥ 1 \mathcal{C}_1\geq1 C 1 ≥ 1 and ε 0 ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \varepsilon_0\in(0,1) ε 0 ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) , and define the parameters
τ 0 = min { 1 100 , ε 0 4 β C 3 } and ζ 0 = min { 1 100 , ε 0 8 } . (8) \tau_0=\min\left\{\frac{1}{100},\frac{\varepsilon_0}{4\beta\mathcal{C}_3}\right\}
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
\zeta_0=\min\left\{\frac{1}{100},\frac{\varepsilon_0}{8}\right\}. \tag*{(8)} τ 0 = min { 100 1 , 4 β C 3 ε 0 } and ζ 0 = min { 100 1 , 8 ε 0 } . (8) Suppose that, for 0 < τ < τ 0 0<\tau<\tau_0 0 < τ < τ 0 and 0 < ζ < ζ 0 0<\zeta<\zeta_0 0 < ζ < ζ 0 , T T T and T ∗ T^* T ∗ admit accretive measure testing systems on B \mathcal{B} B in the sense of Definition 1.2. Then T μ T_\mu T μ is bounded on L 2 ( μ ) L^2(\mu) L 2 ( μ ) . The bound depends only on D D D , n n n , C 0 \mathcal{C}_0 C 0 , C C C , γ \gamma γ , δ \delta δ , Λ \Lambda Λ , β \beta β , C 3 \mathcal{C}_3 C 3 , C 1 \mathcal{C}_1 C 1 , ε 0 \varepsilon_0 ε 0 , ζ \zeta ζ and C 2 ( η ∗ ) \mathcal{C}_2(\eta_*) C 2 ( η ∗ ) , where η ∗ \eta_* η ∗ is the value chosen in (101) . In particular, the thresholds (8) are independent of C 2 ( η ∗ ) \mathcal{C}_2(\eta_*) C 2 ( η ∗ ) .
Note that the thresholds (8) give 2 ζ + τ β C 3 ≤ ε 0 / 2 2\zeta+\tau\beta\mathcal{C}_3\leq\varepsilon_0/2 2 ζ + τ β C 3 ≤ ε 0 /2 . Hence, if both systems satisfy alternative (5) on B \mathcal{B} B , then, by (7) and the small boundary property (18) , the union of the sets U B U_B U B of the two systems and of the annulus B ∖ ( 1 − τ ) B B\setminus(1-\tau)B B ∖ ( 1 − τ ) B has measure at most ε 0 μ ( B ) / 2 \varepsilon_0\mu(B)/2 ε 0 μ ( B ) /2 . Thus, by (3) , this union carries at most a fraction ( 200 C 1 ) − 1 (200\mathcal{C}_1)^{-1} ( 200 C 1 ) − 1 of the total variation of each of the two testing measures on B B B .
For an explicit expression of β 0 \beta_0 β 0 in terms of the other structural parameters, we refer the reader to Remark 2.7.
Theorem 1.3 applies, in particular, to testing functions with L p L^p L p and L q L^q L q size bounds. Let 1 < p , q ≤ ∞ 1<p,q\leq\infty 1 < p , q ≤ ∞ , and, for a ball B B B , let b B ∈ L p ( μ ) b_B\in L^p(\mu) b B ∈ L p ( μ ) and b B ∗ ∈ L q ( μ ) b_B^*\in L^q(\mu) b B ∗ ∈ L q ( μ ) be supported on B B B and such that
∣ ∫ B b B d μ ∣ = ∣ ∫ B b B ∗ d μ ∣ = μ ( B ) . \left|\int_B b_B\,d\mu\right|=\left|\int_B b_B^*\,d\mu\right|=\mu(B). ∫ B b B d μ = ∫ B b B ∗ d μ = μ ( B ) .
Multiplying the testing functions by constants of modulus one, we may assume that ∫ B b B d μ = ∫ B b B ∗ d μ = μ ( B ) \int_B b_B\,d\mu=\int_B b_B^*\,d\mu=\mu(B) ∫ B b B d μ = ∫ B b B ∗ d μ = μ ( B ) . Let A ≥ 1 A\geq1 A ≥ 1 be such that ∥ b B ∥ L p ( μ ) ≤ A μ ( B ) 1 / p \lVert b_B\rVert_{L^p(\mu)}\leq A\mu(B)^{1/p} ∥ b B ∥ L p ( μ ) ≤ A μ ( B ) 1/ p and ∥ b B ∗ ∥ L q ( μ ) ≤ A μ ( B ) 1 / q \lVert b_B^*\rVert_{L^q(\mu)}\leq A\mu(B)^{1/q} ∥ b B ∗ ∥ L q ( μ ) ≤ A μ ( B ) 1/ q , with the usual interpretation when an exponent is infinite. By Hölder’s inequality, every Borel set E ⊂ B E\subset B E ⊂ B satisfies
∫ E ∣ b B ∣ d μ ≤ A μ ( B ) ( μ ( E ) μ ( B ) ) 1 / p ′ , \int_E |b_B|\,d\mu\leq A\mu(B)\left(\frac{\mu(E)}{\mu(B)}\right)^{1/p'}, ∫ E ∣ b B ∣ d μ ≤ A μ ( B ) ( μ ( B ) μ ( E ) ) 1/ p ′ ,
and, moreover, μ ( B ) ≤ ∥ b B μ ∥ ≤ A μ ( B ) \mu(B)\leq\lVert b_B\mu\rVert\leq A\mu(B) μ ( B ) ≤ ∥ b B μ ∥ ≤ A μ ( B ) . The same estimates hold for b B ∗ b_B^* b B ∗ , with q q q in place of p p p . Hence, the measures ν ^ B : = b B μ \widehat{\nu}_B:=b_B\mu ν B := b B μ and ν ^ B ∗ : = b B ∗ μ \widehat{\nu}_B^*:=b_B^*\mu ν B ∗ := b B ∗ μ satisfy (2) and (3) , with the constants of Definition 1.2 given by
C 1 = A and ε 0 = ( 200 A 2 ) − max { p ′ , q ′ } , (9) \mathcal{C}_1=A\qquad\text{and}\qquad\varepsilon_0=(200A^2)^{-\max\{p',q'\}}, \tag*{(9)} C 1 = A and ε 0 = ( 200 A 2 ) − m a x { p ′ , q ′ } , (9)
where we understand that ∞ ′ = 1 \infty'=1 ∞ ′ = 1 . Finally, if for some s , L > 0 s,L>0 s , L > 0 we have
sup t > 0 t s μ ( { x ∈ ( 1 − τ ) B : T μ , # ( b B μ ) ( x ) > t } ) ≤ L μ ( B ) , \sup_{t>0}t^s\mu\left(\left\{x\in(1-\tau)B:T_{\mu,\#}(b_B\mu)(x)>t\right\}\right)\leq L\mu(B), t > 0 sup t s μ ( { x ∈ ( 1 − τ ) B : T μ , # ( b B μ ) ( x ) > t } ) ≤ Lμ ( B ) ,
then (1.6) holds, for every η \eta η , with level ( 2 L / ζ ) 1 / s (2L/\zeta)^{1/s} ( 2 L / ζ ) 1/ s , and the same holds for b B ∗ b_B^* b B ∗ and T ∗ T^* T ∗ .
By Chebyshev’s inequality, for any p , q ∈ ( 1 , ∞ ] p,q\in(1,\infty] p , q ∈ ( 1 , ∞ ] , Theorem 1.3 gives the L 2 ( μ ) L^2(\mu) L 2 ( μ ) -boundedness of T μ T_\mu T μ if, for every B ∈ B B\in\mathcal B B ∈ B , there are testing functions b B b_B b B and b B ∗ b_B^* b B ∗ as above such that
∫ B ( T μ , # b B ) q ′ d μ + ∫ B ( T μ , # ∗ b B ∗ ) p ′ d μ ≲ μ ( B ) . \int_B(T_{\mu,\#}b_B)^{q'}\,d\mu+\int_B(T_{\mu,\#}^*b_B^*)^{p'}\,d\mu\lesssim\mu(B). ∫ B ( T μ , # b B ) q ′ d μ + ∫ B ( T μ , # ∗ b B ∗ ) p ′ d μ ≲ μ ( B ) .
More precisely, we obtain the following corollary.
Corollary 1.4. Let ( X , d ) (X,d) ( X , d ) be a geometrically doubling metric space with constant D > 1 D>1 D > 1 , let μ \mu μ be a Radon measure on X X X with n n n -growth with constant C 0 > 0 \mathcal C_0>0 C 0 > 0 , for some n ≥ 1 n\geq1 n ≥ 1 , and let T μ T_\mu T μ be an n n n -dimensional singular integral operator associated with a Calderón-Zygmund kernel with constants C > 0 \mathcal C>0 C > 0 and γ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \gamma\in(0,1) γ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) . Let 1 < p , q ≤ ∞ 1<p,q\leq\infty 1 < p , q ≤ ∞ , and let B \mathcal B B be as in Theorem 1.3 , for some δ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] \delta\in(0,1] δ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] , Λ ≥ 100 \Lambda\geq100 Λ ≥ 100 , β ≥ β 0 \beta\geq\beta_0 β ≥ β 0 , and C 3 ≥ 220 \mathcal C_3\geq220 C 3 ≥ 220 . Suppose that there are constants C 1 , C 2 > 0 \mathcal C_1,\mathcal C_2>0 C 1 , C 2 > 0 such that, for every B ∈ B B\in\mathcal B B ∈ B , there exist functions b B ∈ L p ( μ ) b_B\in L^p(\mu) b B ∈ L p ( μ ) and b B ∗ ∈ L q ( μ ) b_B^*\in L^q(\mu) b B ∗ ∈ L q ( μ ) supported on B B B satisfying
∣ ∫ B b B d μ ∣ = μ ( B ) , ∣ ∫ B b B ∗ d μ ∣ = μ ( B ) , \left|\int_B b_B\,d\mu\right|=\mu(B),\qquad\left|\int_B b_B^*\,d\mu\right|=\mu(B), ∫ B b B d μ = μ ( B ) , ∫ B b B ∗ d μ = μ ( B ) , ∥ b B ∥ L p ( μ ) ≤ C 1 μ ( B ) 1 / p , ∥ b B ∗ ∥ L q ( μ ) ≤ C 1 μ ( B ) 1 / q , \|b_B\|_{L^p(\mu)}\leq\mathcal C_1\mu(B)^{1/p},\qquad\|b_B^*\|_{L^q(\mu)}\leq\mathcal C_1\mu(B)^{1/q}, ∥ b B ∥ L p ( μ ) ≤ C 1 μ ( B ) 1/ p , ∥ b B ∗ ∥ L q ( μ ) ≤ C 1 μ ( B ) 1/ q , ∫ B ( T μ , # b B ) q ′ d μ ≤ C 2 μ ( B ) , ∫ B ( T μ , # ∗ b B ∗ ) p ′ d μ ≤ C 2 μ ( B ) , \int_B(T_{\mu,\#}b_B)^{q'}\,d\mu\leq\mathcal C_2\mu(B),\qquad\int_B(T_{\mu,\#}^*b_B^*)^{p'}\,d\mu\leq\mathcal C_2\mu(B), ∫ B ( T μ , # b B ) q ′ d μ ≤ C 2 μ ( B ) , ∫ B ( T μ , # ∗ b B ∗ ) p ′ d μ ≤ C 2 μ ( B ) , with the convention ∞ ′ = 1 \infty'=1 ∞ ′ = 1 . Then, the operator T μ T_\mu T μ is bounded on L 2 ( μ ) L^2(\mu) L 2 ( μ ) .
Combined with the Cotlar-type inequality of H. Martikainen, X. Tolsa, and the second named author [60 Corollary 3.6] , Theorem 1.3 also yields the following result on Hofmann’s problem, see § 1.1 , for kernels that are not necessarily antisymmetric.
Corollary 1.5. Let ( X , d ) (X,d) ( X , d ) be a geometrically doubling metric space with constant D > 1 D>1 D > 1 , let μ \mu μ be a Radon measure on X X X with n n n -growth with constant C 0 > 0 \mathcal C_0>0 C 0 > 0 , for some n ≥ 1 n\geq1 n ≥ 1 , and let T μ T_\mu T μ be an n n n -dimensional singular integral operator associated with a Calderón-Zygmund kernel with constants C > 0 \mathcal C>0 C > 0 and γ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \gamma\in(0,1) γ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) . Let p , q ∈ ( 1 , 2 ] p,q\in(1,2] p , q ∈ ( 1 , 2 ] , δ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] \delta\in(0,1] δ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] , and Λ ≥ 100 \Lambda\geq100 Λ ≥ 100 . There exist β ≥ β 0 \beta\geq\beta_0 β ≥ β 0 and C 3 ≥ 220 \mathcal C_3\geq220 C 3 ≥ 220 , depending only on D D D , n n n , δ \delta δ , and Λ \Lambda Λ , such that the following holds, with B \mathcal B B as in Theorem 1.3 . Suppose that there are constants C 1 , C 2 > 0 \mathcal C_1,\mathcal C_2>0 C 1 , C 2 > 0 such that, for every B ∈ B B\in\mathcal B B ∈ B , there exist functions b B b_B b B and b B ∗ b_B^* b B ∗ supported on B B B satisfying
∫ B b B d μ = μ ( B ) , ∫ B b B ∗ d μ = μ ( B ) , \int_B b_B\,d\mu=\mu(B),\qquad\int_B b_B^*\,d\mu=\mu(B), ∫ B b B d μ = μ ( B ) , ∫ B b B ∗ d μ = μ ( B ) , ∫ B ∣ b B ∣ p d μ ≤ C 1 μ ( B ) , ∫ B ∣ b B ∗ ∣ q d μ ≤ C 1 μ ( B ) , \int_B|b_B|^p\,d\mu\leq\mathcal C_1\mu(B),\qquad\int_B|b_B^*|^q\,d\mu\leq\mathcal C_1\mu(B), ∫ B ∣ b B ∣ p d μ ≤ C 1 μ ( B ) , ∫ B ∣ b B ∗ ∣ q d μ ≤ C 1 μ ( B ) , sup ε > 0 ∫ B 1 ∣ T μ , ε b B ∣ q ′ d μ ≤ C 2 μ ( B ) , sup ε > 0 ∫ B 1 ∣ T μ , ε ∗ b B ∗ ∣ p ′ d μ ≤ C 2 μ ( B ) , \sup_{\varepsilon>0}\int_{B_1}|T_{\mu,\varepsilon}b_B|^{q'}\,d\mu\leq\mathcal C_2\mu(B),\qquad\sup_{\varepsilon>0}\int_{B_1}|T_{\mu,\varepsilon}^*b_B^*|^{p'}\,d\mu\leq\mathcal C_2\mu(B), ε > 0 sup ∫ B 1 ∣ T μ , ε b B ∣ q ′ d μ ≤ C 2 μ ( B ) , ε > 0 sup ∫ B 1 ∣ T μ , ε ∗ b B ∗ ∣ p ′ d μ ≤ C 2 μ ( B ) , where
B 1 : = { B if 1 p + 1 q < 1 + 1 n max { p , q } , 2 B otherwise . B_1:=\begin{cases}
B & \text{if }\dfrac{1}{p}+\dfrac{1}{q}<1+\dfrac{1}{n\max\{p,q\}},\\
2B & \text{otherwise}.
\end{cases} B 1 := ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ B 2 B if p 1 + q 1 < 1 + n max { p , q } 1 , otherwise . Then, the operator T μ T_\mu T μ is bounded on L 2 ( μ ) L^2(\mu) L 2 ( μ ) .
In particular, the unbuffered testing conditions, with B 1 = B B_1=B B 1 = B , suffice for all p , q ∈ ( 1 , 2 ] p,q\in(1,2] p , q ∈ ( 1 , 2 ] if n = 1 n=1 n = 1 , and for p , q ∈ [ 2 − ε ( n ) , 2 ] p,q\in[2-\varepsilon(n),2] p , q ∈ [ 2 − ε ( n ) , 2 ] , for some ε ( n ) > 0 \varepsilon(n)>0 ε ( n ) > 0 , in general, while the buffered ones, with B 1 = 2 B B_1=2B B 1 = 2 B , suffice for all p , q ∈ ( 1 , 2 ] p,q\in(1,2] p , q ∈ ( 1 , 2 ] . These are the ranges obtained in [60 ] for measures with n n n -growth in R d \mathbb{R}^d R d and antisymmetric kernels.
As in [60 ] , Corollary 1.5 1.5 1.5 follows from [60 Corollary 3.6] , whose proof does not use the antisymmetry of the kernel. The argument there extends to balls in geometrically doubling metric spaces, with the dilated Hardy–Littlewood maximal function (21) in place of the Euclidean maximal functions, and gives, if β \beta β and E 3 \mathcal{E}_3 E 3 are large enough,
∫ ( 1 − τ ) B ( T μ , ♯ b B + T μ , ♯ b ∗ B ∗ ) d μ ≲ τ μ ( B ) \int_{(1-\tau)B}\left(T_{\mu,\sharp bB}+T_{\mu,\sharp b^*B}^{*}\right)\,d\mu\lesssim_{\tau}\mu(B) ∫ ( 1 − τ ) B ( T μ , ♯ b B + T μ , ♯ b ∗ B ∗ ) d μ ≲ τ μ ( B )
for every B ∈ B B\in\mathcal{B} B ∈ B and every τ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \tau\in(0,1) τ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) . Instead of the big pieces T b Tb T b theorem, which requires antisymmetry, we then apply Theorem 1.3 1.3 1.3 , together with (9) and Chebyshev’s inequality.
We stress that neither the doubling property of μ \mu μ nor the antisymmetry of K K K is assumed in Theorem 1.3 1.3 1.3 and Corollary 1.5 1.5 1.5 . We discuss the main ideas of the proof in § 1.3 .
Remark 1.6. We state Theorem 1.3 1.3 1.3 and Corollary 1.5 1.5 1.5 for n ≥ 1 n\geq1 n ≥ 1 , which covers the application in Theorem 1.9 1.9 1.9 , and we assume n ≥ 1 n\geq1 n ≥ 1 throughout the paper. The same arguments apply to 0 < n < 1 0<n<1 0 < n < 1 , after replacing the exponent n n n in the suppressed kernel (68) by 1 1 1 , so that Lemma 3.13 3.13 3.13 still follows from Appendix B, now with M = 1 M=1 M = 1 .
Remark 1.7. A natural extension of Theorem 1.3 1.3 1.3 concerns measures satisfying the upper doubling condition
μ ( B ( x , r ) ) ≤ λ ( x , r ) , for all x ∈ X and all r > 0 , (10) \mu(B(x,r))\leq\lambda(x,r),\qquad\text{for all }x\in X\text{ and all }r>0, \tag*{(10)} μ ( B ( x , r )) ≤ λ ( x , r ) , for all x ∈ X and all r > 0 , (10)
where λ ( ⋅ , ⋅ ) : X × ( 0 , ∞ ) → ( 0 , ∞ ) \lambda(\cdot,\cdot):X\times(0,\infty)\to(0,\infty) λ ( ⋅ , ⋅ ) : X × ( 0 , ∞ ) → ( 0 , ∞ ) satisfies the following properties:
(i) λ ( x , ⋅ ) \lambda(x,\cdot) λ ( x , ⋅ ) is non-decreasing for any fixed x ∈ X x\in X x ∈ X ,
(ii) λ ( x , 2 r ) ≤ C λ λ ( x , r ) \lambda(x,2r)\leq C_{\lambda}\lambda(x,r) λ ( x , 2 r ) ≤ C λ λ ( x , r ) , for all x ∈ X , r > 0 x\in X,r>0 x ∈ X , r > 0 ,
and the associated Calderón–Zygmund kernel K : ( X × X ) ∖ { ( x , x ) : x ∈ X } → C K:(X\times X)\setminus\{(x,x):x\in X\}\to\mathbb{C} K : ( X × X ) ∖ {( x , x ) : x ∈ X } → C is such that there exist γ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] \gamma\in(0,1] γ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] and C > 0 C>0 C > 0 such that:
For all x , y ∈ X x,y\in X x , y ∈ X , with x ≠ y x\neq y x = y , we have
∣ K ( x , y ) ∣ ≤ C λ ( x , d ( x , y ) ) . |K(x,y)|\leq\frac{C}{\lambda(x,d(x,y))}. ∣ K ( x , y ) ∣ ≤ λ ( x , d ( x , y )) C .
For all y , x , x ′ ∈ X y,x,x'\in X y , x , x ′ ∈ X with m : = max { d ( y , x ) , d ( y , x ′ ) } m:=\max\{d(y,x),d(y,x')\} m := max { d ( y , x ) , d ( y , x ′ )} and 2 d ( x , x ′ ) ≤ m 2d(x,x')\leq m 2 d ( x , x ′ ) ≤ m , we have
∣ K ( x , y ) − K ( x ′ , y ) ∣ + ∣ K ( y , x ) − K ( y , x ′ ) ∣ ≤ C λ ( y , m ) ( d ( x , x ′ ) m ) γ . |K(x,y)-K(x',y)|+|K(y,x)-K(y,x')|
\leq\frac{C}{\lambda(y,m)}\left(\frac{d(x,x')}{m}\right)^{\gamma}. ∣ K ( x , y ) − K ( x ′ , y ) ∣ + ∣ K ( y , x ) − K ( y , x ′ ) ∣ ≤ λ ( y , m ) C ( m d ( x , x ′ ) ) γ .
The proof in this paper is presented for n n n -growth measures on metric spaces. Although we do not extend the whole local T b Tb T b argument to this setting, Appendix B contains the construction of suppressed kernels for upper doubling measures.
History and motivation
The first version of the T 1 T1 T 1 theorem was proved by G. David and J.-L. Journé in [18 ] , and the classical reference for the T b Tb T b theorem in homogeneous spaces is the subsequent work by G. David, J.-L. Journé, and S. Semmes in [19 ] . Their work was further extended in the very influential paper [72 ] , in which F. Nazarov, S. Treil, and A. Volberg proved a (global) T b Tb T b theorem in a non-homogeneous setting; see also [70 ] and Volberg’s monograph [Vol03].
Nazarov-Treil-Volberg’s articles are central to the literature also because of the techniques pioneered therein, such as, among others, the randomization of dyadic grids and the surgery arguments, the construction of suppressed kernels, and their associated SIOs, which have since become fundamental tools in a wide range of settings and now play a central role in non-homogeneous harmonic analysis and related areas. Their T b Tb T b theorem turned out to be fundamental in the solution of several deep problems in harmonic analysis such as X. Tolsa’s proof of the semiadditivity of analytic capacity in [To03] and T. Hytönen’s A 2 A_2 A 2 theorem [38 ] . For other versions of the T b Tb T b theorem related to Vitushkin’s conjecture, we also refer to the works of G. David [17 ] and G. David-P. Mattila [20 ] . To highlight the role of T 1 / T b T1/Tb T 1/ T b theorems in modern harmonic analysis, one can also see the bilinear methods by H. Martikainen and E. Vuorinen in [63 ] , the characterization of Varopoulos’ ε \varepsilon ε -approximability of bounded harmonic functions in terms of uniform rectifiability by J. Garnett, X. Tolsa, and the second named author in [24 ] , and the papers [57 ] , [58 ] , and [HM14]. Further connections can be found in the interplay with PDEs and free-boundary problems such as the rectifiability of harmonic measure in [AHM3TV16] and its generalization to two-phase problems and to elliptic operators ([6 ] , [7 ] , [8 ] , [MT20], [73 ] , [74 ] , [65 ] ).
Moreover, there has been growing interest in extending several of the above results to more general settings, including parabolic and Kolmogorov spaces, sub-Riemannian geometry, and more general metric settings; see, for instance, [11 ] , [12 ] , [27 ] , [HJ25], [56 ] , [64 ] , [66 ] . For example, we note that, in [28 ] , the global T b Tb T b theorem for a suitable non-antisymmetric SIO was the fundamental tool used by J. Hernández, J. Mateu, and L. Prat to establish the semi-additivity of a symmetric version of the Lipschitz caloric capacity for the fractional heat operator ( − Δ x ) 1 / 2 + ∂ t (-\Delta_x)^{1/2}+\partial_t ( − Δ x ) 1/2 + ∂ t . Thus, establishing a local T b Tb T b theorem in the generality of Theorem 1.3 opens the way to a wide range of potential future applications and investigations, see also § 1.2 .
The first local T b Tb T b theorem was proved by M. Christ in [15 Main Theorem 10] in the doubling (homogeneous) setting. Namely, Christ established the L 2 ( μ ) L^2(\mu) L 2 ( μ ) -boundedness of a SIO by replacing the need for a globally defined testing condition with L ∞ ( μ ) L^\infty(\mu) L ∞ ( μ ) testing assumptions on a family of functions b Q ∈ L ∞ ( μ ) b_Q \in L^\infty(\mu) b Q ∈ L ∞ ( μ ) supported on cubes Q ⊂ R d Q \subset\mathbb{R}^d Q ⊂ R d that satisfy the pseudo-accretivity condition
∣ ∫ Q b Q d μ ∣ ≳ μ ( Q ) , \left|\int_Q b_Q\,d\mu\right|\gtrsim\mu(Q), ∫ Q b Q d μ ≳ μ ( Q ) ,
together with an analogous pseudo-accretive system for the adjoint operator.
Christ’s result was extended through a delicate use of random dyadic grids to the case of non-doubling measures by Nazarov, Treil, and Volberg in [NTV02], assuming that b Q , b Q ∗ ∈ L ∞ ( μ ) b_Q,b_Q^*\in L^\infty(\mu) b Q , b Q ∗ ∈ L ∞ ( μ ) and T b Q , T ∗ b Q ∗ Tb_Q,T^*b_Q^* T b Q , T ∗ b Q ∗ satisfy suitable bounded L 2 L^2 L 2 -mean oscillation-type conditions, uniformly in Q Q Q . The non-homogeneous T b Tb T b theorem of [NTV03] has been further generalized to the framework of geometrically doubling metric measure spaces by T. Hytönen and H. Martikainen in [41 ] , using a metric variant of dyadic systems and an almost-covering of the space by balls. Both techniques are crucial for formulating Theorem 1.3 in its full generality.
The interest in lowering the integrability assumptions on the testing functions arose with the work of P. Auscher, S. Hofmann, C. Muscalu, T. Tao, and C. Thiele [2 ] , who proved a local T b Tb T b theorem with local dyadic testing conditions on the pseudo-accretive system of the form
∫ Q ( ∣ b Q ∣ p + ∣ b Q ∗ ∣ q + ∣ T b Q ∣ q ′ + ∣ T ∗ b Q ∗ ∣ p ′ ) ≲ ∣ Q ∣ , (11) \int_Q \left(|b_Q|^p+|b_Q^*|^q+|Tb_Q|^{q'}+|T^*b_Q^*|^{p'}\right)\lesssim|Q|, \tag*{(11)} ∫ Q ( ∣ b Q ∣ p + ∣ b Q ∗ ∣ q + ∣ T b Q ∣ q ′ + ∣ T ∗ b Q ∗ ∣ p ′ ) ≲ ∣ Q ∣ , (11)
in the model case of Calderón-Zygmund operators with perfect cancellation. The case of general SIOs is much more delicate.
S. Hofmann proved in the unpublished work [30 ] that, for the Lebesgue measure on R d \mathbb{R}^{d} R d , a sufficient condition for a SIO associated with a Calderón-Zygmund kernel as in Definition 1.1 to be bounded on L 2 L^{2} L 2 is the existence of pseudo-accretive systems of testing functions { b Q } \{b_{Q}\} { b Q } and { b Q ∗ } \{b_{Q}^{*}\} { b Q ∗ } , with b Q b_{Q} b Q and b Q ∗ b_{Q}^{*} b Q ∗ supported on Q Q Q , such that, for every cube Q ⊂ R d Q \subset\mathbb{R}^{d} Q ⊂ R d ,
∫ Q ∣ b Q ∣ p + ∣ b Q ∗ ∣ p + ∣ T b Q ∣ 2 + ∣ T ∗ b Q ∗ ∣ 2 ≲ ∣ Q ∣ (12) \int_{Q} |b_{Q}|^{p} + |b_{Q}^{*}|^{p} + |Tb_{Q}|^{2} + |T^{*}b_{Q}^{*}|^{2} \lesssim|Q| \tag*{(12)} ∫ Q ∣ b Q ∣ p + ∣ b Q ∗ ∣ p + ∣ T b Q ∣ 2 + ∣ T ∗ b Q ∗ ∣ 2 ≲ ∣ Q ∣ (12)
for some p > 2 p > 2 p > 2 . Hofmann obtained this result by building upon [AHMTT02], and his study was in turn motivated by applications to layer potentials in connection with L 2 L^{2} L 2 -solvability of boundary value problems, see [1 ] .
The question of whether (11) implies L 2 L^{2} L 2 boundedness for arbitrary p , q ∈ ( 1 , ∞ ) p,q \in(1,\infty) p , q ∈ ( 1 , ∞ ) is known as Hofmann’s local T b Tb T b problem.
P. Auscher and Q.X. Yang proved in [4 ] the analogue of [30 ] for p = 2 p=2 p = 2 in the testing conditions (12) , by reducing the study to perfect dyadic operators, and hence invoking [AHMTT02]. In spaces of homogeneous type, P. Auscher and E. Routin gave in [3 ] a direct proof of the local T b Tb T b theorem under the testing conditions (11) in the case 1 / p + 1 / q ≤ 1 1/p+1/q\leq1 1/ p + 1/ q ≤ 1 , and they extended it to exponents with 1 / p + 1 / q > 1 1/p+1/q>1 1/ p + 1/ q > 1 , assuming an additional weak boundedness-type property related to Hardy inequalities. This article relied on the so-called twisted martingale transform . Establishing a suitable variant of these transforms played a crucial role in the paper [52 ] , where M. Lacey and H. Martikainen proved, in the non-homogeneous setting, a local T b Tb T b theorem for p = q = 2 p=q=2 p = q = 2 .
Hofmann’s problem has been solved by T. Hytönen and F. Nazarov in [43 ] for p , q ∈ ( 1 , ∞ ) p,q \in(1,\infty) p , q ∈ ( 1 , ∞ ) under the “buffered” testing conditions on dilates of cubes Q ⊂ R d Q \subset\mathbb{R}^{d} Q ⊂ R d , and more specifically
∫ Q ∣ b Q ∣ p + ∣ b Q ∗ ∣ q ≲ ∣ Q ∣ and ∫ 2 Q ∣ T b Q ∣ q ′ + ∣ T ∗ b Q ∗ ∣ p ′ ≲ ∣ Q ∣ . \int_{Q} |b_{Q}|^{p} + |b_{Q}^{*}|^{q} \lesssim|Q|
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
\int_{2Q} |Tb_{Q}|^{q'} + |T^{*}b_{Q}^{*}|^{p'} \lesssim|Q|. ∫ Q ∣ b Q ∣ p + ∣ b Q ∗ ∣ q ≲ ∣ Q ∣ and ∫ 2 Q ∣ T b Q ∣ q ′ + ∣ T ∗ b Q ∗ ∣ p ′ ≲ ∣ Q ∣.
which, combined with a Cotlar-type lemma for “buffered” accretive systems (see [43 Lemma 3.2] ), made it possible to control maximal truncations of the SIO. We remark that, by Hardy’s inequalities, in the case of the Lebesgue measure and if 1 / p + 1 / q ≤ 1 1/p+1/q\leq1 1/ p + 1/ q ≤ 1 , the unbuffered testing conditions (11) imply the buffered ones. The buffered theorem in [43 ] follows from their local T b Tb T b theorem for maximal truncations [43 Theorem 2.13] , which allows uniform L ∞ L^{\infty} L ∞ testing conditions and does not assume antisymmetry. Their extension to doubling metric measure spaces relies on Christ’s dyadic cubes, see [43 Section 6] .
A different Cotlar-type approach was combined with the good lambda inequality by H. Martikainen, X. Tolsa, and the second named author in [60 ] to fully solve Hofmann’s problem in R \mathbb{R} R for p , q ∈ ( 1 , 2 ] p,q \in(1,2] p , q ∈ ( 1 , 2 ] and, in R d \mathbb{R}^{d} R d for d > 1 d>1 d > 1 , for the range of exponents p , q ∈ [ 2 − ε ( d ) , 2 ] p,q \in[2-\varepsilon(d),2] p , q ∈ [ 2 − ε ( d ) , 2 ] with ε ( d ) > 0 \varepsilon(d)>0 ε ( d ) > 0 . Corollary 1.5 extends the results of [60 ] for measures with n n n -growth in R d \mathbb{R}^{d} R d , which are proved for antisymmetric kernels, to kernels that are not necessarily antisymmetric and to geometrically doubling metric spaces: the unbuffered testing conditions give the L 2 L^{2} L 2 -boundedness for the range of exponents in [60 ] , and the buffered ones for all p , q ∈ ( 1 , 2 ] p,q \in(1,2] p , q ∈ ( 1 , 2 ] . Corollary 1.5 extends the fixed-truncation results of [60 ] to kernels that need not be antisymmetric and to geometrically doubling metric spaces, with testing on balls. We do not know whether the unbuffered fixed-truncation theorem holds in this generality for the full range 1 < p , q ≤ ∞ 1<p,q\leq\infty 1 < p , q ≤ ∞ .
Finally, we highlight that local T b Tb T b theorems have also been studied for square functions; we refer to [26 ] , [53 ] , [59 ] , [61 ] , [62 ] , and the discussion therein. For other related works, we also refer the reader to [44 ] , [54 ] , [10 ] , [Viz24], and the references therein. For further expositions on the methods in [72 ] , we also refer to X. Tolsa’s monograph [Tol14, Chapter 5].
Applications to the heat equation
Our main application concerns absolute continuity of caloric measure and gradients of single layer potentials for the heat equation.
We denote by P n : = R n × R \mathbb{P}^n := \mathbb{R}^n \times\mathbb{R} P n := R n × R the parabolic space, with points X = ( X , t ) \mathbf{X} = (X,t) X = ( X , t ) and parabolic norm ∥ X ∥ : = max { ∣ X ∣ , ∣ t ∣ 1 / 2 } \lVert\mathbf{X}\rVert:= \max\{|X|,|t|^{1/2}\} ∥ X ∥ := max { ∣ X ∣ , ∣ t ∣ 1/2 } . With the distance induced by ∥ ⋅ ∥ \lVert\cdot\rVert ∥ ⋅ ∥ , P n \mathbb{P}^n P n is a geometrically doubling metric space of homogeneous dimension ( n + 2 ) (n+2) ( n + 2 ) , whose open balls are
B ( X , r ) = { ( Y , s ) : ∣ Y − X ∣ < r , ∣ s − t ∣ < r 2 } , X ∈ P n , r > 0. B(\mathbf{X},r) = \{(Y,s): |Y-X|<r,\ |s-t|<r^2\}, \qquad\mathbf{X}\in\mathbb{P}^n,\ r>0. B ( X , r ) = {( Y , s ) : ∣ Y − X ∣ < r , ∣ s − t ∣ < r 2 } , X ∈ P n , r > 0.
For X , Y ∈ P n \mathbf{X},\mathbf{Y}\in\mathbb{P}^n X , Y ∈ P n , X ≠ Y \mathbf{X}\ne\mathbf{Y} X = Y , we denote by
Γ ( X , Y ) : = χ { t > s } ( 4 π ( t − s ) ) n / 2 exp ( − ∣ X − Y ∣ 2 4 ( t − s ) ) . \Gamma(\mathbf{X},\mathbf{Y}) := \frac{\chi_{\{t>s\}}}{(4\pi(t-s))^{n/2}}\exp\left(-\frac{|X-Y|^2}{4(t-s)}\right). Γ ( X , Y ) := ( 4 π ( t − s ) ) n /2 χ { t > s } exp ( − 4 ( t − s ) ∣ X − Y ∣ 2 ) .
the fundamental solution of the heat equation ∂ t u − Δ X u = 0 \partial_tu-\Delta_Xu=0 ∂ t u − Δ X u = 0 , and let K ( X , Y ) : = ∇ X Γ ( X , Y ) K(\mathbf{X},\mathbf{Y}):=\nabla_X\Gamma(\mathbf{X},\mathbf{Y}) K ( X , Y ) := ∇ X Γ ( X , Y ) , where ∇ X \nabla_X ∇ X denotes the spatial gradient. Each component of K K K is an ( n + 1 ) (n+1) ( n + 1 ) -dimensional Calderón-Zygmund kernel for the parabolic distance, with regularity exponent 1, see [64 Lemma 5.4] . If σ \sigma σ is a measure on P n \mathbb{P}^n P n with ( n + 1 ) (n+1) ( n + 1 ) -growth, we consider the associated operator
T σ f ( X ) = ∫ K ( X , Y ) f ( Y ) d σ ( Y ) , f ∈ L 1 ( σ ) . T_\sigma f(\mathbf{X})=\int K(\mathbf{X},\mathbf{Y})f(Y)\,d\sigma(Y), \qquad f\in L^1(\sigma). T σ f ( X ) = ∫ K ( X , Y ) f ( Y ) d σ ( Y ) , f ∈ L 1 ( σ ) .
to be interpreted in the usual sense of truncations, which corresponds to the spatial gradient of the single layer potential for the heat equation.
Let Ω ⊂ P n \Omega\subset\mathbb{P}^n Ω ⊂ P n be open and connected, and let σ \sigma σ be a non-negative Radon measure supported on ∂ Ω \partial\Omega ∂ Ω with ( n + 1 ) (n+1) ( n + 1 ) -growth. For P ∈ Ω \mathbf{P}\in\Omega P ∈ Ω , we denote by ω P \omega^{\mathbf{P}} ω P and ω ∗ P \omega_*^{\mathbf{P}} ω ∗ P the caloric and adjoint caloric measures of Ω \Omega Ω with pole at P \mathbf{P} P , see § 8 . We assume the following A ∞ A_\infty A ∞ -type hypotheses, which are quantitative and time-directed versions of the absolute continuity of ω P \omega^{\mathbf{P}} ω P and ω ∗ P \omega_*^{\mathbf{P}} ω ∗ P with respect to σ \sigma σ . As in [MT20], we formulate them in terms of measures, rather than densities.
Definition 1.8 (The classes A ∞ + ( σ ; κ , κ ′ ) A^+_\infty(\sigma;\kappa,\kappa') A ∞ + ( σ ; κ , κ ′ ) and A ∞ − ( σ ; κ , κ ′ ) A^-_\infty(\sigma;\kappa,\kappa') A ∞ − ( σ ; κ , κ ′ ) ). Fix δ , ϑ , κ , κ ′ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \delta,\vartheta,\kappa,\kappa'\in(0,1) δ , ϑ , κ , κ ′ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) , Λ ≥ 100 \Lambda\ge100 Λ ≥ 100 , C 3 ≥ 220 \mathfrak{C}_3\ge220 C 3 ≥ 220 , and a sufficiently large structural constant β \beta β .
We write ω ∈ A ∞ + ( σ ; κ , κ ′ ) \omega\in A^+_\infty(\sigma;\kappa,\kappa') ω ∈ A ∞ + ( σ ; κ , κ ′ ) if the following holds for every ball B = B ( X 0 , r ) B=B(\mathbf{X}_0,r) B = B ( X 0 , r ) , X 0 = ( X 0 , t 0 ) \mathbf{X}_0=(X_0,t_0) X 0 = ( X 0 , t 0 ) , centered on supp σ \operatorname{supp}\sigma supp σ , with 0 < r ≤ diam ( supp σ ) 0<r\le\operatorname{diam}(\operatorname{supp}\sigma) 0 < r ≤ diam ( supp σ ) , C 3 \mathfrak{C}_3 C 3 -small boundary and σ ( Λ B ) ≤ β σ ( δ B ) \sigma(\Lambda B)\le\beta\sigma(\delta B) σ ( Λ B ) ≤ β σ ( δ B ) : there exists P B + = ( X P + , t P + ) ∈ Ω ∩ δ B \mathbf{P}_B^+=(X_{P^+},t_{P^+})\in\Omega\cap\delta B P B + = ( X P + , t P + ) ∈ Ω ∩ δ B satisfying
t 0 + ϑ ( δ r ) 2 ≤ t P + ≤ t 0 + ( δ r ) 2 , (13) t_0+\vartheta(\delta r)^2\le t_{P^+}\le t_0+(\delta r)^2, \tag*{(13)} t 0 + ϑ ( δ r ) 2 ≤ t P + ≤ t 0 + ( δ r ) 2 , (13) such that, for every Borel set E ⊂ B E\subset B E ⊂ B , the following property holds:
σ ( E ) ≤ κ σ ( B ) ⟹ ω B P B + ( E ) ≤ κ ′ ω B P B + ( B ) . (14) \sigma(E)\le\kappa\sigma(B) \quad\Longrightarrow\quad\omega_B^{\mathbf{P}_B^+}(E)\le\kappa'\omega_B^{\mathbf{P}_B^+}(B). \tag*{(14)} σ ( E ) ≤ κσ ( B ) ⟹ ω B P B + ( E ) ≤ κ ′ ω B P B + ( B ) . (14) The property ω ∗ ∈ A ∞ − ( σ ; κ , κ ′ ) \omega_*\in A^-_\infty(\sigma;\kappa,\kappa') ω ∗ ∈ A ∞ − ( σ ; κ , κ ′ ) is defined by the analogous conditions, with ω ∗ \omega_* ω ∗ in place of ω B P B + \omega_B^{\mathbf{P}_B^+} ω B P B + in (1.14), and poles P B − ∈ Ω ∩ δ B \mathbf{P}_B^- \in\Omega\cap\delta B P B − ∈ Ω ∩ δ B satisfying
t 0 − ( δ r ) 2 ≤ t P − ≤ t 0 − ϑ ( δ r ) 2 . (15) t_0-(\delta r)^2\le t_{P^-}\le t_0-\vartheta(\delta r)^2. \tag*{(15)} t 0 − ( δ r ) 2 ≤ t P − ≤ t 0 − ϑ ( δ r ) 2 . (15)
We remark that, unlike reverse Hölder conditions, Definition 1.8 does not require ω B P B + ∣ B \omega_B^{\mathbf{P}_B^+}|_B ω B P B + ∣ B and ω ∗ B P B − ∣ B \omega_{*B}^{\mathbf{P}_B^-}|_B ω ∗ B P B − ∣ B to be absolutely continuous with respect to σ \sigma σ . On the other hand, if ω B P B + ∣ B ≪ σ ∣ B \omega_B^{\mathbf{P}_B^+}|_B\ll\sigma|_B ω B P B + ∣ B ≪ σ ∣ B and its density k B + k_B^+ k B + satisfies the reverse Hölder-type inequality
\left(\fint_B (k_B^+)^s\,d\sigma\right)^{1/s}\le C\frac{\omega_B^{\mathbf{P}_B^+}(B)}{\sigma(B)},
for some s > 1 s>1 s > 1 and C ≥ 1 C\ge1 C ≥ 1 , then Hölder’s inequality gives
ω B P B + ( E ) ≤ C ( σ ( E ) σ ( B ) ) 1 / s ′ ω B P B + ( B ) , for every Borel set E ⊂ B . \omega_{B}^{\mathbf{P}_{B}^{+}}(E)\le C\left(\frac{\sigma(E)}{\sigma(B)}\right)^{1/s'}\omega_{B}^{\mathbf{P}_{B}^{+}}(B),
\qquad\text{for every Borel set }E\subset B. ω B P B + ( E ) ≤ C ( σ ( B ) σ ( E ) ) 1/ s ′ ω B P B + ( B ) , for every Borel set E ⊂ B .
Hence, (14) holds for every κ ′ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \kappa'\in(0,1) κ ′ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) , with κ : = ( κ ′ / C ) s ′ \kappa:=(\kappa'/C)^{s'} κ := ( κ ′ / C ) s ′ . The same applies to ω ∗ P B − \omega_{*}^{\mathbf{P}_{B}^{-}} ω ∗ P B − .
In corkscrew domains with Ahlfors-regular boundaries, suitable reverse Hölder estimates and A ∞ A_{\infty} A ∞ -type conditions for elliptic measure with respect to surface measure are equivalent to the solvability of the Dirichlet problem with data in L p L^{p} L p for some 1 < p < ∞ 1<p<\infty 1 < p < ∞ . This equivalence holds for second-order uniformly elliptic operators in divergence form with real L ∞ L^{\infty} L ∞ coefficients; see [68 ] . For the Laplacian, these conditions also imply uniform rectifiability of the boundary; see [32 MT20] and the references therein.
In the parabolic setting, E. Fabes and S. Salsa showed in [22 ] that, in Lipschitz cylinders, the caloric Poisson kernel satisfies a reverse Hölder inequality with exponent 2 2 2 , but for time-varying domains the picture is more delicate. R. Kaufman and J.-M. Wu showed in [46 ] that caloric measure may fail to be absolutely continuous with respect to surface measure on the graph of a Lip ( 1 , 1 / 2 ) \operatorname{Lip}(1,1/2) Lip ( 1 , 1/2 ) function, while J. L. Lewis and M. A. M. Murray proved in [55 ] that it is an A ∞ A_{\infty} A ∞ weight if the graph has, in addition, a half-order time derivative in parabolic BMO, see also [33 ] . These graphs are the model for the parabolic uniformly rectifiable sets introduced by S. Hofmann, J. L. Lewis, and K. Nyström in [34 , 35 ] . More recently, A. Genschaw and S. Hofmann proved in [25 ] a weak reverse Hölder inequality for caloric measure, equivalent to the L p L^{p} L p solvability of the Dirichlet problem, assuming a time-backward Ahlfors regularity condition on the boundary, and S. Bortz, S. Hofmann, J. M. Martell, and K. Nyström showed in [13 , 14 ] that, for domains with time-symmetric Ahlfors regular boundary satisfying an interior corkscrew condition, this property implies parabolic uniform rectifiability.
Definition 1.8 is a local version of these conditions, where the poles P B + \mathbf{P}_{B}^{+} P B + and P B − \mathbf{P}_{B}^{-} P B − lie in δ B \delta B δ B , in the future and in the past of the center of B B B , respectively, at time distance comparable to ( δ r ( B ) ) 2 (\delta r(B))^{2} ( δ r ( B ) ) 2 . We remark that we work under minimal geometric assumptions. In particular, we do not assume that σ \sigma σ is Ahlfors regular, nor any corkscrew, Harnack chain, or capacity density condition on Ω \Omega Ω .
Time-directed reverse Hölder and A ∞ A_{\infty} A ∞ -type conditions also appear in the theory of parabolic Muckenhoupt weights, introduced by J. Kinnunen and O. Saari in [50 , 51 ] in connection with the doubly nonlinear equation ∂ t ( ∣ u ∣ p − 2 u ) − div ( ∣ ∇ u ∣ p − 2 ∇ u ) = 0 \partial_t(|u|^{p-2}u)-\operatorname{div}(|\nabla u|^{p-2}\nabla u)=0 ∂ t ( ∣ u ∣ p − 2 u ) − div ( ∣∇ u ∣ p − 2 ∇ u ) = 0 , which gives the heat equation for p = 2 p=2 p = 2 , see [49 , 47 , 48 ] and also [75 , 9 ] and the references therein. There, w w w is a weight on P n \mathbb{P}^{n} P n with respect to Lebesgue measure, and the parabolic reverse Hölder inequality (\fint_{R^{-}}w^{s})^{1/s}\le C\fint_{R^{+}}w controls the integrability of w w w on the lower part R − R^{-} R − of a parabolic rectangle R R R by its average on the upper part R + R^{+} R + , possibly separated from R − R^{-} R − by a time lag. For instance, by the weak Harnack inequality, positive supersolutions of the heat equation in P n \mathbb{P}^{n} P n are parabolic Muckenhoupt weights, see [50 ] . In Definition 1.8, instead, both sides of (14) involve the same ball B B B , and the time direction is encoded in the position of the pole P B + \mathbf{P}_{B}^{+} P B + , on which the measure ω B P B + \omega_{B}^{\mathbf{P}_{B}^{+}} ω B P B + depends, so that A ∞ + ( σ ; κ , κ ′ ) A_{\infty}^{+}(\sigma;\kappa,\kappa') A ∞ + ( σ ; κ , κ ′ ) is not a condition on a single weight. Moreover, the theory of parabolic Muckenhoupt weights relies on the doubling property of Lebesgue measure, or of the underlying measure on a space of homogeneous type as in [49 ] , through Calderón–Zygmund decompositions and chaining arguments, which yield the self-improvement of parabolic reverse Hölder inequalities and several characterizations of the parabolic A ∞ A_{\infty} A ∞ and reverse Hölder classes, see [47 , 48 ] . Since σ \sigma σ only has ( n + 1 ) (n+1) ( n + 1 ) -growth, we require (14) only on balls with small boundary such that σ ( λ B ) ≤ β σ ( δ B ) \sigma(\lambda B)\le\beta\sigma(\delta B) σ ( λ B ) ≤ β σ ( δ B ) , with fixed parameters κ \kappa κ and κ ′ \kappa' κ ′ , and we do not use any self-improvement property.
Theorem 1.9. Let n ≥ 1 n\ge1 n ≥ 1 , let Ω ⊂ P n \Omega\subset\mathbb{P}^{n} Ω ⊂ P n be open and connected, and let σ \sigma σ be a non-negative Radon measure supported on ∂ Ω \partial\Omega ∂ Ω such that σ ( B ( X , r ) ) ≤ C 0 r n + 1 \sigma(B(X,r))\le C_{0}r^{n+1} σ ( B ( X , r )) ≤ C 0 r n + 1 for every X ∈ P n X\in\mathbb{P}^{n} X ∈ P n and r > 0 r>0 r > 0 . Suppose
that ω ∈ A ∞ + ( σ ; κ , κ ′ ) \omega\in A^{+}_{\infty}(\sigma;\kappa,\kappa') ω ∈ A ∞ + ( σ ; κ , κ ′ ) and ω ∗ ∈ A ∞ − ( σ ; κ , κ ′ ) \omega_* \in A^{-}_{\infty}(\sigma;\kappa,\kappa') ω ∗ ∈ A ∞ − ( σ ; κ , κ ′ ) , for some κ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \kappa\in(0,1) κ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) and κ ′ ∈ ( 0 , 1 / 200 ] \kappa' \in(0,1/200] κ ′ ∈ ( 0 , 1/200 ] , where δ \delta δ is sufficiently small depending only on n n n and ϑ \vartheta ϑ , and β \beta β is sufficiently large depending only on n n n , δ \delta δ , and Λ \Lambda Λ . Then T σ T_\sigma T σ is bounded on L 2 ( σ ) L^2(\sigma) L 2 ( σ ) , that is,
sup ε > 0 ∥ T σ , ε ∥ L 2 ( σ ) → L 2 ( σ ; R n ) < ∞ . \sup_{\varepsilon>0}\|T_{\sigma,\varepsilon}\|_{L^2(\sigma)\to L^2(\sigma;\mathbb{R}^n)}<\infty. ε > 0 sup ∥ T σ , ε ∥ L 2 ( σ ) → L 2 ( σ ; R n ) < ∞.
The bound depends only on n n n , C 0 \mathcal{C}_0 C 0 , and the parameters in Definition 1.8 .
Theorem 1.9 is a parabolic analogue of the result [MT20, Theorem 1.1] by the second named author and X. Tolsa, where an A ∞ A_\infty A ∞ -type condition on harmonic measure, with poles depending on the ball, is shown to imply the L 2 L^2 L 2 -boundedness of the Riesz transform with respect to measures with n n n -growth in R n + 1 \mathbb{R}^{n+1} R n + 1 , for arbitrary open sets. In [MT20], either the measure concentrates near the pole, or the T 1 T1 T 1 theorem applied to the normalized harmonic measure σ ( B ) ω x B ∣ B / ω x B ( B ) \sigma(B)\,\omega^{x_B}|_B/\omega^{x_B}(B) σ ( B ) ω x B ∣ B / ω x B ( B ) gives a big piece of the ball on which the Riesz transform is bounded, and the global bound follows by a good-lambda argument. Instead, we test directly with the normalized caloric and adjoint caloric measures in Theorem 1.3 . Since the testing measures are non-negative, (2) holds with C 1 = 1 \mathcal{C}_1=1 C 1 = 1 , and the conditions in Definition 1.8 with κ ′ ≤ 1 / 200 \kappa'\leq1/200 κ ′ ≤ 1/200 give the small-set condition (3) . In [MT20], the analogous condition is assumed with an arbitrary κ ′ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \kappa'\in(0,1) κ ′ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) . Moreover, a parabolic version of the estimates in [MT20], based on local boundedness of the gradient of a positive adjoint caloric function and on a parabolic Bourgain-type lower bound for caloric measure, controls the maximal truncations by a maximal function of the testing measures away from the poles. The concentration alternative (4) takes care of the balls on which σ \sigma σ concentrates near the poles. Since caloric measure only sees the past of its pole, the measures with poles in the future of B B B test T ∗ T^* T ∗ , those with poles in the past test T T T , and we work with balls whose time-forward and time-backward halves have comparable measure, see Lemma 8.9 .
Finally, we remark that Theorem 1.9 is linked to quantitative rectifiability . Indeed, in the elliptic setting, the result in [MT20], combined with the solution of the codimension one David–Semmes problem by F. Nazarov, X. Tolsa, and A. Volberg [69 ] , shows that, if σ \sigma σ is Ahlfors regular, the A ∞ A_\infty A ∞ -type condition on harmonic measure implies the uniform rectifiability of supp σ \operatorname{supp}\sigma supp σ , see also [32 ] . A parabolic analogue of this argument would require that, for an ( n + 1 ) (n+1) ( n + 1 ) -dimensional Ahlfors regular measure σ \sigma σ on P n \mathbb{P}^n P n , the L 2 ( σ ) L^2(\sigma) L 2 ( σ ) -boundedness of T σ T_\sigma T σ implies the parabolic uniform rectifiability of supp σ \operatorname{supp}\sigma supp σ . The converse implication holds, see [HJ25] and the references therein. However, J. Hoffman and B. Jaye showed in [HJ25] that this direct analogue of the David–Semmes problem fails, by constructing measures that are not parabolic uniformly rectifiable, on which T σ T_\sigma T σ and a large class of parabolic singular integrals are bounded. They also proved that the boundedness of all parabolic Calderón–Zygmund operators implies parabolic uniform rectifiability under an additional packing condition that rules out these examples, and they conjectured that the boundedness of T σ T_\sigma T σ suffices under the same condition. A positive answer to their conjecture, combined with Theorem 1.9 , would show that, under this condition, the assumptions of Theorem 1.9 imply parabolic uniform rectifiability, see also § 1.4 .
Discussion of the proof, main ideas, and outline of the paper
In the case of a singular integral operator that is not necessarily antisymmetric, the natural assumptions for a local T b Tb T b theorem involve two distinct testing systems, one associated with T T T and one associated with its adjoint T ∗ T^* T ∗ , and this difficulty is substantial rather than technical. Indeed, in our proof of Theorem 1.3 , each of the families { v B } B \{v_B\}_B { v B } B and { v B ∗ } B \{v_B^*\}_B { v B ∗ } B generates its own exceptional sets, suppressions, martingale difference decompositions, and corona decomposition. These objects act independently, so the one-measure techniques of F. Nazarov, S. Treil, and A. Volberg [70 , 72 ] cannot be applied directly. The approach to non-homogeneous local T b Tb T b theorems developed in [NMV21] and [60 ] , which combines a non-homogeneous good-lambda method, the big pieces T b Tb T b theorem of [70 ] , and a change of measure argument, was implemented there for antisymmetric kernels, and it was pointed out in [62 ] that the general case involves genuine difficulties. The main achievement of our proof is to make these two a priori separate structures interact. To this end, we develop a framework that brings them into a single tree-wise analysis by means of suppressed singular integral operators and a mixed corona decomposition . Its key ingredient is a tree-wise L 2 L^{2} L 2 -estimate with respect to two different measures.
We first describe the overall strategy. After regularizing the kernel at small and large scales, which makes all the operators a priori bounded and allows us to absorb small multiples of their norms, see § 3.1 , the proof consists of two steps. In the first one, which is the core of the paper, we prove that, for every ball B 0 ∈ B B_{0}\in\mathcal{B} B 0 ∈ B and every g ∈ L ∞ ( μ ) g\in L^{\infty}(\mu) g ∈ L ∞ ( μ ) supported in B 0 B_{0} B 0 ,
∫ B 0 ( T μ , ♯ g + ( T ∗ ) μ , ♯ g ) d μ ≲ ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ) μ ( B 0 ) , \int_{B_{0}}\left(T_{\mu,\sharp}g+(T^{*})_{\mu,\sharp}g\right)\,d\mu\lesssim\lVert g\rVert_{L^{\infty}(\mu)}\mu(B_{0}), ∫ B 0 ( T μ , ♯ g + ( T ∗ ) μ , ♯ g ) d μ ≲ ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ) μ ( B 0 ) ,
see (301) . This estimate resembles a local T 1 T1 T 1 theorem, but it only provides L 1 L^{1} L 1 bounds for T μ , ♯ χ B 0 T_{\mu,\sharp}\chi_{B_{0}} T μ , ♯ χ B 0 and ( T ∗ ) μ , ♯ χ B 0 (T^{*})_{\mu,\sharp}\chi_{B_{0}} ( T ∗ ) μ , ♯ χ B 0 , whereas the classical local T 1 T1 T 1 theorems require L ∞ L^{\infty} L ∞ or BMO-type bounds.
At this point, the generality of our testing assumptions plays a role in the proof itself. By Chebyshev’s inequality, the measures μ ∣ B \mu|_{B} μ ∣ B satisfy the L ∞ L^{\infty} L ∞ condition (6) , and, in the second step, we run our construction once more with these testing measures. In this way, we find, in every doubling David-Mattila cell Q Q Q , a set G Q G_{Q} G Q with μ ( G Q ) ≳ μ ( Q ) \mu(G_{Q})\gtrsim\mu(Q) μ ( G Q ) ≳ μ ( Q ) such that T μ ∣ G Q T_{\mu|_{G_{Q}}} T μ ∣ G Q is bounded on L 2 ( μ ∣ G Q ) L^{2}(\mu|_{G_{Q}}) L 2 ( μ ∣ G Q ) , and a good-lambda inequality in the spirit of [MT20, Section 9], see Proposition 7.4, upgrades these big pieces to the full L 2 ( μ ) L^{2}(\mu) L 2 ( μ ) -boundedness of T T T .
Our techniques involve three different geometric objects, and part of the difficulty is to make them compatible with one another.
Metric balls. The testing conditions are formulated on balls, and we work with the testing balls B ~ ( R ) ∈ B \widetilde{B}(R)\in\mathcal{B} B ( R ) ∈ B associated with doubling David-Mattila cells R R R , which have small boundary, see Appendix § 9 .§ 1 . All the exceptional families associated with density, growth, and the operator are defined by conditions on balls, and the weak boundedness property is proved on random balls with small boundary. This allows us to carry out the whole argument in geometrically doubling metric spaces.
Random dyadic systems D ( w ) \mathbb{D}(w) D ( w ) of T. Hytönen and A. Kairema [39 ] , which depend on a parameter w w w in a probability space. We use two independent such systems, one for each testing system, to detect the cubes on which the testing measures are not accretive, and to implement the martingale difference decompositions and the probabilistic arguments of § 6 and § 7 .
A fixed David-Mattila lattice D 0 \mathcal{D}_{0} D 0 associated with μ \mu μ , see Lemma 2.5, on which we construct the corona decompositions of both testing systems. Using the same lattice for T T T and T ∗ T^{*} T ∗ is crucial to make the two decompositions interact, and the same lattice is used in the good-lambda argument.
The first difficulty concerns the testing measures themselves. We write ν B = b ^ B ∣ ν B ∣ \nu_{B}=\widehat{b}_{B}\lvert\nu_{B}\rvert ν B = b B ∣ ν B ∣ , with ∣ b ^ B ∣ = 1 \lvert\widehat{b}_{B}\rvert=1 ∣ b B ∣ = 1 , for the polar decomposition of the testing measure. Thus, the testing measure is replaced by the bounded function b ^ B \widehat{b}_{B} b B , at the expense of replacing, at the level of each ball B B B , the underlying measure μ \mu μ by ∣ ν B ∣ \lvert\nu_{B}\rvert ∣ ν B ∣ . The latter need not have polynomial growth, need not be comparable with μ \mu μ , and need not be absolutely continuous with respect to μ \mu μ . Our small-set condition does not require a density in any L p ( μ ) L^{p}(\mu) L p ( μ ) space with p > 1 p>1 p > 1 .
There is a further difficulty in the operator testing. For each η ∈ ( 0 , 1 / 10 ) \eta\in(0,1/10) η ∈ ( 0 , 1/10 ) and each testing ball B B B on which the operator-testing alternative (5) holds, there is an exceptional set U B = U B ( η ) ⊂ B U_{B}=U_{B}(\eta)\subset B U B = U B ( η ) ⊂ B with μ ( U B ) < η μ ( B ) \mu(U_{B})<\eta\mu(B) μ ( U B ) < η μ ( B ) such that T ♯ ν ^ B ≤ E 2 ( η ) T_{\sharp}\widehat{\nu}_{B}\leq\mathcal{E}_{2}(\eta) T ♯ ν B ≤ E 2 ( η ) on ( 1 − τ ) B ∖ U B (1-\tau)B\setminus U_{B} ( 1 − τ ) B ∖ U B , where, for each η \eta η , the level E 2 ( η ) \mathcal{E}_{2}(\eta) E 2 ( η ) is uniform over the testing balls. No operator bound is assumed on U B U_{B} U B or on B ∖ ( 1 − τ ) B B\setminus(1-\tau)B B ∖ ( 1 − τ ) B , and no integrability of the maximal truncations is imposed. If this alternative does not hold, the concentration alternative (4) holds instead. Recovering the required growth, comparability, accretivity, and testing properties on a quantitatively large set is one of the main steps of our argument.
In § 3 , we construct, for each testing measure, an exceptional set outside of which ν ^ B \widehat{\nu}_B ν B is accretive on the cubes of a random dyadic system, ∣ ν ^ B ∣ |\widehat{\nu}_B| ∣ ν B ∣ and μ \mu μ are comparable, ∣ ν ^ B ∣ |\widehat{\nu}_B| ∣ ν B ∣ has polynomial growth, and the maximal truncations of ν ^ B \widehat{\nu}_B ν B are bounded. The small-set condition (3) and the L 0 L^0 L 0 condition (6) imply that this set, together with the annulus B ∖ ( 1 − τ ) B B \setminus(1-\tau)B B ∖ ( 1 − τ ) B , carries a small portion of the total variation of ν ^ B \widehat{\nu}_B ν B , so that its complement contains a set F F F with ∣ ν ^ B ∣ ( F ) ≳ ∥ ν ^ B ∥ |\widehat{\nu}_B|(F) \gtrsim\|\widehat{\nu}_B\| ∣ ν B ∣ ( F ) ≳ ∥ ν B ∥ , see Lemma 3.9.
Then, as in [70 ] , we suppress the kernel at the scale Ξ ( x ) : = dist ( x , F ) \Xi(x) := \operatorname{dist}(x,F) Ξ ( x ) := dist ( x , F ) by setting
K Ξ ( x , y ) : = K ( x , y ) d ( x , y ) 2 n d ( x , y ) 2 n + Ξ ( x ) n Ξ ( y ) n . K_{\Xi}(x,y) := K(x,y)\frac{d(x,y)^{2n}}{d(x,y)^{2n}+\Xi(x)^n\Xi(y)^n}. K Ξ ( x , y ) := K ( x , y ) d ( x , y ) 2 n + Ξ ( x ) n Ξ ( y ) n d ( x , y ) 2 n .
This product-type suppression applies to general Calderón-Zygmund kernels on metric spaces, see Lemma 3.13 and Appendix B, and the suppressed operator satisfies the testing condition on the whole ball, see Lemma 3.15 .
Next, we implement the coronization argument. The exceptional sets depend on the random parameter w w w , and so do the suppressions. By a probabilistic argument in the spirit of [70 ] , we replace them by deterministic suppressions which still vanish on a set of measure comparable to the measure of the ball, see Lemmas 4.2 and 4.3. For each testing system, we then construct a corona decomposition on D 0 \mathcal{D}_0 D 0 :
If the concentration alternative (4) in the testing dichotomy holds on the testing ball of a cell R R R , we stop at a descendant of R R R with much larger density, and the choice of η = η ∗ \eta=\eta_* η = η ∗ in (101) gives a packing condition for the densities of the top cells.
Otherwise, we stop at the maximal cells whose size is small compared with the deterministic suppression, which satisfy a Carleson packing condition.
In § 4.3 , we merge the two corona decompositions into a single mixed corona decomposition by intersecting their trees, and we reduce the local estimate above to uniform L 2 L^2 L 2 bounds, on each tree of the mixed corona decomposition, for the operator suppressed by the maximum of the two suppressions, see Corollary 4.13.
This is the step in which the two testing systems start to interact. In particular, each testing system is only used on its own good set, and no lower bound on the measure of the set where both systems are accretive is needed.
The second main difficulty arises on the trees of the mixed corona decomposition. Each tree is associated with two nested David-Mattila cells R 1 R_1 R 1 and R 2 R_2 R 2 , whose testing balls B 1 : = B ~ ( R 1 ) B_1:=\widetilde{B}(R_1) B 1 := B ( R 1 ) and B 2 : = B ~ ( R 2 ) B_2:=\widetilde{B}(R_2) B 2 := B ( R 2 ) carry a testing measure ν ^ 1 \widehat{\nu}_1 ν 1 for T T T and a testing measure ν ^ 2 \widehat{\nu}_2 ν 2 for T ∗ T^* T ∗ , respectively. However, the partial order of the cells is not inherited by the balls, which need not be nested nor have comparable radii, and the natural T b T b T b argument bounds the suppressed operator from L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ) L^2(|\widehat{\nu}_1|) L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) to L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ) L^2(|\widehat{\nu}_2|) L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) , with two different measures, neither of which is μ \mu μ .
To transfer bounds between these spaces and L 2 ( μ ) L^2(\mu) L 2 ( μ ) , we prove in § 3.6 a Cotlar inequality for different measures , Lemma 3.16 , which extends [77 Lemmas 5.25–5.27] : if a suppressed operator is bounded from L 2 ( m 1 ) L^2(\mathfrak{m}_1) L 2 ( m 1 ) to L 2 ( m 2 ) L^2(\mathfrak{m}_2) L 2 ( m 2 ) , then its maximal truncations are bounded from L 2 ( m 1 ) L^2(\mathfrak{m}_1) L 2 ( m 1 ) to L 2 ( m 3 ) L^2(\mathfrak{m}_3) L 2 ( m 3 ) , provided that, above the scale of the suppression, the three measures have polynomial growth and are mutually comparable on balls. By the construction of the exceptional sets, this is the case for μ \mu μ , ∣ ν 1 ∣ |\nu_1| ∣ ν 1 ∣ , and ∣ ν 2 ∣ |\nu_2| ∣ ν 2 ∣ , where ν i : = ν ^ i + μ ∣ B i \nu_i:=\widehat{\nu}_i+\mu|_{B_i} ν i := ν i + μ ∣ B i . In § 5 , we use this inequality to bound the norm on L 2 ( μ ) L^2(\mu) L 2 ( μ ) of a localization of the suppressed operator to B 2 × B 1 B_2\times B_1 B 2 × B 1 by its norm from L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ) L^2(|\widehat{\nu}_1|) L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) to L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ) L^2(|\widehat{\nu}_2|) L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) , see Lemma 5.3 . The latter norm is estimated in the Key Lemma 6.7, which is the heart of the paper. Its proof is inspired by the arguments of [70 ] , [77 Chapter 5] , and [63 ] , with two independent random dyadic systems and martingale differences adapted to ∣ ν i ∣ |\nu_i| ∣ ν i ∣ and b ^ i \widehat{b}_i b i .
The possible imbalance between B 1 B_1 B 1 and B 2 B_2 B 2 creates an obstacle in the estimates of the terms involving the top cubes of the martingale decompositions, which does not appear in the one-measure case. We overcome it by a preliminary randomization which, with large probability, allows us to work with good top cubes containing both balls, see (172) and Lemma 6.11.
Moreover, since K K K is not antisymmetric, the weak boundedness property is not automatic, and its proof is a delicate part of the argument. We prove it in § 6.4.1 for balls with small boundary with respect to both ∣ ν 1 ∣ |\nu_1| ∣ ν 1 ∣ and ∣ ν 2 ∣ |\nu_2| ∣ ν 2 ∣ , by combining the small boundary property with the testing conditions on the maximal truncations, which control the operator acting on the restriction of ν ^ 1 \widehat{\nu}_1 ν 1 to the complement of a ball, and we apply it on the random balls whose doubles meet both good sets. This produces an error term involving the operator norm, which we absorb at the end of the argument, after a careful choice of the (several) auxiliary parameters that avoids circular arguments, see Table 1 .
Table 1. Main parameters of the proof. The parameters m m m , λ \lambda λ , υ \upsilon υ , and a a a are fixed in this order in the proof of Lemma 7.3, so that the coefficient of the operator norm in (287) is at most 1 / 2 1/2 1/2 .
Finally, in § 7.1 , we combine the tree-wise estimate with a probabilistic averaging argument over the random suppressions. The norms of the operators with random and deterministic suppressions are controlled by the norm of the averaged operator, again by means of Lemma 3.16, see Lemma 7.2, and the Key Lemma bounds the latter by a constant plus a small multiple of itself, see Lemma 7.3. This gives the tree-wise bounds, uniformly over the trees and the truncations, and hence the local estimate above. The second step and the good-lambda argument of § 7.2 conclude the proof of Theorem 1.3 in § 7.3 . The preliminaries are collected in Section 2, Theorem 1.9 is proved in Section 8, and the appendices contain the constructions, in geometrically doubling metric spaces, of the David-Mattila testing balls, of random and Whitney-type cubes, and of the suppressed kernels.
For the reader’s convenience, we collect the main parameters of the proof in Table 1 .
Related results
While we were at an advanced stage in the preparation of this manuscript, X. Tolsa informed the second named author that M. Fernàndez-Vilaseca simultaneously and independently proved, in [23 ] , a big pieces T b Tb T b theorem with two testing functions for SIOs with non-antisymmetric kernels, assuming that the measure of the joint accretivity set is bounded below by a fixed positive proportion of the total measure.
We also announce an upcoming paper by John Hoffman. He proves [HJ25, Conjecture 1.3], which is a parabolic analogue of the codimension one David-Semmes problem , see [21 , 69 ] . More precisely, let μ \mu μ be an ( n + 1 ) (n+1) ( n + 1 ) -dimensional Ahlfors regular measure on R n \mathbb{R}^n R n with unbounded support, and assume that the parabolic Riesz transform is bounded on L 2 ( μ ) L^2(\mu) L 2 ( μ ) and that μ \mu μ satisfies the packing condition HSDC (higher spatial dimension condition ), see [HJ25, Section 3]. The latter means that the balls on which μ \mu μ is close, in a weak sense, to a product measure L n ⊗ γ \mathcal{L}^n \otimes\gamma L n ⊗ γ , where γ \gamma γ is a measure on the time axis, satisfy a Carlson packing condition. Then supp μ \operatorname{supp}\mu supp μ is parabolic uniformly rectifiable, in the sense of [34 , 35 ] , that is, the β 2 \beta_2 β 2 -numbers of μ \mu μ with respect to vertical hyperplanes satisfy a Carlson condition.
He will also show that, if σ \sigma σ is Ahlfors regular and has unbounded support, the assumptions of Theorem 1.9 imply that σ \sigma σ satisfies HSDC. Hence, Hoffman’s result and Theorem 1.9 will imply that, in this case, supp σ \operatorname{supp}\sigma supp σ is parabolic uniformly rectifiable.
Acknowledgments
The main ideas and key arguments of this paper were developed during the second-named author’s visit to the Erwin Schrödinger International Institute for Mathematics and Physics (ESI), Vienna, for the thematic programme “Free Boundary Problems” in the fall of 2025. He thanks the institute for its hospitality.
AI use
The proof strategy, the mathematical arguments, and an advanced draft of this paper were developed by the authors, with AI used only for editorial assistance. In the final stages of the preparation of the paper, the authors used LLM tools to check the proofs in detail, to proofread the text, to improve the presentation, and to generate Table 1 . The proof checks helped the authors detect and correct some small gaps and inaccuracies. The authors take full responsibility for the content of the manuscript.
Preliminaries and notation
General notation and definitions
Given a , b > 0 a,b>0 a , b > 0 , we write a ≲ b a\lesssim b a ≲ b if there exists C > 0 C>0 C > 0 such that a ≤ C b a\leq Cb a ≤ C b , and a ≲ t b a\lesssim_t b a ≲ t b to specify that the constant C C C depends on the parameter t t t . We write a ≈ b a\approx b a ≈ b to mean a ≲ b ≲ a a\lesssim b\lesssim a a ≲ b ≲ a , and define a ≈ t b a\approx_t b a ≈ t b similarly.
For A ⊂ X A\subset X A ⊂ X , we denote by χ A \chi_A χ A its characteristic function. We denote by M ( X ; C ) M(X;\mathbb{C}) M ( X ; C ) the space of finite complex Radon measures on X X X and, for ν ∈ M ( X ; C ) \nu\in M(X;\mathbb{C}) ν ∈ M ( X ; C ) , we denote by ∥ ν ∥ : = ∣ ν ∣ ( X ) \lVert\nu\rVert:=\lvert\nu\rvert(X) ∥ ν ∥ := ∣ ν ∣ ( X ) its total variation. We also write M + ( X ) M_+(X) M + ( X ) for the family of non-negative Radon measures on X X X . All the Radon measures we consider are finite on bounded sets. For m ∈ M + ( X ) m\in M_+(X) m ∈ M + ( X ) , we denote by L l o c 1 ( m ) L^1_{\mathrm{loc}}(m) L loc 1 ( m ) the space of the functions that are m m m -integrable on every bounded set.
We recall, see for instance [41 Lemma 2.2] , that, if ( X , d ) (X,d) ( X , d ) is a geometrically doubling metric space with parameter D D D , then every ball B ( x , r ) ⊂ X B(x,r)\subset X B ( x , r ) ⊂ X can contain the centers x i x_i x i of at most D α − log 2 D D\alpha^{-\log_2 D} D α − l o g 2 D disjoint balls B ( x i , α r ) B(x_i,\alpha r) B ( x i , α r ) , for every α ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] \alpha\in(0,1] α ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] . The parameter d : = log 2 D \mathfrak{d}:=\log_2 D d := log 2 D is often referred to as the doubling dimension of X X X .
A ball B ( x , r ) B(x,r) B ( x , r ) is said to be m m m -( a , β ) (a,\beta) ( a , β ) -doubling if
m ( B ( x , a r ) ) ≤ β m ( B ( x , r ) ) , (16) m(B(x,ar))\leq\beta m(B(x,r)), \tag*{(16)} m ( B ( x , a r )) ≤ β m ( B ( x , r )) , (16)
and we denote by B ( m ; a , β ) \mathcal{B}(m;a,\beta) B ( m ; a , β ) the family of m m m -( a , β ) (a,\beta) ( a , β ) -doubling balls in X X X .
Remark 2.1. If B ⊂ X B\subset X B ⊂ X satisfies the doubling-type assumption (7) for a measure μ \mu μ as in the statement of the main theorem, then B B B is both μ \mu μ -( 5 , β ) (5,\beta) ( 5 , β ) - and μ \mu μ -( 100 , β ) (100,\beta) ( 100 , β ) -doubling. Indeed, we have
μ ( 5 B ) ≤ μ ( 100 B ) ≤ μ ( Λ B ) ≤ β μ ( δ B ) ≤ β μ ( B ) . \mu(5B)\leq\mu(100B)\leq\mu(\Lambda B)\leq\beta\mu(\delta B)\leq\beta\mu(B). μ ( 5 B ) ≤ μ ( 100 B ) ≤ μ ( Λ B ) ≤ β μ ( δ B ) ≤ β μ ( B ) .
Let n n n be the growth exponent as in (1) . Given a ball B ⊂ X B\subset X B ⊂ X , we define its density
Θ m ( B ) : = m ( B ) r ( B ) n . (17) \Theta_m(B):=\frac{m(B)}{r(B)^n}. \tag*{(17)} Θ m ( B ) := r ( B ) n m ( B ) . (17)
Given a > 0 a>0 a > 0 and a non-negative Radon measure m m m on X X X , we say that a ball B ⊂ X B\subset X B ⊂ X centered at x B x_B x B has a a a -small boundary if, for every λ > 0 \lambda>0 λ > 0 we have
m ( { x ∈ 5 B : ∣ dist ( x , x B ) − r ( B ) ∣ ≤ λ r ( B ) } ) ≤ a λ m ( 5 B ) . (18) m\left(\left\{x\in5B:\lvert\operatorname{dist}(x,x_B)-r(B)\rvert\leq\lambda r(B)\right\}\right)\leq a\lambda m(5B). \tag*{(18)} m ( { x ∈ 5 B : ∣ dist ( x , x B ) − r ( B )∣ ≤ λ r ( B ) } ) ≤ aλm ( 5 B ) . (18)
We remark that, for 0 < λ ≤ 1 0<\lambda\leq1 0 < λ ≤ 1 , both B ∖ ( 1 − λ ) B B\setminus(1-\lambda)B B ∖ ( 1 − λ ) B and ( 1 + λ ) B ∖ B (1+\lambda)B\setminus B ( 1 + λ ) B ∖ B are subsets of
{ x ∈ 5 B : ∣ dist ( x , x B ) − r ( B ) ∣ ≤ λ r ( B ) } . \left\{x\in5B:\lvert\operatorname{dist}(x,x_B)-r(B)\rvert\leq\lambda r(B)\right\}. { x ∈ 5 B : ∣ dist ( x , x B ) − r ( B )∣ ≤ λ r ( B ) } .
Lemma 2.2. Let m m m be a non-negative Radon measure on X X X . For x ∈ X x\in X x ∈ X , r > 0 r>0 r > 0 , and 0 < ε ≤ 1 0<\varepsilon\leq1 0 < ε ≤ 1 , there exists ρ ∈ [ r , ( 1 + ε ) r ] \rho\in[r,(1+\varepsilon)r] ρ ∈ [ r , ( 1 + ε ) r ] such that B ( x , ρ ) B(x,\rho) B ( x , ρ ) has C ε C_\varepsilon C ε -small boundary with respect to m m m , where C ε : = 20 ( 1 + ε ) / ε C_\varepsilon:=20(1+\varepsilon)/\varepsilon C ε := 20 ( 1 + ε ) / ε .
Proof. We denote B : = B ( x , r ) B:=B(x,r) B := B ( x , r ) and B ~ : = B ( x , 5 r ) \widetilde{B}:=B(x,5r) B := B ( x , 5 r ) . We also define ϕ x : X → R \phi_x:X\to\mathbb{R} ϕ x : X → R by ϕ x ( y ) : = d ( x , y ) \phi_x(y):=d(x,y) ϕ x ( y ) := d ( x , y ) , and the push-forward measure σ x : = ϕ x ♯ ( m ∣ B ~ ) \sigma_x:=\phi_{x\sharp}(m|_{\widetilde{B}}) σ x := ϕ x ♯ ( m ∣ B ) on R \mathbb{R} R .
We denote by L 1 L^1 L 1 the Lebesgue measure on R \mathbb{R} R . By the M ( R ) → L 1 , ∞ ( L 1 ) M(\mathbb{R})\to L^{1,\infty}(L^1) M ( R ) → L 1 , ∞ ( L 1 ) boundedness of the centered maximal operator
M σ x ( s ) : = sup t > 0 σ x ( ( s − t , s + t ) ) 2 t , for s ∈ R , M\sigma_x(s):=\sup_{t>0}\frac{\sigma_x((s-t,s+t))}{2t},\qquad\text{for }s\in\mathbb{R}, M σ x ( s ) := t > 0 sup 2 t σ x (( s − t , s + t )) , for s ∈ R ,
we have
L 1 ( { s ∈ R : M σ x ( s ) > λ } ) ≤ 5 λ ∥ σ x ∥ . (19) L^1\left(\left\{s\in\mathbb{R}:M\sigma_x(s)>\lambda\right\}\right)\leq\frac{5}{\lambda}\lVert\sigma_x\rVert. \tag*{(19)} L 1 ( { s ∈ R : M σ x ( s ) > λ } ) ≤ λ 5 ∥ σ x ∥ . (19)
If m ( B ~ ) = 0 \mathfrak{m}(\widetilde{B})=0 m ( B ) = 0 , every ρ ∈ [ r , ( 1 + ε ) r ] \rho\in[r,(1+\varepsilon)r] ρ ∈ [ r , ( 1 + ε ) r ] proves the lemma. If m ( B ~ ) > 0 \mathfrak{m}(\widetilde{B})>0 m ( B ) > 0 , for λ = 10 m ( B ~ ) / ( ε r ) \lambda=10\mathfrak{m}(\widetilde{B})/(\varepsilon r) λ = 10 m ( B ) / ( ε r ) the bound (19) yields
L 1 ( { s ∈ [ r , ( 1 + ε ) r ] : M σ x ( s ) > λ } ) ≤ ε r 2 , \mathcal{L}^{1}\left(\left\{s\in[r,(1+\varepsilon)r]:M\sigma_x(s)>\lambda\right\}\right)\leq\frac{\varepsilon r}{2}, L 1 ( { s ∈ [ r , ( 1 + ε ) r ] : M σ x ( s ) > λ } ) ≤ 2 ε r ,
so there exists t ∈ [ r , ( 1 + ε ) r ] t\in[r,(1+\varepsilon)r] t ∈ [ r , ( 1 + ε ) r ] such that M σ x ( t ) ≤ λ M\sigma_x(t)\leq\lambda M σ x ( t ) ≤ λ , which concludes the proof of the lemma. □ \square □
We remark that the proof of Lemma 2.2 actually implies that the set of radii ρ \rho ρ with the property in the statement has L 1 \mathcal{L}^{1} L 1 measure at least ε r / 2 \varepsilon r/2 ε r /2 , so there are infinitely many possible choices. In particular, ρ \rho ρ can be chosen in the open interval ( r , ( 1 + ε ) r ) (r,(1+\varepsilon)r) ( r , ( 1 + ε ) r ) . Similarly, given two non-negative Radon measures m 1 \mathfrak{m}_1 m 1 and m 2 \mathfrak{m}_2 m 2 , running the same proof with λ = 20 m i ( B ~ ) / ( ε r ) \lambda=20\mathfrak{m}_i(\widetilde{B})/(\varepsilon r) λ = 20 m i ( B ) / ( ε r ) , i = 1 , 2 i=1,2 i = 1 , 2 , shows that there exists ρ ∈ ( r , ( 1 + ε ) r ) \rho\in(r,(1+\varepsilon)r) ρ ∈ ( r , ( 1 + ε ) r ) such that B ( x , ρ ) B(x,\rho) B ( x , ρ ) has 2 C ε 2\mathcal{C}_\varepsilon 2 C ε -small boundary with respect to both m 1 \mathfrak{m}_1 m 1 and m 2 \mathfrak{m}_2 m 2 .
For G ⊂ X G\subset X G ⊂ X , we denote by m ∣ G \mathfrak{m}|_G m ∣ G the restriction of m \mathfrak{m} m to G G G and, for p ∈ [ 1 , ∞ ] p\in[1,\infty] p ∈ [ 1 , ∞ ] we also write L p ( G , m ) : = L p ( m ∣ G ) L^p(G,\mathfrak{m}):=L^p(\mathfrak{m}|_G) L p ( G , m ) := L p ( m ∣ G ) . Given two m \mathfrak{m} m -measurable functions f , g : X → C f,g:X\to\mathbb{C} f , g : X → C with f g ∈ L 1 ( m ) fg\in L^1(\mathfrak{m}) f g ∈ L 1 ( m ) , we define the bilinear pairing
⟨ f , g ⟩ m : = ∫ f g d m (20) \langle f,g\rangle_{\mathfrak{m}}:=\int fg\,\mathrm{d}\mathfrak{m} \tag*{(20)} ⟨ f , g ⟩ m := ∫ f g d m (20)
and, if E ⊂ X E\subset X E ⊂ X is a measurable set with 0 < m ( E ) < ∞ 0<\mathfrak{m}(E)<\infty 0 < m ( E ) < ∞ , we denote
\fint_E f\,\mathrm{d}\mathfrak{m}:=\frac{1}{\mathfrak{m}(E)}\int_E f\,\mathrm{d}\mathfrak{m}.
In particular, T ∗ T^* T ∗ is the transpose of T T T with respect to this bilinear pairing.
Maximal functions
Let m \mathfrak{m} m be a positive Radon measure on X X X and n ∈ M ( X ; C ) \mathfrak{n}\in M(X;\mathbb{C}) n ∈ M ( X ; C ) . We define the non-centered dilated Hardy–Littlewood maximal function as
M ~ m n ( x ) : = sup B ∋ x ∣ n ∣ ( B ) m ( 5 B ) (21) \widetilde{\mathcal{M}}_{\mathfrak{m}\mathfrak{n}}(x):=\sup_{B\ni x}\frac{|\mathfrak{n}|(B)}{\mathfrak{m}(5B)} \tag*{(21)} M mn ( x ) := B ∋ x sup m ( 5 B ) ∣ n ∣ ( B ) (21)
for x ∈ X x\in X x ∈ X .
For f ∈ L l o c 1 ( m ) f\in L^1_{\mathrm{loc}}(\mathfrak{m}) f ∈ L loc 1 ( m ) , we denote M ~ m f : = M ~ m ( f m ) \widetilde{\mathcal{M}}_{\mathfrak{m}}f:=\widetilde{\mathcal{M}}_{\mathfrak{m}}(f\mathfrak{m}) M m f := M m ( f m ) , which defines a bounded sublinear operator from M ( X ; C ) M(X;\mathbb{C}) M ( X ; C ) to L 1 , ∞ ( m ) L^{1,\infty}(\mathfrak{m}) L 1 , ∞ ( m ) and from L p ( m ) L^p(\mathfrak{m}) L p ( m ) to L p ( m ) L^p(\mathfrak{m}) L p ( m ) , for p ∈ ( 1 , ∞ ) p\in(1,\infty) p ∈ ( 1 , ∞ ) , with norms depending only on D D D and the integrability exponent, see [37 Proposition 3.5] , or [77 Theorem 9.32] for its Euclidean analogue. In particular, by the 5 r 5r 5 r -covering lemma, applied to the balls B ′ B' B ′ with bounded radii such that ∣ n ∣ ( B ′ ) > λ m ( 5 B ′ ) |\mathfrak{n}|(B')>\lambda\mathfrak{m}(5B') ∣ n ∣ ( B ′ ) > λ m ( 5 B ′ ) , for every λ > 0 \lambda>0 λ > 0 we have
m ( { M ~ m n > λ } ) ≤ ∥ n ∥ λ and m ( { M n r > λ } ) ≤ 5 n C 0 ∥ n ∥ λ , (22) \mathfrak{m}\left(\left\{\widetilde{\mathcal{M}}_{\mathfrak{m}\mathfrak{n}}>\lambda\right\}\right)\leq\frac{\|\mathfrak{n}\|}{\lambda}
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
\mathfrak{m}\left(\left\{M^r_{\mathfrak{n}}>\lambda\right\}\right)\leq\frac{5^n\mathcal{C}_0\|\mathfrak{n}\|}{\lambda}, \tag*{(22)} m ( { M mn > λ } ) ≤ λ ∥ n ∥ and m ( { M n r > λ } ) ≤ λ 5 n C 0 ∥ n ∥ , (22)
where, in the second estimate, m \mathfrak{m} m has n n n -growth with constant C 0 \mathcal{C}_0 C 0 , so that m ( B ( x , 5 ρ ) ) ≤ 5 n C 0 ρ n \mathfrak{m}(B(x,5\rho))\leq5^n\mathcal{C}_0\rho^n m ( B ( x , 5 ρ )) ≤ 5 n C 0 ρ n .
We write
M n r ( x ) : = sup ρ > 0 ∣ n ∣ ( B ( x , ρ ) ) ρ n , M^r_{\mathfrak{n}}(x):=\sup_{\rho>0}\frac{|\mathfrak{n}|(B(x,\rho))}{\rho^n}, M n r ( x ) := ρ > 0 sup ρ n ∣ n ∣ ( B ( x , ρ )) ,
for x ∈ X x\in X x ∈ X , to denote the n n n -dimensional radial maximal function. If m ∈ M + ( X ) \mathfrak{m}\in M_+(X) m ∈ M + ( X ) has n n n -growth with constant C 0 > 0 \mathcal{C}_0>0 C 0 > 0 , M n r M^r_{\mathfrak{n}} M n r defines a bounded sublinear operator from M ( X ; C ) M(X;\mathbb{C}) M ( X ; C ) to L 1 , ∞ ( m ) L^{1,\infty}(\mathfrak{m}) L 1 , ∞ ( m ) with norm depending on C 0 \mathcal{C}_0 C 0 and D D D , see [77 p. 53] for the proof in Euclidean spaces. For f ∈ L l o c 1 ( m ) f\in L^1_{\mathrm{loc}}(\mathfrak{m}) f ∈ L loc 1 ( m ) , when n n n is clear from the context, we also write M m r f : = M n r ( f m ) M^r_{\mathfrak{m}}f:=M^r_{\mathfrak{n}}(f\mathfrak{m}) M m r f := M n r ( f m ) .
David-Mattila-type cells
The following lemma summarizes the properties of the lattice of dyadic “cubes” adapted to a compactly supported Radon measure σ \sigma σ on a geometrically doubling metric space, which we refer to as σ \sigma σ -cubes or cells. This dyadic system has been constructed by David and Mattila in [20 Theorem 3.2] , for measures on the Euclidean space, and further extended to the setting of geometrically doubling spaces by A. Volberg and P. Zorin-Kranich in [81 Lemma 2.7] .2
Lemma 2.3. Let ( X , d ) (X,d) ( X , d ) be a geometrically doubling metric space with geometrically doubling constant D D D , and denote d : = log 2 ( D ) \mathsf{d}:=\log_2(D) d := log 2 ( D ) . Let σ \sigma σ be a Radon measure on X X X whose support W : = supp ( σ ) W:=\operatorname{supp}(\sigma) W := supp ( σ ) is compact and has positive diameter. For K 0 > 1 K_0>1 K 0 > 1 , one can choose A 0 > 5000 K 0 A_0>5000K_0 A 0 > 5000 K 0 such that there exists a sequence of partitions ( D σ , k ) k ≥ 0 (\mathcal{D}_{\sigma,k})_{k\geq0} ( D σ , k ) k ≥ 0 of W W W into Borel subsets Q Q Q , which we will refer to as σ \sigma σ -cubes, with the following properties:
For each integer k ≥ 0 k\geq0 k ≥ 0 , W W W is the disjoint union of the σ \sigma σ -cubes Q Q Q , for Q ∈ D σ , k Q\in\mathcal{D}_{\sigma,k} Q ∈ D σ , k . If k < ℓ k<\ell k < ℓ , Q ∈ D σ , ℓ Q\in\mathcal{D}_{\sigma,\ell} Q ∈ D σ , ℓ , and R ∈ D σ , k R\in\mathcal{D}_{\sigma,k} R ∈ D σ , k , then either Q ∩ R = ∅ Q\cap R=\varnothing Q ∩ R = ∅ or Q ⊂ R Q\subset R Q ⊂ R .
For each k ≥ 0 k\geq0 k ≥ 0 and each σ \sigma σ -cube Q ∈ D σ , k Q\in\mathcal{D}_{\sigma,k} Q ∈ D σ , k , there is a ball B ( Q ) = B ( z Q , r ( Q ) ) B(Q)=B(z_Q,r(Q)) B ( Q ) = B ( z Q , r ( Q )) such that
z Q ∈ W , A 0 − k diam ( W ) ≤ r ( Q ) ≤ K 0 A 0 − k diam ( W ) , z_Q\in W,\qquad A_0^{-k}\operatorname{diam}(W)\leq r(Q)\leq K_0A_0^{-k}\operatorname{diam}(W), z Q ∈ W , A 0 − k diam ( W ) ≤ r ( Q ) ≤ K 0 A 0 − k diam ( W ) , W ∩ B ( Q ) ⊂ Q ⊂ W ∩ 28 B ( Q ) = W ∩ B ( z Q , 28 r ( Q ) ) , W\cap B(Q)\subset Q\subset W\cap28B(Q)=W\cap B(z_Q,28r(Q)), W ∩ B ( Q ) ⊂ Q ⊂ W ∩ 28 B ( Q ) = W ∩ B ( z Q , 28 r ( Q )) , and the balls 5 B ( Q ) 5B(Q) 5 B ( Q ) , Q ∈ D σ , k Q\in\mathcal{D}_{\sigma,k} Q ∈ D σ , k are pairwise disjoint.
The σ \sigma σ -cubes Q ∈ D σ , k Q\in\mathcal{D}_{\sigma,k} Q ∈ D σ , k have small boundaries. Namely, for Q ∈ D σ , k Q\in\mathcal{D}_{\sigma,k} Q ∈ D σ , k and ℓ ≥ 0 \ell\geq0 ℓ ≥ 0 , if we denote
N ℓ i n t ( Q ) : = { x ∈ Q : dist ( x , W ∖ Q ) < A 0 − k − ℓ diam ( W ) } , N_\ell^{\mathrm{int}}(Q):=\{x\in Q:\operatorname{dist}(x,W\setminus Q)<A_0^{-k-\ell}\operatorname{diam}(W)\}, N ℓ int ( Q ) := { x ∈ Q : dist ( x , W ∖ Q ) < A 0 − k − ℓ diam ( W )} , N ℓ e x t ( Q ) : = { x ∈ W ∖ Q : dist ( x , Q ) < A 0 − k − ℓ diam ( W ) } , N_\ell^{\mathrm{ext}}(Q):=\{x\in W\setminus Q:\operatorname{dist}(x,Q)<A_0^{-k-\ell}\operatorname{diam}(W)\}, N ℓ ext ( Q ) := { x ∈ W ∖ Q : dist ( x , Q ) < A 0 − k − ℓ diam ( W )} , and N ℓ ( Q ) : = N ℓ i n t ( Q ) ∪ N ℓ e x t ( Q ) N_\ell(Q):=N_\ell^{\mathrm{int}}(Q)\cup N_\ell^{\mathrm{ext}}(Q) N ℓ ( Q ) := N ℓ int ( Q ) ∪ N ℓ ext ( Q ) , we have
σ ( N ℓ ( Q ) ) ≤ ϑ D M ℓ σ ( 90 B ( Q ) ) , for ϑ D M : = C D K 0 3 d + 1 A 0 . \sigma(N_\ell(Q))\leq\vartheta_{DM}^{\ell}\sigma(90B(Q)),\qquad\text{for }\vartheta_{DM}:=\frac{C_DK_0^{3\mathsf{d}+1}}{A_0}. σ ( N ℓ ( Q )) ≤ ϑ D M ℓ σ ( 90 B ( Q )) , for ϑ D M := A 0 C D K 0 3 d + 1 . Here C D C_D C D depends only on the geometric doubling constant.
Let us denote by D σ , k d b \mathcal{D}_{\sigma,k}^{\mathrm{db}} D σ , k db the family of σ \sigma σ -cubes Q ∈ D σ , k Q\in\mathcal{D}_{\sigma,k} Q ∈ D σ , k for which
σ ( 100 B ( Q ) ) ≤ K 0 σ ( B ( Q ) ) . (23) \sigma(100B(Q))\leq K_0\sigma(B(Q)). \tag*{(23)} σ ( 100 B ( Q )) ≤ K 0 σ ( B ( Q )) . (23) For Q ∈ D σ , k ∖ D σ , k d b Q\in\mathcal{D}_{\sigma,k}\setminus\mathcal{D}_{\sigma,k}^{\mathrm{db}} Q ∈ D σ , k ∖ D σ , k db , we have that r ( Q ) = A 0 − k diam ( W ) r(Q)=A_0^{-k}\operatorname{diam}(W) r ( Q ) = A 0 − k diam ( W ) . Moreover, for any ℓ ≥ 1 \ell\geq1 ℓ ≥ 1 with 100 ℓ ≤ K 0 100^\ell\leq K_0 10 0 ℓ ≤ K 0 and Q ∈ D σ , k ∖ D σ , k d b Q\in\mathcal{D}_{\sigma,k}\setminus\mathcal{D}_{\sigma,k}^{\mathrm{db}} Q ∈ D σ , k ∖ D σ , k db , we have
σ ( 100 B ( Q ) ) ≤ K 0 − ℓ σ ( 100 ℓ + 1 B ( Q ) ) . (24) \sigma(100B(Q))\leq K_0^{-\ell}\sigma(100^{\ell+1}B(Q)). \tag*{(24)} σ ( 100 B ( Q )) ≤ K 0 − ℓ σ ( 10 0 ℓ + 1 B ( Q )) . (24) Finally, we denote
D σ : = ⋃ k ≥ 0 D σ , k , D σ d b : = ⋃ k ≥ 0 D σ , k d b , \mathcal{D}_\sigma:=\bigcup_{k\geq0}\mathcal{D}_{\sigma,k},\qquad\mathcal{D}_\sigma^{\mathrm{db}}:=\bigcup_{k\geq0}\mathcal{D}_{\sigma,k}^{\mathrm{db}}, D σ := k ≥ 0 ⋃ D σ , k , D σ db := k ≥ 0 ⋃ D σ , k db , and choose A 0 A_0 A 0 large enough so that
A 0 > 5000 K 0 and ϑ D M < 1. (25) A_0>5000K_0\qquad\text{and}\qquad\vartheta_{DM}<1. \tag*{(25)} A 0 > 5000 K 0 and ϑ D M < 1. (25)
Remark 2.4. No small-boundary property is guaranteed for balls B ( Q ) B(Q) B ( Q ) associated with doubling David-Mattila cells Q Q Q . In particular, these balls need not belong to the family B \mathcal{B} B of Theorem 1.3 , so no testing measures are associated with them. This difficulty is overcome in Appendix § 9 .§ 1 by introducing some balls B ~ ( Q ) \widetilde{B}(Q) B ( Q ) , centered at points of Q Q Q , that are admissible for the testing hypotheses.
For measures with possibly unbounded support, we need a construction of the David-Mattila lattice with radii comparable to s A 0 − k sA_0^{-k} s A 0 − k , k ≥ 0 k \ge0 k ≥ 0 , where s > 0 s > 0 s > 0 .
Lemma 2.5 (Auxiliary DM-lattice D σ ( s ) \mathcal{D}^{(s)}_{\sigma} D σ ( s ) ). Let ( X , d ) (X,d) ( X , d ) be a geometrically doubling metric space with geometrically doubling constant D D D , and denote d : = log 2 ( D ) \mathfrak{d} := \log_2(D) d := log 2 ( D ) . Let s > 0 s > 0 s > 0 . Let σ \sigma σ be a Radon measure on X X X and denote W : = supp ( σ ) W := \operatorname{supp}(\sigma) W := supp ( σ ) . For K 0 > 1 K_0 > 1 K 0 > 1 , one can choose A 0 > 5000 K 0 A_0 > 5000K_0 A 0 > 5000 K 0 such that there exists a sequence of partitions ( D σ , k ( s ) ) k ≥ 0 (\mathcal{D}^{(s)}_{\sigma,k})_{k \ge0} ( D σ , k ( s ) ) k ≥ 0 of W W W into Borel subsets Q Q Q with the following properties:
For each integer k ≥ 0 k \ge0 k ≥ 0 , W W W is the disjoint union of Q Q Q , for Q ∈ D σ , k ( s ) Q \in\mathcal{D}^{(s)}_{\sigma,k} Q ∈ D σ , k ( s ) . If k < ℓ k < \ell k < ℓ , Q ∈ D σ , ℓ ( s ) Q \in\mathcal{D}^{(s)}_{\sigma,\ell} Q ∈ D σ , ℓ ( s ) , and R ∈ D σ , k ( s ) R \in\mathcal{D}^{(s)}_{\sigma,k} R ∈ D σ , k ( s ) , then either Q ∩ R = ∅ Q \cap R = \varnothing Q ∩ R = ∅ or Q ⊂ R Q \subset R Q ⊂ R .
For each k ≥ 0 k \ge0 k ≥ 0 and each Q ∈ D σ , k ( s ) Q \in\mathcal{D}^{(s)}_{\sigma,k} Q ∈ D σ , k ( s ) , there is a ball B ( s ) ( Q ) = B ( z Q , r ( s ) ( Q ) ) B^{(s)}(Q) = B(z_Q,r^{(s)}(Q)) B ( s ) ( Q ) = B ( z Q , r ( s ) ( Q )) such that
z Q ∈ W , s A 0 − k ≤ r ( s ) ( Q ) ≤ s K 0 A 0 − k , W ∩ B ( s ) ( Q ) ⊂ Q ⊂ W ∩ 28 B ( s ) ( Q ) = W ∩ B ( z Q , 28 r ( s ) ( Q ) ) , (26) \begin{aligned}
z_Q &\in W,\qquad sA_0^{-k} \le r^{(s)}(Q) \le sK_0A_0^{-k},\\
W \cap B^{(s)}(Q) &\subset Q \subset W \cap28B^{(s)}(Q)=W \cap B(z_Q,28r^{(s)}(Q)), \tag*{(26)}
\end{aligned} z Q W ∩ B ( s ) ( Q ) ∈ W , s A 0 − k ≤ r ( s ) ( Q ) ≤ s K 0 A 0 − k , ⊂ Q ⊂ W ∩ 28 B ( s ) ( Q ) = W ∩ B ( z Q , 28 r ( s ) ( Q )) , (26) and the balls 5 B ( s ) ( Q ) 5B^{(s)}(Q) 5 B ( s ) ( Q ) , Q ∈ D σ , k ( s ) Q \in\mathcal{D}^{(s)}_{\sigma,k} Q ∈ D σ , k ( s ) are pairwise disjoint.
For Q ∈ D σ , k ( s ) Q \in\mathcal{D}^{(s)}_{\sigma,k} Q ∈ D σ , k ( s ) and ℓ ≥ 0 \ell\ge0 ℓ ≥ 0 , if we denote
N ℓ i n t , ( s ) ( Q ) : = { x ∈ Q : dist ( x , W ∖ Q ) < s A 0 − k − ℓ } , N^{\mathrm{int},(s)}_{\ell}(Q):=\{x \in Q:\operatorname{dist}(x,W\setminus Q)<sA_0^{-k-\ell}\}, N ℓ int , ( s ) ( Q ) := { x ∈ Q : dist ( x , W ∖ Q ) < s A 0 − k − ℓ } , N ℓ e x t , ( s ) ( Q ) : = { x ∈ W ∖ Q : dist ( x , Q ) < s A 0 − k − ℓ } , N^{\mathrm{ext},(s)}_{\ell}(Q):=\{x \in W\setminus Q:\operatorname{dist}(x,Q)<sA_0^{-k-\ell}\}, N ℓ ext , ( s ) ( Q ) := { x ∈ W ∖ Q : dist ( x , Q ) < s A 0 − k − ℓ } , and N ℓ ( s ) ( Q ) : = N ℓ i n t , ( s ) ( Q ) ∪ N ℓ e x t , ( s ) ( Q ) N^{(s)}_{\ell}(Q):=N^{\mathrm{int},(s)}_{\ell}(Q)\cup N^{\mathrm{ext},(s)}_{\ell}(Q) N ℓ ( s ) ( Q ) := N ℓ int , ( s ) ( Q ) ∪ N ℓ ext , ( s ) ( Q ) , we have
σ ( N ℓ ( s ) ( Q ) ) ≤ ϑ D M ℓ σ ( 90 B ( s ) ( Q ) ) , for ϑ D M : = C D K 0 3 d + 1 A 0 . \sigma(N^{(s)}_{\ell}(Q))\le\vartheta_{\mathrm{DM}}^\ell\sigma(90B^{(s)}(Q)),\qquad\text{for}\qquad\vartheta_{\mathrm{DM}}:=\frac{C_DK_0^{3\mathfrak{d}+1}}{A_0}. σ ( N ℓ ( s ) ( Q )) ≤ ϑ DM ℓ σ ( 90 B ( s ) ( Q )) , for ϑ DM := A 0 C D K 0 3 d + 1 . Let us denote by D σ , k d b , ( s ) \mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{db},(s)}_{\sigma,k} D σ , k db , ( s ) the family of the sets Q ∈ D σ , k ( s ) Q\in\mathcal{D}^{(s)}_{\sigma,k} Q ∈ D σ , k ( s ) for which
σ ( 100 B ( s ) ( Q ) ) ≤ K 0 σ ( B ( s ) ( Q ) ) . (27) \sigma(100B^{(s)}(Q))\le K_0\sigma(B^{(s)}(Q)). \tag*{(27)} σ ( 100 B ( s ) ( Q )) ≤ K 0 σ ( B ( s ) ( Q )) . (27) For Q ∈ D σ , k ( s ) ∖ D σ , k d b , ( s ) Q\in\mathcal{D}^{(s)}_{\sigma,k}\setminus\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{db},(s)}_{\sigma,k} Q ∈ D σ , k ( s ) ∖ D σ , k db , ( s ) , we have that r ( s ) ( Q ) = s A 0 − k r^{(s)}(Q)=sA_0^{-k} r ( s ) ( Q ) = s A 0 − k . Moreover, for any ℓ ≥ 1 \ell\ge1 ℓ ≥ 1 with 100 ℓ ≤ K 0 100^\ell\le K_0 10 0 ℓ ≤ K 0 and Q ∈ D σ , k ( s ) ∖ D σ , k d b , ( s ) Q\in\mathcal{D}^{(s)}_{\sigma,k}\setminus\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{db},(s)}_{\sigma,k} Q ∈ D σ , k ( s ) ∖ D σ , k db , ( s ) , we have
σ ( 100 B ( s ) ( Q ) ) ≤ K 0 − ℓ σ ( 100 ℓ + 1 B ( s ) ( Q ) ) . (28) \sigma(100B^{(s)}(Q))\le K_0^{-\ell}\sigma(100^{\ell+1}B^{(s)}(Q)). \tag*{(28)} σ ( 100 B ( s ) ( Q )) ≤ K 0 − ℓ σ ( 10 0 ℓ + 1 B ( s ) ( Q )) . (28) Here C D C_D C D depends only on D D D , and A 0 A_0 A 0 is chosen large enough that ϑ D M < 1 \vartheta_{\mathrm{DM}}<1 ϑ DM < 1 . Finally, we denote
D σ ( s ) : = ⋃ k ≥ 0 D σ , k ( s ) , D σ d b , ( s ) : = ⋃ k ≥ 0 D σ , k d b , ( s ) . \mathcal{D}^{(s)}_{\sigma}:=\bigcup_{k\ge0}\mathcal{D}^{(s)}_{\sigma,k},\qquad
\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{db},(s)}_{\sigma}:=\bigcup_{k\ge0}\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{db},(s)}_{\sigma,k}. D σ ( s ) := k ≥ 0 ⋃ D σ , k ( s ) , D σ db , ( s ) := k ≥ 0 ⋃ D σ , k db , ( s ) .
Proof. The existence of a lattice with the properties listed above follows from [81 Lemma 2.7] , applied to the metric space ( X , s − 1 d ) (X,s^{-1}d) ( X , s − 1 d ) , which is geometrically doubling and has geometrically doubling constant D D D , as well. In particular, the non-doubling estimate there reads σ ( c B ( s ) ( Q ) ) ≤ K 0 − 1 σ ( 100 c B ( s ) ( Q ) ) \sigma(cB^{(s)}(Q))\le K_0^{-1}\sigma(100cB^{(s)}(Q)) σ ( c B ( s ) ( Q )) ≤ K 0 − 1 σ ( 100 c B ( s ) ( Q )) for 1 ≤ c ≤ K 0 1\le c\le K_0 1 ≤ c ≤ K 0 , which implies (28) . □
Cells are understood together with their generation indices. Distinct generations may give the same underlying subset, and ancestry and strict descent refer to these indexed cells.
Applying the construction in Appendix § 9 .§ 1 to ( X , s − 1 d ) (X,s^{-1}d) ( X , s − 1 d ) gives testing balls B ~ ( s ) ( Q ) \widetilde{B}^{(s)}(Q) B ( s ) ( Q ) for Q ∈ D σ d b , ( s ) Q \in\mathcal{D}_{\sigma}^{\mathrm{db},(s)} Q ∈ D σ db , ( s ) , with the same inclusions and measure estimates. If Q ∈ D σ , k ( s ) Q \in\mathcal{D}_{\sigma,k}^{(s)} Q ∈ D σ , k ( s ) , we define the adapted side-length as
ℓ ( s ) ( Q ) : = s 56 K 0 A 0 − k . \ell^{(s)}(Q):=s\,56K_0A_0^{-k}. ℓ ( s ) ( Q ) := s 56 K 0 A 0 − k .
Auxiliary constants and remarks
We introduce the technical constants used to construct the testing balls in Appendix § 9 .§ 1 . They depend on δ \delta δ , Λ \Lambda Λ , and the parameters of the David-Mattila lattice. A short description of the role of the constants and their first appearance is added to guide the reader.
We define j ∗ j_* j ∗ as the minimum integer j ≥ 0 j \ge0 j ≥ 0 such that K 0 ϑ D M j ≤ 1 / 2 K_0\vartheta_{DM}^{j} \le1/2 K 0 ϑ D M j ≤ 1/2 , and we set c ∗ : = A 0 − j ∗ / K 0 c_* := A_0^{-j_*}/K_0 c ∗ := A 0 − j ∗ / K 0 . We also write r Q : = r ( Q ) r_Q := r(Q) r Q := r ( Q ) . With this choice, we have the following estimates.
Lemma 2.6. For every Q ∈ D σ , k d b Q \in\mathcal{D}_{\sigma,k}^{\mathrm{db}} Q ∈ D σ , k db we have that
σ ( Q ∖ N j ∗ i n t ( Q ) ) ≥ 1 2 σ ( Q ) \sigma\left(Q \setminus N_{j_*}^{\mathrm{int}}(Q)\right) \ge\frac{1}{2}\sigma(Q) σ ( Q ∖ N j ∗ int ( Q ) ) ≥ 2 1 σ ( Q ) and
dist ( x , supp ( σ ) ∖ Q ) ≥ c ∗ r Q , for every x ∈ Q ∖ N j ∗ i n t ( Q ) . \operatorname{dist}(x,\operatorname{supp}(\sigma)\setminus Q) \ge c_*r_Q,\qquad\text{for every}\qquad x \in Q \setminus N_{j_*}^{\mathrm{int}}(Q). dist ( x , supp ( σ ) ∖ Q ) ≥ c ∗ r Q , for every x ∈ Q ∖ N j ∗ int ( Q ) .
Proof. By Lemma 2.3 and the doubling of Q Q Q , we have
σ ( N j ∗ i n t ( Q ) ) ≤ ϑ D M j ∗ σ ( 90 B ( Q ) ) ≤ K 0 ϑ D M j ∗ σ ( B ( Q ) ) ≤ 1 2 σ ( Q ) . \sigma\left(N_{j_*}^{\mathrm{int}}(Q)\right) \le\vartheta_{DM}^{j_*}\sigma(90B(Q)) \le K_0\vartheta_{DM}^{j_*}\sigma(B(Q)) \le\frac{1}{2}\sigma(Q). σ ( N j ∗ int ( Q ) ) ≤ ϑ D M j ∗ σ ( 90 B ( Q )) ≤ K 0 ϑ D M j ∗ σ ( B ( Q )) ≤ 2 1 σ ( Q ) .
For x ∈ Q ∖ N j ∗ i n t ( Q ) x \in Q \setminus N_{j_*}^{\mathrm{int}}(Q) x ∈ Q ∖ N j ∗ int ( Q ) , the definition of N j ∗ i n t ( Q ) N_{j_*}^{\mathrm{int}}(Q) N j ∗ int ( Q ) and r Q ≤ K 0 A 0 − k diam ( W ) r_Q \le K_0A_0^{-k}\operatorname{diam}(W) r Q ≤ K 0 A 0 − k diam ( W ) give
dist ( x , supp ( σ ) ∖ Q ) ≥ A 0 − k − j ∗ diam ( W ) ≥ c ∗ r Q . \operatorname{dist}(x,\operatorname{supp}(\sigma)\setminus Q) \ge A_0^{-k-j_*}\operatorname{diam}(W) \ge c_*r_Q. dist ( x , supp ( σ ) ∖ Q ) ≥ A 0 − k − j ∗ diam ( W ) ≥ c ∗ r Q .
For later use, we also set:
M ∗ : = 224 Λ / c ∗ M_* := 224\Lambda/c_* M ∗ := 224Λ/ c ∗ . It is the dilation for which the testing ball contains its cell, namely Q ⊂ M ∗ B ~ ( Q ) Q \subset M_*\widetilde{B}(Q) Q ⊂ M ∗ B ( Q ) , see (A.1).
A Λ , ∗ : = 512 Λ / c ∗ A_{\Lambda,*} := 512\Lambda/c_* A Λ , ∗ := 512Λ/ c ∗ . This constant appears in (A.8), and is associated with enlarged testing balls.
m ∗ : = 4 + ⌈ log 2 ( M ∗ / δ ) ⌉ = 4 + ⌈ log 2 ( 224 Λ / ( c ∗ δ ) ) ⌉ m_* := 4+\lceil\log_2(M_*/\delta)\rceil= 4+\lceil\log_2(224\Lambda/(c_*\delta))\rceil m ∗ := 4 + ⌈ log 2 ( M ∗ / δ )⌉ = 4 + ⌈ log 2 ( 224Λ/ ( c ∗ δ ))⌉ . It is the number of dyadic scales between the radius 28 r Q 28r_Q 28 r Q of a ball containing Q Q Q and the radius δ R Q / 2 \delta R_Q/2 δ R Q /2 , where R Q : = c ∗ r Q / ( 4 Λ ) R_Q := c_*r_Q/(4\Lambda) R Q := c ∗ r Q / ( 4Λ ) is the smallest admissible radius of B ~ ( Q ) \widetilde{B}(Q) B ( Q ) , see (A.4).
β ∗ : = 2 D m ∗ \beta_* := 2D^{m_*} β ∗ := 2 D m ∗ . It is the doubling constant of testing balls, see Lemma A.1 , and it is defined by a standard covering argument.
Remark 2.7 (Choice of β \beta β ). In Theorem 1.3 , it suffices to assume
β > max { β ∗ , K 0 , ( 1.1 Λ δ ) n , D ⌈ log 2 ( 1.1 Λ / δ ) ⌉ } . \beta> \max\left\{\beta_*,K_0,\left(\frac{1.1\Lambda}{\delta}\right)^n,D^{\lceil\log_2(1.1\Lambda/\delta)\rceil}\right\}. β > max { β ∗ , K 0 , ( δ 1.1Λ ) n , D ⌈ l o g 2 ( 1.1Λ/ δ )⌉ } .
The term β ∗ \beta_* β ∗ implies that the testing balls of doubling David-Mattila cells, which satisfy (A.3), belong to the family of admissible balls B \mathcal{B} B of Theorem 1.3 . The last two terms on the right-hand side are used to guarantee the existence of balls B B B centered at x x x with μ ( 1.1 Λ B ) ≤ β μ ( δ B ) \mu(1.1\Lambda B) \le\beta\mu(\delta B) μ ( 1.1Λ B ) ≤ β μ ( δ B ) , see [37 Lemma 3.3] , where the factor 1.1 1.1 1.1 allows us to enlarge the radius of such a ball by a certain factor so that, by Lemma 2.2, we can reduce to a ball with small boundary.
Here, we list some quantities and properties associated with Q ∈ D σ Q \in\mathcal{D}_{\sigma} Q ∈ D σ :
diam ( Q ) ≤ diam ( 28 B ( Q ) ) ≤ 56 r ( Q ) ≤ ℓ ( Q ) , (29) \operatorname{diam}(Q) \le\operatorname{diam}(28B(Q)) \le56r(Q) \le\ell(Q), \tag*{(29)} diam ( Q ) ≤ diam ( 28 B ( Q )) ≤ 56 r ( Q ) ≤ ℓ ( Q ) , (29)
and that r ( Q ) ≈ ℓ ( Q ) r(Q) \approx\ell(Q) r ( Q ) ≈ ℓ ( Q ) , with constants depending on K 0 K_0 K 0 . Moreover,
1 1000 K 0 − 1 ℓ ( Q ) ≤ r ( Q ) ≤ ℓ ( Q ) . (30) \frac{1}{1000}K_0^{-1}\ell(Q) \le r(Q) \le\ell(Q). \tag*{(30)} 1000 1 K 0 − 1 ℓ ( Q ) ≤ r ( Q ) ≤ ℓ ( Q ) . (30)
Denoting by z Q z_Q z Q the center of Q Q Q , we define B Q : = 28 B ( Q ) = B ( z Q , 28 r ( Q ) ) B_Q := 28B(Q) = B(z_Q,28r(Q)) B Q := 28 B ( Q ) = B ( z Q , 28 r ( Q )) , so that
W ∩ 1 28 B Q ⊂ Q ⊂ B Q . W \cap\frac{1}{28}B_Q \subset Q \subset B_Q. W ∩ 28 1 B Q ⊂ Q ⊂ B Q .
For Q ∈ D σ Q \in\mathcal{D}_\sigma Q ∈ D σ , we define D σ ( Q ) : = { P ∈ D σ : P ⊂ Q } \mathcal{D}_\sigma(Q) := \{P \in\mathcal{D}_\sigma: P \subset Q\} D σ ( Q ) := { P ∈ D σ : P ⊂ Q } .
If Q ⊂ Q ′ Q \subset Q' Q ⊂ Q ′ are cells of D σ \mathcal{D}_\sigma D σ and A 0 A_0 A 0 is big enough, then 30 B ( Q ) ⊂ 30 B ( Q ′ ) 30B(Q) \subset30B(Q') 30 B ( Q ) ⊂ 30 B ( Q ′ ) , see also [81 Section 3] .
Every Q ∈ D σ Q \in\mathcal{D}_\sigma Q ∈ D σ can be covered up to a σ \sigma σ -null set by a union of cells in D σ d b \mathcal{D}_\sigma^{\mathrm{db}} D σ db , see [20 Lemma 5.28] .
For a measure with n n n -growth we write
Θ μ ( 100 B ( Q ) ) : = μ ( 100 B ( Q ) ) ( 100 r ( Q ) ) n . \Theta_\mu(100B(Q)) := \frac{\mu(100B(Q))}{(100r(Q))^n}. Θ μ ( 100 B ( Q )) := ( 100 r ( Q ) ) n μ ( 100 B ( Q )) .
More generally, in the upper-doubling setting of Remark 1.7, the denominator may be replaced by λ ( z Q , 100 r ( Q ) ) \lambda(z_Q,100r(Q)) λ ( z Q , 100 r ( Q )) . We assume in this case that the dominating function is nondecreasing in its second variable and satisfies
λ ( x , 2 r ) ≤ C λ λ ( x , r ) , λ ( x , r ) ≤ C λ λ ( y , r ) if d ( x , y ) ≤ r . \lambda(x,2r) \le C_\lambda\lambda(x,r), \qquad\lambda(x,r) \le C_\lambda\lambda(y,r) \quad\text{if } d(x,y) \le r. λ ( x , 2 r ) ≤ C λ λ ( x , r ) , λ ( x , r ) ≤ C λ λ ( y , r ) if d ( x , y ) ≤ r .
Such a dominating function is supplied by Lemma B.2 . For the n n n -dimensional density above we take λ ( x , r ) = r n \lambda(x,r) = r^n λ ( x , r ) = r n and C λ = 2 n C_\lambda= 2^n C λ = 2 n .
Lemma 2.8. Let K 0 ≥ 10 4 K_0 \ge10^4 K 0 ≥ 1 0 4 , let k 0 k_0 k 0 be the largest nonnegative integer such that 100 k 0 + 1 ≤ K 0 100^{k_0+1} \le K_0 10 0 k 0 + 1 ≤ K 0 , and assume that K 0 K_0 K 0 and A 0 A_0 A 0 satisfy
K 0 k 0 / 2 > C λ ⌈ log 2 A 0 ⌉ + 1 . K_0^{k_0/2} > C_\lambda^{\lceil\log_2 A_0\rceil+1}. K 0 k 0 /2 > C λ ⌈ l o g 2 A 0 ⌉ + 1 . Let Q ⊂ R Q \subset R Q ⊂ R be cells of the same David-Mattila lattice associated with μ \mu μ , and suppose that every cell S S S with Q ⊊ S ⊊ R Q \subsetneq S \subsetneq R Q ⊊ S ⊊ R is non-doubling. No doubling assumption is imposed on Q Q Q or R R R . Then
Θ μ ( 100 B ( Q ) ) ≲ K 0 − ( J ( Q ) − J ( R ) − 1 ) + k 0 / 2 Θ μ ( 100 B ( R ) ) \Theta_\mu(100B(Q)) \lesssim K_0^{-(J(Q)-J(R)-1)+k_0/2}\Theta_\mu(100B(R)) Θ μ ( 100 B ( Q )) ≲ K 0 − ( J ( Q ) − J ( R ) − 1 ) + k 0 /2 Θ μ ( 100 B ( R )) and
∑ Q ⊂ S ⊂ R Θ μ ( 100 B ( S ) ) ≲ Θ μ ( 100 B ( R ) ) . \sum_{Q\subset S\subset R}\Theta_\mu(100B(S)) \lesssim\Theta_\mu(100B(R)). Q ⊂ S ⊂ R ∑ Θ μ ( 100 B ( S )) ≲ Θ μ ( 100 B ( R )) . The implicit constants depend only on the parameters of the lattice and of the dominating function.
Proof. For the proof we refer, for instance, to [81 Lemma 3.6] and [78 Lemma 4.4] . □
These conditions hold if A 0 = C D ′ K 0 3 ∂ + 2 A_0 = C'_D K_0^{3\partial+2} A 0 = C D ′ K 0 3 ∂ + 2 , with C D ′ C'_D C D ′ sufficiently large for (25) , and K 0 K_0 K 0 sufficiently large depending on D D D and C λ C_\lambda C λ . Indeed,
k 0 ≥ log K 0 log 100 − 2 , ⌈ log 2 A 0 ⌉ + 1 ≤ log 2 C D ′ + ( 3 ∂ + 2 ) log 2 K 0 + 2 , k_0 \ge\frac{\log K_0}{\log100}-2, \qquad\lceil\log_2 A_0\rceil+1 \le\log_2 C'_D+(3\partial+2)\log_2 K_0+2, k 0 ≥ log 100 log K 0 − 2 , ⌈ log 2 A 0 ⌉ + 1 ≤ log 2 C D ′ + ( 3 ∂ + 2 ) log 2 K 0 + 2 ,
which imply K 0 k 0 / 2 > C λ ⌈ log 2 A 0 ⌉ + 1 K_0^{k_0/2} > C_\lambda^{\lceil\log_2 A_0\rceil+1} K 0 k 0 /2 > C λ ⌈ l o g 2 A 0 ⌉ + 1 for K 0 K_0 K 0 sufficiently large.
Finally, given two non-negative Radon measures m , n m,n m , n on X X X we define the dyadic maximal Hardy-Littlewood operator with respect to D σ \mathcal{D}_{\sigma} D σ as
M m , D n ( x ) : = sup Q ∈ D σ , Q ∋ x m ( Q ) > 0 n ( Q ) m ( Q ) (31) M_{m,\mathcal{D}n}(x):=\sup_{\substack{Q\in\mathcal{D}_{\sigma},\,Q\ni x\\m(Q)>0}}\frac{n(Q)}{m(Q)} \tag*{(31)} M m , D n ( x ) := Q ∈ D σ , Q ∋ x m ( Q ) > 0 sup m ( Q ) n ( Q ) (31)
which defines a bounded operator from the finite measures in M + ( X ) \mathcal{M}_{+}(X) M + ( X ) to L 1 , ∞ ( m ) L^{1,\infty}(m) L 1 , ∞ ( m ) . Moreover, for 1 < p ≤ ∞ 1<p\leq\infty 1 < p ≤ ∞ , it defines a bounded operator from L p ( m ) L^{p}(m) L p ( m ) to L p ( m ) L^{p}(m) L p ( m ) whose norm depends only on p p p . See, for instance, [77 Theorem 5.7] for a proof using a dyadic grid in X X X , which works unchanged for (31) .
Dyadic cubes in geometrically doubling metric spaces
Let ℓ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \ell\in(0,1) ℓ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) be a fixed parameter such that 144 ℓ ≤ 1 144\ell\leq1 144 ℓ ≤ 1 . We recall the dyadic system of so-called cubes in the sense of Hytonen-Kairema [39 ] , which we use as the suitable analogue of standard dyadic cubes on the whole space, and that in the original work was formulated for geometrically doubling quasi-metric spaces.
Theorem 2.9 ([39 ] , Theorem 2.2). Let ( X , d ) (X,d) ( X , d ) be a geometrically doubling metric space with parameter D D D . Let 0 < c 0 ≤ C 0 < ∞ 0<c_{0}\leq C_{0}<\infty 0 < c 0 ≤ C 0 < ∞ and suppose that
12 C 0 ℓ ≤ c 0 . 12C_{0}\ell\leq c_{0}. 12 C 0 ℓ ≤ c 0 . Assume that, for every k ∈ Z k\in\mathbb{Z} k ∈ Z , we are given points { z α k } α ∈ A k \{z_{\alpha}^{k}\}_{\alpha\in A_{k}} { z α k } α ∈ A k such that
d ( z α k , z β k ) ≥ c 0 ℓ k ( α ≠ β ) , min α ∈ A k d ( x , z α k ) < C 0 ℓ k , for every x ∈ X . d(z_{\alpha}^{k},z_{\beta}^{k})\geq c_{0}\ell^{k}\quad(\alpha\ne\beta),\qquad\min_{\alpha\in A_{k}}d(x,z_{\alpha}^{k})<C_{0}\ell^{k},\qquad\text{for every }x\in X. d ( z α k , z β k ) ≥ c 0 ℓ k ( α = β ) , α ∈ A k min d ( x , z α k ) < C 0 ℓ k , for every x ∈ X . Then, there exist families of sets
Q ~ α k ⊂ Q α k ⊂ Q ‾ α k , k ∈ Z , \widetilde{Q}_{\alpha}^{k}\subset Q_{\alpha}^{k}\subset\overline{Q}_{\alpha}^{k},\qquad k\in\mathbb{Z}, Q α k ⊂ Q α k ⊂ Q α k , k ∈ Z , called open, half-open and closed dyadic cubes, such that Q ~ α k \widetilde{Q}_{\alpha}^{k} Q α k and Q ‾ α k \overline{Q}_{\alpha}^{k} Q α k are the interior and closure of Q α k Q_{\alpha}^{k} Q α k respectively,
if j ≥ k , then either Q β j ⊂ Q α k or Q α k ∩ Q β j = ∅ , \text{if }j\geq k,\text{ then either }Q_{\beta}^{j}\subset Q_{\alpha}^{k}\text{ or }Q_{\alpha}^{k}\cap Q_{\beta}^{j}=\varnothing, if j ≥ k , then either Q β j ⊂ Q α k or Q α k ∩ Q β j = ∅ , X = ⋃ α ∈ A k Q α k disjointly, for every k ∈ Z , X=\bigcup_{\alpha\in A_{k}}Q_{\alpha}^{k}\quad\text{disjointly, for every }k\in\mathbb{Z}, X = α ∈ A k ⋃ Q α k disjointly, for every k ∈ Z , and
B ( z α k , c 1 ℓ k ) ⊂ Q α k ⊂ B ( z α k , C 1 ℓ k ) = : B ( Q α k ) , c 1 : = c 0 3 , C 1 : = 2 C 0 . B(z_{\alpha}^{k},c_{1}\ell^{k})\subset Q_{\alpha}^{k}\subset B(z_{\alpha}^{k},C_{1}\ell^{k})=:B(Q_{\alpha}^{k}),\qquad c_{1}:=\frac{c_{0}}{3},\quad C_{1}:=2C_{0}. B ( z α k , c 1 ℓ k ) ⊂ Q α k ⊂ B ( z α k , C 1 ℓ k ) =: B ( Q α k ) , c 1 := 3 c 0 , C 1 := 2 C 0 . Moreover, if k ≤ j k\leq j k ≤ j and Q β j ⊂ Q α k Q_{\beta}^{j}\subset Q_{\alpha}^{k} Q β j ⊂ Q α k , then B ( Q β j ) ⊂ B ( Q α k ) B(Q_{\beta}^{j})\subset B(Q_{\alpha}^{k}) B ( Q β j ) ⊂ B ( Q α k ) . In particular,
diam Q α k ≤ 2 C 1 ℓ k . (32) \operatorname{diam}Q_{\alpha}^{k}\leq2C_{1}\ell^{k}. \tag*{(32)} diam Q α k ≤ 2 C 1 ℓ k . (32)
For Q = Q α k Q=Q_{\alpha}^{k} Q = Q α k as in Theorem 2.9, we also denote ℓ ( Q ) : = ℓ k \ell(Q):=\ell^{k} ℓ ( Q ) := ℓ k , so that (32) reads
diam ( Q ) ≤ 2 C 1 ℓ ( Q ) . (33) \operatorname{diam}(Q)\leq2C_{1}\ell(Q). \tag*{(33)} diam ( Q ) ≤ 2 C 1 ℓ ( Q ) . (33)
Remark 2.10. For a geometrically doubling metric space ( X , d ) (X,d) ( X , d ) with parameter D D D , we have that any ball B ( x , r ) B(x,r) B ( x , r ) can be covered by at most D t − log 2 D Dt^{-\log_{2}D} D t − l o g 2 D balls of radii t r tr t r , for every t ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] t\in(0,1] t ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] . Moreover, any ball B ( x , r ) B(x,r) B ( x , r ) contains at most D t − log 2 D Dt^{-\log_{2}D} D t − l o g 2 D centers x i x_{i} x i of pairwise disjoint balls B ( x i , t r ) B(x_{i},tr) B ( x i , t r ) . For a proof, we refer to Lemma 2.3 in [37 ] .
We now define a randomization of the dyadic system of cubes. We say that a collection { x α k } k , α ⊂ X \{x_{\alpha}^{k}\}_{k,\alpha}\subset X { x α k } k , α ⊂ X is a family of reference points if for every k ∈ Z k\in\mathbb{Z} k ∈ Z ,
d ( x α k , x β k ) ≥ ℓ k ( α ≠ β ) , min α ∈ A k d ( x , x α k ) < ℓ k for every x ∈ X . d(x_{\alpha}^{k},x_{\beta}^{k})\geq\ell^{k}\quad(\alpha\ne\beta),\qquad\min_{\alpha\in A_{k}}d(x,x_{\alpha}^{k})<\ell^{k}\quad\text{for every }x\in X. d ( x α k , x β k ) ≥ ℓ k ( α = β ) , α ∈ A k min d ( x , x α k ) < ℓ k for every x ∈ X .
Theorem 2.11 ([39 ] , Theorem 5.1). Given reference points { x α k } k , α ⊂ X \{x_{\alpha}^{k}\}_{k,\alpha} \subset X { x α k } k , α ⊂ X , suppose that 96 ℓ ≤ 1 96\ell\le1 96 ℓ ≤ 1 . Then there exists a probability space ( Ω , P ) (\Omega,\mathbb{P}) ( Ω , P ) such that every w ∈ Ω w \in\Omega w ∈ Ω defines a dyadic system
D ( w ) = { Q α k ( w ) } k , α , \mathbb{D}(w)=\{Q_{\alpha}^{k}(w)\}_{k,\alpha}, D ( w ) = { Q α k ( w ) } k , α , related to new dyadic points { z α k ( w ) } k , α \{z_{\alpha}^{k}(w)\}_{k,\alpha} { z α k ( w ) } k , α , with the properties in Theorem 2.9 . Moreover,
Ω = ∏ k ∈ Z Ω k w = ( w k ) k ∈ Z , \Omega=\prod_{k\in\mathbb{Z}}\Omega_k \qquad w=(w_k)_{k\in\mathbb{Z}}, Ω = k ∈ Z ∏ Ω k w = ( w k ) k ∈ Z , where the coordinates w k w_k w k are independent,
z α k ( w ) = z α k ( w k ) , z_{\alpha}^{k}(w)=z_{\alpha}^{k}(w_k), z α k ( w ) = z α k ( w k ) , and there exists τ 0 > 0 \tau_0>0 τ 0 > 0 such that, whenever ( k + 1 , β ) (k+1,\beta) ( k + 1 , β ) is a child of ( k , α ) (k,\alpha) ( k , α ) in the construction,
P ( { w ∈ Ω : z α k ( w ) = x β k + 1 } ) ≥ τ 0 . \mathbb{P}\left(\{w\in\Omega:z_{\alpha}^{k}(w)=x_{\beta}^{k+1}\}\right)\ge\tau_0. P ( { w ∈ Ω : z α k ( w ) = x β k + 1 } ) ≥ τ 0 .
For further properties of dyadic “random” cubes used in our manuscript, we refer to Appendix § 9 . We also remark that, in the Euclidean setting, random dyadic grids are obtained by means of random translations of the standard dyadic grid, see for instance [77 Section 5] . For w ∈ Ω w\in\Omega w ∈ Ω , we set
D k ( w ) : = { Q ∈ D ( w ) : ℓ ( Q ) = ℓ k } , k ∈ Z , \mathbb{D}_k(w):=\{Q\in\mathbb{D}(w):\ell(Q)=\ell^k\},\qquad k\in\mathbb{Z}, D k ( w ) := { Q ∈ D ( w ) : ℓ ( Q ) = ℓ k } , k ∈ Z ,
so that D ( w ) = ⋃ k ∈ Z D k ( w ) \mathbb{D}(w)=\bigcup_{k\in\mathbb{Z}}\mathbb{D}_k(w) D ( w ) = ⋃ k ∈ Z D k ( w ) .
The Exceptional Sets and the Induced Suppressed Operator
Normalization of measure testing
The proof of Theorem 1.3 can be reduced to the following normalized statement, which is proved in the remainder of the paper.
Proposition 3.1. Let ( X , d ) (X,d) ( X , d ) , μ \mu μ , T T T , and B \mathcal{B} B be as in Theorem 1.3 , let C 1 ≥ 1 \mathcal{C}_1\ge1 C 1 ≥ 1 and ε 0 ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \varepsilon_0\in(0,1) ε 0 ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) , and let 0 < τ < τ 0 0<\tau<\tau_0 0 < τ < τ 0 and 0 < ζ < ζ 0 0<\zeta<\zeta_0 0 < ζ < ζ 0 , with τ 0 \tau_0 τ 0 and ζ 0 \zeta_0 ζ 0 as in (1.8). Suppose that the measures { ν ^ B } B ∈ B \{\widehat{\nu}_B\}_{B\in\mathcal{B}} { ν B } B ∈ B and { ν ^ B ∗ } B ∈ B \{\widehat{\nu}_B^*\}_{B\in\mathcal{B}} { ν B ∗ } B ∈ B satisfy (1.2) and (1.3), and that, with η ∗ \eta_* η ∗ as in (4.8), for every B ∈ B B\in\mathcal{B} B ∈ B there exists a Borel set U B ⊂ B U_B\subset B U B ⊂ B such that either (1.4) holds with η = η ∗ \eta=\eta_* η = η ∗ for some Borel set V B ⊂ U B V_B\subset U_B V B ⊂ U B or
μ ( U B ) < ζ μ ( B ) and T ν ^ B ≤ 1 on ( 1 − τ ) B ∖ U B . (34) \mu(U_B)<\zeta\mu(B)\qquad\text{and}\qquad T\widehat{\nu}_B\le1\quad\text{on }(1-\tau)B\setminus U_B. \tag*{(34)} μ ( U B ) < ζ μ ( B ) and T ν B ≤ 1 on ( 1 − τ ) B ∖ U B . (34) and that the analogous condition holds for T ∗ T^* T ∗ and ν ^ B ∗ \widehat{\nu}_B^* ν B ∗ . Then, we have
sup ε > 0 ∥ T μ , ε ∥ L 2 ( μ ) → L 2 ( μ ) ≤ C n o r m , (35) \sup_{\varepsilon>0}\|T_{\mu,\varepsilon}\|_{L^2(\mu)\to L^2(\mu)}\le C_{\mathrm{norm}}, \tag*{(35)} ε > 0 sup ∥ T μ , ε ∥ L 2 ( μ ) → L 2 ( μ ) ≤ C norm , (35) where C n o r m C_{\mathrm{norm}} C norm depends only on D D D , n n n , C 0 C_0 C 0 , C C C , γ \gamma γ , δ \delta δ , Λ \Lambda Λ , β \beta β , C 3 \mathcal{C}_3 C 3 , C 1 \mathcal{C}_1 C 1 , ε 0 \varepsilon_0 ε 0 , and ζ \zeta ζ .
We first show that it suffices to prove Proposition 3.1 for auxiliary kernels with cut-offs. The associated operators are a priori bounded on L 2 ( μ ) L^2(\mu) L 2 ( μ ) , with bounds depending on the cut-off parameters, whereas their Calderón–Zygmund constants do not depend on them, so the main task is to bound their norms independently of the cut-offs. The a priori finiteness of the norms is crucial to perform absorption arguments, see (287) .
To this end, we fix smooth functions φ , ψ : [ 0 , ∞ ) → [ 0 , 1 ] \varphi,\psi:[0,\infty)\to[0,1] φ , ψ : [ 0 , ∞ ) → [ 0 , 1 ] , with φ \varphi φ non-decreasing and ψ \psi ψ non-increasing, such that φ = 0 \varphi=0 φ = 0 on [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] , φ = 1 \varphi=1 φ = 1 on [ 2 , ∞ ) [2,\infty) [ 2 , ∞ ) , ψ = 1 \psi=1 ψ = 1 on [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] , and ψ = 0 \psi=0 ψ = 0 on [ 2 , ∞ ) [2,\infty) [ 2 , ∞ ) . For 0 < h < L 0<h<L 0 < h < L , we denote by T h , L T^{h,L} T h , L the singular integral operator associated with the kernel
K h , L ( x , y ) : = K ( x , y ) φ ( d ( x , y ) h ) ψ ( d ( x , y ) L ) . (36) K^{h,L}(x,y):=K(x,y)\varphi\left(\frac{d(x,y)}{h}\right)\psi\left(\frac{d(x,y)}{L}\right). \tag*{(36)} K h , L ( x , y ) := K ( x , y ) φ ( h d ( x , y ) ) ψ ( L d ( x , y ) ) . (36)
With η ∗ \eta_* η ∗ as in the statement of Theorem 1.3 (so, as in (101) ), we also set
A : = 1 + 3 C 2 ( η ∗ ) , T : = A − 1 T h , L , (37) A := 1 + 3\mathcal{C}_2(\eta_*), \qquad\mathcal{T} := A^{-1}T^{h,L}, \tag*{(37)} A := 1 + 3 C 2 ( η ∗ ) , T := A − 1 T h , L , (37)
and we prove the lemma that reduces the main theorem to the proposition above.
Lemma 3.2. For every 0 < h < L 0<h<L 0 < h < L , the operator T \mathcal{T} T and the testing measures of Theorem 1.3 satisfy the hypotheses of Proposition 3.1 , with Calderón–Zygmund constants independent of h h h and L L L . Consequently, Proposition 3.1 gives
∥ T μ h , L ∥ L 2 ( μ ) → L 2 ( μ ) ≤ C n o r m A , for 0 < h < L , (38) \left\|T^{h,L}_{\mu}\right\|_{L^2(\mu)\to L^2(\mu)} \le C_{\mathrm{norm}} A, \qquad\text{for }0<h<L, \tag*{(38)} T μ h , L L 2 ( μ ) → L 2 ( μ ) ≤ C norm A , for 0 < h < L , (38) and Theorem 1.3 holds with
sup ε > 0 ∥ T μ , ε ∥ L 2 ( μ ) → L 2 ( μ ) ≤ C n o r m A + C 2 n C 0 . (39) \sup_{\varepsilon>0}\left\|T_{\mu,\varepsilon}\right\|_{L^2(\mu)\to L^2(\mu)} \le C_{\mathrm{norm}} A+C2^n\mathcal{C}_0. \tag*{(39)} ε > 0 sup ∥ T μ , ε ∥ L 2 ( μ ) → L 2 ( μ ) ≤ C norm A + C 2 n C 0 . (39) Proof. For t ≥ 0 t\ge0 t ≥ 0 , we set a ( t ) : = φ ( t / h ) ψ ( t / L ) a(t):=\varphi(t/h)\psi(t/L) a ( t ) := φ ( t / h ) ψ ( t / L ) , and note that ∣ a ′ ( t ) ∣ ≲ 1 / t \lvert a'(t)\rvert\lesssim1/t ∣ a ′ ( t )∣ ≲ 1/ t . Moreover, since the distance is 1 1 1 -Lipschitz in each variable, K h , L K^{h,L} K h , L is a Calderón–Zygmund kernel with constants independent of h h h and L L L . For every σ ∈ M ( X ; C ) \sigma\in M(X;\mathbb{C}) σ ∈ M ( X ; C ) , x ∈ X x\in X x ∈ X , and ρ > 0 \rho>0 ρ > 0 , Fubini’s theorem gives
T ρ h , L σ ( x ) = a ( ρ ) T ρ σ ( x ) + ∫ ρ ∞ a ′ ( t ) T t σ ( x ) d t , T^{h,L}_{\rho}\sigma(x)=a(\rho)T_{\rho}\sigma(x)+\int_{\rho}^{\infty}a'(t)T_t\sigma(x)\,dt, T ρ h , L σ ( x ) = a ( ρ ) T ρ σ ( x ) + ∫ ρ ∞ a ′ ( t ) T t σ ( x ) d t , which, since 0 ≤ a ≤ 1 0\le a\le1 0 ≤ a ≤ 1 and ∫ 0 ∞ ∣ a ′ ∣ ≤ 2 \int_0^\infty\lvert a'\rvert\le2 ∫ 0 ∞ ∣ a ′ ∣ ≤ 2 , yields ( T h , L ) ♯ σ ≤ 3 T ♯ σ (T^{h,L})^\sharp\sigma\le3T^\sharp\sigma ( T h , L ) ♯ σ ≤ 3 T ♯ σ and the analogous estimate for the adjoint.
Hence, if (5) holds with η = η ∗ \eta=\eta_* η = η ∗ , then T ♯ ν ^ B ≤ 3 C 2 ( η ∗ ) / A < 1 T^\sharp\widehat{\nu}_B\le3\mathcal{C}_2(\eta_*)/A<1 T ♯ ν B ≤ 3 C 2 ( η ∗ ) / A < 1 on ( 1 − τ ) B ∖ U B (1-\tau)B\setminus U_B ( 1 − τ ) B ∖ U B , that is, (34) holds for T \mathcal{T} T , and the same holds for T ∗ \mathcal{T}^* T ∗ and ν ^ B ∗ \widehat{\nu}_B^* ν B ∗ . The remaining hypotheses of Proposition 3.1 do not involve the operator. Since K h , L ( x , y ) = 0 K^{h,L}(x,y)=0 K h , L ( x , y ) = 0 whenever d ( x , y ) ≤ h d(x,y)\le h d ( x , y ) ≤ h , the truncations of T μ T_\mu T μ at radii smaller than h h h coincide with T μ T_\mu T μ , so (35) for T \mathcal{T} T gives (38) .
Let f f f be a bounded function with bounded support, and let ε > 0 \varepsilon>0 ε > 0 . Letting L → ∞ L\to\infty L → ∞ in (38) with h = ε h=\varepsilon h = ε , Fatou’s lemma gives ∥ T μ ε , ∞ f ∥ L 2 ( μ ) ≤ C n o r m A ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( μ ) \left\|T^{\varepsilon,\infty}_\mu f\right\|_{L^2(\mu)}\le C_{\mathrm{norm}}A\lVert f\rVert_{L^2(\mu)} T μ ε , ∞ f L 2 ( μ ) ≤ C norm A ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( μ ) , where T ε , ∞ T^{\varepsilon,\infty} T ε , ∞ is associated with the kernel K ( x , y ) φ ( d ( x , y ) / ε ) K(x,y)\varphi(d(x,y)/\varepsilon) K ( x , y ) φ ( d ( x , y ) / ε ) . The difference T μ , ε − T μ ε , ∞ T_{\mu,\varepsilon}-T^{\varepsilon,\infty}_\mu T μ , ε − T μ ε , ∞ is an integral operator whose associated kernel is supported in { ε < d ( x , y ) < 2 ε } \{\varepsilon<d(x,y)<2\varepsilon\} { ε < d ( x , y ) < 2 ε } and bounded by C ε − n C\varepsilon^{-n} C ε − n , so Schur’s test and the n n n -growth of μ \mu μ bound its norm by C 2 n C 0 C2^n\mathcal{C}_0 C 2 n C 0 . Finally, (39) follows by density. □ \square □
By Lemma 3.2 , it suffices to prove Proposition 3.1 for T = T \mathcal{T}=\mathcal{T} T = T , with constants independent of h h h and L L L , and from now on we write T \mathcal{T} T for T \mathcal{T} T . In particular, since the auxiliary kernel K h , L K^{h,L} K h , L vanishes outside { h < d ( x , y ) < 2 L } \{h<d(x,y)<2L\} { h < d ( x , y ) < 2 L } , Schur’s test and the n n n -growth of μ \mu μ show that T μ T_\mu T μ is a priori bounded on L 2 ( μ ) L^2(\mu) L 2 ( μ ) , as desired. Moreover, the testing measures keep their original normalization, total-variation bound, and small-set threshold.
Throughout this section, we consider a geometrically doubling metric space ( X , d ) (X,d) ( X , d ) with parameter D D D .
The construction of the exceptional sets
Let B ⊂ X B\subset X B ⊂ X be a ball. Suppose that μ \mu μ is a non-negative Radon measure and ν ^ \widehat{\nu} ν is a complex Radon measure on X X X . Fix C 0 > 0 \mathcal{C}_0>0 C 0 > 0 , C 1 ≥ 1 \mathcal{C}_1\ge1 C 1 ≥ 1 , C 2 > 0 \mathcal{C}_2>0 C 2 > 0 , C 3 > 1 \mathcal{C}_3>1 C 3 > 1 , β > 5 log 2 D \beta>5^{\log_2 D} β > 5 l o g 2 D , and ε 0 ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \varepsilon_0\in(0,1) ε 0 ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) . We assume the following properties.
(A0) The ball B B B has C 3 \mathcal{C}_3 C 3 -small boundary with respect to μ \mu μ , and
μ ( 5 B ) ≤ β μ ( B ) . (40) \mu(5B)\le\beta\mu(B). \tag*{(40)} μ ( 5 B ) ≤ β μ ( B ) . (40)
(A1) The measure μ \mu μ has n n n -growth with constant C 0 \mathcal{C}_0 C 0 .
(A2) We have ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( X ∖ B ) = 0 \lvert\widehat{\nu}\rvert(X\setminus B)=0 ∣ ν ∣ ( X ∖ B ) = 0 .
(A3) We have ∣ ν ^ ( B ) ∣ = μ ( B ) > 0 \lvert\widehat{\nu}(B)\rvert=\mu(B)>0 ∣ ν ( B )∣ = μ ( B ) > 0 . (A4) We have
∥ ν ^ ∥ ≤ C 1 μ ( B ) . (41) \lVert\widehat{\nu}\rVert\le\mathfrak{C}_1\mu(B). \tag*{(41)} ∥ ν ∥ ≤ C 1 μ ( B ) . (41)
(A5) For every Borel set A ⊂ B A\subset B A ⊂ B with μ ( A ) ≤ ε 0 μ ( B ) \mu(A)\le\varepsilon_0\mu(B) μ ( A ) ≤ ε 0 μ ( B ) , we have
∣ ν ^ ∣ ( A ) ≤ ∥ ν ^ ∥ 200 C 1 . (42) |\widehat{\nu}|(A)\le\frac{\lVert\widehat{\nu}\rVert}{200\mathfrak{C}_1}. \tag*{(42)} ∣ ν ∣ ( A ) ≤ 200 C 1 ∥ ν ∥ . (42)
(A6) There is a Borel set U B ⊂ B U_B\subset B U B ⊂ B such that
μ ( U B ) ≤ ε 0 μ ( B ) and T # ν ^ ≤ C 2 on B ∖ U B . (43) \mu(U_B)\le\varepsilon_0\mu(B)\qquad\text{and}\qquad T^\#\widehat{\nu}\le\mathfrak{C}_2\quad\text{on }B\setminus U_B. \tag*{(43)} μ ( U B ) ≤ ε 0 μ ( B ) and T # ν ≤ C 2 on B ∖ U B . (43)
Possibly by normalizing the measure ν ^ \widehat{\nu} ν by a constant of modulus one, we may assume that ν ^ ( B ) = μ ( B ) \widehat{\nu}(B)=\mu(B) ν ( B ) = μ ( B ) . Set
ν : = ν ^ + μ ∣ X ∖ B , so that ∣ ν ∣ = ∣ ν ^ ∣ + μ ∣ X ∖ B . \nu:=\widehat{\nu}+\mu|_{X\setminus B},\qquad\text{so that}\qquad|\nu|=|\widehat{\nu}|+\mu|_{X\setminus B}. ν := ν + μ ∣ X ∖ B , so that ∣ ν ∣ = ∣ ν ∣ + μ ∣ X ∖ B .
Write ν ^ = b ^ ∣ ν ^ ∣ \widehat{\nu}=\widehat{b}|\widehat{\nu}| ν = b ∣ ν ∣ on B B B , and extend b ^ \widehat{b} b by 1 1 1 on X ∖ B X\setminus B X ∖ B . Then
ν = b ^ ∣ ν ∣ , \nu=\widehat{b}|\nu|, ν = b ∣ ν ∣ ,
where ∣ b ^ ∣ = 1 |\widehat{b}|=1 ∣ b ∣ = 1 ∣ ν ∣ |\nu| ∣ ν ∣ -a.e.
The assumptions concern ν ^ \widehat{\nu} ν , whereas the stopping conditions for random cubes use ν \nu ν and ∣ ν ∣ |\nu| ∣ ν ∣ .
Assumption (A6) has the same form as the normalized testing condition (34) . In the proof of Proposition 3.1, it holds with C 2 = 1 \mathfrak{C}_2=1 C 2 = 1 once the annulus B ∖ ( 1 − τ ) B B\setminus(1-\tau)B B ∖ ( 1 − τ ) B is added to the set in (34) , see Section 4.
The set of non-accretive cubes. Next, fix η ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \eta\in(0,1) η ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) to be chosen later. Let ( Ω , P ) (\Omega,\mathbb{P}) ( Ω , P ) be the probability space as in Theorem 2.11 and, for w ∈ Ω w\in\Omega w ∈ Ω , let D ( w ) \mathbb{D}(w) D ( w ) denote its associated grids of random cubes as defined in the previous section. We denote by A ( w ) \mathcal{A}(w) A ( w ) the collection of all dyadic cubes S ∈ D ( w ) S\in\mathbb{D}(w) S ∈ D ( w ) such that S ∩ B ≠ ∅ S\cap B\ne\varnothing S ∩ B = ∅ and
∣ ν ( S ) ∣ < η ∣ ν ∣ ( S ) . |\nu(S)|<\eta|\nu|(S). ∣ ν ( S ) ∣ < η ∣ ν ∣ ( S ) .
We then set
T ( w ) : = ⋃ S ∈ A ( w ) S . \mathcal{T}(w):=\bigcup_{S\in\mathcal{A}(w)}S. T ( w ) := S ∈ A ( w ) ⋃ S .
Lemma 3.3. For η = ( 2 C 1 ) − 1 \eta=(2\mathfrak{C}_1)^{-1} η = ( 2 C 1 ) − 1 , we have
∣ ν ^ ∣ ( T ( w ) ) ≤ ( 1 − η ) ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ) , for all w ∈ Ω . |\widehat{\nu}|(\mathcal{T}(w))\le(1-\eta)|\widehat{\nu}|(B),\qquad\text{for all }w\in\Omega. ∣ ν ∣ ( T ( w )) ≤ ( 1 − η ) ∣ ν ∣ ( B ) , for all w ∈ Ω. Proof. Let w ∈ Ω w\in\Omega w ∈ Ω and N ∈ N N\in\mathbb{N} N ∈ N . Denote by A N ( w ) \mathcal{A}_N(w) A N ( w ) the maximal cubes in A ( w ) \mathcal{A}(w) A ( w ) whose generation is at least − N -N − N , and set T N ( w ) : = ⋃ S ∈ A N ( w ) S \mathcal{T}_N(w):=\bigcup_{S\in\mathcal{A}_N(w)}S T N ( w ) := ⋃ S ∈ A N ( w ) S . These cubes are pairwise disjoint. For every S ∈ A N ( w ) S\in\mathcal{A}_N(w) S ∈ A N ( w ) , the stopping condition gives
Re ν ^ ( S ) + μ ( S ∖ B ) ≤ ∣ ν ^ ( S ) + μ ( S ∖ B ) ∣ < η ( ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( S ) + μ ( S ∖ B ) ) , \operatorname{Re}\widehat{\nu}(S)+\mu(S\setminus B)\le|\widehat{\nu}(S)+\mu(S\setminus B)|<\eta\bigl(|\widehat{\nu}|(S)+\mu(S\setminus B)\bigr), Re ν ( S ) + μ ( S ∖ B ) ≤ ∣ ν ( S ) + μ ( S ∖ B ) ∣ < η ( ∣ ν ∣ ( S ) + μ ( S ∖ B ) ) , and hence Re ν ^ ( S ) ≤ η ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( S ) \operatorname{Re}\widehat{\nu}(S)\le\eta|\widehat{\nu}|(S) Re ν ( S ) ≤ η ∣ ν ∣ ( S ) . Therefore,
μ ( B ) = Re ν ^ ( B ) ≤ ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ∖ T N ( w ) ) + ∑ S ∈ A N ( w ) Re ν ^ ( S ) ≤ ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ∖ T N ( w ) ) + η ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ) . \mu(B)=\operatorname{Re}\widehat{\nu}(B)\le|\widehat{\nu}|(B\setminus\mathcal{T}_N(w))+\sum_{S\in\mathcal{A}_N(w)}\operatorname{Re}\widehat{\nu}(S)\le|\widehat{\nu}|(B\setminus\mathcal{T}_N(w))+\eta|\widehat{\nu}|(B). μ ( B ) = Re ν ( B ) ≤ ∣ ν ∣ ( B ∖ T N ( w )) + S ∈ A N ( w ) ∑ Re ν ( S ) ≤ ∣ ν ∣ ( B ∖ T N ( w )) + η ∣ ν ∣ ( B ) . Since T N ( w ) ↑ T ( w ) \mathcal{T}_N(w)\uparrow\mathcal{T}(w) T N ( w ) ↑ T ( w ) and ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ) < ∞ |\widehat{\nu}|(B)<\infty ∣ ν ∣ ( B ) < ∞ , letting N → ∞ N\to\infty N → ∞ yields
μ ( B ) ≤ ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ∖ T ( w ) ) + η ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ) . \mu(B)\le|\widehat{\nu}|(B\setminus\mathcal{T}(w))+\eta|\widehat{\nu}|(B). μ ( B ) ≤ ∣ ν ∣ ( B ∖ T ( w )) + η ∣ ν ∣ ( B ) . Combining the above inequalities, (41) , and using the definition of η \eta η , we obtain
∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ∖ T ( w ) ) ≥ C 1 − 1 ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ) − η ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ) = η ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ) , |\widehat{\nu}|(B\setminus\mathcal{T}(w))\ge\mathfrak{C}_1^{-1}|\widehat{\nu}|(B)-\eta|\widehat{\nu}|(B)=\eta|\widehat{\nu}|(B), ∣ ν ∣ ( B ∖ T ( w )) ≥ C 1 − 1 ∣ ν ∣ ( B ) − η ∣ ν ∣ ( B ) = η ∣ ν ∣ ( B ) , which immediately implies
∣ ν ^ ∣ ( T ( w ) ) ≤ ( 1 − η ) ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ) . |\widehat{\nu}|(\mathcal{T}(w))\le(1-\eta)|\widehat{\nu}|(B). ∣ ν ∣ ( T ( w )) ≤ ( 1 − η ) ∣ ν ∣ ( B ) .
The sets of high and low density. For n ∈ M ( X ; C ) \mathbf{n} \in M(X;\mathbb{C}) n ∈ M ( X ; C ) , m ∈ M + ( X ) \mathbf{m} \in M_{+}(X) m ∈ M + ( X ) , and λ > 0 \lambda> 0 λ > 0 , we define
E λ ( m , n ) : = { x ∈ B : M ~ m n ( x ) > λ } . (44) E_{\lambda}(\mathbf{m},\mathbf{n}) := \{x \in B : \widetilde{\mathcal{M}}_{\mathbf{m}\mathbf{n}}(x) > \lambda\}. \tag*{(44)} E λ ( m , n ) := { x ∈ B : M mn ( x ) > λ } . (44)
Let μ \mu μ and ν ^ \widehat{\nu} ν be as in assumptions (A1)-(A6). For x ∈ B x \in B x ∈ B , m 1 > C 1 m_1 > \mathfrak{C}_1 m 1 > C 1 , and m 2 > 1 m_2 > 1 m 2 > 1 , we set
r 1 ( x ) : = { sup { r > 0 : ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ( x , r ) ) μ ( B ( x , 5 r ) ) > m 1 } , if M ~ μ ν ^ ( x ) > m 1 , 0 , otherwise , r_1(x) :=
\begin{cases}
\sup\left\{r>0:\dfrac{|\widehat{\nu}|(B(x,r))}{\mu(B(x,5r))}>m_1\right\}, & \text{if }\widetilde{\mathcal{M}}_{\mu}\widehat{\nu}(x)>m_1,\\
0, & \text{otherwise},
\end{cases} r 1 ( x ) := ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ sup { r > 0 : μ ( B ( x , 5 r )) ∣ ν ∣ ( B ( x , r )) > m 1 } , 0 , if M μ ν ( x ) > m 1 , otherwise ,
and
r 2 ( x ) : = { sup { r > 0 : μ ( B ( x , r ) ∩ B ) ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ( x , 5 r ) ) > m 2 } , if M ~ ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( μ ∣ B ) ( x ) > m 2 , 0 , otherwise . r_2(x) :=
\begin{cases}
\sup\left\{r>0:\dfrac{\mu(B(x,r)\cap B)}{|\widehat{\nu}|(B(x,5r))}>m_2\right\}, & \text{if }\widetilde{\mathcal{M}}_{|\widehat{\nu}|}(\mu|B)(x)>m_2,\\
0, & \text{otherwise}.
\end{cases} r 2 ( x ) := ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ sup { r > 0 : ∣ ν ∣ ( B ( x , 5 r )) μ ( B ( x , r ) ∩ B ) > m 2 } , 0 , if M ∣ ν ∣ ( μ ∣ B ) ( x ) > m 2 , otherwise .
Finally, setting
S ^ 1 : = E m 1 ( μ , ν ^ ) and S ^ 2 : = E m 2 ( ∣ ν ^ ∣ , μ ∣ B ) , \widehat{\mathcal{S}}_1:=E_{m_1}(\mu,\widehat{\nu})\qquad\text{and}\qquad
\widehat{\mathcal{S}}_2:=E_{m_2}(|\widehat{\nu}|,\mu|B), S 1 := E m 1 ( μ , ν ) and S 2 := E m 2 ( ∣ ν ∣ , μ ∣ B ) ,
we define the exceptional sets
S 1 : = ⋃ x ∈ S ^ 1 B ( x , r 1 ( x ) ) and S 2 : = ⋃ x ∈ S ^ 2 B ( x , r 2 ( x ) ) . \mathcal{S}_1:=\bigcup_{x\in\widehat{\mathcal{S}}_1}B(x,r_1(x))
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
\mathcal{S}_2:=\bigcup_{x\in\widehat{\mathcal{S}}_2}B(x,r_2(x)). S 1 := x ∈ S 1 ⋃ B ( x , r 1 ( x )) and S 2 := x ∈ S 2 ⋃ B ( x , r 2 ( x )) .
Here the supremum of an empty set of admissible radii is defined to be zero, and B ( x , 0 ) = ∅ B(x,0)=\varnothing B ( x , 0 ) = ∅ . The radii are finite because the numerator measures are concentrated on B B B , while m 1 > C 1 m_1>\mathfrak{C}_1 m 1 > C 1 and m 2 > 1 m_2>1 m 2 > 1 . We write S : = S 1 ∪ S 2 \mathcal{S}:=\mathcal{S}_1\cup\mathcal{S}_2 S := S 1 ∪ S 2 .
Lemma 3.4. For m 1 ≥ C 1 / ε 0 m_1\geq\mathfrak{C}_1/\varepsilon_0 m 1 ≥ C 1 / ε 0 and m 2 ≥ 200 C 1 m_2\geq200\mathfrak{C}_1 m 2 ≥ 200 C 1 , we have
∣ ν ^ ∣ ( S 1 ) ≤ η 100 ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ) and ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( S 2 ) ≤ η 100 ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ) . (45) |\widehat{\nu}|(\mathcal{S}_1)\leq\frac{\eta}{100}|\widehat{\nu}|(B)
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
|\widehat{\nu}|(\mathcal{S}_2)\leq\frac{\eta}{100}|\widehat{\nu}|(B). \tag*{(45)} ∣ ν ∣ ( S 1 ) ≤ 100 η ∣ ν ∣ ( B ) and ∣ ν ∣ ( S 2 ) ≤ 100 η ∣ ν ∣ ( B ) . (45) Proof. We denote
E λ 1 : = E λ ( μ , ν ^ ) = { x ∈ B : M ~ μ ν ^ ( x ) > λ } , E^1_\lambda:=E_\lambda(\mu,\widehat{\nu})=\{x\in B:\widetilde{\mathcal{M}}_\mu\widehat{\nu}(x)>\lambda\}, E λ 1 := E λ ( μ , ν ) = { x ∈ B : M μ ν ( x ) > λ } , where M ~ μ \widetilde{\mathcal{M}}_\mu M μ is the maximal function defined in (21) . By (2.7) and (A4), we have
μ ( E λ 1 ) ≤ ∥ ν ^ ∥ λ ≤ C 1 μ ( B ) λ . (46) \mu(E^1_\lambda)\leq\frac{\|\widehat{\nu}\|}{\lambda}\leq\frac{\mathfrak{C}_1\mu(B)}{\lambda}. \tag*{(46)} μ ( E λ 1 ) ≤ λ ∥ ν ∥ ≤ λ C 1 μ ( B ) . (46) Let y ∈ S 1 ∩ B y\in\mathcal{S}_1\cap B y ∈ S 1 ∩ B . There exists x ∈ B x\in B x ∈ B with d ( x , y ) < r 1 ( x ) d(x,y)<r_1(x) d ( x , y ) < r 1 ( x ) . By the definition of r 1 ( x ) r_1(x) r 1 ( x ) , we can choose r > d ( x , y ) r>d(x,y) r > d ( x , y ) such that
∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ( x , r ) ) > m 1 μ ( B ( x , 5 r ) ) . (47) |\widehat{\nu}|(B(x,r))>m_1\mu(B(x,5r)). \tag*{(47)} ∣ ν ∣ ( B ( x , r )) > m 1 μ ( B ( x , 5 r )) . (47) Since y ∈ B ( x , r ) y\in B(x,r) y ∈ B ( x , r ) , the definition (21) gives M ~ μ ν ^ ( y ) > m 1 \widetilde{\mathcal{M}}_\mu\widehat{\nu}(y)>m_1 M μ ν ( y ) > m 1 . Thus S 1 ∩ B ⊂ E m 1 1 \mathcal{S}_1\cap B\subset E^1_{m_1} S 1 ∩ B ⊂ E m 1 1 . Choosing m 1 ≥ C 1 / ε 0 m_1\geq\mathfrak{C}_1/\varepsilon_0 m 1 ≥ C 1 / ε 0 , (46) gives μ ( E m 1 1 ) ≤ ε 0 μ ( B ) \mu(E^1_{m_1})\leq\varepsilon_0\mu(B) μ ( E m 1 1 ) ≤ ε 0 μ ( B ) . Since ν ^ \widehat{\nu} ν is concentrated on B B B , (42) implies
∣ ν ^ ∣ ( S 1 ) = ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( S 1 ∩ B ) ≤ ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( E m 1 1 ) ≤ η 100 ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ) . (48) |\widehat{\nu}|(\mathcal{S}_1)=|\widehat{\nu}|(\mathcal{S}_1\cap B)\leq|\widehat{\nu}|(E^1_{m_1})\leq\frac{\eta}{100}|\widehat{\nu}|(B). \tag*{(48)} ∣ ν ∣ ( S 1 ) = ∣ ν ∣ ( S 1 ∩ B ) ≤ ∣ ν ∣ ( E m 1 1 ) ≤ 100 η ∣ ν ∣ ( B ) . (48) To prove the second estimate in (45) , define
E λ 2 : = E λ ( ∣ ν ^ ∣ , μ ∣ B ) = { x ∈ B : M ~ ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( μ ∣ B ) ( x ) > λ } . E^2_\lambda:=E_\lambda(|\widehat{\nu}|,\mu|B)=\{x\in B:\widetilde{\mathcal{M}}_{|\widehat{\nu}|}(\mu|B)(x)>\lambda\}. E λ 2 := E λ ( ∣ ν ∣ , μ ∣ B ) = { x ∈ B : M ∣ ν ∣ ( μ ∣ B ) ( x ) > λ } . By (22) , we have
∣ ν ^ ∣ ( E λ 2 ) ≤ μ ( B ) λ ≤ ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ) λ , |\widehat{\nu}|(E^2_\lambda)\leq\frac{\mu(B)}{\lambda}\leq\frac{|\widehat{\nu}|(B)}{\lambda}, ∣ ν ∣ ( E λ 2 ) ≤ λ μ ( B ) ≤ λ ∣ ν ∣ ( B ) , where the last inequality follows from (A3). If y ∈ S 2 ∩ B y\in\mathcal{S}_2\cap B y ∈ S 2 ∩ B , there exists x ∈ B x\in B x ∈ B with d ( x , y ) < r 2 ( x ) d(x,y)<r_2(x) d ( x , y ) < r 2 ( x ) . Choose r > d ( x , y ) r>d(x,y) r > d ( x , y ) such that
μ ( B ( x , r ) ∩ B ) > m 2 ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ( x , 5 r ) ) . \mu(B(x,r)\cap B)>m_2|\widehat{\nu}|(B(x,5r)). μ ( B ( x , r ) ∩ B ) > m 2 ∣ ν ∣ ( B ( x , 5 r )) .
Since y ∈ B ( x , r ) y \in B(x,r) y ∈ B ( x , r ) , we have M ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( μ ∣ B ) ( y ) > m 2 \mathcal{M}_{|\widehat{\nu}|}(\mu|_B)(y)>m_2 M ∣ ν ∣ ( μ ∣ B ) ( y ) > m 2 . Thus S 2 ∩ B ⊂ E m 2 2 \mathcal{S}_2\cap B\subset E^2_{m_2} S 2 ∩ B ⊂ E m 2 2 and, recalling that ν ^ \widehat{\nu} ν is concentrated on B B B , we conclude that
∣ ν ^ ∣ ( S 2 ) = ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( S 2 ∩ B ) ≤ ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( E m 2 2 ) ≤ ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ) m 2 . |\widehat{\nu}|(\mathcal{S}_2)=|\widehat{\nu}|(\mathcal{S}_2\cap B)\leq|\widehat{\nu}|(E^2_{m_2})\leq\frac{|\widehat{\nu}|(B)}{m_2}. ∣ ν ∣ ( S 2 ) = ∣ ν ∣ ( S 2 ∩ B ) ≤ ∣ ν ∣ ( E m 2 2 ) ≤ m 2 ∣ ν ∣ ( B ) .
Taking m 2 ≥ 200 ϵ 1 = 100 / η m_2\geq200\epsilon_1=100/\eta m 2 ≥ 200 ϵ 1 = 100/ η proves the assertion. □
Lemma 3.5. In the following formula, the Radon-Nikodym derivative is that of the restriction of ∣ ν ^ ∣ |\widehat{\nu}| ∣ ν ∣ to B ∖ S B\setminus\mathcal{S} B ∖ S with respect to μ \mu μ . Assume that β > 5 log 2 D \beta>5^{\log_2 D} β > 5 l o g 2 D and that m 1 , m 2 m_1,m_2 m 1 , m 2 are as in Lemma 3.4. Then ∣ ν ^ ∣ B ∖ S |\widehat{\nu}|_{B\setminus\mathcal{S}} ∣ ν ∣ B ∖ S and μ ∣ B ∖ S \mu|_{B\setminus\mathcal{S}} μ ∣ B ∖ S are mutually absolutely continuous, and
1 β m 2 ≤ d ∣ ν ^ ∣ d μ ( x ) ≤ β m 1 , for ∣ ν ^ ∣ -a.e. x ∈ B ∖ S . (49) \frac{1}{\beta m_2}\leq\frac{d|\widehat{\nu}|}{d\mu}(x)\leq\beta m_1,\qquad\text{for }|\widehat{\nu}|\text{-a.e. }x\in B\setminus\mathcal{S}. \tag*{(49)} β m 2 1 ≤ d μ d ∣ ν ∣ ( x ) ≤ β m 1 , for ∣ ν ∣ -a.e. x ∈ B ∖ S . (49)
Proof. Put G = B ∖ S G=B\setminus\mathcal{S} G = B ∖ S . The definitions imply, for x ∈ G x\in G x ∈ G and every sufficiently small r > 0 r>0 r > 0 ,
∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ( x , r ) ) ≤ m 1 μ ( B ( x , 5 r ) ) , μ ( B ( x , r ) ) ≤ m 2 ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ( x , 5 r ) ) . |\widehat{\nu}|(B(x,r))\leq m_1\mu(B(x,5r)),\qquad\mu(B(x,r))\leq m_2|\widehat{\nu}|(B(x,5r)). ∣ ν ∣ ( B ( x , r )) ≤ m 1 μ ( B ( x , 5 r )) , μ ( B ( x , r )) ≤ m 2 ∣ ν ∣ ( B ( x , 5 r )) .
We first justify absolute continuity on G G G . More generally, if positive Radon measures ρ , λ \rho,\lambda ρ , λ satisfy ρ ( B ( x , r ) ) ≤ M λ ( B ( x , 5 r ) ) \rho(B(x,r))\leq M\lambda(B(x,5r)) ρ ( B ( x , r )) ≤ M λ ( B ( x , 5 r )) for all sufficiently small r r r at each x ∈ G x\in G x ∈ G , then ρ ∣ G ≪ λ \rho|_G\ll\lambda ρ ∣ G ≪ λ . Indeed, let A ⊂ G A\subset G A ⊂ G with λ ( A ) = 0 \lambda(A)=0 λ ( A ) = 0 , and choose a bounded open set O ⊃ A O\supset A O ⊃ A with λ ( O ) < ε \lambda(O)<\varepsilon λ ( O ) < ε . Fix β ′ > 25 log 2 D \beta'>25^{\log_2 D} β ′ > 2 5 l o g 2 D . By [37 Lemma 3.3] , for ρ \rho ρ -almost every x ∈ A x\in A x ∈ A there are arbitrarily small ρ \rho ρ -( 25 , β ′ ) (25,\beta') ( 25 , β ′ ) -doubling balls B x B_x B x centered at x x x , with 25 B x ⊂ O 25B_x\subset O 25 B x ⊂ O and with the stated density inequality valid. Applying the 5 r 5r 5 r -covering lemma to 5 B x 5B_x 5 B x , choose pairwise disjoint 5 B i 5B_i 5 B i whose fivefold dilates cover A A A up to a ρ \rho ρ -null set. Then
ρ ( A ) ≤ ∑ i ρ ( 25 B i ) ≤ β ′ ∑ i ρ ( B i ) ≤ β ′ M ∑ i λ ( 5 B i ) ≤ β ′ M ε . \rho(A)\leq\sum_i\rho(25B_i)\leq\beta'\sum_i\rho(B_i)\leq\beta'M\sum_i\lambda(5B_i)\leq\beta'M\varepsilon. ρ ( A ) ≤ i ∑ ρ ( 25 B i ) ≤ β ′ i ∑ ρ ( B i ) ≤ β ′ M i ∑ λ ( 5 B i ) ≤ β ′ M ε .
Letting ε ↓ 0 \varepsilon\downarrow0 ε ↓ 0 proves the claim. Applying it with ( ρ , λ , M ) = ( ∣ ν ^ ∣ , μ , m 1 ) (\rho,\lambda,M)=(|\widehat{\nu}|,\mu,m_1) ( ρ , λ , M ) = ( ∣ ν ∣ , μ , m 1 ) and with ( ρ , λ , M ) = ( μ , ∣ ν ^ ∣ , m 2 ) (\rho,\lambda,M)=(\mu,|\widehat{\nu}|,m_2) ( ρ , λ , M ) = ( μ , ∣ ν ∣ , m 2 ) gives ∣ ν ^ ∣ G ≪ μ |\widehat{\nu}|_G\ll\mu ∣ ν ∣ G ≪ μ and μ ∣ G ≪ ∣ ν ^ ∣ \mu|_G\ll|\widehat{\nu}| μ ∣ G ≪ ∣ ν ∣ .
Let ϕ = d ( ∣ ν ^ ∣ G ) / d μ \phi=d(|\widehat{\nu}|_G)/d\mu ϕ = d ( ∣ ν ∣ G ) / d μ , extended by zero off G G G . By [37 Lemma 3.3 and Corollary 3.6] , at μ \mu μ -almost every x ∈ G x\in G x ∈ G there are ( 5 , β ) (5,\beta) ( 5 , β ) -doubling balls B j = B ( x , r j ) B_j=B(x,r_j) B j = B ( x , r j ) for μ \mu μ , with r j → 0 r_j\to0 r j → 0 and 5 B j ⊂ B 5B_j\subset B 5 B j ⊂ B , along which
ϕ ( x ) = lim j → ∞ ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B j ∩ G ) μ ( B j ) ≤ lim sup j → ∞ ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B j ) μ ( B j ) ≤ m 1 lim sup j → ∞ μ ( 5 B j ) μ ( B j ) ≤ β m 1 . \phi(x)=\lim_{j\to\infty}\frac{|\widehat{\nu}|(B_j\cap G)}{\mu(B_j)}
\leq\limsup_{j\to\infty}\frac{|\widehat{\nu}|(B_j)}{\mu(B_j)}
\leq m_1\limsup_{j\to\infty}\frac{\mu(5B_j)}{\mu(B_j)}
\leq\beta m_1. ϕ ( x ) = j → ∞ lim μ ( B j ) ∣ ν ∣ ( B j ∩ G ) ≤ j → ∞ lim sup μ ( B j ) ∣ ν ∣ ( B j ) ≤ m 1 j → ∞ lim sup μ ( B j ) μ ( 5 B j ) ≤ β m 1 .
This inequality also holds ∣ ν ^ ∣ |\widehat{\nu}| ∣ ν ∣ -almost everywhere on G G G .
Finally, let ψ = d ( μ ∣ G ) / d ∣ ν ^ ∣ \psi=d(\mu|_G)/d|\widehat{\nu}| ψ = d ( μ ∣ G ) / d ∣ ν ∣ . Differentiating ψ \psi ψ along ( 5 , β ) (5,\beta) ( 5 , β ) -doubling balls B j = B ( x , r j ) B_j=B(x,r_j) B j = B ( x , r j ) for ∣ ν ^ ∣ |\widehat{\nu}| ∣ ν ∣ , with 5 B j ⊂ B 5B_j\subset B 5 B j ⊂ B , gives for ∣ ν ^ ∣ |\widehat{\nu}| ∣ ν ∣ -almost every x ∈ G x\in G x ∈ G ,
ψ ( x ) = lim j → ∞ μ ( B j ∩ G ) ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B j ) ≤ lim sup j → ∞ μ ( B j ) ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B j ) ≤ β m 2 . \psi(x)=\lim_{j\to\infty}\frac{\mu(B_j\cap G)}{|\widehat{\nu}|(B_j)}
\leq\limsup_{j\to\infty}\frac{\mu(B_j)}{|\widehat{\nu}|(B_j)}
\leq\beta m_2. ψ ( x ) = j → ∞ lim ∣ ν ∣ ( B j ) μ ( B j ∩ G ) ≤ j → ∞ lim sup ∣ ν ∣ ( B j ) μ ( B j ) ≤ β m 2 .
Since the restricted measures are mutually absolutely continuous, ψ = 1 / ϕ \psi=1/\phi ψ = 1/ ϕ almost everywhere on G G G . This proves the lower bound in (49) . □
We next define the high- and low-density sets for the random grid D ( w ) \mathbb{D}(w) D ( w ) . Let m ^ > 1 \widehat{m}>1 m > 1 be a large parameter, to be chosen properly later. We denote by S m ^ , + ( w ) \mathcal{S}^{\widehat{m},+}(w) S m , + ( w ) the family of all cubes Q ∈ D ( w ) Q\in\mathbb{D}(w) Q ∈ D ( w ) that satisfy
∣ ν ∣ ( Q ) > m ^ μ ( Q ) . (50) |\nu|(Q)>\widehat{m}\mu(Q). \tag*{(50)} ∣ ν ∣ ( Q ) > m μ ( Q ) . (50)
Moreover, we define S m ^ , − ( w ) \mathscr{S}^{\widehat{\mathfrak m},-}(w) S m , − ( w ) to be the collection of all cubes Q ∈ D ( w ) Q \in\mathbb{D}(w) Q ∈ D ( w ) such that
∣ ν ∣ ( Q ) < m ^ − 1 μ ( Q ) . (51) |\nu|(Q) < \widehat{\mathfrak m}^{-1}\mu(Q). \tag*{(51)} ∣ ν ∣ ( Q ) < m − 1 μ ( Q ) . (51)
Finally, we define
S m ^ , ± ( w ) : = ⋃ Q ∈ S m ^ , ± ( w ) Q and S m ^ ( w ) : = S m ^ , + ( w ) ∪ S m ^ , − ( w ) . \mathscr{S}^{\widehat{\mathfrak m},\pm}(w) := \bigcup_{Q\in\mathscr{S}^{\widehat{\mathfrak m},\pm}(w)} Q
\quad\text{and}\quad
\mathscr{S}^{\widehat{\mathfrak m}}(w):=\mathscr{S}^{\widehat{\mathfrak m},+}(w)\cup\mathscr{S}^{\widehat{\mathfrak m},-}(w). S m , ± ( w ) := Q ∈ S m , ± ( w ) ⋃ Q and S m ( w ) := S m , + ( w ) ∪ S m , − ( w ) .
We have the following estimate.
Lemma 3.6. If m ^ \widehat{\mathfrak m} m is chosen big enough depending on C 1 \mathfrak C_1 C 1 and ε 0 \varepsilon_0 ε 0 , then
∣ ν ^ ∣ ( S m ^ ( w ) ) ≤ η 50 ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ) . |\widehat{\nu}|(\mathscr{S}^{\widehat{\mathfrak m}}(w)) \le\frac{\eta}{50}|\widehat{\nu}|(B). ∣ ν ∣ ( S m ( w )) ≤ 50 η ∣ ν ∣ ( B ) .
Proof. For N ∈ N N\in\mathbb{N} N ∈ N , denote by S N m ^ , ± ( w ) \mathscr{S}^{\widehat{\mathfrak m},\pm}_N(w) S N m , ± ( w ) the maximal cubes in S m ^ , ± ( w ) \mathscr{S}^{\widehat{\mathfrak m},\pm}(w) S m , ± ( w ) whose generation is at least − N -N − N , and let S N m ^ , ± ( w ) \mathscr{S}^{\widehat{\mathfrak m},\pm}_N(w) S N m , ± ( w ) be their unions. The cubes in each family are disjoint. If Q ∈ S N m ^ , + ( w ) Q\in\mathscr{S}^{\widehat{\mathfrak m},+}_N(w) Q ∈ S N m , + ( w ) , then (50) gives
∣ ν ^ ∣ ( Q ) > m ^ μ ( Q ∩ B ) + ( m ^ − 1 ) μ ( Q ∖ B ) ≥ m ^ μ ( Q ∩ B ) . |\widehat{\nu}|(Q)>\widehat{\mathfrak m}\mu(Q\cap B)+(\widehat{\mathfrak m}-1)\mu(Q\setminus B)\ge\widehat{\mathfrak m}\mu(Q\cap B). ∣ ν ∣ ( Q ) > m μ ( Q ∩ B ) + ( m − 1 ) μ ( Q ∖ B ) ≥ m μ ( Q ∩ B ) .
Consequently,
μ ( S N m ^ , + ( w ) ∩ B ) ≤ m ^ − 1 ∑ Q ∈ S N m ^ , + ( w ) ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( Q ) ≤ m ^ − 1 ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ) ≤ m ^ − 1 C 1 μ ( B ) . \mu(\mathscr{S}^{\widehat{\mathfrak m},+}_N(w)\cap B)
\le\widehat{\mathfrak m}^{-1}\sum_{Q\in\mathscr{S}^{\widehat{\mathfrak m},+}_N(w)}|\widehat{\nu}|(Q)
\le\widehat{\mathfrak m}^{-1}|\widehat{\nu}|(B)
\le\widehat{\mathfrak m}^{-1}\mathfrak C_1\mu(B). μ ( S N m , + ( w ) ∩ B ) ≤ m − 1 Q ∈ S N m , + ( w ) ∑ ∣ ν ∣ ( Q ) ≤ m − 1 ∣ ν ∣ ( B ) ≤ m − 1 C 1 μ ( B ) .
Thus, for m ^ ≥ C 1 ε 0 − 1 \widehat{\mathfrak m}\ge\mathfrak C_1\varepsilon_0^{-1} m ≥ C 1 ε 0 − 1 , property (A5) yields
∣ ν ^ ∣ ( S N m ^ , + ( w ) ) = ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( S N m ^ , + ( w ) ∩ B ) ≤ ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ) 200 C 1 ≤ η 100 ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ) . |\widehat{\nu}|(\mathscr{S}^{\widehat{\mathfrak m},+}_N(w))
=|\widehat{\nu}|(\mathscr{S}^{\widehat{\mathfrak m},+}_N(w)\cap B)
\le\frac{|\widehat{\nu}|(B)}{200\mathfrak C_1}
\le\frac{\eta}{100}|\widehat{\nu}|(B). ∣ ν ∣ ( S N m , + ( w )) = ∣ ν ∣ ( S N m , + ( w ) ∩ B ) ≤ 200 C 1 ∣ ν ∣ ( B ) ≤ 100 η ∣ ν ∣ ( B ) .
For Q ∈ S N m ^ , − ( w ) Q\in\mathscr{S}^{\widehat{\mathfrak m},-}_N(w) Q ∈ S N m , − ( w ) , (51) implies
∣ ν ^ ∣ ( Q ) < m ^ − 1 μ ( Q ∩ B ) − ( 1 − m ^ − 1 ) μ ( Q ∖ B ) ≤ m ^ − 1 μ ( Q ∩ B ) . |\widehat{\nu}|(Q)<\widehat{\mathfrak m}^{-1}\mu(Q\cap B)-(1-\widehat{\mathfrak m}^{-1})\mu(Q\setminus B)\le\widehat{\mathfrak m}^{-1}\mu(Q\cap B). ∣ ν ∣ ( Q ) < m − 1 μ ( Q ∩ B ) − ( 1 − m − 1 ) μ ( Q ∖ B ) ≤ m − 1 μ ( Q ∩ B ) .
Therefore,
∣ ν ^ ∣ ( S N m ^ , − ( w ) ) ≤ m ^ − 1 ∑ Q ∈ S N m ^ , − ( w ) μ ( Q ∩ B ) ≤ m ^ − 1 μ ( B ) ≤ η 100 ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ) |\widehat{\nu}|(\mathscr{S}^{\widehat{\mathfrak m},-}_N(w))
\le\widehat{\mathfrak m}^{-1}\sum_{Q\in\mathscr{S}^{\widehat{\mathfrak m},-}_N(w)}\mu(Q\cap B)
\le\widehat{\mathfrak m}^{-1}\mu(B)
\le\frac{\eta}{100}|\widehat{\nu}|(B) ∣ ν ∣ ( S N m , − ( w )) ≤ m − 1 Q ∈ S N m , − ( w ) ∑ μ ( Q ∩ B ) ≤ m − 1 μ ( B ) ≤ 100 η ∣ ν ∣ ( B )
whenever m ^ ≥ 100 / η \widehat{\mathfrak m}\ge100/\eta m ≥ 100/ η . The unions S N m ^ , ± ( w ) \mathscr{S}^{\widehat{\mathfrak m},\pm}_N(w) S N m , ± ( w ) increase to S m ^ , ± ( w ) \mathscr{S}^{\widehat{\mathfrak m},\pm}(w) S m , ± ( w ) . Letting N → ∞ N\to\infty N → ∞ proves the lemma for m ^ ≥ max { C 1 ε 0 − 1 , 100 / η } \widehat{\mathfrak m}\ge\max\{\mathfrak C_1\varepsilon_0^{-1},100/\eta\} m ≥ max { C 1 ε 0 − 1 , 100/ η } . □ \square □
The set of non-Ahlfors regular balls
Fix m > 0 m>0 m > 0 , to be chosen sufficiently large. For any x ∈ X x\in X x ∈ X we define
R ( x ) : = { sup { r > 0 : ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ( x , r ) ) > m r η } , if M n r ν ^ ( x ) > m , 0 , otherwise . (52) \mathcal{R}(x):=
\begin{cases}
\sup\{r>0:|\widehat{\nu}|(B(x,r))>mr^\eta\}, & \text{if }M_n^r\widehat{\nu}(x)>m,\\
0, & \text{otherwise}.
\end{cases} \tag*{(52)} R ( x ) := { sup { r > 0 : ∣ ν ∣ ( B ( x , r )) > m r η } , 0 , if M n r ν ( x ) > m , otherwise . (52)
We remark that the radii R ( x ) \mathcal{R}(x) R ( x ) are defined for every x ∈ X x\in X x ∈ X , and not on the support of ν ^ \widehat{\nu} ν only. We then define the sets
H ^ : = { x ∈ X : M n r ν ^ ( x ) > m } and H : = ⋃ x ∈ H ^ B ( x , R ( x ) ) . (53) \widehat{\mathcal{H}}:=\{x\in X:M_n^r\widehat{\nu}(x)>m\}
\quad\text{and}\quad
\mathcal{H}:=\bigcup_{x\in\widehat{\mathcal{H}}}B(x,\mathcal{R}(x)). \tag*{(53)} H := { x ∈ X : M n r ν ( x ) > m } and H := x ∈ H ⋃ B ( x , R ( x )) . (53)
Thus, if B ( x , r ) B(x,r) B ( x , r ) is a ball such that ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ( x , r ) ) > m r n |\widehat{\nu}|(B(x,r))>\mathbf{m}\,r^n ∣ ν ∣ ( B ( x , r )) > m r n , then B ( x , r ) ⊂ H B(x,r)\subset\mathcal{H} B ( x , r ) ⊂ H . For x ∈ X x\in X x ∈ X and r > R ( x ) r>\mathcal{R}(x) r > R ( x ) , the n n n -growth of μ \mu μ also gives
∣ ν ∣ ( B ( x , r ) ) ≤ ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ( x , r ) ) + μ ( B ( x , r ) ) ≤ ( m + C 0 ) r n . |\nu|(B(x,r))\leq|\widehat{\nu}|(B(x,r))+\mu(B(x,r))\leq(\mathbf{m}+\mathcal{C}_0)r^n. ∣ ν ∣ ( B ( x , r )) ≤ ∣ ν ∣ ( B ( x , r )) + μ ( B ( x , r )) ≤ ( m + C 0 ) r n .
We also have the following estimate for the ∣ ν ^ ∣ |\widehat{\nu}| ∣ ν ∣ -measure of the exceptional set H \mathcal{H} H .
Lemma 3.7. For m \mathbf{m} m chosen sufficiently large depending on n n n , ε 0 \varepsilon_0 ε 0 , C 0 \mathcal{C}_0 C 0 , and C 1 \mathcal{C}_1 C 1 , we have
∣ ν ^ ∣ ( H ) ≤ η 100 ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ) . |\widehat{\nu}|(\mathcal{H})\leq\frac{\eta}{100}|\widehat{\nu}|(B). ∣ ν ∣ ( H ) ≤ 100 η ∣ ν ∣ ( B ) . Proof. For λ > 0 \lambda>0 λ > 0 , set E λ = { M n r ν ^ > λ } E_\lambda=\{M_n^r\widehat{\nu}>\lambda\} E λ = { M n r ν > λ } . By (22) and (A4),
μ ( E λ ) ≤ 5 n C 0 λ ∥ ν ^ ∥ ≤ 5 n C 0 C 1 λ μ ( B ) . \mu(E_\lambda)\leq\frac{5^n\mathcal{C}_0}{\lambda}\|\widehat{\nu}\|\leq\frac{5^n\mathcal{C}_0\mathcal{C}_1}{\lambda}\mu(B). μ ( E λ ) ≤ λ 5 n C 0 ∥ ν ∥ ≤ λ 5 n C 0 C 1 μ ( B ) . If y ∈ H y\in\mathcal{H} y ∈ H , we choose x x x such that d ( x , y ) < R ( x ) d(x,y)<\mathcal{R}(x) d ( x , y ) < R ( x ) . By (52) , there exists r > d ( x , y ) r>d(x,y) r > d ( x , y ) such that ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ( x , r ) ) > m r n |\widehat{\nu}|(B(x,r))>\mathbf{m}\,r^n ∣ ν ∣ ( B ( x , r )) > m r n . Then
∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ( y , 2 r ) ) ≥ ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ( x , r ) ) > m r n = 2 − n m ( 2 r ) n . (54) |\widehat{\nu}|(B(y,2r))\geq|\widehat{\nu}|(B(x,r))>\mathbf{m}\,r^n=2^{-n}\mathbf{m}\,(2r)^n. \tag*{(54)} ∣ ν ∣ ( B ( y , 2 r )) ≥ ∣ ν ∣ ( B ( x , r )) > m r n = 2 − n m ( 2 r ) n . (54) Thus H ⊂ E m / 2 n \mathcal{H}\subset E_{\mathbf{m}/2^n} H ⊂ E m / 2 n . For m ≥ 10 n C 0 C 1 / ε 0 \mathbf{m}\geq10^n\mathcal{C}_0\mathcal{C}_1/\varepsilon_0 m ≥ 1 0 n C 0 C 1 / ε 0 , we have μ ( B ∩ E m / 2 n ) ≤ ε 0 μ ( B ) \mu(B\cap E_{\mathbf{m}/2^n})\leq\varepsilon_0\mu(B) μ ( B ∩ E m / 2 n ) ≤ ε 0 μ ( B ) . Since ν ^ \widehat{\nu} ν is concentrated on B B B , the property (A5) implies
∣ ν ^ ∣ ( H ) ≤ ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ∩ E m / 2 n ) ≤ ∥ ν ^ ∥ 200 C 1 ≤ η 100 ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ) . |\widehat{\nu}|(\mathcal{H})\leq|\widehat{\nu}|(B\cap E_{\mathbf{m}/2^n})\leq\frac{\|\widehat{\nu}\|}{200\mathcal{C}_1}\leq\frac{\eta}{100}|\widehat{\nu}|(B). ∣ ν ∣ ( H ) ≤ ∣ ν ∣ ( B ∩ E m / 2 n ) ≤ 200 C 1 ∥ ν ∥ ≤ 100 η ∣ ν ∣ ( B ) .
The set where T ν ^ T\widehat{\nu} T ν is large.
Fix α > 1 \alpha>1 α > 1 , to be chosen sufficiently large later. For x ∈ B x\in B x ∈ B , we define
e ( x ) : = { sup { ε > 0 : ∣ T ε ν ^ ( x ) ∣ > α } , if T ♯ ν ^ ( x ) > α , 0 , otherwise. (55) e(x):=
\begin{cases}
\sup\{\varepsilon>0:|T_\varepsilon\widehat{\nu}(x)|>\alpha\},&\text{if }T_\sharp\widehat{\nu}(x)>\alpha,\\
0,&\text{otherwise.}
\end{cases} \tag*{(55)} e ( x ) := { sup { ε > 0 : ∣ T ε ν ( x ) ∣ > α } , 0 , if T ♯ ν ( x ) > α , otherwise. (55)
Note that these radii are finite, since ∣ T ε ν ^ ( x ) ∣ ≤ C ε − n ∥ ν ^ ∥ |T_\varepsilon\widehat{\nu}(x)|\leq C\varepsilon^{-n}\|\widehat{\nu}\| ∣ T ε ν ( x ) ∣ ≤ C ε − n ∥ ν ∥ . Next, we set
E ^ : = { x ∈ B : T ♯ ν ^ ( x ) > α } and E : = ⋃ x ∈ E ^ B ( x , e ( x ) ) . (56) \widehat{\mathcal{E}}:=\{x\in B:T_\sharp\widehat{\nu}(x)>\alpha\}
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
\mathcal{E}:=\bigcup_{x\in\widehat{\mathcal{E}}}B(x,e(x)). \tag*{(56)} E := { x ∈ B : T ♯ ν ( x ) > α } and E := x ∈ E ⋃ B ( x , e ( x )) . (56)
The proof of the following lemma follows the scheme of [77 Lemma 5.2] .
Lemma 3.8. If y ∈ E ∖ H y\in\mathcal{E}\setminus\mathcal{H} y ∈ E ∖ H , then
T ♯ ν ^ ( y ) > α − α E ′ , for α E ′ : = C m 2 n 3 ⋅ 2 γ − 2 2 γ − 1 . T_\sharp\widehat{\nu}(y)>\alpha-\alpha'_{\mathcal{E}},
\qquad\text{for }\alpha'_{\mathcal{E}}:=C\mathbf{m}\,2^{n}\frac{3\cdot2^\gamma-2}{2^\gamma-1}. T ♯ ν ( y ) > α − α E ′ , for α E ′ := C m 2 n 2 γ − 1 3 ⋅ 2 γ − 2 . Moreover, if α ≥ 2 max { α E ′ , C 2 } \alpha\geq2\max\{\alpha'_{\mathcal{E}},\mathcal{C}_2\} α ≥ 2 max { α E ′ , C 2 } , then B ∩ E ⊂ H ∪ U B B\cap\mathcal{E}\subset\mathcal{H}\cup U_B B ∩ E ⊂ H ∪ U B .
Proof. Let y ∈ E ∖ H y\in\mathcal{E}\setminus\mathcal{H} y ∈ E ∖ H and choose x ∈ E ^ x\in\widehat{\mathcal{E}} x ∈ E with d ( x , y ) < e ( x ) d(x,y)<e(x) d ( x , y ) < e ( x ) . By (55) , there exists ε \varepsilon ε such that
d ( x , y ) < ε ≤ e ( x ) and ∣ T ε ν ^ ( x ) ∣ > α . d(x,y)<\varepsilon\leq e(x)
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
|T_\varepsilon\widehat{\nu}(x)|>\alpha. d ( x , y ) < ε ≤ e ( x ) and ∣ T ε ν ( x ) ∣ > α . The triangle inequality gives
∣ T ε ν ^ ( x ) − T ε ν ^ ( y ) ∣ ≤ ∣ T ε ( ν ^ ∣ B ( y , 2 ε ) ) ( x ) ∣ + ∣ T ε ( ν ^ ∣ B ( y , 2 ε ) ) ( y ) ∣ + ∣ T ε ( ν ^ ∣ X ∖ B ( y , 2 ε ) ) ( x ) − T ε ( ν ^ ∣ X ∖ B ( y , 2 ε ) ) ( y ) ∣ = : I 1 + I 2 + I 3 . (57) \begin{aligned}
|T_\varepsilon\widehat{\nu}(x)-T_\varepsilon\widehat{\nu}(y)|
&\leq|T_\varepsilon(\widehat{\nu}|_{B(y,2\varepsilon)})(x)|
+|T_\varepsilon(\widehat{\nu}|_{B(y,2\varepsilon)})(y)|\\
&\quad+|T_\varepsilon(\widehat{\nu}|_{X\setminus B(y,2\varepsilon)})(x)
-T_\varepsilon(\widehat{\nu}|_{X\setminus B(y,2\varepsilon)})(y)|\\
&=:I_1+I_2+I_3. \tag*{(57)}
\end{aligned} ∣ T ε ν ( x ) − T ε ν ( y ) ∣ ≤ ∣ T ε ( ν ∣ B ( y , 2 ε ) ) ( x ) ∣ + ∣ T ε ( ν ∣ B ( y , 2 ε ) ) ( y ) ∣ + ∣ T ε ( ν ∣ X ∖ B ( y , 2 ε ) ) ( x ) − T ε ( ν ∣ X ∖ B ( y , 2 ε ) ) ( y ) ∣ =: I 1 + I 2 + I 3 . (57) Since y ∉ H y\notin\mathcal{H} y ∈ / H , all balls centered at y y y satisfy the n n n -growth bound with constant m \mathbf{m} m . Hence the standard kernel estimates yield
I 1 + I 2 ≤ 2 C ε − n ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ( y , 2 ε ) ) ≤ 2 C m 2 n . I_1+I_2\leq2C\varepsilon^{-n}|\widehat{\nu}|(B(y,2\varepsilon))\leq2C\mathbf{m}\,2^n. I 1 + I 2 ≤ 2 C ε − n ∣ ν ∣ ( B ( y , 2 ε )) ≤ 2 C m 2 n .
For z ∉ B ( y , 2 ε ) z \notin B(y,2\varepsilon) z ∈ / B ( y , 2 ε ) , we have d ( x , z ) ≥ d ( y , z ) − d ( x , y ) > ε d(x,z) \ge d(y,z)-d(x,y) > \varepsilon d ( x , z ) ≥ d ( y , z ) − d ( x , y ) > ε and d ( y , z ) > 2 d ( x , y ) d(y,z) > 2d(x,y) d ( y , z ) > 2 d ( x , y ) . Hence the regularity of K K K gives
I 3 ≤ C ε γ ∫ X ∖ B ( y , 2 ε ) d ∣ ν ∣ ( z ) d ( y , z ) n + γ ≤ C m 2 n + γ 2 γ − 1 . \mathcal{I}_3 \le C\varepsilon^\gamma\int_{X\setminus B(y,2\varepsilon)} \frac{d|\nu|(z)}{d(y,z)^{n+\gamma}} \le C\mathbf{m}\frac{2^{n+\gamma}}{2^\gamma-1}. I 3 ≤ C ε γ ∫ X ∖ B ( y , 2 ε ) d ( y , z ) n + γ d ∣ ν ∣ ( z ) ≤ C m 2 γ − 1 2 n + γ .
So, we have
∣ T ε ν ^ ( y ) ∣ ≥ ∣ T ε ν ^ ( x ) ∣ − α E ′ > α − α E ′ , |T_\varepsilon\widehat{\nu}(y)| \ge|T_\varepsilon\widehat{\nu}(x)|-\alpha'_E > \alpha-\alpha'_E, ∣ T ε ν ( y ) ∣ ≥ ∣ T ε ν ( x ) ∣ − α E ′ > α − α E ′ ,
which proves the first assertion. If α ≥ 2 max { α E ′ , C 2 } \alpha\ge2\max\{\alpha'_E,\mathcal{C}_2\} α ≥ 2 max { α E ′ , C 2 } and y ∈ B ∩ E ∖ H y \in B\cap\mathcal{E}\setminus\mathcal{H} y ∈ B ∩ E ∖ H , the first assertion gives T ♯ ν ^ ( y ) > α − α E ′ ≥ α / 2 ≥ C 2 T^\sharp\widehat{\nu}(y)>\alpha-\alpha'_E\ge\alpha/2\ge\mathcal{C}_2 T ♯ ν ( y ) > α − α E ′ ≥ α /2 ≥ C 2 , so y ∈ U B y\in U_B y ∈ U B by (A6). □
We remark that the thresholds m 1 m_1 m 1 , m 2 m_2 m 2 , m ^ \widehat{m} m , m \mathbf{m} m , and α \alpha α depend only on n n n , C C C , γ \gamma γ , C 0 \mathcal{C}_0 C 0 , C 1 \mathcal{C}_1 C 1 , C 2 \mathcal{C}_2 C 2 , and ε 0 \varepsilon_0 ε 0 . In particular, by Lemma 3.2, they do not depend on h h h and L L L , and the same holds for the constant c ♯ c_{\sharp} c ♯ in Lemma 3.15.
The exceptional set W 0 ( w ) \mathcal{W}^0(w) W 0 ( w ) . We now collect all the exceptional sets constructed so far, and define
W 0 ( w ) : = T ( w ) ∪ S ∪ S m ^ ( w ) ∪ H ∪ E ∪ U B . (58) \mathcal{W}^0(w):=\mathcal{T}(w)\cup\mathcal{S}\cup\mathcal{S}^{\widehat{m}}(w)\cup\mathcal{H}\cup\mathcal{E}\cup U_B. \tag*{(58)} W 0 ( w ) := T ( w ) ∪ S ∪ S m ( w ) ∪ H ∪ E ∪ U B . (58)
Lemma 3.9. Let us assume that the constants in the constructions of S \mathcal{S} S , S m ^ ( w ) \mathcal{S}^{\widehat{m}}(w) S m ( w ) , H \mathcal{H} H , and E \mathcal{E} E are chosen as in Lemmas 3.3, 3.4, 3.6, 3.7, and 3.8. Then, for δ 1 : = 1 − 9 10 η = 1 − 9 10 ( 2 C 1 ) − 1 \delta_1:=1-\frac{9}{10}\eta=1-\frac{9}{10}(2\mathcal{C}_1)^{-1} δ 1 := 1 − 10 9 η = 1 − 10 9 ( 2 C 1 ) − 1 , we have that
∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ∖ W 0 ( w ) ) ≥ ( 1 − δ 1 ) ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ) , for all w ∈ Ω . (59) |\widehat{\nu}|(B\setminus\mathcal{W}^0(w))\ge(1-\delta_1)|\widehat{\nu}|(B),\qquad\text{for all }w\in\Omega. \tag*{(59)} ∣ ν ∣ ( B ∖ W 0 ( w )) ≥ ( 1 − δ 1 ) ∣ ν ∣ ( B ) , for all w ∈ Ω. (59) Moreover,
μ ( B ∖ W 0 ( w ) ) ≥ ( β m 1 ) − 1 ( 1 − δ 1 ) μ ( B ) , for all w ∈ Ω . (60) \mu(B\setminus\mathcal{W}^0(w))\ge(\beta m_1)^{-1}(1-\delta_1)\mu(B),\qquad\text{for all }w\in\Omega. \tag*{(60)} μ ( B ∖ W 0 ( w )) ≥ ( β m 1 ) − 1 ( 1 − δ 1 ) μ ( B ) , for all w ∈ Ω. (60)
Proof. Since ν ^ \widehat{\nu} ν is concentrated on B B B , assumptions (A5) and (A6) give ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( U B ) ≤ ∥ ν ^ ∥ / ( 200 C 1 ) = η ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ) / 100 |\widehat{\nu}|(U_B)\le\|\widehat{\nu}\|/(200\mathcal{C}_1)=\eta|\widehat{\nu}|(B)/100 ∣ ν ∣ ( U B ) ≤ ∥ ν ∥/ ( 200 C 1 ) = η ∣ ν ∣ ( B ) /100 , and Lemma 3.8 gives B ∩ E ⊂ H ∪ U B B\cap\mathcal{E}\subset\mathcal{H}\cup U_B B ∩ E ⊂ H ∪ U B , so that E \mathcal{E} E does not increase the ∣ ν ^ ∣ |\widehat{\nu}| ∣ ν ∣ -measure of W 0 ( w ) \mathcal{W}^0(w) W 0 ( w ) . Hence, by Lemmas 3.3, 3.4, 3.6, and 3.7, we have
∣ ν ^ ∣ ( W 0 ( w ) ) ≤ ( 1 − η + 6 100 η ) ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ) . |\widehat{\nu}|(\mathcal{W}^0(w))\le\left(1-\eta+\frac{6}{100}\eta\right)|\widehat{\nu}|(B). ∣ ν ∣ ( W 0 ( w )) ≤ ( 1 − η + 100 6 η ) ∣ ν ∣ ( B ) .
Thus, the choice δ 1 = 1 − 9 10 η \delta_1=1-\frac{9}{10}\eta δ 1 = 1 − 10 9 η concludes the proof of (59) , which, in turn, by (49) and (A3), implies (60) . □
The joint stopping family. Suppose that w ∈ Ω w\in\Omega w ∈ Ω and Q 0 ∈ D ( w ) Q_0\in\mathcal{D}(w) Q 0 ∈ D ( w ) satisfy B ⊂ Q 0 B\subset Q_0 B ⊂ Q 0 . With m ^ \widehat{m} m chosen as above, denote by St ( Q 0 , w ) \operatorname{St}(Q_0,w) St ( Q 0 , w ) the maximal cubes in
{ S ∈ A ( w ) ∪ S m ^ , + ( w ) ∪ S m ^ , − ( w ) : S ⊊ Q 0 } . \left\{S\in\mathcal{A}(w)\cup\mathcal{S}^{\widehat{m},+}(w)\cup\mathcal{S}^{\widehat{m},-}(w):S\subsetneq Q_0\right\}. { S ∈ A ( w ) ∪ S m , + ( w ) ∪ S m , − ( w ) : S ⊊ Q 0 } .
Thus a cube belongs to one of the stopping families if it satisfies the non-accretivity condition or one of (50) and (51) .
Lemma 3.10. The cubes in St ( Q 0 , w ) \operatorname{St}(Q_0,w) St ( Q 0 , w ) are pairwise disjoint and it holds
⋃ S ∈ St ( Q 0 , w ) S = T ( w ) ∪ S m ^ ( w ) . \bigcup_{S\in\operatorname{St}(Q_0,w)}S=\mathcal{T}(w)\cup\mathcal{S}^{\widehat{m}}(w). S ∈ St ( Q 0 , w ) ⋃ S = T ( w ) ∪ S m ( w ) . In particular, this union does not depend on the choice of Q 0 Q_0 Q 0 . If S ∈ St ( Q 0 , w ) S\in\operatorname{St}(Q_0,w) S ∈ St ( Q 0 , w ) and S ∗ S^* S ∗ is its dyadic parent, then
∣ ν ( S ∗ ) ∣ ≥ η ∣ ν ∣ ( S ∗ ) and m ^ − 1 μ ( S ∗ ) ≤ ∣ ν ∣ ( S ∗ ) ≤ m ^ μ ( S ∗ ) . |\nu(S^*)|\ge\eta|\nu|(S^*)\qquad\text{and}\qquad\widehat{m}^{-1}\mu(S^*)\le|\nu|(S^*)\le\widehat{m}\mu(S^*). ∣ ν ( S ∗ ) ∣ ≥ η ∣ ν ∣ ( S ∗ ) and m − 1 μ ( S ∗ ) ≤ ∣ ν ∣ ( S ∗ ) ≤ m μ ( S ∗ ) .
The same inequalities hold for every cube Q ⊂ Q 0 Q \subset Q_0 Q ⊂ Q 0 that is not contained in a cube of St ( Q 0 , w ) \operatorname{St}(Q_0,w) St ( Q 0 , w ) .
Proof. Let F : = A ( w ) ∪ S m ^ , + ( w ) ∪ S m ^ , − ( w ) \mathcal{F}:=\mathcal{A}(w)\cup\mathcal{S}^{\widehat{m},+}(w)\cup\mathcal{S}^{\widehat{m},-}(w) F := A ( w ) ∪ S m , + ( w ) ∪ S m , − ( w ) . If Q ∈ D ( w ) Q\in\mathbb{D}(w) Q ∈ D ( w ) is disjoint from B B B , then ν = ∣ ν ∣ = μ \nu=|\nu|=\mu ν = ∣ ν ∣ = μ on Q Q Q , so Q ∉ F Q\notin\mathcal{F} Q ∈ / F .
On the other hand, if B ⊂ Q B\subset Q B ⊂ Q , the normalization ν ^ ( B ) = μ ( B ) \widehat{\nu}(B)=\mu(B) ν ( B ) = μ ( B ) and (41) yield
ν ( Q ) = μ ( Q ) ≤ ∣ ν ∣ ( Q ) ≤ C 1 μ ( Q ) . \nu(Q)=\mu(Q)\leq|\nu|(Q)\leq\mathfrak{C}_1\mu(Q). ν ( Q ) = μ ( Q ) ≤ ∣ ν ∣ ( Q ) ≤ C 1 μ ( Q ) .
so Q ∉ F Q\notin\mathcal{F} Q ∈ / F , because η = ( 2 C 1 ) − 1 \eta=(2\mathfrak{C}_1)^{-1} η = ( 2 C 1 ) − 1 and m ^ ≥ C 1 \widehat{m}\geq\mathfrak{C}_1 m ≥ C 1 . Hence, every S ∈ F S\in\mathcal{F} S ∈ F meets B ⊂ Q 0 B\subset Q_0 B ⊂ Q 0 and does not contain Q 0 Q_0 Q 0 , so that S ⊊ Q 0 S\subsetneq Q_0 S ⊊ Q 0 . Since the cubes between S S S and Q 0 Q_0 Q 0 form a finite chain, S S S is contained in a maximal cube of F \mathcal{F} F , and the maximal cubes of F \mathcal{F} F , which are pairwise disjoint, form St ( Q 0 , w ) \operatorname{St}(Q_0,w) St ( Q 0 , w ) . This proves the identity in the statement.
If S ∈ St ( Q 0 , w ) S\in\operatorname{St}(Q_0,w) S ∈ St ( Q 0 , w ) , its parent S ∗ ⊂ Q 0 S^*\subset Q_0 S ∗ ⊂ Q 0 is not in F \mathcal{F} F , either because S ∗ = Q 0 S^*=Q_0 S ∗ = Q 0 or by maximality. Similarly, a cube Q ⊂ Q 0 Q\subset Q_0 Q ⊂ Q 0 not contained in a cube of St ( Q 0 , w ) \operatorname{St}(Q_0,w) St ( Q 0 , w ) is not in F \mathcal{F} F . For such cubes, the asserted inequalities follow from the definitions of the three families if they meet B B B , and from ν = ∣ ν ∣ = μ \nu=|\nu|=\mu ν = ∣ ν ∣ = μ on them otherwise. □
By Lemma 3.10 and (58) , we have the set inclusion
⋃ S ∈ St ( Q 0 , w ) S ⊂ W 0 ( w ) . \bigcup_{S\in\operatorname{St}(Q_0,w)}S\subset\mathcal{W}^0(w). S ∈ St ( Q 0 , w ) ⋃ S ⊂ W 0 ( w ) .
The total exceptional set. Let R ∈ D 0 d b R\in\mathbb{D}_0^{\mathrm{db}} R ∈ D 0 db , where D 0 d b \mathbb{D}_0^{\mathrm{db}} D 0 db is the family of doubling cells of the David–Mattila lattice D 0 \mathbb{D}_0 D 0 introduced at the beginning of § 4 , and let B : = B ~ ( R ) B:=\widetilde{B}(R) B := B ( R ) be its associated testing ball, see Lemma A.1. Let W 0 ( w ) \mathcal{W}^0(w) W 0 ( w ) be the set constructed in (58) , let θ : = min { 1 / 4 , ε 0 / ( 2 β C 3 ) } \theta:=\min\{1/4,\varepsilon_0/(2\beta\mathcal{C}_3)\} θ := min { 1/4 , ε 0 / ( 2 β C 3 )} , and let B θ : = ( 1 − θ ) B B_\theta:=(1-\theta)B B θ := ( 1 − θ ) B . We define the total exceptional set
W R ( w ) : = W 0 ( w ) , (61) \mathcal{W}_R(w):=\mathcal{W}^0(w), \tag*{(61)} W R ( w ) := W 0 ( w ) , (61)
and we denote G R ( w ) : = B θ ∖ W R ( w ) G_R(w):=B_\theta\setminus\mathcal{W}_R(w) G R ( w ) := B θ ∖ W R ( w ) .
Lemma 3.11. We put θ ′ : = C 3 β θ \theta':=\mathcal{C}_3\beta\theta θ ′ := C 3 β θ , so that θ ′ ≤ ε 0 / 2 \theta'\leq\varepsilon_0/2 θ ′ ≤ ε 0 /2 . Then B θ B_\theta B θ is μ \mu μ -( 5 , β / ( 1 − θ ′ ) ) (5,\beta/(1-\theta')) ( 5 , β / ( 1 − θ ′ )) -doubling, and
∣ ν ^ ∣ ( G R ( w ) ) ≥ 1 − δ 1 2 ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ~ ( R ) ) , w ∈ Ω , (62) |\widehat{\nu}|(G_R(w))\geq\frac{1-\delta_1}{2}|\widehat{\nu}|(\widetilde{B}(R)),\qquad w\in\Omega, \tag*{(62)} ∣ ν ∣ ( G R ( w )) ≥ 2 1 − δ 1 ∣ ν ∣ ( B ( R )) , w ∈ Ω , (62) μ ( G R ( w ) ) ≥ ( β m 1 ) − 1 1 − δ 1 2 μ ( B ~ ( R ) ) , w ∈ Ω . (63) \mu(G_R(w))\geq(\beta m_1)^{-1}\frac{1-\delta_1}{2}\mu(\widetilde{B}(R)),\qquad w\in\Omega. \tag*{(63)} μ ( G R ( w )) ≥ ( β m 1 ) − 1 2 1 − δ 1 μ ( B ( R )) , w ∈ Ω. (63) Proof. The small-boundary and doubling properties of B B B give
μ ( B ∖ B θ ) ≤ C 3 θ μ ( 5 B ) ≤ θ ′ μ ( B ) . (64) \mu(B\setminus B_\theta)\leq\mathcal{C}_3\theta\mu(5B)\leq\theta'\mu(B). \tag*{(64)} μ ( B ∖ B θ ) ≤ C 3 θ μ ( 5 B ) ≤ θ ′ μ ( B ) . (64) Consequently,
μ ( B θ ) ≥ ( 1 − θ ′ ) μ ( B ) ≥ 1 − θ ′ β μ ( 5 B ) ≥ 1 − θ ′ β μ ( 5 B θ ) , \mu(B_\theta)\geq(1-\theta')\mu(B)\geq\frac{1-\theta'}{\beta}\mu(5B)\geq\frac{1-\theta'}{\beta}\mu(5B_\theta), μ ( B θ ) ≥ ( 1 − θ ′ ) μ ( B ) ≥ β 1 − θ ′ μ ( 5 B ) ≥ β 1 − θ ′ μ ( 5 B θ ) , which proves the doubling assertion. Since θ ′ ≤ ε 0 \theta'\leq\varepsilon_0 θ ′ ≤ ε 0 , assumption (A5) yields
∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ∖ B θ ) ≤ ∥ ν ^ ∥ 200 C 1 ≤ η 100 ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ) . (65) |\widehat{\nu}|(B\setminus B_\theta)\leq\frac{\|\widehat{\nu}\|}{200\mathfrak{C}_1}\leq\frac{\eta}{100}|\widehat{\nu}|(B). \tag*{(65)} ∣ ν ∣ ( B ∖ B θ ) ≤ 200 C 1 ∥ ν ∥ ≤ 100 η ∣ ν ∣ ( B ) . (65) In particular,
∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B θ ) ≥ ( 1 − η 100 ) ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ) . (66) |\widehat{\nu}|(B_\theta)\geq\left(1-\frac{\eta}{100}\right)|\widehat{\nu}|(B). \tag*{(66)} ∣ ν ∣ ( B θ ) ≥ ( 1 − 100 η ) ∣ ν ∣ ( B ) . (66)
Note that W R ( w ) = W 0 ( w ) \mathcal{W}_{R}(w)=\mathcal{W}^{0}(w) W R ( w ) = W 0 ( w ) , so Lemma 3.9 gives
∣ ν ^ ∣ ( G R ( w ) ) ≥ ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ∖ W 0 ( w ) ) − ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ∖ B θ ) ≥ ( 1 − δ 1 − η 100 ) ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ) ≥ 1 − δ 1 2 ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ) , \begin{aligned}
|\hat{\nu}|(G_{R}(w))\geq|\hat{\nu}|(B\setminus\mathcal{W}^{0}(w))-|\hat{\nu}|(B\setminus B_{\theta}) \\
&\geq\left(1-\delta_{1}-\frac{\eta}{100}\right)|\hat{\nu}|(B)\geq\frac{1-\delta_{1}}{2}|\hat{\nu}|(B),
\end{aligned} ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( G R ( w )) ≥ ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ∖ W 0 ( w )) − ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ∖ B θ ) ≥ ( 1 − δ 1 − 100 η ) ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ) ≥ 2 1 − δ 1 ∣ ν ^ ∣ ( B ) ,
since 1 − δ 1 = 9 η / 10 1-\delta_{1}=9\eta/10 1 − δ 1 = 9 η /10 . This proves (3.29). The bound (63) follows from (49) and (A3).
Suppressed maximal functions and singular integral operators
Let Ξ : X → [ 0 , ∞ ) \Xi:X\to[0,\infty) Ξ : X → [ 0 , ∞ ) be 1-Lipschitz, that is,
∣ Ξ ( x ) − Ξ ( y ) ∣ ≤ d ( x , y ) , for x , y ∈ X . |\Xi(x)-\Xi(y)|\leq d(x,y),\qquad\text{for }x,y\in X. ∣Ξ ( x ) − Ξ ( y ) ∣ ≤ d ( x , y ) , for x , y ∈ X .
For a complex Radon measure ν \nu ν on X X X , we define the suppressed radial maximal function by
M Ξ r ( ν ) ( x ) : = sup ρ > 0 , ρ ≥ Ξ ( x ) ∣ ν ∣ ( B ( x , ρ ) ) ρ n . M_{\Xi}^{r}(\nu)(x):=\sup_{\rho>0,\rho\geq\Xi(x)}\frac{|\nu|(B(x,\rho))}{\rho^{n}}. M Ξ r ( ν ) ( x ) := ρ > 0 , ρ ≥ Ξ ( x ) sup ρ n ∣ ν ∣ ( B ( x , ρ )) .
For f ∈ L l o c 1 ( m ) f\in L_{\mathrm{loc}}^{1}(\mathfrak{m}) f ∈ L loc 1 ( m ) , we write M Ξ , m r f : = M Ξ r ( f m ) M_{\Xi,\mathfrak{m}}^{r}f:=M_{\Xi}^{r}(f\mathfrak{m}) M Ξ , m r f := M Ξ r ( f m ) . The proof of the next lemma is standard, but we include it for the reader’s convenience.
Lemma 3.12. Let m 1 , m 2 \mathfrak{m}_{1},\mathfrak{m}_{2} m 1 , m 2 be positive Radon measures on X X X with maximal non-Ahlfors radii R 1 , R 2 R_{1},R_{2} R 1 , R 2 and corresponding growth constants c 1 , c 2 c_{1},c_{2} c 1 , c 2 , so that
m j ( B ( x , r ) ) ≤ c j r n if r > R j ( x ) , j = 1 , 2. \mathfrak{m}_{j}(B(x,r))\leq c_{j}r^{n}\qquad\text{if }r>R_{j}(x),\quad j=1,2. m j ( B ( x , r )) ≤ c j r n if r > R j ( x ) , j = 1 , 2. If Ξ ≥ max { R 1 , R 2 } \Xi\geq\max\{R_{1},R_{2}\} Ξ ≥ max { R 1 , R 2 } , then M Ξ , m 2 r M_{\Xi,\mathfrak{m}_{2}}^{r} M Ξ , m 2 r maps L 1 ( m 2 ) L^{1}(\mathfrak{m}_{2}) L 1 ( m 2 ) to L 1 , ∞ ( m 1 ) L^{1,\infty}(\mathfrak{m}_{1}) L 1 , ∞ ( m 1 ) and maps L p ( m 2 ) L^{p}(\mathfrak{m}_{2}) L p ( m 2 ) to L p ( m 1 ) L^{p}(\mathfrak{m}_{1}) L p ( m 1 ) for 1 < p < ∞ 1<p<\infty 1 < p < ∞ . The constants depend only on D D D , n n n , c 1 c_{1} c 1 , c 2 c_{2} c 2 and, for the latter estimate, on p p p .
Proof. The growth estimates hold also at a positive radius r = R j ( x ) r=R_{j}(x) r = R j ( x ) , by taking larger radii decreasing to r r r . For a level set of M Ξ , m 2 r f M_{\Xi,\mathfrak{m}_{2}}^{r}f M Ξ , m 2 r f , the 5 r 5r 5 r -covering lemma selects disjoint balls B i : = B ( x i , r i ) B_{i}:=B(x_{i},r_{i}) B i := B ( x i , r i ) with r i ≥ Ξ ( x i ) r_{i}\geq\Xi(x_{i}) r i ≥ Ξ ( x i ) and
λ r i n < ∫ B i ∣ f ∣ d m 2 . \lambda r_{i}^{n}<\int_{B_{i}}|f|\,d\mathfrak{m}_{2}. λ r i n < ∫ B i ∣ f ∣ d m 2 . The corresponding dilated balls form a covering of the level set so, applying the argument first to bounded collections of radii gives
m 1 ( { M Ξ , m 2 r f > λ } ) ≤ ∑ i m 1 ( 5 B i ) ≤ 5 n c 1 ∑ i r i n ≤ 5 n c 1 λ ∥ f ∥ L 1 ( m 2 ) . (67) \mathfrak{m}_{1}\left(\{M_{\Xi,\mathfrak{m}_{2}}^{r}f>\lambda\}\right)\leq\sum_{i}\mathfrak{m}_{1}(5B_{i})\leq5^{n}c_{1}\sum_{i}r_{i}^{n}\leq\frac{5^{n}c_{1}}{\lambda}\|f\|_{L^{1}(\mathfrak{m}_{2})}. \tag*{(67)} m 1 ( { M Ξ , m 2 r f > λ } ) ≤ i ∑ m 1 ( 5 B i ) ≤ 5 n c 1 i ∑ r i n ≤ λ 5 n c 1 ∥ f ∥ L 1 ( m 2 ) . (67) The L p ( m 2 ) → L p ( m 1 ) L^{p}(\mathfrak{m}_{2})\to L^{p}(\mathfrak{m}_{1}) L p ( m 2 ) → L p ( m 1 ) boundedness follows by interpolation of (67) and the trivial L ∞ ( m 2 ) → L ∞ ( m 1 ) L^{\infty}(\mathfrak{m}_{2})\to L^{\infty}(\mathfrak{m}_{1}) L ∞ ( m 2 ) → L ∞ ( m 1 ) boundedness.
Let K K K be an n n n -dimensional Calderón–Zygmund kernel with constants C C C and γ \gamma γ . We define
K Ξ ( x , y ) : = K ( x , y ) d ( x , y ) 2 n d ( x , y ) 2 n + Ξ ( x ) n Ξ ( y ) n (68) K_{\Xi}(x,y):=K(x,y)\frac{d(x,y)^{2n}}{d(x,y)^{2n}+\Xi(x)^{n}\Xi(y)^{n}} \tag*{(68)} K Ξ ( x , y ) := K ( x , y ) d ( x , y ) 2 n + Ξ ( x ) n Ξ ( y ) n d ( x , y ) 2 n (68)
and
T Ξ , m , ε f ( x ) : = ∫ d ( x , y ) > ε K Ξ ( x , y ) f ( y ) d m ( y ) . (69) T_{\Xi,\mathfrak{m},\varepsilon}f(x):=\int_{d(x,y)>\varepsilon}K_{\Xi}(x,y)f(y)\,d\mathfrak{m}(y). \tag*{(69)} T Ξ , m , ε f ( x ) := ∫ d ( x , y ) > ε K Ξ ( x , y ) f ( y ) d m ( y ) . (69)
Note that, if K ( x , y ) = − K ( y , x ) K(x,y)=-K(y,x) K ( x , y ) = − K ( y , x ) , then (68) gives K Ξ ( x , y ) = − K Ξ ( y , x ) K_{\Xi}(x,y)=-K_{\Xi}(y,x) K Ξ ( x , y ) = − K Ξ ( y , x ) . We also define the maximal suppressed SIO and its truncated version as
T Ξ , m , # f ( x ) : = sup ε > 0 ∣ T Ξ , m , ε f ( x ) ∣ , and T Ξ , m , # , δ f ( x ) : = sup ε > δ ∣ T Ξ , m , ε f ( x ) ∣ . T_{\Xi,\mathfrak{m},\#}f(x):=\sup_{\varepsilon>0}|T_{\Xi,\mathfrak{m},\varepsilon}f(x)|,\qquad\text{and}\qquad T_{\Xi,\mathfrak{m},\#, \delta}f(x):=\sup_{\varepsilon>\delta}|T_{\Xi,\mathfrak{m},\varepsilon}f(x)|. T Ξ , m , # f ( x ) := ε > 0 sup ∣ T Ξ , m , ε f ( x ) ∣ , and T Ξ , m , # , δ f ( x ) := ε > δ sup ∣ T Ξ , m , ε f ( x ) ∣.
For positive Radon measures m m m , n n n , we understand that T Ξ , m T_{\Xi,m} T Ξ , m is bounded from L 2 ( m ) L^2(m) L 2 ( m ) to L 2 ( n ) L^2(n) L 2 ( n ) if truncations are uniformly bounded, with
∥ T Ξ , m ∥ L 2 ( m ) → L 2 ( n ) : = sup ε > 0 ∥ T Ξ , m , ε ∥ L 2 ( m ) → L 2 ( n ) . \|T_{\Xi,m}\|_{L^2(m)\to L^2(n)}:=\sup_{\varepsilon>0}\|T_{\Xi,m,\varepsilon}\|_{L^2(m)\to L^2(n)}. ∥ T Ξ , m ∥ L 2 ( m ) → L 2 ( n ) := ε > 0 sup ∥ T Ξ , m , ε ∥ L 2 ( m ) → L 2 ( n ) .
In the case of a complex measure n n n on X X X , we also write T Ξ , ε n : = T Ξ , n , ε 1 T_{\Xi,\varepsilon}n:=T_{\Xi,n,\varepsilon}1 T Ξ , ε n := T Ξ , n , ε 1 and T Ξ , ♯ n : = T Ξ , n , ♯ 1 T_{\Xi,\sharp}n:=T_{\Xi,n,\sharp}1 T Ξ , ♯ n := T Ξ , n , ♯ 1 .
Lemma 3.13. The kernel K Ξ K_{\Xi} K Ξ in (68) has the following properties, with constants depending only on n n n , γ \gamma γ , and the constants of K K K .
(1) K Ξ K_{\Xi} K Ξ is an n n n -dimensional Calderón-Zygmund kernel with exponent γ \gamma γ and constants depending only on n n n , γ \gamma γ , and C C C .
(2) If max { Ξ ( x ) , Ξ ( y ) } > 0 \max\{\Xi(x),\Xi(y)\}>0 max { Ξ ( x ) , Ξ ( y )} > 0 , then
∣ K Ξ ( x , y ) ∣ ≤ C max { Ξ ( x ) n , Ξ ( y ) n } . (70) |K_{\Xi}(x,y)|\le\frac{C}{\max\{\Xi(x)^n,\Xi(y)^n\}}. \tag*{(70)} ∣ K Ξ ( x , y ) ∣ ≤ max { Ξ ( x ) n , Ξ ( y ) n } C . (70) (3) If Ξ ( x ) = 0 \Xi(x)=0 Ξ ( x ) = 0 or Ξ ( y ) = 0 \Xi(y)=0 Ξ ( y ) = 0 , then K Ξ ( x , y ) = K ( x , y ) K_{\Xi}(x,y)=K(x,y) K Ξ ( x , y ) = K ( x , y ) . Moreover, for every n ∈ M ( X ; C ) n\in M(X;\mathbb{C}) n ∈ M ( X ; C ) , every x ∈ X x\in X x ∈ X , and every ε ≥ Ξ ( x ) > 0 \varepsilon\ge\Xi(x)>0 ε ≥ Ξ ( x ) > 0 , we have
∣ T Ξ , ε n ( x ) − T ε n ( x ) ∣ ≤ C sup r > ε ∣ n ∣ ( B ( x , r ) ) r n . (71) |T_{\Xi,\varepsilon}n(x)-T_{\varepsilon}n(x)|\le C\sup_{r>\varepsilon}\frac{|n|(B(x,r))}{r^n}. \tag*{(71)} ∣ T Ξ , ε n ( x ) − T ε n ( x ) ∣ ≤ C r > ε sup r n ∣ n ∣ ( B ( x , r )) . (71)
Proof. Since μ \mu μ has n n n -growth with constant C 0 C_0 C 0 , Appendix B applies to ( X , d , C 0 − 1 μ ) (X,d,C_0^{-1}\mu) ( X , d , C 0 − 1 μ ) with the dominating function λ ( x , r ) : = r n \lambda(x,r):=r^n λ ( x , r ) := r n , and, by Definition 1.1, K K K satisfies (B.12) and (B.13). In this case, the function Λ \Lambda Λ of Lemma B.2 is Λ ( x , r ) = c n r n \Lambda(x,r)=c_n r^n Λ ( x , r ) = c n r n , for some c n > 0 c_n>0 c n > 0 , so we can take d λ = n d_\lambda=n d λ = n and, since n ≥ 1 n\ge1 n ≥ 1 , M = n M=n M = n . Then K Ξ K_{\Xi} K Ξ in (3.35) is the kernel of Definition B.3, and (1) follows from (B.21) and (B.23), (2) from (B.22), and (3) from (B.24) and Lemma B.5 with t = ε t=\varepsilon t = ε . □
We next estimate T Ξ , ε n T_{\Xi,\varepsilon}n T Ξ , ε n in terms of T ε n T_{\varepsilon}n T ε n .
Lemma 3.14. Let Ξ : X → [ 0 , ∞ ) \Xi:X\to[0,\infty) Ξ : X → [ 0 , ∞ ) be 1-Lipschitz and let n ∈ M ( X ; C ) n\in M(X;\mathbb{C}) n ∈ M ( X ; C ) . Suppose that α , m > 0 \alpha,m>0 α , m > 0 , x ∈ X x\in X x ∈ X , and R 0 ≥ 0 R_0\ge0 R 0 ≥ 0 satisfy for ε > R 0 \varepsilon>R_0 ε > R 0 and r > R 0 r>R_0 r > R 0 the conditions
∣ n ∣ ( B ( x , r ) ) ≤ m r n and ∣ T ε n ( x ) ∣ ≤ α . |n|(B(x,r))\le mr^n
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
|T_{\varepsilon}n(x)|\le\alpha. ∣ n ∣ ( B ( x , r )) ≤ m r n and ∣ T ε n ( x ) ∣ ≤ α . If Ξ ( x ) ≥ R 0 \Xi(x)\ge R_0 Ξ ( x ) ≥ R 0 , then
∣ T Ξ , ε n ( x ) ∣ ≤ α + C m , for ε > 0. (72) |T_{\Xi,\varepsilon}n(x)|\le\alpha+Cm,\qquad\text{for }\varepsilon>0. \tag*{(72)} ∣ T Ξ , ε n ( x ) ∣ ≤ α + C m , for ε > 0. (72) Proof. Let h : = Ξ ( x ) h:=\Xi(x) h := Ξ ( x ) . If h = 0 h=0 h = 0 , then R 0 = 0 R_0=0 R 0 = 0 and T Ξ , ε n ( x ) = T ε n ( x ) T_{\Xi,\varepsilon}n(x)=T_{\varepsilon}n(x) T Ξ , ε n ( x ) = T ε n ( x ) , so the assertion follows. If ε > h > 0 \varepsilon>h>0 ε > h > 0 , the bound (3.38) gives
∣ T Ξ , ε n ( x ) ∣ ≤ ∣ T ε n ( x ) ∣ + C sup r > ε ∣ n ∣ ( B ( x , r ) ) r n ≤ α + C m . (73) |T_{\Xi,\varepsilon}n(x)|\le|T_{\varepsilon}n(x)|+C\sup_{r>\varepsilon}\frac{|n|(B(x,r))}{r^n}\le\alpha+Cm. \tag*{(73)} ∣ T Ξ , ε n ( x ) ∣ ≤ ∣ T ε n ( x ) ∣ + C r > ε sup r n ∣ n ∣ ( B ( x , r )) ≤ α + C m . (73) If 0 < ε ≤ h 0<\varepsilon\le h 0 < ε ≤ h , then
∣ T Ξ , ε n ( x ) ∣ ≤ ∫ ε < d ( x , y ) ≤ 2 h ∣ K Ξ ( x , y ) ∣ d ∣ n ∣ ( y ) + ∣ T Ξ , 2 h n ( x ) ∣ |T_{\Xi,\varepsilon}n(x)|\le\int_{\varepsilon<d(x,y)\le2h}|K_{\Xi}(x,y)|\,d|n|(y)+|T_{\Xi,2h}n(x)| ∣ T Ξ , ε n ( x ) ∣ ≤ ∫ ε < d ( x , y ) ≤ 2 h ∣ K Ξ ( x , y ) ∣ d ∣ n ∣ ( y ) + ∣ T Ξ , 2 h n ( x ) ∣ ≤ C h − n ∣ n ∣ ( B ( x , 3 h ) ) + α + C m ≤ α + C m . \le Ch^{-n}|n|(B(x,3h))+\alpha+Cm\le\alpha+Cm. ≤ C h − n ∣ n ∣ ( B ( x , 3 h )) + α + C m ≤ α + C m . Here we used (3.37), ∣ n ∣ ( B ( x , 3 h ) ) ≤ m ( 3 h ) n |n|(B(x,3h))\le m(3h)^n ∣ n ∣ ( B ( x , 3 h )) ≤ m ( 3 h ) n , and (3.40) with ε = 2 h \varepsilon=2h ε = 2 h . □
Let μ \mu μ and ν ^ \widehat{\nu} ν satisfy assumptions {(A1)}-{(A6)}, with constants in the exceptional-set construction chosen as in Lemma 3.9. Recall that the radii R \mathcal{R} R and e e e are defined in (52) and (55) , respectively. If the suppression is such that
Ξ ( x ) ≥ dist ( x , B ∖ ( H ∪ E ) ) (74) \Xi(x) \ge\operatorname{dist}(x,B\setminus(\mathcal{H}\cup\mathcal{E})) \tag*{(74)} Ξ ( x ) ≥ dist ( x , B ∖ ( H ∪ E )) (74)
for every x ∈ X x\in X x ∈ X , then the inclusions B ( x , R ( x ) ) ⊂ H B(x,\mathcal{R}(x))\subset\mathcal{H} B ( x , R ( x )) ⊂ H and B ( x , e ( x ) ) ⊂ E B(x,e(x))\subset\mathcal{E} B ( x , e ( x )) ⊂ E imply the bound from below
Ξ ( x ) ≥ max { R ( x ) , e ( x ) } , for x ∈ B . \Xi(x)\ge\max\{\mathcal{R}(x),e(x)\},\qquad\text{for }x\in B. Ξ ( x ) ≥ max { R ( x ) , e ( x )} , for x ∈ B .
By (52) and (55) , Lemma 3.14 applies with R 0 = max { R ( x ) , e ( x ) } R_0=\max\{\mathcal{R}(x),e(x)\} R 0 = max { R ( x ) , e ( x )} , m = m m=m m = m , and α \alpha α as in Lemma 3.8 .
Lemma 3.15. Suppose that Ξ : X → [ 0 , ∞ ) \Xi:X\to[0,\infty) Ξ : X → [ 0 , ∞ ) is 1-Lipschitz and satisfies (74) . Then there is c ♯ > 0 c_{\sharp}>0 c ♯ > 0 , depending only on n , D , γ , ε 0 , C , C 0 , C 1 , C 2 n,D,\gamma,\varepsilon_0,C,C_0,C_1,C_2 n , D , γ , ε 0 , C , C 0 , C 1 , C 2 , such that
T Ξ , ν ^ ♯ ( x ) ≤ c ♯ , x ∈ B . T_{\Xi,\widehat{\nu}}^{\sharp}(x)\le c_{\sharp},\qquad x\in B. T Ξ , ν ♯ ( x ) ≤ c ♯ , x ∈ B .
A Cotlar inequality for different measures
The following SIO boundedness result is a variant of To14, Lemma 5.25 for different measures, formulated in geometrically doubling metric measure spaces, and it will be applied to the measures μ \mu μ and ∣ ν i ∣ = ∣ ν ^ i ∣ + μ ∣ X ∖ B i |\nu_i|=|\widehat{\nu}_i|+\mu|_{X\setminus B_i} ∣ ν i ∣ = ∣ ν i ∣ + μ ∣ X ∖ B i , for i = 1 , 2 i=1,2 i = 1 , 2 , in the proof of Lemma 5.2.
Lemma 3.16. Let n > 0 n>0 n > 0 and 0 < γ ≤ 1 0<\gamma\le1 0 < γ ≤ 1 , and let ( X , d ) (X,d) ( X , d ) be a geometrically doubling metric space with constant D D D . Let Ξ : X → [ 0 , ∞ ) \Xi:X\to[0,\infty) Ξ : X → [ 0 , ∞ ) be a 1-Lipschitz function, and let m 1 m_1 m 1 , m 2 m_2 m 2 , and m 3 m_3 m 3 be non-negative Radon measures on X X X . Assume that there exist constants C , A ≥ 1 C,A\ge1 C , A ≥ 1 such that, for every x ∈ X x\in X x ∈ X , every r > 0 r>0 r > 0 with r ≥ Ξ ( x ) r\ge\Xi(x) r ≥ Ξ ( x ) , and all i , j ∈ { 1 , 2 , 3 } i,j\in\{1,2,3\} i , j ∈ { 1 , 2 , 3 } , we have
m i ( B ( x , r ) ) ≤ C r n and m i ( B ( x , r ) ) ≤ C m j ( B ( x , A r ) ) . (75) m_i(B(x,r))\le Cr^n\qquad\text{and}\qquad m_i(B(x,r))\le C\,m_j(B(x,Ar)). \tag*{(75)} m i ( B ( x , r )) ≤ C r n and m i ( B ( x , r )) ≤ C m j ( B ( x , A r )) . (75) Let k k k be an n n n -dimensional Calderón-Zygmund kernel with constants C C C and γ \gamma γ , with regularity in both variables, and suppose that
∣ k ( x , y ) ∣ ≤ C min { d ( x , y ) − n , Ξ ( x ) − n , Ξ ( y ) − n } . (76) |k(x,y)|\le C\min\{d(x,y)^{-n},\Xi(x)^{-n},\Xi(y)^{-n}\}. \tag*{(76)} ∣ k ( x , y ) ∣ ≤ C min { d ( x , y ) − n , Ξ ( x ) − n , Ξ ( y ) − n } . (76) with the formal convention 0 − n = + ∞ 0^{-n}=+\infty 0 − n = + ∞ . Assume also that there exists δ 0 > 0 \delta_0>0 δ 0 > 0 such that k ( x , y ) = 0 k(x,y)=0 k ( x , y ) = 0 whenever d ( x , y ) ≤ δ 0 d(x,y)\le\delta_0 d ( x , y ) ≤ δ 0 . For every bounded function f f f with bounded support, we define
S m 1 f ( x ) : = ∫ X k ( x , y ) f ( y ) d m 1 ( y ) , S_{m_1}f(x):=\int_X k(x,y)f(y)\,dm_1(y), S m 1 f ( x ) := ∫ X k ( x , y ) f ( y ) d m 1 ( y ) , S m 1 , δ f ( x ) : = ∫ d ( x , y ) > δ k ( x , y ) f ( y ) d m 1 ( y ) , for δ > 0 , S_{m_1,\delta}f(x):=\int_{d(x,y)>\delta} k(x,y)f(y)\,dm_1(y),\qquad\text{for }\delta>0, S m 1 , δ f ( x ) := ∫ d ( x , y ) > δ k ( x , y ) f ( y ) d m 1 ( y ) , for δ > 0 , and S m 1 , ♯ f ( x ) : = sup δ > 0 ∣ S m 1 , δ f ( x ) ∣ S_{m_1,\sharp}f(x):=\sup_{\delta>0}|S_{m_1,\delta}f(x)| S m 1 , ♯ f ( x ) := sup δ > 0 ∣ S m 1 , δ f ( x ) ∣ . Suppose that S m 1 S_{m_1} S m 1 extends to a bounded operator from L 2 ( m 1 ) L^2(m_1) L 2 ( m 1 ) to L 2 ( m 2 ) L^2(m_2) L 2 ( m 2 ) , and denote ∥ S m 1 ∥ o p : = ∥ S m 1 ∥ L 2 ( m 1 ) → L 2 ( m 2 ) \|S_{m_1}\|_{\mathrm{op}}:=\|S_{m_1}\|_{L^2(m_1)\to L^2(m_2)} ∥ S m 1 ∥ op := ∥ S m 1 ∥ L 2 ( m 1 ) → L 2 ( m 2 ) . Then, we have
∥ S m 1 ∥ L 1 ( m 1 ) → L 1 , ∞ ( m 2 ) ≲ ( 1 + ∥ S m 1 ∥ o p ) 2 (77) \|S_{m_1}\|_{L^1(m_1)\to L^{1,\infty}(m_2)}\lesssim(1+\|S_{m_1}\|_{\mathrm{op}})^2 \tag*{(77)} ∥ S m 1 ∥ L 1 ( m 1 ) → L 1 , ∞ ( m 2 ) ≲ ( 1 + ∥ S m 1 ∥ op ) 2 (77) and
∥ S m 1 , ♯ f ∥ L 2 ( m 3 ) ≲ ( 1 + ∥ S m 1 ∥ o p ) ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( m 1 ) , for f ∈ L 2 ( m 1 ) . (78) \|S_{m_1,\sharp}f\|_{L^2(m_3)}\lesssim(1+\|S_{m_1}\|_{\mathrm{op}})\|f\|_{L^2(m_1)},\qquad\text{for }f\in L^2(m_1). \tag*{(78)} ∥ S m 1 , ♯ f ∥ L 2 ( m 3 ) ≲ ( 1 + ∥ S m 1 ∥ op ) ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( m 1 ) , for f ∈ L 2 ( m 1 ) . (78) The implicit constants depend only on n n n , D D D , γ \gamma γ , C C C , and A A A , and they are independent of δ 0 \delta_0 δ 0 .
The proof of Lemma 3.16 follows the ideas in [77 Lemmas 5.25-5.27] , and it combines the nonhomogeneous Calderón-Zygmund decomposition and Cotlar inequality (see [77 Chapter 2] ) with the comparisons in (75) . We give the details only where the suppression Ξ \Xi Ξ and the use of three different measures play a role.
Throughout the rest of this subsection, we assume that the hypotheses of Lemma 3.16 hold, and, to simplify the notation, we write S : = S m 1 S := S_{\mathfrak m_1} S := S m 1 , S δ : = S m 1 , δ S_\delta:= S_{\mathfrak m_1,\delta} S δ := S m 1 , δ , S ♯ : = S m 1 , ♯ S_\sharp:= S_{\mathfrak m_1,\sharp} S ♯ := S m 1 , ♯ , and ∥ S ∥ o p : = ∥ S m 1 ∥ o p \|S\|_{\mathrm{op}} := \|S_{\mathfrak m_1}\|_{\mathrm{op}} ∥ S ∥ op := ∥ S m 1 ∥ op . We denote by c ≥ 1 c \ge1 c ≥ 1 the constant associated with the finite family of adjacent dyadic lattices in [39 Theorem 4.1 and Remark 4.13] , so that every ball B B B is contained in a cell Q Q Q of one of these lattices such that
Q ⊂ c B and c − 1 r ( B ) ≤ ℓ ( Q ) ≤ c r ( B ) . (79) Q \subset cB \qquad\text{and}\qquad c^{-1}r(B) \le\ell(Q) \le cr(B). \tag*{(79)} Q ⊂ c B and c − 1 r ( B ) ≤ ℓ ( Q ) ≤ cr ( B ) . (79)
We also say that such a cell Q Q Q is associated with B B B . Increasing A A A if necessary, we assume that A > 200 c A > 200c A > 200 c , and we fix α > 100 A 2 c 3 \alpha> 100A^{2}c^{3} α > 100 A 2 c 3 and β > max { α n + 1 , α log 2 D } \beta> \max\{\alpha^{n+1},\alpha^{\log_{2}D}\} β > max { α n + 1 , α l o g 2 D } , which are not related to the parameters with the same names in the previous subsections. We recall that a ball B B B is m \mathfrak m m -( α , β ) (\alpha,\beta) ( α , β ) -doubling if m ( α B ) ≤ β m ( B ) \mathfrak m(\alpha B) \le\beta\mathfrak m(B) m ( α B ) ≤ β m ( B ) .
Following the notation in (21) , for a locally finite complex measure n \mathfrak n n , we define
M ~ Ξ , m 2 n ( x ) : = sup r > 0 , r ≥ Ξ ( x ) ∣ n ∣ ( B ( x , r ) ) m 2 ( B ( x , 10 A r ) ) , for x ∈ X , \widetilde{\mathcal M}_{\Xi,\mathfrak m_2}\mathfrak n(x) := \sup_{r>0,\ r\ge\Xi(x)} \frac{|\mathfrak n|(B(x,r))}{\mathfrak m_2(B(x,10Ar))}, \qquad\text{for }x\in X, M Ξ , m 2 n ( x ) := r > 0 , r ≥ Ξ ( x ) sup m 2 ( B ( x , 10 A r )) ∣ n ∣ ( B ( x , r )) , for x ∈ X ,
with the convention that the quantity on the right-hand side equals 0 0 0 if both the numerator and the denominator are null. We also use the suppressed radial maximal function M Ξ r M^\mathrm r_{\Xi} M Ξ r defined in Section 3.3, for which
M Ξ r ( h m i ) ( x ) : = sup r > 0 , r ≥ Ξ ( x ) 1 r n ∫ B ( x , r ) ∣ h ∣ d m i . M^\mathrm r_{\Xi}(h\mathfrak m_i)(x) := \sup_{r>0,\ r\ge\Xi(x)} \frac{1}{r^n}\int_{B(x,r)} |h|\,d\mathfrak m_i. M Ξ r ( h m i ) ( x ) := r > 0 , r ≥ Ξ ( x ) sup r n 1 ∫ B ( x , r ) ∣ h ∣ d m i .
These two maximal operators satisfy the following bounds.
Lemma 3.17. Let i ∈ { 1 , 2 } i\in\{1,2\} i ∈ { 1 , 2 } and 1 < s < ∞ 1<s<\infty 1 < s < ∞ . Then, for every h ∈ L s ( m i ) h\in L^s(\mathfrak m_i) h ∈ L s ( m i ) , we have
∥ M ~ Ξ , m 2 ( h m i ) ∥ L s ( m 3 ) + ∥ M Ξ r ( h m i ) ∥ L s ( m 3 ) ≲ s ∥ h ∥ L s ( m i ) . (80) \left\|\widetilde{\mathcal M}_{\Xi,\mathfrak m_2}(h\mathfrak m_i)\right\|_{L^s(\mathfrak m_3)}
+
\left\|M^\mathrm r_{\Xi}(h\mathfrak m_i)\right\|_{L^s(\mathfrak m_3)}
\lesssim_s
\|h\|_{L^s(\mathfrak m_i)}. \tag*{(80)} M Ξ , m 2 ( h m i ) L s ( m 3 ) + ∥ M Ξ r ( h m i ) ∥ L s ( m 3 ) ≲ s ∥ h ∥ L s ( m i ) . (80)
Proof. For M Ξ r M^\mathrm r_{\Xi} M Ξ r , the estimate follows from the proof of Lemma 3.12, with m 3 \mathfrak m_3 m 3 and m i \mathfrak m_i m i in place of m 1 \mathfrak m_1 m 1 and m 2 \mathfrak m_2 m 2 , and with Ξ \Xi Ξ in place of R 1 \mathcal R_1 R 1 and R 2 \mathcal R_2 R 2 , since (75) provides the required growth. For M ~ Ξ , m 2 \widetilde{\mathcal M}_{\Xi,\mathfrak m_2} M Ξ , m 2 , the same argument applies. Indeed, by (75) , every ball B = B ( x , r ) B=B(x,r) B = B ( x , r ) with r ≥ Ξ ( x ) r\ge\Xi(x) r ≥ Ξ ( x ) satisfies
m 3 ( 5 B ) ≤ C m 2 ( 5 A B ) ≤ C m 2 ( 10 A B ) , \mathfrak m_3(5B)\le C\mathfrak m_2(5AB)\le C\mathfrak m_2(10AB), m 3 ( 5 B ) ≤ C m 2 ( 5 A B ) ≤ C m 2 ( 10 A B ) ,
so the 5 r 5r 5 r -covering lemma gives the boundedness from L 1 ( m i ) L^1(\mathfrak m_i) L 1 ( m i ) to L 1 , ∞ ( m 3 ) L^{1,\infty}(\mathfrak m_3) L 1 , ∞ ( m 3 ) . Moreover, (75) also gives M ~ Ξ , m 2 ( h m i ) ≤ C ∥ h ∥ L ∞ ( m i ) \widetilde{\mathcal M}_{\Xi,\mathfrak m_2}(h\mathfrak m_i)\le C\|h\|_{L^\infty(\mathfrak m_i)} M Ξ , m 2 ( h m i ) ≤ C ∥ h ∥ L ∞ ( m i ) , and (80) follows by interpolation. □
The proof of (78) relies on the following pointwise Cotlar-type inequality.
Lemma 3.18. Suppose that there exists C w > 0 C_w>0 C w > 0 such that
m 2 ( { ∣ S h ∣ > λ } ) ≤ C w λ ∥ h ∥ L 1 ( m 1 ) , (81) \mathfrak m_2\bigl(\{|Sh|>\lambda\}\bigr)\le\frac{C_w}{\lambda}\|h\|_{L^1(\mathfrak m_1)}, \tag*{(81)} m 2 ( { ∣ S h ∣ > λ } ) ≤ λ C w ∥ h ∥ L 1 ( m 1 ) , (81) for every λ > 0 \lambda>0 λ > 0 and every bounded function h h h with bounded support. Then, for every bounded function f f f with bounded support and every x ∈ supp m 3 x\in\operatorname{supp}\mathfrak m_3 x ∈ supp m 3 , we have
S ♯ f ( x ) ≲ M ~ Ξ , m 2 ( S f m 2 ) ( x ) + M ~ Ξ , m 2 ( f m 1 ) ( x ) + M Ξ r ( f m 1 ) ( x ) , (82) S_\sharp f(x)\lesssim\widetilde{\mathcal M}_{\Xi,\mathfrak m_2}(Sf\mathfrak m_2)(x)+\widetilde{\mathcal M}_{\Xi,\mathfrak m_2}(f\mathfrak m_1)(x)+M^\mathrm r_{\Xi}(f\mathfrak m_1)(x), \tag*{(82)} S ♯ f ( x ) ≲ M Ξ , m 2 ( S f m 2 ) ( x ) + M Ξ , m 2 ( f m 1 ) ( x ) + M Ξ r ( f m 1 ) ( x ) , (82) where the implicit constant depends only on n n n , D D D , γ \gamma γ , C C C , A A A , and C w C_w C w .
Proof. We follow the standard proof of Cotlar’s inequality for non-doubling measures, see [77 Chapter 2] . Let x ∈ supp m 3 x \in\operatorname{supp} m_3 x ∈ supp m 3 and δ > 0 \delta> 0 δ > 0 . If δ < Ξ ( x ) \delta< \Xi(x) δ < Ξ ( x ) , then (76) gives
∣ S δ f ( x ) − S Ξ ( x ) f ( x ) ∣ ≲ M Ξ r ( f m 1 ) ( x ) , \lvert S_\delta f(x)-S_{\Xi(x)}f(x)\rvert\lesssim M^\mathrm{r}_{\Xi}(f m_1)(x), ∣ S δ f ( x ) − S Ξ ( x ) f ( x )∣ ≲ M Ξ r ( f m 1 ) ( x ) ,
so we can assume without loss of generality that δ ≥ Ξ ( x ) \delta\geq\Xi(x) δ ≥ Ξ ( x ) .
We set s 0 : = A δ s_0 := A\delta s 0 := A δ and B k : = B ( x , α k s 0 ) B_k := B(x,\alpha^k s_0) B k := B ( x , α k s 0 ) , for k ≥ 0 k \geq0 k ≥ 0 . By (75) , we have
m 2 ( B 0 ) ≥ C − 1 m 3 ( B ( x , δ ) ) > 0 m_2(B_0) \geq C^{-1}m_3(B(x,\delta)) > 0 m 2 ( B 0 ) ≥ C − 1 m 3 ( B ( x , δ )) > 0
and m 2 ( B k ) ≤ C α k n s 0 n m_2(B_k) \leq C\alpha^{kn}s_0^n m 2 ( B k ) ≤ C α k n s 0 n . Since β > α n \beta> \alpha^n β > α n , some B k B_k B k is m 2 m_2 m 2 -( α , β ) (\alpha,\beta) ( α , β ) -doubling, and we denote by m m m the smallest such k k k . We set R : = α m s 0 R := \alpha^m s_0 R := α m s 0 and B : = B m B := B_m B := B m , and we note that m 2 ( B k ) ≤ β k − m m 2 ( B ) m_2(B_k) \leq\beta^{k-m}m_2(B) m 2 ( B k ) ≤ β k − m m 2 ( B ) , for 0 ≤ k ≤ m 0 \leq k \leq m 0 ≤ k ≤ m .
Since S f ( y ) = S ( f χ 4 B ) ( y ) + S ( f χ X ∖ 4 B ) ( y ) Sf(y)=S(f\chi_{4B})(y)+S(f\chi_{X\setminus4B})(y) S f ( y ) = S ( f χ 4 B ) ( y ) + S ( f χ X ∖ 4 B ) ( y ) , for every y ∈ B y \in B y ∈ B we split
∣ S δ f ( x ) ∣ ≤ ∣ S δ f ( x ) − S 4 R f ( x ) ∣ + ∣ S 4 R f ( x ) − S ( f χ X ∖ 4 B ) ( y ) ∣ + ∣ S ( f χ 4 B ) ( y ) ∣ + ∣ S f ( y ) ∣ = : I 1 + I 2 ( y ) + I 3 ( y ) + I 4 ( y ) . (83) \begin{aligned}
\lvert S_\delta f(x)\rvert\leq\lvert S_\delta f(x)-S_{4R}f(x)\rvert+\lvert S_{4R}f(x)-S(f\chi_{X\setminus4B})(y)\rvert+\lvert S(f\chi_{4B})(y)\rvert+\lvert Sf(y)\rvert\\
&=: \mathcal{I}_1+\mathcal{I}_2(y)+\mathcal{I}_3(y)+\mathcal{I}_4(y). \tag*{(83)}
\end{aligned} ∣ S δ f ( x )∣ ≤ ∣ S δ f ( x ) − S 4 R f ( x )∣ + ∣ S 4 R f ( x ) − S ( f χ X ∖ 4 B ) ( y )∣ + ∣ S ( f χ 4 B ) ( y )∣ + ∣ S f ( y )∣ =: I 1 + I 2 ( y ) + I 3 ( y ) + I 4 ( y ) . (83)
To bound I 1 \mathcal{I}_1 I 1 , we split the region { z : δ < d ( x , z ) ≤ 4 R } \{z:\delta<d(x,z)\leq4R\} { z : δ < d ( x , z ) ≤ 4 R } into { z : δ < d ( x , z ) ≤ s 0 } \{z:\delta<d(x,z)\leq s_0\} { z : δ < d ( x , z ) ≤ s 0 } , the annuli B k + 1 ∖ B k B_{k+1}\setminus B_k B k + 1 ∖ B k , for 0 ≤ k ≤ m − 2 0\leq k\leq m-2 0 ≤ k ≤ m − 2 , and { z : α m ′ s 0 ≤ d ( x , z ) ≤ 4 R } \{z:\alpha^{m'}s_0\leq d(x,z)\leq4R\} { z : α m ′ s 0 ≤ d ( x , z ) ≤ 4 R } , where m ′ : = max { m − 1 , 0 } m':=\max\{m-1,0\} m ′ := max { m − 1 , 0 } . Since α k + 1 s 0 ≥ Ξ ( x ) \alpha^{k+1}s_0\geq\Xi(x) α k + 1 s 0 ≥ Ξ ( x ) and 10 A α k + 1 s 0 ≤ α k + 2 s 0 10A\alpha^{k+1}s_0\leq\alpha^{k+2}s_0 10 A α k + 1 s 0 ≤ α k + 2 s 0 , the size estimate gives
I 1 ≲ 1 δ n ∫ B ( x , 2 s 0 ) ∣ f ∣ d m 1 + ∑ k = 0 m − 2 1 ( α k s 0 ) n ∫ B k + 1 ∣ f ∣ d m 1 + 1 ( α m ′ s 0 ) n ∫ 8 B ∣ f ∣ d m 1 \mathcal{I}_1\lesssim\frac{1}{\delta^n}\int_{B(x,2s_0)}\lvert f\rvert\,\mathrm{d}m_1+\sum_{k=0}^{m-2}\frac{1}{(\alpha^k s_0)^n}\int_{B_{k+1}}\lvert f\rvert\,\mathrm{d}m_1+\frac{1}{(\alpha^{m'}s_0)^n}\int_{8B}\lvert f\rvert\,\mathrm{d}m_1 I 1 ≲ δ n 1 ∫ B ( x , 2 s 0 ) ∣ f ∣ d m 1 + k = 0 ∑ m − 2 ( α k s 0 ) n 1 ∫ B k + 1 ∣ f ∣ d m 1 + ( α m ′ s 0 ) n 1 ∫ 8 B ∣ f ∣ d m 1
≲ M Ξ r ( f m 1 ) ( x ) + M ~ Ξ , m 2 ( f m 1 ) ( x ) ∑ k = 0 m − 2 m 2 ( B k + 2 ) ( α k s 0 ) n ≲ M Ξ r ( f m 1 ) ( x ) + M ~ Ξ , m 2 ( f m 1 ) ( x ) , (84) \lesssim M^\mathrm{r}_{\Xi}(f m_1)(x)+\widetilde{M}_{\Xi,m_2}(f m_1)(x)\sum_{k=0}^{m-2}\frac{m_2(B_{k+2})}{(\alpha^k s_0)^n}\lesssim M^\mathrm{r}_{\Xi}(f m_1)(x)+\widetilde{M}_{\Xi,m_2}(f m_1)(x), \tag*{(84)} ≲ M Ξ r ( f m 1 ) ( x ) + M Ξ , m 2 ( f m 1 ) ( x ) k = 0 ∑ m − 2 ( α k s 0 ) n m 2 ( B k + 2 ) ≲ M Ξ r ( f m 1 ) ( x ) + M Ξ , m 2 ( f m 1 ) ( x ) , (84)
where, in the last inequality, we used that β > α n \beta>\alpha^n β > α n and
m 2 ( B k + 2 ) ≤ β k + 2 − m m 2 ( B ) ≤ C β k + 2 − m R n . m_2(B_{k+2})\leq\beta^{k+2-m}m_2(B)\leq C\beta^{k+2-m}R^n. m 2 ( B k + 2 ) ≤ β k + 2 − m m 2 ( B ) ≤ C β k + 2 − m R n .
To bound I 2 ( y ) \mathcal{I}_2(y) I 2 ( y ) , for y ∈ B y\in B y ∈ B , we use the regularity of k k k in the first variable on the annuli 2 ℓ + 2 R ≤ d ( x , z ) < 2 ℓ + 3 R 2^{\ell+2}R\leq d(x,z)<2^{\ell+3}R 2 ℓ + 2 R ≤ d ( x , z ) < 2 ℓ + 3 R , for ℓ ≥ 0 \ell\geq0 ℓ ≥ 0 , and the size estimate on the sphere d ( x , z ) = 4 R d(x,z)=4R d ( x , z ) = 4 R , and we get
I 2 ( y ) ≲ 1 R n ∫ 8 B ∣ f ∣ d m 1 + ∑ ℓ ≥ 0 R γ ( 2 ℓ + 2 R ) n + γ ∫ B ( x , 2 ℓ + 3 R ) ∣ f ∣ d m 1 ≲ M Ξ r ( f m 1 ) ( x ) . (85) \mathcal{I}_2(y)\lesssim\frac{1}{R^n}\int_{8B}\lvert f\rvert\,\mathrm{d}m_1+\sum_{\ell\geq0}\frac{R^\gamma}{(2^{\ell+2}R)^{n+\gamma}}\int_{B(x,2^{\ell+3}R)}\lvert f\rvert\,\mathrm{d}m_1\lesssim M^\mathrm{r}_{\Xi}(f m_1)(x). \tag*{(85)} I 2 ( y ) ≲ R n 1 ∫ 8 B ∣ f ∣ d m 1 + ℓ ≥ 0 ∑ ( 2 ℓ + 2 R ) n + γ R γ ∫ B ( x , 2 ℓ + 3 R ) ∣ f ∣ d m 1 ≲ M Ξ r ( f m 1 ) ( x ) . (85)
To bound I 3 ( y ) \mathcal{I}_3(y) I 3 ( y ) and I 4 ( y ) \mathcal{I}_4(y) I 4 ( y ) , we choose y y y suitably. By (81) and by Chebyshev’s inequality, respectively, each of the inequalities
∣ S ( f χ 4 B ) ( y ) ∣ > 4 C w m 2 ( B ) ∫ 4 B ∣ f ∣ d m 1 and ∣ S f ( y ) ∣ > 4 m 2 ( B ) ∫ B ∣ S f ∣ d m 2 \lvert S(f\chi_{4B})(y)\rvert>\frac{4C_w}{m_2(B)}\int_{4B}\lvert f\rvert\,\mathrm{d}m_1
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
\lvert Sf(y)\rvert>\frac{4}{m_2(B)}\int_B\lvert Sf\rvert\,\mathrm{d}m_2 ∣ S ( f χ 4 B ) ( y )∣ > m 2 ( B ) 4 C w ∫ 4 B ∣ f ∣ d m 1 and ∣ S f ( y )∣ > m 2 ( B ) 4 ∫ B ∣ S f ∣ d m 2
holds on a subset of B B B of m 2 m_2 m 2 -measure at most m 2 ( B ) / 4 m_2(B)/4 m 2 ( B ) /4 . Since m 2 ( B ) ≥ m 2 ( B 0 ) > 0 m_2(B)\geq m_2(B_0)>0 m 2 ( B ) ≥ m 2 ( B 0 ) > 0 , we can choose y ∈ B y\in B y ∈ B for which both inequalities fail. Since α > 40 A \alpha>40A α > 40 A and B B B is m 2 m_2 m 2 -( α , β ) (\alpha,\beta) ( α , β ) -doubling, we have m 2 ( 40 A B ) ≤ β m 2 ( B ) m_2(40AB)\leq\beta m_2(B) m 2 ( 40 A B ) ≤ β m 2 ( B ) , and hence
I 3 ( y ) ≤ 4 C w β M ~ Ξ , m 2 ( f m 1 ) ( x ) and I 4 ( y ) ≤ 4 β M ~ Ξ , m 2 ( S f m 2 ) ( x ) , \mathcal{I}_3(y)\leq4C_w\beta\widetilde{M}_{\Xi,m_2}(f m_1)(x)
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
\mathcal{I}_4(y)\leq4\beta\widetilde{M}_{\Xi,m_2}(Sf m_2)(x), I 3 ( y ) ≤ 4 C w β M Ξ , m 2 ( f m 1 ) ( x ) and I 4 ( y ) ≤ 4 β M Ξ , m 2 ( S f m 2 ) ( x ) ,
which, together with (83) , (84) , and (85) , proves (82) . □
Finally, we apply Lemmas 3.17 and 3.18 to prove the opening result of this subsection.
Proof of Lemma 3.16. We first prove (77) for a bounded function f f f with bounded support. Let λ > 0 \lambda> 0 λ > 0 . If m 1 ( X ) < ∞ \mathrm{m}_1(X) < \infty m 1 ( X ) < ∞ and λ ≤ ∥ f ∥ L 1 ( m 1 ) / m 1 ( X ) \lambda\le\lVert f\rVert_{L^1(\mathrm{m}_1)}/\mathrm{m}_1(X) λ ≤ ∥ f ∥ L 1 ( m 1 ) / m 1 ( X ) , then (75) , followed by monotone convergence as r → ∞ r \to\infty r → ∞ , gives m 2 ( X ) ≤ C m 1 ( X ) \mathrm{m}_2(X) \le C\mathrm{m}_1(X) m 2 ( X ) ≤ C m 1 ( X ) , and hence
m 2 ( { ∣ S f ∣ > 2 λ } ) ≤ m 2 ( X ) ≤ C m 1 ( X ) ≤ C λ ∥ f ∥ L 1 ( m 1 ) . \mathrm{m}_2(\{\lvert Sf\rvert> 2\lambda\}) \le\mathrm{m}_2(X) \le C\mathrm{m}_1(X) \le\frac{C}{\lambda}\lVert f\rVert_{L^1(\mathrm{m}_1)}. m 2 ({∣ S f ∣ > 2 λ }) ≤ m 2 ( X ) ≤ C m 1 ( X ) ≤ λ C ∥ f ∥ L 1 ( m 1 ) .
Thus, we can assume that λ ≫ ∥ f ∥ L 1 ( m 1 ) / m 1 ( X ) \lambda\gg\lVert f\rVert_{L^1(\mathrm{m}_1)}/\mathrm{m}_1(X) λ ≫ ∥ f ∥ L 1 ( m 1 ) / m 1 ( X ) whenever m 1 ( X ) < ∞ \mathrm{m}_1(X) < \infty m 1 ( X ) < ∞ .
We perform the Calderón–Zygmund decomposition of [77 Lemma 2.14] as in [16 Theorem A.2] , on the adjacent dyadic lattices of [39 Theorem 4.1] , with the following choices. We say that a cell Q Q Q is bad if it is associated with a ball B B B , in the sense of (79) , such that ∫ Q ∣ f ∣ d m 1 > λ m 1 ( A 2 B ) \int_Q \lvert f\rvert\, \mathrm{d}\mathrm{m}_1 > \lambda\mathrm{m}_1(A^2B) ∫ Q ∣ f ∣ d m 1 > λ m 1 ( A 2 B ) . Since f f f has bounded support, the choice of λ \lambda λ implies that the side lengths of the bad cells are uniformly bounded, so every bad cell is contained in a maximal bad cell Q j Q_j Q j , that is, a bad cell such that ℓ ( Q ) ≤ ℓ ( Q j ) \ell(Q) \le\ell(Q_j) ℓ ( Q ) ≤ ℓ ( Q j ) for every bad cell Q ⊃ Q j Q \supset Q_j Q ⊃ Q j , of any of the lattices. Since two maximal bad cells of the same lattice are disjoint, the family { Q j } j \{Q_j\}_j { Q j } j of maximal bad cells has bounded overlap. For every j j j , we fix a ball B j = B ( z j , r j ) B_j = B(z_j,r_j) B j = B ( z j , r j ) such that Q j Q_j Q j is associated with B j B_j B j and
∫ Q j ∣ f ∣ d m 1 > λ m 1 ( A 2 B j ) . (86) \int_{Q_j} \lvert f\rvert\, \mathrm{d}\mathrm{m}_1 > \lambda\mathrm{m}_1(A^2B_j). \tag*{(86)} ∫ Q j ∣ f ∣ d m 1 > λ m 1 ( A 2 B j ) . (86)
By maximality, we also have
∫ Q ∣ f ∣ d m 1 ≤ λ m 1 ( A 2 B ) , if Q j ⊂ Q , ℓ ( Q j ) < ℓ ( Q ) , and Q is associated with B . (87) \int_Q \lvert f\rvert\, \mathrm{d}\mathrm{m}_1 \le\lambda\mathrm{m}_1(A^2B), \qquad\text{if } Q_j \subset Q,\ \ell(Q_j) < \ell(Q),\ \text{and } Q\text{ is associated with }B. \tag*{(87)} ∫ Q ∣ f ∣ d m 1 ≤ λ m 1 ( A 2 B ) , if Q j ⊂ Q , ℓ ( Q j ) < ℓ ( Q ) , and Q is associated with B . (87)
Moreover, by [37 Lemma 3.3] and the choice of β \beta β , for m 1 \mathrm{m}_1 m 1 -almost every x ∉ ⋃ j Q j x \notin\bigcup_j Q_j x ∈ / ⋃ j Q j there exist m 1 \mathrm{m}_1 m 1 -( α , β ) (\alpha,\beta) ( α , β ) -doubling balls B B B centered at x x x with arbitrarily small radii. A cell Q Q Q associated with B B B contains x x x , so it is not contained in any Q j Q_j Q j , and hence it is not bad. Since A 2 < α A^2 < \alpha A 2 < α , we get
∫ B ∣ f ∣ d m 1 ≤ ∫ Q ∣ f ∣ d m 1 ≤ λ m 1 ( A 2 B ) ≤ β λ m 1 ( B ) , \int_B \lvert f\rvert\, \mathrm{d}\mathrm{m}_1 \le\int_Q \lvert f\rvert\, \mathrm{d}\mathrm{m}_1 \le\lambda\mathrm{m}_1(A^2B) \le\beta\lambda\mathrm{m}_1(B), ∫ B ∣ f ∣ d m 1 ≤ ∫ Q ∣ f ∣ d m 1 ≤ λ m 1 ( A 2 B ) ≤ β λ m 1 ( B ) ,
and, by the differentiation theorem along doubling balls [37 Corollary 3.6] , we obtain ∣ f ( y ) ∣ ≤ β λ \lvert f(y)\rvert\le\beta\lambda ∣ f ( y )∣ ≤ β λ , for m 1 \mathrm{m}_1 m 1 -almost every y ∈ X ∖ ⋃ j Q j y \in X \setminus\bigcup_j Q_j y ∈ X ∖ ⋃ j Q j .
We denote
w j : = χ Q j ∑ k χ Q k , m j : = ∫ Q j ∣ f ∣ d m 1 , and t j : = max { 10 A r j , 10 Ξ ( z j ) } , w_j := \frac{\chi_{Q_j}}{\sum_k \chi_{Q_k}}, \qquad m_j := \int_{Q_j} \lvert f\rvert\, \mathrm{d}\mathrm{m}_1, \qquad\text{and}\qquad t_j := \max\{10Ar_j,10\Xi(z_j)\}, w j := ∑ k χ Q k χ Q j , m j := ∫ Q j ∣ f ∣ d m 1 , and t j := max { 10 A r j , 10Ξ ( z j )} ,
with w j ≡ 0 w_j \equiv0 w j ≡ 0 outside ⋃ k Q k \bigcup_k Q_k ⋃ k Q k . For k ≥ 0 k \ge0 k ≥ 0 , we set D j , k : = B ( z j , α k t j ) D_{j,k} := B(z_j,\alpha^k t_j) D j , k := B ( z j , α k t j ) , and we let k j k_j k j be the smallest k ≥ 0 k \ge0 k ≥ 0 such that D j , k D_{j,k} D j , k is m 1 \mathrm{m}_1 m 1 -( α , β ) (\alpha,\beta) ( α , β ) -doubling, which exists as in the proof of Lemma 3.18, since t j ≥ Ξ ( z j ) t_j \ge\Xi(z_j) t j ≥ Ξ ( z j ) and m 1 ( D j , 0 ) ≥ m 1 ( Q j ) > 0 \mathrm{m}_1(D_{j,0}) \ge\mathrm{m}_1(Q_j) > 0 m 1 ( D j , 0 ) ≥ m 1 ( Q j ) > 0 . We set D j : = D j , k j D_j := D_{j,k_j} D j := D j , k j , so that r ( D j ) = α k j t j r(D_j) = \alpha^{k_j}t_j r ( D j ) = α k j t j , we choose a cell R j R_j R j associated with D j D_j D j , and we note that
m 1 ( D j , k ) ≤ β k − k j m 1 ( D j ) , for 0 ≤ k ≤ k j . (88) \mathrm{m}_1(D_{j,k}) \le\beta^{k-k_j}\mathrm{m}_1(D_j), \qquad\text{for }0 \le k \le k_j. \tag*{(88)} m 1 ( D j , k ) ≤ β k − k j m 1 ( D j ) , for 0 ≤ k ≤ k j . (88)
If R k ∩ R j ≠ ∅ R_k \cap R_j \ne\varnothing R k ∩ R j = ∅ and r ( D k ) ≤ r ( D j ) r(D_k) \le r(D_j) r ( D k ) ≤ r ( D j ) , then R k ⊂ 3 c D j R_k \subset3cD_j R k ⊂ 3 c D j . Moreover, if Q Q Q is a cell associated with 3 c D j 3cD_j 3 c D j , then Q j ⊂ Q Q_j \subset Q Q j ⊂ Q and ℓ ( Q j ) ≤ c r j < 3 r ( D j ) ≤ ℓ ( Q ) \ell(Q_j) \le cr_j < 3r(D_j) \le\ell(Q) ℓ ( Q j ) ≤ c r j < 3 r ( D j ) ≤ ℓ ( Q ) , because r ( D j ) ≥ 10 A r j r(D_j) \ge10Ar_j r ( D j ) ≥ 10 A r j . Thus, (87) , the choice of α \alpha α , and the choice of k j k_j k j give
∫ 3 c D j ∣ f ∣ d m 1 ≤ λ m 1 ( 3 A 2 c D j ) ≤ β λ m 1 ( D j ) ≤ β λ m 1 ( R j ) . (89) \int_{3cD_j} \lvert f\rvert\, \mathrm{d}\mathrm{m}_1 \le\lambda\mathrm{m}_1(3A^2cD_j) \le\beta\lambda\mathrm{m}_1(D_j) \le\beta\lambda\mathrm{m}_1(R_j). \tag*{(89)} ∫ 3 c D j ∣ f ∣ d m 1 ≤ λ m 1 ( 3 A 2 c D j ) ≤ β λ m 1 ( D j ) ≤ β λ m 1 ( R j ) . (89)
Arguing as in the proof of [77 Lemma 2.14] , these two properties provide functions φ j \varphi_j φ j such that
supp φ j ⊂ R j , ∫ φ j d m 1 = ∫ w j f d m 1 , ∥ φ j ∥ L ∞ ( m 1 ) ≤ 2 m j m 1 ( R j ) , and ∑ j ∣ φ j ∣ ≤ 4 β λ . (90) \begin{aligned}
\operatorname{supp}\varphi_j &\subset R_j,\qquad\int\varphi_j\,\mathrm{d}m_1=\int w_jf\,\mathrm{d}m_1,\\
\|\varphi_j\|_{L^\infty(m_1)}&\le\frac{2m_j}{m_1(R_j)},\qquad\text{and}\qquad\sum_j|\varphi_j|\le4\beta\lambda. \tag*{(90)}
\end{aligned} supp φ j ∥ φ j ∥ L ∞ ( m 1 ) ⊂ R j , ∫ φ j d m 1 = ∫ w j f d m 1 , ≤ m 1 ( R j ) 2 m j , and j ∑ ∣ φ j ∣ ≤ 4 β λ . (90)
Indeed, if the cells are finitely many and ordered so that r ( D j ) r(D_j) r ( D j ) is non-decreasing in j j j , one sets inductively φ j : = m 1 ( G j ) − 1 ( ∫ w j f d m 1 ) χ G j \varphi_j:=m_1(G_j)^{-1}\left(\int w_jf\,\mathrm{d}m_1\right)\chi_{G_j} φ j := m 1 ( G j ) − 1 ( ∫ w j f d m 1 ) χ G j , where G j : = R j ∩ { ∑ k < j ∣ φ k ∣ ≤ 2 β λ } G_j:=R_j\cap\{\sum_{k<j}|\varphi_k|\le2\beta\lambda\} G j := R j ∩ { ∑ k < j ∣ φ k ∣ ≤ 2 β λ } . Since
∫ R j ∑ k < j ∣ φ k ∣ d m 1 ≤ ∫ 3 c D j ∣ f ∣ d m 1 ≤ β λ m 1 ( R j ) , \int_{R_j}\sum_{k<j}|\varphi_k|\,\mathrm{d}m_1\le\int_{3cD_j}|f|\,\mathrm{d}m_1\le\beta\lambda m_1(R_j), ∫ R j k < j ∑ ∣ φ k ∣ d m 1 ≤ ∫ 3 c D j ∣ f ∣ d m 1 ≤ β λ m 1 ( R j ) ,
by (89) , Chebyshev’s inequality gives m 1 ( G j ) ≥ m 1 ( R j ) / 2 m_1(G_j)\ge m_1(R_j)/2 m 1 ( G j ) ≥ m 1 ( R j ) /2 . The case of countably many cells follows by a weak-* limiting argument.
We now set
g : = f χ X ∖ ⋃ j Q j + ∑ j φ j and b j : = w j f − φ j , g:=f\chi_{X\setminus\bigcup_j Q_j}+\sum_j\varphi_j\qquad\text{and}\qquad b_j:=w_jf-\varphi_j, g := f χ X ∖ ⋃ j Q j + j ∑ φ j and b j := w j f − φ j ,
so that f = g + ∑ j b j f=g+\sum_jb_j f = g + ∑ j b j . The bounded overlap of the cells Q j Q_j Q j and (90) imply
∥ g ∥ L 1 ( m 1 ) ≲ ∥ f ∥ L 1 ( m 1 ) , ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( m 1 ) ≲ λ , ∑ j m j ≲ ∥ f ∥ L 1 ( m 1 ) , \|g\|_{L^1(m_1)}\lesssim\|f\|_{L^1(m_1)},\qquad\|g\|_{L^\infty(m_1)}\lesssim\lambda,\qquad\sum_jm_j\lesssim\|f\|_{L^1(m_1)}, ∥ g ∥ L 1 ( m 1 ) ≲ ∥ f ∥ L 1 ( m 1 ) , ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( m 1 ) ≲ λ , j ∑ m j ≲ ∥ f ∥ L 1 ( m 1 ) ,
∫ b j d m 1 = 0 , supp b j ⊂ c D j , and ∥ b j ∥ L 1 ( m 1 ) ≤ 2 m j . (91) \int b_j\,\mathrm{d}m_1=0,\qquad\operatorname{supp}b_j\subset cD_j,\qquad\text{and}\qquad\|b_j\|_{L^1(m_1)}\le2m_j. \tag*{(91)} ∫ b j d m 1 = 0 , supp b j ⊂ c D j , and ∥ b j ∥ L 1 ( m 1 ) ≤ 2 m j . (91)
We set J : = { j : A r j ≥ Ξ ( z j ) } \mathcal{J}:=\{j:A_{r_j}\ge\Xi(z_j)\} J := { j : A r j ≥ Ξ ( z j )} and E : = ⋃ j ∈ J A B j E:=\bigcup_{j\in\mathcal{J}}AB_j E := ⋃ j ∈ J A B j . Since ∣ S h ( x ) ∣ ≤ C δ 0 − n ∥ h ∥ L 1 ( m 1 ) |Sh(x)|\le C\delta_0^{-n}\|h\|_{L^1(m_1)} ∣ S h ( x ) ∣ ≤ C δ 0 − n ∥ h ∥ L 1 ( m 1 ) for every x ∈ X x\in X x ∈ X and every bounded function h h h with bounded support, the integral defining S S S extends to L 1 ( m 1 ) L^1(m_1) L 1 ( m 1 ) , and it agrees m 2 m_2 m 2 -almost everywhere with the bounded extension of S S S on L 1 ( m 1 ) ∩ L 2 ( m 1 ) L^1(m_1)\cap L^2(m_1) L 1 ( m 1 ) ∩ L 2 ( m 1 ) . In particular, S f = S g + ∑ j S b j Sf=Sg+\sum_jSb_j S f = S g + ∑ j S b j , and Chebyshev’s inequality gives
m 2 ( { ∣ S f ∣ > 2 λ } ) ≤ m 2 ( E ) + ∥ S g ∥ L 2 ( m 2 ) 2 λ 2 + 1 λ ∑ j ∫ X ∖ E ∣ S b j ∣ d m 2 . (92) m_2(\{|Sf|>2\lambda\})\le m_2(E)+\frac{\|Sg\|_{L^2(m_2)}^2}{\lambda^2}+\frac{1}{\lambda}\sum_j\int_{X\setminus E}|Sb_j|\,\mathrm{d}m_2. \tag*{(92)} m 2 ({ ∣ S f ∣ > 2 λ }) ≤ m 2 ( E ) + λ 2 ∥ S g ∥ L 2 ( m 2 ) 2 + λ 1 j ∑ ∫ X ∖ E ∣ S b j ∣ d m 2 . (92)
By (75) and the definition of J \mathcal{J} J , (86) , and (91) , we have
m 2 ( E ) ≤ ∑ j ∈ J m 2 ( A B j ) ≤ C ∑ j ∈ J m 1 ( A 2 B j ) ≤ C λ ∑ j m j ≲ ∥ f ∥ L 1 ( m 1 ) λ , m_2(E)\le\sum_{j\in\mathcal{J}}m_2(AB_j)\le C\sum_{j\in\mathcal{J}}m_1(A^2B_j)\le\frac{C}{\lambda}\sum_jm_j\lesssim\frac{\|f\|_{L^1(m_1)}}{\lambda}, m 2 ( E ) ≤ j ∈ J ∑ m 2 ( A B j ) ≤ C j ∈ J ∑ m 1 ( A 2 B j ) ≤ λ C j ∑ m j ≲ λ ∥ f ∥ L 1 ( m 1 ) ,
and, moreover, (91) gives ∥ S g ∥ L 2 ( m 2 ) 2 ≤ ∥ S ∥ o p 2 ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( m 1 ) 2 ≲ ∥ S ∥ o p 2 λ ∥ f ∥ L 1 ( m 1 ) \|Sg\|_{L^2(m_2)}^2\le\|S\|_{\mathrm{op}}^2\|g\|_{L^2(m_1)}^2\lesssim\|S\|_{\mathrm{op}}^2\lambda\|f\|_{L^1(m_1)} ∥ S g ∥ L 2 ( m 2 ) 2 ≤ ∥ S ∥ op 2 ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( m 1 ) 2 ≲ ∥ S ∥ op 2 λ ∥ f ∥ L 1 ( m 1 ) . To bound the last term in (92) , we fix j j j and we denote k j ′ : = max { k j − 1 , 0 } k'_j:=\max\{k_j-1,0\} k j ′ := max { k j − 1 , 0 } . Since ∣ S b j ∣ ≤ ∣ S ( w j f ) ∣ + ∣ S φ j ∣ |Sb_j|\le|S(w_jf)|+|S\varphi_j| ∣ S b j ∣ ≤ ∣ S ( w j f ) ∣ + ∣ S φ j ∣ , and since D j , k j ′ D_{j,k'_j} D j , k j ′ is the union of D j , 0 D_{j,0} D j , 0 and of the annuli D j , k + 1 ∖ D j , k D_{j,k+1}\setminus D_{j,k} D j , k + 1 ∖ D j , k , for 0 ≤ k ≤ k j − 2 0\le k\le k_j-2 0 ≤ k ≤ k j − 2 , we split
∫ X ∖ E ∣ S b j ∣ d m 2 ≤ ∫ X ∖ 4 c D j ∣ S b j ∣ d m 2 + ∫ 4 c D j ∣ S φ j ∣ d m 2 + ∫ D j , 0 ∖ E ∣ S ( w j f ) ∣ d m 2 + ∑ k = 0 k j − 2 ∫ D j , k + 1 ∖ D j , k ∣ S ( w j f ) ∣ d m 2 + ∫ 4 c D j ∖ D j , k j ′ ∣ S ( w j f ) ∣ d m 2 = : I 1 + I 2 + I 3 + I 4 + I 5 , (93) \begin{aligned}
\int_{X\setminus E}|Sb_j|\,\mathrm{d}m_2
&\le\int_{X\setminus4cD_j}|Sb_j|\,\mathrm{d}m_2+\int_{4cD_j}|S\varphi_j|\,\mathrm{d}m_2+\int_{D_{j,0}\setminus E}|S(w_jf)|\,\mathrm{d}m_2\\
&\quad+\sum_{k=0}^{k_j-2}\int_{D_{j,k+1}\setminus D_{j,k}}|S(w_jf)|\,\mathrm{d}m_2+\int_{4cD_j\setminus D_{j,k'_j}}|S(w_jf)|\,\mathrm{d}m_2\\
&=:\mathcal{I}_1+\mathcal{I}_2+\mathcal{I}_3+\mathcal{I}_4+\mathcal{I}_5, \tag*{(93)}
\end{aligned} ∫ X ∖ E ∣ S b j ∣ d m 2 ≤ ∫ X ∖ 4 c D j ∣ S b j ∣ d m 2 + ∫ 4 c D j ∣ S φ j ∣ d m 2 + ∫ D j , 0 ∖ E ∣ S ( w j f ) ∣ d m 2 + k = 0 ∑ k j − 2 ∫ D j , k + 1 ∖ D j , k ∣ S ( w j f ) ∣ d m 2 + ∫ 4 c D j ∖ D j , k j ′ ∣ S ( w j f ) ∣ d m 2 =: I 1 + I 2 + I 3 + I 4 + I 5 , (93)
where the sum is understood as zero when $k_j<2.
The terms J 1 \mathcal{J}_1 J 1 , J 2 \mathcal{J}_2 J 2 , J 4 \mathcal{J}_4 J 4 , and J 5 \mathcal{J}_5 J 5 are estimated as in the proof of the weak ( 1 , 1 ) (1,1) ( 1 , 1 ) estimate in [77 Chapter 2] , since (75) can be applied to balls centered at z j z_j z j with radius at least t j ≥ 10 Ξ ( z j ) t_j \ge10\Xi(z_j) t j ≥ 10Ξ ( z j ) .
More precisely, cancellation, kernel regularity, and the growth of m 2 m_2 m 2 on the annuli 2 ℓ + 2 c r ( D j ) ≤ d ( x , z j ) < 2 ℓ + 3 c r ( D j ) 2^{\ell+2c}r(D_j) \le d(x,z_j) < 2^{\ell+3c}r(D_j) 2 ℓ + 2 c r ( D j ) ≤ d ( x , z j ) < 2 ℓ + 3 c r ( D j ) give
J 1 ≲ ∥ b j ∥ L 1 ( m 1 ) ≲ m j . \mathcal{J}_1 \lesssim\|b_j\|_{L^1(m_1)} \lesssim m_j. J 1 ≲ ∥ b j ∥ L 1 ( m 1 ) ≲ m j .
By (75) , the choice of α \alpha α , and the choice of k j k_j k j , we have m 2 ( 4 c D j ) ≤ C m 1 ( 4 A c D j ) ≤ C β m 1 ( R j ) m_2(4cD_j) \le C m_1(4AcD_j) \le C\beta m_1(R_j) m 2 ( 4 c D j ) ≤ C m 1 ( 4 A c D j ) ≤ C β m 1 ( R j ) , so the Cauchy-Schwarz inequality and (90) give
J 2 ≤ m 2 ( 4 c D j ) 1 / 2 ∥ S ∥ o p ∥ φ j ∥ L 2 ( m 1 ) \mathcal{J}_2 \le m_2(4cD_j)^{1/2}\|S\|_{\mathrm{op}}\|\varphi_j\|_{L^2(m_1)} J 2 ≤ m 2 ( 4 c D j ) 1/2 ∥ S ∥ op ∥ φ j ∥ L 2 ( m 1 )
≲ ∥ S ∥ o p m 1 ( R j ) 1 / 2 ( ∥ φ j ∥ L ∞ ( m 1 ) ∥ φ j ∥ L 1 ( m 1 ) ) 1 / 2 ≲ ∥ S ∥ o p m j . \lesssim\|S\|_{\mathrm{op}}m_1(R_j)^{1/2}\bigl(\|\varphi_j\|_{L^\infty(m_1)}\|\varphi_j\|_{L^1(m_1)}\bigr)^{1/2}\lesssim\|S\|_{\mathrm{op}}m_j. ≲ ∥ S ∥ op m 1 ( R j ) 1/2 ( ∥ φ j ∥ L ∞ ( m 1 ) ∥ φ j ∥ L 1 ( m 1 ) ) 1/2 ≲ ∥ S ∥ op m j .
Moreover, we have d ( x , y ) ≥ α k j t j / 2 d(x,y) \ge\alpha^{k_j}t_j/2 d ( x , y ) ≥ α k j t j /2 for x ∉ D j , k x \notin D_{j,k} x ∈ / D j , k and y ∈ Q j y \in Q_j y ∈ Q j , and m 2 ( D j , k + 1 ) ≤ C m 1 ( D j , k + 2 ) m_2(D_{j,k+1}) \le Cm_1(D_{j,k+2}) m 2 ( D j , k + 1 ) ≤ C m 1 ( D j , k + 2 ) , because A < α A < \alpha A < α . Hence, the size estimate, (88) , (75) , and the fact that β > α n \beta> \alpha^n β > α n yield
J 4 + J 5 ≲ m j ∑ k = 0 k j − 2 m 1 ( D j , k + 2 ) ( α k t j ) n + m j m 2 ( 4 c D j ) ( α k j t j ) n \mathcal{J}_4+\mathcal{J}_5 \lesssim m_j\sum_{k=0}^{k_j-2}\frac{m_1(D_{j,k+2})}{(\alpha^k t_j)^n}+m_j\frac{m_2(4cD_j)}{(\alpha^{k_j}t_j)^n} J 4 + J 5 ≲ m j k = 0 ∑ k j − 2 ( α k t j ) n m 1 ( D j , k + 2 ) + m j ( α k j t j ) n m 2 ( 4 c D j )
≲ m j m 1 ( D j ) r ( D j ) n α 2 n ∑ k = 0 k j − 2 ( α n β ) k j − k − 2 + α n m j ≲ m j . \lesssim m_j\frac{m_1(D_j)}{r(D_j)^n}\alpha^{2n}\sum_{k=0}^{k_j-2}\left(\frac{\alpha^n}{\beta}\right)^{k_j-k-2}+\alpha^n m_j\lesssim m_j. ≲ m j r ( D j ) n m 1 ( D j ) α 2 n k = 0 ∑ k j − 2 ( β α n ) k j − k − 2 + α n m j ≲ m j .
The term J 3 \mathcal{J}_3 J 3 is where the suppression plays a role. If j ∉ J j\notin\mathcal{J} j ∈ / J , then t j = 10 Ξ ( z j ) t_j=10\Xi(z_j) t j = 10Ξ ( z j ) and Ξ ( y ) ≥ Ξ ( z j ) − c r j ≥ 1 2 Ξ ( z j ) \Xi(y)\ge\Xi(z_j)-cr_j\ge\frac{1}{2}\Xi(z_j) Ξ ( y ) ≥ Ξ ( z j ) − c r j ≥ 2 1 Ξ ( z j ) for y ∈ Q j y\in Q_j y ∈ Q j , so (76) and (75) give
J 3 ≤ ∫ D j , 0 ∣ S ( w j f ) ∣ d m 2 ≲ m j Ξ ( z j ) n m 2 ( B ( z j , 10 Ξ ( z j ) ) ) ≲ m j . \mathcal{J}_3\le\int_{D_{j,0}}|S(w_jf)|\,dm_2\lesssim\frac{m_j}{\Xi(z_j)^n}m_2\bigl(B(z_j,10\Xi(z_j))\bigr)\lesssim m_j. J 3 ≤ ∫ D j , 0 ∣ S ( w j f ) ∣ d m 2 ≲ Ξ ( z j ) n m j m 2 ( B ( z j , 10Ξ ( z j )) ) ≲ m j .
If j ∈ J j\in\mathcal{J} j ∈ J , then t j = 10 A r j t_j=10Ar_j t j = 10 A r j and A B j ⊂ E AB_j\subset E A B j ⊂ E . Since d ( x , y ) ≥ ( A − c ) r j ≥ A r j / 2 d(x,y)\ge(A-c)r_j\ge Ar_j/2 d ( x , y ) ≥ ( A − c ) r j ≥ A r j /2 for x ∈ D j , 0 ∖ A B j x\in D_{j,0}\setminus AB_j x ∈ D j , 0 ∖ A B j and y ∈ Q j y\in Q_j y ∈ Q j , the size estimate and (75) yield
J 3 ≤ ∫ D j , 0 ∖ A B j ∣ S ( w j f ) ∣ d m 2 ≲ m j ( A r j ) n m 2 ( B ( z j , 10 A r j ) ) ≲ m j . \mathcal{J}_3\le\int_{D_{j,0}\setminus AB_j}|S(w_jf)|\,dm_2\lesssim\frac{m_j}{(Ar_j)^n}m_2\bigl(B(z_j,10Ar_j)\bigr)\lesssim m_j. J 3 ≤ ∫ D j , 0 ∖ A B j ∣ S ( w j f ) ∣ d m 2 ≲ ( A r j ) n m j m 2 ( B ( z j , 10 A r j ) ) ≲ m j .
Gathering the bounds for J 1 \mathcal{J}_1 J 1 , J 2 \mathcal{J}_2 J 2 , J 3 \mathcal{J}_3 J 3 , J 4 \mathcal{J}_4 J 4 , and J 5 \mathcal{J}_5 J 5 in (93) , we obtain
∫ X ∖ E ∣ S b j ∣ d m 2 ≲ ( 1 + ∥ S ∥ o p ) m j , \int_{X\setminus E}|Sb_j|\,dm_2\lesssim(1+\|S\|_{\mathrm{op}})m_j, ∫ X ∖ E ∣ S b j ∣ d m 2 ≲ ( 1 + ∥ S ∥ op ) m j ,
which, together with the bounds for m 2 ( E ) m_2(E) m 2 ( E ) and ∥ S g ∥ L 2 ( m 2 ) \|Sg\|_{L^2(m_2)} ∥ S g ∥ L 2 ( m 2 ) and with (91) , plugged into (92) , yields
m 2 ( { ∣ S f ∣ > 2 λ } ) ≲ ( 1 + ∥ S ∥ o p ) 2 λ ∥ f ∥ L 1 ( m 1 ) . m_2(\{|Sf|>2\lambda\})\lesssim\frac{(1+\|S\|_{\mathrm{op}})^2}{\lambda}\|f\|_{L^1(m_1)}. m 2 ({ ∣ S f ∣ > 2 λ }) ≲ λ ( 1 + ∥ S ∥ op ) 2 ∥ f ∥ L 1 ( m 1 ) .
This proves (77) for bounded functions with bounded support. The corresponding statement for functions in L 1 ( m 1 ) L^1(m_1) L 1 ( m 1 ) follows by a standard density argument.
We now prove (78) . We assume without loss of generality that ∥ S ∥ o p ≤ 1 \|S\|_{\mathrm{op}}\le1 ∥ S ∥ op ≤ 1 ; indeed, replacing S S S and k k k by ( 1 + ∥ S ∥ o p ) − 1 S (1+\|S\|_{\mathrm{op}})^{-1}S ( 1 + ∥ S ∥ op ) − 1 S and ( 1 + ∥ S ∥ o p ) − 1 k (1+\|S\|_{\mathrm{op}})^{-1}k ( 1 + ∥ S ∥ op ) − 1 k , respectively, the kernel estimates remain valid with the same constants. Then, (77) shows that (81) holds with a constant C w C_w C w depending only on n n n , D D D , γ \gamma γ , C C C , and A A A .
Let f f f be a bounded function with bounded support. By Lemma 3.18, the inequality (82) holds for every x ∈ supp m 3 x\in\operatorname{supp}m_3 x ∈ supp m 3 . By (80) with i = 2 i=2 i = 2 and s = 2 s=2 s = 2 , the first term on its right-hand side satisfies
∥ M ~ Ξ , m 2 ( S f m 2 ) ∥ L 2 ( m 3 ) ≲ ∥ S f ∥ L 2 ( m 2 ) ≤ ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( m 1 ) . \|\widetilde{\mathcal{M}}_{\Xi,m_2}(Sf\,m_2)\|_{L^2(m_3)}\lesssim\|Sf\|_{L^2(m_2)}\le\|f\|_{L^2(m_1)}. ∥ M Ξ , m 2 ( S f m 2 ) ∥ L 2 ( m 3 ) ≲ ∥ S f ∥ L 2 ( m 2 ) ≤ ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( m 1 ) .
Moreover, (80) with i = 1 i=1 i = 1 and s = 2 s=2 s = 2 bounds the other two terms in (82) , and we obtain ∥ S ♯ f ∥ L 2 ( m 3 ) ≲ ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( m 1 ) \|S_{\sharp}f\|_{L^2(m_3)}\lesssim\|f\|_{L^2(m_1)} ∥ S ♯ f ∥ L 2 ( m 3 ) ≲ ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( m 1 ) . This proves (78) for bounded functions with bounded support. The estimate extends to functions in L 2 ( m 1 ) L^2(m_1) L 2 ( m 1 ) by a standard density argument. □ \square □
The corona construction and the first reduction
Under the normalized measure-testing assumptions of Proposition 3.1 , we denote by B 0 ⊂ X B_0\subset X B 0 ⊂ X a ball with C 3 \mathcal{C}_3 C 3 -small boundary which satisfies the doubling-type property
μ ( Λ B 0 ) ≤ β μ ( δ B 0 ) . (94) \mu(\Lambda B_0)\leq\beta\mu(\delta B_0). \tag*{(94)} μ ( Λ B 0 ) ≤ β μ ( δ B 0 ) . (94)
In particular, we assume that B 0 B_0 B 0 is a testing ball in the sense of Definition 1.2 , and B 0 ∈ B B_0\in\mathcal{B} B 0 ∈ B . It is useful to split the balls in the family B \mathcal{B} B according to their role in the dichotomy of the testing, and treat cases separately. Namely, in the corona construction, we put B ∈ B ′ B\in\mathcal{B}' B ∈ B ′ if at least one of the two systems uses alternative (4) on B B B . Choose the set V B V_B V B from one such system. Thus
diam ( V B ) ≤ η ∗ r ( B ) and μ ( V B ) ≥ ζ 2 μ ( B ) . (95) \operatorname{diam}(V_B)\leq\eta_*r(B)\qquad\text{and}\qquad\mu(V_B)\geq\frac{\zeta}{2}\mu(B). \tag*{(95)} diam ( V B ) ≤ η ∗ r ( B ) and μ ( V B ) ≥ 2 ζ μ ( B ) . (95)
We denote B ′ ′ : = B ∖ B ′ \mathcal{B}'' := \mathcal{B}\setminus\mathcal{B}' B ′′ := B ∖ B ′ . Both the system for T T T and the system for T ∗ T^* T ∗ satisfy (34) on every B ∈ B ′ ′ B\in\mathcal{B}'' B ∈ B ′′ . Here η ∗ \eta_* η ∗ is the concentration parameter chosen in (101) .
Let D 0 : = D μ ( s ) \mathcal{D}_0:=\mathcal{D}^{(s)}_\mu D 0 := D μ ( s ) , where s : = 2 r ( B 0 ) s:=2r(B_0) s := 2 r ( B 0 ) and D μ ( s ) \mathcal{D}^{(s)}_\mu D μ ( s ) is the David–Mattila lattice of Lemma 2.5 . We denote its doubling cells by D 0 d b \mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{db}}_0 D 0 db . For R ∈ D 0 R\in\mathcal{D}_0 R ∈ D 0 , we write
D 0 ( R ) : = { Q ∈ D 0 : Q ⊂ R } and D 0 d b ( R ) : = D 0 ( R ) ∩ D 0 d b . \mathcal{D}_0(R):=\{Q\in\mathcal{D}_0:Q\subset R\}\qquad\text{and}\qquad
\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{db}}_0(R):=\mathcal{D}_0(R)\cap\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{db}}_0. D 0 ( R ) := { Q ∈ D 0 : Q ⊂ R } and D 0 db ( R ) := D 0 ( R ) ∩ D 0 db .
We denote μ 0 : = μ ∣ B 0 \mu_0:=\mu|_{B_0} μ 0 := μ ∣ B 0 . The cells in the corona construction below are contained in B 0 B_0 B 0 , and hence satisfy μ 0 ( Q ) = μ ( Q ) \mu_0(Q)=\mu(Q) μ 0 ( Q ) = μ ( Q ) . Their associated balls and doubling properties are taken with respect to μ \mu μ , as in Appendix § 9 .§ 1 . The construction in that appendix also applies to D 0 \mathcal{D}_0 D 0 .
The construction of the exceptional set and the suppression
The construction of the exceptional set and the suppression. Let R 1 , R 2 ∈ D 0 d b R_1,R_2\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{db}}_0 R 1 , R 2 ∈ D 0 db be contained in B 0 B_0 B 0 , and let B i : = B ~ ( R i ) B_i:=\widetilde{B}(R_i) B i := B ( R i ) , for i = 1 , 2 i=1,2 i = 1 , 2 , be their testing balls, see Appendix § 9 .§ 1 . We assume that B 1 , B 2 ∈ B ′ ′ B_1,B_2\in\mathcal{B}'' B 1 , B 2 ∈ B ′′ , we denote by ν ^ 1 \widehat{\nu}_1 ν 1 the testing measure for T T T on B 1 B_1 B 1 and by ν ^ 2 \widehat{\nu}_2 ν 2 the testing measure for T ∗ T^* T ∗ on B 2 B_2 B 2 , and we set
ν i : = ν ^ i + μ ∣ X ∖ B i , i = 1 , 2. \nu_i:=\widehat{\nu}_i+\mu|_{X\setminus B_i},\qquad i=1,2. ν i := ν i + μ ∣ X ∖ B i , i = 1 , 2.
The measures μ \mu μ and ν ^ i \widehat{\nu}_i ν i satisfy (40) and (A1)–(A6) with B = B i B=B_i B = B i and C 2 = 1 \mathcal{C}_2=1 C 2 = 1 , where T T T is replaced by T ∗ T^* T ∗ if i = 2 i=2 i = 2 . Indeed, (40) follows from B i ∈ B B_i\in\mathcal{B} B i ∈ B and Remark 2.1, while (A1)–(A5) follow from the n n n -growth of μ \mu μ , (2) , and (3) . To check (A6), we let U B i U_{B_i} U B i be the set in (34) for the corresponding operator, and we set
U ~ B i : = U B i ∪ ( B i ∖ ( 1 − τ ) B i ) . \widetilde{U}_{B_i}:=U_{B_i}\cup\bigl(B_i\setminus(1-\tau)B_i\bigr). U B i := U B i ∪ ( B i ∖ ( 1 − τ ) B i ) .
By the small-boundary and doubling properties of B i B_i B i and by (8) , we have
μ ( U ~ B i ) ≤ ( ζ + C 3 β τ ) μ ( B i ) ≤ ε 0 μ ( B i ) , \mu(\widetilde{U}_{B_i})\leq(\zeta+C_3\beta\tau)\mu(B_i)\leq\varepsilon_0\mu(B_i), μ ( U B i ) ≤ ( ζ + C 3 β τ ) μ ( B i ) ≤ ε 0 μ ( B i ) ,
and (34) gives T ♯ ν ^ 1 ≤ 1 T_{\sharp}\widehat{\nu}_1\leq1 T ♯ ν 1 ≤ 1 on B 1 ∖ U ~ B 1 B_1\setminus\widetilde{U}_{B_1} B 1 ∖ U B 1 . The same holds for T ∗ T^* T ∗ and ν ^ 2 \widehat{\nu}_2 ν 2 , and this proves (A6) with U B : = U ~ B i U_B:=\widetilde{U}_{B_i} U B := U B i and C 2 = 1 \mathcal{C}_2=1 C 2 = 1 .
Hence, we can apply the construction of § 3 to ν ^ 1 \widehat{\nu}_1 ν 1 and ν ^ 2 \widehat{\nu}_2 ν 2 , with independent parameters w 1 , w 2 ∈ Ω w_1,w_2\in\Omega w 1 , w 2 ∈ Ω . We denote by W R 1 ( w 1 ) \mathcal{W}_{R_1}(w_1) W R 1 ( w 1 ) and W R 2 ( w 2 ) \mathcal{W}_{R_2}(w_2) W R 2 ( w 2 ) the associated total exceptional sets in (61) , and by J i , R i ( w i ) \mathcal{J}_{i,R_i}(w_i) J i , R i ( w i ) , J i , R i m ^ ( w i ) \mathcal{J}_{i,R_i}^{\widehat{m}}(w_i) J i , R i m ( w i ) , H i , R i \mathcal{H}_{i,R_i} H i , R i , and E i , R i \mathcal{E}_{i,R_i} E i , R i the sets in their construction, for i = 1 , 2 i=1,2 i = 1 , 2 . We also write $B_{i,\delta}:= ( 1 − θ ) B i (1-\theta)B_i ( 1 − θ ) B i and G i : = G R i ( w i ) ⊂ B i , θ G_i := G_{R_i}(w_i) \subset B_{i,\theta} G i := G R i ( w i ) ⊂ B i , θ , and we recall that δ 1 = 1 − 9 / ( 20 ε 1 ) ∈ ( 1 / 2 , 1 ) \delta_1 = 1 - 9/(20\varepsilon_1) \in(1/2,1) δ 1 = 1 − 9/ ( 20 ε 1 ) ∈ ( 1/2 , 1 ) , as in Lemma 3.9, is the same for i = 1 , 2 i=1,2 i = 1 , 2 .
By Lemma 3.5 , the restriction of ∣ ν i ^ ∣ |\widehat{\nu_i}| ∣ ν i ∣ to B i ∖ S i , R i B_i \setminus\mathcal{S}_{i,R_i} B i ∖ S i , R i is absolutely continuous with respect to μ \mu μ . Hence, by inner regularity, there exists a σ \sigma σ -compact set K i ⊂ ( B i ∖ S i , R i ) ∩ supp μ K_i \subset(B_i \setminus\mathcal{S}_{i,R_i}) \cap\operatorname{supp}\mu K i ⊂ ( B i ∖ S i , R i ) ∩ supp μ such that ∣ ν i ^ ∣ ( ( B i ∖ S i , R i ) ∖ K i ) = 0 |\widehat{\nu_i}|((B_i \setminus\mathcal{S}_{i,R_i}) \setminus K_i)=0 ∣ ν i ∣ (( B i ∖ S i , R i ) ∖ K i ) = 0 , and we set
F i ( w i ) : = G i ∩ K i . F_i(w_i) := G_i \cap K_i. F i ( w i ) := G i ∩ K i .
Since G i ⊂ B i ∖ S i , R i G_i \subset B_i \setminus\mathcal{S}_{i,R_i} G i ⊂ B i ∖ S i , R i and, by Lemma A.1 , B i ∩ supp μ ⊂ R i B_i \cap\operatorname{supp}\mu\subset R_i B i ∩ supp μ ⊂ R i , we have F i ( w i ) ⊂ B i , θ ∩ R i F_i(w_i) \subset B_{i,\theta} \cap R_i F i ( w i ) ⊂ B i , θ ∩ R i and, by Lemma 3.11,
∣ ν i ^ ∣ ( F i ( w i ) ) = ∣ ν i ^ ∣ ( G i ) ≥ 1 − δ 1 2 ∣ ν i ^ ∣ ( B i ) , for w i ∈ Ω . |\widehat{\nu_i}|(F_i(w_i)) = |\widehat{\nu_i}|(G_i) \ge\frac{1-\delta_1}{2}|\widehat{\nu_i}|(B_i), \qquad\text{for } w_i \in\Omega. ∣ ν i ∣ ( F i ( w i )) = ∣ ν i ∣ ( G i ) ≥ 2 1 − δ 1 ∣ ν i ∣ ( B i ) , for w i ∈ Ω.
In particular, F i ( w i ) ≠ ∅ F_i(w_i) \ne\varnothing F i ( w i ) = ∅ .
For i = 1 , 2 i=1,2 i = 1 , 2 , we finally define the suppressions
Φ i , R i , w i ( x ) : = dist ( x , F i ( w i ) ) , x ∈ X . (96) \Phi_{i,R_i,w_i}(x) := \operatorname{dist}(x,F_i(w_i)), \qquad x \in X. \tag*{(96)} Φ i , R i , w i ( x ) := dist ( x , F i ( w i )) , x ∈ X . (96)
Since F i ( w i ) ≠ ∅ F_i(w_i) \ne\varnothing F i ( w i ) = ∅ , the function Φ i , R i , w i \Phi_{i,R_i,w_i} Φ i , R i , w i is finite and 1-Lipschitz, and its zero set is F i ( w i ) ‾ \overline{F_i(w_i)} F i ( w i ) . The parameters w 1 w_1 w 1 and w 2 w_2 w 2 are independent, and so are Φ 1 , R 1 , w 1 \Phi_{1,R_1,w_1} Φ 1 , R 1 , w 1 and Φ 2 , R 2 , w 2 \Phi_{2,R_2,w_2} Φ 2 , R 2 , w 2 . By Lemma 4.2 below, there is a subset of R i R_i R i of μ \mu μ -measure comparable to μ ( R i ) \mu(R_i) μ ( R i ) whose points belong to the zero set of Φ i , R i , w i \Phi_{i,R_i,w_i} Φ i , R i , w i with probability larger than a fixed δ p r > 0 \delta_{\mathrm{pr}}>0 δ pr > 0 .
Lemma 4.2. Let R i ∈ D 0 d b R_i \in\mathcal{D}^{db}_0 R i ∈ D 0 d b , i = 1 , 2 i=1,2 i = 1 , 2 . Set
δ p r : = 1 − δ 1 8 and δ ~ 1 : = 1 − δ 1 7 + δ 1 . \delta_{\mathrm{pr}} := \frac{1-\delta_1}{8}
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
\widetilde{\delta}_1 := \frac{1-\delta_1}{7+\delta_1}. δ pr := 8 1 − δ 1 and δ 1 := 7 + δ 1 1 − δ 1 . Then there exist sets G ~ i , R i ⊂ B i ∩ R i \widetilde{G}_{i,R_i} \subset B_i \cap R_i G i , R i ⊂ B i ∩ R i , for i = 1 , 2 i=1,2 i = 1 , 2 , such that
P ( { w ∈ Ω : Φ i , R i , w ( x ) = 0 } ) > δ p r , for all x ∈ G ~ i , R i . \mathbb{P}\bigl(\{w \in\Omega: \Phi_{i,R_i,w}(x)=0\}\bigr) > \delta_{\mathrm{pr}}, \qquad\text{for all } x \in\widetilde{G}_{i,R_i}. P ( { w ∈ Ω : Φ i , R i , w ( x ) = 0 } ) > δ pr , for all x ∈ G i , R i . Moreover, these sets satisfy
μ ( G ~ i , R i ) ≥ β ∗ − 1 ( m 1 β ) − 1 δ ~ 1 μ ( R i ) . (97) \mu(\widetilde{G}_{i,R_i}) \ge\beta_*^{-1}(m_1\beta)^{-1}\widetilde{\delta}_1\mu(R_i). \tag*{(97)} μ ( G i , R i ) ≥ β ∗ − 1 ( m 1 β ) − 1 δ 1 μ ( R i ) . (97) Proof. For x ∈ B i x \in B_i x ∈ B i , we define
p i ( x ) : = P ( { w ∈ Ω : x ∈ F i ( w ) } ) . p_i(x) := \mathbb{P}\bigl(\{w \in\Omega: x \in F_i(w)\}\bigr). p i ( x ) := P ( { w ∈ Ω : x ∈ F i ( w )} ) . We have that
∫ B i p i ( x ) d ∣ ν i ^ ∣ ( x ) = ∫ w ∈ Ω ∫ χ F i ( w ) ( x ) d ∣ ν i ^ ∣ ( x ) d P ( w ) = ∫ w ∈ Ω ∣ ν i ^ ∣ ( F i ( w ) ) d P ( w ) ≥ 1 − δ 1 4 ∣ ν i ^ ∣ ( B i ) . (98) \int_{B_i} p_i(x)\,d|\widehat{\nu_i}|(x)
= \int_{w\in\Omega}\int\chi_{F_i(w)}(x)\,d|\widehat{\nu_i}|(x)\,d\mathbb{P}(w)
= \int_{w\in\Omega}|\widehat{\nu_i}|(F_i(w))\,d\mathbb{P}(w)
\ge\frac{1-\delta_1}{4}|\widehat{\nu_i}|(B_i). \tag*{(98)} ∫ B i p i ( x ) d ∣ ν i ∣ ( x ) = ∫ w ∈ Ω ∫ χ F i ( w ) ( x ) d ∣ ν i ∣ ( x ) d P ( w ) = ∫ w ∈ Ω ∣ ν i ∣ ( F i ( w )) d P ( w ) ≥ 4 1 − δ 1 ∣ ν i ∣ ( B i ) . (98) Thus, if we define
G ~ i , R i : = { x ∈ B i : p i ( x ) > 1 − δ 1 8 } , \widetilde{G}_{i,R_i} := \left\{x \in B_i : p_i(x) > \frac{1-\delta_1}{8}\right\}, G i , R i := { x ∈ B i : p i ( x ) > 8 1 − δ 1 } ,
in light of the latter estimate, we obtain that
∣ ν ^ i ∣ ( B i ∖ G ~ i , R i ) ≤ 8 7 + δ 1 ∫ B i ( 1 − p i ( x ) ) d ∣ ν ^ i ∣ ( x ) = 8 7 + δ 1 ( ∣ ν ^ i ∣ ( B i ) − ∫ B i p i ( x ) d ∣ ν ^ i ∣ ( x ) ) ≤ 6 + 2 δ 1 7 + δ 1 ∣ ν ^ i ∣ ( B i ) . \begin{aligned}
|\widehat{\nu}_i|(B_i \setminus\widetilde{G}_{i,R_i}) \le\frac{8}{7+\delta_1}\int_{B_i}(1-\mathbf{p}_i(x))\,d|\widehat{\nu}_i|(x) \\
&= \frac{8}{7+\delta_1}\left(|\widehat{\nu}_i|(B_i)-\int_{B_i}\mathbf{p}_i(x)\,d|\widehat{\nu}_i|(x)\right)\le\frac{6+2\delta_1}{7+\delta_1}|\widehat{\nu}_i|(B_i).
\end{aligned} ∣ ν i ∣ ( B i ∖ G i , R i ) ≤ 7 + δ 1 8 ∫ B i ( 1 − p i ( x )) d ∣ ν i ∣ ( x ) = 7 + δ 1 8 ( ∣ ν i ∣ ( B i ) − ∫ B i p i ( x ) d ∣ ν i ∣ ( x ) ) ≤ 7 + δ 1 6 + 2 δ 1 ∣ ν i ∣ ( B i ) .
This implies that
∣ ν ^ i ∣ ( G ~ i , R i ) ≥ 1 − δ 1 7 + δ 1 ∣ ν ^ i ∣ ( B i ) . |\widehat{\nu}_i|(\widetilde{G}_{i,R_i})\ge\frac{1-\delta_1}{7+\delta_1}|\widehat{\nu}_i|(B_i). ∣ ν i ∣ ( G i , R i ) ≥ 7 + δ 1 1 − δ 1 ∣ ν i ∣ ( B i ) .
Since p i ( x ) > 0 \mathbf{p}_i(x)>0 p i ( x ) > 0 implies x ∈ F i ( w ) x\in F_i(w) x ∈ F i ( w ) for some w w w , and every F i ( w ) F_i(w) F i ( w ) avoids the fixed ball-density exceptional set L i , R i \mathcal{L}_{i,R_i} L i , R i , (3.16) gives
μ ( G ~ i , R i ) ≥ ( β m 1 ) − 1 1 − δ 1 7 + δ 1 μ ( B i ) . \mu(\widetilde{G}_{i,R_i})\ge(\beta m_1)^{-1}\frac{1-\delta_1}{7+\delta_1}\mu(B_i). μ ( G i , R i ) ≥ ( β m 1 ) − 1 7 + δ 1 1 − δ 1 μ ( B i ) .
Moreover, if x ∉ F i ( w ) x\notin F_i(w) x ∈ / F i ( w ) for all w ∈ Ω w\in\Omega w ∈ Ω , then p i ( x ) = 0 \mathbf{p}_i(x)=0 p i ( x ) = 0 and so
{#eq:4.5}
\widetilde{G}_{i,R_i}\subset\bigcup_{w\in\Omega}F_i(w)\subset B_{i,\theta}\setminus\bigcap_{w\in\Omega}\mathcal{W}_{R_i}(w).
Observe that if x ∈ G ~ i , R i x\in\widetilde{G}_{i,R_i} x ∈ G i , R i , then
P ( { w ∈ Ω : Φ i , R i , w ( x ) = 0 } ) = P ( { w ∈ Ω : dist ( x , F i ( w ) ) = 0 } ) ≥ p i ( x ) > δ p r . \mathbb{P}\left(\left\{w\in\Omega:\Phi_{i,R_i,w}(x)=0\right\}\right)=\mathbb{P}\left(\left\{w\in\Omega:\operatorname{dist}(x,F_i(w))=0\right\}\right)\ge\mathbf{p}_i(x)>\delta_{\mathrm{pr}}. P ( { w ∈ Ω : Φ i , R i , w ( x ) = 0 } ) = P ( { w ∈ Ω : dist ( x , F i ( w )) = 0 } ) ≥ p i ( x ) > δ pr .
The property (A.2), then, implies that μ ( B i ) ≥ β ∗ − 1 μ ( R i ) \mu(B_i)\ge\beta_*^{-1}\mu(R_i) μ ( B i ) ≥ β ∗ − 1 μ ( R i ) and concludes the proof of the lemma. □
For δ p r \delta_{\mathrm{pr}} δ pr as in Lemma 4.2, we now define
Φ i , R i ( x ) : = inf A ⊂ Ω , P ( A ) > δ p r sup w ∈ A Φ i , R i , w ( x ) . (99) \Phi_{i,R_i}(x):=\inf_{\substack{A\subset\Omega,\\ \mathbb{P}(A)>\delta_{\mathrm{pr}}}}\sup_{w\in A}\Phi_{i,R_i,w}(x). \tag*{(99)} Φ i , R i ( x ) := A ⊂ Ω , P ( A ) > δ pr inf w ∈ A sup Φ i , R i , w ( x ) . (99)
The infimum is over measurable sets A A A . Since every F i ( w ) F_i(w) F i ( w ) is nonempty and contained in B i B_i B i , the functions in this formula are finite. Taking suprema and then infima preserves their common 1-Lipschitz bound, so Φ i , R i \Phi_{i,R_i} Φ i , R i is also 1-Lipschitz.
Lemma 4.3. There exists c T ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) c_T\in(0,1) c T ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) depending on β \beta β , β ∗ \beta_* β ∗ , D D D , C 1 \mathcal{C}_1 C 1 , and ε 0 \varepsilon_0 ε 0 such that
μ ( { x ∈ R i : Φ i , R i ( x ) = 0 } ) ≥ c T μ ( R i ) , for i = 1 , 2. \mu\left(\left\{x\in R_i:\Phi_{i,R_i}(x)=0\right\}\right)\ge c_T\mu(R_i),\qquad\text{for }i=1,2. μ ( { x ∈ R i : Φ i , R i ( x ) = 0 } ) ≥ c T μ ( R i ) , for i = 1 , 2.
Proof. Let x ∈ G ~ i , R i x\in\widetilde{G}_{i,R_i} x ∈ G i , R i . By Lemma 4.2, the set
A x i : = { w ∈ Ω : Φ i , R i , w ( x ) = 0 } A_x^i:=\left\{w\in\Omega:\Phi_{i,R_i,w}(x)=0\right\} A x i := { w ∈ Ω : Φ i , R i , w ( x ) = 0 }
satisfies P ( A x i ) > δ p r \mathbb{P}(A_x^i)>\delta_{\mathrm{pr}} P ( A x i ) > δ pr . Hence, for every x ∈ G ~ i , R i x\in\widetilde{G}_{i,R_i} x ∈ G i , R i ,
Φ i , R i ( x ) ≤ sup w ∈ A x i Φ i , R i , w ( x ) = 0. \Phi_{i,R_i}(x)\le\sup_{w\in A_x^i}\Phi_{i,R_i,w}(x)=0. Φ i , R i ( x ) ≤ w ∈ A x i sup Φ i , R i , w ( x ) = 0.
Thus, G ~ i , R i ⊂ { x ∈ R i : Φ i , R i ( x ) = 0 } \widetilde{G}_{i,R_i}\subset\{x\in R_i:\Phi_{i,R_i}(x)=0\} G i , R i ⊂ { x ∈ R i : Φ i , R i ( x ) = 0 } , which, by (4.4), completes the proof. □
The corona decomposition
We define the stopping cells separately for the alternatives (1.4) and (1.5) in the definition of testing balls associated with doubling David-Mattila cells.
The families Stop′ ' ′ and Stop′ ′ '' ′′ . Let i = 1 , 2 i=1,2 i = 1 , 2 , let R i ∈ D 0 d b R_i\in\mathcal{D}_0^{\mathrm{db}} R i ∈ D 0 db be contained in B 0 B_0 B 0 , and let B i : = B ~ ( R i ) B_i:=\widetilde{B}(R_i) B i := B ( R i ) . We first assume that B i ∈ B ′ B_i\in\mathcal{B}' B i ∈ B ′ , and we let V B i V_{B_i} V B i be as in (95) . For k ≥ 0 k\geq0 k ≥ 0 , we denote by ℓ k : = 56 K 0 s A 0 − k \ell_k:=56K_0sA_0^{-k} ℓ k := 56 K 0 s A 0 − k the side length of the cells of generation k k k , and we choose k k k such that
η ∗ r ( B i ) A 0 < ℓ k ≤ η ∗ r ( B i ) . \frac{\eta_*r(B_i)}{A_0}<\ell_k\leq\eta_*r(B_i). A 0 η ∗ r ( B i ) < ℓ k ≤ η ∗ r ( B i ) .
Since r ( B i ) ≤ r ( R i ) ≤ ℓ ( R i ) r(B_i)\leq r(R_i)\leq\ell(R_i) r ( B i ) ≤ r ( R i ) ≤ ℓ ( R i ) , by {(A.1)} and (29) , we have k > J ( R i ) k>J(R_i) k > J ( R i ) . Moreover, B i ∩ supp μ ⊂ R i B_i\cap\operatorname{supp}\mu\subset R_i B i ∩ supp μ ⊂ R i so, by Lemma A.1, every cell P P P of generation k k k that meets V B i ∩ supp μ V_{B_i}\cap\operatorname{supp}\mu V B i ∩ supp μ is contained in R i R_i R i . Furthermore, if v ∈ V B i ∩ supp μ v\in V_{B_i}\cap\operatorname{supp}\mu v ∈ V B i ∩ supp μ is fixed, by (29) and (26) , every such cell P P P satisfies
d ( z P , v ) ≤ diam ( P ) + diam ( V B i ) ≤ 2 η ∗ r ( B i ) and r ( P ) ≥ s A 0 − k > η ∗ r ( B i ) 56 K 0 A 0 . d(z_P,v)\leq\operatorname{diam}(P)+\operatorname{diam}(V_{B_i})\leq2\eta_*r(B_i)
\quad\text{and}\quad
r(P)\geq sA_0^{-k}>\frac{\eta_*r(B_i)}{56K_0A_0}. d ( z P , v ) ≤ diam ( P ) + diam ( V B i ) ≤ 2 η ∗ r ( B i ) and r ( P ) ≥ s A 0 − k > 56 K 0 A 0 η ∗ r ( B i ) .
Note that the balls 5 B ( P ) 5B(P) 5 B ( P ) are pairwise disjoint, thus the geometric doubling property implies that there are at most N N N such cells, where N N N depends only on D D D , K 0 K_0 K 0 , and A 0 A_0 A 0 . These cells cover V B i ∩ supp μ V_{B_i}\cap\operatorname{supp}\mu V B i ∩ supp μ , so (95) and {(A.2)} give a cell P ~ B i ⊂ R i \widetilde{P}_{B_i}\subset R_i P B i ⊂ R i of generation k k k such that
μ ( P ~ B i ) ≥ ζ 2 N μ ( B i ) ≥ α ∗ μ ( R i ) , where α ∗ : = ζ 2 N β ∗ . (100) \mu(\widetilde{P}_{B_i})\geq\frac{\zeta}{2N}\mu(B_i)\geq\alpha_*\mu(R_i),
\qquad\text{where}\qquad
\alpha_*:=\frac{\zeta}{2N\beta_*}. \tag*{(100)} μ ( P B i ) ≥ 2 N ζ μ ( B i ) ≥ α ∗ μ ( R i ) , where α ∗ := 2 N β ∗ ζ . (100)
Moreover, ℓ ( P ~ B i ) = ℓ k ≤ η ∗ r ( B i ) ≤ η ∗ ℓ ( R i ) \ell(\widetilde{P}_{B_i})=\ell_k\leq\eta_*r(B_i)\leq\eta_*\ell(R_i) ℓ ( P B i ) = ℓ k ≤ η ∗ r ( B i ) ≤ η ∗ ℓ ( R i ) and, by {(A.1)} and (30) , ℓ ( P ~ B i ) ≈ η ∗ ℓ ( R i ) \ell(\widetilde{P}_{B_i})\approx\eta_*\ell(R_i) ℓ ( P B i ) ≈ η ∗ ℓ ( R i ) . We denote by P B i P_{B_i} P B i the smallest doubling cell containing P ~ B i \widetilde{P}_{B_i} P B i , possibly P B i = P ~ B i P_{B_i}=\widetilde{P}_{B_i} P B i = P B i , which exists because R i R_i R i is doubling. Thus, P ~ B i ⊂ P B i ⊂ R i \widetilde{P}_{B_i}\subset P_{B_i}\subset R_i P B i ⊂ P B i ⊂ R i . For a cell Q ∈ D 0 Q\in\mathcal{D}_0 Q ∈ D 0 , we write Θ μ ( Q ) : = μ ( Q ) / ℓ ( Q ) n \Theta_\mu(Q):=\mu(Q)/\ell(Q)^n Θ μ ( Q ) := μ ( Q ) / ℓ ( Q ) n , and we have the following estimate.
Lemma 4.4. For R i ∈ D 0 d b R_i\in\mathcal{D}_0^{\mathrm{db}} R i ∈ D 0 db such that B i ∈ B ′ B_i\in\mathcal{B}' B i ∈ B ′ , we have that
Θ μ ( P B i ) ≳ Θ μ ( P ~ B i ) ≥ α ∗ η ∗ − n Θ μ ( R i ) . \Theta_\mu(P_{B_i})\gtrsim\Theta_\mu(\widetilde{P}_{B_i})\geq\alpha_*\eta_*^{-n}\Theta_\mu(R_i). Θ μ ( P B i ) ≳ Θ μ ( P B i ) ≥ α ∗ η ∗ − n Θ μ ( R i ) .
Proof. If P B i ≠ P ~ B i P_{B_i}\neq\widetilde{P}_{B_i} P B i = P B i , every cell S S S with P ~ B i ⊂ S ⊊ P B i \widetilde{P}_{B_i}\subset S\subsetneq P_{B_i} P B i ⊂ S ⊊ P B i is non-doubling, so Lemma 2.8 gives Θ μ ( 100 B ( P ~ B i ) ) ≲ Θ μ ( 100 B ( P B i ) ) \Theta_\mu(100B(\widetilde{P}_{B_i}))\lesssim\Theta_\mu(100B(P_{B_i})) Θ μ ( 100 B ( P B i )) ≲ Θ μ ( 100 B ( P B i )) , which is trivial if P B i = P ~ B i P_{B_i}=\widetilde{P}_{B_i} P B i = P B i . Since P ~ B i ⊂ 100 B ( P ~ B i ) \widetilde{P}_{B_i}\subset100B(\widetilde{P}_{B_i}) P B i ⊂ 100 B ( P B i ) , r ( P ~ B i ) ≤ ℓ ( P ~ B i ) r(\widetilde{P}_{B_i})\leq\ell(\widetilde{P}_{B_i}) r ( P B i ) ≤ ℓ ( P B i ) , P B i P_{B_i} P B i is doubling, and ℓ ( P B i ) ≲ r ( P B i ) \ell(P_{B_i})\lesssim r(P_{B_i}) ℓ ( P B i ) ≲ r ( P B i ) , we obtain
Θ μ ( P ~ B i ) ≤ 100 n Θ μ ( 100 B ( P ~ B i ) ) ≲ Θ μ ( 100 B ( P B i ) ) ≲ Θ μ ( P B i ) . \Theta_\mu(\widetilde{P}_{B_i})\leq100^n\Theta_\mu(100B(\widetilde{P}_{B_i}))\lesssim\Theta_\mu(100B(P_{B_i}))\lesssim\Theta_\mu(P_{B_i}). Θ μ ( P B i ) ≤ 10 0 n Θ μ ( 100 B ( P B i )) ≲ Θ μ ( 100 B ( P B i )) ≲ Θ μ ( P B i ) .
Moreover, since ℓ ( P ~ B i ) ≤ η ∗ ℓ ( R i ) \ell(\widetilde{P}_{B_i})\leq\eta_*\ell(R_i) ℓ ( P B i ) ≤ η ∗ ℓ ( R i ) , (100) gives
Θ μ ( P ~ B i ) = μ ( P ~ B i ) ℓ ( P ~ B i ) n ≥ α ∗ η ∗ − n Θ μ ( R i ) . \Theta_\mu(\widetilde{P}_{B_i})
=\frac{\mu(\widetilde{P}_{B_i})}{\ell(\widetilde{P}_{B_i})^n}
\geq\alpha_*\eta_*^{-n}\Theta_\mu(R_i). Θ μ ( P B i ) = ℓ ( P B i ) n μ ( P B i ) ≥ α ∗ η ∗ − n Θ μ ( R i ) .
Since μ ( P B i ) ≥ μ ( P ~ B i ) ≥ α ∗ μ ( R i ) \mu(P_{B_i})\geq\mu(\widetilde{P}_{B_i})\geq\alpha_*\mu(R_i) μ ( P B i ) ≥ μ ( P B i ) ≥ α ∗ μ ( R i ) , Lemma 4.4 gives
Θ μ ( P B i ) μ ( P B i ) ≥ c 0 α ∗ 2 η ∗ − n Θ μ ( R i ) μ ( R i ) , \Theta_\mu(P_{B_i})\mu(P_{B_i})\geq c_0\alpha_*^2\eta_*^{-n}\Theta_\mu(R_i)\mu(R_i), Θ μ ( P B i ) μ ( P B i ) ≥ c 0 α ∗ 2 η ∗ − n Θ μ ( R i ) μ ( R i ) ,
where c 0 > 0 c_0>0 c 0 > 0 depends only on n n n and the parameters of the David-Mattila lattice. We fix η ∗ ∈ ( 0 , 1 / 10 ) \eta_*\in(0,1/10) η ∗ ∈ ( 0 , 1/10 ) such that c 0 α ∗ 2 η ∗ − n ≥ 2 c_0\alpha_*^2\eta_*^{-n}\geq2 c 0 α ∗ 2 η ∗ − n ≥ 2 , which depends only on n n n , ζ \zeta ζ , and the parameters of the David-Mattila and testing-ball constructions, so that
Θ μ ( P B i ) μ ( P B i ) ≥ 2 Θ μ ( R i ) μ ( R i ) . (101) \Theta_\mu(P_{B_i})\mu(P_{B_i})\geq2\Theta_\mu(R_i)\mu(R_i). \tag*{(101)} Θ μ ( P B i ) μ ( P B i ) ≥ 2 Θ μ ( R i ) μ ( R i ) . (101)
In particular, P B i ⊊ R i P_{B_i}\subsetneq R_i P B i ⊊ R i . We define Stop ′ ( R i ) \operatorname{Stop}'(R_i) Stop ′ ( R i ) as the family of cells S ⊂ R i S\subset R_i S ⊂ R i that belong to the same generation as P B i P_{B_i} P B i . These cells are pairwise disjoint proper subcells of R i R_i R i , cover R i R_i R i , and include P B i P_{B_i} P B i . Next, let i = 1 , 2 i=1,2 i = 1 , 2 , and suppose that B i = B ~ ( R i ) ∈ B ′ ′ B_i=\widetilde{B}(R_i)\in\mathcal{B}'' B i = B ( R i ) ∈ B ′′ . By (99) , Φ i , R i \Phi_{i,R_i} Φ i , R i is 1-Lipschitz. For x ∈ R i x\in R_i x ∈ R i we define Q x : = { x } Q_x:=\{x\} Q x := { x } if Φ i , R i ( x ) = 0 \Phi_{i,R_i}(x)=0 Φ i , R i ( x ) = 0 . Otherwise, we denote by Q x Q_x Q x the cell of largest side length in D 0 ( R i ) \mathcal{D}_0(R_i) D 0 ( R i ) containing x x x such that
ℓ ( Q x ) < 1 480 A 0 inf y ∈ Q x Φ i , R i ( y ) . (102) \ell(Q_x)<\frac{1}{480A_0}\inf_{y\in Q_x}\Phi_{i,R_i}(y). \tag*{(102)} ℓ ( Q x ) < 480 A 0 1 y ∈ Q x inf Φ i , R i ( y ) . (102)
which we refer to as a regularized cell . By Lemma 4.3, there exists a point z i ∈ R i z_i\in R_i z i ∈ R i with Φ i , R i ( z i ) = 0 \Phi_{i,R_i}(z_i)=0 Φ i , R i ( z i ) = 0 , so R i R_i R i does not satisfy (102) . On the other hand, sufficiently small descendants P ∋ x P\ni x P ∋ x satisfy
inf P Φ i , R i ≥ Φ i , R i ( x ) − diam ( P ) ≥ Φ i , R i ( x ) − ℓ ( P ) > 480 A 0 ℓ ( P ) \inf_{P}\Phi_{i,R_i}\geq\Phi_{i,R_i}(x)-\operatorname{diam}(P)\geq\Phi_{i,R_i}(x)-\ell(P)>480A_0\ell(P) P inf Φ i , R i ≥ Φ i , R i ( x ) − diam ( P ) ≥ Φ i , R i ( x ) − ℓ ( P ) > 480 A 0 ℓ ( P )
whenever ℓ ( P ) < Φ i , R i ( x ) / ( 480 A 0 + 1 ) \ell(P)<\Phi_{i,R_i}(x)/(480A_0+1) ℓ ( P ) < Φ i , R i ( x ) / ( 480 A 0 + 1 ) . Thus Q x Q_x Q x exists, is a proper subcell of R i R_i R i , and its parent lies in D 0 ( R i ) \mathcal{D}_0(R_i) D 0 ( R i ) and fails (102) .
We define Stop i ′ ′ ( R i ) \operatorname{Stop}''_i(R_i) Stop i ′′ ( R i ) as the collection of distinct regularized cells Q x Q_x Q x with x ∈ R i x\in R_i x ∈ R i and Φ i , R i ( x ) > 0 \Phi_{i,R_i}(x)>0 Φ i , R i ( x ) > 0 . By maximality and nesting, these cells are pairwise disjoint, and each is contained in R i ∩ { Φ i , R i > 0 } R_i\cap\{\Phi_{i,R_i}>0\} R i ∩ { Φ i , R i > 0 } .
Lemma 4.5. The regularized cells satisfy the following properties:
(1) If Q ∈ Stop i ′ ′ ( R i ) Q\in\operatorname{Stop}''_i(R_i) Q ∈ Stop i ′′ ( R i ) and x ∈ B ( z Q , 50 ℓ ( Q ) ) x\in B(z_Q,50\ell(Q)) x ∈ B ( z Q , 50 ℓ ( Q )) , then Φ i , R i ( x ) ≈ ℓ ( Q ) \Phi_{i,R_i}(x)\approx\ell(Q) Φ i , R i ( x ) ≈ ℓ ( Q ) . More specifically,
430 A 0 ℓ ( Q ) < Φ i , R i ( x ) ≤ 481 A 0 2 ℓ ( Q ) . (103) 430A_0\ell(Q)<\Phi_{i,R_i}(x)\leq481A_0^2\ell(Q). \tag*{(103)} 430 A 0 ℓ ( Q ) < Φ i , R i ( x ) ≤ 481 A 0 2 ℓ ( Q ) . (103) (2) If Q , Q ′ ∈ Stop i ′ ′ ( R i ) Q,Q'\in\operatorname{Stop}''_i(R_i) Q , Q ′ ∈ Stop i ′′ ( R i ) are such that B ( z Q , 50 ℓ ( Q ) ) ∩ B ( z Q ′ , 50 ℓ ( Q ′ ) ) ≠ ∅ B(z_Q,50\ell(Q))\cap B(z_{Q'},50\ell(Q'))\neq\varnothing B ( z Q , 50 ℓ ( Q )) ∩ B ( z Q ′ , 50 ℓ ( Q ′ )) = ∅ , then ℓ ( Q ) ≈ ℓ ( Q ′ ) \ell(Q)\approx\ell(Q') ℓ ( Q ) ≈ ℓ ( Q ′ ) . More specifically,
1 2 A 0 ℓ ( Q ′ ) ≤ ℓ ( Q ) ≤ 2 A 0 ℓ ( Q ′ ) . \frac{1}{2A_0}\ell(Q')\leq\ell(Q)\leq2A_0\ell(Q'). 2 A 0 1 ℓ ( Q ′ ) ≤ ℓ ( Q ) ≤ 2 A 0 ℓ ( Q ′ ) . (3) It holds that
∑ P ∈ Stop i ′ ′ ( R i ) μ ( P ) ≤ ( 1 − c T ) μ ( R i ) . (104) \sum_{P\in\operatorname{Stop}''_i(R_i)}\mu(P)\leq(1-c_T)\mu(R_i). \tag*{(104)} P ∈ Stop i ′′ ( R i ) ∑ μ ( P ) ≤ ( 1 − c T ) μ ( R i ) . (104) Proof. Let Q ∈ Stop i ′ ′ ( R i ) Q\in\operatorname{Stop}''_i(R_i) Q ∈ Stop i ′′ ( R i ) and x ∈ B ( z Q , 50 ℓ ( Q ) ) x\in B(z_Q,50\ell(Q)) x ∈ B ( z Q , 50 ℓ ( Q )) . The definition (102) yields Φ i , R i ( z Q ) > 480 A 0 ℓ ( Q ) \Phi_{i,R_i}(z_Q)>480A_0\ell(Q) Φ i , R i ( z Q ) > 480 A 0 ℓ ( Q ) , and by 1-Lipschitz continuity we obtain
Φ i , R i ( x ) ≥ Φ i , R i ( z Q ) − d ( x , z Q ) > ( 480 A 0 − 50 ) ℓ ( Q ) ≥ 430 A 0 ℓ ( Q ) . \Phi_{i,R_i}(x)\geq\Phi_{i,R_i}(z_Q)-d(x,z_Q)>(480A_0-50)\ell(Q)\geq430A_0\ell(Q). Φ i , R i ( x ) ≥ Φ i , R i ( z Q ) − d ( x , z Q ) > ( 480 A 0 − 50 ) ℓ ( Q ) ≥ 430 A 0 ℓ ( Q ) . By definition of regularized cell, the David–Mattila parent Q ^ \widehat{Q} Q of Q Q Q does not satisfy (102) . Hence, we have
inf y ∈ Q ^ Φ i , R i ( y ) ≤ 480 A 0 ℓ ( Q ^ ) = 480 A 0 2 ℓ ( Q ) . (105) \inf_{y\in\widehat{Q}}\Phi_{i,R_i}(y)\leq480A_0\ell(\widehat{Q})=480A_0^2\ell(Q). \tag*{(105)} y ∈ Q inf Φ i , R i ( y ) ≤ 480 A 0 ℓ ( Q ) = 480 A 0 2 ℓ ( Q ) . (105) For k ∈ N k\in\mathbb{N} k ∈ N , let y k ∈ Q ^ y_k\in\widehat{Q} y k ∈ Q satisfy Φ i , R i ( y k ) < inf Q ^ Φ i , R i + 1 / k \Phi_{i,R_i}(y_k)<\inf_{\widehat{Q}}\Phi_{i,R_i}+1/k Φ i , R i ( y k ) < inf Q Φ i , R i + 1/ k . Since z Q ∈ Q ⊂ Q ^ z_Q\in Q\subset\widehat{Q} z Q ∈ Q ⊂ Q ,
d ( x , y k ) ≤ d ( x , z Q ) + diam ( Q ^ ) < ( 50 + A 0 ) ℓ ( Q ) < 2 A 0 ℓ ( Q ) . d(x,y_k)\leq d(x,z_Q)+\operatorname{diam}(\widehat{Q})<(50+A_0)\ell(Q)<2A_0\ell(Q). d ( x , y k ) ≤ d ( x , z Q ) + diam ( Q ) < ( 50 + A 0 ) ℓ ( Q ) < 2 A 0 ℓ ( Q ) . Thus Lipschitz continuity and (105) yield
Φ i , R i ( x ) ≤ Φ i , R i ( y k ) + d ( x , y k ) \Phi_{i,R_i}(x)\leq\Phi_{i,R_i}(y_k)+d(x,y_k) Φ i , R i ( x ) ≤ Φ i , R i ( y k ) + d ( x , y k ) < ( 480 A 0 2 + 2 A 0 ) ℓ ( Q ) + 1 / k < 481 A 0 2 ℓ ( Q ) + 1 / k . (106) < (480A_0^2+2A_0)\ell(Q)+1/k<481A_0^2\ell(Q)+1/k. \tag*{(106)} < ( 480 A 0 2 + 2 A 0 ) ℓ ( Q ) + 1/ k < 481 A 0 2 ℓ ( Q ) + 1/ k . (106) Thus, the upper bound in (103) follows from (105) and taking the limit as k → ∞ k\to\infty k → ∞ in (106) .
To prove (2), choose x ∈ B ( z Q , 50 ℓ ( Q ) ) ∩ B ( z Q ′ , 50 ℓ ( Q ′ ) ) x\in B(z_Q,50\ell(Q))\cap B(z_{Q'},50\ell(Q')) x ∈ B ( z Q , 50 ℓ ( Q )) ∩ B ( z Q ′ , 50 ℓ ( Q ′ )) . By (103) ,
430 A 0 ℓ ( Q ) < Φ i , R i ( x ) ≤ 481 A 0 2 ℓ ( Q ′ ) 430A_0\ell(Q)<\Phi_{i,R_i}(x)\leq481A_0^2\ell(Q') 430 A 0 ℓ ( Q ) < Φ i , R i ( x ) ≤ 481 A 0 2 ℓ ( Q ′ ) and
ℓ ( Q ) < 481 430 A 0 ℓ ( Q ′ ) < 2 A 0 ℓ ( Q ′ ) . \ell(Q)<\frac{481}{430}A_0\ell(Q')<2A_0\ell(Q'). ℓ ( Q ) < 430 481 A 0 ℓ ( Q ′ ) < 2 A 0 ℓ ( Q ′ ) .
Interchanging Q Q Q and Q ′ Q' Q ′ gives the other inequality. To prove the third assertion it suffices to observe that, since the cells in Stop i ′ ′ ( R i ) \operatorname{Stop}_{i}^{\prime\prime}(R_i) Stop i ′′ ( R i ) are disjoint, we have
∑ P ∈ Stop i ′ ′ ( R i ) μ ( P ) = μ ( ⋃ S ∈ Stop i ′ ′ ( R i ) S ) ≤ μ ( { x ∈ R i : Φ i , R i ( x ) > 0 } ) , (107) \sum_{P\in\operatorname{Stop}_{i}^{\prime\prime}(R_i)}\mu(P)=\mu\left(\bigcup_{S\in\operatorname{Stop}_{i}^{\prime\prime}(R_i)}S\right)\leq\mu\left(\{x\in R_i:\Phi_{i,R_i}(x)>0\}\right), \tag*{(107)} P ∈ Stop i ′′ ( R i ) ∑ μ ( P ) = μ S ∈ Stop i ′′ ( R i ) ⋃ S ≤ μ ( { x ∈ R i : Φ i , R i ( x ) > 0 } ) , (107)
and conclude by Lemma 4.3. □
The coronization. We now iterate the construction of Stop i ′ ( R i ) \operatorname{Stop}_{i}^{\prime}(R_i) Stop i ′ ( R i ) and Stop i ′ ′ ( R i ) \operatorname{Stop}_{i}^{\prime\prime}(R_i) Stop i ′′ ( R i ) . We denote by Top 0 0 \operatorname{Top}_{0}^{0} Top 0 0 the collection of maximal doubling cells Q ∈ D 0 Q\in\mathcal{D}_{0} Q ∈ D 0 contained in B 0 B_{0} B 0 . Thus, Top 0 0 \operatorname{Top}_{0}^{0} Top 0 0 is a pairwise disjoint family of doubling cells which covers B 0 B_{0} B 0 modulo a μ \mu μ -null set.
Next, for Q ∈ D 0 Q\in\mathcal{D}_{0} Q ∈ D 0 we denote by MDb ( Q ) \operatorname{MDb}(Q) MDb ( Q ) a family of maximal disjoint doubling cells in D 0 d b \mathcal{D}_{0}^{db} D 0 d b that are contained in Q Q Q and cover Q Q Q modulo a μ \mu μ -null set. We allow equality, so MDb ( Q ) = { Q } \operatorname{MDb}(Q)=\{Q\} MDb ( Q ) = { Q } when Q Q Q is doubling.
For R i ∈ D 0 d b R_i\in\mathcal{D}_{0}^{db} R i ∈ D 0 d b , we write
Next i ( R i ) : = { ⋃ Q ∈ Stop i ′ ( R i ) MDb ( Q ) , if B ~ ( R i ) ∈ B ′ , ⋃ Q ∈ Stop i ′ ′ ( R i ) MDb ( Q ) , if B ~ ( R i ) ∈ B ′ ′ . \operatorname{Next}_{i}(R_i):=
\begin{cases}
\bigcup_{Q\in\operatorname{Stop}_{i}^{\prime}(R_i)}\operatorname{MDb}(Q), & \text{if }\widetilde{B}(R_i)\in\mathcal{B}^{\prime},\\
\bigcup_{Q\in\operatorname{Stop}_{i}^{\prime\prime}(R_i)}\operatorname{MDb}(Q), & \text{if }\widetilde{B}(R_i)\in\mathcal{B}^{\prime\prime}.
\end{cases} Next i ( R i ) := { ⋃ Q ∈ Stop i ′ ( R i ) MDb ( Q ) , ⋃ Q ∈ Stop i ′′ ( R i ) MDb ( Q ) , if B ( R i ) ∈ B ′ , if B ( R i ) ∈ B ′′ .
Denoting Top i 0 : = Top i 0 : = Top 0 \operatorname{Top}_{i}^{0}:=\operatorname{Top}_{i}^{0}:=\operatorname{Top}^{0} Top i 0 := Top i 0 := Top 0 , for k ≥ 0 k\geq0 k ≥ 0 we inductively define
Top i k + 1 : = ⋃ P ∈ Top i k Next i ( P ) . \operatorname{Top}_{i}^{k+1}:=\bigcup_{P\in\operatorname{Top}_{i}^{k}}\operatorname{Next}_{i}(P). Top i k + 1 := P ∈ Top i k ⋃ Next i ( P ) .
Thus, we finally denote Top i : = ⋃ k = 0 ∞ Top i k \operatorname{Top}_{i}:=\bigcup_{k=0}^{\infty}\operatorname{Top}_{i}^{k} Top i := ⋃ k = 0 ∞ Top i k and we further split top cells as the union of
Top i ′ : = { Q ∈ Top i : B ~ ( Q ) ∈ B ′ } \operatorname{Top}_{i}^{\prime}:=\{Q\in\operatorname{Top}_{i}:\widetilde{B}(Q)\in\mathcal{B}^{\prime}\} Top i ′ := { Q ∈ Top i : B ( Q ) ∈ B ′ }
and
Top i ′ ′ : = { Q ∈ Top i : B ~ ( Q ) ∈ B ′ ′ } = Top i ∖ Top i ′ . \operatorname{Top}_{i}^{\prime\prime}:=\{Q\in\operatorname{Top}_{i}:\widetilde{B}(Q)\in\mathcal{B}^{\prime\prime}\}=\operatorname{Top}_{i}\setminus\operatorname{Top}_{i}^{\prime}. Top i ′′ := { Q ∈ Top i : B ( Q ) ∈ B ′′ } = Top i ∖ Top i ′ .
In the following lemma, we prove that Top i ′ ′ \operatorname{Top}_{i}^{\prime\prime} Top i ′′ is a Carleson family.
Lemma 4.6. For every S ∈ D 0 S\in\mathcal{D}_{0} S ∈ D 0 , we have
∑ Q ∈ Top i ′ ′ Q ⊂ S μ ( Q ) ≤ c T − 1 μ ( S ) . (108) \sum_{\substack{Q\in\operatorname{Top}_{i}^{\prime\prime}\\Q\subset S}}\mu(Q)\leq c_{T}^{-1}\mu(S). \tag*{(108)} Q ∈ Top i ′′ Q ⊂ S ∑ μ ( Q ) ≤ c T − 1 μ ( S ) . (108)
Proof. Let R ∈ Top i ′ ′ R\in\operatorname{Top}_{i}^{\prime\prime} R ∈ Top i ′′ . Since Stop i ′ ′ ( R ) \operatorname{Stop}_{i}^{\prime\prime}(R) Stop i ′′ ( R ) is a family of pairwise disjoint cells and every David-Mattila cell is covered, up to a μ \mu μ -null set, by its maximal doubling subcells, by (104) we have
∑ Q ∈ Next i ( R ) μ ( Q ) = ∑ P ∈ Stop i ′ ′ ( R ) μ ( P ) ≤ ( 1 − c T ) μ ( R ) . (109) \sum_{Q\in\operatorname{Next}_{i}(R)}\mu(Q)=\sum_{P\in\operatorname{Stop}_{i}^{\prime\prime}(R)}\mu(P)\leq(1-c_{T})\mu(R). \tag*{(109)} Q ∈ Next i ( R ) ∑ μ ( Q ) = P ∈ Stop i ′′ ( R ) ∑ μ ( P ) ≤ ( 1 − c T ) μ ( R ) . (109)
Next, for R ∈ Top i ′ ′ R\in\operatorname{Top}_{i}^{\prime\prime} R ∈ Top i ′′ we define
Succ ( R ) : = { Q ∈ Top i ′ ′ : Q ⊊ R and there is no P ∈ Top i ′ ′ s.t. Q ⊊ P ⊊ R } , \operatorname{Succ}(R):=\{Q\in\operatorname{Top}_{i}^{\prime\prime}:Q\subsetneq R\text{ and there is no }P\in\operatorname{Top}_{i}^{\prime\prime}\text{ s.t. }Q\subsetneq P\subsetneq R\}, Succ ( R ) := { Q ∈ Top i ′′ : Q ⊊ R and there is no P ∈ Top i ′′ s.t. Q ⊊ P ⊊ R } ,
which is a family of pairwise disjoint cells. Moreover, by construction, every cell in Succ ( R ) \operatorname{Succ}(R) Succ ( R ) is contained in an element of Next i ( R ) \operatorname{Next}_{i}(R) Next i ( R ) , so
∑ Q ∈ Succ ( R ) μ ( Q ) ≤ ∑ Q ∈ Next i ( R ) μ ( Q ) ≤ ( 1 − c T ) μ ( R ) . (110) \sum_{Q\in\operatorname{Succ}(R)}\mu(Q)\leq\sum_{Q\in\operatorname{Next}_{i}(R)}\mu(Q)\leq(1-c_{T})\mu(R). \tag*{(110)} Q ∈ Succ ( R ) ∑ μ ( Q ) ≤ Q ∈ Next i ( R ) ∑ μ ( Q ) ≤ ( 1 − c T ) μ ( R ) . (110)
To prove the lemma, we apply (110) iteratively. Namely, for S ∈ D 0 S \in\mathcal{D}_0 S ∈ D 0 , we denote by F 0 ( S ) \mathcal{F}_0(S) F 0 ( S ) the family of cells Q ∈ Top i ′ ′ Q \in\operatorname{Top}^{\prime\prime}_i Q ∈ Top i ′′ that are contained in S S S and are maximal with respect to set inclusion, and we recursively define
F k ( S ) : = ⋃ Q ∈ F k − 1 ( S ) Succ ( Q ) for k ≥ 1. \mathcal{F}_k(S) := \bigcup_{Q \in\mathcal{F}_{k-1}(S)} \operatorname{Succ}(Q) \qquad\text{for } k \ge1. F k ( S ) := Q ∈ F k − 1 ( S ) ⋃ Succ ( Q ) for k ≥ 1.
Hence, cells in F k ( S ) \mathcal{F}_k(S) F k ( S ) are pairwise disjoint and
{ Q ∈ Top i ′ ′ : Q ⊂ S } = ⋃ k ≥ 0 F k ( S ) , \{Q \in\operatorname{Top}^{\prime\prime}_i : Q \subset S\} = \bigcup_{k \ge0} \mathcal{F}_k(S), { Q ∈ Top i ′′ : Q ⊂ S } = k ≥ 0 ⋃ F k ( S ) ,
so by (110) we obtain
∑ Q ∈ Top i ′ ′ Q ⊂ S μ ( Q ) = ∑ k ≥ 0 ∑ Q ∈ F k ( S ) μ ( Q ) ≤ ∑ k ≥ 0 ( 1 − c T ) k μ ( S ) = c T − 1 μ ( S ) , \sum_{\substack{Q \in\operatorname{Top}^{\prime\prime}_i\\ Q \subset S}} \mu(Q)
= \sum_{k \ge0} \sum_{Q \in\mathcal{F}_k(S)} \mu(Q)
\le\sum_{k \ge0} (1-c_T)^k \mu(S)
= c_T^{-1}\mu(S), Q ∈ Top i ′′ Q ⊂ S ∑ μ ( Q ) = k ≥ 0 ∑ Q ∈ F k ( S ) ∑ μ ( Q ) ≤ k ≥ 0 ∑ ( 1 − c T ) k μ ( S ) = c T − 1 μ ( S ) ,
where in the last equality we used that c T ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) c_T \in(0,1) c T ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) .
Then, we apply (101) and Lemma 4.6 to obtain a packing condition for cells in Top i \operatorname{Top}_i Top i .
Lemma 4.7. With η ∗ \eta_* η ∗ as in (101) , there exists c ′ > 0 c' > 0 c ′ > 0 depending on n n n , C 0 \mathcal{C}_0 C 0 , and c T c_T c T such that, for every S ∈ D 0 S \in\mathcal{D}_0 S ∈ D 0 , we have
∑ Q ∈ Top i Q ⊂ S Θ μ ( Q ) μ ( Q ) ≤ c ′ μ ( S ) . (111) \sum_{\substack{Q \in\operatorname{Top}_i\\ Q \subset S}} \Theta_\mu(Q)\mu(Q) \le c'\mu(S). \tag*{(111)} Q ∈ Top i Q ⊂ S ∑ Θ μ ( Q ) μ ( Q ) ≤ c ′ μ ( S ) . (111) Proof. It suffices to prove (111) for S ∈ Top i S \in\operatorname{Top}_i S ∈ Top i and, for a general cell S S S , to sum the resulting bounds over the pairwise disjoint maximal cells of Top i \operatorname{Top}_i Top i contained in S S S . For k ≥ 0 k \ge0 k ≥ 0 we define
Top i , ( k ) : = ⋃ j = 0 k Top i j and Top i , ( k ) ′ : = ⋃ j = 0 k ( Top i ′ ∩ Top i j ) \operatorname{Top}_{i,(k)} := \bigcup_{j=0}^{k}\operatorname{Top}_i^j
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
\operatorname{Top}'_{i,(k)} := \bigcup_{j=0}^{k}\left(\operatorname{Top}'_i \cap\operatorname{Top}_i^j\right) Top i , ( k ) := j = 0 ⋃ k Top i j and Top i , ( k ) ′ := j = 0 ⋃ k ( Top i ′ ∩ Top i j ) and Top i , ( k ) ( S ) : = { P ∈ Top i , ( k ) : P ⊂ S } \operatorname{Top}_{i,(k)}(S) := \{P \in\operatorname{Top}_{i,(k)} : P \subset S\} Top i , ( k ) ( S ) := { P ∈ Top i , ( k ) : P ⊂ S } , with Top i , ( k ) ′ ( S ) : = Top i , ( k ) ( S ) ∩ Top i ′ \operatorname{Top}'_{i,(k)}(S) := \operatorname{Top}_{i,(k)}(S) \cap\operatorname{Top}'_i Top i , ( k ) ′ ( S ) := Top i , ( k ) ( S ) ∩ Top i ′ . The families Top i , ( k ) ′ ′ \operatorname{Top}^{\prime\prime}_{i,(k)} Top i , ( k ) ′′ and Top i , ( k ) ′ ′ ( S ) \operatorname{Top}^{\prime\prime}_{i,(k)}(S) Top i , ( k ) ′′ ( S ) are defined analogously.
Let η ∗ \eta_* η ∗ be chosen as in (101) . Every cell P ∈ Top i P \in\operatorname{Top}_i P ∈ Top i is doubling, so the n n n -growth of μ \mu μ yields
Θ μ ( P ) ≤ μ ( 28 B ( P ) ) ℓ ( P ) n ≤ C 0 ( 28 r ( P ) ℓ ( P ) ) n ≤ C 0 2 n . (112) \Theta_\mu(P) \le\frac{\mu(28B(P))}{\ell(P)^n}
\le\mathcal{C}_0\left(\frac{28r(P)}{\ell(P)}\right)^n
\le\frac{\mathcal{C}_0}{2^n}. \tag*{(112)} Θ μ ( P ) ≤ ℓ ( P ) n μ ( 28 B ( P )) ≤ C 0 ( ℓ ( P ) 28 r ( P ) ) n ≤ 2 n C 0 . (112) Moreover, if P ∈ Top i ′ P \in\operatorname{Top}'_i P ∈ Top i ′ , then P B ~ ( P ) ∈ Stop i ′ ( P ) P_{\widetilde{B}(P)} \in\operatorname{Stop}'_i(P) P B ( P ) ∈ Stop i ′ ( P ) is doubling, so that P B ~ ( P ) ∈ Next i ( P ) P_{\widetilde{B}(P)} \in\operatorname{Next}_i(P) P B ( P ) ∈ Next i ( P ) , and we have
∑ Q ∈ Next i ( P ) Θ μ ( Q ) μ ( Q ) ≥ Θ μ ( P B ~ ( P ) ) μ ( P B ~ ( P ) ) ≥ 2 Θ μ ( P ) μ ( P ) . (113) \sum_{Q \in\operatorname{Next}_i(P)} \Theta_\mu(Q)\mu(Q)
\ge\Theta_\mu\left(P_{\widetilde{B}(P)}\right)\mu\left(P_{\widetilde{B}(P)}\right)
\ge2\Theta_\mu(P)\mu(P). \tag*{(113)} Q ∈ Next i ( P ) ∑ Θ μ ( Q ) μ ( Q ) ≥ Θ μ ( P B ( P ) ) μ ( P B ( P ) ) ≥ 2 Θ μ ( P ) μ ( P ) . (113) Hence, noting that Top i , ( k ) ′ ′ ( S ) ⊆ Top i ′ ′ ( S ) \operatorname{Top}^{\prime\prime}_{i,(k)}(S) \subseteq\operatorname{Top}^{\prime\prime}_i(S) Top i , ( k ) ′′ ( S ) ⊆ Top i ′′ ( S ) ,
∑ P ∈ Top i , ( k ) ( S ) Θ μ ( P ) μ ( P ) = ∑ P ∈ Top i , ( k ) ′ ( S ) Θ μ ( P ) μ ( P ) + ∑ P ∈ Top i , ( k ) ′ ′ ( S ) Θ μ ( P ) μ ( P ) ≤ 1 2 ∑ P ∈ Top i , ( k ) ′ ( S ) Q ∈ Next i ( P ) Θ μ ( Q ) μ ( Q ) + ∑ P ∈ Top i , ( k ) ′ ′ ( S ) Θ μ ( P ) μ ( P ) ≤ 1 2 ∑ P ∈ Top i , ( k ) ( S ) Θ μ ( P ) μ ( P ) + C 0 2 n μ ( S ) + ∑ P ∈ Top i ′ ′ ( S ) Θ μ ( P ) μ ( P ) . (114) \begin{aligned}
\sum_{P \in\operatorname{Top}_{i,(k)}(S)} \Theta_\mu(P)\mu(P)
&= \sum_{P \in\operatorname{Top}'_{i,(k)}(S)} \Theta_\mu(P)\mu(P)
+ \sum_{P \in\operatorname{Top}^{\prime\prime}_{i,(k)}(S)} \Theta_\mu(P)\mu(P) \\
&\le\frac{1}{2}\sum_{\substack{P \in\operatorname{Top}'_{i,(k)}(S)\\ Q \in\operatorname{Next}_i(P)}} \Theta_\mu(Q)\mu(Q)
+ \sum_{P \in\operatorname{Top}^{\prime\prime}_{i,(k)}(S)} \Theta_\mu(P)\mu(P) \\
&\le\frac{1}{2}\sum_{P \in\operatorname{Top}_{i,(k)}(S)} \Theta_\mu(P)\mu(P)
+ \frac{\mathcal{C}_0}{2^n}\mu(S)
+ \sum_{P \in\operatorname{Top}^{\prime\prime}_i(S)} \Theta_\mu(P)\mu(P). \tag*{(114)}
\end{aligned} P ∈ Top i , ( k ) ( S ) ∑ Θ μ ( P ) μ ( P ) = P ∈ Top i , ( k ) ′ ( S ) ∑ Θ μ ( P ) μ ( P ) + P ∈ Top i , ( k ) ′′ ( S ) ∑ Θ μ ( P ) μ ( P ) ≤ 2 1 P ∈ Top i , ( k ) ′ ( S ) Q ∈ Next i ( P ) ∑ Θ μ ( Q ) μ ( Q ) + P ∈ Top i , ( k ) ′′ ( S ) ∑ Θ μ ( P ) μ ( P ) ≤ 2 1 P ∈ Top i , ( k ) ( S ) ∑ Θ μ ( P ) μ ( P ) + 2 n C 0 μ ( S ) + P ∈ Top i ′′ ( S ) ∑ Θ μ ( P ) μ ( P ) . (114)
where the new successors at level ( k + 1 ) (k+1) ( k + 1 ) are pairwise disjoint subsets of S S S , so their density sum is at most 2 − n c 0 μ ( S ) 2^{-n}\mathfrak{c}_0\mu(S) 2 − n c 0 μ ( S ) .
By Lemma 4.6 , T o p i ′ \mathrm{Top}'_i Top i ′ is a Carleson family which, together with the density bound (112) implies
∑ P ∈ T o p i ′ ′ ( S ) Θ μ ( P ) μ ( P ) ≤ c 0 2 n ∑ P ∈ T o p i ′ ′ ( S ) μ ( P ) ≤ c 0 2 n c T − 1 μ ( S ) . (115) \sum_{P\in\mathrm{Top}''_i(S)}\Theta_\mu(P)\mu(P)\leq\frac{\mathfrak{c}_0}{2^n}\sum_{P\in\mathrm{Top}''_i(S)}\mu(P)\leq\frac{\mathfrak{c}_0}{2^n}c_T^{-1}\mu(S). \tag*{(115)} P ∈ Top i ′′ ( S ) ∑ Θ μ ( P ) μ ( P ) ≤ 2 n c 0 P ∈ Top i ′′ ( S ) ∑ μ ( P ) ≤ 2 n c 0 c T − 1 μ ( S ) . (115)
Thus, we gather (114) , (115) , and obtain
∑ P ∈ T o p i , ( k ) ( S ) Θ μ ( P ) μ ( P ) ≤ 2 c 0 2 n ( 1 + c T − 1 ) μ ( S ) = : c ′ μ ( S ) . \sum_{P\in\mathrm{Top}_{i,(k)}(S)}\Theta_\mu(P)\mu(P)\leq\frac{2\mathfrak{c}_0}{2^n}(1+c_T^{-1})\mu(S)=:c'\mu(S). P ∈ Top i , ( k ) ( S ) ∑ Θ μ ( P ) μ ( P ) ≤ 2 n 2 c 0 ( 1 + c T − 1 ) μ ( S ) =: c ′ μ ( S ) .
Taking the limit as k → ∞ k\to\infty k → ∞ in the latter bound concludes the proof of the lemma. □
To simplify notation, for R i ∈ T o p i R_i\in\mathrm{Top}_i R i ∈ Top i we write
S t o p i ( R i ) : = { S t o p i ′ ( R i ) , if R i ∈ T o p i ′ , S t o p i ′ ′ ( R i ) , if R i ∈ T o p i ′ ′ . \mathrm{Stop}_i(R_i):=
\begin{cases}
\mathrm{Stop}'_i(R_i), & \text{if }R_i\in\mathrm{Top}'_i,\\
\mathrm{Stop}''_i(R_i), & \text{if }R_i\in\mathrm{Top}''_i.
\end{cases} Stop i ( R i ) := { Stop i ′ ( R i ) , Stop i ′′ ( R i ) , if R i ∈ Top i ′ , if R i ∈ Top i ′′ .
For R i ∈ T o p i R_i\in\mathrm{Top}_i R i ∈ Top i , we define
T r e e i ( R i ) : = { Q ∈ D 0 ( R i ) : ∄ S ∈ S t o p i ( R i ) such that Q ⊆ S } . (116) \mathrm{Tree}_i(R_i):=\{Q\in\mathcal{D}_0(R_i):\nexists S\in\mathrm{Stop}_i(R_i)\text{ such that }Q\subseteq S\}. \tag*{(116)} Tree i ( R i ) := { Q ∈ D 0 ( R i ) : ∄ S ∈ Stop i ( R i ) such that Q ⊆ S } . (116)
For R i ∈ T o p i R_i\in\mathrm{Top}_i R i ∈ Top i , the tree defined in (116) satisfies the following properties:
The cell R i R_i R i is the maximal element of T r e e i ( R i ) \mathrm{Tree}_i(R_i) Tree i ( R i ) with respect to inclusion. Namely, Q ⊂ R i Q\subset R_i Q ⊂ R i for every Q ∈ T r e e i ( R i ) Q\in\mathrm{Tree}_i(R_i) Q ∈ Tree i ( R i ) .
If Q , Q ′ ∈ T r e e i ( R i ) Q,Q'\in\mathrm{Tree}_i(R_i) Q , Q ′ ∈ Tree i ( R i ) , Q ⊂ Q ′ Q\subset Q' Q ⊂ Q ′ , and P ∈ D 0 ( R i ) P\in\mathcal{D}_0(R_i) P ∈ D 0 ( R i ) is such that Q ⊂ P ⊂ Q ′ Q\subset P\subset Q' Q ⊂ P ⊂ Q ′ , then P ∈ T r e e i ( R i ) P\in\mathrm{Tree}_i(R_i) P ∈ Tree i ( R i ) .
If Q ∈ T r e e i ( R i ) Q\in\mathrm{Tree}_i(R_i) Q ∈ Tree i ( R i ) , each child of Q Q Q either belongs to T r e e i ( R i ) \mathrm{Tree}_i(R_i) Tree i ( R i ) or is a stopping cell in S t o p i ( R i ) \mathrm{Stop}_i(R_i) Stop i ( R i ) .
Finally, for R i ∈ T o p i R_i\in\mathrm{Top}_i R i ∈ Top i and Q ∈ S t o p i ( R i ) Q\in\mathrm{Stop}_i(R_i) Q ∈ Stop i ( R i ) , we define
T i , Q : = { P ∈ D 0 ( Q ) : ∄ S ∈ M D b ( Q ) such that P ⊆ S } . \mathcal{T}_{i,Q}:=\{P\in\mathcal{D}_0(Q):\nexists S\in\mathrm{MDb}(Q)\text{ such that }P\subseteq S\}. T i , Q := { P ∈ D 0 ( Q ) : ∄ S ∈ MDb ( Q ) such that P ⊆ S } .
If Q Q Q is doubling, then T i , Q = ∅ \mathcal{T}_{i,Q}=\varnothing T i , Q = ∅ . Otherwise, every cell in T i , Q \mathcal{T}_{i,Q} T i , Q is non-doubling. By (116) and the definition of T i , Q \mathcal{T}_{i,Q} T i , Q , the families T r e e i ( R i ) \mathrm{Tree}_i(R_i) Tree i ( R i ) and T i , Q \mathcal{T}_{i,Q} T i , Q are pairwise disjoint as R i ∈ T o p i R_i\in\mathrm{Top}_i R i ∈ Top i and Q ∈ S t o p i ( R i ) Q\in\mathrm{Stop}_i(R_i) Q ∈ Stop i ( R i ) vary.
The mixed corona construction
Since the cells in T o p 0 \mathrm{Top}^0 Top 0 are pairwise disjoint and cover B 0 B_0 B 0 modulo a μ \mu μ -null set, Lemmas 4.6 and 4.7 give
∑ Q ∈ T o p i ′ ′ μ ( Q ) ≤ c T − 1 μ ( B 0 ) \sum_{Q\in\mathrm{Top}''_i}\mu(Q)\leq c_T^{-1}\mu(B_0) Q ∈ Top i ′′ ∑ μ ( Q ) ≤ c T − 1 μ ( B 0 )
and
∑ Q ∈ T o p i Θ μ ( Q ) μ ( Q ) ≤ c ′ μ ( B 0 ) . \sum_{Q\in\mathrm{Top}_i}\Theta_\mu(Q)\mu(Q)\leq c'\mu(B_0). Q ∈ Top i ∑ Θ μ ( Q ) μ ( Q ) ≤ c ′ μ ( B 0 ) .
For R 1 ∈ T o p 1 ′ R_1\in\mathrm{Top}'_1 R 1 ∈ Top 1 ′ and R 2 ∈ T o p 2 ′ ′ R_2\in\mathrm{Top}''_2 R 2 ∈ Top 2 ′′ we define
T r e e ~ ( R 1 , R 2 ) : = T r e e 1 ( R 1 ) ∩ T r e e 2 ( R 2 ) , \widetilde{\mathrm{Tree}}(R_1,R_2):=\mathrm{Tree}_1(R_1)\cap\mathrm{Tree}_2(R_2), Tree ( R 1 , R 2 ) := Tree 1 ( R 1 ) ∩ Tree 2 ( R 2 ) ,
which we also refer to as a mixed tree . If T r e e 1 ( R 1 ) ∩ T r e e 2 ( R 2 ) ≠ ∅ \mathrm{Tree}_1(R_1)\cap\mathrm{Tree}_2(R_2)\neq\varnothing Tree 1 ( R 1 ) ∩ Tree 2 ( R 2 ) = ∅ , then T r e e ~ ( R 1 , R 2 ) \widetilde{\mathrm{Tree}}(R_1,R_2) Tree ( R 1 , R 2 ) has a maximal element R R R with respect to inclusion, which coincides with the smaller of the cells R 1 R_1 R 1 and R 2 R_2 R 2 . It also satisfies (2). Moreover, if Q ∈ Tree ~ ( R 1 , R 2 ) Q \in\widetilde{\operatorname{Tree}}(R_1,R_2) Q ∈ Tree ( R 1 , R 2 ) and a child P P P of Q Q Q does not belong to Tree ~ ( R 1 , R 2 ) \widetilde{\operatorname{Tree}}(R_1,R_2) Tree ( R 1 , R 2 ) , then P ∈ Stop 1 ( R 1 ) ∪ Stop 2 ( R 2 ) P \in\operatorname{Stop}_1(R_1) \cup\operatorname{Stop}_2(R_2) P ∈ Stop 1 ( R 1 ) ∪ Stop 2 ( R 2 ) . Hence in this case, with a slight abuse of notation, we write
Tree ~ ( R ) : = Tree ~ ( R 1 , R 2 ) . \widetilde{\operatorname{Tree}}(R):=\widetilde{\operatorname{Tree}}(R_1,R_2). Tree ( R ) := Tree ( R 1 , R 2 ) .
Finally, we define the initial intermediate family
T 0 : = { Q ∈ D 0 : Q ⊄ R for every R ∈ Top 0 } . (117) \mathcal{T}_0:=\{Q\in\mathcal{D}_0: Q\not\subset R\text{ for every }R\in\operatorname{Top}^0\}. \tag*{(117)} T 0 := { Q ∈ D 0 : Q ⊂ R for every R ∈ Top 0 } . (117)
We denote by Top ~ \widetilde{\operatorname{Top}} Top the roots of the nonempty mixed trees. For each R ∈ Top ~ R\in\widetilde{\operatorname{Top}} R ∈ Top , there is a unique pair ( R 1 , R 2 ) ∈ Top 1 ′ ′ × Top 2 ′ ′ (R_1,R_2)\in\operatorname{Top}_1^{\prime\prime}\times\operatorname{Top}_2^{\prime\prime} ( R 1 , R 2 ) ∈ Top 1 ′′ × Top 2 ′′ such that R ∈ Tree 1 ( R 1 ) ∩ Tree 2 ( R 2 ) R\in\operatorname{Tree}_1(R_1)\cap\operatorname{Tree}_2(R_2) R ∈ Tree 1 ( R 1 ) ∩ Tree 2 ( R 2 ) . Moreover,
Top ~ ⊂ Top 1 ′ ′ ∪ Top 2 ′ ′ . \widetilde{\operatorname{Top}}\subset\operatorname{Top}_1^{\prime\prime}\cup\operatorname{Top}_2^{\prime\prime}. Top ⊂ Top 1 ′′ ∪ Top 2 ′′ .
Hence Lemma 4.6 implies the following estimate.
Lemma 4.8. The collection Top ~ \widetilde{\operatorname{Top}} Top is a Carleson family. More precisely, for every S ∈ D 0 S\in\mathcal{D}_0 S ∈ D 0 , we have
∑ Q ∈ Top ~ Q ⊂ S μ ( Q ) ≤ 2 c T − 1 μ ( S ) , \sum_{\substack{Q\in\widetilde{\operatorname{Top}}\\Q\subset S}}\mu(Q)\le2c_T^{-1}\mu(S), Q ∈ Top Q ⊂ S ∑ μ ( Q ) ≤ 2 c T − 1 μ ( S ) , where c T c_T c T is as in Lemma 4.3.
Proof. By the definition of Top ~ \widetilde{\operatorname{Top}} Top and Lemma 4.6 , for S ∈ D 0 S\in\mathcal{D}_0 S ∈ D 0 , we get that
∑ Q ∈ Top ~ Q ⊂ S μ ( Q ) ≤ ∑ Q ∈ Top 1 ′ ′ Q ⊂ S μ ( Q ) + ∑ Q ∈ Top 2 ′ ′ Q ⊂ S μ ( Q ) ≤ 2 c T − 1 μ ( S ) . \sum_{\substack{Q\in\widetilde{\operatorname{Top}}\\Q\subset S}}\mu(Q)
\le
\sum_{\substack{Q\in\operatorname{Top}_1^{\prime\prime}\\Q\subset S}}\mu(Q)
+
\sum_{\substack{Q\in\operatorname{Top}_2^{\prime\prime}\\Q\subset S}}\mu(Q)
\le2c_T^{-1}\mu(S). Q ∈ Top Q ⊂ S ∑ μ ( Q ) ≤ Q ∈ Top 1 ′′ Q ⊂ S ∑ μ ( Q ) + Q ∈ Top 2 ′′ Q ⊂ S ∑ μ ( Q ) ≤ 2 c T − 1 μ ( S ) .
Finally, we gather all the families of cells defined in the mixed corona construction, and note that
D 0 = T 0 ∪ [ ⋃ R ∈ Top ~ Tree ~ ( R ) ] ∪ [ ⋃ i = 1 , 2 ⋃ R i ∈ Top i ′ ( Tree i ( R i ) ∪ ⋃ Q ∈ Stop i ′ ( R i ) T i , Q ) ] ∪ [ ⋃ i = 1 , 2 ⋃ R i ∈ Top i ′ ′ ⋃ Q ∈ Stop i ′ ′ ( R i ) T i , Q ] . (118) \mathcal{D}_0=\mathcal{T}_0\cup\left[\bigcup_{R\in\widetilde{\operatorname{Top}}}\widetilde{\operatorname{Tree}}(R)\right]\cup\left[\bigcup_{i=1,2}\bigcup_{R_i\in\operatorname{Top}_i'}\left(\operatorname{Tree}_i(R_i)\cup\bigcup_{Q\in\operatorname{Stop}_i'(R_i)}\mathcal{T}_{i,Q}\right)\right]\cup\left[\bigcup_{i=1,2}\bigcup_{R_i\in\operatorname{Top}_i''}\bigcup_{Q\in\operatorname{Stop}_i''(R_i)}\mathcal{T}_{i,Q}\right]. \tag*{(118)} D 0 = T 0 ∪ R ∈ Top ⋃ Tree ( R ) ∪ i = 1 , 2 ⋃ R i ∈ Top i ′ ⋃ Tree i ( R i ) ∪ Q ∈ Stop i ′ ( R i ) ⋃ T i , Q ∪ i = 1 , 2 ⋃ R i ∈ Top i ′′ ⋃ Q ∈ Stop i ′′ ( R i ) ⋃ T i , Q . (118)
SIOs associated with the mixed corona decomposition
The families Tree ~ ( R ) \widetilde{\operatorname{Tree}}(R) Tree ( R ) , R ∈ Top ~ R\in\widetilde{\operatorname{Top}} R ∈ Top , are pairwise disjoint and disjoint from the remaining families in (118) . Moreover, a cell may belong to the remaining families for both i = 1 i=1 i = 1 and i = 2 i=2 i = 2 so, in (4.34) below, its absolute value is then counted twice.
Now, we define the SIO associated with each family on the right-hand side of (118) . To do so, for Q ∈ D 0 Q\in\mathcal{D}_0 Q ∈ D 0 , we set
ρ ( Q ) : = s A 0 − J ( Q ) = ℓ ( Q ) 56 K 0 , (119) \rho(Q):=sA_0^{-J(Q)}=\frac{\ell(Q)}{56K_0}, \tag*{(119)} ρ ( Q ) := s A 0 − J ( Q ) = 56 K 0 ℓ ( Q ) , (119)
and note that
ρ ( Q ) ≤ r ( Q ) ≤ K 0 ρ ( Q ) . (120) \rho(Q)\le r(Q)\le K_0\rho(Q). \tag*{(120)} ρ ( Q ) ≤ r ( Q ) ≤ K 0 ρ ( Q ) . (120)
If Q ∈ D 0 ∖ D 0 d b Q\in\mathcal{D}_0\setminus\mathcal{D}_0^{db} Q ∈ D 0 ∖ D 0 d b , then r ( Q ) = ρ ( Q ) r(Q)=\rho(Q) r ( Q ) = ρ ( Q ) .
Then, for ε > 0 \varepsilon>0 ε > 0 , Q ∈ D 0 Q\in\mathcal{D}_0 Q ∈ D 0 , and f ∈ L l o c 1 ( μ ) f\in L^1_{\mathrm{loc}}(\mu) f ∈ L loc 1 ( μ ) we define the truncated operator
T ε , Q ( f μ ) ( x ) : = χ Q ( x ) ∫ max ( ε , 2 ρ ( Q ) / A 0 ) < d ( x , y ) ≤ 2 ρ ( Q ) K ( x , y ) f ( y ) d μ ( y ) , x ∈ X . (121) T_{\varepsilon,Q}(f\mu)(x):=\chi_Q(x)\int_{\max(\varepsilon,2\rho(Q)/A_0)<d(x,y)\le2\rho(Q)}K(x,y)f(y)\,d\mu(y),\qquad x\in X. \tag*{(121)} T ε , Q ( f μ ) ( x ) := χ Q ( x ) ∫ m a x ( ε , 2 ρ ( Q ) / A 0 ) < d ( x , y ) ≤ 2 ρ ( Q ) K ( x , y ) f ( y ) d μ ( y ) , x ∈ X . (121)
We claim that, for every f ∈ L l o c 1 ( μ ) f \in L^1_{\mathrm{loc}}(\mu) f ∈ L loc 1 ( μ ) whose support is contained in B 0 B_0 B 0 and μ \mu μ -almost every x ∈ B 0 x \in B_0 x ∈ B 0 , we have
T μ , ε f ( x ) = ∑ Q ∈ D 0 T ε , Q ( f μ ) ( x ) . (122) T_{\mu,\varepsilon}f(x)=\sum_{Q\in\mathcal{D}_0}T_{\varepsilon,Q}(f\mu)(x). \tag*{(122)} T μ , ε f ( x ) = Q ∈ D 0 ∑ T ε , Q ( f μ ) ( x ) . (122)
To prove (122) , for μ \mu μ -a.e. x ∈ supp ( μ ∣ B 0 ) x\in\operatorname{supp}(\mu|_{B_0}) x ∈ supp ( μ ∣ B 0 ) , let Q k ( x ) Q_k(x) Q k ( x ) denote the unique cell in D 0 \mathcal{D}_0 D 0 of generation k k k which contains x x x . Since ρ ( Q k + 1 ( x ) ) = ρ ( Q k ( x ) ) / A 0 \rho(Q_{k+1}(x))=\rho(Q_k(x))/A_0 ρ ( Q k + 1 ( x )) = ρ ( Q k ( x )) / A 0 and
d ( x , y ) ≤ 2 r ( B 0 ) = s < 2 ρ ( Q 0 ( x ) ) , for x , y ∈ supp ( μ ∣ B 0 ) , d(x,y)\leq2r(B_0)=s<2\rho(Q_0(x)),\qquad\text{for }x,y\in\operatorname{supp}(\mu|_{B_0}), d ( x , y ) ≤ 2 r ( B 0 ) = s < 2 ρ ( Q 0 ( x )) , for x , y ∈ supp ( μ ∣ B 0 ) ,
the half-open annuli in (121) form a disjoint partition of { y ∈ supp ( μ ∣ B 0 ) : d ( x , y ) > ε } \{y\in\operatorname{supp}(\mu|_{B_0}):d(x,y)>\varepsilon\} { y ∈ supp ( μ ∣ B 0 ) : d ( x , y ) > ε } . Moreover,
∣ T ε , Q ( f μ ) ( x ) ∣ ≲ C A 0 n μ ( 30 B ( Q ) ∩ B 0 ) ρ ( Q ) n ∥ f ∥ L ∞ ( μ ) χ Q ( x ) , (123) |T_{\varepsilon,Q}(f\mu)(x)|\lesssim C A_0^n\frac{\mu(30B(Q)\cap B_0)}{\rho(Q)^n}\|f\|_{L^\infty(\mu)}\chi_Q(x), \tag*{(123)} ∣ T ε , Q ( f μ ) ( x ) ∣ ≲ C A 0 n ρ ( Q ) n μ ( 30 B ( Q ) ∩ B 0 ) ∥ f ∥ L ∞ ( μ ) χ Q ( x ) , (123)
since x ∈ Q ⊂ 28 B ( Q ) x\in Q\subset28B(Q) x ∈ Q ⊂ 28 B ( Q ) and ρ ( Q ) ≤ r ( Q ) \rho(Q)\leq r(Q) ρ ( Q ) ≤ r ( Q ) imply B ( x , 2 ρ ( Q ) ) ∩ supp ( μ ∣ B 0 ) ⊂ 30 B ( Q ) B(x,2\rho(Q))\cap\operatorname{supp}(\mu|_{B_0})\subset30B(Q) B ( x , 2 ρ ( Q )) ∩ supp ( μ ∣ B 0 ) ⊂ 30 B ( Q ) .
For R ∈ Top R\in\operatorname{Top} R ∈ Top , we define the main mixed tree operators
K ~ ε , R ( f μ ) ( x ) : = ∑ Q ∈ Tree ( R ) T ε , Q ( f μ ) ( x ) (124) \widetilde{K}_{\varepsilon,R}(f\mu)(x):=\sum_{Q\in\operatorname{Tree}(R)}T_{\varepsilon,Q}(f\mu)(x) \tag*{(124)} K ε , R ( f μ ) ( x ) := Q ∈ Tree ( R ) ∑ T ε , Q ( f μ ) ( x ) (124)
and
Σ ~ ε f ( x ) : = ∑ R ∈ Top ∣ K ~ ε , R ( f μ ) ( x ) ∣ . (125) \widetilde{\Sigma}_{\varepsilon}f(x):=\sum_{R\in\operatorname{Top}}|\widetilde{K}_{\varepsilon,R}(f\mu)(x)|. \tag*{(125)} Σ ε f ( x ) := R ∈ Top ∑ ∣ K ε , R ( f μ ) ( x ) ∣. (125)
For R i ∈ Top i R_i\in\operatorname{Top}_i R i ∈ Top i and P ∈ Stop i ( R i ) P\in\operatorname{Stop}_i(R_i) P ∈ Stop i ( R i ) , we denote by
K ε , i , P ( f μ ) ( x ) : = ∑ Q ∈ T i , P T ε , Q ( f μ ) ( x ) (126) K_{\varepsilon,i,P}(f\mu)(x):=\sum_{Q\in\mathcal{T}_{i,P}}T_{\varepsilon,Q}(f\mu)(x) \tag*{(126)} K ε , i , P ( f μ ) ( x ) := Q ∈ T i , P ∑ T ε , Q ( f μ ) ( x ) (126)
the SIO associated with the intermediate trees between stopping cells and the following top cells. We also define
Σ 0 , ε f ( x ) : = ∑ Q ∈ T 0 ∣ T ε , Q ( f μ ) ( x ) ∣ , \Sigma_{0,\varepsilon}f(x):=\sum_{Q\in\mathcal{T}_0}|T_{\varepsilon,Q}(f\mu)(x)|, Σ 0 , ε f ( x ) := Q ∈ T 0 ∑ ∣ T ε , Q ( f μ ) ( x ) ∣ ,
Σ i , ε ′ f ( x ) : = ∑ R i ∈ Top i ′ ( ∑ Q ∈ Tree i ( R i ) ∣ T ε , Q ( f μ ) ( x ) ∣ + ∑ P ∈ Stop i ′ ( R i ) ∑ Q ∈ T i , P ∣ T ε , Q ( f μ ) ( x ) ∣ ) , \Sigma'_{i,\varepsilon}f(x):=\sum_{R_i\in\operatorname{Top}'_i}\left(\sum_{Q\in\operatorname{Tree}_i(R_i)}|T_{\varepsilon,Q}(f\mu)(x)|+\sum_{P\in\operatorname{Stop}'_i(R_i)}\sum_{Q\in\mathcal{T}_{i,P}}|T_{\varepsilon,Q}(f\mu)(x)|\right), Σ i , ε ′ f ( x ) := R i ∈ Top i ′ ∑ Q ∈ Tree i ( R i ) ∑ ∣ T ε , Q ( f μ ) ( x ) ∣ + P ∈ Stop i ′ ( R i ) ∑ Q ∈ T i , P ∑ ∣ T ε , Q ( f μ ) ( x ) ∣ ,
Σ i , ε ′ ′ f ( x ) : = ∑ R i ∈ Top i ′ ′ ∑ P ∈ Stop i ′ ′ ( R i ) ∑ Q ∈ T i , P ∣ T ε , Q ( f μ ) ( x ) ∣ , i = 1 , 2. \Sigma''_{i,\varepsilon}f(x):=\sum_{R_i\in\operatorname{Top}''_i}\sum_{P\in\operatorname{Stop}''_i(R_i)}\sum_{Q\in\mathcal{T}_{i,P}}|T_{\varepsilon,Q}(f\mu)(x)|,\qquad i=1,2. Σ i , ε ′′ f ( x ) := R i ∈ Top i ′′ ∑ P ∈ Stop i ′′ ( R i ) ∑ Q ∈ T i , P ∑ ∣ T ε , Q ( f μ ) ( x ) ∣ , i = 1 , 2.
Thus, combining (118) and (122) , we obtain the pointwise bound
∣ T μ , ε f ( x ) ∣ ≤ Σ ~ ε f ( x ) + Σ 0 , ε f ( x ) + ∑ i = 1 , 2 ( Σ i , ε ′ f ( x ) + Σ i , ε ′ ′ f ( x ) ) . (127) |T_{\mu,\varepsilon}f(x)|\leq\widetilde{\Sigma}_{\varepsilon}f(x)+\Sigma_{0,\varepsilon}f(x)+\sum_{i=1,2}\left(\Sigma'_{i,\varepsilon}f(x)+\Sigma''_{i,\varepsilon}f(x)\right). \tag*{(127)} ∣ T μ , ε f ( x ) ∣ ≤ Σ ε f ( x ) + Σ 0 , ε f ( x ) + i = 1 , 2 ∑ ( Σ i , ε ′ f ( x ) + Σ i , ε ′′ f ( x ) ) . (127)
In the following lemmas, we estimate the L 1 ( μ ∣ B 0 ) L^1(\mu|_{B_0}) L 1 ( μ ∣ B 0 ) -norms of each term on the right-hand side of (127) , assuming that the operators are applied to L ∞ ( μ ) L^\infty(\mu) L ∞ ( μ ) -functions supported in B 0 B_0 B 0 .
We recall that μ 0 = μ ∣ B 0 \mu_0=\mu|_{B_0} μ 0 = μ ∣ B 0 and μ 0 ≤ μ \mu_0\leq\mu μ 0 ≤ μ , and remark that for every corona cell Q ⊂ B 0 Q\subset B_0 Q ⊂ B 0 , we have μ 0 ( Q ) = μ ( Q ) \mu_0(Q)=\mu(Q) μ 0 ( Q ) = μ ( Q ) . Then, (120) and the n n n -growth of μ \mu μ imply
μ 0 ( 30 B ( Q ) ) ρ ( Q ) n ≲ K 0 , n Θ μ ( 100 B ( Q ) ) ≲ C 0 . (128) \frac{\mu_0(30B(Q))}{\rho(Q)^n}\lesssim_{K_0,n}\Theta_\mu(100B(Q))\lesssim C_0. \tag*{(128)} ρ ( Q ) n μ 0 ( 30 B ( Q )) ≲ K 0 , n Θ μ ( 100 B ( Q )) ≲ C 0 . (128)
If Q ⊂ B 0 Q \subset B_0 Q ⊂ B 0 is doubling, its doubling property improves (128) to
μ 0 ( 30 B ( Q ) ) ρ ( Q ) n ≲ K 0 , n Θ μ ( 100 B ( Q ) ) ≲ K 0 , n Θ μ ( Q ) . (129) \frac{\mu_0(30B(Q))}{\rho(Q)^n} \lesssim_{K_0,n} \Theta_\mu(100B(Q)) \lesssim_{K_0,n} \Theta_\mu(Q). \tag*{(129)} ρ ( Q ) n μ 0 ( 30 B ( Q )) ≲ K 0 , n Θ μ ( 100 B ( Q )) ≲ K 0 , n Θ μ ( Q ) . (129)
We first bound the operator associated with cells in T 0 \mathcal{T}_0 T 0 .
Lemma 4.9. For every g ∈ L ∞ ( μ ) g \in L^\infty(\mu) g ∈ L ∞ ( μ ) supported in B 0 B_0 B 0 , we have
∫ B 0 ∣ Σ 0 , ε g ( x ) ∣ d μ ( x ) ≤ c Σ 0 ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) μ ( B 0 ) , \int_{B_0} \lvert\Sigma_{0,\varepsilon}g(x)\rvert\,d\mu(x) \leq c_\Sigma^0 \lVert g\rVert_{L^\infty(\mu|_{B_0})}\mu(B_0), ∫ B 0 ∣ Σ 0 , ε g ( x )∣ d μ ( x ) ≤ c Σ 0 ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) μ ( B 0 ) , where c Σ 0 > 0 c_\Sigma^0>0 c Σ 0 > 0 depends only on n n n , C C C , A 0 A_0 A 0 , K 0 K_0 K 0 , C 0 \mathcal{C}_0 C 0 , β \beta β , and C 3 \mathcal{C}_3 C 3 .
Proof. Let x ∈ B 0 ∩ supp μ x \in B_0 \cap\operatorname{supp}\mu x ∈ B 0 ∩ supp μ be contained in arbitrarily small doubling cells, which holds for μ \mu μ -almost every x ∈ B 0 x \in B_0 x ∈ B 0 . We denote by R x R_x R x the cell of Top 0 \operatorname{Top}^0 Top 0 that contains x x x , and by P x P_x P x the largest cell that contains x x x and is contained in B 0 B_0 B 0 , which exists because B 0 B_0 B 0 is open. Since the cells in Top 0 \operatorname{Top}^0 Top 0 are pairwise disjoint, a cell that contains x x x belongs to T 0 \mathcal{T}_0 T 0 if and only if it strictly contains R x R_x R x . Hence, we split
Σ 0 , ε g ( x ) = ∑ Q ∋ x , Q ⊄ B 0 ∣ T ε , Q ( g μ ) ( x ) ∣ + ∑ R x ⊊ Q ⊂ P x ∣ T ε , Q ( g μ ) ( x ) ∣ = : I 1 ( x ) + I 2 ( x ) . \Sigma_{0,\varepsilon}g(x)
=
\sum_{\substack{Q\ni x,\,Q\not\subset B_0}} \lvert T_{\varepsilon,Q}(g\mu)(x)\rvert
+
\sum_{R_x\subsetneq Q\subset P_x} \lvert T_{\varepsilon,Q}(g\mu)(x)\rvert
=: \mathcal{I}_1(x)+\mathcal{I}_2(x). Σ 0 , ε g ( x ) = Q ∋ x , Q ⊂ B 0 ∑ ∣ T ε , Q ( g μ ) ( x )∣ + R x ⊊ Q ⊂ P x ∑ ∣ T ε , Q ( g μ ) ( x )∣ =: I 1 ( x ) + I 2 ( x ) .
To estimate I 1 ( x ) \mathcal{I}_1(x) I 1 ( x ) , we set t ( x ) : = dist ( x , X ∖ B 0 ) t(x):=\operatorname{dist}(x,X\setminus B_0) t ( x ) := dist ( x , X ∖ B 0 ) , and we note that I 1 ( x ) = 0 \mathcal{I}_1(x)=0 I 1 ( x ) = 0 if X = B 0 X=B_0 X = B 0 . Every cell Q Q Q in the first sum contains a point outside B 0 B_0 B 0 , so ℓ ( Q ) ≥ diam ( Q ) ≥ t ( x ) \ell(Q)\geq\operatorname{diam}(Q)\geq t(x) ℓ ( Q ) ≥ diam ( Q ) ≥ t ( x ) . Since ℓ ( Q ) ≤ 56 K 0 s = 112 K 0 r ( B 0 ) \ell(Q)\leq56K_0s=112K_0r(B_0) ℓ ( Q ) ≤ 56 K 0 s = 112 K 0 r ( B 0 ) and the side lengths of consecutive generations differ by a factor A 0 A_0 A 0 , the first sum has at most C A 0 , K 0 ( 1 + log + ( r ( B 0 ) / t ( x ) ) ) C_{A_0,K_0}(1+\log^+(r(B_0)/t(x))) C A 0 , K 0 ( 1 + log + ( r ( B 0 ) / t ( x ))) terms. Thus, (123) and (128) give
I 1 ( x ) ≲ ( 1 + log + r ( B 0 ) t ( x ) ) ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) . \mathcal{I}_1(x)\lesssim\left(1+\log^+\frac{r(B_0)}{t(x)}\right)\lVert g\rVert_{L^\infty(\mu|_{B_0})}. I 1 ( x ) ≲ ( 1 + log + t ( x ) r ( B 0 ) ) ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) .
To estimate I 2 ( x ) \mathcal{I}_2(x) I 2 ( x ) , we note that the cells Q Q Q with R x ⊊ Q ⊂ P x R_x\subsetneq Q\subset P_x R x ⊊ Q ⊂ P x are non-doubling, by the maximality of R x R_x R x . Hence, (123) , (128) , and Lemma 2.8, applied to the parent of R x R_x R x and to P x P_x P x , give
I 2 ( x ) ≲ ∑ R x ⊊ Q ⊂ P x Θ μ ( 100 B ( Q ) ) ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) ≲ Θ μ ( 100 B ( P x ) ) ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) ≤ C 0 ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) . \mathcal{I}_2(x)\lesssim\sum_{R_x\subsetneq Q\subset P_x}\Theta_\mu(100B(Q))\lVert g\rVert_{L^\infty(\mu|_{B_0})}
\lesssim\Theta_\mu(100B(P_x))\lVert g\rVert_{L^\infty(\mu|_{B_0})}
\leq\mathcal{C}_0\lVert g\rVert_{L^\infty(\mu|_{B_0})}. I 2 ( x ) ≲ R x ⊊ Q ⊂ P x ∑ Θ μ ( 100 B ( Q )) ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) ≲ Θ μ ( 100 B ( P x )) ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) ≤ C 0 ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) .
Finally, we write B 0 = B ( z 0 , r 0 ) B_0=B(z_0,r_0) B 0 = B ( z 0 , r 0 ) , so that t ( x ) ≥ r 0 − d ( x , z 0 ) t(x)\geq r_0-d(x,z_0) t ( x ) ≥ r 0 − d ( x , z 0 ) . For u > 0 u>0 u > 0 , the C 3 \mathcal{C}_3 C 3 -small boundary of B 0 B_0 B 0 and (94) give
μ ( { x ∈ B 0 : t ( x ) < r 0 e − u } ) ≤ C 3 e − u μ ( 5 B 0 ) ≤ C 3 β e − u μ ( B 0 ) , \mu\bigl(\{x\in B_0:t(x)<r_0e^{-u}\}\bigr)\leq\mathcal{C}_3e^{-u}\mu(5B_0)\leq\mathcal{C}_3\beta e^{-u}\mu(B_0), μ ( { x ∈ B 0 : t ( x ) < r 0 e − u } ) ≤ C 3 e − u μ ( 5 B 0 ) ≤ C 3 β e − u μ ( B 0 ) ,
and hence
∫ B 0 log + ( r 0 t ( x ) ) d μ ( x ) = ∫ 0 ∞ μ ( { x ∈ B 0 : t ( x ) < r 0 e − u } ) d u ≤ C 3 β μ ( B 0 ) . \int_{B_0}\log^+\left(\frac{r_0}{t(x)}\right)\,d\mu(x)
=
\int_0^\infty\mu\bigl(\{x\in B_0:t(x)<r_0e^{-u}\}\bigr)\,du
\leq\mathcal{C}_3\beta\mu(B_0). ∫ B 0 log + ( t ( x ) r 0 ) d μ ( x ) = ∫ 0 ∞ μ ( { x ∈ B 0 : t ( x ) < r 0 e − u } ) d u ≤ C 3 β μ ( B 0 ) .
Integrating the estimates for I 1 ( x ) \mathcal{I}_1(x) I 1 ( x ) and I 2 ( x ) \mathcal{I}_2(x) I 2 ( x ) over B 0 B_0 B 0 , we obtain
∫ B 0 Σ 0 , ε g d μ ≲ ( 1 + C 3 β ) ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) μ ( B 0 ) . \int_{B_0}\Sigma_{0,\varepsilon}g\,d\mu
\lesssim(1+\mathcal{C}_3\beta)\lVert g\rVert_{L^\infty(\mu|_{B_0})}\mu(B_0). ∫ B 0 Σ 0 , ε g d μ ≲ ( 1 + C 3 β ) ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) μ ( B 0 ) .
We next estimate Σ i , ε ′ \Sigma'_{i,\varepsilon} Σ i , ε ′ and Σ i , ε ′ ′ \Sigma''_{i,\varepsilon} Σ i , ε ′′ . We recall the constants c T c_{\mathcal{T}} c T and c ′ c' c ′ in (104) and (111) , respectively.
Lemma 4.10. If g ∈ L ∞ ( μ ) g\in L^\infty(\mu) g ∈ L ∞ ( μ ) is supported in B 0 B_0 B 0 , there exists c Σ ′ > 0 c'_\Sigma>0 c Σ ′ > 0 such that
∫ B 0 ∣ Σ 1 , ε ′ g ( x ) ∣ d μ ( x ) + ∫ B 0 ∣ Σ 2 , ε ′ ′ g ( x ) ∣ d μ ( x ) ≤ c Σ c ′ ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) μ ( B 0 ) . (130) \int_{B_0}\lvert\Sigma'_{1,\varepsilon}g(x)\rvert\,d\mu(x)
+
\int_{B_0}\lvert\Sigma''_{2,\varepsilon}g(x)\rvert\,d\mu(x)
\leq c_\Sigma c' \lVert g\rVert_{L^\infty(\mu|_{B_0})}\mu(B_0). \tag*{(130)} ∫ B 0 ∣ Σ 1 , ε ′ g ( x )∣ d μ ( x ) + ∫ B 0 ∣ Σ 2 , ε ′′ g ( x )∣ d μ ( x ) ≤ c Σ c ′ ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) μ ( B 0 ) . (130) The constant c Σ ′ c'_\Sigma c Σ ′ depends on n n n , C C C , A 0 A_0 A 0 , K 0 K_0 K 0 , C 0 \mathcal{C}_0 C 0 , and the chosen η ∗ \eta_* η ∗ .
Proof. Let R i ∈ Top i ′ R_i \in\operatorname{Top}'_i R i ∈ Top i ′ , i = 1 , 2 i=1,2 i = 1 , 2 . The cell R i R_i R i is doubling, so (129) yields
μ 0 ( 30 B ( R i ) ) ρ ( R i ) n ≲ K 0 , n Θ μ ( R i ) . \frac{\mu_0(30B(R_i))}{\rho(R_i)^n} \lesssim_{K_0,n} \Theta_\mu(R_i). ρ ( R i ) n μ 0 ( 30 B ( R i )) ≲ K 0 , n Θ μ ( R i ) .
Moreover, if Q ∈ Tree i ( R i ) Q \in\operatorname{Tree}_i(R_i) Q ∈ Tree i ( R i ) is such that Q ≠ R i Q \ne R_i Q = R i , the definition of Stop ′ \operatorname{Stop}' Stop ′ -cells implies that ρ ( Q ) ≳ η ∗ ρ ( R i ) \rho(Q) \gtrsim\eta_* \rho(R_i) ρ ( Q ) ≳ η ∗ ρ ( R i ) and ρ ( Q ) ≤ ρ ( R i ) \rho(Q) \le\rho(R_i) ρ ( Q ) ≤ ρ ( R i ) , so
μ 0 ( 30 B ( Q ) ) ρ ( Q ) n ≲ η ∗ , n μ ( 100 B ( R i ) ) ρ ( R i ) n ≲ K 0 , n Θ μ ( R i ) . \frac{\mu_0(30B(Q))}{\rho(Q)^n} \lesssim_{\eta_*,n} \frac{\mu(100B(R_i))}{\rho(R_i)^n} \lesssim_{K_0,n} \Theta_\mu(R_i). ρ ( Q ) n μ 0 ( 30 B ( Q )) ≲ η ∗ , n ρ ( R i ) n μ ( 100 B ( R i )) ≲ K 0 , n Θ μ ( R i ) .
Also, ρ ( Q ) ≳ η ∗ ρ ( R i ) \rho(Q) \gtrsim\eta_* \rho(R_i) ρ ( Q ) ≳ η ∗ ρ ( R i ) implies that J ( Q ) − J ( R i ) ≲ 1 + log ( 1 / η ∗ ) J(Q)-J(R_i) \lesssim1+\log(1/\eta_*) J ( Q ) − J ( R i ) ≲ 1 + log ( 1/ η ∗ ) for Q ∈ Tree i ( R i ) Q \in\operatorname{Tree}_i(R_i) Q ∈ Tree i ( R i ) . The bound (123) , then, yields
∫ B 0 ∑ Q ∈ Tree i ( R i ) ∣ T ε , Q ( g μ ) ∣ d μ ≲ ∫ B 0 ∑ Q ∈ Tree i ( R i ) μ 0 ( 30 B ( Q ) ) ρ ( Q ) n ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) χ Q ( x ) d μ ( x ) ≲ η ∗ Θ μ ( R i ) μ ( R i ) ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) . (131) \begin{aligned}
\int_{B_0}\sum_{Q\in\operatorname{Tree}_i(R_i)} |T_{\varepsilon,Q}(g\mu)|\,d\mu
&\lesssim\int_{B_0}\sum_{Q\in\operatorname{Tree}_i(R_i)}
\frac{\mu_0(30B(Q))}{\rho(Q)^n}\lVert g\rVert_{L^\infty(\mu|_{B_0})}\chi_Q(x)\,d\mu(x)\\
&\lesssim_{\eta_*}\Theta_\mu(R_i)\mu(R_i)\lVert g\rVert_{L^\infty(\mu|_{B_0})}. \tag*{(131)}
\end{aligned} ∫ B 0 Q ∈ Tree i ( R i ) ∑ ∣ T ε , Q ( g μ ) ∣ d μ ≲ ∫ B 0 Q ∈ Tree i ( R i ) ∑ ρ ( Q ) n μ 0 ( 30 B ( Q )) ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) χ Q ( x ) d μ ( x ) ≲ η ∗ Θ μ ( R i ) μ ( R i ) ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) . (131)
If P ∈ Stop i ′ ( R i ) P \in\operatorname{Stop}'_i(R_i) P ∈ Stop i ′ ( R i ) , all intermediate cells in T i , P \mathcal{T}_{i,P} T i , P are non-doubling. Hence, the same summation argument as in Lemma 4.9 implies that, for μ \mu μ -almost every x ∈ P x \in P x ∈ P , we have
∑ Q ∈ T i , P x ∈ Q μ 0 ( 30 B ( Q ) ) ρ ( Q ) n ≲ Θ μ ( 100 B ( P ) ) ≲ η ∗ , n Θ μ ( R i ) , (132) \sum_{\substack{Q\in\mathcal{T}_{i,P}\\x\in Q}}
\frac{\mu_0(30B(Q))}{\rho(Q)^n}
\lesssim\Theta_\mu(100B(P)) \lesssim_{\eta_*,n} \Theta_\mu(R_i), \tag*{(132)} Q ∈ T i , P x ∈ Q ∑ ρ ( Q ) n μ 0 ( 30 B ( Q )) ≲ Θ μ ( 100 B ( P )) ≲ η ∗ , n Θ μ ( R i ) , (132)
where the last bound uses ρ ( P ) ≳ η ∗ ρ ( R i ) \rho(P) \gtrsim\eta_*\rho(R_i) ρ ( P ) ≳ η ∗ ρ ( R i ) , 100 B ( P ) ⊂ 100 B ( R i ) 100B(P) \subset100B(R_i) 100 B ( P ) ⊂ 100 B ( R i ) , and the doubling property of R i R_i R i . If P P P is doubling, the intermediate family is empty and the estimate is immediate.
So, since cells in Stop i ′ ( R i ) \operatorname{Stop}'_i(R_i) Stop i ′ ( R i ) are pairwise disjoint, we obtain
∫ B 0 ∑ P ∈ Stop i ′ ( R i ) ∑ Q ∈ T i , P ∣ T ε , Q ( g μ ) ∣ d μ ≲ {xref}‘(4.30)‘ ∫ B 0 ∑ P ∈ Stop i ′ ( R i ) Θ μ ( R i ) ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) χ P ( x ) d μ ( x ) ≲ Θ μ ( R i ) μ ( R i ) ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) . (133) \begin{aligned}
\int_{B_0}\sum_{P\in\operatorname{Stop}'_i(R_i)}
\sum_{Q\in\mathcal{T}_{i,P}} |T_{\varepsilon,Q}(g\mu)|\,d\mu
&\mathrel{\overset{\text{\{xref\}`(4.30)`}}{\lesssim}}
\int_{B_0}\sum_{P\in\operatorname{Stop}'_i(R_i)}
\Theta_\mu(R_i)\lVert g\rVert_{L^\infty(\mu|_{B_0})}\chi_P(x)\,d\mu(x)\\
&\lesssim\Theta_\mu(R_i)\mu(R_i)\lVert g\rVert_{L^\infty(\mu|_{B_0})}. \tag*{(133)}
\end{aligned} ∫ B 0 P ∈ Stop i ′ ( R i ) ∑ Q ∈ T i , P ∑ ∣ T ε , Q ( g μ ) ∣ d μ ≲ {xref}‘(4.30)‘ ∫ B 0 P ∈ Stop i ′ ( R i ) ∑ Θ μ ( R i ) ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) χ P ( x ) d μ ( x ) ≲ Θ μ ( R i ) μ ( R i ) ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) . (133)
Thus, we gather (131) , (133) , the packing condition (111) , and obtain
∫ B 0 ∣ Σ i , ε ′ g ( x ) ∣ d μ ( x ) ≲ ∑ R i ∈ Top i ′ Θ μ ( R i ) μ ( R i ) ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) ≤ c ′ ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) μ ( B 0 ) . \int_{B_0} |\Sigma'_{i,\varepsilon}g(x)|\,d\mu(x)
\lesssim\sum_{R_i\in\operatorname{Top}'_i}\Theta_\mu(R_i)\mu(R_i)\lVert g\rVert_{L^\infty(\mu|_{B_0})}
\le c' \lVert g\rVert_{L^\infty(\mu|_{B_0})}\mu(B_0). ∫ B 0 ∣ Σ i , ε ′ g ( x ) ∣ d μ ( x ) ≲ R i ∈ Top i ′ ∑ Θ μ ( R i ) μ ( R i ) ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) ≤ c ′ ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) μ ( B 0 ) .
□ \square □
Lemma 4.11
Lemma 4.11. If g ∈ L ∞ ( μ ) g \in L^\infty(\mu) g ∈ L ∞ ( μ ) is supported in B 0 B_0 B 0 , we have
∫ B 0 ∣ Σ 1 , ε ′ ′ g ( x ) ∣ d μ ( x ) + ∫ B 0 ∣ Σ 2 , ε ′ ′ g ( x ) ∣ d μ ( x ) ≤ c Σ ′ ′ C T − 1 ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) μ ( B 0 ) , (134) \int_{B_0}|\Sigma''_{1,\varepsilon}g(x)|\,d\mu(x)+\int_{B_0}|\Sigma''_{2,\varepsilon}g(x)|\,d\mu(x)
\le c''_\Sigma C_T^{-1}\lVert g\rVert_{L^\infty(\mu|_{B_0})}\mu(B_0), \tag*{(134)} ∫ B 0 ∣ Σ 1 , ε ′′ g ( x ) ∣ d μ ( x ) + ∫ B 0 ∣ Σ 2 , ε ′′ g ( x ) ∣ d μ ( x ) ≤ c Σ ′′ C T − 1 ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) μ ( B 0 ) , (134)
where c Σ ′ ′ > 0 c''_\Sigma>0 c Σ ′′ > 0 depends on n n n , C C C , A 0 A_0 A 0 , K 0 K_0 K 0 , and C 0 C_0 C 0 .
Proof. The bound (134) can be proved similarly to (133) . Indeed, let i = 1 , 2 i=1,2 i = 1 , 2 and R i ∈ Top i ′ ′ R_i\in\operatorname{Top}''_i R i ∈ Top i ′′ . Note that, if P ∈ Stop i ′ ′ ( R i ) P\in\operatorname{Stop}''_i(R_i) P ∈ Stop i ′′ ( R i ) , then all intermediate cells in T i , P \mathcal{T}_{i,P} T i , P are non-doubling. So, as in (132) , we can apply once again the summation argument in Lemma 4.9 and, if P ∈ Stop i ′ ′ ( R i ) P\in\operatorname{Stop}''_i(R_i) P ∈ Stop i ′′ ( R i ) , by (128) , for μ \mu μ -almost every x ∈ P x\in P x ∈ P we obtain
∑ Q ∈ T i , P x ∈ Q μ 0 ( 30 B ( Q ) ) ρ ( Q ) n ≲ μ ( 100 B ( P ) ) ρ ( P ) n ≲ C 0 . (135) \sum_{\substack{Q\in\mathcal{T}_{i,P}\\x\in Q}}
\frac{\mu_0(30B(Q))}{\rho(Q)^n}
\lesssim\frac{\mu(100B(P))}{\rho(P)^n}\lesssim C_0. \tag*{(135)} Q ∈ T i , P x ∈ Q ∑ ρ ( Q ) n μ 0 ( 30 B ( Q )) ≲ ρ ( P ) n μ ( 100 B ( P )) ≲ C 0 . (135)
Since cells in Stop ′ ′ ( R i ) \operatorname{Stop}^{\prime\prime}(R_i) Stop ′′ ( R i ) are pairwise disjoint subsets of R i R_i R i , by (135) and (123) we have
∫ B 0 ∑ P ∈ Stop i ′ ′ ( R i ) ∑ Q ∈ T i , P ∣ T ε , Q ( g μ ) ∣ d μ ≲ ∫ B 0 ∑ P ∈ Stop i ′ ( R i ) ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) χ P ( x ) d μ ( x ) ≤ μ ( R i ) ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) . (136) \int_{B_0}\sum_{P\in\operatorname{Stop}^{\prime\prime}_i(R_i)}\sum_{Q\in\mathcal{T}_{i,P}} |T_{\varepsilon,Q}(g\mu)|\,d\mu\lesssim\int_{B_0}\sum_{P\in\operatorname{Stop}^{\prime}_i(R_i)} \|g\|_{L^\infty(\mu|_{B_0})}\chi_P(x)\,d\mu(x)
\leq\mu(R_i)\|g\|_{L^\infty(\mu|_{B_0})}. \tag*{(136)} ∫ B 0 P ∈ Stop i ′′ ( R i ) ∑ Q ∈ T i , P ∑ ∣ T ε , Q ( g μ ) ∣ d μ ≲ ∫ B 0 P ∈ Stop i ′ ( R i ) ∑ ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) χ P ( x ) d μ ( x ) ≤ μ ( R i ) ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) . (136)
Recall that, by Lemma 4.6 , Top ′ ′ \operatorname{Top}^{\prime\prime} Top ′′ is a Carleson family, so we conclude that
∫ B 0 ∣ Σ ~ ε , g ( x ) ∣ d μ ( x ) ≲ ∑ R i ∈ Top ′ ′ μ ( R i ) ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) ≤ c T − 1 ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) μ ( B 0 ) . \int_{B_0}|\widetilde{\Sigma}_{\varepsilon,g}(x)|\,d\mu(x)\lesssim\sum_{R_i\in\operatorname{Top}^{\prime\prime}}\mu(R_i)\|g\|_{L^\infty(\mu|_{B_0})}\leq c_{\mathrm{T}}^{-1}\|g\|_{L^\infty(\mu|_{B_0})}\mu(B_0). ∫ B 0 ∣ Σ ε , g ( x ) ∣ d μ ( x ) ≲ R i ∈ Top ′′ ∑ μ ( R i ) ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) ≤ c T − 1 ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) μ ( B 0 ) .
We now estimate Σ ~ ε \widetilde{\Sigma}_{\varepsilon} Σ ε under assumption (139) . Let R i ∈ Top ′ ′ R_i\in\operatorname{Top}^{\prime\prime} R i ∈ Top ′′ for i = 1 , 2 i=1,2 i = 1 , 2 be such that Tree ( R 1 , R 2 ) ≠ ∅ \operatorname{Tree}(R_1,R_2)\ne\varnothing Tree ( R 1 , R 2 ) = ∅ , hence either R 1 ⊂ R 2 R_1\subset R_2 R 1 ⊂ R 2 or R 2 ⊂ R 1 R_2\subset R_1 R 2 ⊂ R 1 . We define
Φ ~ R 1 , R 2 ( x ) : = max ( Φ 1 , R 1 ( x ) , Φ 2 , R 2 ( x ) ) . (137) \widetilde{\Phi}_{R_1,R_2}(x):=\max\bigl(\Phi_{1,R_1}(x),\Phi_{2,R_2}(x)\bigr). \tag*{(137)} Φ R 1 , R 2 ( x ) := max ( Φ 1 , R 1 ( x ) , Φ 2 , R 2 ( x ) ) . (137)
With yet another minor abuse of notation, for R ∈ Top ~ R\in\widetilde{\operatorname{Top}} R ∈ Top we write
Φ ~ R ( x ) : = Φ ~ R 1 , R 2 ( x ) , (138) \widetilde{\Phi}_R(x):=\widetilde{\Phi}_{R_1,R_2}(x), \tag*{(138)} Φ R ( x ) := Φ R 1 , R 2 ( x ) , (138)
where we recall that R R R denotes the smaller of the two cells R 1 R_1 R 1 and R 2 R_2 R 2 , and note that Φ ~ R \widetilde{\Phi}_R Φ R is a 1 1 1 -Lipschitz function.
Lemma 4.12. Let ε > 0 \varepsilon>0 ε > 0 and assume that
sup R ∈ Top ~ ∥ T Φ ~ R , μ ∣ 84 B ( R ) ∥ L 2 ( μ ∣ 84 B ( R ) ) → L 2 ( μ ∣ 84 B ( R ) ) ≤ C T . (139) \sup_{R\in\widetilde{\operatorname{Top}}}\|T_{\widetilde{\Phi}_R,\mu|_{84B(R)}}\|_{L^2(\mu|_{84B(R)})\to L^2(\mu|_{84B(R)})}\leq\mathcal{C}_{\mathrm{T}}. \tag*{(139)} R ∈ Top sup ∥ T Φ R , μ ∣ 84 B ( R ) ∥ L 2 ( μ ∣ 84 B ( R ) ) → L 2 ( μ ∣ 84 B ( R ) ) ≤ C T . (139) Then, for every g ∈ L ∞ ( μ ) g\in L^\infty(\mu) g ∈ L ∞ ( μ ) supported in B 0 B_0 B 0 , we have
∫ B 0 ∣ Σ ~ ε g ( x ) ∣ d μ ( x ) ≤ c Σ ′ ′ ′ c T − 1 ( 1 + C T ) ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) μ ( B 0 ) , (140) \int_{B_0}|\widetilde{\Sigma}_{\varepsilon}g(x)|\,d\mu(x)\leq c_{\Sigma}^{\prime\prime\prime}c_{\mathrm{T}}^{-1}(1+\mathcal{C}_{\mathrm{T}})\|g\|_{L^\infty(\mu|_{B_0})}\mu(B_0), \tag*{(140)} ∫ B 0 ∣ Σ ε g ( x ) ∣ d μ ( x ) ≤ c Σ ′′′ c T − 1 ( 1 + C T ) ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) μ ( B 0 ) , (140) where c Σ ′ ′ ′ > 0 c_{\Sigma}^{\prime\prime\prime}>0 c Σ ′′′ > 0 depends only on n n n , C C C , γ \gamma γ , C 0 C_0 C 0 , A 0 A_0 A 0 , and K 0 K_0 K 0 .
Proof. We fix R ∈ Top ~ R\in\widetilde{\operatorname{Top}} R ∈ Top , and assume that it is the root of Tree ( R 1 , R 2 ) \operatorname{Tree}(R_1,R_2) Tree ( R 1 , R 2 ) . We first prove that, for every x ∈ R x\in R x ∈ R ,
∣ K ~ ε , R ( g μ ) ( x ) ∣ ≲ ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) + ∣ T Φ ~ R , ε ( χ 84 B ( R ) g μ ) ( x ) ∣ . (141) |\widetilde{K}_{\varepsilon,R}(g\mu)(x)|\lesssim\|g\|_{L^\infty(\mu|_{B_0})}+|T_{\widetilde{\Phi}_R,\varepsilon}(\chi_{84B(R)}g\mu)(x)|. \tag*{(141)} ∣ K ε , R ( g μ ) ( x ) ∣ ≲ ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) + ∣ T Φ R , ε ( χ 84 B ( R ) g μ ) ( x ) ∣. (141)
We denote by Stop ~ ( R ) \widetilde{\operatorname{Stop}}(R) Stop ( R ) the family of the maximal cells of
{ Q ∈ Stop 1 ′ ′ ( R 1 ) ∪ Stop 2 ′ ′ ( R 2 ) : Q ⊂ R } , \{Q\in\operatorname{Stop}^{\prime\prime}_1(R_1)\cup\operatorname{Stop}^{\prime\prime}_2(R_2):Q\subset R\}, { Q ∈ Stop 1 ′′ ( R 1 ) ∪ Stop 2 ′′ ( R 2 ) : Q ⊂ R } ,
which are proper subcells of R R R because R ∈ Tree 1 ( R 1 ) ∩ Tree 2 ( R 2 ) R\in\operatorname{Tree}_1(R_1)\cap\operatorname{Tree}_2(R_2) R ∈ Tree 1 ( R 1 ) ∩ Tree 2 ( R 2 ) . For i = 1 , 2 i=1,2 i = 1 , 2 , every x ∈ R x\in R x ∈ R with Φ i , R i ( x ) > 0 \Phi_{i,R_i}(x)>0 Φ i , R i ( x ) > 0 belongs to a cell of Stop i ′ ′ ( R i ) \operatorname{Stop}^{\prime\prime}_i(R_i) Stop i ′′ ( R i ) , which is contained in R R R because R ∈ Tree i ( R i ) R\in\operatorname{Tree}_i(R_i) R ∈ Tree i ( R i ) , and hence to a cell of Stop ~ ( R ) \widetilde{\operatorname{Stop}}(R) Stop ( R ) .
Let x ∈ R x\in R x ∈ R . If x x x belongs to a cell Q ∈ Stop ~ ( R ) Q\in\widetilde{\operatorname{Stop}}(R) Q ∈ Stop ( R ) , then, by the maximality of Q Q Q , the cells of Tree ~ ( R ) \widetilde{\operatorname{Tree}}(R) Tree ( R ) that contain x x x are the cells P P P with Q ⊊ P ⊂ R Q\subsetneq P\subset R Q ⊊ P ⊂ R . Thus, the definition of T ε , P T_{\varepsilon,P} T ε , P gives
K ~ ε , R ( g μ ) ( x ) = ∫ max ( ε , a ( x ) ) < d ( x , y ) ≤ 2 ρ ( R ) K ( x , y ) g ( y ) d μ ( y ) , where a ( x ) : = 2 ρ ( Q ) . (142) \widetilde{K}_{\varepsilon,R}(g\mu)(x)=\int_{\max(\varepsilon,a(x))<d(x,y)\leq2\rho(R)}K(x,y)g(y)\,d\mu(y),\qquad\text{where }a(x):=2\rho(Q). \tag*{(142)} K ε , R ( g μ ) ( x ) = ∫ m a x ( ε , a ( x )) < d ( x , y ) ≤ 2 ρ ( R ) K ( x , y ) g ( y ) d μ ( y ) , where a ( x ) := 2 ρ ( Q ) . (142)
Moreover, if Q ∈ Stop ′ ′ ( R 1 ) Q \in\operatorname{Stop}^{\prime\prime}(R_1) Q ∈ Stop ′′ ( R 1 ) , then (102) gives Φ 1 , R 1 ( x ) > 480 A 0 ℓ ( Q ) \Phi_{1,R_1}(x)>480A_0\ell(Q) Φ 1 , R 1 ( x ) > 480 A 0 ℓ ( Q ) and, if Φ 2 , R 2 ( x ) > 0 \Phi_{2,R_2}(x)>0 Φ 2 , R 2 ( x ) > 0 , then x x x belongs to a cell S ∈ Stop ′ ′ ( R 2 ) S\in\operatorname{Stop}^{\prime\prime}(R_2) S ∈ Stop ′′ ( R 2 ) such that S ⊂ Q S\subset Q S ⊂ Q , by the maximality of Q Q Q . Hence, (103) , applied to Q Q Q and to S S S , and the analogous argument for Q ∈ Stop ′ ′ ( R 2 ) Q\in\operatorname{Stop}^{\prime\prime}(R_2) Q ∈ Stop ′′ ( R 2 ) give
480 A 0 ℓ ( Q ) < Φ ~ R ( x ) ≤ 481 A 0 2 ℓ ( Q ) . (143) 480A_0\ell(Q)<\widetilde{\Phi}_R(x)\le481A_0^2\ell(Q). \tag*{(143)} 480 A 0 ℓ ( Q ) < Φ R ( x ) ≤ 481 A 0 2 ℓ ( Q ) . (143)
If x x x does not belong to any cell of Stop ~ ( R ) \widetilde{\operatorname{Stop}}(R) Stop ( R ) , then Φ ~ R ( x ) = 0 \widetilde{\Phi}_R(x)=0 Φ R ( x ) = 0 , every cell of D 0 ( R ) \mathcal{D}_0(R) D 0 ( R ) that contains x x x belongs to Tree ~ ( R ) \widetilde{\operatorname{Tree}}(R) Tree ( R ) , and (142) holds with a ( x ) : = 0 a(x):=0 a ( x ) := 0 .
In both cases, we set ε x : = max ( ε , Φ ~ R ( x ) ) \varepsilon_x:=\max(\varepsilon,\widetilde{\Phi}_R(x)) ε x := max ( ε , Φ R ( x )) , and we split
K ~ ε , R ( g μ ) ( x ) = T Φ ~ R , ε x ( χ 84 B ( R ) g μ ) ( x ) + ( T ε x − T Φ ~ R , ε x ) ( χ 84 B ( R ) g μ ) ( x ) \widetilde{K}_{\varepsilon,R}(g\mu)(x)=T_{\widetilde{\Phi}_R,\varepsilon_x}(\chi_{84B(R)}g\mu)(x)+(T_{\varepsilon_x}-T_{\widetilde{\Phi}_R,\varepsilon_x})(\chi_{84B(R)}g\mu)(x) K ε , R ( g μ ) ( x ) = T Φ R , ε x ( χ 84 B ( R ) g μ ) ( x ) + ( T ε x − T Φ R , ε x ) ( χ 84 B ( R ) g μ ) ( x )
+ ( K ~ ε , R ( g μ ) ( x ) − T ε x ( χ 84 B ( R ) g μ ) ( x ) ) = : J ~ 1 + J ~ 2 + J ~ 3 . \qquad+\bigl(\widetilde{K}_{\varepsilon,R}(g\mu)(x)-T_{\varepsilon_x}(\chi_{84B(R)}g\mu)(x)\bigr)=:\widetilde{J}_1+\widetilde{J}_2+\widetilde{J}_3. + ( K ε , R ( g μ ) ( x ) − T ε x ( χ 84 B ( R ) g μ ) ( x ) ) =: J 1 + J 2 + J 3 .
If ε x = ε \varepsilon_x=\varepsilon ε x = ε , then J ~ 1 = T Φ ~ R , ε ( χ 84 B ( R ) g μ ) ( x ) \widetilde{J}_1=T_{\widetilde{\Phi}_R,\varepsilon}(\chi_{84B(R)}g\mu)(x) J 1 = T Φ R , ε ( χ 84 B ( R ) g μ ) ( x ) . Otherwise, Φ ~ R ( x ) > ε \widetilde{\Phi}_R(x)>\varepsilon Φ R ( x ) > ε , and (70) and the n n n -growth of μ \mu μ give
∣ J ~ 1 − T Φ ~ R , ε ( χ 84 B ( R ) g μ ) ( x ) ∣ ≤ ∫ ε < d ( x , y ) ≤ Φ ~ R ( x ) ∣ K Φ ~ R ( x , y ) ∣ ∣ g ( y ) ∣ d μ ( y ) ≤ C μ ( B ( x , 2 Φ ~ R ( x ) ) ) Φ ~ R ( x ) ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) ≤ C C 0 ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) . \begin{aligned}
\left|\widetilde{J}_1-T_{\widetilde{\Phi}_R,\varepsilon}(\chi_{84B(R)}g\mu)(x)\right|
\le\int_{\varepsilon<d(x,y)\le\widetilde{\Phi}_R(x)}\left|K_{\widetilde{\Phi}_R}(x,y)\right||g(y)|\,d\mu(y) \\
&\le C\frac{\mu(B(x,2\widetilde{\Phi}_R(x)))}{\widetilde{\Phi}_R(x)}\|g\|_{L^\infty(\mu|_{B_0})}
\le C\mathcal{C}_0\|g\|_{L^\infty(\mu|_{B_0})}.
\end{aligned} J 1 − T Φ R , ε ( χ 84 B ( R ) g μ ) ( x ) ≤ ∫ ε < d ( x , y ) ≤ Φ R ( x ) K Φ R ( x , y ) ∣ g ( y ) ∣ d μ ( y ) ≤ C Φ R ( x ) μ ( B ( x , 2 Φ R ( x ))) ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) ≤ C C 0 ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) .
If Φ ~ R ( x ) > 0 \widetilde{\Phi}_R(x)>0 Φ R ( x ) > 0 , then (71) and the n n n -growth of μ \mu μ give ∣ J ~ 2 ∣ ≲ C 0 ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) |\widetilde{J}_2|\lesssim\mathcal{C}_0\|g\|_{L^\infty(\mu|_{B_0})} ∣ J 2 ∣ ≲ C 0 ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) , while J ~ 2 = 0 \widetilde{J}_2=0 J 2 = 0 if Φ ~ R ( x ) = 0 \widetilde{\Phi}_R(x)=0 Φ R ( x ) = 0 , because K Φ ~ R ( x , ⋅ ) = K ( x , ⋅ ) K_{\widetilde{\Phi}_R}(x,\cdot)=K(x,\cdot) K Φ R ( x , ⋅ ) = K ( x , ⋅ ) . To estimate J ~ 3 \widetilde{J}_3 J 3 , we note that x ∈ R ⊂ 28 B ( R ) x\in R\subset28B(R) x ∈ R ⊂ 28 B ( R ) gives B ( x , 2 ρ ( R ) ) ⊂ 84 B ( R ) ⊂ B ( x , 112 r ( R ) ) B(x,2\rho(R))\subset84B(R)\subset B(x,112r(R)) B ( x , 2 ρ ( R )) ⊂ 84 B ( R ) ⊂ B ( x , 112 r ( R )) . Hence, by (142) , J ~ 3 \widetilde{J}_3 J 3 is a difference of integrals of K ( x , ⋅ ) g K(x,\cdot)g K ( x , ⋅ ) g over two sets whose symmetric difference is contained in
{ y : a ( x ) < d ( x , y ) ≤ Φ ~ R ( x ) } ∪ { y : 2 ρ ( R ) < d ( x , y ) < 112 r ( R ) } . \{y:a(x)<d(x,y)\le\widetilde{\Phi}_R(x)\}\cup\{y:2\rho(R)<d(x,y)<112r(R)\}. { y : a ( x ) < d ( x , y ) ≤ Φ R ( x )} ∪ { y : 2 ρ ( R ) < d ( x , y ) < 112 r ( R )} .
By (143) and (120) , the ratio between the outer and the inner radius of each of these annuli is bounded by a constant depending only on A 0 A_0 A 0 and K 0 K_0 K 0 , so the size estimate of K K K and the n n n -growth of μ \mu μ give ∣ J ~ 3 ∣ ≲ ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) |\widetilde{J}_3|\lesssim\|g\|_{L^\infty(\mu|_{B_0})} ∣ J 3 ∣ ≲ ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) . This proves (141) .
Since K ~ ε , R ( g μ ) \widetilde{K}_{\varepsilon,R}(g\mu) K ε , R ( g μ ) vanishes outside R R R , (141) gives
∫ B 0 ∣ Σ ~ ε g ∣ d μ ≤ ∑ R ∈ Top ∫ R ∣ K ~ ε , R ( g μ ) ∣ d μ \int_{B_0}|\widetilde{\Sigma}_{\varepsilon}g|\,d\mu
\le\sum_{R\in\operatorname{Top}}\int_R|\widetilde{K}_{\varepsilon,R}(g\mu)|\,d\mu ∫ B 0 ∣ Σ ε g ∣ d μ ≤ R ∈ Top ∑ ∫ R ∣ K ε , R ( g μ ) ∣ d μ
≲ ∑ R ∈ Top ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) μ ( R ) + ∑ R ∈ Top ∫ R ∣ T Φ ~ R , ε ( χ 84 B ( R ) g μ ) ∣ d μ = : J ~ 1 + J ~ 2 . (144) \lesssim\sum_{R\in\operatorname{Top}}\|g\|_{L^\infty(\mu|_{B_0})}\mu(R)
+\sum_{R\in\operatorname{Top}}\int_R|T_{\widetilde{\Phi}_R,\varepsilon}(\chi_{84B(R)}g\mu)|\,d\mu
=:\widetilde{J}_1+\widetilde{J}_2. \tag*{(144)} ≲ R ∈ Top ∑ ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) μ ( R ) + R ∈ Top ∑ ∫ R ∣ T Φ R , ε ( χ 84 B ( R ) g μ ) ∣ d μ =: J 1 + J 2 . (144)
To bound J ~ 1 \widetilde{J}_1 J 1 we apply the Carleson packing of Lemma 4.8, which gives
J ~ 1 ≤ 2 C T − 1 ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) μ ( B 0 ) . (145) \widetilde{J}_1\le2\mathcal{C}_T^{-1}\|g\|_{L^\infty(\mu|_{B_0})}\mu(B_0). \tag*{(145)} J 1 ≤ 2 C T − 1 ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) μ ( B 0 ) . (145)
To estimate J ~ 2 \widetilde{J}_2 J 2 , we fix R ∈ Top R\in\operatorname{Top} R ∈ Top and we set σ : = μ ∣ 84 B ( R ) \sigma:=\mu|_{84B(R)} σ := μ ∣ 84 B ( R ) . Since R R R is doubling, we have
μ ( 84 B ( R ) ) ≤ μ ( 100 B ( R ) ) ≤ K 0 μ ( B ( R ) ) ≤ K 0 μ ( R ) , \mu(84B(R))\le\mu(100B(R))\le K_0\mu(B(R))\le K_0\mu(R), μ ( 84 B ( R )) ≤ μ ( 100 B ( R )) ≤ K 0 μ ( B ( R )) ≤ K 0 μ ( R ) ,
so the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality and (139) give
∫ R ∣ T Φ ~ R , ε ( χ 84 B ( R ) g μ ) ∣ d μ ≤ μ ( R ) 1 / 2 ∥ T Φ ~ R , σ , ε g ∥ L 2 ( σ ) ≤ C T μ ( R ) 1 / 2 ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( σ ) ≤ K 0 1 / 2 C T ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) μ ( R ) . \begin{aligned}
\int_R|T_{\widetilde{\Phi}_R,\varepsilon}(\chi_{84B(R)}g\mu)|\,d\mu
\le\mu(R)^{1/2}\|T_{\widetilde{\Phi}_R,\sigma,\varepsilon}g\|_{L^2(\sigma)}
\le\mathcal{C}_T\mu(R)^{1/2}\|g\|_{L^2(\sigma)} \\
&\le K_0^{1/2}\mathcal{C}_T\|g\|_{L^\infty(\mu|_{B_0})}\mu(R).
\end{aligned} ∫ R ∣ T Φ R , ε ( χ 84 B ( R ) g μ ) ∣ d μ ≤ μ ( R ) 1/2 ∥ T Φ R , σ , ε g ∥ L 2 ( σ ) ≤ C T μ ( R ) 1/2 ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( σ ) ≤ K 0 1/2 C T ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) μ ( R ) .
Summing over R ∈ Top ~ R \in\widetilde{\operatorname{Top}} R ∈ Top and applying Lemma 4.8 once again, we obtain
J ~ 2 ≤ 2 K 0 1 / 2 c T − 1 E T ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) μ ( B 0 ) , \widetilde{J}_2 \leq2K_0^{1/2}c_T^{-1}\mathcal{E}_T\lVert g\rVert_{L^\infty(\mu|_{B_0})}\mu(B_0), J 2 ≤ 2 K 0 1/2 c T − 1 E T ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) μ ( B 0 ) ,
which, together with (144) and (145) , concludes the proof of the lemma. □
Finally, gathering all the estimates of this section, we obtain the following result.
Corollary 4.13. Let B 0 B_0 B 0 be a ball with C 3 C_3 C 3 -small boundary with respect to μ \mu μ that satisfies the doubling-type assumption (94) . Assume that there exists E T > 0 \mathcal{E}_T>0 E T > 0 , independent of ε \varepsilon ε , such that
sup R ∈ Top ( B 0 ) ∥ T Φ ~ R , μ ∣ 84 B ( R ) , ε ∥ L 2 ( μ ∣ 84 B ( R ) ) → L 2 ( μ ∣ 84 B ( R ) ) ≤ E T . (146) \sup_{R\in\operatorname{Top}(B_0)}
\left\lVert T_{\widetilde{\Phi}_{R,\mu|_{84B(R)},\varepsilon}} \right\rVert_{L^2(\mu|_{84B(R)})\to L^2(\mu|_{84B(R)})}\leq\mathcal{E}_T. \tag*{(146)} R ∈ Top ( B 0 ) sup T Φ R , μ ∣ 84 B ( R ) , ε L 2 ( μ ∣ 84 B ( R ) ) → L 2 ( μ ∣ 84 B ( R ) ) ≤ E T . (146) Then for every g ∈ L ∞ ( μ ) g\in L^\infty(\mu) g ∈ L ∞ ( μ ) supported in B 0 B_0 B 0 and every ε > 0 \varepsilon>0 ε > 0 , it holds that
∥ T μ , ε g ∥ L 1 ( μ ∣ B 0 ) + ∥ T μ , ε ∗ g ∥ L 1 ( μ ∣ B 0 ) ≲ ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) μ ( B 0 ) , (147) \lVert T_{\mu,\varepsilon}g\rVert_{L^1(\mu|_{B_0})}+\lVert T_{\mu,\varepsilon}^*g\rVert_{L^1(\mu|_{B_0})}\lesssim\lVert g\rVert_{L^\infty(\mu|_{B_0})}\mu(B_0), \tag*{(147)} ∥ T μ , ε g ∥ L 1 ( μ ∣ B 0 ) + ∥ T μ , ε ∗ g ∥ L 1 ( μ ∣ B 0 ) ≲ ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) μ ( B 0 ) , (147) where the implicit constant depends on A 0 A_0 A 0 , K 0 K_0 K 0 , n n n , C C C , γ \gamma γ , C 0 \mathcal{C}_0 C 0 , C 3 \mathcal{C}_3 C 3 , β \beta β , η ∗ \eta_* η ∗ , c T c_T c T , c ′ c' c ′ , E T \mathcal{E}_T E T , but not on ε \varepsilon ε .
Proof. By (127) , Lemma 4.9, Lemma 4.10, Lemma 4.11, and Lemma 4.12, for every g ∈ L ∞ ( μ ) g\in L^\infty(\mu) g ∈ L ∞ ( μ ) supported in B 0 B_0 B 0 , it holds
∫ B 0 ∣ T μ , ε g ∣ d μ ≤ ( c Σ 0 + c Σ ′ + c Σ ′ ′ c T − 1 + c Σ ′ ′ c T − 1 ( 1 + E T ) ) ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) μ ( B 0 ) . \int_{B_0}|T_{\mu,\varepsilon}g|\,d\mu\leq
\left(c_{\Sigma}^{0}+c_{\Sigma}'+c_{\Sigma}''c_T^{-1}+c_{\Sigma}''c_T^{-1}(1+\mathcal{E}_T)\right)\lVert g\rVert_{L^\infty(\mu|_{B_0})}\mu(B_0). ∫ B 0 ∣ T μ , ε g ∣ d μ ≤ ( c Σ 0 + c Σ ′ + c Σ ′′ c T − 1 + c Σ ′′ c T − 1 ( 1 + E T ) ) ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ∣ B 0 ) μ ( B 0 ) .
The same arguments apply to T ε ∗ T_\varepsilon^* T ε ∗ , since the suppression factor is symmetric and the localized L 2 L^2 L 2 bound also holds for the transpose. This proves the corollary. □
Bounds of different norms for the suppressed operator
Let R 1 ∈ Top 1 ′ ′ R_1\in\operatorname{Top}_1'' R 1 ∈ Top 1 ′′ and R 2 ∈ Top 2 ′ ′ R_2\in\operatorname{Top}_2'' R 2 ∈ Top 2 ′′ be such that Tree ~ ( R 1 , R 2 ) ≠ ∅ \widetilde{\operatorname{Tree}}(R_1,R_2)\neq\varnothing Tree ( R 1 , R 2 ) = ∅ , so that either R 1 ⊂ R 2 R_1\subset R_2 R 1 ⊂ R 2 or R 2 ⊂ R 1 R_2\subset R_1 R 2 ⊂ R 1 .
Let i = 1 , 2 i=1,2 i = 1 , 2 . We recall the following objects from Section 4:
The testing ball B i = B ~ ( R i ) B_i=\widetilde{B}(R_i) B i = B ( R i ) .
The testing measures ν ^ 1 \widehat{\nu}_1 ν 1 for T T T on B 1 B_1 B 1 and ν ^ 2 \widehat{\nu}_2 ν 2 for T ∗ T^* T ∗ on B 2 B_2 B 2 .
The measure ν i = ν ^ i + μ ∣ X ∖ B i \nu_i=\widehat{\nu}_i+\mu|_{X\setminus B_i} ν i = ν i + μ ∣ X ∖ B i .
The sets F i ( w i ) ⊂ ( 1 − θ ) B i F_i(w_i)\subset(1-\theta)B_i F i ( w i ) ⊂ ( 1 − θ ) B i , for w i ∈ Ω w_i\in\Omega w i ∈ Ω .
The suppressions Φ i , R i , w i \Phi_{i,R_i,w_i} Φ i , R i , w i and Φ i , R i \Phi_{i,R_i} Φ i , R i from (96) and (99) , respectively.
We set μ i : = μ ∣ B i \mu_i:=\mu|_{B_i} μ i := μ ∣ B i , and we note that ∣ ν i ∣ = ∣ ν ^ i ∣ + μ ∣ X ∖ B i |\nu_i|=|\widehat{\nu}_i|+\mu|_{X\setminus B_i} ∣ ν i ∣ = ∣ ν i ∣ + μ ∣ X ∖ B i , since ∣ ν ^ i ∣ ( X ∖ B i ) = 0 |\widehat{\nu}_i|(X\setminus B_i)=0 ∣ ν i ∣ ( X ∖ B i ) = 0 . For w = ( w 1 , w 2 ) ∈ Ω 2 w=(w_1,w_2)\in\Omega^2 w = ( w 1 , w 2 ) ∈ Ω 2 we define
Ξ i ( x ) : = Ξ i , R i , w i ( x ) : = max { Φ i , R i ( x ) , Φ i , R i , w i ( x ) } , i = 1 , 2 , (148) \Xi_i(x):=\Xi_{i,R_i,w_i}(x):=\max\{\Phi_{i,R_i}(x),\Phi_{i,R_i,w_i}(x)\},\qquad i=1,2, \tag*{(148)} Ξ i ( x ) := Ξ i , R i , w i ( x ) := max { Φ i , R i ( x ) , Φ i , R i , w i ( x )} , i = 1 , 2 , (148)
and set
Ξ w ( x ) : = max { Ξ 1 , R 1 , w 1 ( x ) , Ξ 2 , R 2 , w 2 ( x ) } . (149) \Xi_w(x):=\max\{\Xi_{1,R_1,w_1}(x),\Xi_{2,R_2,w_2}(x)\}. \tag*{(149)} Ξ w ( x ) := max { Ξ 1 , R 1 , w 1 ( x ) , Ξ 2 , R 2 , w 2 ( x )} . (149)
These functions are non-negative and 1-Lipschitz. In this section, the implicit constants depend only on n n n , D D D , γ \gamma γ , ε 0 \varepsilon_0 ε 0 , C C C , C 0 \mathcal{C}_0 C 0 , C 1 \mathcal{C}_1 C 1 , C 3 \mathcal{C}_3 C 3 , β \beta β , and the fixed David–Mattila parameters. In particular, they are independent of R 1 R_1 R 1 , R 2 R_2 R 2 , w w w , and of the truncation parameter ε > 0 \varepsilon>0 ε > 0 .
Growth and comparison of the measures
Let i = 1 , 2 i=1,2 i = 1 , 2 . We denote by r 1 , i r_{1,i} r 1 , i and r 2 , i r_{2,i} r 2 , i the high- and low-density radii defined after (44) , and by R ~ i \widetilde{R}_i R i the radius in (52) , all associated with ν ^ i \widehat{\nu}_i ν i and B i B_i B i . By (58) and (61) , the set F i ( w i ) ⊂ G i F_i(w_i)\subset G_i F i ( w i ) ⊂ G i does not intersect S i , R ~ i ∪ H i , R ~ i S_{i,\widetilde{R}_i}\cup H_{i,\widetilde{R}_i} S i , R i ∪ H i , R i . The latter union contains the balls B ( x , r j , i ( x ) ) B(x,r_{j,i}(x)) B ( x , r j , i ( x )) , for x ∈ B i x \in B_i x ∈ B i and j = 1 , 2 j=1,2 j = 1 , 2 , and the balls B ( x , R i ( x ) ) B(x,\mathcal{R}_i(x)) B ( x , R i ( x )) , for x ∈ X x \in X x ∈ X . Hence, by (96) and (148) , we have
r j , i ( x ) ≤ dist ( x , F i ( w i ) ) ≤ Ξ i ( x ) ≤ Ξ w ( x ) , x ∈ B i , j = 1 , 2 , (150) r_{j,i}(x) \le\operatorname{dist}(x,F_i(w_i)) \le\Xi_i(x) \le\Xi_w(x), \qquad x \in B_i,\quad j=1,2, \tag*{(150)} r j , i ( x ) ≤ dist ( x , F i ( w i )) ≤ Ξ i ( x ) ≤ Ξ w ( x ) , x ∈ B i , j = 1 , 2 , (150)
and R i ( x ) ≤ dist ( x , F i ( w i ) ) ≤ Ξ w ( x ) \mathcal{R}_i(x) \le\operatorname{dist}(x,F_i(w_i)) \le\Xi_w(x) R i ( x ) ≤ dist ( x , F i ( w i )) ≤ Ξ w ( x ) for x ∈ X x \in X x ∈ X . Therefore, by the definitions of the exceptional radii, for x ∈ B i x \in B_i x ∈ B i we have
∣ ν ^ i ∣ ( B ( x , t ) ) ≤ m 1 μ ( B ( x , 5 t ) ) , for t > r 1 , i ( x ) , (151) |\widehat{\nu}_i|(B(x,t)) \le m_1\mu(B(x,5t)), \qquad\text{for }t>r_{1,i}(x), \tag*{(151)} ∣ ν i ∣ ( B ( x , t )) ≤ m 1 μ ( B ( x , 5 t )) , for t > r 1 , i ( x ) , (151)
μ i ( B ( x , t ) ) ≤ m 2 ∣ ν ^ i ∣ ( B ( x , 5 t ) ) , for t > r 2 , i ( x ) , (152) \mu_i(B(x,t)) \le m_2|\widehat{\nu}_i|(B(x,5t)), \qquad\text{for }t>r_{2,i}(x), \tag*{(152)} μ i ( B ( x , t )) ≤ m 2 ∣ ν i ∣ ( B ( x , 5 t )) , for t > r 2 , i ( x ) , (152)
and, for x ∈ X x \in X x ∈ X and t ≥ Ξ w ( x ) t \ge\Xi_w(x) t ≥ Ξ w ( x ) , we have
∣ ν ^ i ∣ ( B ( x , t ) ) ≤ m t n . (153) |\widehat{\nu}_i|(B(x,t)) \le\mathbf{m}t^n. \tag*{(153)} ∣ ν i ∣ ( B ( x , t )) ≤ m t n . (153)
If x ∈ X x \in X x ∈ X and t > 0 t>0 t > 0 , then t + Ξ w ( x ) > Ξ w ( x ) t+\Xi_w(x)>\Xi_w(x) t + Ξ w ( x ) > Ξ w ( x ) . Hence, (153) and the n n n -growth of μ \mu μ give, for every m ∈ { μ , μ i , ∣ ν ^ i ∣ , ∣ ν i ∣ } \mathbf{m}\in\{\mu,\mu_i,|\widehat{\nu}_i|,|\nu_i|\} m ∈ { μ , μ i , ∣ ν i ∣ , ∣ ν i ∣ } , the bound
m ( B ( x , t ) ) ≤ ( m + C 0 ) ( t + Ξ w ( x ) ) n , x ∈ X , t > 0. (154) \mathbf{m}(B(x,t)) \le(\mathbf{m}+\mathcal{C}_0)(t+\Xi_w(x))^n,\qquad x\in X,t>0. \tag*{(154)} m ( B ( x , t )) ≤ ( m + C 0 ) ( t + Ξ w ( x ) ) n , x ∈ X , t > 0. (154)
The measures μ \mu μ , ∣ ν 1 ∣ |\nu_1| ∣ ν 1 ∣ , and ∣ ν 2 ∣ |\nu_2| ∣ ν 2 ∣ can also be compared above the scale of the suppression. Namely, for all m , m ′ ∈ { μ , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ∣ ν 2 ∣ } \mathbf{m},\mathbf{m}'\in\{\mu,|\nu_1|,|\nu_2|\} m , m ′ ∈ { μ , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ∣ ν 2 ∣ } , x ∈ X x\in X x ∈ X , and t > 0 t>0 t > 0 with t ≥ Ξ w ( x ) t\ge\Xi_w(x) t ≥ Ξ w ( x ) , we have
m ( B ( x , t ) ) ≤ ( 1 + m 1 ) ( 1 + m 2 ) m ′ ( B ( x , 121 t ) ) . (155) \mathbf{m}(B(x,t))\le(1+m_1)(1+m_2)\mathbf{m}'(B(x,121t)). \tag*{(155)} m ( B ( x , t )) ≤ ( 1 + m 1 ) ( 1 + m 2 ) m ′ ( B ( x , 121 t )) . (155)
To prove (155) , let x ∈ X x\in X x ∈ X and t > 0 t>0 t > 0 with t ≥ Ξ w ( x ) t\ge\Xi_w(x) t ≥ Ξ w ( x ) . We first show that
∣ ν ^ i ∣ ( B ( x , t ) ) ≤ m 1 μ ( B ( x , 11 t ) ) and μ i ( B ( x , t ) ) ≤ m 2 ∣ ν ^ i ∣ ( B ( x , 11 t ) ) . |\widehat{\nu}_i|(B(x,t))\le m_1\mu(B(x,11t))\qquad\text{and}\qquad\mu_i(B(x,t))\le m_2|\widehat{\nu}_i|(B(x,11t)). ∣ ν i ∣ ( B ( x , t )) ≤ m 1 μ ( B ( x , 11 t )) and μ i ( B ( x , t )) ≤ m 2 ∣ ν i ∣ ( B ( x , 11 t )) .
If B ( x , t ) ∩ B i = ∅ B(x,t)\cap B_i=\varnothing B ( x , t ) ∩ B i = ∅ , both left-hand sides vanish. Otherwise, we choose z ∈ B ( x , t ) ∩ B i z\in B(x,t)\cap B_i z ∈ B ( x , t ) ∩ B i . Since Ξ w \Xi_w Ξ w is 1-Lipschitz, (150) gives r j , i ( z ) ≤ Ξ w ( z ) < 2 t r_{j,i}(z)\le\Xi_w(z)<2t r j , i ( z ) ≤ Ξ w ( z ) < 2 t , for j = 1 , 2 j=1,2 j = 1 , 2 . Moreover, B ( x , t ) ⊂ B ( z , 2 t ) B(x,t)\subset B(z,2t) B ( x , t ) ⊂ B ( z , 2 t ) and B ( z , 10 t ) ⊂ B ( x , 11 t ) B(z,10t)\subset B(x,11t) B ( z , 10 t ) ⊂ B ( x , 11 t ) . Thus, the two inequalities follow from (151) and (152) , applied with z z z and 2 t 2t 2 t in place of x x x and t t t . Since
μ ( B ( x , t ) ∖ B i ) ≤ min { μ ( B ( x , 11 t ) ) , ∣ ν i ∣ ( B ( x , 11 t ) ) } , \mu(B(x,t)\setminus B_i)\le\min\{\mu(B(x,11t)),|\nu_i|(B(x,11t))\}, μ ( B ( x , t ) ∖ B i ) ≤ min { μ ( B ( x , 11 t )) , ∣ ν i ∣ ( B ( x , 11 t ))} ,
we deduce that
∣ ν i ∣ ( B ( x , t ) ) ≤ ( 1 + m 1 ) μ ( B ( x , 11 t ) ) and μ ( B ( x , t ) ) ≤ ( 1 + m 2 ) ∣ ν i ∣ ( B ( x , 11 t ) ) . |\nu_i|(B(x,t))\le(1+m_1)\mu(B(x,11t))\qquad\text{and}\qquad\mu(B(x,t))\le(1+m_2)|\nu_i|(B(x,11t)). ∣ ν i ∣ ( B ( x , t )) ≤ ( 1 + m 1 ) μ ( B ( x , 11 t )) and μ ( B ( x , t )) ≤ ( 1 + m 2 ) ∣ ν i ∣ ( B ( x , 11 t )) .
These inequalities yield (155) for m = ∣ ν i ∣ \mathbf{m}=|\nu_i| m = ∣ ν i ∣ and m ′ ∈ { ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ∣ ν 2 ∣ } \mathbf{m}'\in\{|\nu_1|,|\nu_2|\} m ′ ∈ { ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ∣ ν 2 ∣ } . The remaining cases readily follow.
The localized operator
Let i = 1 , 2 i=1,2 i = 1 , 2 , and let z B i z_{B_i} z B i be the center of B i B_i B i . We define
χ i ( x ) : = min { 1 , max { 0 , 2 ( r ( B i ) − d ( x , z B i ) ) θ r ( B i ) } } . \chi_i(x):=\min\left\{1,\max\left\{0,\frac{2(r(B_i)-d(x,z_{B_i}))}{\theta r(B_i)}\right\}\right\}. χ i ( x ) := min { 1 , max { 0 , θ r ( B i ) 2 ( r ( B i ) − d ( x , z B i )) } } .
Then χ i = 1 \chi_i=1 χ i = 1 on ( 1 − θ / 2 ) B i (1-\theta/2)B_i ( 1 − θ /2 ) B i and χ i = 0 \chi_i=0 χ i = 0 on X ∖ B i X\setminus B_i X ∖ B i . The triangle inequality also implies that
∣ χ i ( x ) − χ i ( x ′ ) ∣ ≤ 2 d ( x , x ′ ) θ r ( B i ) . |\chi_i(x)-\chi_i(x')|\le2\frac{d(x,x')}{\theta r(B_i)}. ∣ χ i ( x ) − χ i ( x ′ ) ∣ ≤ 2 θ r ( B i ) d ( x , x ′ ) .
Moreover, if χ i ( x ) ≠ 1 \chi_i(x)\ne1 χ i ( x ) = 1 , then d ( x , z B i ) > ( 1 − θ / 2 ) r ( B i ) d(x,z_{B_i})>(1-\theta/2)r(B_i) d ( x , z B i ) > ( 1 − θ /2 ) r ( B i ) . Hence, since F i ( w i ) ⊂ ( 1 − θ ) B i F_i(w_i)\subset(1-\theta)B_i F i ( w i ) ⊂ ( 1 − θ ) B i , we obtain
Ξ w ( x ) ≥ dist ( x , F i ( w i ) ) ≥ d ( x , z B i ) − ( 1 − θ ) r ( B i ) ≥ θ 2 r ( B i ) . (156) \Xi_w(x)\ge\operatorname{dist}(x,F_i(w_i))\ge d(x,z_{B_i})-(1-\theta)r(B_i)\ge\frac{\theta}{2}r(B_i). \tag*{(156)} Ξ w ( x ) ≥ dist ( x , F i ( w i )) ≥ d ( x , z B i ) − ( 1 − θ ) r ( B i ) ≥ 2 θ r ( B i ) . (156)
Set r 0 : = min { r ( B 1 ) , r ( B 2 ) } r_0 := \min\{r(B_1),r(B_2)\} r 0 := min { r ( B 1 ) , r ( B 2 )} . Let φ \varphi φ and ψ \psi ψ be the functions fixed in § 3.1 . For ε > 0 \varepsilon> 0 ε > 0 , we define the localized kernel
L ε ( x , y ) : = χ 2 ( x ) χ 1 ( y ) ψ ( d ( x , y ) r 0 ) φ ( d ( x , y ) ε ) K Ξ w ( x , y ) (157) L_\varepsilon(x,y):=\chi_2(x)\chi_1(y)\psi\left(\frac{d(x,y)}{r_0}\right)\varphi\left(\frac{d(x,y)}{\varepsilon}\right)K_{\Xi_w}(x,y) \tag*{(157)} L ε ( x , y ) := χ 2 ( x ) χ 1 ( y ) ψ ( r 0 d ( x , y ) ) φ ( ε d ( x , y ) ) K Ξ w ( x , y ) (157)
and we write L ε ( x , y ) = ϱ ε ( x , y ) K Ξ w ( x , y ) L_\varepsilon(x,y)=\varrho_\varepsilon(x,y)K_{\Xi_w}(x,y) L ε ( x , y ) = ϱ ε ( x , y ) K Ξ w ( x , y ) , where
ϱ ε ( x , y ) : = χ 2 ( x ) χ 1 ( y ) a ε ( d ( x , y ) ) and a ε ( t ) : = φ ( t / ε ) ψ ( t / r 0 ) , t ≥ 0. \varrho_\varepsilon(x,y):=\chi_2(x)\chi_1(y)a_\varepsilon(d(x,y))
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
a_\varepsilon(t):=\varphi(t/\varepsilon)\psi(t/r_0),\quad t\geq0. ϱ ε ( x , y ) := χ 2 ( x ) χ 1 ( y ) a ε ( d ( x , y )) and a ε ( t ) := φ ( t / ε ) ψ ( t / r 0 ) , t ≥ 0.
Then, for a positive measure m \mathbf{m} m , we define the “localized” operator
S m , ε f ( x ) : = ∫ L ε ( x , y ) f ( y ) d m ( y ) , f ∈ L l o c 1 ( m ) . S_{\mathbf{m},\varepsilon}f(x):=\int L_\varepsilon(x,y)f(y)\,d\mathbf{m}(y),\qquad f\in L^1_{\mathrm{loc}}(\mathbf{m}). S m , ε f ( x ) := ∫ L ε ( x , y ) f ( y ) d m ( y ) , f ∈ L loc 1 ( m ) .
We note that, since φ ′ ( t / ε ) \varphi'(t/\varepsilon) φ ′ ( t / ε ) and ψ ′ ( t / r 0 ) \psi'(t/r_0) ψ ′ ( t / r 0 ) vanish unless ε ≤ t ≤ 2 ε \varepsilon\leq t\leq2\varepsilon ε ≤ t ≤ 2 ε and r 0 ≤ t ≤ 2 r 0 r_0\leq t\leq2r_0 r 0 ≤ t ≤ 2 r 0 , respectively, we have ∣ a ε ′ ( t ) ∣ ≲ 1 / t \lvert a_\varepsilon'(t)\rvert\lesssim1/t ∣ a ε ′ ( t )∣ ≲ 1/ t . Moreover, 0 ≤ a ε ≤ 1 0\leq a_\varepsilon\leq1 0 ≤ a ε ≤ 1 , and a ε ( t ) = 0 a_\varepsilon(t)=0 a ε ( t ) = 0 for t ≥ 2 r 0 t\geq2r_0 t ≥ 2 r 0 .
Let x , x ′ , y ∈ X x,x',y\in X x , x ′ , y ∈ X with d ( x , x ′ ) ≤ d ( x , y ) / 2 d(x,x')\leq d(x,y)/2 d ( x , x ′ ) ≤ d ( x , y ) /2 , so that d ( x ′ , y ) ≥ d ( x , y ) / 2 d(x',y)\geq d(x,y)/2 d ( x ′ , y ) ≥ d ( x , y ) /2 . Since 0 ≤ χ 1 , χ 2 ≤ 1 0\leq\chi_1,\chi_2\leq1 0 ≤ χ 1 , χ 2 ≤ 1 and r ( B 2 ) ≥ r 0 r(B_2)\geq r_0 r ( B 2 ) ≥ r 0 , the Lipschitz bound for χ 2 \chi_2 χ 2 and the mean value theorem give
∣ ϱ ε ( x , y ) − ϱ ε ( x ′ , y ) ∣ ≤ ∣ χ 2 ( x ) − χ 2 ( x ′ ) ∣ a ε ( d ( x , y ) ) + ∣ a ε ( d ( x , y ) ) − a ε ( d ( x ′ , y ) ) ∣ ≲ d ( x , x ′ ) r 0 χ { d ( x , y ) < 2 r 0 } + d ( x , x ′ ) d ( x , y ) ≲ d ( x , x ′ ) d ( x , y ) . \begin{aligned}
\lvert\varrho_\varepsilon(x,y)-\varrho_\varepsilon(x',y)\rvert
&\leq\lvert\chi_2(x)-\chi_2(x')\rvert a_\varepsilon(d(x,y))\\
&\quad+\lvert a_\varepsilon(d(x,y))-a_\varepsilon(d(x',y))\rvert\\
&\lesssim\frac{d(x,x')}{r_0}\chi_{\{d(x,y)<2r_0\}}+\frac{d(x,x')}{d(x,y)}
\lesssim\frac{d(x,x')}{d(x,y)}.
\end{aligned} ∣ ϱ ε ( x , y ) − ϱ ε ( x ′ , y )∣ ≤ ∣ χ 2 ( x ) − χ 2 ( x ′ )∣ a ε ( d ( x , y )) + ∣ a ε ( d ( x , y )) − a ε ( d ( x ′ , y ))∣ ≲ r 0 d ( x , x ′ ) χ { d ( x , y ) < 2 r 0 } + d ( x , y ) d ( x , x ′ ) ≲ d ( x , y ) d ( x , x ′ ) .
Hence, by Lemma 3.13 , ∣ ϱ ε ∣ ≤ 1 \lvert\varrho_\varepsilon\rvert\leq1 ∣ ϱ ε ∣ ≤ 1 , and 0 < γ ≤ 1 0<\gamma\leq1 0 < γ ≤ 1 ,
∣ L ε ( x , y ) − L ε ( x ′ , y ) ∣ ≤ ∣ K Ξ w ( x , y ) − K Ξ w ( x ′ , y ) ∣ + ∣ ϱ ε ( x , y ) − ϱ ε ( x ′ , y ) ∣ ∣ K Ξ w ( x ′ , y ) ∣ ≲ d ( x , x ′ ) γ d ( x , y ) n + γ + d ( x , x ′ ) d ( x , y ) n + 1 ≲ d ( x , x ′ ) γ d ( x , y ) n + γ . \begin{aligned}
\lvert L_\varepsilon(x,y)-L_\varepsilon(x',y)\rvert
&\leq\lvert K_{\Xi_w}(x,y)-K_{\Xi_w}(x',y)\rvert\\
&\quad+\lvert\varrho_\varepsilon(x,y)-\varrho_\varepsilon(x',y)\rvert\lvert K_{\Xi_w}(x',y)\rvert\\
&\lesssim\frac{d(x,x')^\gamma}{d(x,y)^{n+\gamma}}+\frac{d(x,x')}{d(x,y)^{n+1}}
\lesssim\frac{d(x,x')^\gamma}{d(x,y)^{n+\gamma}}.
\end{aligned} ∣ L ε ( x , y ) − L ε ( x ′ , y )∣ ≤ ∣ K Ξ w ( x , y ) − K Ξ w ( x ′ , y )∣ + ∣ ϱ ε ( x , y ) − ϱ ε ( x ′ , y )∣ ∣ K Ξ w ( x ′ , y )∣ ≲ d ( x , y ) n + γ d ( x , x ′ ) γ + d ( x , y ) n + 1 d ( x , x ′ ) ≲ d ( x , y ) n + γ d ( x , x ′ ) γ .
Since r ( B 1 ) ≥ r 0 r(B_1)\geq r_0 r ( B 1 ) ≥ r 0 , the same argument applies to the second variable, and we obtain
∣ L ε ( x , y ) − L ε ( x ′ , y ) ∣ + ∣ L ε ( y , x ) − L ε ( y , x ′ ) ∣ ≲ d ( x , x ′ ) γ d ( x , y ) n + γ , d ( x , x ′ ) ≤ 1 2 d ( x , y ) . (158) \lvert L_\varepsilon(x,y)-L_\varepsilon(x',y)\rvert+\lvert L_\varepsilon(y,x)-L_\varepsilon(y,x')\rvert
\lesssim\frac{d(x,x')^\gamma}{d(x,y)^{n+\gamma}},
\qquad d(x,x')\leq\frac{1}{2}d(x,y). \tag*{(158)} ∣ L ε ( x , y ) − L ε ( x ′ , y )∣ + ∣ L ε ( y , x ) − L ε ( y , x ′ )∣ ≲ d ( x , y ) n + γ d ( x , x ′ ) γ , d ( x , x ′ ) ≤ 2 1 d ( x , y ) . (158)
Let Ψ ε : = Ξ w + ε \Psi_\varepsilon:=\Xi_w+\varepsilon Ψ ε := Ξ w + ε . Since L ε ( x , y ) = 0 L_\varepsilon(x,y)=0 L ε ( x , y ) = 0 if d ( x , y ) ≤ ε d(x,y)\leq\varepsilon d ( x , y ) ≤ ε , Lemma 3.13 gives
∣ L ε ( x , y ) ∣ ≲ min { d ( x , y ) − n , ε − n , Ξ w ( x ) − n , Ξ w ( y ) − n } \lvert L_\varepsilon(x,y)\rvert\lesssim\min\{d(x,y)^{-n},\varepsilon^{-n},\Xi_w(x)^{-n},\Xi_w(y)^{-n}\} ∣ L ε ( x , y )∣ ≲ min { d ( x , y ) − n , ε − n , Ξ w ( x ) − n , Ξ w ( y ) − n }
≲ min { d ( x , y ) − n , Ψ ε ( x ) − n , Ψ ε ( y ) − n } . (159) \lesssim\min\{d(x,y)^{-n},\Psi_\varepsilon(x)^{-n},\Psi_\varepsilon(y)^{-n}\}. \tag*{(159)} ≲ min { d ( x , y ) − n , Ψ ε ( x ) − n , Ψ ε ( y ) − n } . (159)
The function Ψ ε \Psi_\varepsilon Ψ ε is positive and 1-Lipschitz. Let m ∈ { μ , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ∣ ν 2 ∣ } \mathbf{m}\in\{\mu,\lvert\nu_1\rvert,\lvert\nu_2\rvert\} m ∈ { μ , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ∣ ν 2 ∣} , x ∈ X x\in X x ∈ X , and t ≥ Ψ ε ( x ) t\geq\Psi_\varepsilon(x) t ≥ Ψ ε ( x ) . Then t ≥ Ξ w ( x ) t\geq\Xi_w(x) t ≥ Ξ w ( x ) , so that (155) applies, and (154) gives
m ( B ( x , t ) ) ≤ 2 n ( m + c 0 ) t n . \mathbf{m}(B(x,t))\leq2^n(\mathbf{m}+\mathfrak{c}_0)t^n. m ( B ( x , t )) ≤ 2 n ( m + c 0 ) t n .
Therefore, by (158) and (159) , the kernel L ε L_\varepsilon L ε and its transpose, together with Ψ ε \Psi_\varepsilon Ψ ε and any m 1 , m 2 , m 3 ∈ { μ , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ∣ ν 2 ∣ } \mathbf{m}_1,\mathbf{m}_2,\mathbf{m}_3\in\{\mu,\lvert\nu_1\rvert,\lvert\nu_2\rvert\} m 1 , m 2 , m 3 ∈ { μ , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ∣ ν 2 ∣} , satisfy the hypotheses of Lemma 3.16 other than the L 2 L^2 L 2 -bound, with δ 0 = ε \delta_0=\varepsilon δ 0 = ε and with constants independent of ε \varepsilon ε and w w w .
Lemma 5.1. For every ε > 0 \varepsilon>0 ε > 0 and every choice m i ∈ { μ i , ∣ ν ^ i ∣ } \mathbf{m}_i\in\{\mu_i,\lvert\widehat{\nu}_i\rvert\} m i ∈ { μ i , ∣ ν i ∣} , i = 1 , 2 i=1,2 i = 1 , 2 ,
∥ T Ξ w , m 1 , ε − S m 1 , ε ∥ L 2 ( m 1 ) → L 2 ( m 2 ) ≲ 1. (160) \left\|T_{\Xi_w,\mathbf{m}_1,\varepsilon}-S_{\mathbf{m}_1,\varepsilon}\right\|_{L^2(\mathbf{m}_1)\to L^2(\mathbf{m}_2)}\lesssim1. \tag*{(160)} ∥ T Ξ w , m 1 , ε − S m 1 , ε ∥ L 2 ( m 1 ) → L 2 ( m 2 ) ≲ 1. (160)
Proof. Since m i \mathbf{m}_i m i is concentrated on B i B_i B i , the kernel of the operator in (160) is
K Ξ w ( x , y ) χ { d ( x , y ) > ε } − L ε ( x , y ) = D 1 ( x , y ) + D 2 ( x , y ) , x ∈ B 2 , y ∈ B 1 , K_{\Xi_w}(x,y)\chi_{\{d(x,y)>\varepsilon\}}-L_\varepsilon(x,y)=\mathfrak{D}_1(x,y)+\mathfrak{D}_2(x,y),\qquad x\in B_2,\quad y\in B_1, K Ξ w ( x , y ) χ { d ( x , y ) > ε } − L ε ( x , y ) = D 1 ( x , y ) + D 2 ( x , y ) , x ∈ B 2 , y ∈ B 1 ,
where we split
D 1 ( x , y ) : = [ χ { d ( x , y ) > ε } − φ ( d ( x , y ) ε ) ] K Ξ w ( x , y ) , \mathcal{D}_1(x,y):=\left[\chi_{\{d(x,y)>\varepsilon\}}-\varphi\left(\frac{d(x,y)}{\varepsilon}\right)\right]K_{\Xi_w}(x,y), D 1 ( x , y ) := [ χ { d ( x , y ) > ε } − φ ( ε d ( x , y ) ) ] K Ξ w ( x , y ) ,
D 2 ( x , y ) : = [ 1 − χ 2 ( x ) χ 1 ( y ) ψ ( d ( x , y ) r 0 ) ] φ ( d ( x , y ) ε ) K Ξ w ( x , y ) . \mathcal{D}_2(x,y):=\left[1-\chi_2(x)\chi_1(y)\psi\left(\frac{d(x,y)}{r_0}\right)\right]\varphi\left(\frac{d(x,y)}{\varepsilon}\right)K_{\Xi_w}(x,y). D 2 ( x , y ) := [ 1 − χ 2 ( x ) χ 1 ( y ) ψ ( r 0 d ( x , y ) ) ] φ ( ε d ( x , y ) ) K Ξ w ( x , y ) .
Since φ = 0 \varphi=0 φ = 0 on [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] and φ = 1 \varphi=1 φ = 1 on [ 2 , ∞ ) [2,\infty) [ 2 , ∞ ) , the kernel D 1 ( x , y ) \mathcal{D}_1(x,y) D 1 ( x , y ) vanishes unless ε < d ( x , y ) < 2 ε \varepsilon<d(x,y)<2\varepsilon ε < d ( x , y ) < 2 ε , and ∣ D 1 ∣ ≤ ∣ K Ξ w ∣ |\mathcal{D}_1|\leq|K_{\Xi_w}| ∣ D 1 ∣ ≤ ∣ K Ξ w ∣ . Hence, by Lemma 3.13 and (154) , for m ∈ { m 1 , m 2 } \mathfrak{m}\in\{\mathfrak{m}_1,\mathfrak{m}_2\} m ∈ { m 1 , m 2 } and z ∈ X z\in X z ∈ X we have
∫ ∣ D 1 ( z , y ) ∣ d m ( y ) + ∫ ∣ D 1 ( x , z ) ∣ d m ( x ) ≲ m ( B ( z , 2 ε ) ) max { ε , Ξ w ( z ) } n ≲ ( 2 ε + Ξ w ( z ) ) n max { ε , Ξ w ( z ) } n ≤ 3 n . \int|\mathcal{D}_1(z,y)|\,d\mathfrak{m}(y)+\int|\mathcal{D}_1(x,z)|\,d\mathfrak{m}(x)\lesssim\frac{\mathfrak{m}(B(z,2\varepsilon))}{\max\{\varepsilon,\Xi_w(z)\}^{n}}\lesssim\frac{(2\varepsilon+\Xi_w(z))^n}{\max\{\varepsilon,\Xi_w(z)\}^{n}}\leq3^n. ∫ ∣ D 1 ( z , y ) ∣ d m ( y ) + ∫ ∣ D 1 ( x , z ) ∣ d m ( x ) ≲ max { ε , Ξ w ( z ) } n m ( B ( z , 2 ε )) ≲ max { ε , Ξ w ( z ) } n ( 2 ε + Ξ w ( z ) ) n ≤ 3 n .
By Schur’s test, the integral operator with kernel D 1 \mathcal{D}_1 D 1 is bounded from L 2 ( m 1 ) L^2(\mathfrak{m}_1) L 2 ( m 1 ) to L 2 ( m 2 ) L^2(\mathfrak{m}_2) L 2 ( m 2 ) , with norm ≲ 1 \lesssim1 ≲ 1 .
If D 2 ( x , y ) ≠ 0 \mathcal{D}_2(x,y)\neq0 D 2 ( x , y ) = 0 , then d ( x , y ) > r 0 d(x,y)>r_0 d ( x , y ) > r 0 , χ 2 ( x ) ≠ 1 \chi_2(x)\neq1 χ 2 ( x ) = 1 , or χ 1 ( y ) ≠ 1 \chi_1(y)\neq1 χ 1 ( y ) = 1 . Thus, by (156) and r ( B i ) ≥ r 0 r(B_i)\geq r_0 r ( B i ) ≥ r 0 , we have
max { d ( x , y ) , Ξ w ( x ) , Ξ w ( y ) } ≥ θ r 0 2 . \max\{d(x,y),\Xi_w(x),\Xi_w(y)\}\geq\frac{\theta r_0}{2}. max { d ( x , y ) , Ξ w ( x ) , Ξ w ( y )} ≥ 2 θ r 0 .
Since ∣ D 2 ∣ ≤ ∣ K Ξ w ∣ |\mathcal{D}_2|\leq|K_{\Xi_w}| ∣ D 2 ∣ ≤ ∣ K Ξ w ∣ , Lemma 3.13 implies
∣ D 2 ( x , y ) ∣ ≲ 1 max { d ( x , y ) , Ξ w ( x ) , Ξ w ( y ) } n ≲ 1 ( r 0 + d ( x , y ) + Ξ w ( x ) + Ξ w ( y ) ) n = : H ( x , y ) . (161) |\mathcal{D}_2(x,y)|\lesssim\frac{1}{\max\{d(x,y),\Xi_w(x),\Xi_w(y)\}^{n}}\lesssim\frac{1}{(r_0+d(x,y)+\Xi_w(x)+\Xi_w(y))^n}=:H(x,y). \tag*{(161)} ∣ D 2 ( x , y ) ∣ ≲ max { d ( x , y ) , Ξ w ( x ) , Ξ w ( y ) } n 1 ≲ ( r 0 + d ( x , y ) + Ξ w ( x ) + Ξ w ( y ) ) n 1 =: H ( x , y ) . (161)
Let z ∈ X z\in X z ∈ X , m ∈ { m 1 , m 2 } \mathfrak{m}\in\{\mathfrak{m}_1,\mathfrak{m}_2\} m ∈ { m 1 , m 2 } , and r z : = r 0 + Ξ w ( z ) r_z:=r_0+\Xi_w(z) r z := r 0 + Ξ w ( z ) . Since H ( x , z ) ≤ ( r z + d ( x , z ) ) − n H(x,z)\leq(r_z+d(x,z))^{-n} H ( x , z ) ≤ ( r z + d ( x , z ) ) − n , we have H ( ⋅ , z ) ≤ 2 n ( 2 k r z ) − n H(\cdot,z)\leq2^n(2^kr_z)^{-n} H ( ⋅ , z ) ≤ 2 n ( 2 k r z ) − n on B ( z , 2 k r z ) ∖ B ( z , 2 k − 1 r z ) B(z,2^kr_z)\setminus B(z,2^{k-1}r_z) B ( z , 2 k r z ) ∖ B ( z , 2 k − 1 r z ) , for k ≥ 1 k\geq1 k ≥ 1 , and on B ( z , r z ) B(z,r_z) B ( z , r z ) . Hence, by (154) and Ξ w ( z ) ≤ r z \Xi_w(z)\leq r_z Ξ w ( z ) ≤ r z ,
∫ H ( x , z ) 2 d m ( x ) ≲ ∑ k ≥ 0 m ( B ( z , 2 k r z ) ) ( 2 k r z ) 2 n ≲ ∑ k ≥ 0 ( 2 k r z + Ξ w ( z ) ) n ( 2 k r z ) 2 n ≲ r z − n ≤ r 0 − n . \int H(x,z)^2\,d\mathfrak{m}(x)\lesssim\sum_{k\geq0}\frac{\mathfrak{m}(B(z,2^kr_z))}{(2^kr_z)^{2n}}\lesssim\sum_{k\geq0}\frac{(2^kr_z+\Xi_w(z))^n}{(2^kr_z)^{2n}}\lesssim r_z^{-n}\leq r_0^{-n}. ∫ H ( x , z ) 2 d m ( x ) ≲ k ≥ 0 ∑ ( 2 k r z ) 2 n m ( B ( z , 2 k r z )) ≲ k ≥ 0 ∑ ( 2 k r z ) 2 n ( 2 k r z + Ξ w ( z ) ) n ≲ r z − n ≤ r 0 − n .
Since H H H is symmetric, for y ∈ X y\in X y ∈ X we obtain
∫ H ( x , y ) 2 d m 2 ( x ) + ∫ H ( y , x ) 2 d m 1 ( x ) ≲ r 0 − n . (162) \int H(x,y)^2\,d\mathfrak{m}_2(x)+\int H(y,x)^2\,d\mathfrak{m}_1(x)\lesssim r_0^{-n}. \tag*{(162)} ∫ H ( x , y ) 2 d m 2 ( x ) + ∫ H ( y , x ) 2 d m 1 ( x ) ≲ r 0 − n . (162)
By (41) and the n n n -growth of μ \mu μ , for i = 1 , 2 i=1,2 i = 1 , 2 we have
m i ( X ) ≤ C 1 μ ( B i ) ≤ C 1 C 0 r ( B i ) n . \mathfrak{m}_i(X)\leq C_1\mu(B_i)\leq C_1C_0r(B_i)^n. m i ( X ) ≤ C 1 μ ( B i ) ≤ C 1 C 0 r ( B i ) n .
Integrating (162) , we get
∬ H ( x , y ) 2 d m 1 ( y ) d m 2 ( x ) ≲ r 0 − n min { m 1 ( X ) , m 2 ( X ) } ≲ 1. \iint H(x,y)^2\,d\mathfrak{m}_1(y)d\mathfrak{m}_2(x)\lesssim r_0^{-n}\min\{\mathfrak{m}_1(X),\mathfrak{m}_2(X)\}\lesssim1. ∬ H ( x , y ) 2 d m 1 ( y ) d m 2 ( x ) ≲ r 0 − n min { m 1 ( X ) , m 2 ( X )} ≲ 1.
By (161) and the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality, the integral operator with kernel D 2 \mathcal{D}_2 D 2 is bounded from L 2 ( m 1 ) L^2(\mathfrak{m}_1) L 2 ( m 1 ) to L 2 ( m 2 ) L^2(\mathfrak{m}_2) L 2 ( m 2 ) , with norm ≲ 1 \lesssim1 ≲ 1 . Together with the bound for D 1 \mathcal{D}_1 D 1 , this proves (160) . □
Comparison of the norms
As an application of Lemma 5.1 and the properties of the measures discussed at the beginning of the section, we obtain the following comparison result for the L 2 L^2 L 2 -operator norms with different measures.
Lemma 5.2. There exists a constant c ^ 0 > 0 \widehat c_0>0 c 0 > 0 , depending only on n n n , D D D , γ \gamma γ , ε 0 \varepsilon_0 ε 0 , C C C , C 0 C_0 C 0 , C 1 C_1 C 1 , C 3 C_3 C 3 , β \beta β , and the fixed David-Mattila parameters, such that, for every ε > 0 \varepsilon>0 ε > 0 ,
∥ T Ξ w , μ 1 , ε ∥ L 2 ( μ 1 ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ) + ∥ T Ξ w , ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ε ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( μ 2 ) ≤ c ^ 0 ( 1 + ∥ T Ξ w , ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ε ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ) ) . (163) \left\|T_{\Xi_w,\mu_1,\varepsilon}\right\|_{L^2(\mu_1)\to L^2(|\widehat\nu_2|)}+\left\|T_{\Xi_w,|\widehat\nu_1|,\varepsilon}\right\|_{L^2(|\widehat\nu_1|)\to L^2(\mu_2)}
\leq\widehat c_0\left(1+\left\|T_{\Xi_w,|\widehat\nu_1|,\varepsilon}\right\|_{L^2(|\widehat\nu_1|)\to L^2(|\widehat\nu_2|)}\right). \tag*{(163)} ∥ T Ξ w , μ 1 , ε ∥ L 2 ( μ 1 ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) + T Ξ w , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( μ 2 ) ≤ c 0 ( 1 + T Ξ w , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ) . (163)
Moreover, there exists a constant c ^ > 0 \widehat{c}>0 c > 0 , with the same dependence, such that
∥ T Ξ w , μ 1 , ε ∥ L 2 ( μ 1 ) → L 2 ( μ 2 ) ≤ c ^ ( 1 + ∥ T Ξ w , ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ε ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ) ) . (164) \left\|T_{\Xi_w,\mu_1,\varepsilon}\right\|_{L^2(\mu_1)\to L^2(\mu_2)} \le\widehat{c}\left(1+\left\|T_{\Xi_w,\lvert\widehat{\nu}_1\rvert,\varepsilon}\right\|_{L^2(\lvert\widehat{\nu}_1\rvert)\to L^2(\lvert\widehat{\nu}_2\rvert)}\right). \tag*{(164)} ∥ T Ξ w , μ 1 , ε ∥ L 2 ( μ 1 ) → L 2 ( μ 2 ) ≤ c ( 1 + T Ξ w , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε L 2 (∣ ν 1 ∣) → L 2 (∣ ν 2 ∣) ) . (164)
Proof. In this proof, we use the shorthand notation ∥ ⋅ ∥ m → m ′ : = ∥ ⋅ ∥ L 2 ( m ) → L 2 ( m ′ ) \left\|\cdot\right\|_{m\to m'}:=\left\|\cdot\right\|_{L^2(m)\to L^2(m')} ∥ ⋅ ∥ m → m ′ := ∥ ⋅ ∥ L 2 ( m ) → L 2 ( m ′ ) and note that ∥ T Ξ w , ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ε ∥ ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ → ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ < ∞ \left\|T_{\Xi_w,\lvert\widehat{\nu}_1\rvert,\varepsilon}\right\|_{\lvert\widehat{\nu}_1\rvert\to\lvert\widehat{\nu}_2\rvert}<\infty T Ξ w , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ∣ ν 1 ∣ → ∣ ν 2 ∣ < ∞ , since the kernel of T Ξ w , ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ε T_{\Xi_w,\lvert\widehat{\nu}_1\rvert,\varepsilon} T Ξ w , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε is bounded by C ε − n C\varepsilon^{-n} C ε − n and the measures ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ \lvert\widehat{\nu}_1\rvert ∣ ν 1 ∣ and ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ \lvert\widehat{\nu}_2\rvert ∣ ν 2 ∣ are finite.
Let m 1 ∈ { μ , ∣ ν 1 ∣ } m_1\in\{\mu,\lvert\nu_1\rvert\} m 1 ∈ { μ , ∣ ν 1 ∣} and m 2 ∈ { μ , ∣ ν 2 ∣ } m_2\in\{\mu,\lvert\nu_2\rvert\} m 2 ∈ { μ , ∣ ν 2 ∣} , so that m i ∣ B i ∈ { μ i , ∣ ν ^ i ∣ } m_i|_{B_i}\in\{\mu_i,\lvert\widehat{\nu}_i\rvert\} m i ∣ B i ∈ { μ i , ∣ ν i ∣} . Since the kernel of the localized operator is such that L ε ( x , y ) = 0 L_\varepsilon(x,y)=0 L ε ( x , y ) = 0 unless ( x , y ) ∈ B 2 × B 1 (x,y)\in B_2\times B_1 ( x , y ) ∈ B 2 × B 1 , we obtain ∥ S m 1 , ε ∥ m 1 → m 2 = ∥ S m 1 ∣ B 1 , ε ∥ m 1 ∣ B 1 → m 2 ∣ B 2 \left\|S_{m_1,\varepsilon}\right\|_{m_1\to m_2}=\left\|S_{m_1|_{B_1},\varepsilon}\right\|_{m_1|_{B_1}\to m_2|_{B_2}} ∥ S m 1 , ε ∥ m 1 → m 2 = S m 1 ∣ B 1 , ε m 1 ∣ B 1 → m 2 ∣ B 2 . Hence, (160) gives
∣ ∥ T Ξ w , m 1 ∣ B 1 , ε ∥ m 1 ∣ B 1 → m 2 ∣ B 2 − ∥ S m 1 , ε ∥ m 1 → m 2 ∣ ≤ C . (165) \left|\left\|T_{\Xi_w,m_1|_{B_1},\varepsilon}\right\|_{m_1|_{B_1}\to m_2|_{B_2}}-\left\|S_{m_1,\varepsilon}\right\|_{m_1\to m_2}\right|\le C. \tag*{(165)} T Ξ w , m 1 ∣ B 1 , ε m 1 ∣ B 1 → m 2 ∣ B 2 − ∥ S m 1 , ε ∥ m 1 → m 2 ≤ C . (165)
In particular,
∥ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ∥ ∣ ν 1 ∣ → ∣ ν 2 ∣ ≤ ∥ T Ξ w , ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ε ∥ ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ → ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ + C < ∞ . (166) \left\|S_{\lvert\nu_1\rvert,\varepsilon}\right\|_{\lvert\nu_1\rvert\to\lvert\nu_2\rvert}\le\left\|T_{\Xi_w,\lvert\widehat{\nu}_1\rvert,\varepsilon}\right\|_{\lvert\widehat{\nu}_1\rvert\to\lvert\widehat{\nu}_2\rvert}+C<\infty. \tag*{(166)} S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ∣ ν 1 ∣ → ∣ ν 2 ∣ ≤ T Ξ w , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ∣ ν 1 ∣ → ∣ ν 2 ∣ + C < ∞. (166)
Thus, by (165) and (166) with ( m 1 , m 2 ) (m_1,m_2) ( m 1 , m 2 ) equal to ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ , μ ) (\lvert\nu_1\rvert,\mu) (∣ ν 1 ∣ , μ ) , ( μ , ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) (\mu,\lvert\nu_2\rvert) ( μ , ∣ ν 2 ∣) , and ( μ , μ ) (\mu,\mu) ( μ , μ ) , the estimates (163) and (164) follow from
∥ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ∥ ∣ ν 1 ∣ → μ + ∥ S μ , ε ∥ μ → ∣ ν 2 ∣ + ∥ S μ , ε ∥ μ → μ ≲ 1 + ∥ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ∥ ∣ ν 1 ∣ → ∣ ν 2 ∣ . (167) \left\|S_{\lvert\nu_1\rvert,\varepsilon}\right\|_{\lvert\nu_1\rvert\to\mu}+\left\|S_{\mu,\varepsilon}\right\|_{\mu\to\lvert\nu_2\rvert}+\left\|S_{\mu,\varepsilon}\right\|_{\mu\to\mu}\lesssim1+\left\|S_{\lvert\nu_1\rvert,\varepsilon}\right\|_{\lvert\nu_1\rvert\to\lvert\nu_2\rvert}. \tag*{(167)} S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ∣ ν 1 ∣ → μ + ∥ S μ , ε ∥ μ → ∣ ν 2 ∣ + ∥ S μ , ε ∥ μ → μ ≲ 1 + S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ∣ ν 1 ∣ → ∣ ν 2 ∣ . (167)
As observed after (159) , Lemma 3.16 applies to L ε L_\varepsilon L ε and to its transpose L ε t ( x , y ) : = L ε ( y , x ) L_\varepsilon^t(x,y):=L_\varepsilon(y,x) L ε t ( x , y ) := L ε ( y , x ) , with Ξ = Ψ ε \Xi=\Psi_\varepsilon Ξ = Ψ ε , δ 0 = ε \delta_0=\varepsilon δ 0 = ε , and any three measures m , m ′ , m ′ ′ ∈ { μ , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ∣ ν 2 ∣ } m,m',m''\in\{\mu,\lvert\nu_1\rvert,\lvert\nu_2\rvert\} m , m ′ , m ′′ ∈ { μ , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ∣ ν 2 ∣} . We denote by S m , ε t S^t_{m,\varepsilon} S m , ε t the integral operator with kernel L ε t L_\varepsilon^t L ε t with respect to m m m so that, by duality, ∥ S m ′ , ε t ∥ m ′ → m = ∥ S m , ε ∥ m → m ′ \left\|S^t_{m',\varepsilon}\right\|_{m'\to m}=\left\|S_{m,\varepsilon}\right\|_{m\to m'} S m ′ , ε t m ′ → m = ∥ S m , ε ∥ m → m ′ . Since L ε ( x , y ) = 0 L_\varepsilon(x,y)=0 L ε ( x , y ) = 0 if d ( x , y ) ≤ ε d(x,y)\le\varepsilon d ( x , y ) ≤ ε , the truncations of S m , ε S_{m,\varepsilon} S m , ε at levels δ < ε \delta<\varepsilon δ < ε coincide with S m , ε S_{m,\varepsilon} S m , ε . Hence, (78) gives
∥ S m , ε ∥ m → m ′ ′ ≲ 1 + ∥ S m , ε ∥ m → m ′ (168) \left\|S_{m,\varepsilon}\right\|_{m\to m''}\lesssim1+\left\|S_{m,\varepsilon}\right\|_{m\to m'} \tag*{(168)} ∥ S m , ε ∥ m → m ′′ ≲ 1 + ∥ S m , ε ∥ m → m ′ (168)
whenever the right-hand side is finite, and the same holds for S m , ε t S^t_{m,\varepsilon} S m , ε t . Applying (168) three times, we obtain
∥ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ∥ ∣ ν 1 ∣ → μ ≲ 1 + ∥ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ∥ ∣ ν 1 ∣ → ∣ ν 2 ∣ , \left\|S_{\lvert\nu_1\rvert,\varepsilon}\right\|_{\lvert\nu_1\rvert\to\mu}\lesssim1+\left\|S_{\lvert\nu_1\rvert,\varepsilon}\right\|_{\lvert\nu_1\rvert\to\lvert\nu_2\rvert}, S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ∣ ν 1 ∣ → μ ≲ 1 + S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ∣ ν 1 ∣ → ∣ ν 2 ∣ ,
∥ S μ , ε ∥ μ → ∣ ν 2 ∣ = ∥ S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε t ∥ ∣ ν 2 ∣ → μ ≲ 1 + ∥ S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε t ∥ ∣ ν 2 ∣ → ∣ ν 1 ∣ = 1 + ∥ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ∥ ∣ ν 1 ∣ → ∣ ν 2 ∣ , \left\|S_{\mu,\varepsilon}\right\|_{\mu\to\lvert\nu_2\rvert}=\left\|S^t_{\lvert\nu_2\rvert,\varepsilon}\right\|_{\lvert\nu_2\rvert\to\mu}\lesssim1+\left\|S^t_{\lvert\nu_2\rvert,\varepsilon}\right\|_{\lvert\nu_2\rvert\to\lvert\nu_1\rvert}=1+\left\|S_{\lvert\nu_1\rvert,\varepsilon}\right\|_{\lvert\nu_1\rvert\to\lvert\nu_2\rvert}, ∥ S μ , ε ∥ μ → ∣ ν 2 ∣ = S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε t ∣ ν 2 ∣ → μ ≲ 1 + S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε t ∣ ν 2 ∣ → ∣ ν 1 ∣ = 1 + S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ∣ ν 1 ∣ → ∣ ν 2 ∣ ,
and
∥ S μ , ε ∥ μ → μ ≲ 1 + ∥ S μ , ε ∥ μ → ∣ ν 2 ∣ . \left\|S_{\mu,\varepsilon}\right\|_{\mu\to\mu}\lesssim1+\left\|S_{\mu,\varepsilon}\right\|_{\mu\to\lvert\nu_2\rvert}. ∥ S μ , ε ∥ μ → μ ≲ 1 + ∥ S μ , ε ∥ μ → ∣ ν 2 ∣ .
By (166) and the second inequality, all the right-hand sides are finite, and the inequalities above prove (167) . □
Let R R R be the smaller of the cells R 1 R_1 R 1 and R 2 R_2 R 2 , and set M : = 2 M ∗ M:=2M_* M := 2 M ∗ . Since either R 1 ⊂ R 2 R_1\subset R_2 R 1 ⊂ R 2 or R 2 ⊂ R 1 R_2\subset R_1 R 2 ⊂ R 1 , (A.7) and (A.8) give
84 B ( R ) ⊂ M B ~ ( R ) ⊂ M B 1 ∩ M B 2 . (169) 84B(R)\subset M\widetilde{B}(R)\subset MB_1\cap MB_2. \tag*{(169)} 84 B ( R ) ⊂ M B ( R ) ⊂ M B 1 ∩ M B 2 . (169)
Lemma 5.3. For every ε > 0 \varepsilon>0 ε > 0 , we have
∥ T Ξ w , μ ∣ 84 B ( R ) , ε ∥ L 2 ( μ ∣ 84 B ( R ) ) → L 2 ( μ ∣ 84 B ( R ) ) ≲ 1 + ∥ T Ξ w , ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ε ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ) . (170) \left\|T_{\Xi_w,\mu|_{84B(R)},\varepsilon}\right\|_{L^2(\mu|_{84B(R)})\to L^2(\mu|_{84B(R)})}\lesssim1+\left\|T_{\Xi_w,\lvert\widehat{\nu}_1\rvert,\varepsilon}\right\|_{L^2(\lvert\widehat{\nu}_1\rvert)\to L^2(\lvert\widehat{\nu}_2\rvert)}. \tag*{(170)} T Ξ w , μ ∣ 84 B ( R ) , ε L 2 ( μ ∣ 84 B ( R ) ) → L 2 ( μ ∣ 84 B ( R ) ) ≲ 1 + T Ξ w , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε L 2 (∣ ν 1 ∣) → L 2 (∣ ν 2 ∣) . (170) The same estimate holds with Ξ w \Xi_w Ξ w replaced, on both sides, by the suppression Φ ~ R \widetilde{\Phi}_R Φ R from (138) .
Proof. We use the notation of the proof of Lemma 5.2, and we set μ ^ i : = μ ∣ M B i \widehat{\mu}_i := \mu|_{MB_i} μ i := μ ∣ M B i , for i = 1 , 2 i = 1,2 i = 1 , 2 , and μ ^ : = μ ∣ M B ~ ( R ) \widehat{\mu} := \mu|_{M\widetilde{B}(R)} μ := μ ∣ M B ( R ) . Since μ ∣ 84 B ( R ) ≤ μ ^ \mu|_{84B(R)} \leq\widehat{\mu} μ ∣ 84 B ( R ) ≤ μ , by (169) , it suffices to prove (170) with μ ^ \widehat{\mu} μ in place of μ ∣ 84 B ( R ) \mu|_{84B(R)} μ ∣ 84 B ( R ) .
Let i = 1 , 2 i = 1,2 i = 1 , 2 . Since χ i = 0 \chi_i = 0 χ i = 0 on X ∖ B i X \setminus B_i X ∖ B i , (156) gives Ξ w ≥ θ r ( B i ) / 2 \Xi_{\mathbf w} \geq\theta r(B_i)/2 Ξ w ≥ θ r ( B i ) /2 on X ∖ B i X \setminus B_i X ∖ B i . Thus, by the standard kernel bounds of Lemma 3.13 , ∣ K Ξ w ( x , y ) ∣ ≲ r ( B i ) − n |K_{\Xi_{\mathbf w}}(x,y)| \lesssim r(B_i)^{-n} ∣ K Ξ w ( x , y ) ∣ ≲ r ( B i ) − n if x ∉ B i x \notin B_i x ∈ / B i or y ∉ B i y \notin B_i y ∈ / B i . Since μ ( M B i ) ≤ C 0 M n r ( B i ) n \mu(MB_i) \leq C_0M^n r(B_i)^n μ ( M B i ) ≤ C 0 M n r ( B i ) n , it follows that
∬ M B i × M B i ( χ X ∖ B i ( x ) + χ X ∖ B i ( y ) ) ∣ K Ξ w ( x , y ) ∣ 2 d μ ( y ) d μ ( x ) ≲ r ( B i ) − 2 n μ ( M B i ) 2 ≲ 1. \iint_{MB_i \times MB_i} \bigl(\chi_{X\setminus B_i}(x) + \chi_{X\setminus B_i}(y)\bigr)|K_{\Xi_{\mathbf w}}(x,y)|^2\,d\mu(y)\,d\mu(x) \lesssim r(B_i)^{-2n}\mu(MB_i)^2 \lesssim1. ∬ M B i × M B i ( χ X ∖ B i ( x ) + χ X ∖ B i ( y ) ) ∣ K Ξ w ( x , y ) ∣ 2 d μ ( y ) d μ ( x ) ≲ r ( B i ) − 2 n μ ( M B i ) 2 ≲ 1.
Hence, by the Cauchy-Schwarz inequality, for every ε > 0 \varepsilon> 0 ε > 0 we have
∥ χ X ∖ B i T Ξ w , μ ^ i , ε ∥ μ ^ i → μ ^ i + ∥ T Ξ w , μ ^ i , ε ( χ X ∖ B i ⋅ ) ∥ μ ^ i → μ ^ i ≲ 1. (171) \left\|\chi_{X\setminus B_i}T_{\Xi_{\mathbf w},\widehat{\mu}_i,\varepsilon}\right\|_{\widehat{\mu}_i\to\widehat{\mu}_i}+\left\|T_{\Xi_{\mathbf w},\widehat{\mu}_i,\varepsilon}(\chi_{X\setminus B_i}\mathbin{\cdot})\right\|_{\widehat{\mu}_i\to\widehat{\mu}_i}\lesssim1. \tag*{(171)} χ X ∖ B i T Ξ w , μ i , ε μ i → μ i + T Ξ w , μ i , ε ( χ X ∖ B i ⋅ ) μ i → μ i ≲ 1. (171)
Let f ∈ L 2 ( μ ^ ) f \in L^2(\widehat{\mu}) f ∈ L 2 ( μ ) , extended by zero outside M B ~ ( R ) M\widetilde{B}(R) M B ( R ) . Since M B ~ ( R ) ⊂ M B 1 ∩ M B 2 M\widetilde{B}(R) \subset MB_1 \cap MB_2 M B ( R ) ⊂ M B 1 ∩ M B 2 , we can split
T Ξ w , μ ^ , ε f = χ B 2 T Ξ w , μ 1 , ε f + χ B 2 T Ξ w , μ ^ 1 , ε ( χ X ∖ B 1 f ) + χ X ∖ B 2 T Ξ w , μ ^ 2 , ε f = : I 1 + I 2 + I 3 . T_{\Xi_{\mathbf w},\widehat{\mu},\varepsilon}f=\chi_{B_2}T_{\Xi_{\mathbf w},\mu_1,\varepsilon}f+\chi_{B_2}T_{\Xi_{\mathbf w},\widehat{\mu}_1,\varepsilon}(\chi_{X\setminus B_1}f)+\chi_{X\setminus B_2}T_{\Xi_{\mathbf w},\widehat{\mu}_2,\varepsilon}f=: \mathcal I_1+\mathcal I_2+\mathcal I_3. T Ξ w , μ , ε f = χ B 2 T Ξ w , μ 1 , ε f + χ B 2 T Ξ w , μ 1 , ε ( χ X ∖ B 1 f ) + χ X ∖ B 2 T Ξ w , μ 2 , ε f =: I 1 + I 2 + I 3 .
Since μ ^ ∣ B 2 ≤ μ 2 \widehat{\mu}|_{B_2}\leq\mu_2 μ ∣ B 2 ≤ μ 2 and ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( μ 1 ) ≤ ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( μ ^ ) \|f\|_{L^2(\mu_1)}\leq\|f\|_{L^2(\widehat{\mu})} ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( μ 1 ) ≤ ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( μ ) , (164) gives
∥ I 1 ∥ L 2 ( μ ^ ) ≤ ∥ T Ξ w , μ 1 , ε ∥ μ 1 → μ 2 ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( μ 1 ) ≲ ( 1 + ∥ T Ξ w , ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ε ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ) ) ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( μ ^ ) . \|\mathcal I_1\|_{L^2(\widehat{\mu})}\leq\|T_{\Xi_{\mathbf w},\mu_1,\varepsilon}\|_{\mu_1\to\mu_2}\|f\|_{L^2(\mu_1)}\lesssim\left(1+\|T_{\Xi_{\mathbf w},|\widehat{\nu}_1|,\varepsilon}\|_{L^2(|\widehat{\nu}_1|)\to L^2(|\widehat{\nu}_2|)}\right)\|f\|_{L^2(\widehat{\mu})}. ∥ I 1 ∥ L 2 ( μ ) ≤ ∥ T Ξ w , μ 1 , ε ∥ μ 1 → μ 2 ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( μ 1 ) ≲ ( 1 + ∥ T Ξ w , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ) ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( μ ) .
Moreover μ ^ ≤ μ ^ i \widehat{\mu}\leq\widehat{\mu}_i μ ≤ μ i and ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( μ ^ i ) = ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( μ ^ ) \|f\|_{L^2(\widehat{\mu}_i)}=\|f\|_{L^2(\widehat{\mu})} ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( μ i ) = ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( μ ) , for i = 1 , 2 i=1,2 i = 1 , 2 , so (171) gives
∥ I 2 ∥ L 2 ( μ ^ ) + ∥ I 3 ∥ L 2 ( μ ^ ) ≤ ∥ T Ξ w , μ ^ 1 , ε ( χ X ∖ B 1 f ) ∥ L 2 ( μ ^ 1 ) + ∥ χ X ∖ B 2 T Ξ w , μ ^ 2 , ε f ∥ L 2 ( μ ^ 2 ) ≲ ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( μ ^ ) , \|\mathcal I_2\|_{L^2(\widehat{\mu})}+\|\mathcal I_3\|_{L^2(\widehat{\mu})}\leq\|T_{\Xi_{\mathbf w},\widehat{\mu}_1,\varepsilon}(\chi_{X\setminus B_1}f)\|_{L^2(\widehat{\mu}_1)}+\|\chi_{X\setminus B_2}T_{\Xi_{\mathbf w},\widehat{\mu}_2,\varepsilon}f\|_{L^2(\widehat{\mu}_2)}\lesssim\|f\|_{L^2(\widehat{\mu})}, ∥ I 2 ∥ L 2 ( μ ) + ∥ I 3 ∥ L 2 ( μ ) ≤ ∥ T Ξ w , μ 1 , ε ( χ X ∖ B 1 f ) ∥ L 2 ( μ 1 ) + ∥ χ X ∖ B 2 T Ξ w , μ 2 , ε f ∥ L 2 ( μ 2 ) ≲ ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( μ ) ,
which proves (170) for the SIO associated with the suppression Ξ w \Xi_{\mathbf w} Ξ w .
Finally, let i = 1 , 2 i=1,2 i = 1 , 2 and w i ∈ Ω w_i\in\Omega w i ∈ Ω . The set F i ( w i ) F_i(w_i) F i ( w i ) is contained in ( 1 − θ ) B i (1-\theta)B_i ( 1 − θ ) B i and does not intersect the balls B ( x , r j , i ( x ) ) B(x,r_{j,i}(x)) B ( x , r j , i ( x )) , for x ∈ B i x\in B_i x ∈ B i and j = 1 , 2 j=1,2 j = 1 , 2 , and B ( x , R i ( x ) ) B(x,R_i(x)) B ( x , R i ( x )) , for x ∈ X x\in X x ∈ X . Hence, Φ i , R i , w i \Phi_{i,R_i,w_i} Φ i , R i , w i is bounded from below by r 1 , i r_{1,i} r 1 , i and r 2 , i r_{2,i} r 2 , i on B i B_i B i , and by R i R_i R i and dist ( ⋅ , ( 1 − θ ) B i ) \operatorname{dist}(\cdot,(1-\theta)B_i) dist ( ⋅ , ( 1 − θ ) B i ) on X X X . These lower bounds do not depend on w i w_i w i , so, by (99) , they also hold for Φ i , R i \Phi_{i,R_i} Φ i , R i , and thus for Φ ~ R = max { Φ 1 , R 1 , Φ 2 , R 2 } \widetilde{\Phi}_R=\max\{\Phi_{1,R_1},\Phi_{2,R_2}\} Φ R = max { Φ 1 , R 1 , Φ 2 , R 2 } . Since Φ ~ R \widetilde{\Phi}_R Φ R is also 1 1 1 -Lipschitz, and these are the only properties of Ξ w \Xi_{\mathbf w} Ξ w that we used in this section, all the estimates of this section hold with Φ ~ R \widetilde{\Phi}_R Φ R in place of Ξ w \Xi_{\mathbf w} Ξ w .
The Key Lemma for the suppressed operator
The setup. We keep the setting and the notation of § 5 . In particular, R 1 ∈ Top ′ ′ R_1\in\operatorname{Top}^{\prime\prime} R 1 ∈ Top ′′ and R 2 ∈ Top ′ ′ R_2\in\operatorname{Top}^{\prime\prime} R 2 ∈ Top ′′ are such that Tree ( R 1 , R 2 ) ≠ ∅ \operatorname{Tree}(R_1,R_2)\neq\varnothing Tree ( R 1 , R 2 ) = ∅ , B i = B ~ ( R i ) B_i=\widetilde{B}(R_i) B i = B ( R i ) , and ν ^ 1 \widehat{\nu}_1 ν 1 and ν ^ 2 \widehat{\nu}_2 ν 2 are the testing measures for T T T on B 1 B_1 B 1 and for T ∗ T^* T ∗ on B 2 B_2 B 2 , respectively. As observed in § 4 , for i = 1 , 2 i=1,2 i = 1 , 2 the measures μ \mu μ and ν ^ i \widehat{\nu}_i ν i satisfy assumptions (A1)--(A6) with B = B i B=B_i B = B i and C 2 = 1 C_2=1 C 2 = 1 , where T T T is replaced by T ∗ T^* T ∗ if i = 2 i=2 i = 2 . We refer to (43) for T T T on B 1 B_1 B 1 and for T ∗ T^* T ∗ on $B_2 as the maximal truncation assumptions.
We use Ω \Omega Ω as in Section 2, Ω 2 = Ω × Ω \Omega^2=\Omega\times\Omega Ω 2 = Ω × Ω , and the notation w = ( w 1 , w 2 ) ∈ Ω 2 \mathbf w=(w_1,w_2)\in\Omega^2 w = ( w 1 , w 2 ) ∈ Ω 2 . For w i ∈ Ω w_i\in\Omega w i ∈ Ω , we consider the two independent dyadic grids D ( w i ) \mathcal D(w_i) D ( w i ) and the total exceptional sets W i ( w i ) W_i(w_i) W i ( w i ) .
Let i = 1 , 2 i=1,2 i = 1 , 2 . By (2) , we have ν ^ i ( B i ) = μ ( B i ) \widehat{\nu}_i(B_i)=\mu(B_i) ν i ( B i ) = μ ( B i ) . We write ν ^ i = b ^ i ∣ ν ^ i ∣ \widehat{\nu}_i=\widehat{b}_i|\widehat{\nu}_i| ν i = b i ∣ ν i ∣ on B i B_i B i , and we extend b ^ i \widehat{b}_i b i by 1 1 1 on X ∖ B i X\setminus B_i X ∖ B i . Note that, since ν i = ν ^ i + μ ∣ X ∖ B i \nu_i=\widehat{\nu}_i+\mu|_{X\setminus B_i} ν i = ν i + μ ∣ X ∖ B i , we have ν i = b ^ i ∣ ν i ∣ \nu_i=\widehat{b}_i|\nu_i| ν i = b i ∣ ν i ∣ and ∣ b ^ i ∣ = 1 |\widehat{b}_i|=1 ∣ b i ∣ = 1 ∣ ν i ∣ |\nu_i| ∣ ν i ∣ -almost everywhere.
By symmetry, we may assume that R 1 ⊂ R 2 R_1\subset R_2 R 1 ⊂ R 2 . Otherwise, it suffices to interchange the indices and to replace T T T by T ∗ T^* T ∗ . Then (A.6) and (A.7) give r ( B 1 ) ≤ r ( B 2 ) r(B_1)\leq r(B_2) r ( B 1 ) ≤ r ( B 2 ) and 2 M ∗ B 1 ⊂ 2 M ∗ B 2 2M_*B_1\subset2M_*B_2 2 M ∗ B 1 ⊂ 2 M ∗ B 2 .
Let κ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \kappa\in(0,1) κ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) , to be fixed in § 7.1 . We fix the generations k 1 k_1 k 1 and k 2 k_2 k 2 given by Lemma A.4 , applied to B 1 B_1 B 1 , B 2 B_2 B 2 , and κ \kappa κ . For i , j = 1 , 2 i,j=1,2 i , j = 1 , 2 and w j ∈ Ω w_j\in\Omega w j ∈ Ω , we denote by Q i ( w j ) Q_i(w_j) Q i ( w j ) the cube of D k i ( w j ) \mathcal D_{k_i}(w_j) D k i ( w j ) that contains the center of B i B_i B i . Note that Q i ( w j ) Q_i(w_j) Q i ( w j ) depends only on w j w_j w j .
As is customary in T b Tb T b theorems, see [72 ] , we adopt the notion of good and bad cubes, depending on the exponent α : = γ / ( 2 ( n + γ ) ) ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \alpha:=\gamma/(2(n+\gamma))\in(0,1) α := γ / ( 2 ( n + γ )) ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) . We denote by η > 0 \eta>0 η > 0 the boundary exponent in Theorem A.3, and set d = log 2 ( D ) \mathfrak{d} = \log_{2}(D) d = log 2 ( D ) , where D D D is the geometrically doubling constant of X X X . We also recall that ℓ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \ell\in(0,1) ℓ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) is the scaling factor in Theorem 2.9 .
Definition 6.1 (Good and bad cubes). Let w = ( w 1 , w 2 ) \mathbf{w}=(w_{1},w_{2}) w = ( w 1 , w 2 ) and m ∈ N m\in\mathbb{N} m ∈ N . A cube Q ∈ D ( w 1 ) Q\in\mathcal{D}(w_{1}) Q ∈ D ( w 1 ) is bad if there exists R ∈ D ( w 2 ) R\in\mathcal{D}(w_{2}) R ∈ D ( w 2 ) with ℓ ( R ) ≥ ℓ − m ℓ ( Q ) \ell(R)\geq\ell^{-m}\ell(Q) ℓ ( R ) ≥ ℓ − m ℓ ( Q ) such that
dist ( Q , R ) ≤ ℓ ( Q ) α ℓ ( R ) 1 − α and dist ( Q , X ∖ R ) ≤ ℓ ( Q ) α ℓ ( R ) 1 − α . \operatorname{dist}(Q,R)\leq\ell(Q)^{\alpha}\ell(R)^{1-\alpha}
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
\operatorname{dist}(Q,X\setminus R)\leq\ell(Q)^{\alpha}\ell(R)^{1-\alpha}. dist ( Q , R ) ≤ ℓ ( Q ) α ℓ ( R ) 1 − α and dist ( Q , X ∖ R ) ≤ ℓ ( Q ) α ℓ ( R ) 1 − α . Otherwise Q Q Q is good. We denote these families by D 1 b ( w , m ) \mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{b}}_{1}(\mathbf{w},m) D 1 b ( w , m ) and D 1 g ( w , m ) \mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{g}}_{1}(\mathbf{w},m) D 1 g ( w , m ) , respectively, omitting m m m when it is fixed. The corresponding families D 2 b ( w , m ) \mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{b}}_{2}(\mathbf{w},m) D 2 b ( w , m ) and D 2 g ( w , m ) \mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{g}}_{2}(\mathbf{w},m) D 2 g ( w , m ) in the second grid are defined by interchanging the indices.
By Lemma A.4 , for 0 < κ ≪ 1 0<\kappa\ll1 0 < κ ≪ 1 and m m m sufficiently large, to be fixed in § 7.1 , there exists L = L ( κ ) > 0 L=L(\kappa)>0 L = L ( κ ) > 0 , depending also on the other structural constants in Lemma A.4 , such that, denoting P Ω 2 : = P ⊗ P \mathbb{P}^{\Omega^{2}}:=\mathbb{P}\otimes\mathbb{P} P Ω 2 := P ⊗ P , good cubes occur with large probability. Namely, we have
P Ω 2 ( { w = ( w 1 , w 2 ) ∈ Ω 2 : for every i = 1 , 2 , j = 1 , 2 there exists Q i ( w j ) ∈ D ( w j ) , \mathbb{P}^{\Omega^{2}}\left(\left\{\mathbf{w}=(w_{1},w_{2})\in\Omega^{2}: \text{for every }i=1,2,\ j=1,2\text{ there exists }Q_{i}(w_{j})\in\mathcal{D}(w_{j}),
\right.\right. P Ω 2 ( { w = ( w 1 , w 2 ) ∈ Ω 2 : for every i = 1 , 2 , j = 1 , 2 there exists Q i ( w j ) ∈ D ( w j ) ,
such that 6 M ∗ B i ⊂ Q i ( w j ) , Q 1 ( w j ) ⊂ Q 2 ( w j ) for j = 1 , 2 , \left.\left.
\text{such that }6M_{*}B_{i}\subset Q_{i}(w_{j}),\ Q_{1}(w_{j})\subset Q_{2}(w_{j})\text{ for }j=1,2,
\right.\right. such that 6 M ∗ B i ⊂ Q i ( w j ) , Q 1 ( w j ) ⊂ Q 2 ( w j ) for j = 1 , 2 ,
diam Q i ( w j ) ≤ L r ( B i ) , and Q i ( w j ) ∈ D j g ( w , m ) } ) > 1 − κ . (172) \left.\left.
\operatorname{diam}Q_{i}(w_{j})\leq Lr(B_{i}),\text{ and }Q_{i}(w_{j})\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{g}}_{j}(\mathbf{w},m)\right\}\right)>1-\kappa. \tag*{(172)} diam Q i ( w j ) ≤ L r ( B i ) , and Q i ( w j ) ∈ D j g ( w , m ) } ) > 1 − κ . (172)
Hence, we denote by G ⊂ Ω 2 \mathcal{G}\subset\Omega^{2} G ⊂ Ω 2 the event in parentheses in (172) . For the rest of the argument, we hence fix ( w 1 , w 2 ) ∈ G (w_{1},w_{2})\in\mathcal{G} ( w 1 , w 2 ) ∈ G and consider its associated cubes Q i ( w j ) Q_{i}(w_{j}) Q i ( w j ) , i , j = 1 , 2 i,j=1,2 i , j = 1 , 2 . In the following subsections, all probabilistic arguments are carried out by considering the conditional probability of the event belonging to G \mathcal{G} G , namely
P G Ω 2 ( A ) : = P Ω 2 ( A ∩ G ) P Ω 2 ( G ) , for A ⊂ Ω 2 , \mathbb{P}_{\mathcal{G}}^{\Omega^{2}}(A):=\frac{\mathbb{P}^{\Omega^{2}}(A\cap\mathcal{G})}{\mathbb{P}^{\Omega^{2}}(\mathcal{G})},\qquad\text{for }A\subset\Omega^{2}, P G Ω 2 ( A ) := P Ω 2 ( G ) P Ω 2 ( A ∩ G ) , for A ⊂ Ω 2 ,
and its associated expectations.
Adapted martingale differences. Let w ∈ G \mathbf{w}\in\mathcal{G} w ∈ G and i = 1 , 2 i=1,2 i = 1 , 2 . We use Q 2 ( w i ) Q_{2}(w_{i}) Q 2 ( w i ) as the top cube of the martingale decomposition associated with D ( w i ) \mathcal{D}(w_{i}) D ( w i ) . By the definition of G \mathcal{G} G , we have B 1 ⊂ Q 1 ( w i ) ⊂ Q 2 ( w i ) B_{1}\subset Q_{1}(w_{i})\subset Q_{2}(w_{i}) B 1 ⊂ Q 1 ( w i ) ⊂ Q 2 ( w i ) and B 2 ⊂ Q 2 ( w i ) B_{2}\subset Q_{2}(w_{i}) B 2 ⊂ Q 2 ( w i ) . We extend functions in L 2 ( ∣ ν i ∣ ) L^{2}(|\nu_{i}|) L 2 ( ∣ ν i ∣ ) by zero on X ∖ B i X\setminus B_{i} X ∖ B i , so that their norms in L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ i ∣ ) L^{2}(|\widehat{\nu}_{i}|) L 2 ( ∣ ν i ∣ ) and L 2 ( ∣ ν i ∣ ) L^{2}(|\nu_{i}|) L 2 ( ∣ ν i ∣ ) coincide. We remark that the martingale sums below run over the cubes of D ( w i ) \mathcal{D}(w_{i}) D ( w i ) contained in Q 2 ( w i ) Q_{2}(w_{i}) Q 2 ( w i ) , whereas goodness is defined in terms of the full grids.
Definition 6.2 (“Terminal” and “transit” cubes). Let i = 1 , 2 i=1,2 i = 1 , 2 . A cube Q ∈ D ( w i ) Q\in\mathcal{D}(w_{i}) Q ∈ D ( w i ) is terminal if Q ⊂ W i ( w i ) Q\subset\mathcal{W}_{i}(w_{i}) Q ⊂ W i ( w i ) , and transit otherwise. We denote these families by D i t e r m \mathcal{D}_{i}^{\mathrm{term}} D i term and D i t r \mathcal{D}_{i}^{\mathrm{tr}} D i tr , respectively.
Since B i ⊂ Q 2 ( w i ) B_{i}\subset Q_{2}(w_{i}) B i ⊂ Q 2 ( w i ) , Lemma 3.10 applies with Q 0 = Q 2 ( w i ) Q_{0}=Q_{2}(w_{i}) Q 0 = Q 2 ( w i ) , B = B i B=B_{i} B = B i , and ν = ν i \nu=\nu_{i} ν = ν i . The cubes of St ( Q 2 ( w i ) , w i ) \operatorname{St}(Q_{2}(w_{i}),w_{i}) St ( Q 2 ( w i ) , w i ) are contained in W i ( w i ) \mathcal{W}_{i}(w_{i}) W i ( w i ) , so a transit cube Q ⊂ Q 2 ( w i ) Q\subset Q_{2}(w_{i}) Q ⊂ Q 2 ( w i ) is not contained in any of them. Moreover, Q 2 ( w i ) Q_{2}(w_{i}) Q 2 ( w i ) is itself a transit cube, since ∅ ≠ F i ( w i ) ⊂ B i ∖ W i ( w i ) ⊂ Q 2 ( w i ) ∖ W i ( w i ) \varnothing\neq F_{i}(w_{i})\subset B_{i}\setminus\mathcal{W}_{i}(w_{i})\subset Q_{2}(w_{i})\setminus\mathcal{W}_{i}(w_{i}) ∅ = F i ( w i ) ⊂ B i ∖ W i ( w i ) ⊂ Q 2 ( w i ) ∖ W i ( w i ) . Hence, Lemma 3.10 gives
m − 1 μ ( Q ) ≤ ∣ ν i ∣ ( Q ) ≤ m μ ( Q ) and ∣ ν i ( Q ) ∣ ≥ ∣ ν i ∣ ( Q ) 2 ε 1 , Q ∈ D i t r , Q ⊂ Q 2 ( w i ) . \mathfrak{m}^{-1}\mu(Q)\leq|\nu_{i}|(Q)\leq\mathfrak{m}\mu(Q)
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
|\nu_{i}(Q)|\geq\frac{|\nu_{i}|(Q)}{2\varepsilon_{1}},
\qquad Q\in\mathcal{D}_{i}^{\mathrm{tr}},\quad Q\subset Q_{2}(w_{i}). m − 1 μ ( Q ) ≤ ∣ ν i ∣ ( Q ) ≤ m μ ( Q ) and ∣ ν i ( Q ) ∣ ≥ 2 ε 1 ∣ ν i ∣ ( Q ) , Q ∈ D i tr , Q ⊂ Q 2 ( w i ) .
In particular, since ν i = b ^ i ∣ ν i ∣ \nu_{i}=\widehat{b}_{i}|\nu_{i}| ν i = b i ∣ ν i ∣ , we have ∣ ⟨ b ^ i ⟩ ∣ ν i ∣ , Q ∣ ≥ ( 2 ε 1 ) − 1 |\langle\widehat{b}_{i}\rangle_{|\nu_{i}|,Q}|\geq(2\varepsilon_{1})^{-1} ∣ ⟨ b i ⟩ ∣ ν i ∣ , Q ∣ ≥ ( 2 ε 1 ) − 1 whenever ∣ ν i ∣ ( Q ) > 0 |\nu_{i}|(Q)>0 ∣ ν i ∣ ( Q ) > 0 .
Remark 6.3. Let Q ∈ D i t r Q\in\mathcal{D}_{i}^{\mathrm{tr}} Q ∈ D i tr , let P P P be a dyadic child of Q Q Q , and set C : = 2 C 1 ℓ θ − 1 C:=2C_{1}\ell^{\theta-1} C := 2 C 1 ℓ θ − 1 . Then
∣ ν i ∣ ( B ( z , t ) ) ≲ t n , for z ∈ P , t ≥ ℓ ( P ) . |\nu_{i}|(B(z,t))\lesssim t^{n},\qquad\text{for }z\in P,\quad t\geq\ell(P). ∣ ν i ∣ ( B ( z , t )) ≲ t n , for z ∈ P , t ≥ ℓ ( P ) .
Indeed, let x ∈ Q ∖ W i ( w i ) x \in Q \setminus\mathcal{W}_i(w_i) x ∈ Q ∖ W i ( w i ) . Since d ( x , z ) ≤ diam Q ≤ 2 C 1 ℓ ( Q ) = C ℓ ( P ) ≤ C t d(x,z) \le\operatorname{diam} Q \le2C_1\ell(Q) = C\ell(P) \le Ct d ( x , z ) ≤ diam Q ≤ 2 C 1 ℓ ( Q ) = C ℓ ( P ) ≤ C t , we have B ( z , t ) ⊂ B ( x , ( C + 1 ) t ) B(z,t) \subset B(x,(C+1)t) B ( z , t ) ⊂ B ( x , ( C + 1 ) t ) . Moreover, x ∉ H i , R i x \notin\mathcal{H}_{i,R_i} x ∈ / H i , R i , because H i , R i ⊂ W i ( w i ) \mathcal{H}_{i,R_i} \subset\mathcal{W}_i(w_i) H i , R i ⊂ W i ( w i ) . Thus, (52) and (53) give ∣ ν ^ i ∣ ( B ( x , r ) ) ≤ m r n |\widehat{\nu}_i|(B(x,r)) \le\mathbf{m}r^n ∣ ν i ∣ ( B ( x , r )) ≤ m r n for every r > 0 r > 0 r > 0 . Hence,
∣ ν i ∣ ( B ( z , t ) ) ≤ ∣ ν ^ i ∣ ( B ( x , ( C + 1 ) t ) ) + μ ( B ( z , t ) ) ≤ ( m ( C + 1 ) n + ε 0 ) t n . |\nu_i|(B(z,t)) \le|\widehat{\nu}_i|(B(x,(C+1)t))+\mu(B(z,t)) \le\bigl(\mathbf{m}(C+1)^n+\varepsilon_0\bigr)t^n. ∣ ν i ∣ ( B ( z , t )) ≤ ∣ ν i ∣ ( B ( x , ( C + 1 ) t )) + μ ( B ( z , t )) ≤ ( m ( C + 1 ) n + ε 0 ) t n .
Let m ∈ M + ( X ) \mathbf{m} \in M_+(X) m ∈ M + ( X ) . For f ∈ L l o c 1 ( m ) f \in L^1_{\mathrm{loc}}(\mathbf{m}) f ∈ L loc 1 ( m ) and a cube Q Q Q in X X X with m ( Q ) ≠ 0 \mathbf{m}(Q)\ne0 m ( Q ) = 0 , we write
⟨ f ⟩ m , Q : = 1 m ( Q ) ∫ Q f d m . (173) \langle f\rangle_{\mathbf{m},Q}:=\frac{1}{\mathbf{m}(Q)}\int_Q f\,d\mathbf{m}. \tag*{(173)} ⟨ f ⟩ m , Q := m ( Q ) 1 ∫ Q f d m . (173)
We also note that
∫ Q 2 ( w i ) b ^ i d ∣ ν i ∣ = μ ( Q 2 ( w i ) ) , μ ( Q 2 ( w i ) ) ≤ ∣ ν i ∣ ( Q 2 ( w i ) ) ≤ E 1 μ ( Q 2 ( w i ) ) , \int_{Q_2(w_i)}\widehat{b}_i\,d|\nu_i|=\mu(Q_2(w_i)),\qquad\mu(Q_2(w_i))\le|\nu_i|(Q_2(w_i))\le\mathcal{E}_1\mu(Q_2(w_i)), ∫ Q 2 ( w i ) b i d ∣ ν i ∣ = μ ( Q 2 ( w i )) , μ ( Q 2 ( w i )) ≤ ∣ ν i ∣ ( Q 2 ( w i )) ≤ E 1 μ ( Q 2 ( w i )) ,
and define the top averages by
E i f : = χ Q 2 ( w i ) b ^ i ∫ Q 2 ( w i ) f d ∣ ν i ∣ μ ( Q 2 ( w i ) ) and E i ∗ f : = χ Q 2 ( w i ) ∫ Q 2 ( w i ) b ^ i f d ∣ ν i ∣ μ ( Q 2 ( w i ) ) . (174) E_i f:=\chi_{Q_2(w_i)}\widehat{b}_i\frac{\int_{Q_2(w_i)}f\,d|\nu_i|}{\mu(Q_2(w_i))}
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
E_i^*f:=\chi_{Q_2(w_i)}\frac{\int_{Q_2(w_i)}\widehat{b}_i f\,d|\nu_i|}{\mu(Q_2(w_i))}. \tag*{(174)} E i f := χ Q 2 ( w i ) b i μ ( Q 2 ( w i )) ∫ Q 2 ( w i ) f d ∣ ν i ∣ and E i ∗ f := χ Q 2 ( w i ) μ ( Q 2 ( w i )) ∫ Q 2 ( w i ) b i f d ∣ ν i ∣ . (174)
For i = 1 , 2 i=1,2 i = 1 , 2 and A ⊂ X A\subset X A ⊂ X with ∣ ν i ∣ ( A ) > 0 |\nu_i|(A)>0 ∣ ν i ∣ ( A ) > 0 , we often use the shorthand notation ⟨ f ⟩ i , A : = ⟨ f ⟩ ∣ ν i ∣ , A \langle f\rangle_{i,A}:=\langle f\rangle_{|\nu_i|,A} ⟨ f ⟩ i , A := ⟨ f ⟩ ∣ ν i ∣ , A .
For Q ∈ D i Q\in\mathcal{D}_i Q ∈ D i , we set Ch ( Q ) = ∅ \operatorname{Ch}(Q)=\varnothing Ch ( Q ) = ∅ if ∣ ν i ∣ ( Q ) = 0 |\nu_i|(Q)=0 ∣ ν i ∣ ( Q ) = 0 and, if ∣ ν i ∣ ( Q ) > 0 |\nu_i|(Q)>0 ∣ ν i ∣ ( Q ) > 0 , we denote by Ch ( Q ) \operatorname{Ch}(Q) Ch ( Q ) the family of dyadic children P P P of Q Q Q such that ∣ ν i ∣ ( P ) > 0 |\nu_i|(P)>0 ∣ ν i ∣ ( P ) > 0 . For Q ∈ D i t r Q\in\mathcal{D}_i^{\mathrm{tr}} Q ∈ D i tr and f ∈ L l o c 1 ( ∣ ν i ∣ ) f\in L^1_{\mathrm{loc}}(|\nu_i|) f ∈ L loc 1 ( ∣ ν i ∣ ) we define
Δ i , Q f ( x ) : = { 0 , for x ∈ X ∖ ⋃ P ∈ Ch ( Q ) P , ( ⟨ f ⟩ i , P ⟨ b ^ i ⟩ i , P − ⟨ f ⟩ i , Q ⟨ b ^ i ⟩ i , Q ) b ^ i ( x ) , for x ∈ P , for some P ∈ Ch ( Q ) ∩ D i t r , f ( x ) − ⟨ f ⟩ i , Q ⟨ b ^ i ⟩ i , Q b ^ i ( x ) , for x ∈ P , for some P ∈ Ch ( Q ) ∩ D i t e r m . (175) \Delta_{i,Q}f(x):=
\begin{cases}
0, & \text{for }x\in X\setminus\bigcup_{P\in\operatorname{Ch}(Q)}P,\\
\left(\dfrac{\langle f\rangle_{i,P}}{\langle\widehat{b}_i\rangle_{i,P}}-\dfrac{\langle f\rangle_{i,Q}}{\langle\widehat{b}_i\rangle_{i,Q}}\right)\widehat{b}_i(x), & \text{for }x\in P,\ \text{for some }P\in\operatorname{Ch}(Q)\cap\mathcal{D}_i^{\mathrm{tr}},\\
f(x)-\dfrac{\langle f\rangle_{i,Q}}{\langle\widehat{b}_i\rangle_{i,Q}}\widehat{b}_i(x), & \text{for }x\in P,\ \text{for some }P\in\operatorname{Ch}(Q)\cap\mathcal{D}_i^{\mathrm{term}}.
\end{cases} \tag*{(175)} Δ i , Q f ( x ) := ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ 0 , ( ⟨ b i ⟩ i , P ⟨ f ⟩ i , P − ⟨ b i ⟩ i , Q ⟨ f ⟩ i , Q ) b i ( x ) , f ( x ) − ⟨ b i ⟩ i , Q ⟨ f ⟩ i , Q b i ( x ) , for x ∈ X ∖ ⋃ P ∈ Ch ( Q ) P , for x ∈ P , for some P ∈ Ch ( Q ) ∩ D i tr , for x ∈ P , for some P ∈ Ch ( Q ) ∩ D i term . (175)
We also set Δ i , Q : = 0 \Delta_{i,Q}:=0 Δ i , Q := 0 if Q Q Q is terminal or Q ⊄ Q 2 ( w i ) Q\not\subset Q_2(w_i) Q ⊂ Q 2 ( w i ) .
A standard computation, see [77 Lemma 5.10] for a close analogue, shows that
Δ i , Q Δ i , R = { Δ i , Q , if R = Q , 0 , if R ∈ D i t r , R ≠ Q , (176) \Delta_{i,Q}\Delta_{i,R}=
\begin{cases}
\Delta_{i,Q}, & \text{if }R=Q,\\
0, & \text{if }R\in\mathcal{D}_i^{\mathrm{tr}},\ R\ne Q,
\end{cases} \tag*{(176)} Δ i , Q Δ i , R = { Δ i , Q , 0 , if R = Q , if R ∈ D i tr , R = Q , (176)
and every f ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν i ∣ ) f\in L^2(|\nu_i|) f ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν i ∣ ) supported in Q 2 ( w i ) Q_2(w_i) Q 2 ( w i ) can be decomposed as
f = E i f + ∑ Q ∈ D i t r Δ i , Q f , (177) f=E_i f+\sum_{Q\in\mathcal{D}_i^{\mathrm{tr}}}\Delta_{i,Q}f, \tag*{(177)} f = E i f + Q ∈ D i tr ∑ Δ i , Q f , (177)
where the sum is unconditionally convergent in L 2 ( ∣ ν i ∣ ) L^2(|\nu_i|) L 2 ( ∣ ν i ∣ ) . Furthermore, see [77 Lemma 5.11] , there exists a constant c ~ = c ~ ( E 1 ) > 0 \widetilde{c}=\widetilde{c}(\mathcal{E}_1)>0 c = c ( E 1 ) > 0 such that we have the martingale square-function bound
c ~ − 1 ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν i ∣ ) 2 ≤ ∥ E i f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν i ∣ ) 2 + ∑ Q ∈ D i t r ∥ Δ i , Q f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν i ∣ ) 2 ≤ c ~ ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν i ∣ ) 2 . (178) \widetilde{c}^{-1}\|f\|_{L^2(|\nu_i|)}^2
\le\|E_i f\|_{L^2(|\nu_i|)}^2+
\sum_{Q\in\mathcal{D}_i^{\mathrm{tr}}}\|\Delta_{i,Q}f\|_{L^2(|\nu_i|)}^2
\le\widetilde{c}\|f\|_{L^2(|\nu_i|)}^2. \tag*{(178)} c − 1 ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν i ∣ ) 2 ≤ ∥ E i f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν i ∣ ) 2 + Q ∈ D i tr ∑ ∥ Δ i , Q f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν i ∣ ) 2 ≤ c ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν i ∣ ) 2 . (178)
Here we use ∣ b ^ i ∣ = 1 |\widehat{b}_i|=1 ∣ b i ∣ = 1 ∣ ν i ∣ |\nu_i| ∣ ν i ∣ -almost everywhere and the uniform lower bound for ∣ ⟨ b ^ i ⟩ i , Q ∣ |\langle\widehat{b}_i\rangle_{i,Q}| ∣ ⟨ b i ⟩ i , Q ∣ on transit cubes. Thus c ~ \widetilde{c} c depends only on the common accretivity constant ( 2 E 1 ) − 1 (2\mathcal{E}_1)^{-1} ( 2 E 1 ) − 1 . It is also possible to prove that the adjoint of Δ i , Q \Delta_{i,Q} Δ i , Q is given by
Δ i , Q ∗ f ( x ) : = { 0 , for x ∈ X ∖ ⋃ P ∈ Ch ( Q ) P , ⟨ f b ^ i ⟩ i , P ⟨ b ^ i ⟩ i , P − ⟨ f b ^ i ⟩ i , Q ⟨ b ^ i ⟩ i , Q , for x ∈ P , for some P ∈ Ch ( Q ) ∩ D i t r , f ( x ) − ⟨ f b ^ i ⟩ i , Q ⟨ b ^ i ⟩ i , Q , for x ∈ P , for some P ∈ Ch ( Q ) ∩ D i t e r m . \Delta_{i,Q}^{*}f(x):=
\begin{cases}
0, & \text{for }x\in X\setminus\bigcup_{P\in\operatorname{Ch}(Q)}P,\\
\dfrac{\langle f\widehat b_i\rangle_{i,P}}{\langle\widehat b_i\rangle_{i,P}}-\dfrac{\langle f\widehat b_i\rangle_{i,Q}}{\langle\widehat b_i\rangle_{i,Q}}, & \text{for }x\in P,\ \text{for some }P\in\operatorname{Ch}(Q)\cap\mathbb{D}_i^{\mathrm{tr}},\\
f(x)-\dfrac{\langle f\widehat b_i\rangle_{i,Q}}{\langle\widehat b_i\rangle_{i,Q}}, & \text{for }x\in P,\ \text{for some }P\in\operatorname{Ch}(Q)\cap\mathbb{D}_i^{\mathrm{term}}.
\end{cases} Δ i , Q ∗ f ( x ) := ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ 0 , ⟨ b i ⟩ i , P ⟨ f b i ⟩ i , P − ⟨ b i ⟩ i , Q ⟨ f b i ⟩ i , Q , f ( x ) − ⟨ b i ⟩ i , Q ⟨ f b i ⟩ i , Q , for x ∈ X ∖ ⋃ P ∈ Ch ( Q ) P , for x ∈ P , for some P ∈ Ch ( Q ) ∩ D i tr , for x ∈ P , for some P ∈ Ch ( Q ) ∩ D i term .
which is such that
Δ i , Q ∗ Δ i , R ∗ = { Δ i , Q ∗ , if R = Q , 0 , if R ∈ D i t r , R ≠ Q . \Delta_{i,Q}^{*}\Delta_{i,R}^{*}=
\begin{cases}
\Delta_{i,Q}^{*}, & \text{if }R=Q,\\
0, & \text{if }R\in\mathbb{D}_i^{\mathrm{tr}},\ R\ne Q.
\end{cases} Δ i , Q ∗ Δ i , R ∗ = { Δ i , Q ∗ , 0 , if R = Q , if R ∈ D i tr , R = Q .
Similarly to (177) , a function g ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν i ∣ ) g\in L^{2}(|\nu_i|) g ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν i ∣ ) supported in Q 2 ( w i ) Q_2(w_i) Q 2 ( w i ) can be decomposed as
g = E i ∗ g + ∑ Q ∈ D i t r Δ i , Q ∗ g (179) g=E_i^{*}g+\sum_{Q\in\mathbb{D}_i^{\mathrm{tr}}}\Delta_{i,Q}^{*}g \tag*{(179)} g = E i ∗ g + Q ∈ D i tr ∑ Δ i , Q ∗ g (179)
where the sum is unconditionally convergent in L 2 ( ∣ ν i ∣ ) L^{2}(|\nu_i|) L 2 ( ∣ ν i ∣ ) and a bound analogous to (178) holds.
Projection operators. Next, we define the projection operators associated with good and bad cubes.
Definition 6.4. Let w = ( w 1 , w 2 ) ∈ Ω 2 w=(w_1,w_2)\in\Omega^2 w = ( w 1 , w 2 ) ∈ Ω 2 , f ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) f\in L^{2}(|\nu_1|) f ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) , and g ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) g\in L^{2}(|\nu_2|) g ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . We define the operators
P G 1 ( w ) f : = ∑ Q ∈ D 1 G ( w ) ∩ D 1 t r Δ 1 , Q f , P B 1 ( w ) f : = ∑ Q ∈ D 1 B ( w ) ∩ D 1 t r Δ 1 , Q f , \mathcal{P}_{\mathcal{G}}^{1}(w)f:=\sum_{Q\in\mathbb{D}_{1}^{\mathcal{G}}(w)\cap\mathbb{D}_{1}^{\mathrm{tr}}}\Delta_{1,Q}f,
\qquad
\mathcal{P}_{\mathcal{B}}^{1}(w)f:=\sum_{Q\in\mathbb{D}_{1}^{\mathcal{B}}(w)\cap\mathbb{D}_{1}^{\mathrm{tr}}}\Delta_{1,Q}f, P G 1 ( w ) f := Q ∈ D 1 G ( w ) ∩ D 1 tr ∑ Δ 1 , Q f , P B 1 ( w ) f := Q ∈ D 1 B ( w ) ∩ D 1 tr ∑ Δ 1 , Q f , and
P G 2 ( w ) g : = ∑ R ∈ D 2 G ( w ) ∩ D 2 t r Δ 2 , R g , P B 2 ( w ) g : = ∑ R ∈ D 2 B ( w ) ∩ D 2 t r Δ 2 , R g . \mathcal{P}_{\mathcal{G}}^{2}(w)g:=\sum_{R\in\mathbb{D}_{2}^{\mathcal{G}}(w)\cap\mathbb{D}_{2}^{\mathrm{tr}}}\Delta_{2,R}g,
\qquad
\mathcal{P}_{\mathcal{B}}^{2}(w)g:=\sum_{R\in\mathbb{D}_{2}^{\mathcal{B}}(w)\cap\mathbb{D}_{2}^{\mathrm{tr}}}\Delta_{2,R}g. P G 2 ( w ) g := R ∈ D 2 G ( w ) ∩ D 2 tr ∑ Δ 2 , R g , P B 2 ( w ) g := R ∈ D 2 B ( w ) ∩ D 2 tr ∑ Δ 2 , R g .
Given the probability space ( Ω , P Ω ) (\Omega,\mathbb{P}^{\Omega}) ( Ω , P Ω ) , we denote by E w : = E w Ω \mathbb{E}_{w}:=\mathbb{E}_{w}^{\Omega} E w := E w Ω the expectation over w ∈ Ω w\in\Omega w ∈ Ω . We also denote by E ~ w \widetilde{\mathbb{E}}_{w} E w the conditional expectation over ( w 1 , w 2 ) ∈ Ω × Ω (w_1,w_2)\in\Omega\times\Omega ( w 1 , w 2 ) ∈ Ω × Ω with respect to P G Ω 2 \mathbb{P}_{\mathcal{G}}^{\Omega^{2}} P G Ω 2 .
Lemma 6.5. There is a quantity ε B ( m ) → 0 \varepsilon_{\mathcal{B}}(m)\to0 ε B ( m ) → 0 as m → ∞ m\to\infty m → ∞ such that, for fixed w 1 w_1 w 1 ,
E w 2 ∥ ∑ Q ∈ D 1 B ( w 1 , w 2 ) ∩ D 1 t r Δ 1 , Q f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ≤ ε B ( m ) ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) . \mathbb{E}_{w_2}\left\|
\sum_{Q\in\mathbb{D}_{1}^{\mathcal{B}}(w_1,w_2)\cap\mathbb{D}_{1}^{\mathrm{tr}}}
\Delta_{1,Q}f
\right\|_{L^{2}(|\nu_1|)}
\leq\varepsilon_{\mathcal{B}}(m)\|f\|_{L^{2}(|\nu_1|)}. E w 2 Q ∈ D 1 B ( w 1 , w 2 ) ∩ D 1 tr ∑ Δ 1 , Q f L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ≤ ε B ( m ) ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) . The analogous estimate holds with the indices interchanged.
Proof. Fix w 1 ∈ Ω w_1\in\Omega w 1 ∈ Ω . The cube Q 2 ( w 1 ) Q_2(w_1) Q 2 ( w 1 ) , the families D 1 t r \mathbb{D}_1^{\mathrm{tr}} D 1 tr and D 1 t e r m \mathbb{D}_1^{\mathrm{term}} D 1 term , and the martingale differences Δ 1 , Q \Delta_{1,Q} Δ 1 , Q depend only on w 1 w_1 w 1 . If B 1 ∪ B 2 ⊄ Q 2 ( w 1 ) B_1\cup B_2\not\subset Q_2(w_1) B 1 ∪ B 2 ⊂ Q 2 ( w 1 ) , we set Δ 1 , Q : = 0 \Delta_{1,Q}:=0 Δ 1 , Q := 0 for every Q Q Q . In this way, the operators Δ 1 , Q \Delta_{1,Q} Δ 1 , Q are defined for every w 1 ∈ Ω w_1\in\Omega w 1 ∈ Ω , agree with (175) on G \mathcal{G} G , and satisfy the upper bound for the martingale differences in (178) uniformly in w 1 w_1 w 1 . Only the family of bad cubes depends on w 2 w_2 w 2 .
The argument leading to (A.11) applies to every Q ∈ D ( w 1 ) Q\in\mathbb{D}(w_1) Q ∈ D ( w 1 ) , and gives
P w 2 ( { Q is bad } ) ≤ C 2 ( 1 + 2 C 1 ) η 1 − ℓ α η ℓ α η m = : p B ( m ) . \mathbb{P}_{w_2}(\{Q\text{ is bad}\})
\leq
\frac{C_2(1+2C_1)^{\eta}}{1-\ell^{\alpha\eta}}\ell^{\alpha\eta m}
=:p_{\mathcal{B}}(m). P w 2 ({ Q is bad }) ≤ 1 − ℓ α η C 2 ( 1 + 2 C 1 ) η ℓ α η m =: p B ( m ) .
Moreover, ∫ Δ 1 , Q f d ∣ ν 1 ∣ = 0 \int\Delta_{1,Q}f\,d|\nu_1|=0 ∫ Δ 1 , Q f d ∣ ν 1 ∣ = 0 , so that E 1 Δ 1 , Q f = 0 E_1\Delta_{1,Q}f=0 E 1 Δ 1 , Q f = 0 . Hence, by (176) and the lower bound in (178) , we have
∥ ∑ Q ∈ Q Δ 1 , Q f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) 2 ≤ c ~ ∑ Q ∈ Q ∥ Δ 1 , Q f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) 2 , for every Q ⊂ D 1 t r . \left\|\sum_{Q\in\mathcal{Q}}\Delta_{1,Q}f\right\|_{L^{2}(|\nu_1|)}^{2}
\leq\widetilde c\sum_{Q\in\mathcal{Q}}\|\Delta_{1,Q}f\|_{L^{2}(|\nu_1|)}^{2},
\qquad\text{for every }\mathcal{Q}\subset\mathbb{D}_{1}^{\mathrm{tr}}. Q ∈ Q ∑ Δ 1 , Q f L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) 2 ≤ c Q ∈ Q ∑ ∥ Δ 1 , Q f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) 2 , for every Q ⊂ D 1 tr .
If B 1 ∪ B 2 ⊄ Q 2 ( w 1 ) B_1 \cup B_2 \not\subset Q_2(w_1) B 1 ∪ B 2 ⊂ Q 2 ( w 1 ) , both sides vanish. Applying this with Q = D 1 B ( w 1 , w 2 ) ∩ D 1 t r Q = \mathbb{D}_1^{\mathcal{B}}(w_1,w_2) \cap\mathbb{D}_1^{\mathrm{tr}} Q = D 1 B ( w 1 , w 2 ) ∩ D 1 tr , Tonelli’s theorem and the upper bound in (178) give
E w 2 ∥ ∑ Q ∈ D 1 B ( w 1 , w 2 ) ∩ D 1 t r Δ 1 , Q f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) 2 ≤ c ~ ∑ Q ∈ D 1 t r P w 2 ( { Q is bad } ) ∥ Δ 1 , Q f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) 2 ≤ c ~ 2 p B ( m ) ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) 2 . \mathbb{E}_{w_2}\left\|\sum_{Q\in\mathbb{D}_1^{\mathcal{B}}(w_1,w_2)\cap\mathbb{D}_1^{\mathrm{tr}}}\Delta_{1,Q}f\right\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}^2
\leq\widetilde{c}\sum_{Q\in\mathbb{D}_1^{\mathrm{tr}}}\mathbb{P}_{w_2}(\{Q\text{ is bad}\})\|\Delta_{1,Q}f\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}^2
\leq\widetilde{c}^{\,2}p_B(m)\|f\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}^2. E w 2 Q ∈ D 1 B ( w 1 , w 2 ) ∩ D 1 tr ∑ Δ 1 , Q f L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) 2 ≤ c Q ∈ D 1 tr ∑ P w 2 ({ Q is bad }) ∥ Δ 1 , Q f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) 2 ≤ c 2 p B ( m ) ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) 2 .
The lemma follows from the Cauchy-Schwarz inequality, with ε B ( m ) : = c ~ p B ( m ) 1 / 2 \varepsilon_B(m):=\widetilde{c}\,p_B(m)^{1/2} ε B ( m ) := c p B ( m ) 1/2 .
As an immediate corollary, we get the following bounds on projections and their associated conditional expectations.
Corollary 6.6. Let w = ( w 1 , w 2 ) ∈ Ω 2 \mathbf{w}=(w_1,w_2)\in\Omega^2 w = ( w 1 , w 2 ) ∈ Ω 2 , f ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) f\in L^2(|\nu_1|) f ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) , and g ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) g\in L^2(|\nu_2|) g ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . Then
E ~ w ∥ P B 1 ( w ) f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ≤ ε B ( m ) P Ω 2 ( G ) ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) and E ~ w ∥ P B 2 ( w ) g ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ≤ ε B ( m ) P Ω 2 ( G ) ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . (180) \widetilde{\mathbb{E}}_{\mathbf{w}}\|P_B^1(\mathbf{w})f\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}
\leq\frac{\varepsilon_B(m)}{\mathbb{P}_{\Omega^2}(\mathcal{G})}\|f\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}
\quad\text{and}\quad
\widetilde{\mathbb{E}}_{\mathbf{w}}\|P_B^2(\mathbf{w})g\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}
\leq\frac{\varepsilon_B(m)}{\mathbb{P}_{\Omega^2}(\mathcal{G})}\|g\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}. \tag*{(180)} E w ∥ P B 1 ( w ) f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ≤ P Ω 2 ( G ) ε B ( m ) ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) and E w ∥ P B 2 ( w ) g ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ≤ P Ω 2 ( G ) ε B ( m ) ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . (180)
We also have
∥ P G 1 f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ≲ ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) and ∥ P G 2 g ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ≲ ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) , (181) \|P_{\mathcal{G}}^1f\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}\lesssim\|f\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}
\quad\text{and}\quad
\|P_{\mathcal{G}}^2g\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}\lesssim\|g\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}, \tag*{(181)} ∥ P G 1 f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ≲ ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) and ∥ P G 2 g ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ≲ ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) , (181)
where the implicit constants do not depend on ( w 1 , w 2 ) (w_1,w_2) ( w 1 , w 2 ) .
Proof. The bounds (180) are direct consequences of Lemma 6.5 and the definition of P Ω 2 ( G ) \mathbb{P}_{\Omega^2}(\mathcal{G}) P Ω 2 ( G ) , recalling that the grids associated with w 1 w_1 w 1 and w 2 w_2 w 2 are independent. The inequalities (181) follow from (178) . □
The Key Lemma
Our goal is to bound the norm of T Ξ w , ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ε T_{\Xi_{\mathbf{w}},|\widehat{\nu}_1|,\varepsilon} T Ξ w , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε from L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ) L^2(|\widehat{\nu}_1|) L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) to L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ) L^2(|\widehat{\nu}_2|) L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) , uniformly in ε \varepsilon ε and w ∈ G \mathbf{w}\in\mathcal{G} w ∈ G . As in [72 ] , in Section 7 we split f f f and g g g into their good and bad parts. The bad parts are controlled, on average over w \mathbf{w} w , by Corollary 6.6. The good parts are controlled by the Key Lemma below, which bounds their averaged pairing by a constant plus a small multiple of the norm of the operator, which can then be absorbed.
We write
∥ T Ξ w , ε ∥ o p : = ∥ T Ξ w , ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ε ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ) . \|T_{\Xi_{\mathbf{w}},\varepsilon}\|_{\mathrm{op}}:=\|T_{\Xi_{\mathbf{w}},|\widehat{\nu}_1|,\varepsilon}\|_{L^2(|\widehat{\nu}_1|)\to L^2(|\widehat{\nu}_2|)}. ∥ T Ξ w , ε ∥ op := ∥ T Ξ w , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) .
Since ∣ K Ξ w ( x , y ) ∣ ≲ d ( x , y ) − n |K_{\Xi_{\mathbf{w}}}(x,y)|\lesssim d(x,y)^{-n} ∣ K Ξ w ( x , y ) ∣ ≲ d ( x , y ) − n , by Lemma 3.13, the Cauchy-Schwarz inequality gives
∥ T Ξ w , ε ∥ o p ≲ ε − n ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ( B 1 ) 1 / 2 ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ( B 2 ) 1 / 2 , \|T_{\Xi_{\mathbf{w}},\varepsilon}\|_{\mathrm{op}}\lesssim\varepsilon^{-n}|\widehat{\nu}_1|(B_1)^{1/2}|\widehat{\nu}_2|(B_2)^{1/2}, ∥ T Ξ w , ε ∥ op ≲ ε − n ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( B 1 ) 1/2 ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( B 2 ) 1/2 ,
uniformly in w \mathbf{w} w . Hence,
N ε : = sup w ∈ G ∥ T Ξ w , ε ∥ o p < ∞ . (182) N_\varepsilon:=\sup_{\mathbf{w}\in\mathcal{G}}\|T_{\Xi_{\mathbf{w}},\varepsilon}\|_{\mathrm{op}}<\infty. \tag*{(182)} N ε := w ∈ G sup ∥ T Ξ w , ε ∥ op < ∞. (182)
The main result of this section is the following.
Lemma 6.7 (Key Lemma). Let 0 < a < 1 / 4 0<a<1/4 0 < a < 1/4 , 0 < λ , υ < 1 0<\lambda,\upsilon<1 0 < λ , υ < 1 , and fix the goodness parameter m m m . Let N ε N_\varepsilon N ε be as in (182) . For f ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ) f\in L^2(|\widehat{\nu}_1|) f ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) and g ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ) g\in L^2(|\widehat{\nu}_2|) g ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) , extended by zero outside their testing balls, we have
E ~ w ∣ ⟨ T Ξ w , ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ε ( P G 1 f ) , P G 2 g ⟩ ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ∣ ≤ [ C m , λ , υ ( 1 + a − n ) + C m , υ ( M Λ a ) 1 / 2 ( 1 + N ε ) + C m ( ( 2 m + 1 ) λ + υ P Ω 2 ( G ) ) 1 / 2 ( 1 + N ε ) ] ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ) ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ) . (183) \widetilde{\mathbb{E}}_{\mathbf{w}}\left|\left\langle T_{\Xi_{\mathbf{w}},|\widehat{\nu}_1|,\varepsilon}(P_{\mathcal{G}}^1f),P_{\mathcal{G}}^2g\right\rangle_{|\widehat{\nu}_2|}\right|
\leq\left[
C_{m,\lambda,\upsilon}(1+a^{-n})+C_{m,\upsilon}(M\Lambda a)^{1/2}(1+N_\varepsilon)
+C_m\left(\frac{(2m+1)^\lambda+\upsilon}{\mathbb{P}_{\Omega^2}(\mathcal{G})}\right)^{1/2}(1+N_\varepsilon)
\right]\|f\|_{L^2(|\widehat{\nu}_1|)}\|g\|_{L^2(|\widehat{\nu}_2|)}. \tag*{(183)} E w ⟨ T Ξ w , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( P G 1 f ) , P G 2 g ⟩ ∣ ν 2 ∣ ≤ [ C m , λ , υ ( 1 + a − n ) + C m , υ ( M Λ a ) 1/2 ( 1 + N ε ) + C m ( P Ω 2 ( G ) ( 2 m + 1 ) λ + υ ) 1/2 ( 1 + N ε ) ] ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . (183)
Here, M Λ ≥ 1 M_{\Lambda} \ge1 M Λ ≥ 1 is the small-boundary constant in (212) , which is fixed once m m m and υ \upsilon υ are fixed. The constants C m , λ , υ C_{m,\lambda,\upsilon} C m , λ , υ , C m , υ C_{m,\upsilon} C m , υ , and C m C_m C m depend only on the indicated parameters and the structural constants, and are independent of a a a , ε \varepsilon ε , and the random parameters.
For fixed m m m , the coefficient of N ε N_{\varepsilon} N ε in (183) can be made arbitrarily small by choosing λ , υ \lambda,\upsilon λ , υ sufficiently small, and then choosing a a a sufficiently small. We prove the weak boundedness estimate for S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon} S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε in Lemma 6.21.
We remark that the value of the constants in the bound (183) does not depend on the truncation ε \varepsilon ε . The proof of the Key Lemma 6.7 follows the scheme of the Nazarov-Treil-Volberg proof. However, due to the a priori lack of antisymmetry of T T T , the proof requires several adaptations. In particular, before applying the martingale difference decomposition, we prove that the Key Lemma can be equivalently stated for the localized operator S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon} S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε , for which the testing is also satisfied.
Reduction to the localized operator. We recall that the kernel L ε L_{\varepsilon} L ε of the localized operator S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon} S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε of Section § 5 , defined in (157) , vanishes unless ( x , y ) ∈ B 2 × B 1 (x,y) \in B_2 \times B_1 ( x , y ) ∈ B 2 × B 1 and d ( x , y ) > ε d(x,y) > \varepsilon d ( x , y ) > ε , and that L ε L_{\varepsilon} L ε and its transpose satisfy (158) and (159) , uniformly in ε \varepsilon ε and w w w . For a positive measure m \mathfrak m m , we denote by S m , ε ∗ S_{\mathfrak m,\varepsilon}^{*} S m , ε ∗ the integral operator with kernel L ε ( y , x ) L_{\varepsilon}(y,x) L ε ( y , x ) with respect to m \mathfrak m m , so that ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε f , g ⟩ ∣ ν 2 ∣ = ⟨ f , S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ g ⟩ ∣ ν 1 ∣ \langle S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}f,g\rangle_{|\nu_2|}=\langle f,S_{|\nu_2|,\varepsilon}^{*}g\rangle_{|\nu_1|} ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε f , g ⟩ ∣ ν 2 ∣ = ⟨ f , S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ g ⟩ ∣ ν 1 ∣ . We also use the shorthand notation
⟨ ⋅ , ⋅ ⟩ : = ⟨ ⋅ , ⋅ ⟩ ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ⟨ ⋅ , ⋅ ⟩ ∗ : = ⟨ ⋅ , ⋅ ⟩ ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ∥ S ε ∥ o p : = ∥ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . \langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle:=\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle_{|\nu_1|},\qquad\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle_{*}:=\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle_{|\nu_2|},\qquad\|S_{\varepsilon}\|_{\mathrm{op}}:=\|S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)\to L^2(|\nu_2|)}. ⟨ ⋅ , ⋅ ⟩ := ⟨ ⋅ , ⋅ ⟩ ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ⟨ ⋅ , ⋅ ⟩ ∗ := ⟨ ⋅ , ⋅ ⟩ ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ∥ S ε ∥ op := ∥ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) .
By (165) with m i = ∣ ν i ∣ \mathfrak m_i=|\nu_i| m i = ∣ ν i ∣ , we have
∥ S ε ∥ o p − ∥ T Ξ w , ε ∥ o p ≲ 1. (184) \|S_{\varepsilon}\|_{\mathrm{op}}-\|T_{\Xi_w,\varepsilon}\|_{\mathrm{op}}\lesssim1. \tag*{(184)} ∥ S ε ∥ op − ∥ T Ξ w , ε ∥ op ≲ 1. (184)
and, in particular, ∥ S ε ∥ o p ≲ 1 + N ε \|S_{\varepsilon}\|_{\mathrm{op}}\lesssim1+N_{\varepsilon} ∥ S ε ∥ op ≲ 1 + N ε for every w ∈ G w\in\mathcal G w ∈ G . Moreover, since ∣ ν i ∣ = ∣ ν ^ i ∣ |\nu_i|=|\widehat{\nu}_i| ∣ ν i ∣ = ∣ ν i ∣ on B i B_i B i , Lemma 5.1 with m i = ∣ ν ^ i ∣ \mathfrak m_i=|\widehat{\nu}_i| m i = ∣ ν i ∣ gives, for f ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) f\in L^2(|\nu_1|) f ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) and g ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) g\in L^2(|\nu_2|) g ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ,
∣ ⟨ T Ξ w , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε f , g ⟩ ∣ ν 2 ∣ − ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε f , g ⟩ ∣ ≲ ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . (185) \left|\langle T_{\Xi_w,|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}f,g\rangle_{|\nu_2|}-\langle S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}f,g\rangle\right|\lesssim\|f\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}\|g\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}. \tag*{(185)} ⟨ T Ξ w , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε f , g ⟩ ∣ ν 2 ∣ − ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε f , g ⟩ ≲ ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . (185)
By (181) , it therefore suffices to prove (183) with ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( P G 1 f ) , P G 2 g ⟩ ∗ \langle S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}(P_{\mathcal G}^{1}f),P_{\mathcal G}^{2}g\rangle_{*} ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( P G 1 f ) , P G 2 g ⟩ ∗ in place of the pairing on its left-hand side.
Testing for the localized operator. In the proof of the Key Lemma, b ^ 1 \widehat b_1 b 1 and b ^ 2 \widehat b_2 b 2 play the role of the accretive functions of a T b Tb T b theorem. The corresponding testing conditions are the bounds (187) below for the truncations of S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε b ^ 1 S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}\widehat b_1 S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε b 1 and S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ b ^ 2 S_{|\nu_2|,\varepsilon}^{*}\widehat b_2 S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ b 2 , which we now deduce from the maximal truncation assumptions.
Let i = 1 , 2 i=1,2 i = 1 , 2 . Since F i ( w i ) ⊂ G i ⊂ B i ∖ ( H i , R i ∪ E i , R i ) F_i(w_i)\subset G_i\subset B_i\setminus(\mathcal H_{i,R_i}\cup\mathcal E_{i,R_i}) F i ( w i ) ⊂ G i ⊂ B i ∖ ( H i , R i ∪ E i , R i ) , the construction of the suppression yields
Ξ w ( x ) ≥ dist ( x , F i ( w i ) ) ≥ dist ( x , B i ∖ ( H i , R i ∪ E i , R i ) ) , x ∈ X , \Xi_w(x)\ge\operatorname{dist}(x,F_i(w_i))\ge\operatorname{dist}(x,B_i\setminus(\mathcal H_{i,R_i}\cup\mathcal E_{i,R_i})),\qquad x\in X, Ξ w ( x ) ≥ dist ( x , F i ( w i )) ≥ dist ( x , B i ∖ ( H i , R i ∪ E i , R i )) , x ∈ X ,
that is, Ξ w \Xi_w Ξ w satisfies (74) with B = B i B=B_i B = B i . Hence, by the maximal truncation assumptions and Lemma 3.15,
T Ξ w , ♯ ν ^ 1 ≤ c ♯ on B 1 and ( T ∗ ) Ξ w , ♯ ν ^ 2 ≤ c ♯ on B 2 . T_{\Xi_w,\sharp}\widehat{\nu}_1\le c_{\sharp}\quad\text{on }B_1\qquad\text{and}\qquad(T^{*})_{\Xi_w,\sharp}\widehat{\nu}_2\le c_{\sharp}\quad\text{on }B_2. T Ξ w , ♯ ν 1 ≤ c ♯ on B 1 and ( T ∗ ) Ξ w , ♯ ν 2 ≤ c ♯ on B 2 .
Moreover, since χ i = 0 \chi_i=0 χ i = 0 on X ∖ B i X\setminus B_i X ∖ B i , (156) gives Ξ w ≥ θ r ( B i ) / 2 \Xi_w\ge\theta r(B_i)/2 Ξ w ≥ θ r ( B i ) /2 on X ∖ B i X\setminus B_i X ∖ B i . Thus, (70) , (41) , and the n n n -growth of μ \mu μ imply
T Ξ w , ♯ ν ^ 1 ( x ) ≤ ∫ ∣ K Ξ w ( x , y ) ∣ d ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ( y ) ≲ ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ( B 1 ) ( θ r ( B 1 ) ) n ≲ 1 , x ∈ X ∖ B 1 , T_{\Xi_w,\sharp}\widehat{\nu}_1(x)\le\int|K_{\Xi_w}(x,y)|\,d|\widehat{\nu}_1|(y)\lesssim\frac{|\widehat{\nu}_1|(B_1)}{(\theta r(B_1))^n}\lesssim1,\qquad x\in X\setminus B_1, T Ξ w , ♯ ν 1 ( x ) ≤ ∫ ∣ K Ξ w ( x , y ) ∣ d ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( y ) ≲ ( θ r ( B 1 ) ) n ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( B 1 ) ≲ 1 , x ∈ X ∖ B 1 ,
and, in the same way, ( T ∗ ) Ξ w , ♯ ν ^ 2 ≲ 1 (T^{*})_{\Xi_w,\sharp}\widehat{\nu}_2\lesssim1 ( T ∗ ) Ξ w , ♯ ν 2 ≲ 1 on X ∖ B 2 X\setminus B_2 X ∖ B 2 . Therefore, we obtain
∥ T Ξ w , ♯ ν ^ 1 ∥ L ∞ ( X ) + ∥ ( T ∗ ) Ξ w , ♯ ν ^ 2 ∥ L ∞ ( X ) ≲ 1. (186) \|T_{\Xi_w,\sharp}\widehat{\nu}_1\|_{L^\infty(X)}+\|(T^{*})_{\Xi_w,\sharp}\widehat{\nu}_2\|_{L^\infty(X)}\lesssim1. \tag*{(186)} ∥ T Ξ w , ♯ ν 1 ∥ L ∞ ( X ) + ∥ ( T ∗ ) Ξ w , ♯ ν 2 ∥ L ∞ ( X ) ≲ 1. (186)
For ρ > 0 \rho>0 ρ > 0 , we denote by S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε , ρ S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon,\rho} S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε , ρ and S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε , ρ ∗ S^{*}_{|\nu_2|,\varepsilon,\rho} S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε , ρ ∗ the truncations of S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon} S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε and S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ S^{*}_{|\nu_2|,\varepsilon} S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ at level ρ \rho ρ , respectively.
Lemma 6.8. For every x ∈ X x \in X x ∈ X , we have that
sup ρ > 0 ∣ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε , ρ b ^ 1 ( x ) ∣ + sup ρ > 0 ∣ S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε , ρ ∗ b ^ 2 ( x ) ∣ ≲ 1 , (187) \sup_{\rho>0}|S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon,\rho}\widehat{b}_1(x)|+\sup_{\rho>0}|S^*_{|\nu_2|,\varepsilon,\rho}\widehat{b}_2(x)|\lesssim1, \tag*{(187)} ρ > 0 sup ∣ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε , ρ b 1 ( x ) ∣ + ρ > 0 sup ∣ S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε , ρ ∗ b 2 ( x ) ∣ ≲ 1 , (187) where the implicit constant depends only on the structural parameters.
Proof. Let x ∈ X x\in X x ∈ X and ρ > 0 \rho>0 ρ > 0 , and let a ε ( t ) = φ ( t / ε ) ψ ( t / r 0 ) a_\varepsilon(t)=\varphi(t/\varepsilon)\psi(t/r_0) a ε ( t ) = φ ( t / ε ) ψ ( t / r 0 ) be as in § 5 . Since b ^ 1 ∣ ν 1 ∣ = ν ^ 1 \widehat{b}_1|\nu_1|=\widehat{\nu}_1 b 1 ∣ ν 1 ∣ = ν 1 on B 1 B_1 B 1 and χ 1 = 0 \chi_1=0 χ 1 = 0 on X ∖ B 1 X\setminus B_1 X ∖ B 1 , we can split
S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε , ρ b ^ 1 ( x ) = χ 2 ( x ) ∫ d ( x , y ) > ρ a ε ( d ( x , y ) ) K Ξ w ( x , y ) d ν ^ 1 ( y ) S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon,\rho}\widehat{b}_1(x)=\chi_2(x)\int_{d(x,y)>\rho}a_\varepsilon(d(x,y))K_{\Xi_w}(x,y)\,d\widehat{\nu}_1(y) S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε , ρ b 1 ( x ) = χ 2 ( x ) ∫ d ( x , y ) > ρ a ε ( d ( x , y )) K Ξ w ( x , y ) d ν 1 ( y )
− χ 2 ( x ) ∫ d ( x , y ) > ρ ( 1 − χ 1 ( y ) ) a ε ( d ( x , y ) ) K Ξ w ( x , y ) d ν ^ 1 ( y ) = : I 1 − I 2 . -\chi_2(x)\int_{d(x,y)>\rho}(1-\chi_1(y))a_\varepsilon(d(x,y))K_{\Xi_w}(x,y)\,d\widehat{\nu}_1(y)=:\mathcal{I}_1-\mathcal{I}_2. − χ 2 ( x ) ∫ d ( x , y ) > ρ ( 1 − χ 1 ( y )) a ε ( d ( x , y )) K Ξ w ( x , y ) d ν 1 ( y ) =: I 1 − I 2 .
Since 0 ≤ a ε ≤ 1 0\leq a_\varepsilon\leq1 0 ≤ a ε ≤ 1 and ∫ 0 ∞ ∣ a ε ′ ∣ ≤ 2 \int_0^\infty|a_\varepsilon'|\leq2 ∫ 0 ∞ ∣ a ε ′ ∣ ≤ 2 , Fubini’s theorem gives, as in the proof of Lemma 3.2 ,
I 1 = χ 2 ( x ) ( a ε ( ρ ) T Ξ w , ρ ν ^ 1 ( x ) + ∫ ρ ∞ a ε ′ ( t ) T Ξ w , t ν ^ 1 ( x ) d t ) , \mathcal{I}_1=\chi_2(x)\left(a_\varepsilon(\rho)T_{\Xi_w,\rho}\widehat{\nu}_1(x)+\int_\rho^\infty a_\varepsilon'(t)T_{\Xi_w,t}\widehat{\nu}_1(x)\,dt\right), I 1 = χ 2 ( x ) ( a ε ( ρ ) T Ξ w , ρ ν 1 ( x ) + ∫ ρ ∞ a ε ′ ( t ) T Ξ w , t ν 1 ( x ) d t ) ,
so that ∣ I 1 ∣ ≤ 3 T Ξ w , ♯ ν ^ 1 ( x ) ≲ 1 |\mathcal{I}_1|\leq3T_{\Xi_w,\sharp}\widehat{\nu}_1(x)\lesssim1 ∣ I 1 ∣ ≤ 3 T Ξ w , ♯ ν 1 ( x ) ≲ 1 , by (186) . If χ 1 ( y ) ≠ 1 \chi_1(y)\ne1 χ 1 ( y ) = 1 , then Ξ w ( y ) ≥ θ r ( B 1 ) / 2 \Xi_w(y)\geq\theta r(B_1)/2 Ξ w ( y ) ≥ θ r ( B 1 ) /2 , by (156) . Hence, as above,
∣ I 2 ∣ ≤ ∫ B 1 ( 1 − χ 1 ( y ) ) ∣ K Ξ w ( x , y ) ∣ d ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ( y ) ≲ ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ( B 1 ) ( θ r ( B 1 ) ) n ≲ 1. |\mathcal{I}_2|\leq\int_{B_1}(1-\chi_1(y))|K_{\Xi_w}(x,y)|\,d|\widehat{\nu}_1|(y)\lesssim\frac{|\widehat{\nu}_1|(B_1)}{(\theta r(B_1))^n}\lesssim1. ∣ I 2 ∣ ≤ ∫ B 1 ( 1 − χ 1 ( y )) ∣ K Ξ w ( x , y ) ∣ d ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( y ) ≲ ( θ r ( B 1 ) ) n ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( B 1 ) ≲ 1.
This proves the bound for the first term in (187) . The second one follows in the same way, by interchanging the variables and the roles of χ 1 \chi_1 χ 1 and χ 2 \chi_2 χ 2 , and by using ( T ∗ ) Ξ w , ♯ ν ^ 2 (T^*)_{\Xi_w,\sharp}\widehat{\nu}_2 ( T ∗ ) Ξ w , ♯ ν 2 in place of T Ξ w , ♯ ν ^ 1 T_{\Xi_w,\sharp}\widehat{\nu}_1 T Ξ w , ♯ ν 1 .
Increasing c ♯ c_\sharp c ♯ if necessary, we may assume that the left-hand sides of (186) and (187) are bounded by c ♯ c_\sharp c ♯ , which depends only on the structural parameters.
Before proving the Key Lemma for the operator S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon} S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε , we introduce a truncated version of the projection operators associated with the martingale difference decompositions. First, note that if f f f and g g g are as in the statement of Lemma 6.7 and we define
f K 1 = E 1 f + ∑ Q ∈ D 1 t r ℓ ( Q ) > ℓ K 1 Δ 1 , Q f and g K 2 = E 2 g + ∑ P ∈ D 2 t r ℓ ( P ) > ℓ K 2 Δ 2 , P g , (188) f_{K_1}=E_1f+\sum_{\substack{Q\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_1\\ \ell(Q)>\ell K_1}}\Delta_{1,Q}f
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
g_{K_2}=E_2g+\sum_{\substack{P\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_2\\ \ell(P)>\ell K_2}}\Delta_{2,P}g, \tag*{(188)} f K 1 = E 1 f + Q ∈ D 1 tr ℓ ( Q ) > ℓ K 1 ∑ Δ 1 , Q f and g K 2 = E 2 g + P ∈ D 2 tr ℓ ( P ) > ℓ K 2 ∑ Δ 2 , P g , (188)
then, by (177) ,
f K 1 → f in L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) and g K 2 → g in L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) unconditionally. (189) f_{K_1}\to f\text{ in }L^2(|\nu_1|)\qquad\text{and}\qquad g_{K_2}\to g\text{ in }L^2(|\nu_2|)\text{ unconditionally.} \tag*{(189)} f K 1 → f in L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) and g K 2 → g in L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) unconditionally. (189)
Hence, we provide a truncated analogue of Definition 6.4.
Definition 6.9. Let K 1 , K 2 > 0 K_1,K_2>0 K 1 , K 2 > 0 , w = ( w 1 , w 2 ) ∈ Ω 2 \mathbf{w}=(w_1,w_2)\in\Omega^2 w = ( w 1 , w 2 ) ∈ Ω 2 , f ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) f\in L^2(|\nu_1|) f ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) and g ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) g\in L^2(|\nu_2|) g ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . We define
P G , 1 K 1 ( w ) f : = ∑ Q ∈ D 1 G ( w ) ∩ D 1 t r ℓ ( Q ) ≥ ℓ K 1 Δ 1 , Q f , P B , 1 K 1 ( w ) f : = ∑ Q ∈ D 1 B ( w ) ∩ D 1 t r ℓ ( Q ) ≥ ℓ K 1 Δ 1 , Q f , \mathcal{P}^{K_1}_{\mathcal{G},1}(\mathbf{w})f:=\sum_{\substack{Q\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathcal{G}}_1(\mathbf{w})\cap\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_1\\ \ell(Q)\geq\ell K_1}}\Delta_{1,Q}f,
\qquad
\mathcal{P}^{K_1}_{\mathcal{B},1}(\mathbf{w})f:=\sum_{\substack{Q\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathcal{B}}_1(\mathbf{w})\cap\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_1\\ \ell(Q)\geq\ell K_1}}\Delta_{1,Q}f, P G , 1 K 1 ( w ) f := Q ∈ D 1 G ( w ) ∩ D 1 tr ℓ ( Q ) ≥ ℓ K 1 ∑ Δ 1 , Q f , P B , 1 K 1 ( w ) f := Q ∈ D 1 B ( w ) ∩ D 1 tr ℓ ( Q ) ≥ ℓ K 1 ∑ Δ 1 , Q f , and
P G , 2 K 2 ( w ) g : = ∑ R ∈ D 2 G ( w ) ∩ D 2 t r ℓ ( R ) ≥ ℓ K 2 Δ 2 , R g , P B , 2 K 2 ( w ) g : = ∑ R ∈ D 2 B ( w ) ∩ D 2 t r ℓ ( R ) ≥ ℓ K 2 Δ 2 , R g . \mathcal{P}^{K_2}_{\mathcal{G},2}(\mathbf{w})g:=\sum_{\substack{R\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathcal{G}}_2(\mathbf{w})\cap\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_2\\ \ell(R)\geq\ell K_2}}\Delta_{2,R}g,
\qquad
\mathcal{P}^{K_2}_{\mathcal{B},2}(\mathbf{w})g:=\sum_{\substack{R\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathcal{B}}_2(\mathbf{w})\cap\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_2\\ \ell(R)\geq\ell K_2}}\Delta_{2,R}g. P G , 2 K 2 ( w ) g := R ∈ D 2 G ( w ) ∩ D 2 tr ℓ ( R ) ≥ ℓ K 2 ∑ Δ 2 , R g , P B , 2 K 2 ( w ) g := R ∈ D 2 B ( w ) ∩ D 2 tr ℓ ( R ) ≥ ℓ K 2 ∑ Δ 2 , R g .
To simplify notation, for w = ( w 1 , w 2 ) ∈ Ω 2 \mathbf{w}=(w_1,w_2)\in\Omega^2 w = ( w 1 , w 2 ) ∈ Ω 2 and K 1 , K 2 > 1 K_1,K_2>1 K 1 , K 2 > 1 , we write f w : = f w K 1 : = P G , 1 K 1 ( w ) f f_{\mathbf{w}}:=f_{\mathbf{w}}^{K_1}:=P_{\mathcal{G},1}^{K_1}(\mathbf{w})f f w := f w K 1 := P G , 1 K 1 ( w ) f and g w : = g w K 2 : = P G , 2 K 2 ( w ) g g_{\mathbf{w}}:=g_{\mathbf{w}}^{K_2}:=P_{\mathcal{G},2}^{K_2}(\mathbf{w})g g w := g w K 2 := P G , 2 K 2 ( w ) g . The truncated singular integrals satisfy
∥ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) < ∞ and ∥ S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) < ∞ . \left\|S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}\right\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)\to L^2(|\nu_2|)}<\infty
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
\left\|S^{*}_{|\nu_2|,\varepsilon}\right\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)\to L^2(|\nu_1|)}<\infty. S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) < ∞ and S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) < ∞.
So, (189) yields
S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε f w K 1 = S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( E 1 f w K 1 ) + ∑ Q ∈ D 1 t r S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( Δ 1 , Q f w K 1 ) → K 1 → ∞ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( P G , 1 1 ( w ) f ) S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}f_{\mathbf{w}}^{K_1}
=
S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}(E_1f_{\mathbf{w}}^{K_1})
+
\sum_{Q\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_1}
S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}(\Delta_{1,Q}f_{\mathbf{w}}^{K_1})
\xrightarrow[K_1\to\infty]{}
S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}(P_{\mathcal{G},1}^{1}(\mathbf{w})f) S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε f w K 1 = S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( E 1 f w K 1 ) + Q ∈ D 1 tr ∑ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( Δ 1 , Q f w K 1 ) K 1 → ∞ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( P G , 1 1 ( w ) f )
and
S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ g w K 2 = S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ ( E 2 g w K 2 ) + ∑ P ∈ D 2 t r S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ ( Δ 2 , P g w K 2 ) → K 2 → ∞ S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ ( P G , 2 2 ( w ) g ) , S^{*}_{|\nu_2|,\varepsilon}g_{\mathbf{w}}^{K_2}
=
S^{*}_{|\nu_2|,\varepsilon}(E_2g_{\mathbf{w}}^{K_2})
+
\sum_{P\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_2}
S^{*}_{|\nu_2|,\varepsilon}(\Delta_{2,P}g_{\mathbf{w}}^{K_2})
\xrightarrow[K_2\to\infty]{}
S^{*}_{|\nu_2|,\varepsilon}(P_{\mathcal{G},2}^{2}(\mathbf{w})g), S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ g w K 2 = S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ ( E 2 g w K 2 ) + P ∈ D 2 tr ∑ S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ ( Δ 2 , P g w K 2 ) K 2 → ∞ S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ ( P G , 2 2 ( w ) g ) ,
where the sums converge in L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) L^2(|\nu_2|) L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) and L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) L^2(|\nu_1|) L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) , respectively.
Remark 6.10. The sums appearing in the expressions of S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε f w K 1 S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}f_{\mathbf{w}}^{K_1} S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε f w K 1 and S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ g w K 2 S^{*}_{|\nu_2|,\varepsilon}g_{\mathbf{w}}^{K_2} S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ g w K 2 contain only finitely many nonzero terms; therefore, we may interchange the order in summations. Moreover, all the bounds that we prove in the remainder of this section are independent of K 1 K_1 K 1 and K 2 K_2 K 2 , so we may safely pass to the limit. For this reason, we simply write f w f_{\mathbf{w}} f w and g w g_{\mathbf{w}} g w . Finally, we remark that, in the terminology of [77 Chapter 5] , studying the contributions of S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε f w K 1 S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}f_{\mathbf{w}}^{K_1} S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε f w K 1 and S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ g w K 2 S^{*}_{|\nu_2|,\varepsilon}g_{\mathbf{w}}^{K_2} S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ g w K 2 corresponds to considering very good functions .
Proof of Key Lemma 6.7
By (185) , we estimate the bilinear form of S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon} S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε . Recall that f w f_{\mathbf{w}} f w and g w g_{\mathbf{w}} g w are supported in Q 2 ( w 1 ) Q_2(w_1) Q 2 ( w 1 ) and Q 2 ( w 2 ) Q_2(w_2) Q 2 ( w 2 ) , respectively, and both top cubes contain B 1 ∪ B 2 B_1\cup B_2 B 1 ∪ B 2 . The martingale decompositions give
⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε f w , g w ⟩ ∗ = − ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( E 1 f w ) , E 2 g w ⟩ ∗ + ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( E 1 f w ) , g w ⟩ ∗ + ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε f w , E 2 g w ⟩ ∗ + ∑ Q ∈ D 1 t r , R ∈ D 2 t r ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( Δ 1 , Q f w ) , Δ 2 , R g w ⟩ ∗ = : I 1 ( w ) + I 2 ( w ) + I 3 ( w ) + I 4 ( w ) . (190) \begin{aligned}
\langle S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}f_{\mathbf{w}},g_{\mathbf{w}}\rangle_*
={}&-\langle S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}(E_1f_{\mathbf{w}}),E_2g_{\mathbf{w}}\rangle_*+\langle S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}(E_1f_{\mathbf{w}}),g_{\mathbf{w}}\rangle_*\\
&+\langle S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}f_{\mathbf{w}},E_2g_{\mathbf{w}}\rangle_*+
\sum_{\substack{Q\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_1,\ R\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_2}}
\langle S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}(\Delta_{1,Q}f_{\mathbf{w}}),\Delta_{2,R}g_{\mathbf{w}}\rangle_*\\
=:{}&I_1(\mathbf{w})+I_2(\mathbf{w})+I_3(\mathbf{w})+I_4(\mathbf{w}). \tag*{(190)}
\end{aligned} ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε f w , g w ⟩ ∗ = =: − ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( E 1 f w ) , E 2 g w ⟩ ∗ + ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( E 1 f w ) , g w ⟩ ∗ + ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε f w , E 2 g w ⟩ ∗ + Q ∈ D 1 tr , R ∈ D 2 tr ∑ ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( Δ 1 , Q f w ) , Δ 2 , R g w ⟩ ∗ I 1 ( w ) + I 2 ( w ) + I 3 ( w ) + I 4 ( w ) . (190)
Since ∫ Δ i , Q h d ∣ ν i ∣ = 0 \int\Delta_{i,Q}h\,d|\nu_i|=0 ∫ Δ i , Q h d ∣ ν i ∣ = 0 for every Q ∈ D i t r Q\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_i Q ∈ D i tr and h ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν i ∣ ) h\in L^2(|\nu_i|) h ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν i ∣ ) , see the proof of Lemma 6.5, we have E 1 f w = 0 E_1f_{\mathbf{w}}=0 E 1 f w = 0 and E 2 g w = 0 E_2g_{\mathbf{w}}=0 E 2 g w = 0 , so that I 1 ( w ) I_1(\mathbf{w}) I 1 ( w ) , I 2 ( w ) I_2(\mathbf{w}) I 2 ( w ) , and I 3 ( w ) I_3(\mathbf{w}) I 3 ( w ) vanish. However, the following bounds for these terms hold with arbitrary f ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) f\in L^2(|\nu_1|) f ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) and g ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) g\in L^2(|\nu_2|) g ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) in place of f w f_{\mathbf{w}} f w and g w g_{\mathbf{w}} g w , and they are used in this generality in Section 7. We recall that, by the testing assumptions, we have
∣ ν i ^ ∣ ( B i ) ≤ ϵ 1 μ ( B i ) and μ ( Q 2 ( w i ) ) ≤ ∣ ν i ∣ ( Q 2 ( w i ) ) ≤ ϵ 1 μ ( Q 2 ( w i ) ) . (191) |\widehat{\nu_i}|(B_i)\le\epsilon_1\mu(B_i)
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
\mu(Q_2(w_i))\le|\nu_i|(Q_2(w_i))\le\epsilon_1\mu(Q_2(w_i)). \tag*{(191)} ∣ ν i ∣ ( B i ) ≤ ϵ 1 μ ( B i ) and μ ( Q 2 ( w i )) ≤ ∣ ν i ∣ ( Q 2 ( w i )) ≤ ϵ 1 μ ( Q 2 ( w i )) . (191)
The Cauchy–Schwarz inequality and (191) yield
∣ ∫ Q 2 ( w i ) u d ∣ ν i ∣ μ ( Q 2 ( w i ) ) ∣ ≲ μ ( Q 2 ( w i ) ) − 1 / 2 ∥ u ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν i ∣ ) , \left|\frac{\int_{Q_2(w_i)}u\,d|\nu_i|}{\mu(Q_2(w_i))}\right|
\lesssim\mu(Q_2(w_i))^{-1/2}\|u\|_{L^2(|\nu_i|)}, μ ( Q 2 ( w i )) ∫ Q 2 ( w i ) u d ∣ ν i ∣ ≲ μ ( Q 2 ( w i ) ) − 1/2 ∥ u ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν i ∣ ) ,
so ∥ E i u ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν i ∣ ) ≲ ∥ u ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν i ∣ ) \|E_iu\|_{L^2(|\nu_i|)}\lesssim\|u\|_{L^2(|\nu_i|)} ∥ E i u ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν i ∣ ) ≲ ∥ u ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν i ∣ ) . By the choice of the cutoffs in L ε L_\varepsilon L ε , we have the identities
S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( χ Q 2 ( w 1 ) b ^ 1 ) = S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε b ^ 1 and S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ ( χ Q 2 ( w 2 ) b ^ 2 ) = S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ b ^ 2 . S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}(\chi_{Q_2(w_1)}\widehat{b}_1)=S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}\widehat{b}_1
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
S^{*}_{|\nu_2|,\varepsilon}(\chi_{Q_2(w_2)}\widehat{b}_2)=S^{*}_{|\nu_2|,\varepsilon}\widehat{b}_2. S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( χ Q 2 ( w 1 ) b 1 ) = S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε b 1 and S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ ( χ Q 2 ( w 2 ) b 2 ) = S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ b 2 .
Moreover, the two outputs are supported in B 2 B_2 B 2 and B 1 B_1 B 1 , respectively. Consequently, (187) and (191) imply
∥ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε b ^ 1 ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) 2 ≲ μ ( B 2 ) ≤ μ ( Q 2 ( w 1 ) ) , ∥ S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ b ^ 2 ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) 2 ≲ μ ( B 1 ) ≤ μ ( Q 2 ( w 2 ) ) , \left\|S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}\widehat{b}_1\right\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}^2\lesssim\mu(B_2)\le\mu(Q_2(w_1)),
\qquad
\left\|S^{*}_{|\nu_2|,\varepsilon}\widehat{b}_2\right\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}^2\lesssim\mu(B_1)\le\mu(Q_2(w_2)), S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε b 1 L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) 2 ≲ μ ( B 2 ) ≤ μ ( Q 2 ( w 1 )) , S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ b 2 L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) 2 ≲ μ ( B 1 ) ≤ μ ( Q 2 ( w 2 )) ,
and combining these bounds with the controls on the top averages, we obtain
∣ I 1 ( w ) ∣ ≤ ∥ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( E 1 f w ) ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ∥ E 2 g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ≲ ∥ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . (192) |\mathcal{I}_1(\mathbf{w})| \le\|S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}(E_1f_{\mathbf{w}})\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}\|E_2g_{\mathbf{w}}\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)} \lesssim\|f_{\mathbf{w}}\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}\|g_{\mathbf{w}}\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}. \tag*{(192)} ∣ I 1 ( w ) ∣ ≤ ∥ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( E 1 f w ) ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ∥ E 2 g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ≲ ∥ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . (192)
We also have the following estimates.
Lemma 6.11. We have
∥ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ^ b ^ 1 ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ≲ μ ( Q 2 ( w 1 ) ) 1 / 2 (193) \|S_{|\nu_1|,\widehat{\varepsilon}\widehat{b}_1\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)} \lesssim\mu(Q_2(w_1))^{1/2}} \tag*{(193)} ∥ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε b 1 ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ≲ μ ( Q 2 ( w 1 ) ) 1/2 (193) and
∣ I 2 ( w ) ∣ ≲ ∥ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . (194) |\mathcal{I}_2(\mathbf{w})| \lesssim\|f_{\mathbf{w}}\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}\|g_{\mathbf{w}}\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}. \tag*{(194)} ∣ I 2 ( w ) ∣ ≲ ∥ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . (194)
Proof. The first estimate was proved above. For the second, by the definition of E 1 E_1 E 1 ,
∣ I 2 ( w ) ∣ ≤ ∣ ∫ Q 2 ( w 1 ) f w d ∣ ν 1 ∣ ∣ μ ( Q 2 ( w 1 ) ) ∥ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ^ b ^ 1 ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ∥ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ≲ ∥ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . |\mathcal{I}_2(\mathbf{w})| \le\frac{\left|\int_{Q_2(w_1)} f_{\mathbf{w}}\,d|\nu_1|\right|}{\mu(Q_2(w_1))}\|S_{|\nu_1|,\widehat{\varepsilon}\widehat{b}_1\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}\|g_{\mathbf{w}}\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)} \lesssim\|f_{\mathbf{w}}\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}\|g_{\mathbf{w}}\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}.} ∣ I 2 ( w ) ∣ ≤ μ ( Q 2 ( w 1 )) ∫ Q 2 ( w 1 ) f w d ∣ ν 1 ∣ ∥ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε b 1 ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ∥ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ≲ ∥ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) .
Finally, by (187) and (191) , we obtain
∣ I 3 ( w ) ∣ ≤ ∣ ∫ Q 2 ( w 2 ) g w d ∣ ν 2 ∣ ∣ μ ( Q 2 ( w 2 ) ) ∥ S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε b ^ 2 ∗ ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) |\mathcal{I}_3(\mathbf{w})| \le\frac{\left|\int_{Q_2(w_2)} g_{\mathbf{w}}\,d|\nu_2|\right|}{\mu(Q_2(w_2))}\|S^*_{|\nu_2|,\varepsilon\widehat{b}_2}\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}\|f_{\mathbf{w}}\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)} ∣ I 3 ( w ) ∣ ≤ μ ( Q 2 ( w 2 )) ∫ Q 2 ( w 2 ) g w d ∣ ν 2 ∣ ∥ S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε b 2 ∗ ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ )
≲ ∥ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . (195) \lesssim\|f_{\mathbf{w}}\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}\|g_{\mathbf{w}}\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}. \tag*{(195)} ≲ ∥ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . (195)
It remains to estimate I 4 ( w ) \mathcal{I}_4(\mathbf{w}) I 4 ( w ) , which requires a more delicate analysis. We recall that α = γ / ( 2 ( n + γ ) ) \alpha=\gamma/(2(n+\gamma)) α = γ / ( 2 ( n + γ )) , which belongs to ( 0 , 1 ) (0,1) ( 0 , 1 ) . We say that Q ∈ D 1 t r Q\in\mathcal{D}_1^{\mathrm{tr}} Q ∈ D 1 tr and R ∈ D 2 t r R\in\mathcal{D}_2^{\mathrm{tr}} R ∈ D 2 tr are distant if
dist ( Q , R ) ≥ min ( ℓ ( Q ) , ℓ ( R ) ) α ⋅ max ( ℓ ( Q ) , ℓ ( R ) ) 1 − α . (196) \operatorname{dist}(Q,R)\ge\min(\ell(Q),\ell(R))^\alpha\cdot\max(\ell(Q),\ell(R))^{1-\alpha}. \tag*{(196)} dist ( Q , R ) ≥ min ( ℓ ( Q ) , ℓ ( R ) ) α ⋅ max ( ℓ ( Q ) , ℓ ( R ) ) 1 − α . (196)
Note that, if Q Q Q and R R R are both good, disjoint, and not distant, by Definition 6.1 it holds that ℓ m ℓ ( R ) < ℓ ( Q ) < ℓ − m ℓ ( R ) \ell^m\ell(R)<\ell(Q)<\ell^{-m}\ell(R) ℓ m ℓ ( R ) < ℓ ( Q ) < ℓ − m ℓ ( R ) .
Hence, we split I 4 ( w ) \mathcal{I}_4(\mathbf{w}) I 4 ( w ) as
I 4 ( w ) = ∑ Q ∈ D 1 t r , R ∈ D 2 t r Q , R d i s t a n t ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( Δ 1 , Q f w ) , Δ 2 , R g w ⟩ ∗ = ∑ Q ∈ D 1 t r , R ∈ D 2 t r Q , R d i s t a n t + ∑ Q ∈ D 1 t r , R ∈ D 2 t r Q ∩ R = ∅ , Q , R n o t d i s t a n t + ∑ Q ∈ D 1 t r , R ∈ D 2 t r Q ∩ R ≠ ∅ ℓ m ℓ ( R ) ≤ ℓ ( Q ) ≤ ℓ − m ℓ ( R ) + ∑ Q ∈ D 1 t r , R ∈ D 2 t r Q ∩ R ≠ ∅ ℓ ( Q ) < ℓ m ℓ ( R ) o r ℓ ( Q ) > ℓ − m ℓ ( R ) = : S 1 ( w ) + S 2 ( w ) + S 3 ( w ) + S 4 ( w ) . (197) \begin{aligned}
\mathcal{I}_4(\mathbf{w})=\sum_{\substack{Q\in\mathcal{D}_1^{\mathrm{tr}},\,R\in\mathcal{D}_2^{\mathrm{tr}}\\Q,R\ \mathrm{distant}}}\langle S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}(\Delta_{1,Q}f_{\mathbf{w}}),\Delta_{2,R}g_{\mathbf{w}}\rangle_* \\
&=\sum_{\substack{Q\in\mathcal{D}_1^{\mathrm{tr}},\,R\in\mathcal{D}_2^{\mathrm{tr}}\\Q,R\ \mathrm{distant}}}
+\sum_{\substack{Q\in\mathcal{D}_1^{\mathrm{tr}},\,R\in\mathcal{D}_2^{\mathrm{tr}}\\Q\cap R=\varnothing,\ Q,R\ \mathrm{not\ distant}}}
+\sum_{\substack{Q\in\mathcal{D}_1^{\mathrm{tr}},\,R\in\mathcal{D}_2^{\mathrm{tr}}\\Q\cap R\ne\varnothing\\\ell^m\ell(R)\le\ell(Q)\le\ell^{-m}\ell(R)}}
+\sum_{\substack{Q\in\mathcal{D}_1^{\mathrm{tr}},\,R\in\mathcal{D}_2^{\mathrm{tr}}\\Q\cap R\ne\varnothing\\\ell(Q)<\ell^m\ell(R)\ \mathrm{or}\ \ell(Q)>\ell^{-m}\ell(R)}} \\
&=:S_1(\mathbf{w})+S_2(\mathbf{w})+S_3(\mathbf{w})+S_4(\mathbf{w}). \tag*{(197)}
\end{aligned} I 4 ( w ) = Q ∈ D 1 tr , R ∈ D 2 tr Q , R distant ∑ ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( Δ 1 , Q f w ) , Δ 2 , R g w ⟩ ∗ = Q ∈ D 1 tr , R ∈ D 2 tr Q , R distant ∑ + Q ∈ D 1 tr , R ∈ D 2 tr Q ∩ R = ∅ , Q , R not distant ∑ + Q ∈ D 1 tr , R ∈ D 2 tr Q ∩ R = ∅ ℓ m ℓ ( R ) ≤ ℓ ( Q ) ≤ ℓ − m ℓ ( R ) ∑ + Q ∈ D 1 tr , R ∈ D 2 tr Q ∩ R = ∅ ℓ ( Q ) < ℓ m ℓ ( R ) or ℓ ( Q ) > ℓ − m ℓ ( R ) ∑ =: S 1 ( w ) + S 2 ( w ) + S 3 ( w ) + S 4 ( w ) . (197)
We estimate these four terms separately.
Estimate of S1
We first write
∣ S 1 ( w ) ∣ ≤ ∑ Q ∈ D 1 t r , R ∈ D 2 t r Q , R d i s t a n t ∣ ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( Δ 1 , Q f w ) , Δ 2 , R g w ⟩ ∗ ∣ = ∑ Q ∈ D 1 t r , R ∈ D 2 t r Q , R d i s t a n t ℓ ( Q ) ≤ ℓ ( R ) + ∑ Q ∈ D 1 t r , R ∈ D 2 t r Q , R d i s t a n t ℓ ( Q ) > ℓ ( R ) = : S 1 ′ + S 1 ′ ′ . \begin{aligned}
|S_1(\mathbf{w})|\le\sum_{\substack{Q\in\mathcal{D}_1^{\mathrm{tr}},\,R\in\mathcal{D}_2^{\mathrm{tr}}\\Q,R\ \mathrm{distant}}}\left|\langle S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}(\Delta_{1,Q}f_{\mathbf{w}}),\Delta_{2,R}g_{\mathbf{w}}\rangle_*\right| \\
&=\sum_{\substack{Q\in\mathcal{D}_1^{\mathrm{tr}},\,R\in\mathcal{D}_2^{\mathrm{tr}}\\Q,R\ \mathrm{distant}\\\ell(Q)\le\ell(R)}}+\sum_{\substack{Q\in\mathcal{D}_1^{\mathrm{tr}},\,R\in\mathcal{D}_2^{\mathrm{tr}}\\Q,R\ \mathrm{distant}\\\ell(Q)>\ell(R)}}
=:S'_1+S''_1.
\end{aligned} ∣ S 1 ( w ) ∣ ≤ Q ∈ D 1 tr , R ∈ D 2 tr Q , R distant ∑ ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( Δ 1 , Q f w ) , Δ 2 , R g w ⟩ ∗ = Q ∈ D 1 tr , R ∈ D 2 tr Q , R distant ℓ ( Q ) ≤ ℓ ( R ) ∑ + Q ∈ D 1 tr , R ∈ D 2 tr Q , R distant ℓ ( Q ) > ℓ ( R ) ∑ =: S 1 ′ + S 1 ′′ .
The long distance is defined as
D ( Q , R ) : = ℓ ( Q ) + ℓ ( R ) + dist ( Q , R ) , for Q ∈ D 1 , R ∈ D 2 , D(Q,R):=\ell(Q)+\ell(R)+\operatorname{dist}(Q,R),\qquad\text{for }Q\in\mathcal{D}_1,\ R\in\mathcal{D}_2, D ( Q , R ) := ℓ ( Q ) + ℓ ( R ) + dist ( Q , R ) , for Q ∈ D 1 , R ∈ D 2 ,
and it is used in the bound of S 1 ′ S'_1 S 1 ′ via the following lemma.
Lemma 6.12. Let Q 1 Q_1 Q 1 , Q 2 Q_2 Q 2 be cubes in X X X . For i = 1 , 2 i=1,2 i = 1 , 2 , assume that φ i ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν i ∣ ) \varphi_i \in L^2(|\nu_i|) φ i ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν i ∣ ) are such that supp ( φ i ) ⊂ Q i \operatorname{supp}(\varphi_i) \subset Q_i supp ( φ i ) ⊂ Q i , dist ( Q 1 , supp ( φ 2 ) ) ≥ ℓ ( Q 1 ) \operatorname{dist}(Q_1,\operatorname{supp}(\varphi_2)) \geq\ell(Q_1) dist ( Q 1 , supp ( φ 2 )) ≥ ℓ ( Q 1 ) and ∫ φ 1 d ∣ ν 1 ∣ = 0 \int\varphi_1\,d|\nu_1|=0 ∫ φ 1 d ∣ ν 1 ∣ = 0 . Then, we have that
∣ ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε φ 1 , φ 2 ⟩ ∗ ∣ ≤ C ℓ ( Q 1 ) γ dist ( Q 1 , supp ( φ 2 ) ) n + γ ∥ φ 1 ∥ L 1 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ φ 2 ∥ L 1 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . (198) \left|\langle S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}\varphi_1,\varphi_2\rangle_*\right| \leq C\frac{\ell(Q_1)^\gamma}{\operatorname{dist}(Q_1,\operatorname{supp}(\varphi_2))^{n+\gamma}}\|\varphi_1\|_{L^1(|\nu_1|)}\|\varphi_2\|_{L^1(|\nu_2|)}. \tag*{(198)} ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε φ 1 , φ 2 ⟩ ∗ ≤ C dist ( Q 1 , supp ( φ 2 ) ) n + γ ℓ ( Q 1 ) γ ∥ φ 1 ∥ L 1 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ φ 2 ∥ L 1 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . (198) Moreover, if ℓ ( Q 1 ) ≤ ℓ ( Q 2 ) \ell(Q_1)\leq\ell(Q_2) ℓ ( Q 1 ) ≤ ℓ ( Q 2 ) and there exists c ′ > 0 c'>0 c ′ > 0 such that
dist ( Q 1 , supp ( φ 2 ) ) ≥ c ′ ℓ ( Q 1 ) α ℓ ( Q 2 ) 1 − α , \operatorname{dist}(Q_1,\operatorname{supp}(\varphi_2))\geq c'\ell(Q_1)^\alpha\ell(Q_2)^{1-\alpha}, dist ( Q 1 , supp ( φ 2 )) ≥ c ′ ℓ ( Q 1 ) α ℓ ( Q 2 ) 1 − α , then, denoting by C 1 C_1 C 1 the constant in (2.18),
∣ ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε φ 1 , φ 2 ⟩ ∗ ∣ ≲ C , c ′ , C 1 ℓ ( Q 1 ) γ / 2 ℓ ( Q 2 ) γ / 2 D ( Q 1 , Q 2 ) n + γ ∥ φ 1 ∥ L 1 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ φ 2 ∥ L 1 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . (199) \left|\langle S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}\varphi_1,\varphi_2\rangle_*\right|\lesssim_{C,c',C_1}\frac{\ell(Q_1)^{\gamma/2}\ell(Q_2)^{\gamma/2}}{D(Q_1,Q_2)^{n+\gamma}}\|\varphi_1\|_{L^1(|\nu_1|)}\|\varphi_2\|_{L^1(|\nu_2|)}. \tag*{(199)} ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε φ 1 , φ 2 ⟩ ∗ ≲ C , c ′ , C 1 D ( Q 1 , Q 2 ) n + γ ℓ ( Q 1 ) γ /2 ℓ ( Q 2 ) γ /2 ∥ φ 1 ∥ L 1 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ φ 2 ∥ L 1 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . (199)
Proof. The proof is a minor variation of the proof of [77 Lemma 5.14] , using Calderón-Zygmund kernel estimates and the choice α = γ / ( 2 ( n + γ ) ) \alpha=\gamma/(2(n+\gamma)) α = γ / ( 2 ( n + γ )) in the definition of distant cubes. □
Since the cubes Q Q Q and R R R in S 1 ′ S'_1 S 1 ′ are distant and ℓ ( Q ) ≤ ℓ ( R ) \ell(Q)\leq\ell(R) ℓ ( Q ) ≤ ℓ ( R ) , Lemma 6.12 yields
S 1 ′ ≲ C ∑ Q ∈ D 1 t r , R ∈ D 2 t r ℓ ( Q ) ≤ ℓ ( R ) ℓ ( Q ) γ / 2 ℓ ( R ) γ / 2 D ( Q , R ) n + γ ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( Q ) 1 / 2 ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( R ) 1 / 2 ∥ Δ 1 , Q f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ Δ 2 , R g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . (200) S'_1\lesssim_C\sum_{\substack{Q\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_1,R\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_2\\ \ell(Q)\leq\ell(R)}}\frac{\ell(Q)^{\gamma/2}\ell(R)^{\gamma/2}}{D(Q,R)^{n+\gamma}}|\nu_1|(Q)^{1/2}|\nu_2|(R)^{1/2}\|\Delta_{1,Q}fw\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}\|\Delta_{2,R}gw\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}. \tag*{(200)} S 1 ′ ≲ C Q ∈ D 1 tr , R ∈ D 2 tr ℓ ( Q ) ≤ ℓ ( R ) ∑ D ( Q , R ) n + γ ℓ ( Q ) γ /2 ℓ ( R ) γ /2 ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( Q ) 1/2 ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( R ) 1/2 ∥ Δ 1 , Q f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ Δ 2 , R g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . (200)
For transit cubes Q ∈ D 1 t r Q\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_1 Q ∈ D 1 tr and R ∈ D 2 t r R\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_2 R ∈ D 2 tr with positive measure, we define
T Q , R : = ℓ ( Q ) γ / 2 ℓ ( R ) γ / 2 D ( Q , R ) n + γ ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( Q ) 1 / 2 ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( R ) 1 / 2 , if ℓ ( Q ) ≤ ℓ ( R ) T_{Q,R}:=\frac{\ell(Q)^{\gamma/2}\ell(R)^{\gamma/2}}{D(Q,R)^{n+\gamma}}|\nu_1|(Q)^{1/2}|\nu_2|(R)^{1/2},\qquad\text{if }\ell(Q)\leq\ell(R) T Q , R := D ( Q , R ) n + γ ℓ ( Q ) γ /2 ℓ ( R ) γ /2 ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( Q ) 1/2 ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( R ) 1/2 , if ℓ ( Q ) ≤ ℓ ( R )
and set T Q , R : = 0 T_{Q,R}:=0 T Q , R := 0 otherwise. We claim that
∑ ℓ ( Q ) ≤ ℓ ( R ) T Q , R ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( Q ) 1 / 2 ≲ ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( R ) 1 / 2 , \sum_{\ell(Q)\leq\ell(R)}T_{Q,R}|\nu_1|(Q)^{1/2}\lesssim|\nu_2|(R)^{1/2}, ℓ ( Q ) ≤ ℓ ( R ) ∑ T Q , R ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( Q ) 1/2 ≲ ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( R ) 1/2 ,
∑ ℓ ( R ) ≥ ℓ ( Q ) T Q , R ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( R ) 1 / 2 ≲ ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( Q ) 1 / 2 . (201) \sum_{\ell(R)\geq\ell(Q)}T_{Q,R}|\nu_2|(R)^{1/2}\lesssim|\nu_1|(Q)^{1/2}. \tag*{(201)} ℓ ( R ) ≥ ℓ ( Q ) ∑ T Q , R ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( R ) 1/2 ≲ ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( Q ) 1/2 . (201)
Note that, by Schur’s test, (201) implies that the matrix ( T Q , R ) (T_{Q,R}) ( T Q , R ) defines a bounded operator on the corresponding ℓ 2 \ell^2 ℓ 2 spaces, with norm bounded independently of the random grids.
We now prove (201) . Let i = 1 , 2 i=1,2 i = 1 , 2 , and let A ⊂ D i t r A\subset\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_i A ⊂ D i tr be a nonempty family of cubes with the same side length, all contained in a ball B ( z , t ) B(z,t) B ( z , t ) . Since the cubes in A A A are transit, there exists x ∈ ⋃ P ∈ A P ∖ W i ( w i ) x\in\bigcup_{P\in A}P\setminus\mathcal{W}_i(w_i) x ∈ ⋃ P ∈ A P ∖ W i ( w i ) . As in Remark 6.3, we have x ∉ H i , R i x\notin\mathcal{H}_{i,R_i} x ∈ / H i , R i , so (3.19), (3.20), and the n n n -growth of μ \mu μ give ∣ ν i ∣ ( B ( x , ρ ) ) ≤ ( m + C 0 ) ρ n |\nu_i|(B(x,\rho))\leq(\mathfrak m+C_0)\rho^n ∣ ν i ∣ ( B ( x , ρ )) ≤ ( m + C 0 ) ρ n for every ρ > 0 \rho>0 ρ > 0 . Moreover, the cubes in A A A are pairwise disjoint and contained in B ( z , t ) ⊂ B ( x , 2 t ) B(z,t)\subset B(x,2t) B ( z , t ) ⊂ B ( x , 2 t ) , thus we have
∑ P ∈ A ∣ ν i ∣ ( P ) = ∣ ν i ∣ ( ⋃ P ∈ A P ) ≤ ∣ ν i ∣ ( B ( x , 2 t ) ) ≤ 2 n ( m + C 0 ) t n . (202) \sum_{P\in A}|\nu_i|(P)=|\nu_i|\left(\bigcup_{P\in A}P\right)\leq|\nu_i|(B(x,2t))\leq2^n(\mathfrak m+C_0)t^n. \tag*{(202)} P ∈ A ∑ ∣ ν i ∣ ( P ) = ∣ ν i ∣ ( P ∈ A ⋃ P ) ≤ ∣ ν i ∣ ( B ( x , 2 t )) ≤ 2 n ( m + C 0 ) t n . (202)
Let R ∈ D 2 t r R\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_2 R ∈ D 2 tr and denote r : = ℓ ( R ) r:=\ell(R) r := ℓ ( R ) . Since D ( Q , R ) ≥ r D(Q,R)\geq r D ( Q , R ) ≥ r , we can group the cubes Q ∈ D 1 t r Q\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_1 Q ∈ D 1 tr with ℓ ( Q ) ≤ r \ell(Q)\leq r ℓ ( Q ) ≤ r according to the values k , j ≥ 0 k,j\geq0 k , j ≥ 0 such that ℓ ( Q ) = ℓ k r \ell(Q)=\ell^k r ℓ ( Q ) = ℓ k r and 2 j r ≤ D ( Q , R ) < 2 j + 1 r 2^j r\leq D(Q,R)<2^{j+1}r 2 j r ≤ D ( Q , R ) < 2 j + 1 r . Moreover, by (33) , each group is contained in a ball of radius ( 2 C 1 + 1 ) 2 j + 1 r (2C_1+1)2^{j+1}r ( 2 C 1 + 1 ) 2 j + 1 r , so (202) yields
∑ Q ∈ D 1 t r ℓ ( Q ) ≤ r ℓ ( Q ) γ / 2 r γ / 2 D ( Q , R ) n + γ ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( Q ) ≲ ∑ k , j ≥ 0 ( ℓ k r ) γ / 2 r γ / 2 ( 2 j r ) n + γ ( 2 j r ) n = ∑ k , j ≥ 0 2 k γ / 2 2 − j γ ≲ 1. \sum_{\substack{Q\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_1\\ \ell(Q)\le r}}\frac{\ell(Q)^{\gamma/2}r^{\gamma/2}}{D(Q,R)^{n+\gamma}}|\nu_1|(Q)\lesssim\sum_{k,j\ge0}\frac{(\ell^k r)^{\gamma/2}r^{\gamma/2}}{(2^j r)^{n+\gamma}}(2^j r)^n=\sum_{k,j\ge0}2^{k\gamma/2}2^{-j\gamma}\lesssim1. Q ∈ D 1 tr ℓ ( Q ) ≤ r ∑ D ( Q , R ) n + γ ℓ ( Q ) γ /2 r γ /2 ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( Q ) ≲ k , j ≥ 0 ∑ ( 2 j r ) n + γ ( ℓ k r ) γ /2 r γ /2 ( 2 j r ) n = k , j ≥ 0 ∑ 2 k γ /2 2 − j γ ≲ 1.
which implies the first estimate in (201) . The second estimate follows analogously.
Thus, by (200) , (201) , (178) , and Schur’s test we obtain
S 1 ′ ( w ) ≲ ∥ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . S_1'(w)\lesssim\|f_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}\|g_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}. S 1 ′ ( w ) ≲ ∥ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) .
We observe that, for Q ∈ D 1 t r Q\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_1 Q ∈ D 1 tr and R ∈ D 2 t r R\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_2 R ∈ D 2 tr we have
⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε Δ 1 , Q f w , Δ 2 , R g w ⟩ ∗ = ⟨ Δ 1 , Q f w , S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ Δ 2 , R g w ⟩ . (203) \left\langle S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}\Delta_{1,Q}f_w,\Delta_{2,R}g_w\right\rangle_*=\left\langle\Delta_{1,Q}f_w,S^*_{|\nu_2|,\varepsilon}\Delta_{2,R}g_w\right\rangle. \tag*{(203)} ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε Δ 1 , Q f w , Δ 2 , R g w ⟩ ∗ = ⟨ Δ 1 , Q f w , S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ Δ 2 , R g w ⟩ . (203)
so the same argument can be applied to estimate S 1 ∗ S_1^* S 1 ∗ , and we finally get
∣ S 1 ( w ) ∣ ≲ ∥ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ≲ xref‘(6.7)‘ ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) , |S_1(w)|\lesssim\|f_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}\|g_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}\overset{\text{\scriptsize{xref}`(6.7)`}}{\lesssim}\|f\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}\|g\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}, ∣ S 1 ( w ) ∣ ≲ ∥ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ≲ xref ‘(6.7)‘ ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ,
which implies that there exists c S 1 > 0 c_{S_1}>0 c S 1 > 0 such that
E ~ w ∣ S 1 ( w ) ∣ ≤ c S 1 ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . (204) \widetilde{\mathbb{E}}_w|S_1(w)|\le c_{S_1}\|f\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}\|g\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}. \tag*{(204)} E w ∣ S 1 ( w ) ∣ ≤ c S 1 ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . (204)
Estimates of S 2 S_2 S 2 and S 3 S_3 S 3 : the diagonal terms
We recall that Δ 1 , Q f w = 0 \Delta_{1,Q}f_w=0 Δ 1 , Q f w = 0 unless Q Q Q is good, and Δ 2 , R g w = 0 \Delta_{2,R}g_w=0 Δ 2 , R g w = 0 unless R R R is good. Moreover, as observed above, if Q ∈ D 1 t r Q\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_1 Q ∈ D 1 tr and R ∈ D 2 t r R\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_2 R ∈ D 2 tr are good, disjoint, and not distant, then ℓ m ℓ ( R ) < ℓ ( Q ) < ℓ − m ℓ ( R ) \ell^m\ell(R)<\ell(Q)<\ell^{-m}\ell(R) ℓ m ℓ ( R ) < ℓ ( Q ) < ℓ − m ℓ ( R ) . Given two cubes Q , R ⊂ X Q,R\subset X Q , R ⊂ X , we also write ℓ ( Q ) ∼ m ℓ ( R ) \ell(Q)\sim_m\ell(R) ℓ ( Q ) ∼ m ℓ ( R ) if ℓ − m ℓ ( Q ) ≤ ℓ ( R ) ≤ ℓ − m ℓ ( Q ) \ell^{-m}\ell(Q)\le\ell(R)\le\ell^{-m}\ell(Q) ℓ − m ℓ ( Q ) ≤ ℓ ( R ) ≤ ℓ − m ℓ ( Q ) .
Moreover, for α = γ / ( 2 ( n + γ ) ) \alpha=\gamma/(2(n+\gamma)) α = γ / ( 2 ( n + γ )) as in (196) ,
dist ( Q , R ) ≤ min ( ℓ ( Q ) , ℓ ( R ) ) α max ( ℓ ( Q ) , ℓ ( R ) ) 1 − α ≤ max ( ℓ ( Q ) , ℓ ( R ) ) . \operatorname{dist}(Q,R)\le\min(\ell(Q),\ell(R))^\alpha\max(\ell(Q),\ell(R))^{1-\alpha}\le\max(\ell(Q),\ell(R)). dist ( Q , R ) ≤ min ( ℓ ( Q ) , ℓ ( R ) ) α max ( ℓ ( Q ) , ℓ ( R ) ) 1 − α ≤ max ( ℓ ( Q ) , ℓ ( R )) .
Thus we have
∣ S 2 ( w ) + S 3 ( w ) ∣ ≤ ∑ Q ∈ D 1 t r , R ∈ D 2 t r dist ( Q , R ) ≤ max ( ℓ ( Q ) , ℓ ( R ) ) ℓ ( Q ) ∼ m ℓ ( R ) ∣ ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε Δ 1 , Q f w , Δ 2 , R g w ⟩ ∗ ∣ . (205) |S_2(w)+S_3(w)|\le\sum_{\substack{Q\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_1,\ R\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_2\\ \operatorname{dist}(Q,R)\le\max(\ell(Q),\ell(R))\\ \ell(Q)\sim_m\ell(R)}}\left|\left\langle S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}\Delta_{1,Q}f_w,\Delta_{2,R}g_w\right\rangle_*\right|. \tag*{(205)} ∣ S 2 ( w ) + S 3 ( w ) ∣ ≤ Q ∈ D 1 tr , R ∈ D 2 tr dist ( Q , R ) ≤ m a x ( ℓ ( Q ) , ℓ ( R )) ℓ ( Q ) ∼ m ℓ ( R ) ∑ ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε Δ 1 , Q f w , Δ 2 , R g w ⟩ ∗ . (205)
Let D ∗ ( w ) ⊂ D 1 t r × D 2 t r \mathcal{D}^*(w)\subset\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_1\times\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_2 D ∗ ( w ) ⊂ D 1 tr × D 2 tr be the collection of pairs ( Q , R ) (Q,R) ( Q , R ) such that dist ( Q , R ) ≤ max ( ℓ ( Q ) , ℓ ( R ) ) \operatorname{dist}(Q,R)\le\max(\ell(Q),\ell(R)) dist ( Q , R ) ≤ max ( ℓ ( Q ) , ℓ ( R )) and ℓ ( Q ) ∼ m ℓ ( R ) \ell(Q)\sim_m\ell(R) ℓ ( Q ) ∼ m ℓ ( R ) . We also denote by D ( w ) \mathcal{D}(w) D ( w ) the collection of pairs ( I , J ) ∈ D ( w 1 ) × D ( w 2 ) (I,J)\in\mathcal{D}(w_1)\times\mathcal{D}(w_2) ( I , J ) ∈ D ( w 1 ) × D ( w 2 ) such that I ∈ Ch ( Q ) I\in\operatorname{Ch}(Q) I ∈ Ch ( Q ) and J ∈ Ch ( R ) J\in\operatorname{Ch}(R) J ∈ Ch ( R ) for some ( Q , R ) ∈ D ∗ ( w ) (Q,R)\in\mathcal{D}^*(w) ( Q , R ) ∈ D ∗ ( w ) .
Thus, the right-hand side of (205) reads
∑ ( Q , R ) ∈ D ∗ ( w ) ∣ ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε Δ 1 , Q f w , Δ 2 , R g w ⟩ ∗ ∣ ≤ ∑ ( I , J ) ∈ D ( w ) ∣ ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε χ I Δ 1 , I ∗ f w , χ J Δ 2 , J ∗ g w ⟩ ∗ ∣ , (206) \sum_{(Q,R)\in\mathcal{D}^*(w)}\left|\left\langle S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}\Delta_{1,Q}f_w,\Delta_{2,R}g_w\right\rangle_*\right|
\le\sum_{(I,J)\in\mathcal{D}(w)}\left|\left\langle S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}\chi_I\Delta_{1,I^*}f_w,\chi_J\Delta_{2,J^*}g_w\right\rangle_*\right|, \tag*{(206)} ( Q , R ) ∈ D ∗ ( w ) ∑ ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε Δ 1 , Q f w , Δ 2 , R g w ⟩ ∗ ≤ ( I , J ) ∈ D ( w ) ∑ ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε χ I Δ 1 , I ∗ f w , χ J Δ 2 , J ∗ g w ⟩ ∗ , (206)
where I ∗ ∈ D 1 t r I^*\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_1 I ∗ ∈ D 1 tr and J ∗ ∈ D 2 t r J^*\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_2 J ∗ ∈ D 2 tr are the dyadic parents of I I I and J J J , respectively. If ( I , J ) ∈ D ( w ) (I,J)\in\mathcal{D}(w) ( I , J ) ∈ D ( w ) , then ℓ ( J ) ∼ m ℓ ( I ) \ell(J)\sim_m\ell(I) ℓ ( J ) ∼ m ℓ ( I ) and dist ( I , J ∗ ) ≤ max ( ℓ ( I ∗ ) , ℓ ( J ∗ ) ) ≤ ℓ − m − 1 ℓ ( I ) \operatorname{dist}(I,J^*)\le\max(\ell(I^*),\ell(J^*))\le\ell^{-m-1}\ell(I) dist ( I , J ∗ ) ≤ max ( ℓ ( I ∗ ) , ℓ ( J ∗ )) ≤ ℓ − m − 1 ℓ ( I ) . Hence, by (33) , for fixed I I I , the cubes J J J such that ( I , J ) ∈ D ( w ) (I,J)\in\mathcal{D}(w) ( I , J ) ∈ D ( w ) belong to 2 m + 1 2m+1 2 m + 1 generations and are contained in a ball of radius C m ℓ ( I ) C_m\ell(I) C m ℓ ( I ) . Since X X X is geometrically doubling and each cube J J J contains a ball of radius c 1 ℓ ( J ) c_1\ell(J) c 1 ℓ ( J ) , we obtain the first bound in
# { J : ( I , J ) ∈ D ( w ) } ≤ C m and # { I : ( I , J ) ∈ D ( w ) } ≤ C m , (207) \#\{J:(I,J)\in\mathcal{D}(w)\}\le C_m
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
\#\{I:(I,J)\in\mathcal{D}(w)\}\le C_m, \tag*{(207)} # { J : ( I , J ) ∈ D ( w )} ≤ C m and # { I : ( I , J ) ∈ D ( w )} ≤ C m , (207)
and the second one, for fixed J J J , follows analogously.
We define D t r t r ( w ) : = { ( I , J ) ∈ D ( w ) : both I and J are transit } \mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_{\mathrm{tr}}(\mathrm{w}) := \{(I,J) \in\mathcal{D}(\mathrm{w}) : \text{both } I \text{ and } J \text{ are transit}\} D tr tr ( w ) := {( I , J ) ∈ D ( w ) : both I and J are transit } . If ( I 1 , I 2 ) ∈ D t r t r ( w ) (I_1,I_2) \in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_{\mathrm{tr}}(\mathrm{w}) ( I 1 , I 2 ) ∈ D tr tr ( w ) , we also denote
D I j j ϕ : = ⟨ ϕ ⟩ j , I j ⟨ b ^ j ⟩ j , I j − ⟨ ϕ ⟩ j , I j ∗ ⟨ b ^ j ⟩ j , I j ∗ , for j = 1 , 2 and ϕ ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν j ∣ ) , D^{j}_{I_j}\phi:= \frac{\langle\phi\rangle_{j,I_j}}{\langle\widehat b_j\rangle_{j,I_j}}-\frac{\langle\phi\rangle_{j,I_j^*}}{\langle\widehat b_j\rangle_{j,I_j^*}},
\qquad\text{for } j=1,2 \text{ and } \phi\in L^2(|\nu_j|), D I j j ϕ := ⟨ b j ⟩ j , I j ⟨ ϕ ⟩ j , I j − ⟨ b j ⟩ j , I j ∗ ⟨ ϕ ⟩ j , I j ∗ , for j = 1 , 2 and ϕ ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν j ∣ ) ,
where I j ∗ ∈ D ( w j ) I_j^* \in\mathcal{D}(w_j) I j ∗ ∈ D ( w j ) is the dyadic parent of I j I_j I j . Thus, note that by the definition (175) , if ( I , J ) ∈ D t r t r ( w ) (I,J) \in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_{\mathrm{tr}}(\mathrm{w}) ( I , J ) ∈ D tr tr ( w ) , we have
χ I D I 1 f w b ^ 1 = χ I Δ 1 , I ∗ f w and χ J D J 2 g w b ^ 2 = χ J Δ 2 , J ∗ g w , (208) \chi_I D^1_I f_{\mathrm{w}}\widehat b_1=\chi_I\Delta_{1,I^*}f_{\mathrm{w}}
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
\chi_J D^2_J g_{\mathrm{w}}\widehat b_2=\chi_J\Delta_{2,J^*}g_{\mathrm{w}}, \tag*{(208)} χ I D I 1 f w b 1 = χ I Δ 1 , I ∗ f w and χ J D J 2 g w b 2 = χ J Δ 2 , J ∗ g w , (208)
so
∣ ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( χ I Δ 1 , I ∗ f w ) , χ J Δ 2 , J ∗ g w ⟩ ∗ ∣ = ∣ ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( D I 1 f w χ I b ^ 1 ) , D J 2 g w χ J b ^ 2 ⟩ ∗ ∣ . (209) \left|\left\langle S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}\left(\chi_I\Delta_{1,I^*}f_{\mathrm{w}}\right),\chi_J\Delta_{2,J^*}g_{\mathrm{w}}\right\rangle_*\right|
=
\left|\left\langle S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}\left(D^1_I f_{\mathrm{w}}\chi_I\widehat b_1\right),D^2_Jg_{\mathrm{w}}\chi_J\widehat b_2\right\rangle_*\right|. \tag*{(209)} ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( χ I Δ 1 , I ∗ f w ) , χ J Δ 2 , J ∗ g w ⟩ ∗ = ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( D I 1 f w χ I b 1 ) , D J 2 g w χ J b 2 ⟩ ∗ . (209)
The random almost-covering balls. In the next proposition, we state the properties of a “random” family of balls constructed by Hytönen and Martikainen in the quasi-metric setting. The balls have radii comparable to ϑ k \vartheta^k ϑ k , where k ∈ Z k\in\mathbb{Z} k ∈ Z and 0 < ϑ < 1 / 32 0<\vartheta<1/32 0 < ϑ < 1/32 replaces factor 1 / 2 1/2 1/2 in the classical Euclidean dyadic system. The construction depends on a random parameter ξ \xi ξ , which encodes the random choices of the centers and of the dilation factors of the balls, in an auxiliary probability space ( Ω ^ , P ^ ) (\widehat{\Omega},\widehat{\mathbb{P}}) ( Ω , P ) , independent of w \mathrm{w} w . We denote by E ^ \widehat{\mathbb{E}} E the associated expectation. Taking a product over the scales k ∈ Z k\in\mathbb{Z} k ∈ Z , we use the same parameter ξ \xi ξ at every scale.
Proposition 6.13 (see Proposition 8.2 in [41 ] ). Let 0 < ϑ < 1 / 32 0<\vartheta<1/32 0 < ϑ < 1/32 , k ∈ Z k\in\mathbb{Z} k ∈ Z , and v ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) v\in(0,1) v ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) . Then, there exist Λ ~ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \widetilde{\Lambda}\in(0,1) Λ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) and integers s , M ≥ 1 s,M\ge1 s , M ≥ 1 , depending only on D D D , ϑ \vartheta ϑ , and v v v , and, for every ξ ∈ Ω ^ \xi\in\widehat{\Omega} ξ ∈ Ω , a countable family B ξ \mathcal{B}_{\xi} B ξ of balls in X X X such that:
If B , B ′ ∈ B ξ B,B'\in\mathcal{B}_{\xi} B , B ′ ∈ B ξ , then
1 32 ϑ k + n 1 s ≤ r ( B ) ≤ 1 16 ϑ k + n 1 s and 1 32 ϑ k + n 2 s ≤ r ( B ′ ) ≤ 1 16 ϑ k + n 2 s , (210) \frac{1}{32}\vartheta^{k+n_1s}\le r(B)\le\frac{1}{16}\vartheta^{k+n_1s}
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
\frac{1}{32}\vartheta^{k+n_2s}\le r(B')\le\frac{1}{16}\vartheta^{k+n_2s}, \tag*{(210)} 32 1 ϑ k + n 1 s ≤ r ( B ) ≤ 16 1 ϑ k + n 1 s and 32 1 ϑ k + n 2 s ≤ r ( B ′ ) ≤ 16 1 ϑ k + n 2 s , (210) for some n 1 , n 2 = 0 , 1 , … , M − 1 n_1,n_2=0,1,\ldots,M-1 n 1 , n 2 = 0 , 1 , … , M − 1 . Moreover, if B ≠ B ′ B\ne B' B = B ′ , then
d ( x B , x B ′ ) ≥ r ( B ) + r ( B ′ ) + Λ ~ max ( r ( B ) , r ( B ′ ) ) , d(x_B,x_{B'})\ge r(B)+r(B')+\widetilde{\Lambda}\max(r(B),r(B')), d ( x B , x B ′ ) ≥ r ( B ) + r ( B ′ ) + Λ max ( r ( B ) , r ( B ′ )) , where x B x_B x B and x B ′ x_{B'} x B ′ are the centers of B B B and B ′ B' B ′ , respectively.
P ^ ( x ∈ ⋃ B ∈ B ξ B ) > 1 − v , for every x ∈ X . (211) \widehat{\mathbb{P}}\left(x\in\bigcup_{B\in\mathcal{B}_{\xi}}B\right)>1-v,
\qquad\text{for every }x\in X. \tag*{(211)} P x ∈ B ∈ B ξ ⋃ B > 1 − v , for every x ∈ X . (211) Moreover, the set { ( ξ , x ) : x ∈ ⋃ B ∈ B ξ B } \{(\xi,x):x\in\bigcup_{B\in\mathcal{B}_{\xi}}B\} {( ξ , x ) : x ∈ ⋃ B ∈ B ξ B } is measurable.
In [41 ] , the separation is stated for the balls themselves, but the separation of their centers follows from the construction. Indeed, if n 1 = n 2 n_1=n_2 n 1 = n 2 in (210) , then
d ( x B , x B ′ ) ≥ ϑ k + n 1 s / 4 ≥ 2 ( r ( B ) + r ( B ′ ) ) . d(x_B,x_{B'})\ge\vartheta^{k+n_1s}/4\ge2(r(B)+r(B')). d ( x B , x B ′ ) ≥ ϑ k + n 1 s /4 ≥ 2 ( r ( B ) + r ( B ′ )) .
If n 1 < n 2 n_1<n_2 n 1 < n 2 , then x B ′ ∉ ( 1 + ω ) B x_{B'}\notin(1+\omega)B x B ′ ∈ / ( 1 + ω ) B and r ( B ′ ) ≤ 2 ϑ s r ( B ) < ω r ( B ) / 3 r(B')\le2\vartheta^s r(B)<\omega r(B)/3 r ( B ′ ) ≤ 2 ϑ s r ( B ) < ω r ( B ) /3 , where ω = ω ( v ) ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \omega=\omega(v)\in(0,1) ω = ω ( v ) ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) is the buffer parameter in [41 Section 8] , and s s s is chosen so that 2 ϑ s < ω / 3 2\vartheta^s<\omega/3 2 ϑ s < ω /3 . Hence, Proposition 6.13 holds with Λ ~ = 2 ω / 3 \widetilde{\Lambda}=2\omega/3 Λ = 2 ω /3 . The construction can be carried out with centers in fixed countable nets and finitely many random choices at each level, which gives the measurability in Proposition 6.13.
Note that the balls in B ξ \mathcal{B}_{\xi} B ξ have comparable radii. Indeed, (210) implies
1 2 ϑ M s ≤ r ( B ) r ( B ′ ) ≤ 2 ϑ − M s . \frac{1}{2}\vartheta^{Ms}\le\frac{r(B)}{r(B')}\le2\vartheta^{-Ms}. 2 1 ϑ M s ≤ r ( B ′ ) r ( B ) ≤ 2 ϑ − M s .
For ϑ \vartheta ϑ , k k k , and υ \upsilon υ as in Proposition 6.13 and ξ ∈ Ω ^ \xi\in\widehat{\Omega} ξ ∈ Ω , we denote by B ξ \mathcal{B}_{\xi} B ξ the associated family of balls. Moreover, if M Λ M_{\Lambda} M Λ is chosen big enough depending on Λ ~ \widetilde{\Lambda} Λ , by Lemma 2.2 and the remark following it, for every B ∈ B ξ B \in\mathcal{B}_{\xi} B ∈ B ξ there exists a ball B ^ \widehat{B} B centered at x B x_B x B with M Λ − ∣ ν 1 ∣ M_{\Lambda}-|\nu_1| M Λ − ∣ ν 1 ∣ - and M Λ − ∣ ν 2 ∣ M_{\Lambda}-|\nu_2| M Λ − ∣ ν 2 ∣ - small boundary, whose radius can be chosen to depend measurably on x B x_B x B and r ( B ) r(B) r ( B ) , such that
B ⊂ B ^ ⊂ ( 1 + Λ ~ 8 ) B . (212) B \subset\widehat{B} \subset\left(1+\frac{\widetilde{\Lambda}}{8}\right)B. \tag*{(212)} B ⊂ B ⊂ ( 1 + 8 Λ ) B . (212)
Let λ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \lambda\in(0,1) λ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) be a parameter to be fixed later. For ( I , J ) ∈ D ( w ) (I,J) \in\mathcal{D}(w) ( I , J ) ∈ D ( w ) , we choose k ∈ Z k \in\mathbb{Z} k ∈ Z such that
ϑ k ≤ λ min ( ℓ ( I ) , ℓ ( J ) ) < ϑ k − 1 . (213) \vartheta^k \leq\lambda\min(\ell(I),\ell(J)) < \vartheta^{k-1}. \tag*{(213)} ϑ k ≤ λ min ( ℓ ( I ) , ℓ ( J )) < ϑ k − 1 . (213)
Thus k k k depends on λ \lambda λ and min ( ℓ ( I ) , ℓ ( J ) ) \min(\ell(I),\ell(J)) min ( ℓ ( I ) , ℓ ( J )) .
We denote B ^ ξ : = { B ^ : B ∈ B ξ } \widehat{\mathcal{B}}_{\xi}:=\{\widehat{B}:B\in\mathcal{B}_{\xi}\} B ξ := { B : B ∈ B ξ } . For distinct B ^ , B ^ ′ ∈ B ^ ξ \widehat{B},\widehat{B}'\in\widehat{\mathcal{B}}_{\xi} B , B ′ ∈ B ξ , (212) , the triangle inequality, and Proposition 6.13 give
dist ( B ^ , B ^ ′ ) ≥ d ( x B , x B ′ ) − ( 1 + Λ ~ 8 ) ( r ( B ) + r ( B ′ ) ) ≥ 3 4 Λ ~ max ( r ( B ) , r ( B ′ ) ) . \operatorname{dist}(\widehat{B},\widehat{B}')\geq d(x_B,x_{B'})-\left(1+\frac{\widetilde{\Lambda}}{8}\right)(r(B)+r(B'))\geq\frac{3}{4}\widetilde{\Lambda}\max(r(B),r(B')). dist ( B , B ′ ) ≥ d ( x B , x B ′ ) − ( 1 + 8 Λ ) ( r ( B ) + r ( B ′ )) ≥ 4 3 Λ max ( r ( B ) , r ( B ′ )) .
Since r ( B ^ ) ≤ 2 r ( B ) r(\widehat{B})\leq2r(B) r ( B ) ≤ 2 r ( B ) and r ( B ^ ′ ) ≤ 2 r ( B ′ ) r(\widehat{B}')\leq2r(B') r ( B ′ ) ≤ 2 r ( B ′ ) , we obtain
dist ( B ^ , B ^ ′ ) ≥ Λ ~ 8 max ( r ( B ^ ) , r ( B ^ ′ ) ) . (214) \operatorname{dist}(\widehat{B},\widehat{B}')\geq\frac{\widetilde{\Lambda}}{8}\max(r(\widehat{B}),r(\widehat{B}')). \tag*{(214)} dist ( B , B ′ ) ≥ 8 Λ max ( r ( B ) , r ( B ′ )) . (214)
The bound (211) readily implies
P ^ ( x ∈ ⋃ B ^ ∈ B ^ ξ B ^ ) > 1 − υ , for every x ∈ X , \widehat{\mathbb{P}}\left(x\in\bigcup_{\widehat{B}\in\widehat{\mathcal{B}}_{\xi}}\widehat{B}\right)>1-\upsilon,\qquad\text{for every }x\in X, P x ∈ B ∈ B ξ ⋃ B > 1 − υ , for every x ∈ X ,
so for every non-negative Radon measure m m m on X X X and any A ⊂ X A\subset X A ⊂ X by Fubini’s theorem we have
E ^ ( m ( A ∖ ⋃ B ^ ∈ B ^ ξ B ^ ) ) ≤ υ m ( A ) . (215) \widehat{\mathbb{E}}\left(m\left(A\setminus\bigcup_{\widehat{B}\in\widehat{\mathcal{B}}_{\xi}}\widehat{B}\right)\right)\leq\upsilon m(A). \tag*{(215)} E m A ∖ B ∈ B ξ ⋃ B ≤ υ m ( A ) . (215)
The surgery argument. Let ( I , J ) ∈ D ( w ) (I,J)\in\mathcal{D}(w) ( I , J ) ∈ D ( w ) and put h : = λ min ( ℓ ( I ) , ℓ ( J ) ) h:=\lambda\min(\ell(I),\ell(J)) h := λ min ( ℓ ( I ) , ℓ ( J )) . We use the family B ^ ξ \widehat{\mathcal{B}}_{\xi} B ξ at the scale chosen in (213) to decompose both I I I and J J J . First, we remark that the balls in B ^ ξ \widehat{\mathcal{B}}_{\xi} B ξ satisfy 6 r ( B ) ≤ h 6r(B)\leq h 6 r ( B ) ≤ h . Then, we set
C J : = { B ∈ B ^ ξ : 5 B ⊂ J } , I Δ = I ∩ ⋃ B ∈ C J B , \mathcal{C}_J:=\{B\in\widehat{\mathcal{B}}_{\xi}:5B\subset J\},\qquad I_{\Delta}=I\cap\bigcup_{B\in\mathcal{C}_J}B, C J := { B ∈ B ξ : 5 B ⊂ J } , I Δ = I ∩ B ∈ C J ⋃ B ,
I s e p = { x ∈ I : dist ( x , J ) > h } , I ∂ = I ∖ ( I s e p ∪ I Δ ) . I_{\mathrm{sep}}=\{x\in I:\operatorname{dist}(x,J)>h\},\qquad I_{\partial}=I\setminus(I_{\mathrm{sep}}\cup I_{\Delta}). I sep = { x ∈ I : dist ( x , J ) > h } , I ∂ = I ∖ ( I sep ∪ I Δ ) .
The sets J Δ J_{\Delta} J Δ , J s e p J_{\mathrm{sep}} J sep , J ∂ J_{\partial} J ∂ are defined analogously. These are disjoint decompositions of I I I and J J J , respectively, and subscript sep stands for “separated”. Indeed, we have
dist ( I s e p , J ) ≥ h and dist ( J s e p , I ) ≥ h . (216) \operatorname{dist}(I_{\mathrm{sep}},J)\geq h\qquad\text{and}\qquad\operatorname{dist}(J_{\mathrm{sep}},I)\geq h. \tag*{(216)} dist ( I sep , J ) ≥ h and dist ( J sep , I ) ≥ h . (216)
For s > 0 s>0 s > 0 , we denote
∂ s J : = { x ∈ X : dist ( x , J ) ≤ s , dist ( x , X ∖ J ) ≤ s } , \partial_sJ:=\{x\in X:\operatorname{dist}(x,J)\leq s,\ \operatorname{dist}(x,X\setminus J)\leq s\}, ∂ s J := { x ∈ X : dist ( x , J ) ≤ s , dist ( x , X ∖ J ) ≤ s } ,
and note that (216) implies the set inclusion
I ∂ ⊂ ( I ∩ ∂ h J ) ∪ ( I ∖ ⋃ B ∈ B ^ ξ B ) . I_{\partial}\subset(I\cap\partial_hJ)\cup\left(I\setminus\bigcup_{B\in\widehat{\mathcal{B}}_{\xi}}B\right). I ∂ ⊂ ( I ∩ ∂ h J ) ∪ I ∖ B ∈ B ξ ⋃ B .
Indeed, a covered point x ∈ I ∩ J x \in I \cap J x ∈ I ∩ J lying in a ball B B B for which 5 B ⊄ J 5B \not\subset J 5 B ⊂ J has distance at most 6 r ( B ) ≤ h 6r(B) \le h 6 r ( B ) ≤ h from X ∖ J X \setminus J X ∖ J .
By (213) , the scale of the family B ~ ξ \widetilde{\mathcal{B}}_{\xi} B ξ depends on the generation of J J J . For fixed I I I , we denote by K ( I ) \mathcal{K}(I) K ( I ) the set of the scales k k k given by (213) for the 2 m + 1 2m+1 2 m + 1 generations of cubes J J J with ℓ ( J ) ∼ m ℓ ( I ) \ell(J) \sim_m \ell(I) ℓ ( J ) ∼ m ℓ ( I ) , so that K ( I ) \mathcal{K}(I) K ( I ) contains at most 2 m + 1 2m+1 2 m + 1 elements. For each k ∈ K ( I ) k \in\mathcal{K}(I) k ∈ K ( I ) , we apply Proposition 6.13 with υ / ( 2 m + 1 ) \upsilon/(2m+1) υ / ( 2 m + 1 ) in place of υ \upsilon υ , so the constants Λ ~ \widetilde{\Lambda} Λ and M M M of the corresponding families depend on m m m and υ \upsilon υ . We write B ~ ξ , k \widetilde{\mathcal{B}}_{\xi,k} B ξ , k when the scale needs to be specified. Since h ≤ λ ℓ ( J ) h \le\lambda\ell(J) h ≤ λ ℓ ( J ) , ℓ ( J ) ∼ m ℓ ( I ) \ell(J) \sim_m \ell(I) ℓ ( J ) ∼ m ℓ ( I ) , and the scale of B ~ ξ \widetilde{\mathcal{B}}_{\xi} B ξ belongs to K ( I ) \mathcal{K}(I) K ( I ) , the previous inclusion gives
I ∂ ⊂ I ∩ ⋃ J ′ ∈ D ( w 2 ) ℓ ( J ′ ) ∼ m ℓ ( I ) ∂ λ ℓ ( J ′ ) J ′ ∪ ⋃ k ∈ K ( I ) ( I ∖ ⋃ B ∈ B ~ ξ , k B ) = : I ~ ∂ , 1 w 2 ∪ I ~ ∂ , 2 ξ = : I ~ ∂ w 2 , ξ . (217) \begin{aligned}
I_{\partial} \subset I \cap\bigcup_{\substack{J' \in\mathcal{D}(w_2)\\ \ell(J') \sim_m \ell(I)}} \partial_{\lambda\ell(J')}J' \cup\bigcup_{k \in\mathcal{K}(I)} \left(I \setminus\bigcup_{B \in\widetilde{\mathcal{B}}_{\xi,k}} B\right) \\
&=:\widetilde{I}^{w_2}_{\partial,1} \cup\widetilde{I}^{\xi}_{\partial,2} =: \widetilde{I}^{w_2,\xi}_{\partial}. \tag*{(217)}
\end{aligned} I ∂ ⊂ I ∩ J ′ ∈ D ( w 2 ) ℓ ( J ′ ) ∼ m ℓ ( I ) ⋃ ∂ λ ℓ ( J ′ ) J ′ ∪ k ∈ K ( I ) ⋃ I ∖ B ∈ B ξ , k ⋃ B =: I ∂ , 1 w 2 ∪ I ∂ , 2 ξ =: I ∂ w 2 , ξ . (217)
Here, the union is over all the cubes J ′ ∈ D ( w 2 ) J' \in\mathcal{D}(w_2) J ′ ∈ D ( w 2 ) of the indicated generations, including the terminal ones, and the sets on the right-hand side do not depend on J J J .
We also observe that, if s > 0 s>0 s > 0 , J ′ ∈ D ( w 2 ) J' \in\mathcal{D}(w_2) J ′ ∈ D ( w 2 ) , x ∈ ∂ s J ′ x \in\partial_sJ' x ∈ ∂ s J ′ , and J x ∈ D ( w 2 ) J_x \in\mathcal{D}(w_2) J x ∈ D ( w 2 ) is the cube of the same generation as J ′ J' J ′ that contains x x x , then dist ( x , X ∖ J x ) ≤ s \operatorname{dist}(x, X \setminus J_x) \le s dist ( x , X ∖ J x ) ≤ s . Indeed, if x ∈ J ′ x \in J' x ∈ J ′ , then J x = J ′ J_x=J' J x = J ′ . Otherwise, J ′ ⊂ X ∖ J x J' \subset X \setminus J_x J ′ ⊂ X ∖ J x , so dist ( x , X ∖ J x ) ≤ dist ( x , J ′ ) ≤ s \operatorname{dist}(x, X \setminus J_x) \le\operatorname{dist}(x,J') \le s dist ( x , X ∖ J x ) ≤ dist ( x , J ′ ) ≤ s .
Finally, we write
I Δ = ⋃ i ∈ I Δ B I , i and J Δ = ⋃ j ∈ J Δ B J , j . I_{\Delta}=\bigcup_{i \in\mathcal{I}_{\Delta}} B_{I,i}
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
J_{\Delta}=\bigcup_{j \in\mathcal{J}_{\Delta}} B_{J,j}. I Δ = i ∈ I Δ ⋃ B I , i and J Δ = j ∈ J Δ ⋃ B J , j .
where { B I , i } i ∈ I Δ \{B_{I,i}\}_{i \in\mathcal{I}_{\Delta}} { B I , i } i ∈ I Δ are the nonempty sets B ∩ I B \cap I B ∩ I with B ∈ C J B \in\mathcal{C}_J B ∈ C J , and { B J , j } j ∈ J Δ \{B_{J,j}\}_{j \in\mathcal{J}_{\Delta}} { B J , j } j ∈ J Δ are the nonempty sets B ′ ∩ J B' \cap J B ′ ∩ J with B ′ ∈ B ~ ξ B' \in\widetilde{\mathcal{B}}_{\xi} B ′ ∈ B ξ and 5 B ′ ⊂ I 5B' \subset I 5 B ′ ⊂ I . If B I , i = B ∩ I B_{I,i}=B \cap I B I , i = B ∩ I and B J , j = B ′ ∩ J B_{J,j}=B' \cap J B J , j = B ′ ∩ J , then either B = B ′ B=B' B = B ′ , in which case 5 B ⊂ I ∩ J 5B \subset I \cap J 5 B ⊂ I ∩ J and B I , i = B J , j = B B_{I,i}=B_{J,j}=B B I , i = B J , j = B , or B ≠ B ′ B \ne B' B = B ′ , in which case (214) gives
dist ( B I , i , B J , j ) ≥ dist ( B , B ′ ) ≥ Λ ~ 8 max ( r ( B ) , r ( B ′ ) ) . \operatorname{dist}(B_{I,i},B_{J,j}) \ge\operatorname{dist}(B,B') \ge\frac{\widetilde{\Lambda}}{8}\max(r(B),r(B')). dist ( B I , i , B J , j ) ≥ dist ( B , B ′ ) ≥ 8 Λ max ( r ( B ) , r ( B ′ )) .
To bound (206) we first consider
S_{\mathrm{sep}}(w) := \sum_{(I,J)\in\mathcal{D}(w)}
\left|\left\langle S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}\bigl(\chi_{I_{\mathrm{sep}}\Delta_{1,I^*}f_w\bigr),\chi_{J\Delta_{2,J^*}g_w}\right\rangle\right|.}
Lemma 6.14. We have
S s e p ( w ) ≲ λ , m ∥ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . S_{\mathrm{sep}}(w) \lesssim_{\lambda,m} \|f_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}\|g_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}. S sep ( w ) ≲ λ , m ∥ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) .
Proof. If ( I , J ) ∈ D ( w ) (I,J) \in\mathcal{D}(w) ( I , J ) ∈ D ( w ) , x ∈ I s e p x \in I_{\mathrm{sep}} x ∈ I sep , we note that the separation yields dist ( x , J ) ≳ λ , m ℓ ( I ) \operatorname{dist}(x,J) \gtrsim_{\lambda,m} \ell(I) dist ( x , J ) ≳ λ , m ℓ ( I ) . Thus, (159) and the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality yield
\begin{aligned}
\left|\left\langle S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}\bigl(\chi_{I_{\mathrm{sep}}\Delta_{1,I^*}f_w\bigr),\chi_{J\Delta_{2,J^*}g_w}\right\rangle\right|
\lesssim_{\lambda,m}
\frac{1}{\ell(I)^n}
\|\chi_{I_{\mathrm{sep}}\Delta_{1,I^*}f_w}\|_{L^1(|\nu_1|)}
\|\chi_{J\Delta_{2,J^*}g_w}\|_{L^1(|\nu_2|)}} \\
&\le
\frac{|\nu_1|(I_{\mathrm{sep}})^{1/2}|\nu_2|(J)^{1/2}}{\ell(I)^n}
\|\chi_{I_{\mathrm{sep}}\Delta_{1,I^*}f_w}\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}
\|\chi_{J\Delta_{2,J^*}g_w}\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}
\end{aligned}
≲ m ∥ χ I s e p Δ 1 , I ∗ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ χ J Δ 2 , J ∗ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ≤ ∥ χ I Δ 1 , I ∗ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ χ J Δ 2 , J ∗ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) , \lesssim_m
\|\chi_{I_{\mathrm{sep}}\Delta_{1,I^*}f_w}\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}
\|\chi_{J\Delta_{2,J^*}g_w}\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}
\le
\|\chi_{I\Delta_{1,I^*}f_w}\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}
\|\chi_{J\Delta_{2,J^*}g_w}\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}, ≲ m ∥ χ I sep Δ 1 , I ∗ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ χ J Δ 2 , J ∗ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ≤ ∥ χ I Δ 1 , I ∗ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ χ J Δ 2 , J ∗ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ,
where we recall that ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( I ) ≲ ℓ ( I ) n |\nu_1|(I) \lesssim\ell(I)^n ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( I ) ≲ ℓ ( I ) n and ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( J ) ≲ ℓ ( J ) n |\nu_2|(J) \lesssim\ell(J)^n ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( J ) ≲ ℓ ( J ) n because I I I and J J J are children of transit cubes, see Remark 6.3.
Hence, the Cauchy-Schwarz inequality, (207) , and (178) give
∑ ( I , J ) ∈ D ( ω ) ∣ ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( χ I s e p Δ 1 , I ∗ f ω ) , χ J Δ 2 , J ∗ g ω ⟩ ∗ ∣ ≲ λ , m ∑ ( I , J ) ∈ D ( ω ) ∥ χ I Δ 1 , I ∗ f ω ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ χ J Δ 2 , J ∗ g ω ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ≲ ∥ f ω ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g ω ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . \sum_{(I,J)\in\mathcal{D}(\omega)} \left|\left\langle S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}\left(\chi_{I_{\mathrm{sep}}}\Delta_{1,I}^{*}f_{\omega}\right),\chi_J\Delta_{2,J}^{*}g_{\omega}\right\rangle_{*}\right|
\lesssim_{\lambda,m}\sum_{(I,J)\in\mathcal{D}(\omega)}\left\|\chi_I\Delta_{1,I}^{*}f_{\omega}\right\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}\left\|\chi_J\Delta_{2,J}^{*}g_{\omega}\right\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}
\lesssim\left\|f_{\omega}\right\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}\left\|g_{\omega}\right\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}. ( I , J ) ∈ D ( ω ) ∑ ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( χ I sep Δ 1 , I ∗ f ω ) , χ J Δ 2 , J ∗ g ω ⟩ ∗ ≲ λ , m ( I , J ) ∈ D ( ω ) ∑ χ I Δ 1 , I ∗ f ω L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) χ J Δ 2 , J ∗ g ω L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ≲ ∥ f ω ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g ω ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) .
Next, we analyze the contribution in (206) corresponding to I ∂ I_{\partial} I ∂ , namely
S ∂ ( ω ) : = ∑ ( I , J ) ∈ D ( ω ) ∣ ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( χ I ∂ Δ 1 , I ∗ f ω ) , χ J Δ 2 , J ∗ g ω ⟩ ∗ ∣ . S_{\partial}(\omega):=\sum_{(I,J)\in\mathcal{D}(\omega)}\left|\left\langle S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}\left(\chi_{I_{\partial}}\Delta_{1,I}^{*}f_{\omega}\right),\chi_J\Delta_{2,J}^{*}g_{\omega}\right\rangle_{*}\right|. S ∂ ( ω ) := ( I , J ) ∈ D ( ω ) ∑ ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( χ I ∂ Δ 1 , I ∗ f ω ) , χ J Δ 2 , J ∗ g ω ⟩ ∗ .
For m ∈ M + ( X ) m\in\mathcal{M}_{+}(X) m ∈ M + ( X ) and a sequence ( ϕ j ) j ∈ Z (\phi_j)_{j\in\mathbb{Z}} ( ϕ j ) j ∈ Z of m m m -measurable functions, we define
∥ ( ϕ j ) j ∈ Z ∥ L 2 ( m ; ℓ 2 ) : = ∥ ( ∑ j ∈ Z ∣ ϕ j ∣ 2 ) 1 / 2 ∥ L 2 ( m ) . \left\|( \phi_j)_{j\in\mathbb{Z}}\right\|_{L^2(m;\ell^2)}:=\left\|\left(\sum_{j\in\mathbb{Z}}|\phi_j|^2\right)^{1/2}\right\|_{L^2(m)}. ∥ ( ϕ j ) j ∈ Z ∥ L 2 ( m ; ℓ 2 ) := j ∈ Z ∑ ∣ ϕ j ∣ 2 1/2 L 2 ( m ) .
The following estimate follows from the Cauchy-Schwarz inequality.
Lemma 6.15. If ∥ ( f j ) j ∈ Z ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ; ℓ 2 ) < ∞ \|(f_j)_{j\in\mathbb{Z}}\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|;\ell^2)}<\infty ∥ ( f j ) j ∈ Z ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ; ℓ 2 ) < ∞ and ∥ ( g j ) j ∈ Z ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ; ℓ 2 ) < ∞ \|(g_j)_{j\in\mathbb{Z}}\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|;\ell^2)}<\infty ∥ ( g j ) j ∈ Z ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ; ℓ 2 ) < ∞ , then the following series converges absolutely, and
∑ j ∈ Z ∣ ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε f j , g j ⟩ ∗ ∣ ≤ ∥ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ∥ ( f j ) j ∈ Z ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ; ℓ 2 ) ∥ ( g j ) j ∈ Z ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ; ℓ 2 ) . \sum_{j\in\mathbb{Z}}\left|\langle S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}f_j,g_j\rangle_{*}\right|\leq\|S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)\to L^2(|\nu_2|)}\|(f_j)_{j\in\mathbb{Z}}\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|;\ell^2)}\|(g_j)_{j\in\mathbb{Z}}\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|;\ell^2)}. j ∈ Z ∑ ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε f j , g j ⟩ ∗ ≤ ∥ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ∥ ( f j ) j ∈ Z ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ; ℓ 2 ) ∥ ( g j ) j ∈ Z ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ; ℓ 2 ) .
Proof. By the Cauchy-Schwarz inequality, for every j ∈ Z j\in\mathbb{Z} j ∈ Z we have
∣ ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε f j , g j ⟩ ∗ ∣ ≤ ∥ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ∥ f j ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g j ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . |\langle S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}f_j,g_j\rangle_{*}|\leq\|S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)\to L^2(|\nu_2|)}\|f_j\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}\|g_j\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}. ∣ ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε f j , g j ⟩ ∗ ∣ ≤ ∥ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ∥ f j ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g j ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) .
The lemma follows by summing over j j j , by the Cauchy-Schwarz inequality in ℓ 2 \ell^2 ℓ 2 , and by Tonelli’s theorem, which gives ∑ j ∈ Z ∥ f j ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) 2 = ∥ ( f j ) j ∈ Z ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ; ℓ 2 ) 2 \sum_{j\in\mathbb{Z}}\|f_j\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}^2=\|(f_j)_{j\in\mathbb{Z}}\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|;\ell^2)}^2 ∑ j ∈ Z ∥ f j ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) 2 = ∥ ( f j ) j ∈ Z ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ; ℓ 2 ) 2 , and the analogous identity for ( g j ) j ∈ Z (g_j)_{j\in\mathbb{Z}} ( g j ) j ∈ Z . □
The bound of S ∂ ( ω ) S_{\partial}(\omega) S ∂ ( ω ) also requires the control of the expectation of the L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) L^2(|\nu_1|) L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) -norm of a suitable square function.
Lemma 6.16. We have
E ~ ω E ^ ∑ I ∈ D ( ω 1 ) ∑ I ∗ ∈ D t r ∥ χ I ∂ ω 2 , ξ Δ 1 , I ∗ f ω ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) 2 ≤ C [ ( 2 m + 1 ) λ η + υ ] P Ω 2 ( G ) ∥ f ω ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) 2 . \widetilde{\mathbb{E}}_{\omega}\widehat{\mathbb{E}}\sum_{I\in\mathcal{D}(\omega_1)}\sum_{I^{*}\in\mathcal{D}_{\mathrm{tr}}}\left\|\chi_{I_{\partial\omega_2,\xi}}\Delta_{1,I}^{*}f_{\omega}\right\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}^2
\leq\frac{C[(2m+1)\lambda^{\eta}+\upsilon]}{\mathbb{P}\Omega^2(\mathcal{G})}\|f_{\omega}\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}^2. E ω E I ∈ D ( ω 1 ) ∑ I ∗ ∈ D tr ∑ χ I ∂ ω 2 , ξ Δ 1 , I ∗ f ω L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) 2 ≤ P Ω 2 ( G ) C [( 2 m + 1 ) λ η + υ ] ∥ f ω ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) 2 .
The constant C C C includes the random-boundary and martingale constants.
Proof. Let ω 1 ∈ Ω \omega_1\in\Omega ω 1 ∈ Ω , I ∈ D ( ω 1 ) I\in\mathcal{D}(\omega_1) I ∈ D ( ω 1 ) , and x ∈ I x\in I x ∈ I . If x ∈ ∂ λ ℓ ( J ′ ) J ′ x\in\partial_{\lambda\ell(J')}J' x ∈ ∂ λ ℓ ( J ′ ) J ′ for some J ′ ∈ D ( ω 2 ) J'\in\mathcal{D}(\omega_2) J ′ ∈ D ( ω 2 ) , we denote by J x ∈ D ( ω 2 ) J_x\in\mathcal{D}(\omega_2) J x ∈ D ( ω 2 ) the cube of the same generation as J ′ J' J ′ that contains x x x . As observed after (217) , we have dist ( x , X ∖ J x ) ≤ λ ℓ ( J ′ ) \operatorname{dist}(x,X\setminus J_x)\leq\lambda\ell(J') dist ( x , X ∖ J x ) ≤ λ ℓ ( J ′ ) , so x x x belongs to the boundary zone ∂ ( J x , λ ℓ ( J ′ ) ) \partial(J_x,\lambda\ell(J')) ∂ ( J x , λ ℓ ( J ′ )) of Theorem A.3. Since there are at most ( 2 m + 1 ) (2m+1) ( 2 m + 1 ) generations of cubes J ′ J' J ′ with ℓ ( J ′ ) ∼ m ℓ ( I ) \ell(J')\sim_m\ell(I) ℓ ( J ′ ) ∼ m ℓ ( I ) , Theorem A.3 gives
P ω 2 ( { x ∈ I ∂ ω 1 ω ~ 2 } ) ≤ C 2 ( 2 m + 1 ) λ η . (218) \mathbb{P}_{\omega_2}\left(\{x\in I_{\partial\omega_1}^{\widetilde{\omega}_2}\}\right)\leq C_2(2m+1)\lambda^\eta. \tag*{(218)} P ω 2 ( { x ∈ I ∂ ω 1 ω 2 } ) ≤ C 2 ( 2 m + 1 ) λ η . (218)
Moreover, K ( I ) \mathcal{K}(I) K ( I ) contains at most ( 2 m + 1 ) (2m+1) ( 2 m + 1 ) scales, and at each of them we use the failure probability υ / ( 2 m + 1 ) \upsilon/(2m+1) υ / ( 2 m + 1 ) in Proposition 6.13. Thus, by (211) and the inclusion B ⊂ B ^ B\subset\widehat{B} B ⊂ B , we have
P ^ ( { x ∈ I ∂ ω 2 ξ ~ } ) ≤ υ . (219) \widehat{\mathbb{P}}\left(\{x\in I_{\partial\omega_2}^{\widetilde{\xi}}\}\right)\leq\upsilon. \tag*{(219)} P ( { x ∈ I ∂ ω 2 ξ } ) ≤ υ . (219)
We extend the martingale differences Δ 1 , Q \Delta_{1,Q} Δ 1 , Q to every w 1 ∈ Ω w_1 \in\Omega w 1 ∈ Ω as in the proof of Lemma 6.5, so that the upper bound for the martingale differences in (178) holds uniformly in w 1 w_1 w 1 . By (176) and Definition 6.9, we have
Δ 1 , I ∗ f w = χ { I ∗ ∈ D 1 G ( w ) , ℓ ( I ∗ ) ≥ ℓ K 1 } Δ 1 , I ∗ f . \Delta_{1,I^*}f_w=\chi_{\{I^*\in\mathcal{D}_1^G(w),\ \ell(I^*)\geq\ell K_1\}}\Delta_{1,I^*}f. Δ 1 , I ∗ f w = χ { I ∗ ∈ D 1 G ( w ) , ℓ ( I ∗ ) ≥ ℓ K 1 } Δ 1 , I ∗ f .
In particular, ∣ Δ 1 , I ∗ f w ∣ ≤ ∣ Δ 1 , I ∗ f ∣ |\Delta_{1,I^*}f_w|\leq|\Delta_{1,I^*}f| ∣ Δ 1 , I ∗ f w ∣ ≤ ∣ Δ 1 , I ∗ f ∣ , and the function Δ 1 , I ∗ f \Delta_{1,I^*}f Δ 1 , I ∗ f and the condition I ∗ ∈ D 1 t r I^*\in\mathcal{D}_1^{\mathrm{tr}} I ∗ ∈ D 1 tr depend only on w 1 w_1 w 1 . Therefore, by Tonelli’s theorem, (218) , and (219) ,
E ~ w E ^ ∑ I : I ∗ ∈ D 1 t r ∥ χ I ∂ w ~ 2 , ξ Δ 1 , I ∗ f w ∥ 2 2 ≤ E w 1 P Ω 2 ( G ) ∑ I : I ∗ ∈ D 1 t r ∫ I E w 2 E ^ χ I ∂ w ~ 2 , ξ ( x ) ∣ Δ 1 , I ∗ f ( x ) ∣ 2 d ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( x ) ≤ C [ ( 2 m + 1 ) λ η + ν ] P Ω 2 ( G ) E w 1 ∑ I : I ∗ ∈ D 1 t r ∥ χ I Δ 1 , I ∗ f ∥ 2 2 ≲ ( 2 m + 1 ) λ η + ν P Ω 2 ( G ) ∥ f ∥ 2 2 , \begin{aligned}
\widetilde{\mathbb{E}}_w\widehat{\mathbb{E}}\sum_{I:I^*\in\mathcal{D}_1^{\mathrm{tr}}}\left\|\chi_{I_{\partial}^{\widetilde w_2,\xi}}\Delta_{1,I^*}f_w\right\|_2^2
\leq\frac{\mathbb{E}_{w_1}}{\mathbb{P}^{\Omega^2}(\mathcal{G})}\sum_{I:I^*\in\mathcal{D}_1^{\mathrm{tr}}}\int_I\mathbb{E}_{w_2}\widehat{\mathbb{E}}\chi_{I_{\partial}^{\widetilde w_2,\xi}}(x)|\Delta_{1,I^*}f(x)|^2\,d|\nu_1|(x) \\
&\leq\frac{C[(2m+1)\lambda^\eta+\nu]}{\mathbb{P}^{\Omega^2}(\mathcal{G})}\mathbb{E}_{w_1}\sum_{I:I^*\in\mathcal{D}_1^{\mathrm{tr}}}\|\chi_I\Delta_{1,I^*}f\|_2^2
\lesssim\frac{(2m+1)\lambda^\eta+\nu}{\mathbb{P}^{\Omega^2}(\mathcal{G})}\|f\|_2^2,
\end{aligned} E w E I : I ∗ ∈ D 1 tr ∑ χ I ∂ w 2 , ξ Δ 1 , I ∗ f w 2 2 ≤ P Ω 2 ( G ) E w 1 I : I ∗ ∈ D 1 tr ∑ ∫ I E w 2 E χ I ∂ w 2 , ξ ( x ) ∣ Δ 1 , I ∗ f ( x ) ∣ 2 d ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( x ) ≤ P Ω 2 ( G ) C [( 2 m + 1 ) λ η + ν ] E w 1 I : I ∗ ∈ D 1 tr ∑ ∥ χ I Δ 1 , I ∗ f ∥ 2 2 ≲ P Ω 2 ( G ) ( 2 m + 1 ) λ η + ν ∥ f ∥ 2 2 ,
where the last inequality follows from (178) . □
We now prove the main estimate for S ∂ ( w ) S_{\partial}(w) S ∂ ( w ) .
Lemma 6.17. We have
S ∂ ( w ) ≲ m ( 1 + N ε ) ∥ ( ∑ I ∈ D ( w 1 ) , I ∗ ∈ D 1 t r ∣ χ I ∂ w ~ 2 , ξ Δ 1 , I ∗ f w ∣ 2 ) 1 / 2 ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . (220) S_{\partial}(w)\lesssim_m(1+N_\varepsilon)\left\|\left(\sum_{\substack{I\in\mathcal{D}(w_1),\,I^*\in\mathcal{D}_1^{\mathrm{tr}}}}|\chi_{I_{\partial}^{\widetilde w_2,\xi}}\Delta_{1,I^*}f_w|^2\right)^{1/2}\right\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}\|g_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}. \tag*{(220)} S ∂ ( w ) ≲ m ( 1 + N ε ) I ∈ D ( w 1 ) , I ∗ ∈ D 1 tr ∑ ∣ χ I ∂ w 2 , ξ Δ 1 , I ∗ f w ∣ 2 1/2 L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . (220) Moreover, we have
E ~ w E ^ S ∂ ( w ) ≲ C 2 , m ( ( 2 m + 1 ) λ η + ν P Ω 2 ( G ) ) 1 / 2 ( 1 + N ε ) ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . (221) \widetilde{\mathbb{E}}_w\widehat{\mathbb{E}}S_{\partial}(w)\lesssim_{C_{2,m}}\left(\frac{(2m+1)\lambda^\eta+\nu}{\mathbb{P}^{\Omega^2}(\mathcal{G})}\right)^{1/2}(1+N_\varepsilon)\|f\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}\|g\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}. \tag*{(221)} E w E S ∂ ( w ) ≲ C 2 , m ( P Ω 2 ( G ) ( 2 m + 1 ) λ η + ν ) 1/2 ( 1 + N ε ) ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . (221) Proof. Let I ∈ D ( w 1 ) I\in\mathcal{D}(w_1) I ∈ D ( w 1 ) . By (217) , we have I ∂ ⊂ I ∂ w ~ 2 , ξ I_{\partial}\subset I_{\partial}^{\widetilde w_2,\xi} I ∂ ⊂ I ∂ w 2 , ξ for every J J J such that ( I , J ) ∈ D ( w ) (I,J)\in\mathcal{D}(w) ( I , J ) ∈ D ( w ) . Hence, by (184) , (207) , and the Cauchy-Schwarz inequality, we obtain
S ∂ ( w ) ≤ ∥ S ε ∥ o p ∑ ( I , J ) ∈ D ( w ) ∥ χ I ∂ w ~ 2 , ξ Δ 1 , I ∗ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ χ J Δ 2 , J ∗ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) S_{\partial}(w)\leq\|S_\varepsilon\|_{\mathrm{op}}\sum_{(I,J)\in\mathcal{D}(w)}\|\chi_{I_{\partial}^{\widetilde w_2,\xi}}\Delta_{1,I^*}f_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}\|\chi_J\Delta_{2,J^*}g_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)} S ∂ ( w ) ≤ ∥ S ε ∥ op ( I , J ) ∈ D ( w ) ∑ ∥ χ I ∂ w 2 , ξ Δ 1 , I ∗ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ χ J Δ 2 , J ∗ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ≲ m ( 1 + N ε ) ( ∑ I ∈ D ( w 1 ) I ∗ ∈ D 1 t r ∥ χ I ∂ w ~ 2 , ξ Δ 1 , I ∗ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) 2 ) 1 / 2 ( ∑ J ∈ D ( w 2 ) J ∗ ∈ D 2 t r ∥ χ J Δ 2 , J ∗ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) 2 ) 1 / 2 . \lesssim_m(1+N_\varepsilon)\left(\sum_{\substack{I\in\mathcal{D}(w_1)\\ I^*\in\mathcal{D}_1^{\mathrm{tr}}}}\|\chi_{I_{\partial}^{\widetilde w_2,\xi}}\Delta_{1,I^*}f_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}^2\right)^{1/2}\left(\sum_{\substack{J\in\mathcal{D}(w_2)\\ J^*\in\mathcal{D}_2^{\mathrm{tr}}}}\|\chi_J\Delta_{2,J^*}g_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}^2\right)^{1/2}. ≲ m ( 1 + N ε ) I ∈ D ( w 1 ) I ∗ ∈ D 1 tr ∑ ∥ χ I ∂ w 2 , ξ Δ 1 , I ∗ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) 2 1/2 J ∈ D ( w 2 ) J ∗ ∈ D 2 tr ∑ ∥ χ J Δ 2 , J ∗ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) 2 1/2 . Then, the bound (220) follows by Tonelli’s theorem and (178) .
Finally, (220) , (178) , the Cauchy-Schwarz inequality, and Lemma 6.16 yield
E ~ w E ^ S ∂ ( w ) ≲ m ( 1 + N ε ) ( E ~ w E ^ ∑ I ∈ D ( w 1 ) I ∗ ∈ D 1 t r ∥ χ I ∂ w ~ 2 , ξ Δ 1 , I ∗ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) 2 ) 1 / 2 ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) \widetilde{\mathbb{E}}_w\widehat{\mathbb{E}}S_{\partial}(w)\lesssim_m(1+N_\varepsilon)\left(\widetilde{\mathbb{E}}_w\widehat{\mathbb{E}}\sum_{\substack{I\in\mathcal{D}(w_1)\\ I^*\in\mathcal{D}_1^{\mathrm{tr}}}}\|\chi_{I_{\partial}^{\widetilde w_2,\xi}}\Delta_{1,I^*}f_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}^2\right)^{1/2}\|g\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)} E w E S ∂ ( w ) ≲ m ( 1 + N ε ) E w E I ∈ D ( w 1 ) I ∗ ∈ D 1 tr ∑ ∥ χ I ∂ w 2 , ξ Δ 1 , I ∗ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) 2 1/2 ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ≲ C 2 , m ( ( 2 m + 1 ) λ η + ν P Ω 2 ( G ) ) 1 / 2 ( 1 + N ε ) ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . □ \lesssim_{C_{2,m}}\left(\frac{(2m+1)\lambda^\eta+\nu}{\mathbb{P}^{\Omega^2}(\mathcal{G})}\right)^{1/2}(1+N_\varepsilon)\|f\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}\|g\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}. \quad\square ≲ C 2 , m ( P Ω 2 ( G ) ( 2 m + 1 ) λ η + ν ) 1/2 ( 1 + N ε ) ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . □
We are left with the study of the purely diagonal term
S Δ ( w ) : = ∑ ( I , J ) ∈ D ( w ) ∣ ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( χ I Δ Δ 1 , I ∗ f w ) , χ J Δ Δ 2 , J ∗ g w ⟩ ∗ ∣ . (222) S_{\Delta}(\mathrm{w}) := \sum_{(I,J)\in\mathcal{D}(\mathrm{w})} \left|\left\langle S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}(\chi_{I_{\Delta}}\Delta_{1,I^*}f_{\mathrm{w}}),\chi_{J_{\Delta}}\Delta_{2,J^*}g_{\mathrm{w}}\right\rangle_*\right|. \tag*{(222)} S Δ ( w ) := ( I , J ) ∈ D ( w ) ∑ ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( χ I Δ Δ 1 , I ∗ f w ) , χ J Δ Δ 2 , J ∗ g w ⟩ ∗ . (222)
We further write
S Δ ( w ) ≤ ∑ ( I , J ) ∈ D ( w ) ∣ ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( χ I Δ Δ 1 , I ∗ f w ) , χ J Δ Δ 2 , J ∗ g w ⟩ ∗ ∣ S_{\Delta}(\mathrm{w}) \le\sum_{(I,J)\in\mathcal{D}(\mathrm{w})} \left|\left\langle S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}(\chi_{I_{\Delta}}\Delta_{1,I^*}f_{\mathrm{w}}),\chi_{J_{\Delta}}\Delta_{2,J^*}g_{\mathrm{w}}\right\rangle_*\right| S Δ ( w ) ≤ ( I , J ) ∈ D ( w ) ∑ ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( χ I Δ Δ 1 , I ∗ f w ) , χ J Δ Δ 2 , J ∗ g w ⟩ ∗
+ ∑ ( I , J ) ∈ D ( w ) ∣ ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( χ I Δ Δ 1 , I ∗ f w ) , χ J ∖ J Δ Δ 2 , J ∗ g w ⟩ ∗ ∣ = : S Δ , 1 ( w ) + S Δ , 2 ( w ) . \qquad+ \sum_{(I,J)\in\mathcal{D}(\mathrm{w})} \left|\left\langle S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}(\chi_{I_{\Delta}}\Delta_{1,I^*}f_{\mathrm{w}}),\chi_{J\setminus J_{\Delta}}\Delta_{2,J^*}g_{\mathrm{w}}\right\rangle_*\right| =: S_{\Delta,1}(\mathrm{w}) + S_{\Delta,2}(\mathrm{w}). + ( I , J ) ∈ D ( w ) ∑ ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( χ I Δ Δ 1 , I ∗ f w ) , χ J ∖ J Δ Δ 2 , J ∗ g w ⟩ ∗ =: S Δ , 1 ( w ) + S Δ , 2 ( w ) .
Since
S Δ , 2 = ∑ ( I , J ) ∈ D ( w ) ∣ ⟨ χ I Δ Δ 1 , I ∗ f w , S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ ( χ J ∖ J Δ Δ 2 , J ∗ g w ) ⟩ ∣ , S_{\Delta,2} = \sum_{(I,J)\in\mathcal{D}(\mathrm{w})} \left|\left\langle\chi_{I_{\Delta}}\Delta_{1,I^*}f_{\mathrm{w}},S^*_{|\nu_2|,\varepsilon}(\chi_{J\setminus J_{\Delta}}\Delta_{2,J^*}g_{\mathrm{w}})\right\rangle\right|, S Δ , 2 = ( I , J ) ∈ D ( w ) ∑ ⟨ χ I Δ Δ 1 , I ∗ f w , S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ ( χ J ∖ J Δ Δ 2 , J ∗ g w ) ⟩ ,
we can estimate S Δ , 2 ( w ) S_{\Delta,2}(\mathrm{w}) S Δ , 2 ( w ) as S s e p ( w ) S_{\mathrm{sep}}(\mathrm{w}) S sep ( w ) and S ∂ ( w ) S_{\partial}(\mathrm{w}) S ∂ ( w ) , with the roles of the two grids interchanged, because J ∖ J Δ = J s e p ∪ J ∂ J\setminus J_{\Delta}=J_{\mathrm{sep}}\cup J_{\partial} J ∖ J Δ = J sep ∪ J ∂ . More precisely, we obtain
E ~ w E S Δ , 2 ( w ) ≤ [ C m , λ + C m ( ( 2 m + 1 ) λ + ν P Ω 2 ( G ) ) 1 / 2 ( 1 + N ε ) ] ∥ f ∥ 2 ∥ g ∥ 2 . (223) \widetilde{\mathbb{E}}_{\mathrm{w}}\mathbb{E}S_{\Delta,2}(\mathrm{w}) \le\left[C_{m,\lambda}+C_m\left(\frac{(2m+1)^\lambda+\nu}{\mathbb{P}^{\Omega^2}(\mathcal{G})}\right)^{1/2}(1+N_\varepsilon)\right]\lVert f\rVert_2\lVert g\rVert_2. \tag*{(223)} E w E S Δ , 2 ( w ) ≤ [ C m , λ + C m ( P Ω 2 ( G ) ( 2 m + 1 ) λ + ν ) 1/2 ( 1 + N ε ) ] ∥ f ∥ 2 ∥ g ∥ 2 . (223)
We will use the following definition.
Definition 6.18 (Nice balls). A ball B ∈ B ^ ξ B\in\widehat{\mathcal{B}}_\xi B ∈ B ξ is nice if 2 B ∩ F 1 ( w 1 ) ≠ ∅ 2B\cap F_1(w_1)\ne\varnothing 2 B ∩ F 1 ( w 1 ) = ∅ and 2 B ∩ F 2 ( w 2 ) ≠ ∅ 2B\cap F_2(w_2)\ne\varnothing 2 B ∩ F 2 ( w 2 ) = ∅ .
If B B B is not nice, then Ξ w ≥ r ( B ) \Xi_{\mathrm{w}}\ge r(B) Ξ w ≥ r ( B ) on B B B . If B B B is nice and 5 B ⊂ I ∩ J 5B\subset I\cap J 5 B ⊂ I ∩ J , then both I I I and J J J are transit, since F i ( w i ) ⊂ X ∖ W i ( w i ) F_i(w_i)\subset X\setminus W_i(w_i) F i ( w i ) ⊂ X ∖ W i ( w i ) . If, in addition,
λ min ( ℓ ( I ) , ℓ ( J ) ) ≤ θ 5000 A 0 min ( r ( B 1 ) , r ( B 2 ) ) , (224) \lambda\min(\ell(I),\ell(J))\le\frac{\theta}{5000A_0}\min(r(B_1),r(B_2)), \tag*{(224)} λ min ( ℓ ( I ) , ℓ ( J )) ≤ 5000 A 0 θ min ( r ( B 1 ) , r ( B 2 )) , (224) then 2 B ∩ F i ( w i ) ≠ ∅ 2B\cap F_i(w_i)\ne\varnothing 2 B ∩ F i ( w i ) = ∅ and F i ( w i ) ⊂ ( 1 − θ ) B i F_i(w_i)\subset(1-\theta)B_i F i ( w i ) ⊂ ( 1 − θ ) B i imply
1000 A 0 B ⊂ ( 1 − θ / 2 ) B 1 ∩ ( 1 − θ / 2 ) B 2 . (225) 1000A_0B\subset(1-\theta/2)B_1\cap(1-\theta/2)B_2. \tag*{(225)} 1000 A 0 B ⊂ ( 1 − θ /2 ) B 1 ∩ ( 1 − θ /2 ) B 2 . (225)
Weak boundedness
We first prove the weak boundedness property for the original testing measures ν ^ i \widehat{\nu}_i ν i , and then apply the same argument to the localized operator. In the next two lemmas the pairings are taken with respect to ∣ ν 2 ∣ |\nu_2| ∣ ν 2 ∣ , and ∥ T Ξ w , ε ∥ o p \lVert T_{\Xi_{\mathrm{w}},\varepsilon}\rVert_{\mathrm{op}} ∥ T Ξ w , ε ∥ op denotes the norm from L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) L^2(|\nu_1|) L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) to L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) L^2(|\nu_2|) L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . By (186) , increasing c ♯ c_{\sharp} c ♯ by a structural constant if necessary, we have
T Ξ w , ♯ ν ^ 1 ≤ c ♯ and T Ξ w , ♯ ∗ ν ^ 2 ≤ c ♯ on X . T_{\Xi_{\mathrm{w},\sharp}}\widehat{\nu}_1\le c_{\sharp}\qquad\text{and}\qquad T^*_{\Xi_{\mathrm{w},\sharp}}\widehat{\nu}_2\le c_{\sharp}\quad\text{on }X. T Ξ w , ♯ ν 1 ≤ c ♯ and T Ξ w , ♯ ∗ ν 2 ≤ c ♯ on X .
Before proving the weak boundedness lemmas, we state the following auxiliary result.
Lemma 6.19. There exists c > 0 c>0 c > 0 , depending only on the structural constants, such that, for every ball B B B and a ∈ ( 0 , 1 / 4 ) a\in(0,1/4) a ∈ ( 0 , 1/4 ) ,
sup y ∈ B ∣ T Ξ w , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( χ ( 1 + a ) B c b ^ 1 ) ( y ) ∣ ≤ c a − n + c ♯ (226) \sup_{y\in B}\left|T_{\Xi_{\mathrm{w}},|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}\bigl(\chi_{(1+a)B}c\widehat{b}_1\bigr)(y)\right|\le ca^{-n}+c_{\sharp} \tag*{(226)} y ∈ B sup T Ξ w , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( χ ( 1 + a ) B c b 1 ) ( y ) ≤ c a − n + c ♯ (226) and
sup y ∈ B ∣ T Ξ w , ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ ( χ ( 1 + a ) B c b ^ 2 ) ( y ) ∣ ≤ c a − n + c ♯ . (227) \sup_{y\in B}\left|T^*_{\Xi_{\mathrm{w}},|\nu_2|,\varepsilon}\bigl(\chi_{(1+a)B}c\widehat{b}_2\bigr)(y)\right|\le ca^{-n}+c_{\sharp}. \tag*{(227)} y ∈ B sup T Ξ w , ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ ( χ ( 1 + a ) B c b 2 ) ( y ) ≤ c a − n + c ♯ . (227)
Proof. Write r = r ( B ) r=r(B) r = r ( B ) and fix y ∈ B y\in B y ∈ B . By (153) ,
∣ ν ^ i ∣ ( B ( y , R ) ) ≲ R n , for R ≥ Ξ w ( y ) , i = 1 , 2. (228) |\widehat{\nu}_i|(B(y,R))\lesssim R^n,\qquad\text{for }R\geq\Xi_w(y),\ i=1,2. \tag*{(228)} ∣ ν i ∣ ( B ( y , R )) ≲ R n , for R ≥ Ξ w ( y ) , i = 1 , 2. (228)
Since ( 1 + a ) B ⊂ B ( y , 3 r ) (1+a)B\subset B(y,3r) ( 1 + a ) B ⊂ B ( y , 3 r ) , we have
T Ξ w , ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ε ( χ ( ( 1 + a ) B ) c b ^ 1 ) ( y ) = T Ξ w , max { ε , 3 r } ν ^ 1 ( y ) + ∫ ( ( 1 + a ) B ) c ∩ { z : ε < d ( y , z ) ≤ 3 r } K Ξ w ( y , z ) d ν ^ 1 ( z ) . (229) T_{\Xi_w,|\widehat{\nu}_1|,\varepsilon}\bigl(\chi_{((1+a)B)^c}\widehat{b}_1\bigr)(y)
=
T_{\Xi_w,\max\{\varepsilon,3r\}}\widehat{\nu}_1(y)
+
\int_{((1+a)B)^c\cap\{z:\varepsilon<d(y,z)\leq3r\}}K_{\Xi_w}(y,z)\,d\widehat{\nu}_1(z). \tag*{(229)} T Ξ w , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( χ (( 1 + a ) B ) c b 1 ) ( y ) = T Ξ w , m a x { ε , 3 r } ν 1 ( y ) + ∫ (( 1 + a ) B ) c ∩ { z : ε < d ( y , z ) ≤ 3 r } K Ξ w ( y , z ) d ν 1 ( z ) . (229)
The first term is bounded by c ♯ c_{\sharp} c ♯ , by (186) . To bound the second term, note that d ( y , z ) ≥ a r d(y,z)\geq ar d ( y , z ) ≥ a r on ( ( 1 + a ) B ) c ((1+a)B)^c (( 1 + a ) B ) c . Therefore, the suppressed kernel estimate (70) gives
∫ ( ( 1 + a ) B ) c ∩ B ( y , 4 r ) ∣ K Ξ w ( y , z ) ∣ d ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ( z ) ≲ ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ( B ( y , 4 max { r , Ξ w ( y ) } ) ) max { a r , Ξ w ( y ) } n (230) \int_{((1+a)B)^c\cap B(y,4r)}|K_{\Xi_w}(y,z)|\,d|\widehat{\nu}_1|(z)
\lesssim
\frac{|\widehat{\nu}_1|(B(y,4\max\{r,\Xi_w(y)\}))}{\max\{ar,\Xi_w(y)\}^n} \tag*{(230)} ∫ (( 1 + a ) B ) c ∩ B ( y , 4 r ) ∣ K Ξ w ( y , z ) ∣ d ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( z ) ≲ max { a r , Ξ w ( y ) } n ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( B ( y , 4 max { r , Ξ w ( y )})) (230)
≲ max { r , Ξ w ( y ) } n max { a r , Ξ w ( y ) } n ≲ a − n . \lesssim
\frac{\max\{r,\Xi_w(y)\}^n}{\max\{ar,\Xi_w(y)\}^n}
\lesssim a^{-n}. ≲ max { a r , Ξ w ( y ) } n max { r , Ξ w ( y ) } n ≲ a − n .
This proves (226) . The estimate (227) follows by the same argument applied to T ∗ T^* T ∗ , with the roles of ν ^ 1 \widehat{\nu}_1 ν 1 and ν ^ 2 \widehat{\nu}_2 ν 2 interchanged. □
Lemma 6.20 (Key suppressed WBP). Let a ∈ ( 0 , 1 / 4 ) a\in(0,1/4) a ∈ ( 0 , 1/4 ) , and let B ⊂ X B\subset X B ⊂ X be a ball with M M M -small boundary with respect to both ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ |\widehat{\nu}_1| ∣ ν 1 ∣ and ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ |\widehat{\nu}_2| ∣ ν 2 ∣ . Then, there exists C w b > 0 C_{wb}>0 C w b > 0 such that
∣ ⟨ T Ξ w , ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ε ( χ B b ^ 1 ) , χ B b ^ 2 ⟩ ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ∣ ≤ a − n C w b ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ( B ) 1 / 2 ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ( B ) 1 / 2 + C w b ( M a ) 1 / 2 ∥ T Ξ w , ε ∥ o p ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ( 5 B ) 1 / 2 ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ( 5 B ) 1 / 2 , (231) \left|\left\langle T_{\Xi_w,|\widehat{\nu}_1|,\varepsilon}(\chi_B\widehat{b}_1),\chi_B\widehat{b}_2\right\rangle_{|\widehat{\nu}_2|}\right|
\leq
a^{-n}C_{wb}|\widehat{\nu}_1|(B)^{1/2}|\widehat{\nu}_2|(B)^{1/2}
+
C_{wb}(Ma)^{1/2}\|T_{\Xi_w,\varepsilon}\|_{\mathrm{op}}|\widehat{\nu}_1|(5B)^{1/2}|\widehat{\nu}_2|(5B)^{1/2}, \tag*{(231)} ⟨ T Ξ w , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( χ B b 1 ) , χ B b 2 ⟩ ∣ ν 2 ∣ ≤ a − n C w b ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( B ) 1/2 ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( B ) 1/2 + C w b ( M a ) 1/2 ∥ T Ξ w , ε ∥ op ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( 5 B ) 1/2 ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( 5 B ) 1/2 , (231) where C w b C_{wb} C w b depends on the structural constants from the statement of Theorem 1.3 , but not on a a a , M M M , w w w , or ε \varepsilon ε .
Proof. For B B B and a a a as in the statement, we write
∣ ⟨ T Ξ w , ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ε ( χ B b ^ 1 ) , χ B b ^ 2 ⟩ ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ∣ ≤ ∣ ⟨ T Ξ w , ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ε b ^ 1 , χ B b ^ 2 ⟩ ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ∣ + ∣ ⟨ T Ξ w , ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ε ( χ B c b ^ 1 ) , χ B b ^ 2 ⟩ ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ∣ = : I 1 + I 2 . (232) \left|\left\langle T_{\Xi_w,|\widehat{\nu}_1|,\varepsilon}(\chi_B\widehat{b}_1),\chi_B\widehat{b}_2\right\rangle_{|\widehat{\nu}_2|}\right|
\leq
\left|\left\langle T_{\Xi_w,|\widehat{\nu}_1|,\varepsilon}\widehat{b}_1,\chi_B\widehat{b}_2\right\rangle_{|\widehat{\nu}_2|}\right|
+
\left|\left\langle T_{\Xi_w,|\widehat{\nu}_1|,\varepsilon}(\chi_{B^c}\widehat{b}_1),\chi_B\widehat{b}_2\right\rangle_{|\widehat{\nu}_2|}\right|
=:I_1+I_2. \tag*{(232)} ⟨ T Ξ w , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( χ B b 1 ) , χ B b 2 ⟩ ∣ ν 2 ∣ ≤ ⟨ T Ξ w , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε b 1 , χ B b 2 ⟩ ∣ ν 2 ∣ + ⟨ T Ξ w , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( χ B c b 1 ) , χ B b 2 ⟩ ∣ ν 2 ∣ =: I 1 + I 2 . (232)
The term I 1 I_1 I 1 is controlled by (186) and, since T Ξ w , ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ε b ^ 1 = T Ξ w , ε ν 1 T_{\Xi_w,|\widehat{\nu}_1|,\varepsilon}\widehat{b}_1=T_{\Xi_w,\varepsilon}\nu_1 T Ξ w , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε b 1 = T Ξ w , ε ν 1 , we obtain
I 1 ≤ ∫ B ∣ T Ξ w , ε ν ^ 1 ∣ d ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ≤ c ♯ ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ( B ) . (233) I_1\leq\int_B|T_{\Xi_w,\varepsilon}\widehat{\nu}_1|\,d|\widehat{\nu}_2|
\leq c_{\sharp}|\widehat{\nu}_2|(B). \tag*{(233)} I 1 ≤ ∫ B ∣ T Ξ w , ε ν 1 ∣ d ∣ ν 2 ∣ ≤ c ♯ ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( B ) . (233)
To deal with the second term, we write
I 2 ≤ ∣ ⟨ T Ξ w , ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ε ( χ ( 1 + a ) B ∖ B b ^ 1 ) , χ B b ^ 2 ⟩ ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ∣ + ∣ ⟨ T Ξ w , ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ε ( χ ( ( 1 + a ) B ) c b ^ 1 ) , χ B b ^ 2 ⟩ ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ∣ = : I 2 ′ + I 2 ′ ′ . I_2\leq
\left|\left\langle T_{\Xi_w,|\widehat{\nu}_1|,\varepsilon}(\chi_{(1+a)B\setminus B}\widehat{b}_1),\chi_B\widehat{b}_2\right\rangle_{|\widehat{\nu}_2|}\right|
+
\left|\left\langle T_{\Xi_w,|\widehat{\nu}_1|,\varepsilon}(\chi_{((1+a)B)^c}\widehat{b}_1),\chi_B\widehat{b}_2\right\rangle_{|\widehat{\nu}_2|}\right|
=:I'_2+I''_2. I 2 ≤ ⟨ T Ξ w , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( χ ( 1 + a ) B ∖ B b 1 ) , χ B b 2 ⟩ ∣ ν 2 ∣ + ⟨ T Ξ w , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( χ (( 1 + a ) B ) c b 1 ) , χ B b 2 ⟩ ∣ ν 2 ∣ =: I 2 ′ + I 2 ′′ .
Since B B B has M M M -∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ |\widehat{\nu}_1| ∣ ν 1 ∣ -small boundary, we have
I 2 ′ ≤ ∥ T Ξ w , ε ∥ o p ∥ χ ( 1 + a ) B ∖ B b ^ 1 ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ) ∥ χ B b ^ 2 ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ) ≤ a 1 / 2 M 1 / 2 ∥ T Ξ w , ε ∥ o p ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ( 5 B ) 1 / 2 ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ( 5 B ) 1 / 2 . (234) \begin{aligned}
I'_2\leq
\|T_{\Xi_w,\varepsilon}\|_{\mathrm{op}}
\|\chi_{(1+a)B\setminus B}\widehat{b}_1\|_{L^2(|\widehat{\nu}_1|)}
\|\chi_B\widehat{b}_2\|_{L^2(|\widehat{\nu}_2|)} \\
&\leq
a^{1/2}M^{1/2}\|T_{\Xi_w,\varepsilon}\|_{\mathrm{op}}
|\widehat{\nu}_1|(5B)^{1/2}|\widehat{\nu}_2|(5B)^{1/2}. \tag*{(234)}
\end{aligned} I 2 ′ ≤ ∥ T Ξ w , ε ∥ op ∥ χ ( 1 + a ) B ∖ B b 1 ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ χ B b 2 ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ≤ a 1/2 M 1/2 ∥ T Ξ w , ε ∥ op ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( 5 B ) 1/2 ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( 5 B ) 1/2 . (234)
On the other hand, we bound the second summand by
I 2 ′ ′ ≤ sup y ∈ B ∣ T Ξ w , ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ε ( χ ( ( 1 + a ) B ) c b ^ 1 ) ( y ) ∣ ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ( B ) . (235) I''_2\leq
\sup_{y\in B}\left|T_{\Xi_w,|\widehat{\nu}_1|,\varepsilon}\bigl(\chi_{((1+a)B)^c}\widehat{b}_1\bigr)(y)\right|
|\widehat{\nu}_2|(B). \tag*{(235)} I 2 ′′ ≤ y ∈ B sup T Ξ w , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( χ (( 1 + a ) B ) c b 1 ) ( y ) ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( B ) . (235)
Gathering (232) , (233) , (234) , (235) , and Lemma 6.19 , we obtain, for some c ′ > 0 c' > 0 c ′ > 0 depending only on the structural constants,
∣ ⟨ T Ξ w , ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ε ( χ B b ^ 1 ) , χ B b ^ 2 ⟩ ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ∣ ≤ c ′ a − n ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ( B ) + a 1 / 2 M 1 / 2 ∥ T Ξ w , ε ∥ o p , ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ( 5 B ) 1 / 2 ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ( 5 B ) 1 / 2 . (236) \left|\left\langle T_{\Xi_w,|\widehat{\nu}_1|,\varepsilon}(\chi_B\widehat{b}_1),\chi_B\widehat{b}_2\right\rangle_{|\widehat{\nu}_2|}\right|
\leq c'a^{-n}|\widehat{\nu}_2|(B)
+a^{1/2}M^{1/2}\|T_{\Xi_w,\varepsilon}\|_{\mathrm{op},|\widehat{\nu}_1|}(5B)^{1/2}|\widehat{\nu}_2|(5B)^{1/2}. \tag*{(236)} ⟨ T Ξ w , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( χ B b 1 ) , χ B b 2 ⟩ ∣ ν 2 ∣ ≤ c ′ a − n ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( B ) + a 1/2 M 1/2 ∥ T Ξ w , ε ∥ op , ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( 5 B ) 1/2 ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( 5 B ) 1/2 . (236)
Since the operator norms of T Ξ w , ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ε T_{\Xi_w,|\widehat{\nu}_1|,\varepsilon} T Ξ w , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε and T Ξ w , ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ , ε ∗ T_{\Xi_w,|\widehat{\nu}_2|,\varepsilon}^{*} T Ξ w , ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ coincide, we can repeat the argument for T Ξ w , ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ , ε ∗ T_{\Xi_w,|\widehat{\nu}_2|,\varepsilon}^{*} T Ξ w , ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ and obtain
∣ ⟨ T Ξ w , ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ε ( χ B b ^ 1 ) , χ B b ^ 2 ⟩ ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ∣ ≤ c ′ a − n ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ( B ) + a 1 / 2 M 1 / 2 ∥ T Ξ w , ε ∥ o p , ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ( 5 B ) 1 / 2 ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ( 5 B ) 1 / 2 . (237) \left|\left\langle T_{\Xi_w,|\widehat{\nu}_1|,\varepsilon}(\chi_B\widehat{b}_1),\chi_B\widehat{b}_2\right\rangle_{|\widehat{\nu}_2|}\right|
\leq c'a^{-n}|\widehat{\nu}_1|(B)
+a^{1/2}M^{1/2}\|T_{\Xi_w,\varepsilon}\|_{\mathrm{op},|\widehat{\nu}_1|}(5B)^{1/2}|\widehat{\nu}_2|(5B)^{1/2}. \tag*{(237)} ⟨ T Ξ w , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( χ B b 1 ) , χ B b 2 ⟩ ∣ ν 2 ∣ ≤ c ′ a − n ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( B ) + a 1/2 M 1/2 ∥ T Ξ w , ε ∥ op , ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( 5 B ) 1/2 ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( 5 B ) 1/2 . (237)
Taking the smaller of (236) and (237) , and using
min { ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ( B ) , ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ( B ) } ≤ ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ( B ) 1 / 2 ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ( B ) 1 / 2 , \min\{|\widehat{\nu}_1|(B),|\widehat{\nu}_2|(B)\}
\leq|\widehat{\nu}_1|(B)^{1/2}|\widehat{\nu}_2|(B)^{1/2}, min { ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( B ) , ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( B )} ≤ ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( B ) 1/2 ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( B ) 1/2 ,
proves (231) . □
We now prove the analogue of Lemma 6.20 for the localized operator S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon} S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε .
Lemma 6.21 (Weak boundedness for the localized operator). Let a ∈ ( 0 , 1 / 4 ) a\in(0,1/4) a ∈ ( 0 , 1/4 ) , and let B ⊂ X B\subset X B ⊂ X be a ball with M Λ M_{\Lambda} M Λ -small boundary with respect to both ∣ ν 1 ∣ |\nu_1| ∣ ν 1 ∣ and ∣ ν 2 ∣ |\nu_2| ∣ ν 2 ∣ . Then, we have
∣ ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( χ B b ^ 1 ) , χ B b ^ 2 ⟩ ∗ ∣ ≤ C a − n ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( B ) 1 / 2 ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( B ) 1 / 2 + C ( M Λ a ) 1 / 2 ( 1 + N ε ) ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( 5 B ) 1 / 2 ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( 5 B ) 1 / 2 , (238) \left|\left\langle S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}(\chi_B\widehat{b}_1),\chi_B\widehat{b}_2\right\rangle_*\right|
\leq Ca^{-n}|\nu_1|(B)^{1/2}|\nu_2|(B)^{1/2}
+C(M_{\Lambda}a)^{1/2}(1+N_{\varepsilon})|\nu_1|(5B)^{1/2}|\nu_2|(5B)^{1/2}, \tag*{(238)} ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( χ B b 1 ) , χ B b 2 ⟩ ∗ ≤ C a − n ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( B ) 1/2 ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( B ) 1/2 + C ( M Λ a ) 1/2 ( 1 + N ε ) ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( 5 B ) 1/2 ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( 5 B ) 1/2 , (238) where C > 0 C>0 C > 0 depends only on the structural constants, and not on a a a , M Λ M_{\Lambda} M Λ , B B B , w w w , or ε \varepsilon ε .
Proof. To simplify the notation, we write S : = S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε S:=S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon} S := S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε and r : = r ( B ) r:=r(B) r := r ( B ) , and we denote by x B x_B x B the center of B B B . We split
⟨ S ( χ B b ^ 1 ) , χ B b ^ 2 ⟩ ∗ = ⟨ S b ^ 1 , χ B b ^ 2 ⟩ ∗ − ⟨ S ( χ ( 1 + a ) B ∖ B b ^ 1 ) , χ B b ^ 2 ⟩ ∗ − ⟨ S ( χ ( ( 1 + a ) B ) c b ^ 1 ) , χ B b ^ 2 ⟩ ∗ = : J 1 − J 2 − J 3 . (239) \left\langle S(\chi_B\widehat{b}_1),\chi_B\widehat{b}_2\right\rangle_*
=
\left\langle S\widehat{b}_1,\chi_B\widehat{b}_2\right\rangle_*
-\left\langle S(\chi_{(1+a)B\setminus B}\widehat{b}_1),\chi_B\widehat{b}_2\right\rangle_*
-\left\langle S(\chi_{((1+a)B)^c}\widehat{b}_1),\chi_B\widehat{b}_2\right\rangle_*
=: \mathcal{J}_1-\mathcal{J}_2-\mathcal{J}_3. \tag*{(239)} ⟨ S ( χ B b 1 ) , χ B b 2 ⟩ ∗ = ⟨ S b 1 , χ B b 2 ⟩ ∗ − ⟨ S ( χ ( 1 + a ) B ∖ B b 1 ) , χ B b 2 ⟩ ∗ − ⟨ S ( χ (( 1 + a ) B ) c b 1 ) , χ B b 2 ⟩ ∗ =: J 1 − J 2 − J 3 . (239)
Since L ε ( x , y ) = 0 L_\varepsilon(x,y)=0 L ε ( x , y ) = 0 if d ( x , y ) ≤ ε d(x,y)\leq\varepsilon d ( x , y ) ≤ ε , we have S b ^ 1 = S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε , ρ b ^ 1 S\widehat{b}_1=S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon,\rho}\widehat{b}_1 S b 1 = S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε , ρ b 1 for ρ < ε \rho<\varepsilon ρ < ε . Hence, since ∣ b ^ 2 ∣ = 1 |\widehat{b}_2|=1 ∣ b 2 ∣ = 1 ∣ ν 2 ∣ |\nu_2| ∣ ν 2 ∣ -almost everywhere, (187) gives
∣ J 1 ∣ ≤ ∫ B ∣ S b ^ 1 ∣ d ∣ ν 2 ∣ ≤ c ♯ ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( B ) . |\mathcal{J}_1|\leq\int_B|S\widehat{b}_1|\,d|\nu_2|\leq c_{\sharp}|\nu_2|(B). ∣ J 1 ∣ ≤ ∫ B ∣ S b 1 ∣ d ∣ ν 2 ∣ ≤ c ♯ ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( B ) .
By (18) with λ = a \lambda=a λ = a , we have ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( ( 1 + a ) B ∖ B ) ≤ M Λ a ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( 5 B ) |\nu_1|((1+a)B\setminus B)\leq M_{\Lambda}a|\nu_1|(5B) ∣ ν 1 ∣ (( 1 + a ) B ∖ B ) ≤ M Λ a ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( 5 B ) . Thus, (184) yields
∣ J 2 ∣ ≤ ∥ S ε ∥ o p ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( ( 1 + a ) B ∖ B ) 1 / 2 ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( B ) 1 / 2 ≲ ( M Λ a ) 1 / 2 ( 1 + N ε ) ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( 5 B ) 1 / 2 ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( 5 B ) 1 / 2 . |\mathcal{J}_2|
\leq\|S_\varepsilon\|_{\mathrm{op}}|\nu_1|((1+a)B\setminus B)^{1/2}|\nu_2|(B)^{1/2}
\lesssim(M_{\Lambda}a)^{1/2}(1+N_\varepsilon)|\nu_1|(5B)^{1/2}|\nu_2|(5B)^{1/2}. ∣ J 2 ∣ ≤ ∥ S ε ∥ op ∣ ν 1 ∣ (( 1 + a ) B ∖ B ) 1/2 ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( B ) 1/2 ≲ ( M Λ a ) 1/2 ( 1 + N ε ) ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( 5 B ) 1/2 ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( 5 B ) 1/2 .
To bound J 3 \mathcal{J}_3 J 3 , we fix y ∈ B y\in B y ∈ B . Since ( 1 + a ) B ⊂ B ( y , 3 r ) (1+a)B\subset B(y,3r) ( 1 + a ) B ⊂ B ( y , 3 r ) and d ( y , z ) > a r d(y,z)>ar d ( y , z ) > a r for z ∉ ( 1 + a ) B z\notin(1+a)B z ∈ / ( 1 + a ) B , we have
S ( χ ( ( 1 + a ) B ) c b ^ 1 ) ( y ) = S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε , 3 r b ^ 1 ( y ) + ∫ ( ( 1 + a ) B ) c ∩ { z : d ( y , z ) ≤ 3 r } L ε ( y , z ) b ^ 1 ( z ) d ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( z ) , S(\chi_{((1+a)B)^c}\widehat{b}_1)(y)
=S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon,3r}\widehat{b}_1(y)
+\int_{((1+a)B)^c\cap\{z:d(y,z)\leq3r\}}L_\varepsilon(y,z)\widehat{b}_1(z)\,d|\nu_1|(z), S ( χ (( 1 + a ) B ) c b 1 ) ( y ) = S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε , 3 r b 1 ( y ) + ∫ (( 1 + a ) B ) c ∩ { z : d ( y , z ) ≤ 3 r } L ε ( y , z ) b 1 ( z ) d ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( z ) ,
and, by (159) and (154) , the absolute value of the last integral is bounded by a constant times
∣ ν 1 ∣ ( B ( y , 4 r ) ) max { a r , Ξ w ( y ) } n ≤ ( m + E 0 ) ( 4 r + Ξ w ( y ) ) n max { a r , Ξ w ( y ) } n ≲ a − n . \frac{|\nu_1|(B(y,4r))}{\max\{ar,\Xi_w(y)\}^{n}}
\leq(m+\mathcal{E}_0)\frac{(4r+\Xi_w(y))^{n}}{\max\{ar,\Xi_w(y)\}^{n}}
\lesssim a^{-n}. max { a r , Ξ w ( y ) } n ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( B ( y , 4 r )) ≤ ( m + E 0 ) max { a r , Ξ w ( y ) } n ( 4 r + Ξ w ( y ) ) n ≲ a − n .
Therefore, by (187) , we obtain
∣ J 3 ∣ ≤ sup y ∈ B ∣ S ( χ ( ( 1 + a ) B ) c b ^ 1 ) ( y ) ∣ ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( B ) ≲ ( c ♯ + a − n ) ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( B ) . |\mathcal{J}_3|
\leq\sup_{y\in B}|S(\chi_{((1+a)B)^c}\widehat{b}_1)(y)|\,|\nu_2|(B)
\lesssim(c_{\sharp}+a^{-n})|\nu_2|(B). ∣ J 3 ∣ ≤ y ∈ B sup ∣ S ( χ (( 1 + a ) B ) c b 1 ) ( y ) ∣ ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( B ) ≲ ( c ♯ + a − n ) ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( B ) .
Since a < 1 a<1 a < 1 , we gather the bounds for the terms in (239) and obtain
∣ ⟨ S ( χ B b ^ 1 ) , χ B b ^ 2 ⟩ ∗ ∣ ≤ C a − n ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( B ) + C ( M Λ a ) 1 / 2 ( 1 + N ε ) ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( 5 B ) 1 / 2 ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( 5 B ) 1 / 2 . (240) \left|\left\langle S(\chi_B\widehat b_1),\chi_B\widehat b_2\right\rangle_*\right|\le Ca^{-n}|\nu_2|(B)+C(M_\Lambda a)^{1/2}(1+N_\varepsilon)|\nu_1|(5B)^{1/2}|\nu_2|(5B)^{1/2}. \tag*{(240)} ⟨ S ( χ B b 1 ) , χ B b 2 ⟩ ∗ ≤ C a − n ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( B ) + C ( M Λ a ) 1/2 ( 1 + N ε ) ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( 5 B ) 1/2 ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( 5 B ) 1/2 . (240)
Moreover, ⟨ S ( χ B b ^ 1 ) , χ B b ^ 2 ⟩ ∗ = ⟨ χ B b ^ 1 , S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ ( χ B b ^ 2 ) ⟩ \left\langle S(\chi_B\widehat b_1),\chi_B\widehat b_2\right\rangle_*=\left\langle\chi_B\widehat b_1,S^*_{|\nu_2|,\varepsilon}(\chi_B\widehat b_2)\right\rangle ⟨ S ( χ B b 1 ) , χ B b 2 ⟩ ∗ = ⟨ χ B b 1 , S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ ( χ B b 2 ) ⟩ , and the operators S S S and S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ S^*_{|\nu_2|,\varepsilon} S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ have the same norm. Thus, the same argument applied to S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ S^*_{|\nu_2|,\varepsilon} S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ , with the second bound in (187) and the M Λ M_\Lambda M Λ -small boundary of B B B with respect to ∣ ν 2 ∣ |\nu_2| ∣ ν 2 ∣ , gives (240) with ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( B ) |\nu_1|(B) ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( B ) in place of ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( B ) |\nu_2|(B) ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( B ) . Since min { ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( B ) , ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( B ) } ≤ ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( B ) 1 / 2 ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( B ) 1 / 2 \min\{|\nu_1|(B),|\nu_2|(B)\}\le|\nu_1|(B)^{1/2}|\nu_2|(B)^{1/2} min { ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( B ) , ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( B )} ≤ ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( B ) 1/2 ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( B ) 1/2 , this proves (238) . □
We recall that, in the following lemma, the finite depth and separation constants of the almost-covering families depend on m m m and ϑ \vartheta ϑ .
Lemma 6.22. There exist C m , λ , ϑ , C m , ϑ > 0 C_{m,\lambda,\vartheta}, C_{m,\vartheta}>0 C m , λ , ϑ , C m , ϑ > 0 , independent of a a a , ε \varepsilon ε , w w w , and ξ \xi ξ , such that
∣ S Δ , 1 ( w ) ∣ ≤ [ C m , λ , ϑ ( 1 + a − n ) + C m , ϑ ( M Λ a ) 1 / 2 ( 1 + N ε ) ] ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . |S_{\Delta,1}(w)|\le\left[C_{m,\lambda,\vartheta}(1+a^{-n})+C_{m,\vartheta}(M_\Lambda a)^{1/2}(1+N_\varepsilon)\right]\|f\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}\|g\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}. ∣ S Δ , 1 ( w ) ∣ ≤ [ C m , λ , ϑ ( 1 + a − n ) + C m , ϑ ( M Λ a ) 1/2 ( 1 + N ε ) ] ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) .
Here, M Λ M_\Lambda M Λ is the small-boundary constant of the balls in B ^ ξ \widehat{\mathcal B}_\xi B ξ .
Proof. Using I Δ = ⋃ i B I , i I_\Delta=\bigcup_i B_{I,i} I Δ = ⋃ i B I , i and J Δ = ⋃ j B J , j J_\Delta=\bigcup_j B_{J,j} J Δ = ⋃ j B J , j , we split
S Δ , 1 ( w ) ≤ ∑ ( I , J ) ∈ D ( w ) ∑ i , j ∣ ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( χ B I , i Δ 1 , I ∗ f w ) , χ B J , j Δ 2 , J ∗ g w ⟩ ∗ ∣ = : S Δ ′ + S Δ ′ ′ + S Δ ′ ′ ′ . S_{\Delta,1}(w)\le\sum_{(I,J)\in\mathcal D(w)}\sum_{i,j}\left|\left\langle S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}(\chi_{B_{I,i}}\Delta_{1,I}^*f_w),\chi_{B_{J,j}}\Delta_{2,J}^*g_w\right\rangle_*\right|=:S'_\Delta+S''_\Delta+S'''_\Delta. S Δ , 1 ( w ) ≤ ( I , J ) ∈ D ( w ) ∑ i , j ∑ ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( χ B I , i Δ 1 , I ∗ f w ) , χ B J , j Δ 2 , J ∗ g w ⟩ ∗ =: S Δ ′ + S Δ ′′ + S Δ ′′′ .
where S Δ ′ S'_\Delta S Δ ′ , S Δ ′ ′ S''_\Delta S Δ ′′ , and S Δ ′ ′ ′ S'''_\Delta S Δ ′′′ are the sums over the pairs of pieces coming from distinct balls B , B ′ ∈ B ^ ξ B,B'\in\widehat{\mathcal B}_\xi B , B ′ ∈ B ξ , from the same ball B B B that is not nice, and from the same nice ball B B B , respectively. By (210) and (213) , every B ∈ B ^ ξ B\in\widehat{\mathcal B}_\xi B ∈ B ξ satisfies
r ( B ) ≥ c m , ϑ ϑ k ≥ c m , ϑ ϑ λ min ( ℓ ( I ) , ℓ ( J ) ) . (241) r(B)\ge c_{m,\vartheta}\vartheta^k\ge c_{m,\vartheta}\vartheta^\lambda\min(\ell(I),\ell(J)). \tag*{(241)} r ( B ) ≥ c m , ϑ ϑ k ≥ c m , ϑ ϑ λ min ( ℓ ( I ) , ℓ ( J )) . (241)
If B ≠ B ′ B\ne B' B = B ′ , then (214) and (241) give
dist ( B I , i , B J , j ) ≥ c m , λ , ϑ min ( ℓ ( I ) , ℓ ( J ) ) . (242) \operatorname{dist}(B_{I,i},B_{J,j})\ge c_{m,\lambda,\vartheta}\min(\ell(I),\ell(J)). \tag*{(242)} dist ( B I , i , B J , j ) ≥ c m , λ , ϑ min ( ℓ ( I ) , ℓ ( J )) . (242)
Since the balls in B ^ ξ \widehat{\mathcal B}_\xi B ξ are pairwise disjoint and ℓ ( I ) ∼ m ℓ ( J ) \ell(I)\sim_m\ell(J) ℓ ( I ) ∼ m ℓ ( J ) , (242) and (159) imply that, for fixed ( I , J ) (I,J) ( I , J ) , the sum of these terms is at most C m , λ , ϑ ℓ ( I ) − n ∥ χ B I , i Δ 1 , I ∗ f w ∥ L 1 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ χ B J , j Δ 2 , J ∗ g w ∥ L 1 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) C_{m,\lambda,\vartheta}\ell(I)^{-n}\|\chi_{B_{I,i}}\Delta_{1,I}^*f_w\|_{L^1(|\nu_1|)}\|\chi_{B_{J,j}}\Delta_{2,J}^*g_w\|_{L^1(|\nu_2|)} C m , λ , ϑ ℓ ( I ) − n ∥ χ B I , i Δ 1 , I ∗ f w ∥ L 1 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ χ B J , j Δ 2 , J ∗ g w ∥ L 1 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . Hence, the argument in the proof of Lemma 6.14 and (178) give
S Δ ′ ≤ C m , λ , ϑ ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . (243) S'_\Delta\le C_{m,\lambda,\vartheta}\|f\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}\|g\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}. \tag*{(243)} S Δ ′ ≤ C m , λ , ϑ ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . (243)
If B = B ′ B=B' B = B ′ , then 5 B ⊂ I ∩ J 5B\subset I\cap J 5 B ⊂ I ∩ J and both pieces coincide with B B B . If, in addition, B B B is not nice, then 2 B ∩ F i ( w i ) = ∅ 2B\cap F_i(w_i)=\varnothing 2 B ∩ F i ( w i ) = ∅ for some i ∈ { 1 , 2 } i\in\{1,2\} i ∈ { 1 , 2 } , so Ξ w ≥ dist ( ⋅ , F i ( w i ) ) ≥ r ( B ) \Xi_w\ge\operatorname{dist}(\cdot,F_i(w_i))\ge r(B) Ξ w ≥ dist ( ⋅ , F i ( w i )) ≥ r ( B ) on B B B , and (159) gives ∣ L ε ∣ ≲ r ( B ) − n |L_\varepsilon|\lesssim r(B)^{-n} ∣ L ε ∣ ≲ r ( B ) − n on B × B B\times B B × B . Moreover, ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( I ) ≲ ℓ ( I ) n |\nu_1|(I)\lesssim\ell(I)^n ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( I ) ≲ ℓ ( I ) n and ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( J ) ≲ ℓ ( J ) n |\nu_2|(J)\lesssim\ell(J)^n ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( J ) ≲ ℓ ( J ) n by Remark 6.3. Thus, the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality and (241) yield
∣ ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( χ B Δ 1 , I ∗ f w ) , χ B Δ 2 , J ∗ g w ⟩ ∗ ∣ ≤ C m , λ , ϑ ∥ χ B Δ 1 , I ∗ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ χ B Δ 2 , J ∗ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . (244) \left|\left\langle S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}(\chi_B\Delta_{1,I}^*f_w),\chi_B\Delta_{2,J}^*g_w\right\rangle_*\right|\le C_{m,\lambda,\vartheta}\|\chi_B\Delta_{1,I}^*f_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}\|\chi_B\Delta_{2,J}^*g_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}. \tag*{(244)} ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( χ B Δ 1 , I ∗ f w ) , χ B Δ 2 , J ∗ g w ⟩ ∗ ≤ C m , λ , ϑ ∥ χ B Δ 1 , I ∗ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ χ B Δ 2 , J ∗ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . (244)
Since the balls are disjoint and each cube occurs in at most C m C_m C m pairs in D ( w ) \mathcal D(w) D ( w ) , the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality and (178) give
S Δ ′ ′ ≤ C m , λ , ϑ ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . (245) S''_\Delta\le C_{m,\lambda,\vartheta}\|f\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}\|g\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}. \tag*{(245)} S Δ ′′ ≤ C m , λ , ϑ ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . (245)
If B B B is nice, then 2 B 2B 2 B meets F 1 ( w 1 ) F_1(w_1) F 1 ( w 1 ) and F 2 ( w 2 ) F_2(w_2) F 2 ( w 2 ) . Since 2 B ⊂ I ∩ J 2B\subset I\cap J 2 B ⊂ I ∩ J and F i ( w i ) ∩ W i ( w i ) = ∅ F_i(w_i)\cap\mathcal W_i(w_i)=\varnothing F i ( w i ) ∩ W i ( w i ) = ∅ , both I I I and J J J are transit, so, by (175) , Δ 1 , I ∗ f w = D I 1 f w b ^ 1 \Delta_{1,I}^*f_w=D^1_{I}f_w\widehat b_1 Δ 1 , I ∗ f w = D I 1 f w b 1 on I I I and Δ 2 , J ∗ g w = D J 2 g w b ^ 2 \Delta_{2,J}^*g_w=D^2_{J}g_w\widehat b_2 Δ 2 , J ∗ g w = D J 2 g w b 2 on J J J . Hence, we have
⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( χ B Δ 1 , I ∗ f w ) , χ B Δ 2 , J ∗ g w ⟩ ∗ = D I 1 f w D J 2 g w ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( χ B b ^ 1 ) , χ B b ^ 2 ⟩ ∗ . (246) \left\langle S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}(\chi_B\Delta_{1,I}^*f_w),\chi_B\Delta_{2,J}^*g_w\right\rangle_*
=D^1_If_wD^2_Jg_w\left\langle S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}(\chi_B\widehat b_1),\chi_B\widehat b_2\right\rangle_*. \tag*{(246)} ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( χ B Δ 1 , I ∗ f w ) , χ B Δ 2 , J ∗ g w ⟩ ∗ = D I 1 f w D J 2 g w ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( χ B b 1 ) , χ B b 2 ⟩ ∗ . (246)
and Lemma 6.21 applies to the last pairing. The balls in B ^ ξ \widehat{\mathcal{B}}_{\xi} B ξ have comparable radii and satisfy (214) , so, by geometric doubling, the dilates 5 B 5B 5 B have overlap bounded by C m , υ C_{m,\upsilon} C m , υ . Since 5 B ⊂ I ∩ J 5B \subset I \cap J 5 B ⊂ I ∩ J , the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality over the common nice balls gives
∑ B ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( B ) 1 / 2 ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( B ) 1 / 2 + ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( 5 B ) 1 / 2 ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( 5 B ) 1 / 2 ) ≤ C m , υ ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( I ∩ J ) 1 / 2 ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( I ∩ J ) 1 / 2 . \sum_{B}\left(|\nu_{1}|(B)^{1/2}|\nu_{2}|(B)^{1/2}+|\nu_{1}|(5B)^{1/2}|\nu_{2}|(5B)^{1/2}\right)\leq C_{m,\upsilon}|\nu_{1}|(I\cap J)^{1/2}|\nu_{2}|(I\cap J)^{1/2}. B ∑ ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( B ) 1/2 ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( B ) 1/2 + ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( 5 B ) 1/2 ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( 5 B ) 1/2 ) ≤ C m , υ ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( I ∩ J ) 1/2 ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( I ∩ J ) 1/2 .
For fixed I I I , the sets I ∩ J I\cap J I ∩ J are pairwise disjoint within each of the 2 m + 1 2m+1 2 m + 1 generations of the cubes J J J , and the same holds with I I I and J J J interchanged. Moreover, ∣ D I 1 f w ∣ 2 ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( I ) = ∥ χ I Δ 1 , I ∗ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) 2 |D^{1}_{I}f_{w}|^{2}|\nu_{1}|(I)=\|\chi_{I}\Delta_{1,I^{*}}f_{w}\|_{L^{2}(|\nu_{1}|)}^{2} ∣ D I 1 f w ∣ 2 ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( I ) = ∥ χ I Δ 1 , I ∗ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) 2 , and analogously for J J J . Therefore, the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality and (178) give
∑ ( I , J ) ∈ D t r t r ( w ) ∣ D I 1 f w D J 2 g w ∣ ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( I ∩ J ) 1 / 2 ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( I ∩ J ) 1 / 2 ≤ ( 2 m + 1 ) ( ∑ I ∣ D I 1 f w ∣ 2 ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( I ) ) 1 / 2 ( ∑ J ∣ D J 2 g w ∣ 2 ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( J ) ) 1 / 2 ≲ m ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . \begin{aligned}
\sum_{(I,J)\in\mathcal{D}_{\mathrm{tr}}^{\mathrm{tr}}(w)}|D^{1}_{I}f_{w}D^{2}_{J}g_{w}|\,|\nu_{1}|(I\cap J)^{1/2}|\nu_{2}|(I\cap J)^{1/2} \\
&\leq(2m+1)\left(\sum_{I}|D^{1}_{I}f_{w}|^{2}|\nu_{1}|(I)\right)^{1/2}\left(\sum_{J}|D^{2}_{J}g_{w}|^{2}|\nu_{2}|(J)\right)^{1/2}\lesssim_{m}\|f\|_{L^{2}(|\nu_{1}|)}\|g\|_{L^{2}(|\nu_{2}|)}.
\end{aligned} ( I , J ) ∈ D tr tr ( w ) ∑ ∣ D I 1 f w D J 2 g w ∣ ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( I ∩ J ) 1/2 ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( I ∩ J ) 1/2 ≤ ( 2 m + 1 ) ( I ∑ ∣ D I 1 f w ∣ 2 ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( I ) ) 1/2 ( J ∑ ∣ D J 2 g w ∣ 2 ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( J ) ) 1/2 ≲ m ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) .
which, combined with (246) , Lemma 6.21, and the previous bound, yields
S Δ ′ ′ ′ ≤ C m , υ [ a − n + ( M Λ a ) 1 / 2 ( 1 + N ε ) ] ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . (247) \mathcal{S}^{\prime\prime\prime}_{\Delta}\leq C_{m,\upsilon}\left[a^{-n}+(M_{\Lambda}a)^{1/2}(1+N_{\varepsilon})\right]\|f\|_{L^{2}(|\nu_{1}|)}\|g\|_{L^{2}(|\nu_{2}|)}. \tag*{(247)} S Δ ′′′ ≤ C m , υ [ a − n + ( M Λ a ) 1/2 ( 1 + N ε ) ] ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . (247)
Gathering (243) , (245) , and (247) , we conclude the proof. □
Now, we write
ρ m ( λ , υ ) : = C m ( ( 2 m + 1 ) λ η + υ P Ω 2 ( G ) ) 1 / 2 . \rho_{m}(\lambda,\upsilon):=C_{m}\left(\frac{(2m+1)\lambda^{\eta}+\upsilon}{\mathbb{P}\Omega^{2}(\mathcal{G})}\right)^{1/2}. ρ m ( λ , υ ) := C m ( P Ω 2 ( G ) ( 2 m + 1 ) λ η + υ ) 1/2 .
and, combining the preceding lemma with (223) , we obtain
E ~ w E S Δ ( w ) ≤ [ C m , λ , υ ( 1 + a − n ) + ( C m , υ ( M Λ a ) 1 / 2 + ρ m ( λ , υ ) ) ( 1 + N ε ) ] ∥ f ∥ 2 ∥ g ∥ 2 . (248) \widetilde{\mathbb{E}}_{w}\mathbb{E}\mathcal{S}_{\Delta}(w)\leq\left[C_{m,\lambda,\upsilon}(1+a^{-n})+(C_{m,\upsilon}(M_{\Lambda}a)^{1/2}+\rho_{m}(\lambda,\upsilon))(1+N_{\varepsilon})\right]\|f\|_{2}\|g\|_{2}. \tag*{(248)} E w E S Δ ( w ) ≤ [ C m , λ , υ ( 1 + a − n ) + ( C m , υ ( M Λ a ) 1/2 + ρ m ( λ , υ )) ( 1 + N ε ) ] ∥ f ∥ 2 ∥ g ∥ 2 . (248)
Proposition 6.23. There are constants C m , λ , υ C_{m,\lambda,\upsilon} C m , λ , υ and C m , υ C_{m,\upsilon} C m , υ , independent of a a a and ε \varepsilon ε , such that
E ~ w ∣ S 2 ( w ) + S 3 ( w ) ∣ ≤ [ C m , λ , υ ( 1 + a − n ) + ( C m , υ ( M Λ a ) 1 / 2 + ρ m ( λ , υ ) ) ( 1 + N ε ) ] ∥ f ∥ 2 ∥ g ∥ 2 . \widetilde{\mathbb{E}}_{w}|S_{2}(w)+S_{3}(w)|\leq\left[C_{m,\lambda,\upsilon}(1+a^{-n})+(C_{m,\upsilon}(M_{\Lambda}a)^{1/2}+\rho_{m}(\lambda,\upsilon))(1+N_{\varepsilon})\right]\|f\|_{2}\|g\|_{2}. E w ∣ S 2 ( w ) + S 3 ( w ) ∣ ≤ [ C m , λ , υ ( 1 + a − n ) + ( C m , υ ( M Λ a ) 1/2 + ρ m ( λ , υ )) ( 1 + N ε ) ] ∥ f ∥ 2 ∥ g ∥ 2 . Proof. By (205) , (206) , and the decomposition I = I s e p ∪ I ∂ ∪ I Δ I=I_{\mathrm{sep}}\cup I_{\partial}\cup I_{\Delta} I = I sep ∪ I ∂ ∪ I Δ , for every value of ξ \xi ξ we have ∣ S 2 ( w ) + S 3 ( w ) ∣ ≤ S s e p ( w ) + S ∂ ( w ) + S Δ ( w ) |S_{2}(w)+S_{3}(w)|\leq S_{\mathrm{sep}}(w)+S_{\partial}(w)+S_{\Delta}(w) ∣ S 2 ( w ) + S 3 ( w ) ∣ ≤ S sep ( w ) + S ∂ ( w ) + S Δ ( w ) . Since the left-hand side does not depend on ξ \xi ξ , the proposition follows by taking expectations and applying Lemma 6.14, (178) , (221) , and (248) . □
Estimate of S 4 S_{4} S 4
We split
S 4 ( w ) = ∑ Q ∈ D 1 t r , R ∈ D 2 t r Q ∩ R ≠ ∅ ℓ ( Q ) < ℓ − m ℓ ( R ) ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( Δ 1 , Q f w ) , Δ 2 , R g w ⟩ ∗ + ∑ Q ∈ D 1 t r , R ∈ D 2 t r Q ∩ R ≠ ∅ ℓ ( Q ) > ℓ − m ℓ ( R ) ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( Δ 1 , Q f w ) , Δ 2 , R g w ⟩ ∗ = : S 4 ′ + S 4 ′ ′ . (249) S_{4}(w)=\sum_{\substack{Q\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_{1},R\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_{2}\\Q\cap R\neq\varnothing\\\ell(Q)<\ell^{-m}\ell(R)}}\langle S_{|\nu_{1}|,\varepsilon}(\Delta_{1,Q}f_{w}),\Delta_{2,R}g_{w}\rangle_{*}
+\sum_{\substack{Q\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_{1},R\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_{2}\\Q\cap R\neq\varnothing\\\ell(Q)>\ell^{-m}\ell(R)}}\langle S_{|\nu_{1}|,\varepsilon}(\Delta_{1,Q}f_{w}),\Delta_{2,R}g_{w}\rangle_{*}
=:S'_{4}+S''_{4}. \tag*{(249)} S 4 ( w ) = Q ∈ D 1 tr , R ∈ D 2 tr Q ∩ R = ∅ ℓ ( Q ) < ℓ − m ℓ ( R ) ∑ ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( Δ 1 , Q f w ) , Δ 2 , R g w ⟩ ∗ + Q ∈ D 1 tr , R ∈ D 2 tr Q ∩ R = ∅ ℓ ( Q ) > ℓ − m ℓ ( R ) ∑ ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( Δ 1 , Q f w ) , Δ 2 , R g w ⟩ ∗ =: S 4 ′ + S 4 ′′ . (249)
Note that it suffices to bound the first sum since, by (203) , the second one can be estimated by the same arguments for S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ S^{*}_{|\nu_{2}|,\varepsilon} S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ instead of S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε S_{|\nu_{1}|,\varepsilon} S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε .
Let Q ∈ D 1 t r Q \in\mathbb{D}_1^{\mathrm{tr}} Q ∈ D 1 tr and R ∈ D 2 t r R \in\mathbb{D}_2^{\mathrm{tr}} R ∈ D 2 tr be such that Q ∩ R ≠ ∅ Q \cap R \ne\varnothing Q ∩ R = ∅ and ℓ ( Q ) < ℓ m ℓ ( R ) \ell(Q) < \ell^{m}\ell(R) ℓ ( Q ) < ℓ m ℓ ( R ) . We also recall that, by construction of f w f_w f w and g w g_w g w , the cubes Q Q Q and R R R in (249) are good. Since the generations are discrete, ℓ ( Q ) ≤ ℓ m + 1 ℓ ( R ) \ell(Q) \le\ell^{m+1}\ell(R) ℓ ( Q ) ≤ ℓ m + 1 ℓ ( R ) . For each child U U U of R R R , goodness therefore gives either dist ( Q , U ) > ℓ ( Q ) α ℓ ( U ) 1 − α \operatorname{dist}(Q,U) > \ell(Q)^\alpha\ell(U)^{1-\alpha} dist ( Q , U ) > ℓ ( Q ) α ℓ ( U ) 1 − α or dist ( Q , X ∖ U ) > ℓ ( Q ) α ℓ ( U ) 1 − α \operatorname{dist}(Q,X\setminus U) > \ell(Q)^\alpha\ell(U)^{1-\alpha} dist ( Q , X ∖ U ) > ℓ ( Q ) α ℓ ( U ) 1 − α . As Q Q Q meets R R R , exactly one child, denoted by R Q R_Q R Q , meets Q Q Q ; it contains all of Q Q Q and
dist ( Q , X ∖ R Q ) > ℓ ( Q ) α ℓ ( R Q ) 1 − α . \operatorname{dist}(Q,X\setminus R_Q) > \ell(Q)^\alpha\ell(R_Q)^{1-\alpha}. dist ( Q , X ∖ R Q ) > ℓ ( Q ) α ℓ ( R Q ) 1 − α .
We use this notation and define the families
S 4 , t r ′ : = { ( Q , R ) ∈ D 1 t r × D 2 t r : Q ⊂ R , ℓ ( Q ) < ℓ m ℓ ( R ) , R Q transit } \mathcal{S}'_{4,\mathrm{tr}}:=\left\{(Q,R)\in\mathbb{D}_1^{\mathrm{tr}}\times\mathbb{D}_2^{\mathrm{tr}}:Q\subset R,\ \ell(Q)<\ell^{m}\ell(R),\ R_Q\ \text{transit}\right\} S 4 , tr ′ := { ( Q , R ) ∈ D 1 tr × D 2 tr : Q ⊂ R , ℓ ( Q ) < ℓ m ℓ ( R ) , R Q transit }
and
S 4 , t e r m ′ : = { ( Q , R ) ∈ D 1 t r × D 2 t r : Q ⊂ R , ℓ ( Q ) < ℓ m ℓ ( R ) , R Q terminal } . \mathcal{S}'_{4,\mathrm{term}}:=\left\{(Q,R)\in\mathbb{D}_1^{\mathrm{tr}}\times\mathbb{D}_2^{\mathrm{tr}}:Q\subset R,\ \ell(Q)<\ell^{m}\ell(R),\ R_Q\ \text{terminal}\right\}. S 4 , term ′ := { ( Q , R ) ∈ D 1 tr × D 2 tr : Q ⊂ R , ℓ ( Q ) < ℓ m ℓ ( R ) , R Q terminal } .
Hence, we further split the sum S 4 ′ S'_4 S 4 ′ as
S 4 ′ = ∑ ( Q , R ) ∈ S 4 , t r ′ + ∑ ( Q , R ) ∈ S 4 , t e r m ′ = : S 4 , t r ′ + S 4 , t e r m ′ . S'_4=\sum_{(Q,R)\in\mathcal{S}'_{4,\mathrm{tr}}}+\sum_{(Q,R)\in\mathcal{S}'_{4,\mathrm{term}}=:S'_{4,\mathrm{tr}}+S'_{4,\mathrm{term}}.} S 4 ′ = ( Q , R ) ∈ S 4 , tr ′ ∑ + ( Q , R ) ∈ S 4 , term ′ =: S 4 , tr ′ + S 4 , term ′ . ∑
The sum over S 4 , t r ′ \mathcal{S}'_{4,\mathrm{tr}} S 4 , tr ′ . To bound the contribution of transit cubes, we apply (203) and write
S 4 , t r ′ = ∑ ( Q , R ) ∈ S 4 , t r ′ ⟨ Δ 1 , Q f w , S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ ( χ R Q Δ 2 , R g w ) ⟩ + ∑ ( Q , R ) ∈ S 4 , t r ′ ⟨ Δ 1 , Q f w , S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ ( χ X ∖ R Q Δ 2 , R g w ) ⟩ . (250) \begin{aligned}
S'_{4,\mathrm{tr}}={}&\sum_{(Q,R)\in\mathcal{S}'_{4,\mathrm{tr}}}\left\langle\Delta_{1,Q}f_w,S^*_{|\nu_2|,\varepsilon}\left(\chi_{R_Q}\Delta_{2,R}g_w\right)\right\rangle\\
&+\sum_{(Q,R)\in\mathcal{S}'_{4,\mathrm{tr}}}\left\langle\Delta_{1,Q}f_w,S^*_{|\nu_2|,\varepsilon}\left(\chi_{X\setminus R_Q}\Delta_{2,R}g_w\right)\right\rangle. \tag*{(250)}
\end{aligned} S 4 , tr ′ = ( Q , R ) ∈ S 4 , tr ′ ∑ ⟨ Δ 1 , Q f w , S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ ( χ R Q Δ 2 , R g w ) ⟩ + ( Q , R ) ∈ S 4 , tr ′ ∑ ⟨ Δ 1 , Q f w , S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ ( χ X ∖ R Q Δ 2 , R g w ) ⟩ . (250)
To bound the far away term, we note that
dist ( Q , X ∖ R Q ) > ℓ ( Q ) α ℓ ( R Q ) 1 − α = ℓ 1 − α ℓ ( Q ) α ℓ ( R ) 1 − α \operatorname{dist}(Q,X\setminus R_Q)>\ell(Q)^\alpha\ell(R_Q)^{1-\alpha}=\ell^{1-\alpha}\ell(Q)^\alpha\ell(R)^{1-\alpha} dist ( Q , X ∖ R Q ) > ℓ ( Q ) α ℓ ( R Q ) 1 − α = ℓ 1 − α ℓ ( Q ) α ℓ ( R ) 1 − α
and that D ( Q , R ) ≈ ℓ ( R ) D(Q,R)\approx\ell(R) D ( Q , R ) ≈ ℓ ( R ) , since Q ⊂ R Q\subset R Q ⊂ R . Hence, as in the estimate of S 1 ′ S'_1 S 1 ′ , see also [77 Lemma 5.17] , Lemma 6.12 with c ′ = ℓ 1 − α c'=\ell^{1-\alpha} c ′ = ℓ 1 − α , (201) combined with Schur’s test, and (178) give
∑ ( Q , R ) ∈ S 4 , t r ′ ∣ ⟨ Δ 1 , Q f w , S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ ( χ X ∖ R Q Δ 2 , R g w ) ⟩ ∣ ≲ ∥ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . (251) \sum_{(Q,R)\in\mathcal{S}'_{4,\mathrm{tr}}}\left|\left\langle\Delta_{1,Q}f_w,S^*_{|\nu_2|,\varepsilon}\left(\chi_{X\setminus R_Q}\Delta_{2,R}g_w\right)\right\rangle\right|\lesssim\|f_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}\|g_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}. \tag*{(251)} ( Q , R ) ∈ S 4 , tr ′ ∑ ⟨ Δ 1 , Q f w , S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ ( χ X ∖ R Q Δ 2 , R g w ) ⟩ ≲ ∥ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . (251)
To estimate the first sum in (250) , we define
c R , Q ( g w ) : = ⟨ g w ⟩ 2 , R Q ⟨ b ^ 2 ⟩ 2 , R Q − ⟨ g w ⟩ 2 , R ⟨ b ^ 2 ⟩ 2 , R , for g w ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . c_{R,Q}(g_w):=\frac{\langle g_w\rangle_{2,R_Q}}{\langle\widehat b_2\rangle_{2,R_Q}}-\frac{\langle g_w\rangle_{2,R}}{\langle\widehat b_2\rangle_{2,R}},\qquad\text{for }g_w\in L^2(|\nu_2|). c R , Q ( g w ) := ⟨ b 2 ⟩ 2 , R Q ⟨ g w ⟩ 2 , R Q − ⟨ b 2 ⟩ 2 , R ⟨ g w ⟩ 2 , R , for g w ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) .
So, for g w ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) g_w\in L^2(|\nu_2|) g w ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) and ( Q , R ) ∈ S 4 , t r ′ (Q,R)\in\mathcal{S}'_{4,\mathrm{tr}} ( Q , R ) ∈ S 4 , tr ′ we have
∥ Δ 2 , R g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) 2 ≥ ∫ R Q ∣ Δ 2 , R g w ∣ 2 d ∣ ν 2 ∣ = ∣ c R , Q ( g w ) ∣ 2 ∫ R Q ∣ b ^ 2 ∣ 2 d ∣ ν 2 ∣ = ∣ c R , Q ( g w ) ∣ 2 ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( R Q ) (252) \begin{aligned}
\|\Delta_{2,R}g_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}^2\ge\int_{R_Q}|\Delta_{2,R}g_w|^2\,d|\nu_2| \\
&=|c_{R,Q}(g_w)|^2\int_{R_Q}|\widehat b_2|^2\,d|\nu_2|=|c_{R,Q}(g_w)|^2|\nu_2|(R_Q) \tag*{(252)}
\end{aligned} ∥ Δ 2 , R g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) 2 ≥ ∫ R Q ∣ Δ 2 , R g w ∣ 2 d ∣ ν 2 ∣ = ∣ c R , Q ( g w ) ∣ 2 ∫ R Q ∣ b 2 ∣ 2 d ∣ ν 2 ∣ = ∣ c R , Q ( g w ) ∣ 2 ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( R Q ) (252)
and
χ R Q Δ 2 , R g w = c R , Q ( g w ) χ R Q b ^ 2 . (253) \chi_{R_Q}\Delta_{2,R}g_w=c_{R,Q}(g_w)\chi_{R_Q}\widehat b_2. \tag*{(253)} χ R Q Δ 2 , R g w = c R , Q ( g w ) χ R Q b 2 . (253)
We recall that the parameter m ^ \widehat{m} m is introduced in the construction of the exceptional set, see (50) and (51) . In the present argument, the measures are ∣ ν i ∣ = ∣ ν ^ i ∣ + μ ∣ X ∖ B i |\nu_i|=|\widehat{\nu}_i|+\mu|_{X\setminus B_i} ∣ ν i ∣ = ∣ ν i ∣ + μ ∣ X ∖ B i and the operator is S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon} S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε associated with (157) . Thus, the high- and low-density stopping conditions give
m ^ − 1 μ ( Q ) ≤ ∣ ν i ∣ ( Q ) ≤ m ^ μ ( Q ) , Q ∈ D i t r , Q ⊂ Q 2 ( w i ) , i = 1 , 2. \widehat{m}^{-1}\mu(Q)\leq|\nu_i|(Q)\leq\widehat{m}\mu(Q),\qquad Q\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_i,\ Q\subset Q_2(w_i),\ i=1,2. m − 1 μ ( Q ) ≤ ∣ ν i ∣ ( Q ) ≤ m μ ( Q ) , Q ∈ D i tr , Q ⊂ Q 2 ( w i ) , i = 1 , 2.
We first record the consequence of these inequalities that is needed below.
Lemma 6.24. Let F ⊂ D 1 t r \mathcal{F}\subset\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_1 F ⊂ D 1 tr be a family of pairwise disjoint cubes contained in Q 2 ( w 1 ) Q_2(w_1) Q 2 ( w 1 ) . Then, for every P ∈ D 2 t r P\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_2 P ∈ D 2 tr with P ⊂ Q 2 ( w 2 ) P\subset Q_2(w_2) P ⊂ Q 2 ( w 2 ) we have
∑ Q ∈ F Q ⊂ P ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( Q ) ≤ m ^ 2 ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( P ) . \sum_{\substack{Q\in\mathcal{F}\\Q\subset P}}|\nu_1|(Q)\leq\widehat{m}^{\,2}|\nu_2|(P). Q ∈ F Q ⊂ P ∑ ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( Q ) ≤ m 2 ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( P ) . The same assertion holds with the indices 1 and 2 interchanged.
Proof. Since all the cubes in the sum are transit and F \mathcal{F} F is a family of pairwise disjoint cubes, we have
∑ Q ∈ F Q ⊂ P ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( Q ) ≤ m ^ ∑ Q ∈ F Q ⊂ P μ ( Q ) ≤ m ^ μ ( P ) ≤ m ^ 2 ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( P ) . \sum_{\substack{Q\in\mathcal{F}\\Q\subset P}}|\nu_1|(Q)\leq\widehat{m}\sum_{\substack{Q\in\mathcal{F}\\Q\subset P}}\mu(Q)\leq\widehat{m}\mu(P)\leq\widehat{m}^{\,2}|\nu_2|(P). Q ∈ F Q ⊂ P ∑ ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( Q ) ≤ m Q ∈ F Q ⊂ P ∑ μ ( Q ) ≤ m μ ( P ) ≤ m 2 ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( P ) .
In the following two lemmas, we use the coefficients c R , Q ( g w ) c_{R,Q}(g_w) c R , Q ( g w ) from (252) , with the averages taken with respect to ∣ ν 2 ∣ |\nu_2| ∣ ν 2 ∣ . By (253) , the local term in (250) , for the auxiliary operator, is
∑ ( Q , R ) ∈ S 4 , t r ′ ⟨ Δ 1 , Q f w , S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ ( χ R Q Δ 2 , R g w ) ⟩ = ∑ ( Q , R ) ∈ S 4 , t r ′ c R , Q ( g w ) ⟨ Δ 1 , Q f w , S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ b ^ 2 ⟩ − ∑ ( Q , R ) ∈ S 4 , t r ′ c R , Q ( g w ) ⟨ Δ 1 , Q f w , S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ ( χ X ∖ R Q b ^ 2 ) ⟩ = : S ^ 1 − S ^ 2 . \begin{aligned}
\sum_{(Q,R)\in\mathcal{S}'_{4,\mathrm{tr}}}\left\langle\Delta_{1,Q}f_w,S^{*}_{|\nu_2|,\varepsilon}(\chi_{R_Q}\Delta_{2,R}g_w)\right\rangle\\
&=\sum_{(Q,R)\in\mathcal{S}'_{4,\mathrm{tr}}}c_{R,Q}(g_w)\left\langle\Delta_{1,Q}f_w,S^{*}_{|\nu_2|,\varepsilon}\widehat{b}_2\right\rangle-\sum_{(Q,R)\in\mathcal{S}'_{4,\mathrm{tr}}}c_{R,Q}(g_w)\left\langle\Delta_{1,Q}f_w,S^{*}_{|\nu_2|,\varepsilon}(\chi_{X\setminus R_Q}\widehat{b}_2)\right\rangle\\
&=:\widehat{S}_1-\widehat{S}_2.
\end{aligned} ( Q , R ) ∈ S 4 , tr ′ ∑ ⟨ Δ 1 , Q f w , S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ ( χ R Q Δ 2 , R g w ) ⟩ = ( Q , R ) ∈ S 4 , tr ′ ∑ c R , Q ( g w ) ⟨ Δ 1 , Q f w , S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ b 2 ⟩ − ( Q , R ) ∈ S 4 , tr ′ ∑ c R , Q ( g w ) ⟨ Δ 1 , Q f w , S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ ( χ X ∖ R Q b 2 ) ⟩ =: S 1 − S 2 .
Lemma 6.25. We have that
∣ S ^ 2 ∣ ≲ ℓ m γ / 2 m ^ ∥ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) , |\widehat{S}_2|\lesssim\ell^{m\gamma/2}\widehat{m}\,\|f_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}\|g_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}, ∣ S 2 ∣ ≲ ℓ mγ /2 m ∥ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) , where the implicit constant depends only on the structural parameters.
Proof. We denote by z Q z_Q z Q the center of Q Q Q . As in [77 display (5.49)] , the kernel estimate (158) , the identity ∫ Δ 1 , Q f w d ∣ ν 1 ∣ = 0 \int\Delta_{1,Q}f_w\,d|\nu_1|=0 ∫ Δ 1 , Q f w d ∣ ν 1 ∣ = 0 , and the fact that ∣ b ^ 2 ∣ ≡ 1 |\widehat{b}_2|\equiv1 ∣ b 2 ∣ ≡ 1 yield
∣ ⟨ Δ 1 , Q f w , S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ ( χ X ∖ R Q b ^ 2 ) ⟩ ∣ ≲ ∫ X ∖ R Q ℓ ( Q ) γ d ( x , z Q ) n + γ d ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( x ) ∥ Δ 1 , Q f w ∥ L 1 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) . (254) \left|\left\langle\Delta_{1,Q}f_w,S^{*}_{|\nu_2|,\varepsilon}(\chi_{X\setminus R_Q}\widehat{b}_2)\right\rangle\right|\lesssim\int_{X\setminus R_Q}\frac{\ell(Q)^\gamma}{d(x,z_Q)^{n+\gamma}}\,d|\nu_2|(x)\,\|\Delta_{1,Q}f_w\|_{L^1(|\nu_1|)}. \tag*{(254)} ⟨ Δ 1 , Q f w , S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ ( χ X ∖ R Q b 2 ) ⟩ ≲ ∫ X ∖ R Q d ( x , z Q ) n + γ ℓ ( Q ) γ d ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( x ) ∥ Δ 1 , Q f w ∥ L 1 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) . (254) Here the goodness parameter m m m is chosen sufficiently large so that (33) and the separation from X ∖ R Q X\setminus R_Q X ∖ R Q allow us to apply the kernel regularity estimate. Since R Q R_Q R Q is a child of the transit cube R R R , Remark 6.3 gives ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( B ( z Q , t ) ) ≲ t n |\nu_2|(B(z_Q,t))\lesssim t^n ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( B ( z Q , t )) ≲ t n for t ≥ ℓ ( R Q ) t\geq\ell(R_Q) t ≥ ℓ ( R Q ) . Moreover, the goodness of Q Q Q gives
dist ( Q , X ∖ R Q ) ≥ ℓ ( Q ) α ℓ ( R Q ) 1 − α . \operatorname{dist}(Q,X\setminus R_Q)\geq\ell(Q)^\alpha\ell(R_Q)^{1-\alpha}. dist ( Q , X ∖ R Q ) ≥ ℓ ( Q ) α ℓ ( R Q ) 1 − α . Thus, since α ( n + γ ) = γ / 2 \alpha(n+\gamma)=\gamma/2 α ( n + γ ) = γ /2 , a standard decomposition into annuli gives
∫ X ∖ R Q ℓ ( Q ) γ d ( x , z Q ) n + γ d ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( x ) ≲ ℓ ( Q ) γ ℓ ( R Q ) n ( ℓ ( Q ) α ℓ ( R Q ) 1 − α ) n + γ + ∑ k = 0 ∞ ℓ ( Q ) γ ( 2 k + 1 ℓ ( R Q ) ) n ( 2 k ℓ ( R Q ) ) n + γ \int_{X\setminus R_Q}\frac{\ell(Q)^\gamma}{d(x,z_Q)^{n+\gamma}}\,d|\nu_2|(x)\lesssim
\frac{\ell(Q)^\gamma\ell(R_Q)^n}{\bigl(\ell(Q)^\alpha\ell(R_Q)^{1-\alpha}\bigr)^{n+\gamma}}
+\sum_{k=0}^{\infty}\frac{\ell(Q)^\gamma(2^{k+1}\ell(R_Q))^n}{(2^k\ell(R_Q))^{n+\gamma}} ∫ X ∖ R Q d ( x , z Q ) n + γ ℓ ( Q ) γ d ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( x ) ≲ ( ℓ ( Q ) α ℓ ( R Q ) 1 − α ) n + γ ℓ ( Q ) γ ℓ ( R Q ) n + k = 0 ∑ ∞ ( 2 k ℓ ( R Q ) ) n + γ ℓ ( Q ) γ ( 2 k + 1 ℓ ( R Q ) ) n ≲ ℓ ( Q ) γ / 2 ℓ ( R Q ) γ / 2 . \lesssim\frac{\ell(Q)^{\gamma/2}}{\ell(R_Q)^{\gamma/2}}. ≲ ℓ ( R Q ) γ /2 ℓ ( Q ) γ /2 .
We combine this bound with (254) and apply the Cauchy-Schwarz inequality to obtain
∣ c R , Q ( g w ) ⟨ Δ 1 , Q f w , S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ ( χ X ∖ R Q b ^ 2 ) ⟩ ∣ ≲ ∣ c R , Q ( g w ) ∣ ℓ ( Q ) γ / 2 ℓ ( R Q ) γ / 2 ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( Q ) 1 / 2 ∥ Δ 1 , Q f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) . (255) \left|c_{R,Q}(g_w)\langle\Delta_{1,Q}f_w,S^*_{|\nu_2|,\varepsilon}(\chi_{X\setminus R_Q}\widehat b_2)\rangle\right|
\lesssim|c_{R,Q}(g_w)|\frac{\ell(Q)^{\gamma/2}}{\ell(R_Q)^{\gamma/2}}|\nu_1|(Q)^{1/2}\|\Delta_{1,Q}f_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}. \tag*{(255)} c R , Q ( g w ) ⟨ Δ 1 , Q f w , S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ ( χ X ∖ R Q b 2 )⟩ ≲ ∣ c R , Q ( g w ) ∣ ℓ ( R Q ) γ /2 ℓ ( Q ) γ /2 ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( Q ) 1/2 ∥ Δ 1 , Q f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) . (255)
Fix j ≥ m + 1 j\ge m+1 j ≥ m + 1 , a cube R R R , and a transit child S S S of R R R . For all Q Q Q such that R Q = S R_Q=S R Q = S , the coefficient c R , Q ( g w ) c_{R,Q}(g_w) c R , Q ( g w ) has the same value, and (253) gives
∣ c R , Q ( g w ) ∣ ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( S ) 1 / 2 = ∥ χ S Δ 2 , R g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . |c_{R,Q}(g_w)||\nu_2|(S)^{1/2}=\|\chi_S\Delta_{2,R}g_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}. ∣ c R , Q ( g w ) ∣∣ ν 2 ∣ ( S ) 1/2 = ∥ χ S Δ 2 , R g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) .
The cubes Q Q Q with R Q = S R_Q=S R Q = S and ℓ ( Q ) = ℓ j ℓ ( R ) \ell(Q)=\ell^j\ell(R) ℓ ( Q ) = ℓ j ℓ ( R ) are pairwise disjoint. Hence, Lemma 6.24 and the Cauchy-Schwarz inequality imply
∑ Q ∈ D 1 t r : R Q = S ℓ ( Q ) = ℓ j ℓ ( R ) ∣ c R , Q ( g w ) ∣ ℓ ( Q ) γ / 2 ℓ ( S ) γ / 2 ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( Q ) 1 / 2 ∥ Δ 1 , Q f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ≤ ℓ ( j − 1 ) γ / 2 m ^ ∥ χ S Δ 2 , R g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ( ∑ Q ∈ D 1 t r : R Q = S ℓ ( Q ) = ℓ j ℓ ( R ) ∥ Δ 1 , Q f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) 2 ) 1 / 2 . (256) \sum_{\substack{Q\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_1:R_Q=S\\\ell(Q)=\ell^j\ell(R)}}|c_{R,Q}(g_w)|\frac{\ell(Q)^{\gamma/2}}{\ell(S)^{\gamma/2}}|\nu_1|(Q)^{1/2}\|\Delta_{1,Q}f_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}
\le\ell^{(j-1)\gamma/2}\widehat{\mathfrak m}\|\chi_S\Delta_{2,R}g_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}
\left(\sum_{\substack{Q\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_1:R_Q=S\\\ell(Q)=\ell^j\ell(R)}}\|\Delta_{1,Q}f_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}^2\right)^{1/2}. \tag*{(256)} Q ∈ D 1 tr : R Q = S ℓ ( Q ) = ℓ j ℓ ( R ) ∑ ∣ c R , Q ( g w ) ∣ ℓ ( S ) γ /2 ℓ ( Q ) γ /2 ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( Q ) 1/2 ∥ Δ 1 , Q f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ≤ ℓ ( j − 1 ) γ /2 m ∥ χ S Δ 2 , R g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) Q ∈ D 1 tr : R Q = S ℓ ( Q ) = ℓ j ℓ ( R ) ∑ ∥ Δ 1 , Q f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) 2 1/2 . (256)
For fixed j j j , each Q Q Q occurs for at most one pair ( R , S ) (R,S) ( R , S ) , and the children of R R R are disjoint. Therefore, summing (256) over R R R and its transit children, using the Cauchy-Schwarz inequality, and applying (178) , we obtain
∣ S ^ 2 ∣ ≲ m ^ ∑ j ≥ m + 1 ℓ ( j − 1 ) γ / 2 ∥ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ≲ ℓ m γ / 2 m ^ ∥ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . |\widehat S_2|\lesssim\widehat{\mathfrak m}\sum_{j\ge m+1}\ell^{(j-1)\gamma/2}\|f_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}\|g_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}
\lesssim\ell^{m\gamma/2}\widehat{\mathfrak m}\|f_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}\|g_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}. ∣ S 2 ∣ ≲ m j ≥ m + 1 ∑ ℓ ( j − 1 ) γ /2 ∥ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ≲ ℓ mγ /2 m ∥ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) .
It remains to estimate S ^ 1 \widehat S_1 S 1 .
Lemma 6.26. We have that
∣ S ^ 1 ∣ = ∣ ∑ ( Q , R ) ∈ S 4 , t r ′ c R , Q ( g w ) ⟨ Δ 1 , Q f w , S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ b ^ 2 ⟩ ∣ ≲ c ♯ m ^ ∥ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . |\widehat S_1|=\left|\sum_{(Q,R)\in\mathcal{S}'_{4,\mathrm{tr}}}c_{R,Q}(g_w)\langle\Delta_{1,Q}f_w,S^*_{|\nu_2|,\varepsilon}\widehat b_2\rangle\right|\lesssim c^\sharp\widehat{\mathfrak m}\|f_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}\|g_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}. ∣ S 1 ∣ = ( Q , R ) ∈ S 4 , tr ′ ∑ c R , Q ( g w ) ⟨ Δ 1 , Q f w , S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ b 2 ⟩ ≲ c ♯ m ∥ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . Proof. Let g ~ = g w − E 2 g w \widetilde g=g_w-E_2g_w g = g w − E 2 g w . Then, for ( Q , R ) ∈ S 4 , t r ′ (Q,R)\in\mathcal{S}'_{4,\mathrm{tr}} ( Q , R ) ∈ S 4 , tr ′ ,
c R , Q ( g w ) = ⟨ g w ⟩ 2 , R Q ⟨ b ^ 2 ⟩ 2 , R Q − ⟨ g w ⟩ 2 , R ⟨ b ^ 2 ⟩ 2 , R = ⟨ g ~ ⟩ 2 , R Q ⟨ b ^ 2 ⟩ 2 , R Q − ⟨ g ~ ⟩ 2 , R ⟨ b ^ 2 ⟩ 2 , R . (257) c_{R,Q}(g_w)=\frac{\langle g_w\rangle_{2,R_Q}}{\langle\widehat b_2\rangle_{2,R_Q}}-\frac{\langle g_w\rangle_{2,R}}{\langle\widehat b_2\rangle_{2,R}}=\frac{\langle\widetilde g\rangle_{2,R_Q}}{\langle\widehat b_2\rangle_{2,R_Q}}-\frac{\langle\widetilde g\rangle_{2,R}}{\langle\widehat b_2\rangle_{2,R}}. \tag*{(257)} c R , Q ( g w ) = ⟨ b 2 ⟩ 2 , R Q ⟨ g w ⟩ 2 , R Q − ⟨ b 2 ⟩ 2 , R ⟨ g w ⟩ 2 , R = ⟨ b 2 ⟩ 2 , R Q ⟨ g ⟩ 2 , R Q − ⟨ b 2 ⟩ 2 , R ⟨ g ⟩ 2 , R . (257) We denote by F Π \mathcal{F}_{\Pi} F Π the family of good cubes Q ∈ D 1 t r Q\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_1 Q ∈ D 1 tr for which there exists R R R with ( Q , R ) ∈ S 4 , t r ′ (Q,R)\in\mathcal{S}'_{4,\mathrm{tr}} ( Q , R ) ∈ S 4 , tr ′ . For Q ∈ F Π Q\in\mathcal{F}_{\Pi} Q ∈ F Π , let R ( Q ) R(Q) R ( Q ) be the smallest cube among the transit children R Q R_Q R Q occurring in this sum3 . These children and their ancestors contained in Q 2 ( w 2 ) Q_2(w_2) Q 2 ( w 2 ) form a chain up to the top cube Q 2 ( w 2 ) Q_2(w_2) Q 2 ( w 2 ) . Since g ~ \widetilde g g has zero average on that top cube, (257) gives
∑ R : ( Q , R ) ∈ S 4 , t r ′ c R , Q ( g w ) = ⟨ g ~ ⟩ 2 , R ( Q ) ⟨ b ^ 2 ⟩ 2 , R ( Q ) . \sum_{R:(Q,R)\in\mathcal{S}'_{4,\mathrm{tr}}}c_{R,Q}(g_w)=\frac{\langle\widetilde g\rangle_{2,R(Q)}}{\langle\widehat b_2\rangle_{2,R(Q)}}. R : ( Q , R ) ∈ S 4 , tr ′ ∑ c R , Q ( g w ) = ⟨ b 2 ⟩ 2 , R ( Q ) ⟨ g ⟩ 2 , R ( Q ) .
Thus, we define the paraproduct
Π Ξ w ( ϕ ) : = ∑ Q ∈ F Π ⟨ ϕ ⟩ 2 , R ( Q ) ⟨ b ^ 2 ⟩ 2 , R ( Q ) Δ 1 , Q ∗ S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ b ^ 2 , \Pi_{\Xi_w}(\phi) := \sum_{Q\in\mathcal{F}_{\Pi}} \frac{\langle\phi\rangle_{2,R(Q)}}{\langle\widehat{b}_2\rangle_{2,R(Q)}} \Delta_{1,Q}^{*}S^{*}_{|\nu_2|,\varepsilon}\widehat{b}_2, Π Ξ w ( ϕ ) := Q ∈ F Π ∑ ⟨ b 2 ⟩ 2 , R ( Q ) ⟨ ϕ ⟩ 2 , R ( Q ) Δ 1 , Q ∗ S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ b 2 ,
for ϕ ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) \phi\in L^2(|\nu_2|) ϕ ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ,
and, arguing as in [77 p. 166] , we obtain the identity
S ^ 1 = ∑ ( Q , R ) ∈ S 4 , t r ′ c R , Q ( g w ) ⟨ Δ 1 , Q f w , S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ b ^ 2 ⟩ = ⟨ f w , Π Ξ w ( g ~ ) ⟩ . (258) \widehat{S}_1=\sum_{(Q,R)\in\mathcal{S}'_{4,\mathrm{tr}}}c_{R,Q}(g_w)\langle\Delta_{1,Q}f_w,S^{*}_{|\nu_2|,\varepsilon}\widehat{b}_2\rangle=\langle f_w,\Pi_{\Xi_w}(\widetilde{g})\rangle. \tag*{(258)} S 1 = ( Q , R ) ∈ S 4 , tr ′ ∑ c R , Q ( g w ) ⟨ Δ 1 , Q f w , S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ b 2 ⟩ = ⟨ f w , Π Ξ w ( g )⟩ . (258)
We first consider finite sums and obtain the corresponding bounded operator by passage to the limit. To prove that Π Ξ w \Pi_{\Xi_w} Π Ξ w is bounded from L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) L^2(|\nu_2|) L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) to L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) L^2(|\nu_1|) L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) , we argue by duality. For φ ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) \varphi\in L^2(|\nu_1|) φ ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) , we define
a Q : = { ∣ ⟨ Δ 1 , Q φ , S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ b ^ 2 ⟩ ∣ 2 ∥ Δ 1 , Q φ ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) , if Δ 1 , Q φ ≠ 0 , 0 , if Δ 1 , Q φ = 0 , A R : = ∑ Q ∈ F Π R ( Q ) = R a Q . a_Q:=\begin{cases}
\frac{|\langle\Delta_{1,Q}\varphi,S^{*}_{|\nu_2|,\varepsilon}\widehat{b}_2\rangle|^2}{\|\Delta_{1,Q}\varphi\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}},&\text{if }\Delta_{1,Q}\varphi\ne0,\\
0,&\text{if }\Delta_{1,Q}\varphi=0,
\end{cases}
\qquad
A_R:=\sum_{\substack{Q\in\mathcal{F}_{\Pi}\\R(Q)=R}}a_Q. a Q := ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ ∥ Δ 1 , Q φ ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∣ ⟨ Δ 1 , Q φ , S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ b 2 ⟩ ∣ 2 , 0 , if Δ 1 , Q φ = 0 , if Δ 1 , Q φ = 0 , A R := Q ∈ F Π R ( Q ) = R ∑ a Q .
By (176) and the Cauchy-Schwarz inequality,
a Q ≤ ∥ Δ 1 , Q ∗ S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ b ^ 2 ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) . a_Q\leq\|\Delta^{*}_{1,Q}S^{*}_{|\nu_2|,\varepsilon}\widehat{b}_2\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}. a Q ≤ ∥ Δ 1 , Q ∗ S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ b 2 ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) .
For S ∈ D 2 t r S\in\mathbb{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_2 S ∈ D 2 tr , let F Π + ( S ) \mathcal{F}^{+}_{\Pi}(S) F Π + ( S ) be the family of maximal cubes in F Π \mathcal{F}_{\Pi} F Π contained in S S S . The locality and the square-function bound for the adjoint martingale differences, together with (187) , give
∑ R ∈ D 2 t r R ⊂ S A R ≤ ∑ P ∈ F Π + ( S ) ∑ Q ∈ F Π Q ⊂ P ∥ Δ 1 , Q ∗ ( χ P S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ b ^ 2 ) ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) \sum_{\substack{R\in\mathbb{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_2\\R\subset S}}A_R
\leq\sum_{P\in\mathcal{F}^{+}_{\Pi}(S)}\sum_{\substack{Q\in\mathcal{F}_{\Pi}\\Q\subset P}}\|\Delta^{*}_{1,Q}(\chi_P S^{*}_{|\nu_2|,\varepsilon}\widehat{b}_2)\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)} R ∈ D 2 tr R ⊂ S ∑ A R ≤ P ∈ F Π + ( S ) ∑ Q ∈ F Π Q ⊂ P ∑ ∥ Δ 1 , Q ∗ ( χ P S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ b 2 ) ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ )
≲ ∑ P ∈ F Π + ( S ) ∥ χ P S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ b ^ 2 ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) 2 ≲ c ♯ 2 ∑ P ∈ F Π + ( S ) ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( P ) ≤ c ♯ 2 m ^ 2 ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( S ) , \lesssim\sum_{P\in\mathcal{F}^{+}_{\Pi}(S)}\|\chi_P S^{*}_{|\nu_2|,\varepsilon}\widehat{b}_2\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}^2
\lesssim c_{\sharp}^{2}\sum_{P\in\mathcal{F}^{+}_{\Pi}(S)}|\nu_1|(P)
\leq c_{\sharp}^{2}\widehat{m}^{2}|\nu_2|(S), ≲ P ∈ F Π + ( S ) ∑ ∥ χ P S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ b 2 ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) 2 ≲ c ♯ 2 P ∈ F Π + ( S ) ∑ ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( P ) ≤ c ♯ 2 m 2 ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( S ) ,
where in the last inequality we used Lemma 6.24 . If S S S is terminal, there is no transit cube R ⊂ S R\subset S R ⊂ S , so the corresponding Carleson sum is zero. Moreover, since R R R is transit, accretivity gives ∣ ⟨ b ^ 2 ⟩ 2 , R ∣ ≳ 1 |\langle\widehat{b}_2\rangle_{2,R}|\gtrsim1 ∣ ⟨ b 2 ⟩ 2 , R ∣ ≳ 1 . Hence, the Cauchy-Schwarz inequality, (178) , and the Carleson embedding theorem yield, for ψ ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) \psi\in L^2(|\nu_2|) ψ ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ,
∣ ⟨ φ , Π Ξ w ψ ⟩ ∣ ≤ ( ∑ Q ∈ F Π ∥ Δ 1 , Q φ ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) 2 ) 1 / 2 ( ∑ R ∈ D 2 t r ⟨ ψ ⟩ 2 , R 2 ⟨ b ^ 2 ⟩ 2 , R 2 A R ) 1 / 2 |\langle\varphi,\Pi_{\Xi_w}\psi\rangle|
\leq\left(\sum_{Q\in\mathcal{F}_{\Pi}}\|\Delta_{1,Q}\varphi\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}^2\right)^{1/2}
\left(\sum_{R\in\mathbb{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_2}\frac{\langle\psi\rangle_{2,R}^2}{\langle\widehat{b}_2\rangle_{2,R}^2}A_R\right)^{1/2} ∣ ⟨ φ , Π Ξ w ψ ⟩ ∣ ≤ Q ∈ F Π ∑ ∥ Δ 1 , Q φ ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) 2 1/2 R ∈ D 2 tr ∑ ⟨ b 2 ⟩ 2 , R 2 ⟨ ψ ⟩ 2 , R 2 A R 1/2
≲ c ♯ m ^ ∥ φ ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ ψ ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . (259) \lesssim c_{\sharp}\widehat{m}\|\varphi\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}\|\psi\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}. \tag*{(259)} ≲ c ♯ m ∥ φ ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ ψ ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . (259)
Thus, by (258) , (259) , and the bound for E 2 E_2 E 2 , we have
∣ S ^ 1 ∣ ≲ c ♯ m ^ ∥ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g w − E 2 g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ≲ c ♯ m ^ ∥ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . |\widehat{S}_1|\lesssim c_{\sharp}\widehat{m}\|f_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}\|g_w-E_2g_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}
\lesssim c_{\sharp}\widehat{m}\|f_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}\|g_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}. ∣ S 1 ∣ ≲ c ♯ m ∥ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g w − E 2 g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ≲ c ♯ m ∥ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) .
We gather (250) , (251) , and Lemmas 6.25 and 6.26, and obtain
∣ S 4 , t r ′ ∣ ≲ ( 1 + ( 1 + c ♯ ) m ^ ) ∥ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . (260) |S'_{4,\mathrm{tr}}|\lesssim\left(1+(1+c_{\sharp})\widehat{m}\right)\|f_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}\|g_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}. \tag*{(260)} ∣ S 4 , tr ′ ∣ ≲ ( 1 + ( 1 + c ♯ ) m ) ∥ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . (260)
The sum over S 4 , t e r m ′ \mathcal{S}'_{4,\mathrm{term}} S 4 , term ′ . Recall that
S 4 , t e r m ′ : = { ( Q , R ) ∈ D 1 t r × D 2 t r : Q ⊂ R , ℓ ( Q ) < ℓ m ℓ ( R ) , R Q terminal } . \mathcal{S}'_{4,\mathrm{term}}:=\{(Q,R)\in\mathbb{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_1\times\mathbb{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_2:Q\subset R,\ \ell(Q)<\ell^m\ell(R),\ R_Q\text{ terminal}\}. S 4 , term ′ := {( Q , R ) ∈ D 1 tr × D 2 tr : Q ⊂ R , ℓ ( Q ) < ℓ m ℓ ( R ) , R Q terminal } .
We reindex this sum by the terminal child, which we now denote by R R R , and write R ^ \widehat{R} R for its dyadic parent. Thus R ∈ D 2 t e r m R\in\mathbb{D}^{\mathrm{term}}_2 R ∈ D 2 term , R ^ ∈ D 2 t r \widehat{R}\in\mathbb{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_2 R ∈ D 2 tr , and Q ⊂ R Q\subset R Q ⊂ R . Since the side lengths belong to the same discrete sequence, the condition ℓ ( Q ) < ℓ m ℓ ( R ^ ) \ell(Q)<\ell^m\ell(\widehat{R}) ℓ ( Q ) < ℓ m ℓ ( R ) is equivalent to ℓ ( Q ) ≤ ℓ m ℓ ( R ) \ell(Q)\leq\ell^m\ell(R) ℓ ( Q ) ≤ ℓ m ℓ ( R ) . The terminal cubes R R R with transit parent are pairwise disjoint.
We use the following Whitney decomposition. We prove it in Appendix § 9 .
Lemma 6.27. Let ( X , d ) (X,d) ( X , d ) be a geometrically doubling metric space with parameter D D D , and let D \mathbb{D} D be the system of dyadic cubes in Theorem 2.9 . For every Q ∈ D Q\in\mathbb{D} Q ∈ D with X ∖ Q ≠ ∅ X\setminus Q\ne\varnothing X ∖ Q = ∅ there exists a family W ( Q ) \mathcal{W}(Q) W ( Q ) of cubes S ∈ D S\in\mathbb{D} S ∈ D contained in Q Q Q such that:
Cubes in W ( Q ) \mathcal{W}(Q) W ( Q ) are pairwise disjoint and cover the interior of Q Q Q .
There exist C W > c W > 1 C_W>c_W>1 C W > c W > 1 such that
c W ℓ ( S ) ≤ dist ( S , X ∖ Q ) ≤ C W ℓ ( S ) , S ∈ W ( Q ) . c_W\ell(S)\leq\operatorname{dist}(S,X\setminus Q)\leq C_W\ell(S),\qquad S\in\mathcal{W}(Q). c W ℓ ( S ) ≤ dist ( S , X ∖ Q ) ≤ C W ℓ ( S ) , S ∈ W ( Q ) . There exists c > 0 c>0 c > 0 such that
∑ S ∈ W ( Q ) χ 2 S ( x ) ≤ c , x ∈ X , (261) \sum_{S\in\mathcal{W}(Q)}\chi_{2S}(x)\leq c,\qquad x\in X, \tag*{(261)} S ∈ W ( Q ) ∑ χ 2 S ( x ) ≤ c , x ∈ X , (261) where 2 S = { x ∈ X : dist ( x , S ) < ℓ ( S ) } 2S=\{x\in X:\operatorname{dist}(x,S)<\ell(S)\} 2 S = { x ∈ X : dist ( x , S ) < ℓ ( S )} .
The constants depend only on D D D and the parameters in Theorem 2.9 .
For each good cube Q Q Q occurring in the sum, let S ∈ W ( R ) S\in\mathcal{W}(R) S ∈ W ( R ) be the unique cube containing z Q z_Q z Q . We remark that goodness implies dist ( Q , X ∖ R ) > 0 \operatorname{dist}(Q,X\setminus R)>0 dist ( Q , X ∖ R ) > 0 , so this cube exists. Moreover,
ℓ ( Q ) α ℓ ( R ) 1 − α ≤ dist ( Q , X ∖ R ) ≤ dist ( z Q , X ∖ R ) ≤ ( C W + 2 C 1 ) ℓ ( S ) , \ell(Q)^\alpha\ell(R)^{1-\alpha}\leq\operatorname{dist}(Q,X\setminus R)\leq\operatorname{dist}(z_Q,X\setminus R)\leq(C_W+2C_1)\ell(S), ℓ ( Q ) α ℓ ( R ) 1 − α ≤ dist ( Q , X ∖ R ) ≤ dist ( z Q , X ∖ R ) ≤ ( C W + 2 C 1 ) ℓ ( S ) ,
where diam ( S ) ≤ 2 C 1 ℓ ( S ) \operatorname{diam}(S)\leq2C_1\ell(S) diam ( S ) ≤ 2 C 1 ℓ ( S ) . Since ℓ ( Q ) ≤ ℓ m ℓ ( R ) \ell(Q)\leq\ell^m\ell(R) ℓ ( Q ) ≤ ℓ m ℓ ( R ) , choosing m m m sufficiently large gives
diam ( Q ) ≤ 2 C 1 ℓ ( Q ) ≤ 1 4 ℓ ( S ) and ℓ ( Q ) α ℓ ( R ) 1 − α ≲ ℓ ( S ) . (262) \operatorname{diam}(Q)\leq2C_1\ell(Q)\leq\frac{1}{4}\ell(S)\qquad\text{and}\qquad\ell(Q)^\alpha\ell(R)^{1-\alpha}\lesssim\ell(S). \tag*{(262)} diam ( Q ) ≤ 2 C 1 ℓ ( Q ) ≤ 4 1 ℓ ( S ) and ℓ ( Q ) α ℓ ( R ) 1 − α ≲ ℓ ( S ) . (262)
In particular, Q ⊂ 2 S Q\subset2S Q ⊂ 2 S , although Q Q Q need not be contained in S S S . Also 2 S ⊂ R 2S\subset R 2 S ⊂ R , by the second property of the Whitney decomposition.
We can therefore write
S 4 , t e r m ′ = ∑ R , S , Q ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ ε ( Δ 1 , Q f w ) , χ 2 S Δ 2 , R g ^ w ⟩ ∗ + ∑ R , S , Q ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ ε ( Δ 1 , Q f w ) , χ R ^ ∖ 2 S Δ 2 , R g ^ w ⟩ ∗ = : S ^ 1 t e r m + S ^ 2 t e r m . \mathcal{S}'_{4,\mathrm{term}}
=
\sum_{R,S,Q}\left\langle S|\nu_1|_{\varepsilon}(\Delta_{1,Q}f_w),\chi_{2S}\Delta_{2,R}\widehat{g}_w\right\rangle_*
+
\sum_{R,S,Q}\left\langle S|\nu_1|_{\varepsilon}(\Delta_{1,Q}f_w),\chi_{\widehat{R}\setminus2S}\Delta_{2,R}\widehat{g}_w\right\rangle_*
=:\widehat{\mathcal{S}}^{\mathrm{term}}_1+\widehat{\mathcal{S}}^{\mathrm{term}}_2. S 4 , term ′ = R , S , Q ∑ ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ ε ( Δ 1 , Q f w ) , χ 2 S Δ 2 , R g w ⟩ ∗ + R , S , Q ∑ ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ ε ( Δ 1 , Q f w ) , χ R ∖ 2 S Δ 2 , R g w ⟩ ∗ =: S 1 term + S 2 term .
Here R R R ranges over terminal cubes with transit parent, S ∈ W ( R ) S\in\mathcal{W}(R) S ∈ W ( R ) , and Q Q Q ranges over the good transit cubes such that Q ⊂ R Q\subset R Q ⊂ R , ℓ ( Q ) ≤ ℓ m ℓ ( R ) \ell(Q)\leq\ell^m\ell(R) ℓ ( Q ) ≤ ℓ m ℓ ( R ) , and z Q ∈ S z_Q\in S z Q ∈ S .
Lemma 6.28. If m m m is chosen sufficiently large, depending only on the structural constants and α \alpha α , then
∣ S ^ 1 t e r m ∣ + ∣ S ^ 2 t e r m ∣ ≲ ∥ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) , \left|\widehat{\mathcal{S}}^{\mathrm{term}}_1\right|+\left|\widehat{\mathcal{S}}^{\mathrm{term}}_2\right|
\lesssim\|f_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}\|g_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}, S 1 term + S 2 term ≲ ∥ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) , uniformly in w w w and ε \varepsilon ε .
Proof. To bound S ^ 1 t e r m \widehat{S}_1^{\mathrm{term}} S 1 term , we fix R R R and S ∈ W ( R ) S \in\mathcal{W}(R) S ∈ W ( R ) , and we set g ′ : = χ 2 S Δ 2 , R ^ g w g' := \chi_{2S}\Delta_{2,\widehat{R}}g_w g ′ := χ 2 S Δ 2 , R g w . Since R ⊂ W 2 ( w 2 ) R \subset\mathcal{W}_2(w_2) R ⊂ W 2 ( w 2 ) and F 2 ( w 2 ) ∩ W 2 ( w 2 ) = ∅ F_2(w_2) \cap\mathcal{W}_2(w_2) = \varnothing F 2 ( w 2 ) ∩ W 2 ( w 2 ) = ∅ , by (149) and the second property in Lemma 6.27 , we have
Ξ w ( x ) ≥ dist ( x , F 2 ( w 2 ) ) ≥ dist ( x , X ∖ R ) ≥ ( c W − 1 ) ℓ ( S ) , for x ∈ 2 S . \Xi_w(x) \ge\operatorname{dist}(x,F_2(w_2)) \ge\operatorname{dist}(x,X\setminus R) \ge(c_W-1)\ell(S), \qquad\text{for }x\in2S. Ξ w ( x ) ≥ dist ( x , F 2 ( w 2 )) ≥ dist ( x , X ∖ R ) ≥ ( c W − 1 ) ℓ ( S ) , for x ∈ 2 S .
We set t S : = ℓ ( S ) + inf 2 S Ξ w t_S := \ell(S) + \inf_{2S}\Xi_w t S := ℓ ( S ) + inf 2 S Ξ w , so that the previous bound gives
t S ≤ c W ( c W − 1 ) − 1 inf 2 S Ξ w . t_S \le c_W(c_W-1)^{-1}\inf_{2S}\Xi_w. t S ≤ c W ( c W − 1 ) − 1 2 S inf Ξ w .
Hence, (159) yields
∣ L ε ( x , y ) ∣ ≲ t S − n , for x , y ∈ 2 S . (263) |L_\varepsilon(x,y)| \lesssim t_S^{-n}, \qquad\text{for }x,y\in2S. \tag*{(263)} ∣ L ε ( x , y ) ∣ ≲ t S − n , for x , y ∈ 2 S . (263)
Moreover, diam ( 2 S ) ≤ ( 2 C 1 + 2 ) ℓ ( S ) \operatorname{diam}(2S) \le(2C_1+2)\ell(S) diam ( 2 S ) ≤ ( 2 C 1 + 2 ) ℓ ( S ) and Ξ w \Xi_w Ξ w is 1 1 1 -Lipschitz, so, for every z ∈ 2 S z\in2S z ∈ 2 S , we have 2 S ⊂ B ( z , ( 2 C 1 + 3 ) ℓ ( S ) ) 2S\subset B(z,(2C_1+3)\ell(S)) 2 S ⊂ B ( z , ( 2 C 1 + 3 ) ℓ ( S )) and Ξ w ( z ) ≤ t S + ( 2 C 1 + 2 ) ℓ ( S ) \Xi_w(z)\le t_S+(2C_1+2)\ell(S) Ξ w ( z ) ≤ t S + ( 2 C 1 + 2 ) ℓ ( S ) . Thus, (154) gives ∣ ν i ∣ ( 2 S ) ≲ t S n |\nu_i|(2S)\lesssim t_S^n ∣ ν i ∣ ( 2 S ) ≲ t S n for i = 1 , 2 i=1,2 i = 1 , 2 , and, by (263) and the Cauchy-Schwarz inequality, we obtain
∥ χ 2 S S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ g ′ ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ≲ t S − n ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( 2 S ) 1 / 2 ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( 2 S ) 1 / 2 ∥ g ′ ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ≲ ∥ g ′ ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . \|\chi_{2S}S^*_{|\nu_2|,\varepsilon}g'\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}
\lesssim t_S^{-n}|\nu_1|(2S)^{1/2}|\nu_2|(2S)^{1/2}\|g'\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}
\lesssim\|g'\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}. ∥ χ 2 S S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ g ′ ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ≲ t S − n ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( 2 S ) 1/2 ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( 2 S ) 1/2 ∥ g ′ ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ≲ ∥ g ′ ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) .
The cubes Q Q Q assigned to ( R , S ) (R,S) ( R , S ) are contained in 2 S 2S 2 S , as observed before the statement. Hence, by (176) , the Cauchy-Schwarz inequality, and the square-function bound for the adjoint martingale differences stated after (179) , we have
∑ Q ∣ ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( Δ 1 , Q f w ) , g ′ ⟩ ∗ ∣ = ∑ Q ∣ ⟨ Δ 1 , Q f w , Δ 1 , Q ∗ ( χ 2 S S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ g ′ ) ⟩ ∣ ≤ ( ∑ Q ∥ Δ 1 , Q f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) 2 ) 1 / 2 ( ∑ Q ∥ Δ 1 , Q ∗ ( χ 2 S S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ g ′ ) ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) 2 ) 1 / 2 ≲ ( ∑ Q ∥ Δ 1 , Q f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) 2 ) 1 / 2 ∥ χ 2 S Δ 2 , R ^ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) , \begin{aligned}
\sum_Q \left|\left\langle S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}(\Delta_{1,Q}f_w),g'\right\rangle_*\right|
&=\sum_Q\left|\left\langle\Delta_{1,Q}f_w,\Delta^*_{1,Q}(\chi_{2S}S^*_{|\nu_2|,\varepsilon}g')\right\rangle\right|\\
&\le\left(\sum_Q\|\Delta_{1,Q}f_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}^2\right)^{1/2}
\left(\sum_Q\|\Delta^*_{1,Q}(\chi_{2S}S^*_{|\nu_2|,\varepsilon}g')\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}^2\right)^{1/2}\\
&\lesssim\left(\sum_Q\|\Delta_{1,Q}f_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}^2\right)^{1/2}
\|\chi_{2S}\Delta_{2,\widehat{R}}g_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)},
\end{aligned} Q ∑ ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( Δ 1 , Q f w ) , g ′ ⟩ ∗ = Q ∑ ⟨ Δ 1 , Q f w , Δ 1 , Q ∗ ( χ 2 S S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ g ′ ) ⟩ ≤ Q ∑ ∥ Δ 1 , Q f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) 2 1/2 Q ∑ ∥ Δ 1 , Q ∗ ( χ 2 S S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ g ′ ) ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) 2 1/2 ≲ Q ∑ ∥ Δ 1 , Q f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) 2 1/2 ∥ χ 2 S Δ 2 , R g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ,
where the sums run over the cubes Q Q Q assigned to ( R , S ) (R,S) ( R , S ) . Each Q Q Q is assigned to at most one pair ( R , S ) (R,S) ( R , S ) , because the terminal cubes with transit parent are pairwise disjoint and so are the cubes in W ( R ) \mathcal{W}(R) W ( R ) . Moreover, by (261) and the inclusion 2 S ⊂ R 2S\subset R 2 S ⊂ R , grouping the terminal cubes R R R with the same parent, we have
∑ R , S ∥ χ 2 S Δ 2 , R ^ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) 2 ≲ ∑ R ∥ χ R Δ 2 , R ^ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) 2 ≤ ∑ P ∈ D 2 t r ∥ Δ 2 , P g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) 2 . \sum_{R,S}\|\chi_{2S}\Delta_{2,\widehat{R}}g_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}^2
\lesssim\sum_R\|\chi_R\Delta_{2,\widehat{R}}g_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}^2
\le\sum_{P\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{tr}}_2}\|\Delta_{2,P}g_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}^2. R , S ∑ ∥ χ 2 S Δ 2 , R g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) 2 ≲ R ∑ ∥ χ R Δ 2 , R g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) 2 ≤ P ∈ D 2 tr ∑ ∥ Δ 2 , P g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) 2 .
Finally, summing the previous bound over ( R , S ) (R,S) ( R , S ) , the Cauchy-Schwarz inequality and (178) give
∣ S ^ 1 t e r m ∣ ≲ ∥ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . |\widehat{S}_1^{\mathrm{term}}|\lesssim\|f_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}\|g_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}. ∣ S 1 term ∣ ≲ ∥ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) .
To bound S ^ 2 t e r m \widehat{S}_2^{\mathrm{term}} S 2 term , for each triple ( R , S , Q ) (R,S,Q) ( R , S , Q ) in the sum we set g ′ ′ : = χ R ^ ∖ 2 S Δ 2 , R ^ g w g'' := \chi_{\widehat{R}\setminus2S}\Delta_{2,\widehat{R}}g_w g ′′ := χ R ∖ 2 S Δ 2 , R g w . Since z Q ∈ S z_Q\in S z Q ∈ S , (262) gives
dist ( Q , supp g ′ ′ ) ≥ ℓ ( S ) − diam ( Q ) ≥ 3 4 ℓ ( S ) ≳ ℓ ( Q ) α ℓ ( R ) 1 − α . \operatorname{dist}(Q,\operatorname{supp}g'')\ge\ell(S)-\operatorname{diam}(Q)\ge\frac{3}{4}\ell(S)\gtrsim\ell(Q)^\alpha\ell(R)^{1-\alpha}. dist ( Q , supp g ′′ ) ≥ ℓ ( S ) − diam ( Q ) ≥ 4 3 ℓ ( S ) ≳ ℓ ( Q ) α ℓ ( R ) 1 − α .
In particular, diam ( Q ) ≤ dist ( Q , supp g ′ ′ ) / 3 \operatorname{diam}(Q)\le\operatorname{dist}(Q,\operatorname{supp}g'')/3 diam ( Q ) ≤ dist ( Q , supp g ′′ ) /3 , so (158) and the identity ∫ Δ 1 , Q f w d ∣ ν 1 ∣ = 0 \int\Delta_{1,Q}f_w\,d|\nu_1|=0 ∫ Δ 1 , Q f w d ∣ ν 1 ∣ = 0 give
∣ ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( Δ 1 , Q f w ) , g ′ ′ ⟩ ∗ ∣ ≲ ℓ ( Q ) γ dist ( Q , supp g ′ ′ ) n + γ ∥ Δ 1 , Q f w ∥ L 1 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g ′ ′ ∥ L 1 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . \left|\left\langle S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}(\Delta_{1,Q}f_w),g''\right\rangle_*\right|
\lesssim\frac{\ell(Q)^\gamma}{\operatorname{dist}(Q,\operatorname{supp}g'')^{n+\gamma}}\|\Delta_{1,Q}f_w\|_{L^1(|\nu_1|)}\|g''\|_{L^1(|\nu_2|)}. ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( Δ 1 , Q f w ) , g ′′ ⟩ ∗ ≲ dist ( Q , supp g ′′ ) n + γ ℓ ( Q ) γ ∥ Δ 1 , Q f w ∥ L 1 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g ′′ ∥ L 1 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) .
Since α ( n + γ ) = γ / 2 \alpha(n+\gamma)=\gamma/2 α ( n + γ ) = γ /2 and D ( Q , R ^ ) ≈ ℓ ( R ^ ) ≈ ℓ ( R ) D(Q,\widehat{R})\approx\ell(\widehat{R})\approx\ell(R) D ( Q , R ) ≈ ℓ ( R ) ≈ ℓ ( R ) , we have
ℓ ( Q ) γ dist ( Q , supp g ′ ′ ) n + γ ≲ ℓ ( Q ) γ / 2 ℓ ( R ) n + γ / 2 ≈ ℓ ( Q ) γ / 2 ℓ ( R ^ ) γ / 2 D ( Q , R ^ ) n + γ , \frac{\ell(Q)^\gamma}{\operatorname{dist}(Q,\operatorname{supp}g'')^{n+\gamma}}
\lesssim\frac{\ell(Q)^{\gamma/2}}{\ell(R)^{n+\gamma/2}}
\approx\frac{\ell(Q)^{\gamma/2}\ell(\widehat{R})^{\gamma/2}}{D(Q,\widehat{R})^{n+\gamma}}, dist ( Q , supp g ′′ ) n + γ ℓ ( Q ) γ ≲ ℓ ( R ) n + γ /2 ℓ ( Q ) γ /2 ≈ D ( Q , R ) n + γ ℓ ( Q ) γ /2 ℓ ( R ) γ /2 ,
so the Cauchy-Schwarz inequality yields
∣ ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( Δ 1 , Q f w ) , g ′ ′ ⟩ ∗ ∣ ≲ ℓ ( Q ) γ / 2 ℓ ( R ^ ) γ / 2 D ( Q , R ^ ) n + γ ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( Q ) 1 / 2 ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( R ^ ) 1 / 2 ∥ Δ 1 , Q f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ Δ 2 , R ^ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . (264) \left|\left\langle S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}(\Delta_{1,Q}f_w),g''\right\rangle_{*}\right|
\lesssim\frac{\ell(Q)^{\gamma/2}\ell(\widehat{R})^{\gamma/2}}{D(Q,\widehat{R})^{n+\gamma}}|\nu_1|(Q)^{1/2}|\nu_2|(\widehat{R})^{1/2}\|\Delta_{1,Q}f_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}\|\Delta_{2,\widehat{R}}g_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}. \tag*{(264)} ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ( Δ 1 , Q f w ) , g ′′ ⟩ ∗ ≲ D ( Q , R ) n + γ ℓ ( Q ) γ /2 ℓ ( R ) γ /2 ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( Q ) 1/2 ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( R ) 1/2 ∥ Δ 1 , Q f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ Δ 2 , R g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . (264)
Each pair ( Q , R ^ ) (Q,\widehat{R}) ( Q , R ) occurs at most once in S 2 t e r m S_2^{\mathrm{term}} S 2 term , and both cubes are transit with ℓ ( Q ) ≤ ℓ ( R ^ ) \ell(Q)\leq\ell(\widehat{R}) ℓ ( Q ) ≤ ℓ ( R ) . Therefore, (264) , (201) combined with Schur’s test, and (178) give ∣ S 2 t e r m ∣ ≲ ∥ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) |S_2^{\mathrm{term}}|\lesssim\|f_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}\|g_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)} ∣ S 2 term ∣ ≲ ∥ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) , which concludes the proof. □
As a consequence of Lemma 6.28, we obtain
∣ S 4 , t e r m ′ ∣ ≲ ∥ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) (265) |S'_{4,\mathrm{term}}|\lesssim\|f_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}\|g_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)} \tag*{(265)} ∣ S 4 , term ′ ∣ ≲ ∥ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) (265)
and applying the same estimates to S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ S^*_{|\nu_2|,\varepsilon} S ∣ ν 2 ∣ , ε ∗ , as in (203) , we obtain
∣ S 4 ′ ′ ∣ ≲ ∥ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . (266) |S''_4|\lesssim\|f_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}\|g_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}. \tag*{(266)} ∣ S 4 ′′ ∣ ≲ ∥ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . (266)
Then, we gather (260) , (265) , and (266) , and obtain a constant c S 4 > 0 c_{S_4}>0 c S 4 > 0 such that
∣ S 4 ( w ) ∣ = ∣ S 4 ′ + S 4 ′ ′ ∣ ≤ ∣ S 4 , t r ′ ∣ + ∣ S 4 , t e r m ′ ∣ + ∣ S 4 ′ ′ ∣ ≤ c S 4 ∥ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) , (267) |S_4(w)|=|S'_4+S''_4|\leq|S'_{4,\mathrm{tr}}|+|S'_{4,\mathrm{term}}|+|S''_4|\leq c_{S_4}\|f_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}\|g_w\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}, \tag*{(267)} ∣ S 4 ( w ) ∣ = ∣ S 4 ′ + S 4 ′′ ∣ ≤ ∣ S 4 , tr ′ ∣ + ∣ S 4 , term ′ ∣ + ∣ S 4 ′′ ∣ ≤ c S 4 ∥ f w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g w ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) , (267)
where c S 4 c_{S_4} c S 4 depends only on the structural parameters and m m m , and is independent of w w w , λ \lambda λ , υ \upsilon υ , a a a , and ε \varepsilon ε .
Finally, (204) , Proposition 6.23, and (267) give
E ~ w ∣ I 4 ( w ) ∣ ≤ [ C m , λ , υ ( 1 + a − n ) + ( C m , υ ( M Λ a ) ) 1 / 2 + ρ m ( λ , υ ) ] ( 1 + N ε ) ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . \widetilde{\mathbb E}_w|I_4(w)|\leq\left[C_{m,\lambda,\upsilon}(1+a^{-n})+(C_{m,\upsilon}(M_\Lambda a))^{1/2}+\rho_m(\lambda,\upsilon)\right](1+N_\varepsilon)\|f\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}\|g\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}. E w ∣ I 4 ( w ) ∣ ≤ [ C m , λ , υ ( 1 + a − n ) + ( C m , υ ( M Λ a ) ) 1/2 + ρ m ( λ , υ ) ] ( 1 + N ε ) ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) .
By (185) , (181) , (190) , (192) , (194) , and (195) , we obtain
E ~ w ∣ ⟨ T Ξ w , ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ε f w , g w ⟩ ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ∣ ≤ E ~ w ∣ ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε f w , g w ⟩ ∗ ∣ + C ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ≤ E ~ w ∣ I 4 ( w ) ∣ + C ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ≤ [ C m , λ , υ ( 1 + a − n ) + ( C m , υ ( M Λ a ) ) 1 / 2 + ρ m ( λ , υ ) ] ( 1 + N ε ) ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . \begin{aligned}
\widetilde{\mathbb E}_w\left|\left\langle T_{\Xi_w,|\widehat{\nu}_1|,\varepsilon}f_w,g_w\right\rangle_{|\widehat{\nu}_2|}\right|
\leq\widetilde{\mathbb E}_w\left|\left\langle S_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}f_w,g_w\right\rangle_*\right|+C\|f\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}\|g\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)} \\
&\leq\widetilde{\mathbb E}_w|I_4(w)|+C\|f\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}\|g\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)} \\
&\leq\left[C_{m,\lambda,\upsilon}(1+a^{-n})+(C_{m,\upsilon}(M_\Lambda a))^{1/2}+\rho_m(\lambda,\upsilon)\right](1+N_\varepsilon)\|f\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}\|g\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}.
\end{aligned} E w ⟨ T Ξ w , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε f w , g w ⟩ ∣ ν 2 ∣ ≤ E w ⟨ S ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε f w , g w ⟩ ∗ + C ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ≤ E w ∣ I 4 ( w ) ∣ + C ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ≤ [ C m , λ , υ ( 1 + a − n ) + ( C m , υ ( M Λ a ) ) 1/2 + ρ m ( λ , υ ) ] ( 1 + N ε ) ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) .
Letting K 1 , K 2 → ∞ K_1,K_2\to\infty K 1 , K 2 → ∞ and applying Fatou’s lemma gives (183) , since the zero extensions of f f f and g g g have the same norms for ∣ ν i ∣ |\nu_i| ∣ ν i ∣ and ∣ ν ^ i ∣ |\widehat{\nu}_i| ∣ ν i ∣ . This proves Lemma 6.7.
For fixed m m m , we have ρ m ( λ , υ ) → 0 \rho_m(\lambda,\upsilon)\to0 ρ m ( λ , υ ) → 0 as λ , υ → 0 \lambda,\upsilon\to0 λ , υ → 0 . Once λ , υ \lambda,\upsilon λ , υ are fixed, M Λ M_\Lambda M Λ and C m , υ C_{m,\upsilon} C m , υ are fixed, and C m , υ ( M Λ a ) 1 / 2 → 0 C_{m,\upsilon}(M_\Lambda a)^{1/2}\to0 C m , υ ( M Λ a ) 1/2 → 0 as a → 0 a\to0 a → 0 . We conclude the section with the important remark that the term C m , λ , υ ( 1 + a − n ) C_{m,\lambda,\upsilon}(1+a^{-n}) C m , λ , υ ( 1 + a − n ) is independent of N ε N_\varepsilon N ε .
Proof of the main theorem
Averaged suppressed operators and the probabilistic argument
Under the normalized measure-testing assumptions of Proposition 3.1 and within the framework of the mixed corona decomposition of § 4 , let R i ∈ Top i ′ ′ R_i\in\operatorname{Top}''_i R i ∈ Top i ′′ , for i = 1 , 2 i=1,2 i = 1 , 2 , be such that Tree ~ ( R 1 , R 2 ) ≠ ∅ \widetilde{\operatorname{Tree}}(R_1,R_2)\ne\varnothing Tree ( R 1 , R 2 ) = ∅ . In this case, either R 1 ⊂ R 2 R_1\subset R_2 R 1 ⊂ R 2 or R 2 ⊂ R 1 R_2\subset R_1 R 2 ⊂ R 1 . Without loss of generality we assume that R 1 ⊂ R 2 R_1\subset R_2 R 1 ⊂ R 2 , the other case being analogous. We also recall that, in (137) and (138) , we defined the suppression
Φ ~ R 1 , R 2 ( x ) : = max ( Φ 1 , R 1 ( x ) , Φ 2 , R 2 ( x ) ) , \widetilde{\Phi}_{R_1,R_2}(x):=\max\left(\Phi_{1,R_1}(x),\Phi_{2,R_2}(x)\right), Φ R 1 , R 2 ( x ) := max ( Φ 1 , R 1 ( x ) , Φ 2 , R 2 ( x ) ) ,
and, for R ∈ Top R \in\operatorname{Top} R ∈ Top , Φ ~ R ( x ) : = Φ ~ R 1 , R 2 ( x ) \widetilde{\Phi}_{R}(x) := \widetilde{\Phi}_{R_{1},R_{2}}(x) Φ R ( x ) := Φ R 1 , R 2 ( x ) . For the sake of simplicity, we write Φ w i \Phi_{w_i} Φ w i , Φ i \Phi_i Φ i , and Φ \Phi Φ instead of Φ i , R i , w i \Phi_{i,R_i,w_i} Φ i , R i , w i , Φ i , R i \Phi_{i,R_i} Φ i , R i , Φ ~ R \widetilde{\Phi}_{R} Φ R respectively, for i = 1 , 2 i=1,2 i = 1 , 2 . Finally, recall that in (148) and (149) we introduced
Ξ i : = Ξ i , R i , w i : = max { Φ i , R i , Φ ~ i , R i , w i } and Ξ w : = max { Ξ 1 , R 1 , w 1 , Ξ 2 , R 2 , w 2 } . \Xi_i := \Xi_{i,R_i,w_i} := \max\left\{\Phi_{i,R_i},\widetilde{\Phi}_{i,R_i,w_i}\right\}
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
\Xi_w := \max\left\{\Xi_{1,R_1,w_1},\Xi_{2,R_2,w_2}\right\}. Ξ i := Ξ i , R i , w i := max { Φ i , R i , Φ i , R i , w i } and Ξ w := max { Ξ 1 , R 1 , w 1 , Ξ 2 , R 2 , w 2 } .
Now we define the averaged suppressed SIO . Namely, given ε > 0 \varepsilon>0 ε > 0 and a non-negative Radon measure m \mathfrak m m on X X X , we set
T ~ m , ε f ( x ) : = ∫ T Ξ w , m , ε f ( x ) d P G Ω 2 ( w ) , x ∈ X . (268) \widetilde{T}_{\mathfrak m,\varepsilon}f(x):=\int T_{\Xi_w,\mathfrak m,\varepsilon}f(x)\,d\mathbb{P}_{\mathcal G}^{\Omega^2}(w),\qquad x\in X. \tag*{(268)} T m , ε f ( x ) := ∫ T Ξ w , m , ε f ( x ) d P G Ω 2 ( w ) , x ∈ X . (268)
Initially, we take f f f bounded and with bounded support. For the finite original testing measures ∣ ν ^ i ∣ |\widehat{\nu}_i| ∣ ν i ∣ , the definitions also apply to f ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ i ∣ ) f\in L^2(|\widehat{\nu}_i|) f ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν i ∣ ) . By Fubini’s theorem, T ~ \widetilde{T} T is associated with the kernel
K ~ ( x , y ) : = ∫ K Ξ w ( x , y ) d P G Ω 2 ( w ) . (269) \widetilde{K}(x,y):=\int K_{\Xi_w}(x,y)\,d\mathbb{P}_{\mathcal G}^{\Omega^2}(w). \tag*{(269)} K ( x , y ) := ∫ K Ξ w ( x , y ) d P G Ω 2 ( w ) . (269)
Given a non-negative 1-Lipschitz function Ψ : X → R \Psi:X\to\mathbb{R} Ψ : X → R , we define
T Ψ , m , ε f ( x ) : = ∫ d ( x , y ) ≥ max ( Ψ ( x ) , ε ) K ( x , y ) f ( y ) d m ( y ) = ∫ K Ψ , ε ( x , y ) f ( y ) d m ( y ) , T_{\Psi,\mathfrak m,\varepsilon}f(x):=\int_{d(x,y)\geq\max(\Psi(x),\varepsilon)}K(x,y)f(y)\,d\mathfrak m(y)=\int K_{\Psi,\varepsilon}(x,y)f(y)\,d\mathfrak m(y), T Ψ , m , ε f ( x ) := ∫ d ( x , y ) ≥ m a x ( Ψ ( x ) , ε ) K ( x , y ) f ( y ) d m ( y ) = ∫ K Ψ , ε ( x , y ) f ( y ) d m ( y ) ,
where
K Ψ , ε ( x , y ) : = K ( x , y ) χ { d ( x , y ) ≥ max ( Ψ ( x ) , ε ) } . K_{\Psi,\varepsilon}(x,y):=K(x,y)\chi_{\{d(x,y)\geq\max(\Psi(x),\varepsilon)\}}. K Ψ , ε ( x , y ) := K ( x , y ) χ { d ( x , y ) ≥ m a x ( Ψ ( x ) , ε )} .
Then, in the case Ψ = Ξ w \Psi=\Xi_w Ψ = Ξ w , we define the averaged operator
T ~ m , ε f ( x ) : = ∫ T Ξ w , m , ε f ( x ) d P G Ω 2 ( w ) , x ∈ X . \widetilde{T}_{\mathfrak m,\varepsilon}f(x):=\int T_{\Xi_w,\mathfrak m,\varepsilon}f(x)\,d\mathbb{P}_{\mathcal G}^{\Omega^2}(w),\qquad x\in X. T m , ε f ( x ) := ∫ T Ξ w , m , ε f ( x ) d P G Ω 2 ( w ) , x ∈ X .
We also set
T ~ m , ♯ , ε f ( x ) : = sup ρ ≥ ε ∣ T ~ m , ρ f ( x ) ∣ and T ~ m , ♯ , ε f ( x ) : = sup ρ ≥ ε ∣ T ~ m , ρ f ( x ) ∣ . \widetilde{T}_{\mathfrak m,\sharp,\varepsilon}f(x):=\sup_{\rho\geq\varepsilon}\left|\widetilde{T}_{\mathfrak m,\rho}f(x)\right|
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
\widetilde{T}_{\mathfrak m,\sharp,\varepsilon}f(x):=\sup_{\rho\geq\varepsilon}\left|\widetilde{T}_{\mathfrak m,\rho}f(x)\right|. T m , ♯ , ε f ( x ) := ρ ≥ ε sup T m , ρ f ( x ) and T m , ♯ , ε f ( x ) := ρ ≥ ε sup T m , ρ f ( x ) .
We define
ν x , ε ( t ) : = P G Ω 2 ( { w ∈ Ω 2 : max ( Ξ w ( x ) , ε ) ≤ t } ) , (270) \nu_{x,\varepsilon}(t):=\mathbb{P}_{\mathcal G}^{\Omega^2}\left(\left\{w\in\Omega^2:\max(\Xi_w(x),\varepsilon)\leq t\right\}\right), \tag*{(270)} ν x , ε ( t ) := P G Ω 2 ( { w ∈ Ω 2 : max ( Ξ w ( x ) , ε ) ≤ t } ) , (270)
for t ∈ R t\in\mathbb{R} t ∈ R , which corresponds to the distribution function associated with the random variable max ( Ξ w ( x ) , ε ) \max(\Xi_w(x),\varepsilon) max ( Ξ w ( x ) , ε ) . We remark that the original grids associated with w 1 w_1 w 1 and w 2 w_2 w 2 are independent. However, they may not be independent after conditioning on G \mathcal G G . We define
A i ( t ) : = { w i ∈ Ω : t ≥ max ( Φ w i ( x ) , Φ i ( x ) , ε ) } , for i = 1 , 2 , t ∈ R , A_i(t):=\left\{w_i\in\Omega:t\geq\max(\Phi_{w_i}(x),\Phi_i(x),\varepsilon)\right\},\qquad\text{for }i=1,2,\ t\in\mathbb{R}, A i ( t ) := { w i ∈ Ω : t ≥ max ( Φ w i ( x ) , Φ i ( x ) , ε ) } , for i = 1 , 2 , t ∈ R ,
so (270) yields
ν x , ε ( t ) = P G Ω 2 ( A 1 ( t ) × A 2 ( t ) ) . \nu_{x,\varepsilon}(t)=\mathbb{P}_{\mathcal G}^{\Omega^2}\left(A_1(t)\times A_2(t)\right). ν x , ε ( t ) = P G Ω 2 ( A 1 ( t ) × A 2 ( t ) ) .
By Fubini’s theorem and (270) , T ~ \widetilde{T} T is associated with the kernel
K ~ ( x , y ) = ∫ K ( x , y ) χ { d ( x , y ) ≥ max ( Ξ w ( x ) , ε ) } d P G Ω 2 ( w ) = K ( x , y ) ν x , ε ( d ( x , y ) ) . (271) \widetilde{K}(x,y)=\int K(x,y)\chi_{\{d(x,y)\geq\max(\Xi_w(x),\varepsilon)\}}\,d\mathbb{P}_{\mathcal G}^{\Omega^2}(w)=K(x,y)\nu_{x,\varepsilon}(d(x,y)). \tag*{(271)} K ( x , y ) = ∫ K ( x , y ) χ { d ( x , y ) ≥ m a x ( Ξ w ( x ) , ε )} d P G Ω 2 ( w ) = K ( x , y ) ν x , ε ( d ( x , y )) . (271)
By (269) and the kernel estimates for K Ξ w K_{\Xi_w} K Ξ w , the function K ~ \widetilde{K} K is a Calderón-Zygmund kernel with the constants of Lemma 3.13 , which depend only on n n n , γ \gamma γ , and the constants of K K K . However, this is not necessarily the case for K ~ ( x , y ) \widetilde{K}(x,y) K ( x , y ) in (271) .
We recall that δ p r \delta_{\mathrm{pr}} δ pr is the parameter defined in Lemma 4.2 . Then, we choose the error κ \kappa κ in (172) so that 0 < κ < δ p r 2 / 2 0 < \kappa< \delta_{\mathrm{pr}}^{2}/2 0 < κ < δ pr 2 /2 , and define
c G : = δ p r 2 − P Ω 2 ( Ω 2 ∖ G ) P Ω 2 ( G ) ≥ δ p r 2 − κ P Ω 2 ( G ) ≥ δ p r 2 2 . c_{\mathcal{G}} := \frac{\delta_{\mathrm{pr}}^{2}-\mathbb{P}^{\Omega^{2}}(\Omega^{2}\setminus\mathcal{G})}{\mathbb{P}^{\Omega^{2}}(\mathcal{G})} \ge\frac{\delta_{\mathrm{pr}}^{2}-\kappa}{\mathbb{P}^{\Omega^{2}}(\mathcal{G})} \ge\frac{\delta_{\mathrm{pr}}^{2}}{2}. c G := P Ω 2 ( G ) δ pr 2 − P Ω 2 ( Ω 2 ∖ G ) ≥ P Ω 2 ( G ) δ pr 2 − κ ≥ 2 δ pr 2 .
Here we used that P Ω 2 ( G ) ≤ 1 \mathbb{P}^{\Omega^{2}}(\mathcal{G}) \le1 P Ω 2 ( G ) ≤ 1 and that P Ω 2 ( Ω 2 ∖ G ) < κ \mathbb{P}^{\Omega^{2}}(\Omega^{2}\setminus\mathcal{G}) < \kappa P Ω 2 ( Ω 2 ∖ G ) < κ , which holds by (172) for every goodness parameter m ≥ m 0 m \ge m_{0} m ≥ m 0 , with m 0 = m 0 ( κ ) m_{0}=m_{0}(\kappa) m 0 = m 0 ( κ ) as in Lemma A.4 . In the rest of this section, we assume that m ≥ m 0 m \ge m_{0} m ≥ m 0 .
Lemma 7.1. For ε > 0 \varepsilon>0 ε > 0 , we have
∥ T Φ , ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ε ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ) ≤ 3 c G − 1 ∥ T ~ ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ♯ , ε ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ) (272) \left\|T_{\Phi,|\widehat{\nu}_{1}|,\varepsilon}\right\|_{L^{2}(|\widehat{\nu}_{1}|)\to L^{2}(|\widehat{\nu}_{2}|)}
\le3c_{\mathcal{G}}^{-1}
\left\|\widetilde{T}_{|\widehat{\nu}_{1}|,\sharp,\varepsilon}\right\|_{L^{2}(|\widehat{\nu}_{1}|)\to L^{2}(|\widehat{\nu}_{2}|)} \tag*{(272)} T Φ , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ≤ 3 c G − 1 T ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ♯ , ε L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) (272) and, for every w ∈ Ω 2 w\in\Omega^{2} w ∈ Ω 2 ,
∥ T Ξ w , ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ε ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ) ≤ 3 c G − 1 ∥ T ~ ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ♯ , ε ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ) . (273) \left\|T_{\Xi_{w},|\widehat{\nu}_{1}|,\varepsilon}\right\|_{L^{2}(|\widehat{\nu}_{1}|)\to L^{2}(|\widehat{\nu}_{2}|)}
\le3c_{\mathcal{G}}^{-1}
\left\|\widetilde{T}_{|\widehat{\nu}_{1}|,\sharp,\varepsilon}\right\|_{L^{2}(|\widehat{\nu}_{1}|)\to L^{2}(|\widehat{\nu}_{2}|)}. \tag*{(273)} T Ξ w , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ≤ 3 c G − 1 T ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ♯ , ε L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) . (273)
Proof. The function v x , ε v_{x,\varepsilon} v x , ε defined in (270) satisfies the following properties:
If 0 ≤ t < max ( Φ ( x ) , ε ) 0\le t<\max(\Phi(x),\varepsilon) 0 ≤ t < max ( Φ ( x ) , ε ) , then v x , ε ( t ) = 0 v_{x,\varepsilon}(t)=0 v x , ε ( t ) = 0 .
If t ≥ max ( Φ ( x ) , ε ) t\ge\max(\Phi(x),\varepsilon) t ≥ max ( Φ ( x ) , ε ) , then v x , ε ( t ) ≥ c G v_{x,\varepsilon}(t)\ge c_{\mathcal{G}} v x , ε ( t ) ≥ c G .
The function v x , ε ( ⋅ ) v_{x,\varepsilon}(\cdot) v x , ε ( ⋅ ) is non-decreasing and right-continuous.
Properties (1) and (3) follow from the definition of v x , ε v_{x,\varepsilon} v x , ε and the inequality Ξ w ≥ Φ \Xi_{w}\ge\Phi Ξ w ≥ Φ . To prove the second, let t ≥ max ( Φ ( x ) , ε ) t\ge\max(\Phi(x),\varepsilon) t ≥ max ( Φ ( x ) , ε ) . By the definition of Φ i ( x ) \Phi_{i}(x) Φ i ( x ) in (99) , for every integer j ≥ 1 j\ge1 j ≥ 1 there exist Γ i , j ⊂ Ω \Gamma_{i,j}\subset\Omega Γ i , j ⊂ Ω , i = 1 , 2 i=1,2 i = 1 , 2 , such that
P Ω ( Γ i , j ) > δ p r , sup w i ∈ Γ i , j Φ w i ( x ) < t + 1 / j . \mathbb{P}^{\Omega}(\Gamma_{i,j})>\delta_{\mathrm{pr}}, \qquad\sup_{w_{i}\in\Gamma_{i,j}}\Phi_{w_{i}}(x)<t+1/j. P Ω ( Γ i , j ) > δ pr , w i ∈ Γ i , j sup Φ w i ( x ) < t + 1/ j .
Thus Γ i , j ⊂ A i ( t + 1 / j ) \Gamma_{i,j}\subset A_{i}(t+1/j) Γ i , j ⊂ A i ( t + 1/ j ) and, since A i ( t + 1 / j ) ↓ A i ( t ) A_{i}(t+1/j)\downarrow A_{i}(t) A i ( t + 1/ j ) ↓ A i ( t ) , we obtain P Ω ( A i ( t ) ) ≥ δ p r \mathbb{P}^{\Omega}(A_{i}(t))\ge\delta_{\mathrm{pr}} P Ω ( A i ( t )) ≥ δ pr . By independence with respect to the unconditioned probability, we have
v x , ε ( t ) = P Ω 2 ( ( A 1 ( t ) × A 2 ( t ) ) ∩ G ) P Ω 2 ( G ) ≥ P Ω ( A 1 ( t ) ) P Ω ( A 2 ( t ) ) − P Ω 2 ( Ω 2 ∖ G ) P Ω 2 ( G ) ≥ c G . \begin{aligned}
v_{x,\varepsilon}(t)
=\frac{\mathbb{P}^{\Omega^{2}}\left((A_{1}(t)\times A_{2}(t))\cap\mathcal{G}\right)}
{\mathbb{P}^{\Omega^{2}}(\mathcal{G})} \\
&\ge\frac{\mathbb{P}^{\Omega}(A_{1}(t))\mathbb{P}^{\Omega}(A_{2}(t))-\mathbb{P}^{\Omega^{2}}(\Omega^{2}\setminus\mathcal{G})}
{\mathbb{P}^{\Omega^{2}}(\mathcal{G})}
\ge c_{\mathcal{G}}.
\end{aligned} v x , ε ( t ) = P Ω 2 ( G ) P Ω 2 ( ( A 1 ( t ) × A 2 ( t )) ∩ G ) ≥ P Ω 2 ( G ) P Ω ( A 1 ( t )) P Ω ( A 2 ( t )) − P Ω 2 ( Ω 2 ∖ G ) ≥ c G .
Let us turn to the proof of (272) . We denote Φ ε ( x ) : = max ( Φ ( x ) , ε ) \Phi^{\varepsilon}(x):=\max(\Phi(x),\varepsilon) Φ ε ( x ) := max ( Φ ( x ) , ε ) , which is also 1 1 1 -Lipschitz. Since v x , ε ( t ) v_{x,\varepsilon}(t) v x , ε ( t ) is identically zero for t < Φ ε ( x ) t<\Phi^{\varepsilon}(x) t < Φ ε ( x ) , we infer that
K ~ ( x , y ) = K ( x , y ) v x , ε ( d ( x , y ) ) χ { d ( x , y ) ≥ Φ ε ( x ) } = v x , ε ( d ( x , y ) ) K Φ , ε ( x , y ) . \widetilde{K}(x,y)=K(x,y)v_{x,\varepsilon}(d(x,y))\chi_{\{d(x,y)\ge\Phi^{\varepsilon}(x)\}}
=v_{x,\varepsilon}(d(x,y))K_{\Phi,\varepsilon}(x,y). K ( x , y ) = K ( x , y ) v x , ε ( d ( x , y )) χ { d ( x , y ) ≥ Φ ε ( x )} = v x , ε ( d ( x , y )) K Φ , ε ( x , y ) .
Thus,
K Φ , ε ( x , y ) = 1 v x , ε ( d ( x , y ) ) K ~ ( x , y ) χ { d ( x , y ) ≥ Φ ε ( x ) } , (274) K_{\Phi,\varepsilon}(x,y)
=\frac{1}{v_{x,\varepsilon}(d(x,y))}\widetilde{K}(x,y)\chi_{\{d(x,y)\ge\Phi^{\varepsilon}(x)\}}, \tag*{(274)} K Φ , ε ( x , y ) = v x , ε ( d ( x , y )) 1 K ( x , y ) χ { d ( x , y ) ≥ Φ ε ( x )} , (274)
where the reciprocal is only used on { d ( x , y ) ≥ Φ ε ( x ) } \{d(x,y)\ge\Phi^{\varepsilon}(x)\} { d ( x , y ) ≥ Φ ε ( x )} . Since 1 / v x , ε 1/v_{x,\varepsilon} 1/ v x , ε is right-continuous and non-increasing on [ Φ ε ( x ) , ∞ ) [\Phi^{\varepsilon}(x),\infty) [ Φ ε ( x ) , ∞ ) , we can define the Lebesgue–Stieltjes measure σ \sigma σ on R \mathbb{R} R by
σ ( ( a , b ] ) = 1 v x , ε ( a ) − 1 v x , ε ( b ) , Φ ε ( x ) ≤ a < b , σ ( ( − ∞ , Φ ε ( x ) ] ) = 0. \sigma((a,b])=\frac{1}{v_{x,\varepsilon}(a)}-\frac{1}{v_{x,\varepsilon}(b)}, \qquad\Phi^{\varepsilon}(x)\le a<b, \qquad\sigma((-\infty,\Phi^{\varepsilon}(x)])=0. σ (( a , b ]) = v x , ε ( a ) 1 − v x , ε ( b ) 1 , Φ ε ( x ) ≤ a < b , σ (( − ∞ , Φ ε ( x )]) = 0.
Observe that σ \sigma σ is a finite positive Borel measure. Indeed, since v x , ε ( t ) → 1 v_{x,\varepsilon}(t) \to1 v x , ε ( t ) → 1 as t → ∞ t \to\infty t → ∞ , property (2) gives
σ ( R ) = 1 v x , ε ( Φ ε ( x ) ) − 1 ≤ c G − 1 . (275) \sigma(\mathbb{R})=\frac{1}{v_{x,\varepsilon}(\Phi^\varepsilon(x))}-1\le c_{\mathscr{G}}^{-1}. \tag*{(275)} σ ( R ) = v x , ε ( Φ ε ( x )) 1 − 1 ≤ c G − 1 . (275)
Now, for d ( x , y ) ≥ Φ ε ( x ) d(x,y)\ge\Phi^\varepsilon(x) d ( x , y ) ≥ Φ ε ( x ) , we write
∫ t > Φ ε ( x ) K ~ ( x , y ) χ { d ( x , y ) ≥ t } d σ ( t ) = K ~ ( x , y ) σ ( ( Φ ε ( x ) , d ( x , y ) ] ) = K ~ ( x , y ) ( 1 v x , ε ( Φ ε ( x ) ) − 1 v x , ε ( d ( x , y ) ) ) . \int_{t>\Phi^\varepsilon(x)}\widetilde{K}(x,y)\chi_{\{d(x,y)\ge t\}}\,d\sigma(t)
=\widetilde{K}(x,y)\sigma\bigl((\Phi^\varepsilon(x),d(x,y)]\bigr)
=\widetilde{K}(x,y)\left(\frac{1}{v_{x,\varepsilon}(\Phi^\varepsilon(x))}-\frac{1}{v_{x,\varepsilon}(d(x,y))}\right). ∫ t > Φ ε ( x ) K ( x , y ) χ { d ( x , y ) ≥ t } d σ ( t ) = K ( x , y ) σ ( ( Φ ε ( x ) , d ( x , y )] ) = K ( x , y ) ( v x , ε ( Φ ε ( x )) 1 − v x , ε ( d ( x , y )) 1 ) .
Therefore, by (274) ,
K Φ , ε ( x , y ) = K ~ ( x , y ) v x , ε ( Φ ε ( x ) ) − ∫ t > Φ ε ( x ) K ~ ( x , y ) χ { d ( x , y ) ≥ t } d σ ( t ) . K_{\Phi,\varepsilon}(x,y)=\frac{\widetilde{K}(x,y)}{v_{x,\varepsilon}(\Phi^\varepsilon(x))}-\int_{t>\Phi^\varepsilon(x)}\widetilde{K}(x,y)\chi_{\{d(x,y)\ge t\}}\,d\sigma(t). K Φ , ε ( x , y ) = v x , ε ( Φ ε ( x )) K ( x , y ) − ∫ t > Φ ε ( x ) K ( x , y ) χ { d ( x , y ) ≥ t } d σ ( t ) .
For t ≥ ε t\ge\varepsilon t ≥ ε , we have v x , ε ( u ) χ { u ≥ t } = v x , t ( u ) v_{x,\varepsilon}(u)\chi_{\{u\ge t\}}=v_{x,t}(u) v x , ε ( u ) χ { u ≥ t } = v x , t ( u ) for u ∈ R u\in\mathbb{R} u ∈ R , so K ~ ( x , y ) χ { d ( x , y ) ≥ t } \widetilde{K}(x,y)\chi_{\{d(x,y)\ge t\}} K ( x , y ) χ { d ( x , y ) ≥ t } is the kernel of T ~ ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , t \widetilde{T}_{|\widehat{\nu}_1|,t} T ∣ ν 1 ∣ , t . Hence, multiplying this identity by f ( y ) f(y) f ( y ) , integrating with respect to ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ |\widehat{\nu}_1| ∣ ν 1 ∣ in y y y , and using Fubini’s theorem, we get
T Φ , ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ε f ( x ) = T ~ ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ε f ( x ) v x , ε ( Φ ε ( x ) ) − ∫ t > Φ ε ( x ) T ~ ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , t f ( x ) d σ ( t ) . T_{\Phi,|\widehat{\nu}_1|,\varepsilon}f(x)
=\frac{\widetilde{T}_{|\widehat{\nu}_1|,\varepsilon}f(x)}{v_{x,\varepsilon}(\Phi^\varepsilon(x))}
-\int_{t>\Phi^\varepsilon(x)}\widetilde{T}_{|\widehat{\nu}_1|,t}f(x)\,d\sigma(t). T Φ , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε f ( x ) = v x , ε ( Φ ε ( x )) T ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε f ( x ) − ∫ t > Φ ε ( x ) T ∣ ν 1 ∣ , t f ( x ) d σ ( t ) .
From the preceding identity and (275) , we infer that
∣ T Φ , ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ε f ( x ) ∣ ≤ c G − 1 ∣ T ~ ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ε f ( x ) ∣ + c G − 1 sup ρ ≥ ε ∣ T ~ ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ρ f ( x ) ∣ ≤ 3 c G − 1 T ~ ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ♯ , ε f ( x ) . \left|T_{\Phi,|\widehat{\nu}_1|,\varepsilon}f(x)\right|
\le c_{\mathscr{G}}^{-1}\left|\widetilde{T}_{|\widehat{\nu}_1|,\varepsilon}f(x)\right|
+c_{\mathscr{G}}^{-1}\sup_{\rho\ge\varepsilon}\left|\widetilde{T}_{|\widehat{\nu}_1|,\rho}f(x)\right|
\le3c_{\mathscr{G}}^{-1}\widetilde{T}_{|\widehat{\nu}_1|,\sharp,\varepsilon}f(x). T Φ , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε f ( x ) ≤ c G − 1 T ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε f ( x ) + c G − 1 ρ ≥ ε sup T ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ρ f ( x ) ≤ 3 c G − 1 T ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ♯ , ε f ( x ) .
Taking the L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ) L^2(|\widehat{\nu}_2|) L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) norm proves (272) .
Let us now turn our attention to (273) . By the definition of K Ξ w , ε K_{\Xi_w,\varepsilon} K Ξ w , ε and the inequality Ξ w ≥ Φ \Xi_w\ge\Phi Ξ w ≥ Φ , we have
K Ξ w , ε ( x , y ) = K Φ , ε ( x , y ) χ { d ( x , y ) ≥ max ( Ξ w ( x ) , ε ) } = K ~ ( x , y ) v x , ε ( d ( x , y ) ) χ { d ( x , y ) ≥ max ( Ξ w ( x ) , ε ) } . K_{\Xi_w,\varepsilon}(x,y)=K_{\Phi,\varepsilon}(x,y)\chi_{\{d(x,y)\ge\max(\Xi_w(x),\varepsilon)\}}
=\frac{\widetilde{K}(x,y)}{v_{x,\varepsilon}(d(x,y))}\chi_{\{d(x,y)\ge\max(\Xi_w(x),\varepsilon)\}}. K Ξ w , ε ( x , y ) = K Φ , ε ( x , y ) χ { d ( x , y ) ≥ m a x ( Ξ w ( x ) , ε )} = v x , ε ( d ( x , y )) K ( x , y ) χ { d ( x , y ) ≥ m a x ( Ξ w ( x ) , ε )} .
This is the same identity as (274) , with Φ \Phi Φ replaced by Ξ w \Xi_w Ξ w . We define σ \sigma σ on ( max ( Ξ w ( x ) , ε ) , ∞ ) (\max(\Xi_w(x),\varepsilon),\infty) ( max ( Ξ w ( x ) , ε ) , ∞ ) as above and obtain
∣ T Ξ w , ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ε f ( x ) ∣ ≤ 3 c G − 1 T ~ ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ♯ , ε f ( x ) . \left|T_{\Xi_w,|\widehat{\nu}_1|,\varepsilon}f(x)\right|
\le3c_{\mathscr{G}}^{-1}\widetilde{T}_{|\widehat{\nu}_1|,\sharp,\varepsilon}f(x). T Ξ w , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε f ( x ) ≤ 3 c G − 1 T ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ♯ , ε f ( x ) .
Taking the L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ) L^2(|\widehat{\nu}_2|) L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) norm proves (273) and completes the proof of the lemma. □
Using maximal function estimates, the bounds in Lemma 7.1 imply analogous estimates in terms of T T T and T ~ \widetilde{T} T .
Lemma 7.2. If ε > 0 \varepsilon>0 ε > 0 , we have
∥ T Φ , ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ε ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ) ≲ 1 + sup ρ ≥ ε ∥ T ~ ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ρ ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ) , (276) \left\|T_{\Phi,|\widehat{\nu}_1|,\varepsilon}\right\|_{L^2(|\widehat{\nu}_1|)\to L^2(|\widehat{\nu}_2|)}
\lesssim1+\sup_{\rho\ge\varepsilon}\left\|\widetilde{T}_{|\widehat{\nu}_1|,\rho}\right\|_{L^2(|\widehat{\nu}_1|)\to L^2(|\widehat{\nu}_2|)}, \tag*{(276)} T Φ , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ≲ 1 + ρ ≥ ε sup T ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ρ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) , (276) and, for every w ∈ Ω 2 w\in\Omega^2 w ∈ Ω 2 ,
∥ T Ξ w , ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ε ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ) ≲ 1 + sup ρ ≥ ε ∥ T ~ ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ρ ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ) , (277) \left\|T_{\Xi_w,|\widehat{\nu}_1|,\varepsilon}\right\|_{L^2(|\widehat{\nu}_1|)\to L^2(|\widehat{\nu}_2|)}
\lesssim1+\sup_{\rho\ge\varepsilon}\left\|\widetilde{T}_{|\widehat{\nu}_1|,\rho}\right\|_{L^2(|\widehat{\nu}_1|)\to L^2(|\widehat{\nu}_2|)}, \tag*{(277)} T Ξ w , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ≲ 1 + ρ ≥ ε sup T ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ρ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) , (277) where the implicit constants depend on the structural parameters and c G − 1 c_{\mathscr{G}}^{-1} c G − 1 , but are independent of w w w , ε \varepsilon ε , and the parameters λ \lambda λ , υ \upsilon υ , and a a a of Lemma 6.7. With κ \kappa κ fixed as above, these constants can be chosen independently of the goodness parameter m m m , since c G − 1 ≤ 2 δ p r − 2 c_{\mathscr{G}}^{-1}\le2\delta_{\mathrm{pr}}^{-2} c G − 1 ≤ 2 δ pr − 2 .
Proof. In this proof, we write ∥ ⋅ ∥ : = ∥ ⋅ ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ) \|\cdot\|:=\|\cdot\|_{L^2(|\widehat{\nu}_1|)\to L^2(|\widehat{\nu}_2|)} ∥ ⋅ ∥ := ∥ ⋅ ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) for brevity. Let Ψ ∈ { Φ , Ξ w } \Psi\in\{\Phi,\Xi_w\} Ψ ∈ { Φ , Ξ w } . By the end of the proof of Lemma 5.3 , we have max { R 1 , R 2 } ≤ Φ ≤ Ψ \max\{R_1,R_2\}\le\Phi\le\Psi max { R 1 , R 2 } ≤ Φ ≤ Ψ , where R i R_i R i is the non-Ahlfors radius in (52) associated with ν ^ i \widehat{\nu}_i ν i . Hence, Lemma 3.12 gives
∥ M Ψ , ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ r f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ) ≲ ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ) . (278) \|M^r_{\Psi,|\widehat{\nu}_1|}f\|_{L^2(|\widehat{\nu}_2|)}\lesssim\|f\|_{L^2(|\widehat{\nu}_1|)}. \tag*{(278)} ∥ M Ψ , ∣ ν 1 ∣ r f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ≲ ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) . (278)
Let x ∈ X x\in X x ∈ X , ρ ≥ ε \rho\ge\varepsilon ρ ≥ ε , and ρ x : = max ( Ψ ( x ) , ρ ) \rho_x:=\max(\Psi(x),\rho) ρ x := max ( Ψ ( x ) , ρ ) . By Lemma 3.13 , applied on { y : ρ < d ( x , y ) < ρ x } \{y:\rho<d(x,y)<\rho_x\} { y : ρ < d ( x , y ) < ρ x } , on the sphere { y : d ( x , y ) = ρ x } \{y:d(x,y)=\rho_x\} { y : d ( x , y ) = ρ x } , and on { y : d ( x , y ) > ρ x } \{y:d(x,y)>\rho_x\} { y : d ( x , y ) > ρ x } , we have
∣ T Ψ , ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ρ f ( x ) − T ~ Ψ , ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ρ f ( x ) ∣ ≲ M Ψ , ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ r f ( x ) . (279) |T_{\Psi,|\widehat{\nu}_1|,\rho}f(x)-\widetilde{T}_{\Psi,|\widehat{\nu}_1|,\rho}f(x)|\lesssim M^r_{\Psi,|\widehat{\nu}_1|}f(x). \tag*{(279)} ∣ T Ψ , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ρ f ( x ) − T Ψ , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ρ f ( x ) ∣ ≲ M Ψ , ∣ ν 1 ∣ r f ( x ) . (279)
Applying (279) with ρ = ε \rho=\varepsilon ρ = ε , (278) , (272) , and (273) , we obtain
∥ T Ψ , ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ε ∥ ≲ 1 + ∥ T Ψ , ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ε ∥ ≲ 1 + c φ − 1 ∥ T ~ Ψ , ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ♯ , ε ∥ . (280) \|T_{\Psi,|\widehat{\nu}_1|,\varepsilon}\|\lesssim1+\|T_{\Psi,|\widehat{\nu}_1|,\varepsilon}\|\lesssim1+c_{\varphi}^{-1}\|\widetilde{T}_{\Psi,|\widehat{\nu}_1|,\sharp,\varepsilon}\|. \tag*{(280)} ∥ T Ψ , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ∥ ≲ 1 + ∥ T Ψ , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε ∥ ≲ 1 + c φ − 1 ∥ T Ψ , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ♯ , ε ∥. (280)
Moreover, since Ξ w ≥ Φ \Xi_w\ge\Phi Ξ w ≥ Φ , we have M Ξ w , ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ r f ≤ M Φ , ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ r f M^r_{\Xi_w,|\widehat{\nu}_1|}f\le M^r_{\Phi,|\widehat{\nu}_1|}f M Ξ w , ∣ ν 1 ∣ r f ≤ M Φ , ∣ ν 1 ∣ r f . Thus, averaging (279) with Ψ = Ξ w \Psi=\Xi_w Ψ = Ξ w over w ∈ G w\in\mathcal{G} w ∈ G , we get
∣ T ~ ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ρ f − T ~ ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ρ f ∣ ≲ M Φ , ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ r f , for ρ ≥ ε , |\widetilde{T}_{|\widehat{\nu}_1|,\rho}f-\widetilde{T}_{|\widehat{\nu}_1|,\rho}f|\lesssim M^r_{\Phi,|\widehat{\nu}_1|}f,\qquad\text{for }\rho\ge\varepsilon, ∣ T ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ρ f − T ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ρ f ∣ ≲ M Φ , ∣ ν 1 ∣ r f , for ρ ≥ ε ,
and (278) yields ∥ T ~ ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ♯ , ε ∥ ≲ 1 + ∥ T ~ ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ♯ , ε ∥ \|\widetilde{T}_{|\widehat{\nu}_1|,\sharp,\varepsilon}\|\lesssim1+\|\widetilde{T}_{|\widehat{\nu}_1|,\sharp,\varepsilon}\| ∥ T ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ♯ , ε ∥ ≲ 1 + ∥ T ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ♯ , ε ∥ . Therefore, by (280) , the lemma follows from
∥ T ~ ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ♯ , ε ∥ ≲ 1 + sup ρ ≥ ε ∥ T ~ ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ρ ∥ . (281) \|\widetilde{T}_{|\widehat{\nu}_1|,\sharp,\varepsilon}\|\lesssim1+\sup_{\rho\ge\varepsilon}\|\widetilde{T}_{|\widehat{\nu}_1|,\rho}\|. \tag*{(281)} ∥ T ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ♯ , ε ∥ ≲ 1 + ρ ≥ ε sup ∥ T ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ρ ∥. (281)
To prove (281) , we argue as in § 5 , with Φ \Phi Φ in place of Ξ w \Xi_w Ξ w and K ~ \widetilde{K} K in place of K Ξ w K_{\Xi_w} K Ξ w . By the end of the proof of Lemma 5.3 , the function Φ \Phi Φ satisfies the lower bounds of Ξ w \Xi_w Ξ w used in that section, so (154) , (155) , and (156) hold with Φ \Phi Φ in place of Ξ w \Xi_w Ξ w . Moreover, since Ξ w ≥ Φ \Xi_w\ge\Phi Ξ w ≥ Φ , (269) and Lemma 3.13 imply that K ~ \widetilde{K} K is a Calderón–Zygmund kernel such that
∣ K ~ ( x , y ) ∣ ≲ min { d ( x , y ) − n , Φ ( x ) − n , Φ ( y ) − n } . |\widetilde{K}(x,y)|\lesssim\min\{d(x,y)^{-n},\Phi(x)^{-n},\Phi(y)^{-n}\}. ∣ K ( x , y ) ∣ ≲ min { d ( x , y ) − n , Φ ( x ) − n , Φ ( y ) − n } .
With the measures ∣ ν i ∣ |\nu_i| ∣ ν i ∣ , the radius r 0 r_0 r 0 , and the cutoffs χ i \chi_i χ i , ψ \psi ψ , and φ \varphi φ of § 5 , we define
L ~ ε ( x , y ) : = χ 2 ( x ) χ 1 ( y ) ψ ( d ( x , y ) r 0 ) φ ( d ( x , y ) ε ) K ~ ( x , y ) , \widetilde{L}_{\varepsilon}(x,y):=\chi_2(x)\chi_1(y)\psi\left(\frac{d(x,y)}{r_0}\right)\varphi\left(\frac{d(x,y)}{\varepsilon}\right)\widetilde{K}(x,y), L ε ( x , y ) := χ 2 ( x ) χ 1 ( y ) ψ ( r 0 d ( x , y ) ) φ ( ε d ( x , y ) ) K ( x , y ) ,
and we denote by S ~ ε \widetilde{S}_{\varepsilon} S ε and S ~ ε , ρ \widetilde{S}_{\varepsilon,\rho} S ε , ρ the integral operators with respect to ∣ ν 1 ∣ |\nu_1| ∣ ν 1 ∣ with kernels L ~ ε \widetilde{L}_{\varepsilon} L ε and L ~ ε χ { d ( x , y ) > ρ } \widetilde{L}_{\varepsilon}\chi_{\{d(x,y)>\rho\}} L ε χ { d ( x , y ) > ρ } , respectively. Then (158) and (159) hold for L ~ ε \widetilde{L}_{\varepsilon} L ε , with Φ \Phi Φ in place of Ξ w \Xi_w Ξ w and constants independent of ε \varepsilon ε .
Let f ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ) f\in L^2(|\widehat{\nu}_1|) f ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) , extended by zero outside B 1 B_1 B 1 , let x ∈ B 2 x\in B_2 x ∈ B 2 , and let ρ ≥ ε \rho\ge\varepsilon ρ ≥ ε . We split
T ~ ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ρ f ( x ) = S ~ ε , ρ f ( x ) + ∫ d ( x , y ) > ρ ( 1 − φ ( d ( x , y ) ε ) ) K ~ ( x , y ) f ( y ) d ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ( y ) + ∫ d ( x , y ) > ρ D ( x , y ) f ( y ) d ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ( y ) = : S ~ ε , ρ f ( x ) + J ~ 1 ( x ) + J ~ 2 ( x ) , (282) \begin{aligned}
\widetilde{T}_{|\widehat{\nu}_1|,\rho}f(x)
&=\widetilde{S}_{\varepsilon,\rho}f(x)
+\int_{d(x,y)>\rho}\left(1-\varphi\left(\frac{d(x,y)}{\varepsilon}\right)\right)\widetilde{K}(x,y)f(y)\,d|\widehat{\nu}_1|(y)\\
&\quad+\int_{d(x,y)>\rho}\mathcal{D}(x,y)f(y)\,d|\widehat{\nu}_1|(y)
=:\widetilde{S}_{\varepsilon,\rho}f(x)+\widetilde{J}_1(x)+\widetilde{J}_2(x), \tag*{(282)}
\end{aligned} T ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ρ f ( x ) = S ε , ρ f ( x ) + ∫ d ( x , y ) > ρ ( 1 − φ ( ε d ( x , y ) ) ) K ( x , y ) f ( y ) d ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( y ) + ∫ d ( x , y ) > ρ D ( x , y ) f ( y ) d ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( y ) =: S ε , ρ f ( x ) + J 1 ( x ) + J 2 ( x ) , (282)
where
D ( x , y ) : = ( 1 − χ 2 ( x ) χ 1 ( y ) ψ ( d ( x , y ) r 0 ) ) φ ( d ( x , y ) ε ) K ~ ( x , y ) . \mathcal{D}(x,y):=\left(1-\chi_2(x)\chi_1(y)\psi\left(\frac{d(x,y)}{r_0}\right)\right)\varphi\left(\frac{d(x,y)}{\varepsilon}\right)\widetilde{K}(x,y). D ( x , y ) := ( 1 − χ 2 ( x ) χ 1 ( y ) ψ ( r 0 d ( x , y ) ) ) φ ( ε d ( x , y ) ) K ( x , y ) .
Since φ ( t / ε ) = 1 \varphi(t/\varepsilon)=1 φ ( t / ε ) = 1 for t ≥ 2 ε t\ge2\varepsilon t ≥ 2 ε , the bound for K ~ \widetilde{K} K gives
∣ J ~ 1 ( x ) ∣ ≲ max ( ε , Φ ( x ) ) − n ∫ B ( x , 2 ε ) ∣ f ∣ d ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ≲ M Φ , ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ r f ( x ) . |\widetilde{J}_1(x)|\lesssim\max(\varepsilon,\Phi(x))^{-n}\int_{B(x,2\varepsilon)}|f|\,d|\widehat{\nu}_1|\lesssim M^r_{\Phi,|\widehat{\nu}_1|}f(x). ∣ J 1 ( x ) ∣ ≲ max ( ε , Φ ( x ) ) − n ∫ B ( x , 2 ε ) ∣ f ∣ d ∣ ν 1 ∣ ≲ M Φ , ∣ ν 1 ∣ r f ( x ) .
As in (161) and (162) , we have ∣ D ( x , y ) ∣ ≲ H Φ ( x , y ) : = ( r 0 + d ( x , y ) + Φ ( x ) + Φ ( y ) ) − n |\mathcal{D}(x,y)| \lesssim H_{\Phi}(x,y) := (r_{0}+d(x,y)+\Phi(x)+\Phi(y))^{-n} ∣ D ( x , y ) ∣ ≲ H Φ ( x , y ) := ( r 0 + d ( x , y ) + Φ ( x ) + Φ ( y ) ) − n and
∬ B 2 × B 1 H Φ ( x , y ) 2 d ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ( y ) d ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ( x ) ≲ 1. \iint_{B_{2}\times B_{1}} H_{\Phi}(x,y)^{2}\,d|\widehat{\nu}_{1}|(y)\,d|\widehat{\nu}_{2}|(x) \lesssim1. ∬ B 2 × B 1 H Φ ( x , y ) 2 d ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( y ) d ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( x ) ≲ 1.
Hence, ∣ J ~ 2 ( x ) ∣ ≲ ∫ H Φ ( x , y ) ∣ f ( y ) ∣ d ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ( y ) |\widetilde{\mathcal{J}}_{2}(x)| \lesssim\int H_{\Phi}(x,y)|f(y)|\,d|\widehat{\nu}_{1}|(y) ∣ J 2 ( x ) ∣ ≲ ∫ H Φ ( x , y ) ∣ f ( y ) ∣ d ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( y ) , and the Cauchy-Schwarz inequality bounds the L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ) L^{2}(|\widehat{\nu}_{2}|) L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) norm of the right-hand side by a constant times ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ) \|f\|_{L^{2}(|\widehat{\nu}_{1}|)} ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) .
To estimate S ~ ε , ρ \widetilde{S}_{\varepsilon,\rho} S ε , ρ , we note that φ ( t ) = ∫ 1 2 φ ′ ( u ) χ { t > u } d u \varphi(t)=\int_{1}^{2}\varphi'(u)\chi_{\{t>u\}}\,du φ ( t ) = ∫ 1 2 φ ′ ( u ) χ { t > u } d u for t ≥ 0 t\geq0 t ≥ 0 , so that
∫ φ ( d ( x , y ) ε ) K ~ ( x , y ) f ( y ) d ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ( y ) = ∫ 1 2 φ ′ ( u ) T ~ ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , u ε f ( x ) d u . \int\varphi\left(\frac{d(x,y)}{\varepsilon}\right)\widetilde{K}(x,y)f(y)\,d|\widehat{\nu}_{1}|(y)=\int_{1}^{2}\varphi'(u)\widetilde{T}_{|\widehat{\nu}_{1}|,u\varepsilon}f(x)\,du. ∫ φ ( ε d ( x , y ) ) K ( x , y ) f ( y ) d ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( y ) = ∫ 1 2 φ ′ ( u ) T ∣ ν 1 ∣ , u ε f ( x ) d u .
Since φ \varphi φ is non-decreasing and ∫ 1 2 φ ′ ( u ) d u = 1 \int_{1}^{2}\varphi'(u)\,du=1 ∫ 1 2 φ ′ ( u ) d u = 1 , the norm of the operator on the left-hand side is at most sup ρ ≥ ε ∥ T ~ ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ρ ∥ \sup_{\rho\geq\varepsilon}\|\widetilde{T}_{|\widehat{\nu}_{1}|,\rho}\| sup ρ ≥ ε ∥ T ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ρ ∥ . Its kernel differs from L ~ ε \widetilde{L}_{\varepsilon} L ε by D \mathcal{D} D on B 2 × B 1 B_{2}\times B_{1} B 2 × B 1 , while L ~ ε \widetilde{L}_{\varepsilon} L ε vanishes outside B 2 × B 1 B_{2}\times B_{1} B 2 × B 1 . Thus, the bound for H Φ H_{\Phi} H Φ gives
∥ S ~ ε ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ≲ 1 + sup ρ ≥ ε ∥ T ~ ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ρ ∥ . \|\widetilde{S}_{\varepsilon}\|_{L^{2}(|\nu_{1}|)\to L^{2}(|\nu_{2}|)}\lesssim1+\sup_{\rho\geq\varepsilon}\|\widetilde{T}_{|\widehat{\nu}_{1}|,\rho}\|. ∥ S ε ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ≲ 1 + ρ ≥ ε sup ∥ T ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ρ ∥.
Since L ~ ε ( x , y ) = 0 \widetilde{L}_{\varepsilon}(x,y)=0 L ε ( x , y ) = 0 for d ( x , y ) ≤ ε d(x,y)\leq\varepsilon d ( x , y ) ≤ ε , Lemma 3.16 , applied as after (159) with Φ + ε \Phi+\varepsilon Φ + ε in place of Ξ \Xi Ξ , m 1 = ∣ ν 1 ∣ m_{1}=|\nu_{1}| m 1 = ∣ ν 1 ∣ , and m 2 = m 3 = ∣ ν 2 ∣ m_{2}=m_{3}=|\nu_{2}| m 2 = m 3 = ∣ ν 2 ∣ , yields
∥ sup ρ > 0 ∣ S ~ ε , ρ f ∣ ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ≲ ( 1 + ∥ S ~ ε ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ) ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ≲ ( 1 + sup ρ ≥ ε ∥ T ~ ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ρ ∥ ) ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) . \left\|\sup_{\rho>0}|\widetilde{S}_{\varepsilon,\rho}f|\right\|_{L^{2}(|\nu_{2}|)}
\lesssim\left(1+\|\widetilde{S}_{\varepsilon}\|_{L^{2}(|\nu_{1}|)\to L^{2}(|\nu_{2}|)}\right)\|f\|_{L^{2}(|\nu_{1}|)}
\lesssim\left(1+\sup_{\rho\geq\varepsilon}\|\widetilde{T}_{|\widehat{\nu}_{1}|,\rho}\|\right)\|f\|_{L^{2}(|\nu_{1}|)}. ρ > 0 sup ∣ S ε , ρ f ∣ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ≲ ( 1 + ∥ S ε ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ) ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ≲ ( 1 + ρ ≥ ε sup ∥ T ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ρ ∥ ) ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) .
Gathering the bounds for the terms in (282) , taking the supremum over ρ ≥ ε \rho\geq\varepsilon ρ ≥ ε , and using (278) with Ψ = Φ \Psi=\Phi Ψ = Φ , we obtain (281) . □
We now prove the uniform L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ) L^{2}(|\widehat{\nu}_{1}|)\to L^{2}(|\widehat{\nu}_{2}|) L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) bounds for T ~ \widetilde{T} T , T Φ T_{\Phi} T Φ , and T Ξ w T_{\Xi_{w}} T Ξ w .
Lemma 7.3. There exists c > 0 c>0 c > 0 depending on the structural parameters of the theorem such that, for every δ > 0 \delta>0 δ > 0 , we have
∥ T ~ ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , δ ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ) + ∥ T Φ , ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , δ ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ) + sup w ∈ G ∥ T Ξ w , ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , δ ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ) ≤ c , \|\widetilde{T}_{|\widehat{\nu}_{1}|,\delta}\|_{L^{2}(|\widehat{\nu}_{1}|)\to L^{2}(|\widehat{\nu}_{2}|)}
+\|T_{\Phi,|\widehat{\nu}_{1}|,\delta}\|_{L^{2}(|\widehat{\nu}_{1}|)\to L^{2}(|\widehat{\nu}_{2}|)}
+\sup_{w\in\mathcal{G}}\|T_{\Xi_{w},|\widehat{\nu}_{1}|,\delta}\|_{L^{2}(|\widehat{\nu}_{1}|)\to L^{2}(|\widehat{\nu}_{2}|)}
\leq c, ∥ T ∣ ν 1 ∣ , δ ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) + ∥ T Φ , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , δ ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) + w ∈ G sup ∥ T Ξ w , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , δ ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) ≤ c , where c c c is independent of δ \delta δ , R 1 R_{1} R 1 , and R 2 R_{2} R 2 .
Proof. For δ > 0 \delta>0 δ > 0 , we set
A δ : = sup ρ ≥ δ ∥ T ~ ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ρ ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ) . A_{\delta}:=\sup_{\rho\geq\delta}\|\widetilde{T}_{|\widehat{\nu}_{1}|,\rho}\|_{L^{2}(|\widehat{\nu}_{1}|)\to L^{2}(|\widehat{\nu}_{2}|)}. A δ := ρ ≥ δ sup ∥ T ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ρ ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) → L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) .
Since ∣ K ~ ( x , y ) ∣ ≲ d ( x , y ) − n |\widetilde{K}(x,y)|\lesssim d(x,y)^{-n} ∣ K ( x , y ) ∣ ≲ d ( x , y ) − n , the Cauchy-Schwarz inequality gives
A δ ≲ δ − n ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ( B 1 ) 1 / 2 ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ( B 2 ) 1 / 2 < ∞ . A_{\delta}\lesssim\delta^{-n}|\widehat{\nu}_{1}|(B_{1})^{1/2}|\widehat{\nu}_{2}|(B_{2})^{1/2}<\infty. A δ ≲ δ − n ∣ ν 1 ∣ ( B 1 ) 1/2 ∣ ν 2 ∣ ( B 2 ) 1/2 < ∞.
Let C ′ > 0 C'>0 C ′ > 0 be the implicit constant in (277) , which, by Lemma 7.2 , is independent of m m m . Then, for ε ≥ δ \varepsilon\geq\delta ε ≥ δ , the quantity N ε N_{\varepsilon} N ε in (182) satisfies
N ε ≤ C ′ ( 1 + A δ ) . (283) N_{\varepsilon}\leq C'(1+A_{\delta}). \tag*{(283)} N ε ≤ C ′ ( 1 + A δ ) . (283)
Let ε ≥ δ \varepsilon\geq\delta ε ≥ δ , and let f ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ ) f\in L^{2}(|\widehat{\nu}_{1}|) f ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) and g ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν ^ 2 ∣ ) g\in L^{2}(|\widehat{\nu}_{2}|) g ∈ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) have norm one. We extend them by zero outside B 1 B_{1} B 1 and B 2 B_{2} B 2 , respectively, so that ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) = ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) = 1 \|f\|_{L^{2}(|\nu_{1}|)}=\|g\|_{L^{2}(|\nu_{2}|)}=1 ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) = ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) = 1 .
Let w ∈ G w\in\mathcal{G} w ∈ G , and let T w : = T Ξ w , ∣ ν ^ 1 ∣ , ε T_{w}:=T_{\Xi_{w},|\widehat{\nu}_{1}|,\varepsilon} T w := T Ξ w , ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε . Since f f f and g g g are supported in Q 2 ( w 1 ) Q_{2}(w_{1}) Q 2 ( w 1 ) and Q 2 ( w 2 ) Q_{2}(w_{2}) Q 2 ( w 2 ) , respectively, (177) gives f = F g o o d + F b a d f=F_{\mathrm{good}}+F_{\mathrm{bad}} f = F good + F bad and g = G g o o d + G b a d g=G_{\mathrm{good}}+G_{\mathrm{bad}} g = G good + G bad , where
F g o o d : = E 1 f + P G 1 ( w ) f , F b a d : = P B 1 ( w ) f , F_{\mathrm{good}}:=E_{1}f+\mathcal{P}_{\mathcal{G}}^{1}(w)f,\qquad F_{\mathrm{bad}}:=\mathcal{P}_{\mathcal{B}}^{1}(w)f, F good := E 1 f + P G 1 ( w ) f , F bad := P B 1 ( w ) f ,
G g o o d : = E 2 g + P G 2 ( w ) g , G b a d : = P B 2 ( w ) g , G_{\mathrm{good}}:=E_{2}g+\mathcal{P}_{\mathcal{G}}^{2}(w)g,\qquad G_{\mathrm{bad}}:=\mathcal{P}_{\mathcal{B}}^{2}(w)g, G good := E 2 g + P G 2 ( w ) g , G bad := P B 2 ( w ) g ,
where we recall that E 1 E_1 E 1 and E 2 E_2 E 2 denote the top-averaging operators associated with the martingale difference decomposition construction, see (174) , and projections are introduced in Definition 6.4.
Note that the functions above need not be supported in the testing balls, so we set f g o o d : = χ B 1 F g o o d f_{\mathrm{good}} := \chi_{B_1}F_{\mathrm{good}} f good := χ B 1 F good and f b a d : = χ B 1 F b a d f_{\mathrm{bad}} := \chi_{B_1}F_{\mathrm{bad}} f bad := χ B 1 F bad , and we define g g o o d g_{\mathrm{good}} g good and g b a d g_{\mathrm{bad}} g bad analogously. Then f = f g o o d + f b a d f = f_{\mathrm{good}} + f_{\mathrm{bad}} f = f good + f bad and g = g g o o d + g b a d g = g_{\mathrm{good}} + g_{\mathrm{bad}} g = g good + g bad , and we split
⟨ T w f , g ⟩ ∣ ν 2 ∣ = ⟨ T w f g o o d , g g o o d ⟩ ∣ ν 2 ∣ + ⟨ T w f g o o d , g b a d ⟩ ∣ ν 2 ∣ + ⟨ T w f b a d , g ⟩ ∣ ν 2 ∣ = J ~ 1 ( w ) + J ~ 2 ( w ) + J ~ 3 ( w ) . (284) \langle T_w f,g\rangle_{|\nu_2|}=\langle T_w f_{\mathrm{good}},g_{\mathrm{good}}\rangle_{|\nu_2|}+\langle T_w f_{\mathrm{good}},g_{\mathrm{bad}}\rangle_{|\nu_2|}+\langle T_w f_{\mathrm{bad}},g\rangle_{|\nu_2|}
= \widetilde{J}_1(w)+\widetilde{J}_2(w)+\widetilde{J}_3(w). \tag*{(284)} ⟨ T w f , g ⟩ ∣ ν 2 ∣ = ⟨ T w f good , g good ⟩ ∣ ν 2 ∣ + ⟨ T w f good , g bad ⟩ ∣ ν 2 ∣ + ⟨ T w f bad , g ⟩ ∣ ν 2 ∣ = J 1 ( w ) + J 2 ( w ) + J 3 ( w ) . (284)
Since ∥ χ B i h ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν i ∣ ) ≤ ∥ h ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν i ∣ ) \|\chi_{B_i}h\|_{L^2(|\nu_i|)}\leq\|h\|_{L^2(|\nu_i|)} ∥ χ B i h ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν i ∣ ) ≤ ∥ h ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν i ∣ ) , we have
∣ J ~ 2 ( w ) ∣ + ∣ J ~ 3 ( w ) ∣ ≤ N ε ( ∥ F g o o d ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ P B 2 ( w ) g ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) + ∥ P B 1 ( w ) f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ) . |\widetilde{J}_2(w)|+|\widetilde{J}_3(w)|\leq N_{\varepsilon}\left(\|F_{\mathrm{good}}\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}\|\mathcal{P}^2_B(w)g\|_{L^2(|\nu_2|)}+\|\mathcal{P}^1_B(w)f\|_{L^2(|\nu_1|)}\right). ∣ J 2 ( w ) ∣ + ∣ J 3 ( w ) ∣ ≤ N ε ( ∥ F good ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ∥ P B 2 ( w ) g ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 2 ∣ ) + ∥ P B 1 ( w ) f ∥ L 2 ( ∣ ν 1 ∣ ) ) .
Hence, by (178) , (181) , (180) , and P Ω 2 ( G ) > 1 − κ > 1 / 2 \mathbb{P}^{\Omega^2}(\mathcal{G})>1-\kappa>1/2 P Ω 2 ( G ) > 1 − κ > 1/2 , we obtain
E ~ w ( ∣ J ~ 2 ( w ) ∣ + ∣ J ~ 3 ( w ) ∣ ) ≤ C b a d E B ( m ) N ε , (285) \widetilde{\mathbb{E}}_w\bigl(|\widetilde{J}_2(w)|+|\widetilde{J}_3(w)|\bigr)\leq C_{\mathrm{bad}}\mathcal{E}\mathcal{B}(m)N_{\varepsilon}, \tag*{(285)} E w ( ∣ J 2 ( w ) ∣ + ∣ J 3 ( w ) ∣ ) ≤ C bad E B ( m ) N ε , (285)
where C b a d > 0 C_{\mathrm{bad}}>0 C bad > 0 is independent of m m m .
To bound J ~ 1 ( w ) \widetilde{J}_1(w) J 1 ( w ) , we note that
F g o o d − E 1 F g o o d = P G 1 ( w ) f and G g o o d − E 2 G g o o d = P G 2 ( w ) g . F_{\mathrm{good}}-E_1F_{\mathrm{good}}=\mathcal{P}^1_{\mathcal{G}}(w)f
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
G_{\mathrm{good}}-E_2G_{\mathrm{good}}=\mathcal{P}^2_{\mathcal{G}}(w)g. F good − E 1 F good = P G 1 ( w ) f and G good − E 2 G good = P G 2 ( w ) g .
Hence, (185) , applied twice, the splitting (190) with F g o o d F_{\mathrm{good}} F good and G g o o d G_{\mathrm{good}} G good in place of f w f_w f w and g w g_w g w , and the bounds (192) , (194) , and (195) for its first three terms give
∣ J ~ 1 ( w ) − ⟨ T w ( P G 1 ( w ) f ) , P G 2 ( w ) g ⟩ ∣ ν 2 ∣ ∣ ≲ 1 , \left|\widetilde{J}_1(w)-\langle T_w(\mathcal{P}^1_{\mathcal{G}}(w)f),\mathcal{P}^2_{\mathcal{G}}(w)g\rangle_{|\nu_2|}\right|\lesssim1, J 1 ( w ) − ⟨ T w ( P G 1 ( w ) f ) , P G 2 ( w ) g ⟩ ∣ ν 2 ∣ ≲ 1 ,
where we also used (178) and (181) . Thus, the Key Lemma 6.7 gives
E ~ w ∣ J ~ 1 ( w ) ∣ ≤ C m , λ , υ ( 1 + a − η ) + β m ( λ , υ , a ) ( 1 + N ε ) , (286) \widetilde{\mathbb{E}}_w|\widetilde{J}_1(w)|\leq C_{m,\lambda,\upsilon}(1+a^{-\eta})+\beta_m(\lambda,\upsilon,a)(1+N_{\varepsilon}), \tag*{(286)} E w ∣ J 1 ( w ) ∣ ≤ C m , λ , υ ( 1 + a − η ) + β m ( λ , υ , a ) ( 1 + N ε ) , (286)
where, increasing C m , λ , υ C_{m,\lambda,\upsilon} C m , λ , υ if necessary, we set
β m ( λ , υ , a ) : = C m ( ( 2 m + 1 ) λ η + υ P Ω 2 ( G ) ) 1 / 2 + C m , υ ( M Λ a ) 1 / 2 . \beta_m(\lambda,\upsilon,a):=C_m\left(\frac{(2m+1)\lambda^\eta+\upsilon}{\mathbb{P}^{\Omega^2}(\mathcal{G})}\right)^{1/2}+C_{m,\upsilon}(M_{\Lambda}a)^{1/2}. β m ( λ , υ , a ) := C m ( P Ω 2 ( G ) ( 2 m + 1 ) λ η + υ ) 1/2 + C m , υ ( M Λ a ) 1/2 .
We now fix the parameters, independently of δ \delta δ and ε \varepsilon ε . Since C ′ C' C ′ and C b a d C_{\mathrm{bad}} C bad are independent of m m m , we first choose m m m such that (172) holds and C ′ C b a d E B ( m ) ≤ 1 / 4 C'C_{\mathrm{bad}}\mathcal{E}\mathcal{B}(m)\leq1/4 C ′ C bad E B ( m ) ≤ 1/4 . Moreover, C m C_m C m is independent of λ \lambda λ and υ \upsilon υ , so we can choose λ \lambda λ and υ \upsilon υ such that
C ′ C m ( ( 2 m + 1 ) λ η + υ P Ω 2 ( G ) ) 1 / 2 ≤ 1 8 . C'C_m\left(\frac{(2m+1)\lambda^\eta+\upsilon}{\mathbb{P}^{\Omega^2}(\mathcal{G})}\right)^{1/2}\leq\frac{1}{8}. C ′ C m ( P Ω 2 ( G ) ( 2 m + 1 ) λ η + υ ) 1/2 ≤ 8 1 .
Finally, since M Λ M_{\Lambda} M Λ and C m , υ C_{m,\upsilon} C m , υ are now fixed, we choose a ∈ ( 0 , 1 / 4 ) a\in(0,1/4) a ∈ ( 0 , 1/4 ) such that C ′ C m , υ ( M Λ a ) 1 / 2 ≤ 1 / 8 C'C_{m,\upsilon}(M_{\Lambda}a)^{1/2}\leq1/8 C ′ C m , υ ( M Λ a ) 1/2 ≤ 1/8 .
By (268) and Fubini’s theorem, we have
⟨ T ~ ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε f , g ⟩ ∣ ν 2 ∣ = E ~ w ⟨ T w f , g ⟩ ∣ ν 2 ∣ . \langle\widetilde{T}_{|\nu_1|,\varepsilon}f,g\rangle_{|\nu_2|}=\widetilde{\mathbb{E}}_w\langle T_wf,g\rangle_{|\nu_2|}. ⟨ T ∣ ν 1 ∣ , ε f , g ⟩ ∣ ν 2 ∣ = E w ⟨ T w f , g ⟩ ∣ ν 2 ∣ .
Hence, (284) , (285) , (286) , and (283) give, after taking the supremum over f f f , g g g , and ε ≥ δ \varepsilon\geq\delta ε ≥ δ ,
A δ ≤ C ∗ + C ′ ( β m ( λ , υ , a ) + C b a d E B ( m ) ) A δ ≤ C ∗ + 1 2 A δ , (287) A_\delta\leq C_*+C'\bigl(\beta_m(\lambda,\upsilon,a)+C_{\mathrm{bad}}\mathcal{E}\mathcal{B}(m)\bigr)A_\delta\leq C_*+\frac{1}{2}A_\delta, \tag*{(287)} A δ ≤ C ∗ + C ′ ( β m ( λ , υ , a ) + C bad E B ( m ) ) A δ ≤ C ∗ + 2 1 A δ , (287)
where C ∗ C_* C ∗ depends on m m m , λ \lambda λ , υ \upsilon υ , and a a a , but not on δ \delta δ . Since A δ < ∞ A_\delta<\infty A δ < ∞ , we obtain A δ ≤ 2 C ∗ A_\delta\leq2C_* A δ ≤ 2 C ∗ , and the lemma follows from (276) and (277) . □
The good-lambda argument
We use the dyadic system of Lemma 2.5 and a good-lambda inequality to prove the following result.
Proposition 7.4. Let μ \mu μ be a Radon measure on X X X that has n n n -growth with constant C 0 \mathcal{C}_0 C 0 , let θ 0 ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] \theta_0 \in(0,1] θ 0 ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] , and let T T T be a singular integral operator associated with an n n n -dimensional Calderón-Zygmund kernel with parameters γ \gamma γ and C C C . Suppose that for every s > 0 s>0 s > 0 and every cell Q ∈ D μ d b , ( s ) Q \in\mathcal{D}_{\mu}^{\mathrm{db},(s)} Q ∈ D μ db , ( s ) , there exists a Borel subset G Q ⊂ Q G_Q \subset Q G Q ⊂ Q with μ ( G Q ) ≥ θ 0 μ ( Q ) \mu(G_Q) \ge\theta_0\mu(Q) μ ( G Q ) ≥ θ 0 μ ( Q ) such that T μ ∣ G Q T_{\mu|G_Q} T μ ∣ G Q is a bounded operator from L 2 ( μ ∣ G Q ) L^2(\mu|G_Q) L 2 ( μ ∣ G Q ) to L 2 ( μ ∣ G Q ) L^2(\mu|G_Q) L 2 ( μ ∣ G Q ) , with norm bounded uniformly in Q Q Q and s s s .
Then, if the parameter K 0 K_0 K 0 in the construction of the David-Mattila lattice is chosen big enough depending on D D D , for every f ∈ L 2 ( μ ) f \in L^2(\mu) f ∈ L 2 ( μ ) we have
sup ε > 0 ∥ T μ , ε f ∥ L 2 ( μ ) ≲ ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( μ ) , (288) \sup_{\varepsilon>0}\|T_{\mu,\varepsilon}f\|_{L^2(\mu)} \lesssim\|f\|_{L^2(\mu)}, \tag*{(288)} ε > 0 sup ∥ T μ , ε f ∥ L 2 ( μ ) ≲ ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( μ ) , (288) where the implicit constant depends only on D D D , n n n , C 0 \mathcal{C}_0 C 0 , C C C , γ \gamma γ , θ 0 \theta_0 θ 0 , the lattice parameters K 0 K_0 K 0 and A 0 A_0 A 0 , and the uniform bound for the operators T μ ∣ G Q T_{\mu|G_Q} T μ ∣ G Q .
By density and Fatou’s lemma, it suffices to prove (288) for f ∈ L 2 ( μ ) f \in L^2(\mu) f ∈ L 2 ( μ ) with bounded support. Fix h > 0 h>0 h > 0 and write
T μ , ♯ , h f ( x ) : = sup ρ ≥ h ∣ T μ , ρ f ( x ) ∣ . T_{\mu,\sharp,h}f(x):=\sup_{\rho\ge h}|T_{\mu,\rho}f(x)|. T μ , ♯ , h f ( x ) := ρ ≥ h sup ∣ T μ , ρ f ( x ) ∣.
If supp f ⊂ B ( x 0 , R ) \operatorname{supp} f \subset B(x_0,R) supp f ⊂ B ( x 0 , R ) , standard kernel estimates give T μ , ♯ , h f ≤ C h − n ∥ f ∥ L 1 ( μ ) T_{\mu,\sharp,h}f \le Ch^{-n}\|f\|_{L^1(\mu)} T μ , ♯ , h f ≤ C h − n ∥ f ∥ L 1 ( μ ) and
∫ X ∖ B ( x 0 , 2 R ) ( T μ , ♯ , h f ) 2 d μ ≲ ∥ f ∥ L 1 ( μ ) 2 ∑ j > 1 ( 2 j R ) − 2 n μ ( B ( x 0 , 2 j + 1 R ) ) < ∞ . \int_{X\setminus B(x_0,2R)}(T_{\mu,\sharp,h}f)^2\,d\mu\lesssim\|f\|_{L^1(\mu)}^2\sum_{j>1}(2^jR)^{-2n}\mu(B(x_0,2^{j+1}R))<\infty. ∫ X ∖ B ( x 0 , 2 R ) ( T μ , ♯ , h f ) 2 d μ ≲ ∥ f ∥ L 1 ( μ ) 2 j > 1 ∑ ( 2 j R ) − 2 n μ ( B ( x 0 , 2 j + 1 R )) < ∞.
Since μ ( B ( x 0 , 2 R ) ) < ∞ \mu(B(x_0,2R))<\infty μ ( B ( x 0 , 2 R )) < ∞ , we deduce that T μ , ♯ , h f ∈ L 2 ( μ ) T_{\mu,\sharp,h}f\in L^2(\mu) T μ , ♯ , h f ∈ L 2 ( μ ) . We prove, uniformly in h h h , that for every 0 < ε < 1 0<\varepsilon<1 0 < ε < 1 there is ε ′ > 0 \varepsilon'>0 ε ′ > 0 such that, for every λ > 0 \lambda>0 λ > 0 ,
μ ( { x : T μ , ♯ , h f ( x ) > ( 1 + ε ) λ , M ~ μ f ( x ) ≤ ε ′ λ } ) ≤ ( 1 − θ 0 4 ) μ ( { x : T μ , ♯ , h f ( x ) > λ } ) . (289) \mu\bigl(\{x:T_{\mu,\sharp,h}f(x)>(1+\varepsilon)\lambda,\ \widetilde{M}_{\mu}f(x)\le\varepsilon'\lambda\}\bigr)
\le\left(1-\frac{\theta_0}{4}\right)\mu\bigl(\{x:T_{\mu,\sharp,h}f(x)>\lambda\}\bigr). \tag*{(289)} μ ( { x : T μ , ♯ , h f ( x ) > ( 1 + ε ) λ , M μ f ( x ) ≤ ε ′ λ } ) ≤ ( 1 − 4 θ 0 ) μ ( { x : T μ , ♯ , h f ( x ) > λ } ) . (289)
We follow the scheme of the proof of [MT20, Section 9], using the cells of D μ ( s ) \mathcal{D}_{\mu}^{(s)} D μ ( s ) .
For s > 0 s>0 s > 0 and Q ∈ D μ d b , ( s ) Q\in\mathcal{D}_{\mu}^{\mathrm{db},(s)} Q ∈ D μ db , ( s ) , we set σ Q : = μ ∣ G Q \sigma_Q:=\mu|_{G_Q} σ Q := μ ∣ G Q . The measure σ Q \sigma_Q σ Q has n n n -growth and is nonatomic. Thus the metric weak-type theorem [40 Corollary 1.7(ii)] , applied to the L 2 ( σ Q ) L^2(\sigma_Q) L 2 ( σ Q ) -bounded operator T T T , gives
μ ( { x ∈ G Q : T ♯ ω ( x ) > t } ) ≤ C t ∥ ω ∥ , t > 0 , (290) \mu(\{x\in G_Q:T^\sharp\omega(x)>t\})\le\frac{C}{t}\|\omega\|,\qquad t>0, \tag*{(290)} μ ({ x ∈ G Q : T ♯ ω ( x ) > t }) ≤ t C ∥ ω ∥ , t > 0 , (290)
for every finite complex Borel measure ω \omega ω on X X X . The constant is uniform in Q Q Q and s s s . We remark that ω \omega ω need not be supported on G Q G_Q G Q .
We first prove the following two lemmas.
Lemma 7.5. Let ( X , d ) (X,d) ( X , d ) be a geometrically doubling metric space, and let μ \mu μ be a Radon measure on $X that has n n n -growth with parameter C 0 \mathcal{C}_0 C 0 . Let T T T be a singular integral operator associated with a Calderón-Zygmund kernel with parameters C > 0 C>0 C > 0 and γ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \gamma\in(0,1) γ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) . For a function f ∈ L 2 ( μ ) f\in L^2(\mu) f ∈ L 2 ( μ ) with bounded support and h , λ > 0 h,\lambda>0 h , λ > 0 , we define
Ω λ : = { x ∈ supp ( μ ) : T μ , ♯ , h f ( x ) > λ } . \Omega_\lambda:=\{x\in\operatorname{supp}(\mu):T_{\mu,\sharp,h}f(x)>\lambda\}. Ω λ := { x ∈ supp ( μ ) : T μ , ♯ , h f ( x ) > λ } . For every λ > 0 \lambda>0 λ > 0 , the set Ω λ \Omega_\lambda Ω λ is bounded, μ ( Ω λ ) < ∞ \mu(\Omega_\lambda)<\infty μ ( Ω λ ) < ∞ , and Ω λ \Omega_\lambda Ω λ is relatively open in supp ( μ ) \operatorname{supp}(\mu) supp ( μ ) .
Proof. By the assumptions on f f f , there exist x 0 ∈ X x_0 \in X x 0 ∈ X and R > 0 R > 0 R > 0 such that f ≡ 0 f \equiv0 f ≡ 0 outside B ( x 0 , R ) B(x_0,R) B ( x 0 , R ) . Moreover, f ∈ L 1 ( μ ) f \in L^1(\mu) f ∈ L 1 ( μ ) so, for every x ∈ X ∖ B ( x 0 , R ) ‾ x \in X \setminus\overline{B(x_0,R)} x ∈ X ∖ B ( x 0 , R ) and ρ > 0 \rho> 0 ρ > 0 , we have
∣ T μ , ρ f ( x ) ∣ ≤ C dist ( x , B ( x 0 , R ) ‾ ) n ∫ ∣ f ∣ d μ , \lvert T_{\mu,\rho}f(x)\rvert\le\frac{C}{\operatorname{dist}(x,\overline{B(x_0,R)})^n}\int\lvert f\rvert\,d\mu, ∣ T μ , ρ f ( x )∣ ≤ dist ( x , B ( x 0 , R ) ) n C ∫ ∣ f ∣ d μ ,
which implies that Ω λ ⊂ B ( x 0 , R λ ) \Omega_\lambda\subset B(x_0,R_\lambda) Ω λ ⊂ B ( x 0 , R λ ) for a sufficiently large R λ > R R_\lambda> R R λ > R , depending on f f f and λ \lambda λ . Thus Ω λ \Omega_\lambda Ω λ is bounded and
μ ( Ω λ ) ≤ μ ( B ( x 0 , R λ ) ) ≤ C 0 R λ n < ∞ . \mu(\Omega_\lambda) \le\mu(B(x_0,R_\lambda)) \le C_0 R_\lambda^n < \infty. μ ( Ω λ ) ≤ μ ( B ( x 0 , R λ )) ≤ C 0 R λ n < ∞.
It remains to prove that Ω λ \Omega_\lambda Ω λ is relatively open. Let x ∈ Ω λ x \in\Omega_\lambda x ∈ Ω λ . By definition, there exists ρ ≥ h \rho\ge h ρ ≥ h such that ∣ T μ , ρ f ( x ) ∣ > λ \lvert T_{\mu,\rho}f(x)\rvert> \lambda ∣ T μ , ρ f ( x )∣ > λ . Since T μ , r f ( x ) → T μ , ρ f ( x ) T_{\mu,r}f(x) \to T_{\mu,\rho}f(x) T μ , r f ( x ) → T μ , ρ f ( x ) as r ↓ ρ r \downarrow\rho r ↓ ρ , and since the sphere { y : d ( x , y ) = r } \{y:d(x,y)=r\} { y : d ( x , y ) = r } has null ∣ f ∣ μ \lvert f\rvert\mu ∣ f ∣ μ -measure for all but countably many r > 0 r > 0 r > 0 , there exists r > ρ r > \rho r > ρ such that ∣ T μ , r f ( x ) ∣ > λ \lvert T_{\mu,r}f(x)\rvert> \lambda ∣ T μ , r f ( x )∣ > λ and
∫ d ( x , y ) = r ∣ f ( y ) ∣ d μ ( y ) = 0. \int_{d(x,y)=r} \lvert f(y)\rvert\,d\mu(y)=0. ∫ d ( x , y ) = r ∣ f ( y )∣ d μ ( y ) = 0.
If z → x z \to x z → x , then K ( z , y ) χ { d ( z , y ) > r } f ( y ) → K ( x , y ) χ { d ( x , y ) > r } f ( y ) K(z,y)\chi_{\{d(z,y)>r\}}f(y) \to K(x,y)\chi_{\{d(x,y)>r\}}f(y) K ( z , y ) χ { d ( z , y ) > r } f ( y ) → K ( x , y ) χ { d ( x , y ) > r } f ( y ) for ( ∣ f ∣ μ ) (\lvert f\rvert\mu) (∣ f ∣ μ ) -almost every y y y , and the integrands are bounded by C r − n ∣ f ( y ) ∣ Cr^{-n}\lvert f(y)\rvert C r − n ∣ f ( y )∣ . By dominated convergence, T μ , r f ( z ) → T μ , r f ( x ) T_{\mu,r}f(z) \to T_{\mu,r}f(x) T μ , r f ( z ) → T μ , r f ( x ) . Hence there is a neighborhood U U U of x x x such that ∣ T μ , r f ( z ) ∣ > λ \lvert T_{\mu,r}f(z)\rvert> \lambda ∣ T μ , r f ( z )∣ > λ for z ∈ U z \in U z ∈ U . It follows that U ∩ supp ( μ ) ⊂ Ω λ U \cap\operatorname{supp}(\mu) \subset\Omega_\lambda U ∩ supp ( μ ) ⊂ Ω λ , which completes the proof of the lemma. □
If Ω λ = ∅ \Omega_\lambda= \varnothing Ω λ = ∅ , then (289) is immediate. Suppose first that ∅ ≠ Ω λ ⊊ supp ( μ ) \varnothing\ne\Omega_\lambda\subsetneq\operatorname{supp}(\mu) ∅ = Ω λ ⊊ supp ( μ ) . This includes the unbounded-support case, because Ω λ \Omega_\lambda Ω λ is bounded. Choose x ˉ ∈ supp ( μ ) ∖ Ω λ \bar{x} \in\operatorname{supp}(\mu) \setminus\Omega_\lambda x ˉ ∈ supp ( μ ) ∖ Ω λ and set
s : = 2 sup x ∈ Ω λ d ( x , x ˉ ) > 0. (291) s := 2\sup_{x\in\Omega_\lambda}d(x,\bar{x})>0. \tag*{(291)} s := 2 x ∈ Ω λ sup d ( x , x ˉ ) > 0. (291)
If a top-generation cell Q ∈ D μ , 0 ( s ) Q \in\mathcal{D}^{(s)}_{\mu,0} Q ∈ D μ , 0 ( s ) were contained in Ω λ \Omega_\lambda Ω λ , its center z Q z_Q z Q would belong to Ω λ \Omega_\lambda Ω λ . Hence
d ( z Q , x ˉ ) ≤ s / 2 < s ≤ r ( s ) ( Q ) , d(z_Q,\bar{x})\le s/2<s\le r^{(s)}(Q), d ( z Q , x ˉ ) ≤ s /2 < s ≤ r ( s ) ( Q ) ,
and (26) would give x ˉ ∈ supp ( μ ) ∩ B ( s ) ( Q ) ⊂ Q ⊂ Ω λ \bar{x} \in\operatorname{supp}(\mu)\cap B^{(s)}(Q)\subset Q\subset\Omega_\lambda x ˉ ∈ supp ( μ ) ∩ B ( s ) ( Q ) ⊂ Q ⊂ Ω λ , which is a contradiction. Thus no top-generation cell is contained in Ω λ \Omega_\lambda Ω λ , and the following decomposition applies. The remaining case Ω λ = supp ( μ ) \Omega_\lambda=\operatorname{supp}(\mu) Ω λ = supp ( μ ) will be treated separately.
Lemma 7.6. Let Ω ⊂ supp ( μ ) \Omega\subset\operatorname{supp}(\mu) Ω ⊂ supp ( μ ) be a non-empty bounded set, relatively open in supp ( μ ) \operatorname{supp}(\mu) supp ( μ ) , and s > 0 s>0 s > 0 be such that no cell of D μ , 0 ( s ) \mathcal{D}^{(s)}_{\mu,0} D μ , 0 ( s ) is contained in Ω \Omega Ω . Then, there exists a family W ( s ) ⊂ D μ ( s ) \mathcal{W}^{(s)}\subset\mathcal{D}^{(s)}_\mu W ( s ) ⊂ D μ ( s ) of pairwise disjoint cells such that
Ω = ⋃ Q ∈ W ( s ) Q , \Omega=\bigcup_{Q\in\mathcal{W}^{(s)}}Q, Ω = Q ∈ W ( s ) ⋃ Q , and such that, for some constants T 0 > 10 4 T_0>10^4 T 0 > 1 0 4 , depending on A 0 A_0 A 0 and K 0 K_0 K 0 , and N 0 ≥ 1 N_0\ge1 N 0 ≥ 1 , depending on D D D , A 0 A_0 A 0 , and K 0 K_0 K 0 , the following properties hold:
Every Q ∈ W ( s ) Q\in\mathcal{W}^{(s)} Q ∈ W ( s ) has a dyadic parent Q ^ \widehat{Q} Q in D μ ( s ) \mathcal{D}^{(s)}_\mu D μ ( s ) such that Q ^ ⊂ Ω \widehat{Q}\subset\Omega Q ⊂ Ω .
For every Q ∈ W ( s ) Q\in\mathcal{W}^{(s)} Q ∈ W ( s ) , we have supp ( μ ) ∩ 10 4 B ( s ) ( Q ) ⊂ Ω \operatorname{supp}(\mu)\cap10^4B^{(s)}(Q)\subset\Omega supp ( μ ) ∩ 1 0 4 B ( s ) ( Q ) ⊂ Ω .
For every Q ∈ W ( s ) Q\in\mathcal{W}^{(s)} Q ∈ W ( s ) , there exists y Q ∈ supp ( μ ) ∖ Ω y_Q\in\operatorname{supp}(\mu)\setminus\Omega y Q ∈ supp ( μ ) ∖ Ω such that
d ( x , y Q ) ≤ T 0 r ( s ) ( Q ) , for every x ∈ Q . d(x,y_Q)\le T_0r^{(s)}(Q),\qquad\text{for every }x\in Q. d ( x , y Q ) ≤ T 0 r ( s ) ( Q ) , for every x ∈ Q . For every Q ∈ W ( s ) Q\in\mathcal{W}^{(s)} Q ∈ W ( s ) , there are at most N 0 N_0 N 0 cells P ∈ W ( s ) P\in\mathcal{W}^{(s)} P ∈ W ( s ) such that 10 4 B ( s ) ( Q ) ∩ 10 4 B ( s ) ( P ) ≠ ∅ 10^4B^{(s)}(Q)\cap10^4B^{(s)}(P)\ne\varnothing 1 0 4 B ( s ) ( Q ) ∩ 1 0 4 B ( s ) ( P ) = ∅ . Further, for such cells Q , P Q,P Q , P , we have
( 4 A 0 ) − 1 ℓ ( s ) ( P ) ≤ ℓ ( s ) ( Q ) ≤ 4 A 0 ℓ ( s ) ( P ) . (292) (4A_0)^{-1}\ell^{(s)}(P)\le\ell^{(s)}(Q)\le4A_0\ell^{(s)}(P). \tag*{(292)} ( 4 A 0 ) − 1 ℓ ( s ) ( P ) ≤ ℓ ( s ) ( Q ) ≤ 4 A 0 ℓ ( s ) ( P ) . (292)
(5) The family
W d b ( s ) : = W ( s ) ∩ D μ d b , ( s ) \mathcal{W}_{\mathrm{db}}^{(s)} := \mathcal{W}^{(s)} \cap\mathcal{D}_{\mu}^{\mathrm{db},(s)} W db ( s ) := W ( s ) ∩ D μ db , ( s )
satisfies
μ ( ⋃ Q ∈ W d b ( s ) Q ) ≥ 1 2 μ ( Ω ) , (293) \mu\left(\bigcup_{Q\in\mathcal{W}_{\mathrm{db}}^{(s)}} Q\right) \ge\frac{1}{2}\mu(\Omega), \tag*{(293)} μ Q ∈ W db ( s ) ⋃ Q ≥ 2 1 μ ( Ω ) , (293)
assuming the parameter K 0 K_0 K 0 in the construction of the David-Mattila lattice is chosen big enough depending only on D D D .
Proof. Fix a constant 0 < t < 1 0 < \mathfrak{t} < 1 0 < t < 1 , depending only on the fixed lattice parameters, such that t ≤ min { ( 2 A 0 ) − 1 , 14 ⋅ 10 − 4 } \mathfrak{t} \le\min\{(2A_0)^{-1},14\cdot10^{-4}\} t ≤ min {( 2 A 0 ) − 1 , 14 ⋅ 1 0 − 4 } . We say that Q ∈ D μ ( s ) Q\in\mathcal{D}_{\mu}^{(s)} Q ∈ D μ ( s ) is t \mathfrak{t} t -admissible if
ℓ ( s ) ( Q ) ≤ t dist ( Q , supp ( μ ) ∖ Ω ) . \ell^{(s)}(Q)\le\mathfrak{t}\operatorname{dist}(Q,\operatorname{supp}(\mu)\setminus\Omega). ℓ ( s ) ( Q ) ≤ t dist ( Q , supp ( μ ) ∖ Ω ) .
In particular, every t \mathfrak{t} t -admissible cell is contained in Ω \Omega Ω . Since Q ⊂ 28 B ( s ) ( Q ) Q\subset28B^{(s)}(Q) Q ⊂ 28 B ( s ) ( Q ) , we have diam ( Q ) ≤ 56 r ( s ) ( Q ) ≤ ℓ ( s ) ( Q ) \operatorname{diam}(Q)\le56r^{(s)}(Q)\le\ell^{(s)}(Q) diam ( Q ) ≤ 56 r ( s ) ( Q ) ≤ ℓ ( s ) ( Q ) for every Q ∈ D μ ( s ) Q\in\mathcal{D}_{\mu}^{(s)} Q ∈ D μ ( s ) .
For k ≥ 0 k\ge0 k ≥ 0 and x ∈ Ω x\in\Omega x ∈ Ω , we denote by Q k ( x ) Q_k(x) Q k ( x ) the cell from D μ , k ( s ) \mathcal{D}_{\mu,k}^{(s)} D μ , k ( s ) that contains x x x . Since diam ( Q k ( x ) ) ≤ ℓ ( s ) ( Q k ( x ) ) \operatorname{diam}(Q_k(x))\le\ell^{(s)}(Q_k(x)) diam ( Q k ( x )) ≤ ℓ ( s ) ( Q k ( x )) , the triangle inequality gives
dist ( Q k ( x ) , supp ( μ ) ∖ Ω ) ≥ dist ( x , supp ( μ ) ∖ Ω ) − ℓ ( s ) ( Q k ( x ) ) . \operatorname{dist}(Q_k(x),\operatorname{supp}(\mu)\setminus\Omega)\ge\operatorname{dist}(x,\operatorname{supp}(\mu)\setminus\Omega)-\ell^{(s)}(Q_k(x)). dist ( Q k ( x ) , supp ( μ ) ∖ Ω ) ≥ dist ( x , supp ( μ ) ∖ Ω ) − ℓ ( s ) ( Q k ( x )) .
Since Ω \Omega Ω is relatively open in supp ( μ ) \operatorname{supp}(\mu) supp ( μ ) , we have dist ( x , supp ( μ ) ∖ Ω ) > 0 \operatorname{dist}(x,\operatorname{supp}(\mu)\setminus\Omega)>0 dist ( x , supp ( μ ) ∖ Ω ) > 0 . Hence, since ℓ ( s ) ( Q k ( x ) ) → 0 \ell^{(s)}(Q_k(x))\to0 ℓ ( s ) ( Q k ( x )) → 0 as k → ∞ k\to\infty k → ∞ , for k k k sufficiently large we also have
ℓ ( s ) ( Q k ( x ) ) ≤ t ( 1 + t ) − 1 dist ( x , supp ( μ ) ∖ Ω ) . \ell^{(s)}(Q_k(x))\le\mathfrak{t}(1+\mathfrak{t})^{-1}\operatorname{dist}(x,\operatorname{supp}(\mu)\setminus\Omega). ℓ ( s ) ( Q k ( x )) ≤ t ( 1 + t ) − 1 dist ( x , supp ( μ ) ∖ Ω ) .
Combining the two inequalities gives
ℓ ( s ) ( Q k ( x ) ) ≤ t dist ( Q k ( x ) , supp ( μ ) ∖ Ω ) . \ell^{(s)}(Q_k(x))\le\mathfrak{t}\operatorname{dist}(Q_k(x),\operatorname{supp}(\mu)\setminus\Omega). ℓ ( s ) ( Q k ( x )) ≤ t dist ( Q k ( x ) , supp ( μ ) ∖ Ω ) .
Thus, for k k k large enough, the cell Q k ( x ) Q_k(x) Q k ( x ) is t \mathfrak{t} t -admissible. We define W ( s ) \mathcal{W}^{(s)} W ( s ) as the family of t \mathfrak{t} t -admissible cells having no t \mathfrak{t} t -admissible ancestor of smaller generation. This definition also applies when a cell and one of its ancestors coincide as subsets of X X X . The cells in W ( s ) \mathcal{W}^{(s)} W ( s ) are pairwise disjoint and, since every t \mathfrak{t} t -admissible cell is contained in Ω \Omega Ω , their union is Ω \Omega Ω . We now prove (1)–(5).
By assumption, no cell from D μ , 0 ( s ) \mathcal{D}_{\mu,0}^{(s)} D μ , 0 ( s ) is admissible, so each Q ∈ W ( s ) Q\in\mathcal{W}^{(s)} Q ∈ W ( s ) has a parent Q ^ \widehat{Q} Q . Moreover,
diam ( Q ^ ) ≤ A 0 ℓ ( s ) ( Q ) ≤ A 0 t dist ( Q , supp ( μ ) ∖ Ω ) < dist ( Q , supp ( μ ) ∖ Ω ) . \operatorname{diam}(\widehat{Q})\le A_0\ell^{(s)}(Q)\le A_0\mathfrak{t}\operatorname{dist}(Q,\operatorname{supp}(\mu)\setminus\Omega)<\operatorname{dist}(Q,\operatorname{supp}(\mu)\setminus\Omega). diam ( Q ) ≤ A 0 ℓ ( s ) ( Q ) ≤ A 0 t dist ( Q , supp ( μ ) ∖ Ω ) < dist ( Q , supp ( μ ) ∖ Ω ) .
Since Q ⊂ Q ^ Q\subset\widehat{Q} Q ⊂ Q , this implies Q ^ ⊂ Ω \widehat{Q}\subset\Omega Q ⊂ Ω and proves (1).
To prove (2), let Q ∈ W ( s ) Q\in\mathcal{W}^{(s)} Q ∈ W ( s ) and z ∈ supp ( μ ) ∩ 10 4 B ( s ) ( Q ) z\in\operatorname{supp}(\mu)\cap10^4B^{(s)}(Q) z ∈ supp ( μ ) ∩ 1 0 4 B ( s ) ( Q ) . Since r ( s ) ( Q ) ≤ ℓ ( s ) ( Q ) / 56 r^{(s)}(Q)\le\ell^{(s)}(Q)/56 r ( s ) ( Q ) ≤ ℓ ( s ) ( Q ) /56 and t ≤ 14 ⋅ 10 − 4 \mathfrak{t}\le14\cdot10^{-4} t ≤ 14 ⋅ 1 0 − 4 , the admissibility of Q Q Q gives
d ( z , z Q ) < 10 4 r ( s ) ( Q ) ≤ 10 4 56 ℓ ( s ) ( Q ) ≤ 10 4 56 t dist ( Q , supp ( μ ) ∖ Ω ) ≤ 1 4 dist ( Q , supp ( μ ) ∖ Ω ) ≤ 1 4 dist ( z Q , supp ( μ ) ∖ Ω ) , \begin{aligned}
d(z,z_Q)<10^4r^{(s)}(Q)\le\frac{10^4}{56}\ell^{(s)}(Q)\le\frac{10^4}{56}\mathfrak{t}\operatorname{dist}(Q,\operatorname{supp}(\mu)\setminus\Omega) \\
&\le\frac14\operatorname{dist}(Q,\operatorname{supp}(\mu)\setminus\Omega)\le\frac14\operatorname{dist}(z_Q,\operatorname{supp}(\mu)\setminus\Omega),
\end{aligned} d ( z , z Q ) < 1 0 4 r ( s ) ( Q ) ≤ 56 1 0 4 ℓ ( s ) ( Q ) ≤ 56 1 0 4 t dist ( Q , supp ( μ ) ∖ Ω ) ≤ 4 1 dist ( Q , supp ( μ ) ∖ Ω ) ≤ 4 1 dist ( z Q , supp ( μ ) ∖ Ω ) ,
which proves that z ∈ Ω z\in\Omega z ∈ Ω .
Now, we prove (3). Let Q ∈ W ( s ) Q\in\mathcal{W}^{(s)} Q ∈ W ( s ) and denote by Q ^ \widehat{Q} Q its dyadic parent in D μ ( s ) \mathcal{D}_{\mu}^{(s)} D μ ( s ) . Since Q ^ \widehat{Q} Q is not admissible, there exist y ′ ∈ Q ^ y'\in\widehat{Q} y ′ ∈ Q and y Q ∈ supp ( μ ) ∖ Ω y_Q\in\operatorname{supp}(\mu)\setminus\Omega y Q ∈ supp ( μ ) ∖ Ω such that
d ( y Q , y ′ ) < ℓ ( s ) ( Q ^ ) t = A 0 ℓ ( s ) ( Q ) t . d(y_Q,y')<\frac{\ell^{(s)}(\widehat{Q})}{\mathfrak{t}}=A_0\frac{\ell^{(s)}(Q)}{\mathfrak{t}}. d ( y Q , y ′ ) < t ℓ ( s ) ( Q ) = A 0 t ℓ ( s ) ( Q ) .
Thus, by the triangle inequality, for every x ∈ Q x \in Q x ∈ Q we have
d ( x , y Q ) ≤ diam ( Q ^ ) + d ( y Q , y ′ ) < A 0 ℓ ( s ) ( Q ) + A 0 ℓ ( s ) ( Q ) t d(x,y_Q) \le\operatorname{diam}(\widehat{Q}) + d(y_Q,y') < A_0\ell^{(s)}(Q) + \frac{A_0\ell^{(s)}(Q)}{\mathfrak{t}} d ( x , y Q ) ≤ diam ( Q ) + d ( y Q , y ′ ) < A 0 ℓ ( s ) ( Q ) + t A 0 ℓ ( s ) ( Q )
≤ 56 A 0 K 0 ( 1 + t − 1 ) r ( s ) ( Q ) = : T 0 r ( s ) ( Q ) . \le56A_0K_0(1+\mathfrak{t}^{-1})r^{(s)}(Q) =: T_0r^{(s)}(Q). ≤ 56 A 0 K 0 ( 1 + t − 1 ) r ( s ) ( Q ) =: T 0 r ( s ) ( Q ) .
To prove (4), let Q , P ∈ W ( s ) Q,P \in\mathcal{W}^{(s)} Q , P ∈ W ( s ) be such that 10 4 B ( s ) ( Q ) ∩ 10 4 B ( s ) ( P ) ≠ ∅ 10^4B^{(s)}(Q) \cap10^4B^{(s)}(P) \ne\varnothing 1 0 4 B ( s ) ( Q ) ∩ 1 0 4 B ( s ) ( P ) = ∅ . By the maximality of Q , P Q,P Q , P in the construction of W ( s ) \mathcal{W}^{(s)} W ( s ) , both cells are admissible but their dyadic parents are not. Hence, by the triangle inequality, the proof of (3), and the choice of t \mathfrak{t} t , we obtain
ℓ ( s ) ( Q ) ≤ t dist ( z Q , supp ( μ ) ∖ Ω ) ≤ t ( d ( z Q , z P ) + dist ( z P , supp ( μ ) ∖ Ω ) ) ≤ t ( 10 4 56 ( ℓ ( s ) ( Q ) + ℓ ( s ) ( P ) ) + A 0 ( 1 + t − 1 ) ℓ ( s ) ( P ) ) ≤ 1 4 ℓ ( s ) ( Q ) + 1 4 ℓ ( s ) ( P ) + 2 A 0 ℓ ( s ) ( P ) , \begin{aligned}
\ell^{(s)}(Q) \le\mathfrak{t}\operatorname{dist}(z_Q,\operatorname{supp}(\mu)\setminus\Omega) \\
&\le\mathfrak{t}\bigl(d(z_Q,z_P)+\operatorname{dist}(z_P,\operatorname{supp}(\mu)\setminus\Omega)\bigr) \\
&\le\mathfrak{t}\left(\frac{10^4}{56}\bigl(\ell^{(s)}(Q)+\ell^{(s)}(P)\bigr)+A_0(1+\mathfrak{t}^{-1})\ell^{(s)}(P)\right) \\
&\le\frac{1}{4}\ell^{(s)}(Q)+\frac{1}{4}\ell^{(s)}(P)+2A_0\ell^{(s)}(P),
\end{aligned} ℓ ( s ) ( Q ) ≤ t dist ( z Q , supp ( μ ) ∖ Ω ) ≤ t ( d ( z Q , z P ) + dist ( z P , supp ( μ ) ∖ Ω ) ) ≤ t ( 56 1 0 4 ( ℓ ( s ) ( Q ) + ℓ ( s ) ( P ) ) + A 0 ( 1 + t − 1 ) ℓ ( s ) ( P ) ) ≤ 4 1 ℓ ( s ) ( Q ) + 4 1 ℓ ( s ) ( P ) + 2 A 0 ℓ ( s ) ( P ) ,
which implies that ℓ ( s ) ( Q ) ≤ 4 A 0 ℓ ( s ) ( P ) \ell^{(s)}(Q) \le4A_0\ell^{(s)}(P) ℓ ( s ) ( Q ) ≤ 4 A 0 ℓ ( s ) ( P ) . Reversing the roles of Q Q Q and P P P , we obtain ℓ ( s ) ( P ) ≤ 4 A 0 ℓ ( s ) ( Q ) \ell^{(s)}(P) \le4A_0\ell^{(s)}(Q) ℓ ( s ) ( P ) ≤ 4 A 0 ℓ ( s ) ( Q ) , which proves (292) . In particular, (292) implies that the generations of Q Q Q and P P P can differ by at most 1. Then, since centers of cells in D μ ( s ) D_\mu^{(s)} D μ ( s ) are well-separated at each fixed generation, the bounded overlap property follows from a standard argument and the geometrically doubling property of X X X .
We now prove (5). We define W n d ( s ) : = W ( s ) ∖ W d b ( s ) \mathcal{W}_{nd}^{(s)} := \mathcal{W}^{(s)} \setminus\mathcal{W}_{db}^{(s)} W n d ( s ) := W ( s ) ∖ W d b ( s ) . Since K 0 ≥ 100 K_0 \ge100 K 0 ≥ 100 , (2.13) with ℓ = 1 \ell=1 ℓ = 1 gives, for Q ∈ W n d ( s ) Q \in\mathcal{W}_{nd}^{(s)} Q ∈ W n d ( s ) ,
(7.27)
μ ( Q ) ≤ μ ( 100 B ( s ) ( Q ) ) ≤ K 0 − 1 μ ( 10 4 B ( s ) ( Q ) ) . (294) \mu(Q) \le\mu(100B^{(s)}(Q)) \le K_0^{-1}\mu(10^4B^{(s)}(Q)). \tag*{(294)} μ ( Q ) ≤ μ ( 100 B ( s ) ( Q )) ≤ K 0 − 1 μ ( 1 0 4 B ( s ) ( Q )) . (294)
We claim that there exists C D > 0 C_D>0 C D > 0 depending only on the geometrically doubling constant D D D such that we have the bounded overlap property
(7.28)
∑ Q ∈ W n d ( s ) χ 10 4 B ( s ) ( Q ) ≤ C D . (295) \sum_{Q\in\mathcal{W}_{nd}^{(s)}}\chi_{10^4B^{(s)}(Q)} \le C_D. \tag*{(295)} Q ∈ W n d ( s ) ∑ χ 1 0 4 B ( s ) ( Q ) ≤ C D . (295)
Note that item (2), (294) and (295) readily imply (293) . Indeed,
μ ( ⋃ Q ∈ W d b ( s ) Q ) = μ ( Ω ) − ∑ Q ∈ W n d ( s ) μ ( Q ) ≥ μ ( Ω ) − 1 K 0 ∑ Q ∈ W n d ( s ) μ ( 10 4 B ( s ) ( Q ) ) ≥ μ ( Ω ) − 1 K 0 ∫ Ω ∑ Q ∈ W n d ( s ) χ 10 4 B ( s ) ( Q ) d μ ≥ ( 1 − C D K 0 ) μ ( Ω ) > 1 2 μ ( Ω ) , \begin{aligned}
\mu\left(\bigcup_{Q\in\mathcal{W}_{db}^{(s)}}Q\right)
= \mu(\Omega)-\sum_{Q\in\mathcal{W}_{nd}^{(s)}}\mu(Q)
\ge\mu(\Omega)-\frac{1}{K_0}\sum_{Q\in\mathcal{W}_{nd}^{(s)}}\mu(10^4B^{(s)}(Q)) \\
&\ge\mu(\Omega)-\frac{1}{K_0}\int_{\Omega}\sum_{Q\in\mathcal{W}_{nd}^{(s)}}\chi_{10^4B^{(s)}(Q)}\,d\mu
\ge\left(1-\frac{C_D}{K_0}\right)\mu(\Omega)>\frac{1}{2}\mu(\Omega),
\end{aligned} μ Q ∈ W d b ( s ) ⋃ Q = μ ( Ω ) − Q ∈ W n d ( s ) ∑ μ ( Q ) ≥ μ ( Ω ) − K 0 1 Q ∈ W n d ( s ) ∑ μ ( 1 0 4 B ( s ) ( Q )) ≥ μ ( Ω ) − K 0 1 ∫ Ω Q ∈ W n d ( s ) ∑ χ 1 0 4 B ( s ) ( Q ) d μ ≥ ( 1 − K 0 C D ) μ ( Ω ) > 2 1 μ ( Ω ) ,
provided that C D / K 0 < 1 / 2 C_D/K_0<1/2 C D / K 0 < 1/2 .
Hence, we are left only with proving (295) . Fix x ∈ X x\in X x ∈ X . If Q ∈ W n d ( s ) Q\in\mathcal{W}_{nd}^{(s)} Q ∈ W n d ( s ) is a cell of generation k k k such that x ∈ 10 4 B ( s ) ( Q ) x\in10^4B^{(s)}(Q) x ∈ 1 0 4 B ( s ) ( Q ) , then r ( s ) ( Q ) = s A 0 − k r^{(s)}(Q)=sA_0^{-k} r ( s ) ( Q ) = s A 0 − k and its center belongs to B ( x , 10 4 s A 0 − k ) B(x,10^4sA_0^{-k}) B ( x , 1 0 4 s A 0 − k ) . Furthermore, if Q ′ Q' Q ′ is another cell in W n d ( s ) \mathcal{W}_{nd}^{(s)} W n d ( s ) of generation k k k such that x ∈ 10 4 B ( s ) ( Q ′ ) x\in10^4B^{(s)}(Q') x ∈ 1 0 4 B ( s ) ( Q ′ ) , then by Lemma 2.5 we have 5 B ( s ) ( Q ) ∩ 5 B ( s ) ( Q ′ ) = ∅ 5B^{(s)}(Q)\cap5B^{(s)}(Q')=\varnothing 5 B ( s ) ( Q ) ∩ 5 B ( s ) ( Q ′ ) = ∅ . Thus, since X X X is geometrically doubling, at each fixed generation there are at most D ⌈ log 2 ( 10 4 ) ⌉ D^{\lceil\log_2(10^4)\rceil} D ⌈ l o g 2 ( 1 0 4 )⌉ balls whose contribution to the sum in (295) is nonzero.
The claim (295) follows with C D : = 2 D ⌈ log 2 ( 10 4 ) ⌉ C_D:=2D^{\lceil\log_2(10^4)\rceil} C D := 2 D ⌈ l o g 2 ( 1 0 4 )⌉ noting that if two cells P , P ′ ∈ W n d ( s ) P,P'\in\mathcal{W}_{nd}^{(s)} P , P ′ ∈ W n d ( s ) are such that x ∈ 10 4 B ( s ) ( P ) ∩ 10 4 B ( s ) ( P ′ ) x\in10^4B^{(s)}(P)\cap10^4B^{(s)}(P') x ∈ 1 0 4 B ( s ) ( P ) ∩ 1 0 4 B ( s ) ( P ′ ) , then their generations differ by at most one.
We now prove (289) , which completes the proof of Proposition 7.4 . We denote by E λ E_\lambda E λ the set on its left-hand side, and we note that its right-hand side equals ( 1 − θ 0 / 4 ) μ ( Ω λ ) (1-\theta_0/4)\mu(\Omega_\lambda) ( 1 − θ 0 /4 ) μ ( Ω λ ) .
We first assume that ∅ ≠ Ω λ ⊊ supp ( μ ) \varnothing\ne\Omega_\lambda\subsetneq\operatorname{supp}(\mu) ∅ = Ω λ ⊊ supp ( μ ) , we let s s s be as in (291) , and we denote by W ( s ) \mathcal{W}^{(s)} W ( s ) the family given by Lemma 7.6 with Ω = Ω λ \Omega=\Omega_\lambda Ω = Ω λ . Let Q ∈ W d b ( s ) Q\in\mathcal{W}^{(s)}_{db} Q ∈ W d b ( s ) and r : = r ( s ) ( Q ) r:=r^{(s)}(Q) r := r ( s ) ( Q ) . Since Q ⊂ 28 B ( s ) ( Q ) Q\subset28B^{(s)}(Q) Q ⊂ 28 B ( s ) ( Q ) , there exist N D N_D N D balls V j : = B ( c j , r ) V_j:=B(c_j,r) V j := B ( c j , r ) , with c j ∈ Q c_j\in Q c j ∈ Q and N D N_D N D depending only on D D D , that cover Q Q Q .
Let j j j be such that V j ∩ E λ ∩ G Q ≠ ∅ V_j\cap E_\lambda\cap G_Q\ne\varnothing V j ∩ E λ ∩ G Q = ∅ , let x j ∈ V j ∩ E λ ∩ G Q x_j\in V_j\cap E_\lambda\cap G_Q x j ∈ V j ∩ E λ ∩ G Q , and let f j : = f χ B ( c j , 4 r ) f_j:=f\chi_{B(c_j,4r)} f j := f χ B ( c j , 4 r ) . Since x j ∈ B ( c j , 4 r ) x_j\in B(c_j,4r) x j ∈ B ( c j , 4 r ) , M ~ μ f ( x j ) ≤ ε ′ λ \widetilde{M}_{\mu}f(x_j)\le\varepsilon'\lambda M μ f ( x j ) ≤ ε ′ λ , B ( c j , 20 r ) ⊂ 100 B ( s ) ( Q ) B(c_j,20r)\subset100B^{(s)}(Q) B ( c j , 20 r ) ⊂ 100 B ( s ) ( Q ) , and Q Q Q is doubling, we have
∥ f j ∥ L 1 ( μ ) ≤ ε ′ λ μ ( B ( c j , 20 r ) ) ≤ K 0 ε ′ λ μ ( Q ) . (296) \lVert f_j\rVert_{L^1(\mu)}\le\varepsilon'\lambda\mu(B(c_j,20r))\le K_0\varepsilon'\lambda\mu(Q). \tag*{(296)} ∥ f j ∥ L 1 ( μ ) ≤ ε ′ λ μ ( B ( c j , 20 r )) ≤ K 0 ε ′ λ μ ( Q ) . (296)
Let y Q y_Q y Q be as in item (3) of Lemma 7.6 , let x ∈ Q ∩ V j x\in Q\cap V_j x ∈ Q ∩ V j and ρ ≥ h \rho\ge h ρ ≥ h , and let u : = max { ρ , 4 ( T 0 + 2 ) r } u:=\max\{\rho,4(T_0+2)r\} u := max { ρ , 4 ( T 0 + 2 ) r } and B j : = B ( x j , 4 ( T 0 + 2 ) r ) B_j:=B(x_j,4(T_0+2)r) B j := B ( x j , 4 ( T 0 + 2 ) r ) . Since B ( c j , 4 r ) ⊂ B j B(c_j,4r)\subset B_j B ( c j , 4 r ) ⊂ B j , we split
T μ , ρ ( f − f j ) ( x ) − T μ , u f ( y Q ) = ∫ B j ( K ( x , z ) χ A ( z ) − K ( y Q , z ) χ { d ( y Q , z ) > u } ( z ) ) f ( z ) d μ ( z ) + ∫ X ∖ B j ( K ( x , z ) − K ( y Q , z ) ) χ { d ( y Q , z ) > u } ( z ) f ( z ) d μ ( z ) + ∫ X ∖ B j K ( x , z ) ( χ { d ( x , z ) > ρ } ( z ) − χ { d ( y Q , z ) > u } ( z ) ) f ( z ) d μ ( z ) = : J ~ 1 + J ~ 2 + J ~ 3 , (297) \begin{aligned}
T_{\mu,\rho}(f-f_j)(x)-T_{\mu,u}f(y_Q)
={}&\int_{B_j}\left(K(x,z)\chi_A(z)-K(y_Q,z)\chi_{\{d(y_Q,z)>u\}}(z)\right)f(z)\,d\mu(z)\\
&+\int_{X\setminus B_j}\left(K(x,z)-K(y_Q,z)\right)\chi_{\{d(y_Q,z)>u\}}(z)f(z)\,d\mu(z)\\
&+\int_{X\setminus B_j}K(x,z)\left(\chi_{\{d(x,z)>\rho\}}(z)-\chi_{\{d(y_Q,z)>u\}}(z)\right)f(z)\,d\mu(z)\\
=:{}&\widetilde{J}_1+\widetilde{J}_2+\widetilde{J}_3, \tag*{(297)}
\end{aligned} T μ , ρ ( f − f j ) ( x ) − T μ , u f ( y Q ) = =: ∫ B j ( K ( x , z ) χ A ( z ) − K ( y Q , z ) χ { d ( y Q , z ) > u } ( z ) ) f ( z ) d μ ( z ) + ∫ X ∖ B j ( K ( x , z ) − K ( y Q , z ) ) χ { d ( y Q , z ) > u } ( z ) f ( z ) d μ ( z ) + ∫ X ∖ B j K ( x , z ) ( χ { d ( x , z ) > ρ } ( z ) − χ { d ( y Q , z ) > u } ( z ) ) f ( z ) d μ ( z ) J 1 + J 2 + J 3 , (297)
where A : = { z : d ( x , z ) > ρ } ∖ B ( c j , 4 r ) A:=\{z:d(x,z)>\rho\}\setminus B(c_j,4r) A := { z : d ( x , z ) > ρ } ∖ B ( c j , 4 r ) . We have d ( x , x j ) < 2 r d(x,x_j)<2r d ( x , x j ) < 2 r , d ( x , z ) ≥ 3 r d(x,z)\ge3r d ( x , z ) ≥ 3 r for z ∉ B ( c j , 4 r ) z\notin B(c_j,4r) z ∈ / B ( c j , 4 r ) , and d ( x , y Q ) ≤ T 0 r d(x,y_Q)\le T_0r d ( x , y Q ) ≤ T 0 r . Moreover, the definition of M ~ μ \widetilde{M}_\mu M μ and the n n n -growth of μ \mu μ give
∫ B ( x j , t ) ∣ f ∣ d μ ≤ M ~ μ f ( x j ) μ ( B ( x j , 5 t ) ) ≲ t n M ~ μ f ( x j ) , t > 0. (298) \int_{B(x_j,t)}|f|\,d\mu\le\widetilde{M}_\mu f(x_j)\mu(B(x_j,5t))\lesssim t^n\widetilde{M}_\mu f(x_j),\qquad t>0. \tag*{(298)} ∫ B ( x j , t ) ∣ f ∣ d μ ≤ M μ f ( x j ) μ ( B ( x j , 5 t )) ≲ t n M μ f ( x j ) , t > 0. (298)
Since the kernels in J ~ 1 \widetilde{J}_1 J 1 are bounded by C r − n Cr^{-n} C r − n , (298) gives ∣ J ~ 1 ∣ ≲ M ~ μ f ( x j ) |\widetilde{J}_1|\lesssim\widetilde{M}_\mu f(x_j) ∣ J 1 ∣ ≲ M μ f ( x j ) .
If z ∉ B j z\notin B_j z ∈ / B j , then d ( x , z ) ≥ d ( x j , z ) / 2 ≥ 2 T 0 r ≥ 2 d ( x , y Q ) d(x,z)\ge d(x_j,z)/2\ge2T_0r\ge2d(x,y_Q) d ( x , z ) ≥ d ( x j , z ) /2 ≥ 2 T 0 r ≥ 2 d ( x , y Q ) . Hence, the regularity estimate and (298) , applied on the annuli B ( x j , 2 k + 1 t j ) ∖ B ( x j , 2 k t j ) B(x_j,2^{k+1}t_j)\setminus B(x_j,2^kt_j) B ( x j , 2 k + 1 t j ) ∖ B ( x j , 2 k t j ) , with t j : = 4 ( T 0 + 2 ) r t_j:=4(T_0+2)r t j := 4 ( T 0 + 2 ) r and k ≥ 0 k\ge0 k ≥ 0 , give
∣ J ~ 2 ∣ ≲ ∫ X ∖ B j r γ ∣ f ( z ) ∣ d ( x j , z ) n + γ d μ ( z ) ≲ ∑ k ≥ 0 2 − k γ M ~ μ f ( x j ) ≲ M ~ μ f ( x j ) . |\widetilde{J}_2|\lesssim\int_{X\setminus B_j}\frac{r^\gamma|f(z)|}{d(x_j,z)^{n+\gamma}}\,d\mu(z)\lesssim\sum_{k\ge0}2^{-k\gamma}\widetilde{M}_\mu f(x_j)\lesssim\widetilde{M}_\mu f(x_j). ∣ J 2 ∣ ≲ ∫ X ∖ B j d ( x j , z ) n + γ r γ ∣ f ( z ) ∣ d μ ( z ) ≲ k ≥ 0 ∑ 2 − k γ M μ f ( x j ) ≲ M μ f ( x j ) .
Moreover ∣ d ( x , z ) − d ( y Q , z ) ∣ ≤ T 0 r ≤ u / 4 |d(x,z)-d(y_Q,z)|\le T_0r\le u/4 ∣ d ( x , z ) − d ( y Q , z ) ∣ ≤ T 0 r ≤ u /4 , and d ( x , z ) ≥ 2 ( T 0 + 2 ) r d(x,z)\ge2(T_0+2)r d ( x , z ) ≥ 2 ( T 0 + 2 ) r for z ∉ B j z\notin B_j z ∈ / B j , so the integrand in J ~ 3 \widetilde{J}_3 J 3 vanishes unless z ∈ B ( x j , 2 u ) z\in B(x_j,2u) z ∈ B ( x j , 2 u ) and d ( x , z ) ≥ u / 2 d(x,z)\ge u/2 d ( x , z ) ≥ u /2 . Thus, (298) gives
∣ J ~ 3 ∣ ≲ u − n ∫ B ( x j , 2 u ) ∣ f ∣ d μ ≲ M ~ μ f ( x j ) . |\widetilde{J}_3|\lesssim u^{-n}\int_{B(x_j,2u)}|f|\,d\mu\lesssim\widetilde{M}_\mu f(x_j). ∣ J 3 ∣ ≲ u − n ∫ B ( x j , 2 u ) ∣ f ∣ d μ ≲ M μ f ( x j ) .
Gathering the bounds for the terms in (297) , we obtain
∣ T μ , ρ ( f − f j ) ( x ) − T μ , u f ( y Q ) ∣ ≤ C M ~ μ f ( x j ) , (299) \left|T_{\mu,\rho}(f-f_j)(x)-T_{\mu,u}f(y_Q)\right|\le C\widetilde{M}_\mu f(x_j), \tag*{(299)} ∣ T μ , ρ ( f − f j ) ( x ) − T μ , u f ( y Q ) ∣ ≤ C M μ f ( x j ) , (299)
where C C C is independent of r r r , h h h , and ρ \rho ρ .
Since u ≥ h u\ge h u ≥ h , y Q ∈ supp ( μ ) ∖ Ω λ y_Q\in\operatorname{supp}(\mu)\setminus\Omega_\lambda y Q ∈ supp ( μ ) ∖ Ω λ , and M ~ μ f ( x j ) ≤ ε ′ λ \widetilde{M}_\mu f(x_j)\le\varepsilon'\lambda M μ f ( x j ) ≤ ε ′ λ , (299) implies
T μ , ♯ , h ( f − f j ) ( x ) ≤ ( 1 + C ε ′ ) λ . T_{\mu,\sharp,h}(f-f_j)(x)\le(1+C\varepsilon')\lambda. T μ , ♯ , h ( f − f j ) ( x ) ≤ ( 1 + C ε ′ ) λ .
We choose ε ′ \varepsilon' ε ′ such that C ε ′ ≤ ε / 2 C\varepsilon'\le\varepsilon/2 C ε ′ ≤ ε /2 . Then, for x ∈ E λ ∩ G Q ∩ V j x\in E_\lambda\cap G_Q\cap V_j x ∈ E λ ∩ G Q ∩ V j , we have
T ♯ ( f j μ ) ( x ) ≥ T μ , ♯ , h f ( x ) − T μ , ♯ , h ( f − f j ) ( x ) > ε 2 λ . T_{\sharp}(f_j\mu)(x)\ge T_{\mu,\sharp,h}f(x)-T_{\mu,\sharp,h}(f-f_j)(x)>\frac{\varepsilon}{2}\lambda. T ♯ ( f j μ ) ( x ) ≥ T μ , ♯ , h f ( x ) − T μ , ♯ , h ( f − f j ) ( x ) > 2 ε λ .
Hence, (290) with ω = f j μ \omega=f_j\mu ω = f j μ and (296) give
μ ( E λ ∩ G Q ∩ V j ) ≤ 2 C ε λ ∥ f j ∥ L 1 ( μ ) ≤ 2 C K 0 ε ′ ε μ ( Q ) . \mu(E_\lambda\cap G_Q\cap V_j)\leq\frac{2C}{\varepsilon\lambda}\|f_j\|_{L^1(\mu)}\leq2CK_0\frac{\varepsilon'}{\varepsilon}\mu(Q). μ ( E λ ∩ G Q ∩ V j ) ≤ ε λ 2 C ∥ f j ∥ L 1 ( μ ) ≤ 2 C K 0 ε ε ′ μ ( Q ) .
Summing over j j j and decreasing ε ′ \varepsilon' ε ′ if necessary, we get μ ( E λ ∩ G Q ) ≤ θ 0 μ ( Q ) / 2 \mu(E_\lambda\cap G_Q)\leq\theta_0\mu(Q)/2 μ ( E λ ∩ G Q ) ≤ θ 0 μ ( Q ) /2 , so that, since μ ( G Q ) ≥ θ 0 μ ( Q ) \mu(G_Q)\geq\theta_0\mu(Q) μ ( G Q ) ≥ θ 0 μ ( Q ) , we have μ ( E λ ∩ Q ) ≤ ( 1 − θ 0 / 2 ) μ ( Q ) \mu(E_\lambda\cap Q)\leq(1-\theta_0/2)\mu(Q) μ ( E λ ∩ Q ) ≤ ( 1 − θ 0 /2 ) μ ( Q ) . Since E λ ∩ supp ( μ ) ⊂ Ω λ E_\lambda\cap\operatorname{supp}(\mu)\subset\Omega_\lambda E λ ∩ supp ( μ ) ⊂ Ω λ , (293) gives
μ ( E λ ) ≤ μ ( Ω λ ) − θ 0 2 ∑ Q ∈ W μ , 0 ( s ) μ ( Q ) ≤ ( 1 − θ 0 4 ) μ ( Ω λ ) . \mu(E_\lambda)\leq\mu(\Omega_\lambda)-\frac{\theta_0}{2}\sum_{Q\in\mathcal{W}^{(s)}_{\mu,0}}\mu(Q)\leq\left(1-\frac{\theta_0}{4}\right)\mu(\Omega_\lambda). μ ( E λ ) ≤ μ ( Ω λ ) − 2 θ 0 Q ∈ W μ , 0 ( s ) ∑ μ ( Q ) ≤ ( 1 − 4 θ 0 ) μ ( Ω λ ) .
We now assume that Ω λ = supp ( μ ) \Omega_\lambda=\operatorname{supp}(\mu) Ω λ = supp ( μ ) and, since otherwise (289) is trivial, that E λ ≠ ∅ E_\lambda\neq\varnothing E λ = ∅ . By Lemma 7.5, supp ( μ ) \operatorname{supp}(\mu) supp ( μ ) is bounded and μ ( X ) < ∞ \mu(X)<\infty μ ( X ) < ∞ . Let s > diam ( supp ( μ ) ) s>\operatorname{diam}(\operatorname{supp}(\mu)) s > diam ( supp ( μ )) . Since the balls 5 B ( s ) ( Q ) 5B^{(s)}(Q) 5 B ( s ) ( Q ) , Q ∈ D μ , 0 ( s ) Q\in\mathcal{D}^{(s)}_{\mu,0} Q ∈ D μ , 0 ( s ) , are pairwise disjoint, centered in supp ( μ ) \operatorname{supp}(\mu) supp ( μ ) , and have radius larger than diam ( supp ( μ ) ) \operatorname{diam}(\operatorname{supp}(\mu)) diam ( supp ( μ )) , there is a single top cell Q = supp ( μ ) Q=\operatorname{supp}(\mu) Q = supp ( μ ) . Moreover, supp ( μ ) ⊂ B ( s ) ( Q ) \operatorname{supp}(\mu)\subset B^{(s)}(Q) supp ( μ ) ⊂ B ( s ) ( Q ) , so Q Q Q is doubling. Let x ∈ E λ x\in E_\lambda x ∈ E λ . Since M ~ μ f ( x ) ≤ ε ′ λ \widetilde{M}_\mu f(x)\leq\varepsilon'\lambda M μ f ( x ) ≤ ε ′ λ , a ball containing x x x and supp ( μ ) \operatorname{supp}(\mu) supp ( μ ) gives ∥ f ∥ L 1 ( μ ) ≤ ε ′ λ μ ( X ) \|f\|_{L^1(\mu)}\leq\varepsilon'\lambda\mu(X) ∥ f ∥ L 1 ( μ ) ≤ ε ′ λ μ ( X ) . Hence, (290) with ω = f μ \omega=f\mu ω = f μ gives μ ( E λ ∩ G Q ) ≤ C ε ′ μ ( X ) \mu(E_\lambda\cap G_Q)\leq C\varepsilon'\mu(X) μ ( E λ ∩ G Q ) ≤ C ε ′ μ ( X ) , and, decreasing ε ′ \varepsilon' ε ′ if necessary, we obtain
μ ( E λ ) ≤ μ ( X ∖ G Q ) + θ 0 2 μ ( X ) ≤ ( 1 − θ 0 2 ) μ ( Ω λ ) , \mu(E_\lambda)\leq\mu(X\setminus G_Q)+\frac{\theta_0}{2}\mu(X)\leq\left(1-\frac{\theta_0}{2}\right)\mu(\Omega_\lambda), μ ( E λ ) ≤ μ ( X ∖ G Q ) + 2 θ 0 μ ( X ) ≤ ( 1 − 2 θ 0 ) μ ( Ω λ ) ,
which proves (289) also in this case.
Finally, we choose ε ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \varepsilon\in(0,1) ε ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) such that ( 1 + ε ) 2 ( 1 − θ 0 / 4 ) < 1 (1+\varepsilon)^2(1-\theta_0/4)<1 ( 1 + ε ) 2 ( 1 − θ 0 /4 ) < 1 , and ε ′ \varepsilon' ε ′ as above. Since
{ T μ , h ♯ f > ( 1 + ε ) λ } ⊂ E λ ∪ { M ~ μ f > ε ′ λ } , \{T_{\mu,h}^{\sharp}f>(1+\varepsilon)\lambda\}\subset E_\lambda\cup\{\widetilde{M}_\mu f>\varepsilon'\lambda\}, { T μ , h ♯ f > ( 1 + ε ) λ } ⊂ E λ ∪ { M μ f > ε ′ λ } ,
integrating (289) with respect to 2 λ d λ 2\lambda\,d\lambda 2 λ d λ gives
∥ T μ , h ♯ f ∥ L 2 ( μ ) 2 ≤ ( 1 + ε ) 2 ( 1 − θ 0 4 ) ∥ T μ , h ♯ f ∥ L 2 ( μ ) 2 + ( 1 + ε ) 2 ( ε ′ ) 2 ∥ M ~ μ f ∥ L 2 ( μ ) 2 . \|T_{\mu,h}^{\sharp}f\|_{L^2(\mu)}^2\leq(1+\varepsilon)^2\left(1-\frac{\theta_0}{4}\right)\|T_{\mu,h}^{\sharp}f\|_{L^2(\mu)}^2+\frac{(1+\varepsilon)^2}{(\varepsilon')^2}\|\widetilde{M}_\mu f\|_{L^2(\mu)}^2. ∥ T μ , h ♯ f ∥ L 2 ( μ ) 2 ≤ ( 1 + ε ) 2 ( 1 − 4 θ 0 ) ∥ T μ , h ♯ f ∥ L 2 ( μ ) 2 + ( ε ′ ) 2 ( 1 + ε ) 2 ∥ M μ f ∥ L 2 ( μ ) 2 .
Since T μ , h f ∈ L 2 ( μ ) T_{\mu,h}f\in L^2(\mu) T μ , h f ∈ L 2 ( μ ) and M ~ μ \widetilde{M}_\mu M μ is bounded on L 2 ( μ ) L^2(\mu) L 2 ( μ ) , this gives ∥ T μ , h ♯ f ∥ L 2 ( μ ) ≲ ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( μ ) \|T_{\mu,h}^{\sharp}f\|_{L^2(\mu)}\lesssim\|f\|_{L^2(\mu)} ∥ T μ , h ♯ f ∥ L 2 ( μ ) ≲ ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( μ ) , uniformly in h h h . Since, moreover, ∣ T μ , h f ∣ ≤ T μ , h ♯ f |T_{\mu,h}f|\leq T_{\mu,h}^{\sharp}f ∣ T μ , h f ∣ ≤ T μ , h ♯ f for every h > 0 h>0 h > 0 , we obtain (288) , which completes the proof of Proposition 7.4.
Completion of the proof
We now prove Proposition 3.1 by verifying the hypotheses of Proposition 7.4, and we obtain the required big pieces by applying the construction of Sections 3 and 4, together with the bounds of Section 7.1, to the testing measures μ ∣ B \mu|_B μ ∣ B .
Proof of Proposition 3.1. Let B 0 ∈ B B_0\in\mathcal{B} B 0 ∈ B . By Lemmas 7.3 and 5.3, applied to the corona decomposition of Section 4 associated with B 0 B_0 B 0 , we have
sup ε > 0 sup R ∈ Top ( B 0 ) ∥ T Φ ~ R , μ ∣ 84 B ( R ) ε ∥ L 2 ( μ ∣ 84 B ( R ) ) → L 2 ( μ ∣ 84 B ( R ) ) ≲ 1. (300) \sup_{\varepsilon>0}\sup_{R\in\operatorname{Top}(B_0)}
\left\|T_{\widetilde{\Phi}_R,\mu|_{84B(R)} }^\varepsilon\right\|_{L^2(\mu|_{84B(R)})\to L^2(\mu|_{84B(R)})}\lesssim1. \tag*{(300)} ε > 0 sup R ∈ Top ( B 0 ) sup T Φ R , μ ∣ 84 B ( R ) ε L 2 ( μ ∣ 84 B ( R ) ) → L 2 ( μ ∣ 84 B ( R ) ) ≲ 1. (300)
so the assumption (146) of Corollary 4.13 holds with C T C_T C T independent of ε \varepsilon ε , and, since the kernel of T T T vanishes if d ( x , y ) ≤ h d(x,y)\leq h d ( x , y ) ≤ h , by (36) , the bound (300) also holds for the whole operator T Φ ~ R , μ ∣ 84 B ( R ) T_{\widetilde{\Phi}_R,\mu|_{84B(R)}} T Φ R , μ ∣ 84 B ( R ) .
Let g ∈ L ∞ ( μ ) g\in L^\infty(\mu) g ∈ L ∞ ( μ ) be supported in B 0 B_0 B 0 . By (123) , (141) , Lemma 4.8, and the proofs of Lemmas 4.9, 4.10, and 4.11, there exists a non-negative function A g A_g A g , independent of the truncation parameter, such that
∫ B 0 A g d μ ≲ ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ) μ ( B 0 ) \int_{B_0}A_g\,d\mu\lesssim\|g\|_{L^\infty(\mu)}\mu(B_0) ∫ B 0 A g d μ ≲ ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ) μ ( B 0 )
and, after taking the supremum over the truncation parameter in (127) , we get
T μ , ♯ g ( x ) ≲ A g ( x ) + ∑ R ∈ Top ~ ( B 0 ) χ R ( x ) T Φ ~ R , ♯ ( χ 84 B ( R ) g μ ) ( x ) , for μ -a.e. x ∈ B 0 . T_{\mu,\sharp}g(x) \lesssim A_g(x) + \sum_{R\in\widetilde{\operatorname{Top}}(B_0)}\chi_R(x)T_{\widetilde{\Phi}_R,\sharp}(\chi_{84B(R)}g\mu)(x), \qquad\text{for }\mu\text{-a.e. }x\in B_0. T μ , ♯ g ( x ) ≲ A g ( x ) + R ∈ Top ( B 0 ) ∑ χ R ( x ) T Φ R , ♯ ( χ 84 B ( R ) g μ ) ( x ) , for μ -a.e. x ∈ B 0 .
For R ∈ Top ~ ( B 0 ) R\in\widetilde{\operatorname{Top}}(B_0) R ∈ Top ( B 0 ) , Lemma 3.16, applied with m 1 = m 2 = m 3 = μ ∣ 84 B ( R ) m_1=m_2=m_3=\mu|_{84B(R)} m 1 = m 2 = m 3 = μ ∣ 84 B ( R ) , Ξ ≡ 0 \Xi\equiv0 Ξ ≡ 0 , and δ 0 = h \delta_0=h δ 0 = h , the bound (300) for the whole operator, the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality, and μ ( 84 B ( R ) ) ≤ K 0 μ ( R ) \mu(84B(R))\le K_0\mu(R) μ ( 84 B ( R )) ≤ K 0 μ ( R ) give
∫ R T Φ ~ R , ♯ ( χ 84 B ( R ) g μ ) d μ ≲ μ ( R ) 1 / 2 ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( μ ∣ 84 B ( R ) ) ≲ ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ) μ ( R ) . \int_R T_{\widetilde{\Phi}_R,\sharp}(\chi_{84B(R)}g\mu)\,d\mu\lesssim\mu(R)^{1/2}\|g\|_{L^2(\mu|_{84B(R)})}\lesssim\|g\|_{L^\infty(\mu)}\mu(R). ∫ R T Φ R , ♯ ( χ 84 B ( R ) g μ ) d μ ≲ μ ( R ) 1/2 ∥ g ∥ L 2 ( μ ∣ 84 B ( R ) ) ≲ ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ) μ ( R ) .
Hence, summing over R ∈ Top ~ ( B 0 ) R\in\widetilde{\operatorname{Top}}(B_0) R ∈ Top ( B 0 ) , applying Lemma 4.8, and arguing in the same way for T ∗ T^* T ∗ , we obtain that there exists C > 0 C>0 C > 0 , independent of B 0 B_0 B 0 , g g g , h h h , and L L L , such that
∫ B 0 ( T μ , ♯ g + ( T ∗ ) μ , ♯ g ) d μ ≤ C ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ) μ ( B 0 ) . (301) \int_{B_0}\left(T_{\mu,\sharp}g+(T^*)_{\mu,\sharp}g\right)\,d\mu\le C\|g\|_{L^\infty(\mu)}\mu(B_0). \tag*{(301)} ∫ B 0 ( T μ , ♯ g + ( T ∗ ) μ , ♯ g ) d μ ≤ C ∥ g ∥ L ∞ ( μ ) μ ( B 0 ) . (301)
We may assume that μ ≠ 0 \mu\ne0 μ = 0 . We set W : = supp ( μ ) W:=\operatorname{supp}(\mu) W := supp ( μ ) and, for s > 0 s>0 s > 0 , we let D μ ( s ) \mathcal{D}^{(s)}_\mu D μ ( s ) be the lattice of Lemma 2.5 associated with μ \mu μ , with K 0 K_0 K 0 large enough as required in Proposition 7.4. Let R ∈ D μ d b , ( s ) R\in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{db},(s)}_\mu R ∈ D μ db , ( s ) and B : = B ~ ( s ) ( R ) B:=\widetilde{B}^{(s)}(R) B := B ( s ) ( R ) . By Lemma A.1 and Remark 2.7, the ball B B B is centered in W W W , has 40-small boundary, and satisfies B ∩ W ⊂ R B\cap W\subset R B ∩ W ⊂ R , μ ( R ) ≤ β μ ( B ) \mu(R)\le\beta\mu(B) μ ( R ) ≤ β μ ( B ) , and μ ( Λ B ) ≤ β μ ( δ B ) \mu(\Lambda B)\le\beta\mu(\delta B) μ ( Λ B ) ≤ β μ ( δ B ) .
Case I. We first assume that r ( B ) ≤ diam W r(B)\le\operatorname{diam}W r ( B ) ≤ diam W , so that, since C 3 ≥ 40 C_3\ge40 C 3 ≥ 40 , the ball B B B belongs to B \mathcal{B} B . We apply the construction of Sections 3 and 4 with B 1 = B 2 = B B_1=B_2=B B 1 = B 2 = B and with the testing measures ν ^ B = ν ^ B ∗ = μ ∣ B \widehat{\nu}_B=\widehat{\nu}_B^*=\mu|_B ν B = ν B ∗ = μ ∣ B , so that the total-variation constant equals 1 1 1 and the augmented measures equal μ ∣ B + μ ∣ X ∖ B = μ \mu|_B+\mu|_{X\setminus B}=\mu μ ∣ B + μ ∣ X ∖ B = μ , and we take the small-set threshold equal to 1 / 200 1/200 1/200 .
By (301) , with B B B in place of B 0 B_0 B 0 and g = χ B g=\chi_B g = χ B , and by Chebyshev’s inequality, the set
U B : = { x ∈ B : T ♯ ( μ ∣ B ) ( x ) > 200 C } U_B:=\{x\in B:T_{\sharp}(\mu|_B)(x)>200C\} U B := { x ∈ B : T ♯ ( μ ∣ B ) ( x ) > 200 C }
and the analogous set U B ∗ U_B^* U B ∗ for T ∗ T^* T ∗ have μ \mu μ -measure at most μ ( B ) / 200 \mu(B)/200 μ ( B ) /200 , so (A6) holds for both operators, with C 2 = 200 C C_2=200C C 2 = 200 C .
Since the augmented measures equal μ \mu μ , the non-accretive and dyadic-density stopping families are empty, and so are the sets S 1 \mathcal{S}_1 S 1 and S 2 \mathcal{S}_2 S 2 and the non-Ahlfors sets, if their thresholds exceed 1 1 1 and the growth constant of μ \mu μ , respectively. Hence, by Lemma 3.8, we may choose the thresholds for T T T and T ∗ T^* T ∗ so that B ∩ E T ⊂ U B B\cap\mathcal{E}_T\subset U_B B ∩ E T ⊂ U B and B ∩ E T ∗ ⊂ U B ∗ B\cap\mathcal{E}_{T^*}\subset U_B^* B ∩ E T ∗ ⊂ U B ∗ .
Let θ \theta θ be as in Section 3, so that (64) gives μ ( B ∖ ( 1 − θ ) B ) ≤ μ ( B ) / 400 \mu(B\setminus(1-\theta)B)\le\mu(B)/400 μ ( B ∖ ( 1 − θ ) B ) ≤ μ ( B ) /400 . Since the stopping families, the sets S 1 \mathcal{S}_1 S 1 and S 2 \mathcal{S}_2 S 2 , and the non-Ahlfors sets are empty, the total exceptional sets (61) of the two systems are E T ∪ U B \mathcal{E}_T\cup U_B E T ∪ U B and E T ∗ ∪ U B ∗ \mathcal{E}_{T^*}\cup U_B^* E T ∗ ∪ U B ∗ , and their intersections with B B B are U B U_B U B and U B ∗ U_B^* U B ∗ . Thus, since B ∩ W ⊂ R B\cap W\subset R B ∩ W ⊂ R and μ ( U B ∪ U B ∗ ) ≤ μ ( B ) / 100 \mu(U_B\cup U_B^*)\le\mu(B)/100 μ ( U B ∪ U B ∗ ) ≤ μ ( B ) /100 , inner regularity gives a compact set
F ⊂ ( ( 1 − θ ) B ∩ R ) ∖ ( U B ∪ U B ∗ ) with μ ( F ) ≥ μ ( B ) / 2. F\subset((1-\theta)B\cap R)\setminus(U_B\cup U_B^*)\qquad\text{with}\qquad\mu(F)\ge\mu(B)/2. F ⊂ (( 1 − θ ) B ∩ R ) ∖ ( U B ∪ U B ∗ ) with μ ( F ) ≥ μ ( B ) /2.
Since F F F has these properties and the stopping families are empty, we may take F 1 ( w 1 ) = F 2 ( w 2 ) = F F_1(w_1)=F_2(w_2)=F F 1 ( w 1 ) = F 2 ( w 2 ) = F for all w 1 , w 2 ∈ Ω w_1,w_2\in\Omega w 1 , w 2 ∈ Ω , in place of the sets of Section 4, so that the random suppressions and their deterministic quantiles equal Ψ : = dist ( ⋅ , F ) \Psi:=\operatorname{dist}(\cdot,F) Ψ := dist ( ⋅ , F ) , and Ξ w = Ψ \Xi_w=\Psi Ξ w = Ψ for every w ∈ Ω 2 w\in\Omega^2 w ∈ Ω 2 .
Moreover, Lemma 3.15 gives the suppressed testing estimates for μ ∣ B \mu|_B μ ∣ B and both operators, since F F F avoids E T ∪ E T ∗ \mathcal{E}_T\cup\mathcal{E}_{T^*} E T ∪ E T ∗ , and ∣ ν i ∣ ( Q ) = μ ( Q ) |\nu_i|(Q)=\mu(Q) ∣ ν i ∣ ( Q ) = μ ( Q ) for every transit cube Q Q Q and i = 1 , 2 i=1,2 i = 1 , 2 , since ∣ ν i ∣ = μ |\nu_i|=\mu ∣ ν i ∣ = μ . Lemma 7.3 applies with C 2 = 200 C C_2=200C C 2 = 200 C , since its proof only uses the suppressed testing estimates of Lemma 3.15, whose constants depend on this fixed E 2 \mathcal{E}_2 E 2 . Hence, by Lemma 7.3, with B 1 = B 2 = B B_1=B_2=B B 1 = B 2 = B and Ξ w = Ψ \Xi_w=\Psi Ξ w = Ψ , the operators T Ψ , μ ∣ B , ε T_{\Psi,\mu|B,\varepsilon} T Ψ , μ ∣ B , ε are bounded on L 2 ( μ ∣ B ) L^2(\mu|B) L 2 ( μ ∣ B ) uniformly in ε > 0 \varepsilon>0 ε > 0 . Since K Ψ = K K_{\Psi}=K K Ψ = K on F × F F\times F F × F , by Lemma 3.13 , the set G R : = F ⊂ R G_R:=F\subset R G R := F ⊂ R satisfies
sup ε > 0 ∥ T μ ∣ G R , ε ∥ L 2 ( μ ∣ G R ) → L 2 ( μ ∣ G R ) ≲ 1 and μ ( G R ) ≥ 1 2 μ ( B ) ≥ ( 2 β ) − 1 μ ( R ) , (302) \sup_{\varepsilon>0}\|T_{\mu|G_R,\varepsilon}\|_{L^2(\mu|G_R)\to L^2(\mu|G_R)}\lesssim1
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
\mu(G_R)\ge\frac{1}{2}\mu(B)\ge(2\beta)^{-1}\mu(R), \tag*{(302)} ε > 0 sup ∥ T μ ∣ G R , ε ∥ L 2 ( μ ∣ G R ) → L 2 ( μ ∣ G R ) ≲ 1 and μ ( G R ) ≥ 2 1 μ ( B ) ≥ ( 2 β ) − 1 μ ( R ) , (302)
with constants independent of R R R and s s s .
Case II. It remains to consider the case r ( B ) > diam W r(B)>\operatorname{diam}W r ( B ) > diam W , in which W W W is bounded. Then, a : = diam W a:=\operatorname{diam}W a := diam W is positive, because μ \mu μ has no atoms, and (A.1) gives
r ( s ) ( R ) ≥ 2 Λ c ∗ r ( B ) > a . r^{(s)}(R)\ge\frac{2\Lambda}{c_*}r(B)>a. r ( s ) ( R ) ≥ c ∗ 2Λ r ( B ) > a .
Since the center of R R R belongs to W W W , we have W ⊂ B ( s ) ( R ) W\subset B^{(s)}(R) W ⊂ B ( s ) ( R ) , and hence R = W R=W R = W , by (26) . We set s 0 : = 3 a / 2 s_0:=3a/2 s 0 := 3 a /2 . As in the proof of Proposition 7.4 , the lattice D μ ( s 0 ) \mathcal{D}^{(s_0)}_\mu D μ ( s 0 ) has the single top cell W W W , which is doubling, and, since s 0 ≤ 2 a s_0\le2a s 0 ≤ 2 a , the testing ball of W W W belongs to B \mathcal{B} B , by the observation following Lemma A.1 . Hence, the construction above, with s 0 s_0 s 0 in place of s s s , gives a set G W ⊂ W G_W\subset W G W ⊂ W that satisfies (302) with R = W R=W R = W , and we set G R : = G W G_R:=G_W G R := G W .
Therefore, the hypotheses of Proposition 7.4 hold for every s > 0 s>0 s > 0 , with θ 0 = ( 2 β ) − 1 \theta_0=(2\beta)^{-1} θ 0 = ( 2 β ) − 1 , and Proposition 7.4 gives the L 2 ( μ ) L^2(\mu) L 2 ( μ ) -boundedness of T T T , with a bound depending only on the testing and structural parameters. In particular, the bound is independent of the regularization parameters h h h and L L L .
Since the bound in Proposition 3.1 is independent of h h h and L L L , we can now remove the auxiliary cut-offs introduced in § 3.1 and prove the main result of the paper.
Proof of Theorem 1.3 . The theorem follows from Proposition 3.1 and the reduction to the auxiliary kernel in Lemma 3.2 .
Applications to caloric measure
In this section we prove Theorem 1.9 , and we use the notation of § 1.2 . We set
B + ( X , r ) : = B ( X , r ) ∩ { ( Y , s ) : s > t } , (303) B^+(X,r):=B(X,r)\cap\{(Y,s):s>t\}, \tag*{(303)} B + ( X , r ) := B ( X , r ) ∩ {( Y , s ) : s > t } , (303)
and
B − ( X , r ) : = B ( X , r ) ∩ { ( Y , s ) : s < t } (304) B^-(X,r):=B(X,r)\cap\{(Y,s):s<t\} \tag*{(304)} B − ( X , r ) := B ( X , r ) ∩ {( Y , s ) : s < t } (304)
to denote the time-forward and time-backward half-balls, respectively. For a ball B = B ( X , r ) B=B(X,r) B = B ( X , r ) , we also write B ± : = B ± ( X , r ) B^\pm:=B^\pm(X,r) B ± := B ± ( X , r ) .
As in the introduction, for a finite measure ν \nu ν on P n \mathbb{P}^n P n , T ε ν T_\varepsilon\nu T ε ν and T ε ∗ ν T_\varepsilon^*\nu T ε ∗ ν denote the truncated operators associated with the kernels K ( X , Y ) = ∇ X Γ ( X , Y ) K(X,Y)=\nabla_X\Gamma(X,Y) K ( X , Y ) = ∇ X Γ ( X , Y ) and K ( Y , X ) = ∇ Y Γ ( Y , X ) K(Y,X)=\nabla_Y\Gamma(Y,X) K ( Y , X ) = ∇ Y Γ ( Y , X ) , respectively.
For f ∈ L 1 ( σ ) f\in L^1(\sigma) f ∈ L 1 ( σ ) , we write T σ , ε f : = T ε ( f σ ) T_{\sigma,\varepsilon}f:=T_\varepsilon(f\sigma) T σ , ε f := T ε ( f σ ) and T σ , ε ∗ f : = T ε ∗ ( f σ ) T_{\sigma,\varepsilon}^*f:=T_\varepsilon^*(f\sigma) T σ , ε ∗ f := T ε ∗ ( f σ ) , and T σ , ♯ f T_{\sigma,\sharp}f T σ , ♯ f and T σ , ♯ ∗ f T_{\sigma,\sharp}^*f T σ , ♯ ∗ f for the associated maximal singular integrals. Analogously, T ♯ ν T_\sharp\nu T ♯ ν and T ♯ ∗ ν T_\sharp^*\nu T ♯ ∗ ν denote the maximal truncations of a finite measure ν \nu ν .
Throughout this section, Ω ⊂ P n \Omega\subset\mathbb{P}^n Ω ⊂ P n is open and connected, n ≥ 1 n\ge1 n ≥ 1 , and σ \sigma σ is a non-negative Radon measure supported on ∂ Ω \partial\Omega ∂ Ω , with
σ ( B ( X , r ) ) ≤ C 0 r n + 1 for every X ∈ P n , r > 0. \sigma(B(X,r))\le C_0r^{n+1}\qquad\text{for every }X\in\mathbb{P}^n,\ r>0. σ ( B ( X , r )) ≤ C 0 r n + 1 for every X ∈ P n , r > 0.
For a pole P ∈ Ω P\in\Omega P ∈ Ω , caloric and adjoint caloric measures are defined by the Perron-Wiener-Brelot construction on their respective essential boundaries, with the point at infinity included when Ω \Omega Ω is unbounded. We denote by ω P \omega^P ω P and ω ∗ P \omega_*^P ω ∗ P their restrictions to the finite essential boundaries ∂ e Ω , ∂ e ∗ Ω ⊂ ∂ Ω \partial_e\Omega,\partial_e^*\Omega\subset\partial\Omega ∂ e Ω , ∂ e ∗ Ω ⊂ ∂ Ω , extended by zero to the rest of ∂ Ω \partial\Omega ∂ Ω , so that ω P ( ∂ Ω ) ≤ 1 \omega^{P}(\partial\Omega)\le1 ω P ( ∂ Ω ) ≤ 1 and ω ∗ P ( ∂ Ω ) ≤ 1 \omega_{*}^{P}(\partial\Omega)\le1 ω ∗ P ( ∂ Ω ) ≤ 1 . For more details on the construction, and precise definitions of those boundaries, we refer to [66 Sections 2 and 3] and [Wal2, Chapter 8].
In Section 8.4, we associate with each ball of the local T b Tb T b theorem a smaller ball whose time-forward and time-backward halves have comparable measure, see Lemma 8.9. The construction relies on the following lemma.
Lemma 8.1. Let σ \sigma σ be a non-negative Radon measure on P n \mathbb{P}^{n} P n with ( n + 1 ) (n+1) ( n + 1 ) -growth. Let E ⊂ P n E\subset\mathbb{P}^{n} E ⊂ P n be a compact set such that 0 < σ ( E ) < ∞ 0<\sigma(E)<\infty 0 < σ ( E ) < ∞ . Then, there exists X E = ( X E , t E ) ∈ E X_E=(X_E,t_E)\in E X E = ( X E , t E ) ∈ E such that
σ ( { ( Y , s ) ∈ E : s > t E } ) = σ ( { ( Y , s ) ∈ E : s < t E } ) = 1 2 σ ( E ) . (305) \sigma\bigl(\{(Y,s)\in E:s>t_E\}\bigr)=\sigma\bigl(\{(Y,s)\in E:s<t_E\}\bigr)=\frac{1}{2}\sigma(E). \tag*{(305)} σ ( {( Y , s ) ∈ E : s > t E } ) = σ ( {( Y , s ) ∈ E : s < t E } ) = 2 1 σ ( E ) . (305) Proof. First, we observe that, for every t 0 ∈ R t_0\in\mathbb{R} t 0 ∈ R , the set E ∩ { ( Y , s ) : s = t 0 } E\cap\{(Y,s):s=t_0\} E ∩ {( Y , s ) : s = t 0 } has parabolic Hausdorff dimension at most n n n . By the ( n + 1 ) (n+1) ( n + 1 ) -growth assumption on σ \sigma σ , a standard density argument yields
σ ( E ∩ { ( Y , s ) : s = t 0 } ) = 0 , for every t 0 ∈ R . \sigma\bigl(E\cap\{(Y,s):s=t_0\}\bigr)=0,\qquad\text{for every }t_0\in\mathbb{R}. σ ( E ∩ {( Y , s ) : s = t 0 } ) = 0 , for every t 0 ∈ R . Hence, if we denote by π t ( X , t ) : = t \pi_t(X,t):=t π t ( X , t ) := t the projection onto the time variable and we define ν : = ( π t ) # ( σ ∣ E ) \nu:=(\pi_t)_{\#}(\sigma|_E) ν := ( π t ) # ( σ ∣ E ) , we have that ν \nu ν is nonatomic.
We define the function F ν ( t ) : = ν ( ( − ∞ , t ] ) F_\nu(t):=\nu((-\infty,t]) F ν ( t ) := ν (( − ∞ , t ]) , t ∈ R t\in\mathbb{R} t ∈ R , and note that it is a continuous non-decreasing function such that
lim t → − ∞ F ν ( t ) = 0 and lim t → ∞ F ν ( t ) = σ ( E ) . \lim_{t\to-\infty}F_\nu(t)=0\qquad\text{and}\qquad\lim_{t\to\infty}F_\nu(t)=\sigma(E). t → − ∞ lim F ν ( t ) = 0 and t → ∞ lim F ν ( t ) = σ ( E ) . Thus, there exists t E ∈ R t_E\in\mathbb{R} t E ∈ R such that t E = min { t ∈ R : F ν ( t ) ≥ σ ( E ) / 2 } t_E=\min\{t\in\mathbb{R}:F_\nu(t)\ge\sigma(E)/2\} t E = min { t ∈ R : F ν ( t ) ≥ σ ( E ) /2 } . By minimality, we also have that ν ( ( t E − ε , t E + ε ) ) > 0 \nu((t_E-\varepsilon,t_E+\varepsilon))>0 ν (( t E − ε , t E + ε )) > 0 for every ε > 0 \varepsilon>0 ε > 0 , so t E ∈ supp ( ν ) t_E\in\operatorname{supp}(\nu) t E ∈ supp ( ν ) . Since E E E is compact, we have supp ( ν ) ⊂ π t ( E ) \operatorname{supp}(\nu)\subset\pi_t(E) supp ( ν ) ⊂ π t ( E ) , and we finally conclude that there exists a point ( X E , t E ) ∈ E (X_E,t_E)\in E ( X E , t E ) ∈ E for which (305) holds, because ν \nu ν is nonatomic. □
Elements of heat potential theory
In this subsection, we collect some auxiliary potential-theoretic results.
Lemma 8.2. Let Ω \Omega Ω be as in Theorem 1.9 , let Z ∈ P n Z\in\mathbb{P}^{n} Z ∈ P n and r > 0 r>0 r > 0 , and let E ⊂ ∂ Ω ∩ B ( Z , r ) E\subset\partial\Omega\cap B(Z,r) E ⊂ ∂ Ω ∩ B ( Z , r ) be compact. The function
v ( X ) : = ∫ E Γ ( X , Y ) d σ ( Y ) v(X):=\int_E\Gamma(X,Y)\,d\sigma(Y) v ( X ) := ∫ E Γ ( X , Y ) d σ ( Y ) is continuous on P n \mathbb{P}^{n} P n , caloric in Ω \Omega Ω , vanishes at infinity, and 0 ≤ v ≲ E 0 r 0\le v\lesssim\mathcal{E}_0r 0 ≤ v ≲ E 0 r .
Proof. Standard kernel estimates and the upper growth of σ \sigma σ give, for every X ∈ P n X\in\mathbb{P}^{n} X ∈ P n and a > 0 a>0 a > 0 ,
∫ E ∩ B ( X , a ) Γ ( X , Y ) d σ ( Y ) ≲ ∑ j ≥ 0 ( 2 − j a ) − n σ ( B ( X , 2 − j a ) ) ≲ E 0 a . (306) \int_{E\cap B(X,a)}\Gamma(X,Y)\,d\sigma(Y)\lesssim\sum_{j\ge0}(2^{-j}a)^{-n}\sigma(B(X,2^{-j}a))\lesssim\mathcal{E}_0a. \tag*{(306)} ∫ E ∩ B ( X , a ) Γ ( X , Y ) d σ ( Y ) ≲ j ≥ 0 ∑ ( 2 − j a ) − n σ ( B ( X , 2 − j a )) ≲ E 0 a . (306) If X ∈ B ( Z , 2 r ) X\in B(Z,2r) X ∈ B ( Z , 2 r ) , then E ⊂ B ( X , 3 r ) E\subset B(X,3r) E ⊂ B ( X , 3 r ) , so (306) with a = 3 r a=3r a = 3 r gives v ( X ) ≲ E 0 r v(X)\lesssim\mathcal{E}_0r v ( X ) ≲ E 0 r . For X ∈ P n ∖ B ( Z , 2 r ) X\in\mathbb{P}^{n}\setminus B(Z,2r) X ∈ P n ∖ B ( Z , 2 r ) , it is enough to note that
v ( X ) ≲ r − n σ ( E ) ≲ E 0 r . v(X)\lesssim r^{-n}\sigma(E)\lesssim\mathcal{E}_0r. v ( X ) ≲ r − n σ ( E ) ≲ E 0 r . The estimate (306) with a → 0 a\to0 a → 0 , which is uniform in X X X , together with the continuity of the kernel off the diagonal, yields continuity of v v v . Since E ⊂ ∂ Ω E\subset\partial\Omega E ⊂ ∂ Ω , the function v v v is caloric in Ω \Omega Ω , and finiteness of σ ( E ) \sigma(E) σ ( E ) gives decay at infinity. □
Extended by zero at infinity, the function v v v belongs to both the upper and the lower Perron-Wiener-Brelot classes for its values on the essential boundary, since it is continuous on P n \mathbb{P}^n P n , see [Wa12], so it is their common solution. Since the term at infinity in the representation formula vanishes, as an immediate consequence of Lemma 8.2 , we obtain the identity
v ( P ) = ∫ v ( W ) d ω P ( W ) , for P ∈ Ω , (307) v(\mathbf{P})=\int v(\mathbf{W})\,d\omega^{\mathbf{P}}(\mathbf{W}), \qquad\text{for } \mathbf{P}\in\Omega, \tag*{(307)} v ( P ) = ∫ v ( W ) d ω P ( W ) , for P ∈ Ω , (307)
and the corresponding statements hold for the adjoint caloric potential v ∗ ( X ) : = ∫ E Γ ( Y , X ) d σ ( Y ) v^*(\mathbf{X}):=\int_E\Gamma(\mathbf{Y},\mathbf{X})\,d\sigma(\mathbf{Y}) v ∗ ( X ) := ∫ E Γ ( Y , X ) d σ ( Y ) and ω ∗ P \omega_*^{\mathbf{P}} ω ∗ P replacing v ( X ) v(\mathbf{X}) v ( X ) and ω P \omega^{\mathbf{P}} ω P , respectively.
The next lemma is a parabolic version of Bourgain’s lemma, see also for instance [25 ] . Here H p , ∞ n + s \mathcal{H}^{n+s}_{p,\infty} H p , ∞ n + s denotes the ( n + s ) (n+s) ( n + s ) -dimensional Hausdorff content for the parabolic metric, see [66 Section 2] .
Lemma 8.3. Let X 0 = ( X 0 , t 0 ) ∈ ∂ Ω \mathbf{X}_0=(X_0,t_0)\in\partial\Omega X 0 = ( X 0 , t 0 ) ∈ ∂ Ω , r > 0 r>0 r > 0 , A ≥ 1 A\ge1 A ≥ 1 , and ϑ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \vartheta\in(0,1) ϑ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) . Suppose that P + ∈ Ω \mathbf{P}^+\in\Omega P + ∈ Ω satisfies ∣ X P + − X 0 ∣ ≤ A r |X_{P^+}-X_0|\le Ar ∣ X P + − X 0 ∣ ≤ A r and
t 0 + ϑ r 2 ≤ t P + ≤ t 0 + ϑ − 1 r 2 . t_0+\vartheta r^2\le t_{P^+}\le t_0+\vartheta^{-1}r^2. t 0 + ϑ r 2 ≤ t P + ≤ t 0 + ϑ − 1 r 2 . Then there are constants M 0 = M 0 ( n , A , ϑ ) > 1 M_0=M_0(n,A,\vartheta)>1 M 0 = M 0 ( n , A , ϑ ) > 1 and c = c ( n , A , ϑ ) > 0 c=c(n,A,\vartheta)>0 c = c ( n , A , ϑ ) > 0 such that, for M ≥ M 0 M\ge M_0 M ≥ M 0 ,
ω P + ( B ( X 0 , M r ) ) ≥ c σ ( B − ( X 0 , r ) ) E 0 r n + 1 . (308) \omega^{\mathbf{P}^+}(B(\mathbf{X}_0,Mr))\ge c\frac{\sigma(B^-(\mathbf{X}_0,r))}{\mathcal{E}_0r^{n+1}}. \tag*{(308)} ω P + ( B ( X 0 , M r )) ≥ c E 0 r n + 1 σ ( B − ( X 0 , r )) . (308) More generally, for 0 < s ≤ 2 0<s\le2 0 < s ≤ 2 , we have
ω P + ( B ( X 0 , M r ) ) ≳ n , s , A , ϑ H p , ∞ n + s ( B − ( X 0 , r ) ∩ ∂ Ω ) r n + s . (309) \omega^{\mathbf{P}^+}(B(\mathbf{X}_0,Mr))\gtrsim_{n,s,A,\vartheta}\frac{\mathcal{H}^{n+s}_{p,\infty}(B^-(\mathbf{X}_0,r)\cap\partial\Omega)}{r^{n+s}}. \tag*{(309)} ω P + ( B ( X 0 , M r )) ≳ n , s , A , ϑ r n + s H p , ∞ n + s ( B − ( X 0 , r ) ∩ ∂ Ω ) . (309) Proof. Take a compact set E ⊂ B − ( X 0 , r ) ∩ ∂ Ω E\subset B^-(\mathbf{X}_0,r)\cap\partial\Omega E ⊂ B − ( X 0 , r ) ∩ ∂ Ω and let v v v be its potential as in Lemma 8.2 . The time and spatial separation give v ( P + ) ≥ c 1 r − n σ ( E ) v(\mathbf{P}^+)\ge c_1r^{-n}\sigma(E) v ( P + ) ≥ c 1 r − n σ ( E ) . On the other hand, if M ≥ M 0 M\ge M_0 M ≥ M 0 ,
sup W ∉ B ( X 0 , M r ) v ( W ) ≤ C ( M − 1 ) − n r − n σ ( E ) ≤ 1 2 c 1 r − n σ ( E ) . \sup_{\mathbf{W}\notin B(\mathbf{X}_0,Mr)}v(\mathbf{W})\le C(M-1)^{-n}r^{-n}\sigma(E)\le\frac{1}{2}c_1r^{-n}\sigma(E). W ∈ / B ( X 0 , M r ) sup v ( W ) ≤ C ( M − 1 ) − n r − n σ ( E ) ≤ 2 1 c 1 r − n σ ( E ) . Since ω P + ( ∂ Ω ) ≤ 1 \omega^{\mathbf{P}^+}(\partial\Omega)\le1 ω P + ( ∂ Ω ) ≤ 1 , (307) and Lemma 8.2 imply
c 1 r − n σ ( E ) ≤ C E 0 r ω P + ( B ( X 0 , M r ) ) + 1 2 c 1 r − n σ ( E ) , c_1r^{-n}\sigma(E)\le C\mathcal{E}_0r\,\omega^{\mathbf{P}^+}(B(\mathbf{X}_0,Mr))+\frac{1}{2}c_1r^{-n}\sigma(E), c 1 r − n σ ( E ) ≤ C E 0 r ω P + ( B ( X 0 , M r )) + 2 1 c 1 r − n σ ( E ) , which readily yields (308) by the inner regularity of σ \sigma σ . Finally, the bound (309) follows from Frostman’s lemma. □
A time reflection of Lemma 8.3 implies that, if P − ∈ Ω \mathbf{P}^-\in\Omega P − ∈ Ω , ∣ X P − − X 0 ∣ ≤ A r |X_{P^-}-X_0|\le Ar ∣ X P − − X 0 ∣ ≤ A r , and t 0 − ϑ − 1 r 2 ≤ t P − ≤ t 0 − ϑ r 2 t_0-\vartheta^{-1}r^2\le t_{P^-}\le t_0-\vartheta r^2 t 0 − ϑ − 1 r 2 ≤ t P − ≤ t 0 − ϑ r 2 , then
ω ∗ P − ( B ( X 0 , M r ) ) ≥ c σ ( B + ( X 0 , r ) ) E 0 r n + 1 , for M ≥ M 0 . \omega_*^{\mathbf{P}^-}(B(\mathbf{X}_0,Mr))\ge c\frac{\sigma(B^+(\mathbf{X}_0,r))}{\mathcal{E}_0r^{n+1}},\qquad\text{for } M\ge M_0. ω ∗ P − ( B ( X 0 , M r )) ≥ c E 0 r n + 1 σ ( B + ( X 0 , r )) , for M ≥ M 0 .
In particular, in our application, we take δ ≤ M 0 ( n , 1 , ϑ ) − 1 \delta\le M_0(n,1,\vartheta)^{-1} δ ≤ M 0 ( n , 1 , ϑ ) − 1 . Let B B B be a ball as in Definition 1.8 such that σ ( ( δ B ) ± ) ≳ σ ( B ) \sigma((\delta B)^\pm)\gtrsim\sigma(B) σ (( δ B ) ± ) ≳ σ ( B ) . Lemma 8.3 and its time reflection with δ r ( B ) \delta r(B) δ r ( B ) in place of r r r , A = 1 A=1 A = 1 , and M = δ − 1 ≥ M 0 M=\delta^{-1}\ge M_0 M = δ − 1 ≥ M 0 , yield
ω B P + ( B ) ≳ σ ( ( δ B ) − ) E 0 ( δ r ( B ) ) n + 1 ≳ σ ( B ) E 0 r ( B ) n + 1 , and ω ∗ B P − ( B ) ≳ σ ( B ) E 0 r ( B ) n + 1 , (310) \omega^{\mathbf{P}^+}_B(B)\gtrsim\frac{\sigma((\delta B)^-)}{\mathcal{E}_0(\delta r(B))^{n+1}}\gtrsim\frac{\sigma(B)}{\mathcal{E}_0r(B)^{n+1}},\qquad\text{and}\qquad\omega^{\mathbf{P}^-}_{*B}(B)\gtrsim\frac{\sigma(B)}{\mathcal{E}_0r(B)^{n+1}}, \tag*{(310)} ω B P + ( B ) ≳ E 0 ( δ r ( B ) ) n + 1 σ (( δ B ) − ) ≳ E 0 r ( B ) n + 1 σ ( B ) , and ω ∗ B P − ( B ) ≳ E 0 r ( B ) n + 1 σ ( B ) , (310)
where the implicit constants depend on n n n , ϑ \vartheta ϑ , δ \delta δ , and the implicit constants in the assumption on B B B . This applies, in particular, to the balls of Lemma 8.9 .
A local estimate for the cutoff potential
We first recall a consequence of the interior gradient estimate for solutions to the adjoint heat equation and Harnack’s inequality.
Lemma 8.4. Suppose that u ≥ 0 u \ge0 u ≥ 0 is adjoint caloric in B ( Z , 10 r ) B(Z,10r) B ( Z , 10 r ) , where Z = ( Z , t Z ) Z=(Z,t_Z) Z = ( Z , t Z ) , and put Z + = ( Z , t Z + 4 r 2 ) Z^+=(Z,t_Z+4r^2) Z + = ( Z , t Z + 4 r 2 ) . Then
∣ ∇ X u ( Z + ) ∣ ≤ C r u ( Y ) , for every Y ∈ B ( Z , r ) . \lvert\nabla_X u(Z^+)\rvert\le\frac{C}{r}u(Y), \qquad\text{for every }Y\in B(Z,r). ∣ ∇ X u ( Z + )∣ ≤ r C u ( Y ) , for every Y ∈ B ( Z , r ) . For a non-negative caloric function, the analogous estimate holds at Z − = ( Z , t Z − 4 r 2 ) Z^-=(Z,t_Z-4r^2) Z − = ( Z , t Z − 4 r 2 ) .
Proof. The interior gradient estimate gives ∣ ∇ X u ( Z + ) ∣ ≲ r − 1 sup B ( Z + , r ) u \lvert\nabla_Xu(Z^+)\rvert\lesssim r^{-1}\sup_{B(Z^+,r)}u ∣ ∇ X u ( Z + )∣ ≲ r − 1 sup B ( Z + , r ) u . The time-coordinates of points in B ( Z + , r ) B(Z^+,r) B ( Z + , r ) belong to the interval ( t Z + 3 r 2 , t Z + 5 r 2 ) (t_Z+3r^2,t_Z+5r^2) ( t Z + 3 r 2 , t Z + 5 r 2 ) , whereas the times of Y ∈ B ( Z , r ) Y\in B(Z,r) Y ∈ B ( Z , r ) belong to ( t Z − r 2 , t Z + r 2 ) (t_Z-r^2,t_Z+r^2) ( t Z − r 2 , t Z + r 2 ) . The adjoint Harnack inequality, applied inside B ( Z , 10 r ) B(Z,10r) B ( Z , 10 r ) , bounds the supremum by C u ( Y ) Cu(Y) C u ( Y ) , uniformly in Y Y Y . The caloric estimate follows by time reversal. □
Lemma 8.5. Let Z ∈ supp σ Z\in\operatorname{supp}\sigma Z ∈ supp σ , r > 0 r>0 r > 0 and P + ∈ Ω ∖ B ( Z , 100 r ) P^+\in\Omega\setminus B(Z,100r) P + ∈ Ω ∖ B ( Z , 100 r ) . Choose 0 ≤ φ Z , r ≤ 1 0\le\varphi_{Z,r}\le1 0 ≤ φ Z , r ≤ 1 , smooth, vanishing on B ( Z , 10 r ) B(Z,10r) B ( Z , 10 r ) and equal to 1 1 1 outside B ( Z , 20 r ) B(Z,20r) B ( Z , 20 r ) , and define
u + ( Y ) : = Γ ( P + , Y ) − ∫ Γ ( W , Y ) φ Z , r ( W ) d ω ∗ P + ( W ) . (311) u^+(Y):=\Gamma(P^+,Y)-\int\Gamma(W,Y)\varphi_{Z,r}(W)\,d\omega_{*}^{P^+}(W). \tag*{(311)} u + ( Y ) := Γ ( P + , Y ) − ∫ Γ ( W , Y ) φ Z , r ( W ) d ω ∗ P + ( W ) . (311) Then u + ≥ 0 u^+\ge0 u + ≥ 0 is adjoint caloric in B ( Z , 10 r ) B(Z,10r) B ( Z , 10 r ) and, for Z + : = ( Z , t Z + 4 r 2 ) Z^+:=(Z,t_Z+4r^2) Z + := ( Z , t Z + 4 r 2 ) , we have
∣ ∇ X u + ( Z + ) ∣ ≲ E 0 ω P + ( B ( Z , 20 r ) ) σ ( B ( Z , r ) ) . (312) \lvert\nabla_Xu^+(Z^+)\rvert\lesssim\mathcal{E}_0\frac{\omega^{P^+}(B(Z,20r))}{\sigma(B(Z,r))}. \tag*{(312)} ∣ ∇ X u + ( Z + )∣ ≲ E 0 σ ( B ( Z , r )) ω P + ( B ( Z , 20 r )) . (312)
Proof. We first claim that, for P ∈ Ω P\in\Omega P ∈ Ω and P ≠ Y P\ne Y P = Y , we have
∫ Γ ( W , Y ) d ω P ( W ) ≤ Γ ( P , Y ) . (313) \int\Gamma(W,Y)\,d\omega^P(W)\le\Gamma(P,Y). \tag*{(313)} ∫ Γ ( W , Y ) d ω P ( W ) ≤ Γ ( P , Y ) . (313)
Note that, since 0 ≤ φ Z , r ≤ 1 0\le\varphi_{Z,r}\le1 0 ≤ φ Z , r ≤ 1 , (313) proves u + ≥ 0 u^+\ge0 u + ≥ 0 .
To prove the claim, it suffices to approximate a unit point mass at Y Y Y by non-negative smooth compactly supported densities. Their heat potentials are bounded non-negative supercaloric functions vanishing at infinity, and therefore dominate the caloric extensions of their boundary values. Passing to the limit by Fatou proves (313) ; at the diagonal we assign the kernel the value zero.
The adjoint caloricity of u + u^+ u + in the whole B ( Z , 10 r ) B(Z,10r) B ( Z , 10 r ) follows because both the pole and the support of φ Z , r ω P + \varphi_{Z,r}\omega^{P^+} φ Z , r ω P + lie outside that ball.
We are left with proving (312) . Let E ⊂ supp σ ∩ B ( Z , r ) E\subset\operatorname{supp}\sigma\cap B(Z,r) E ⊂ supp σ ∩ B ( Z , r ) be a compact set with σ ( E ) ≥ σ ( B ( Z , r ) ) / 2 \sigma(E)\ge\sigma(B(Z,r))/2 σ ( E ) ≥ σ ( B ( Z , r )) /2 , and let v v v be the potential in Lemma 8.2. By Fubini’s theorem and (307) , we have
∫ E u + d σ = v ( P + ) − ∫ v φ Z , r d ω P + = ∫ v ( 1 − φ Z , r ) d ω P + ≲ E 0 r ω P + ( B ( Z , 20 r ) ) . (314) \int_E u^+\,d\sigma=v(P^+)-\int v\varphi_{Z,r}\,d\omega^{P^+}
=\int v(1-\varphi_{Z,r})\,d\omega^{P^+}
\lesssim\mathcal{E}_0r\,\omega^{P^+}(B(Z,20r)). \tag*{(314)} ∫ E u + d σ = v ( P + ) − ∫ v φ Z , r d ω P + = ∫ v ( 1 − φ Z , r ) d ω P + ≲ E 0 r ω P + ( B ( Z , 20 r )) . (314)
On the other hand, Lemma 8.4 and the inequality u + ≥ 0 u^+\ge0 u + ≥ 0 imply
∣ ∇ X u + ( Z + ) ∣ ≲ 1 r σ ( E ) ∫ E u + d σ . (315) \lvert\nabla_Xu^+(Z^+)\rvert\lesssim\frac{1}{r\sigma(E)}\int_Eu^+\,d\sigma. \tag*{(315)} ∣ ∇ X u + ( Z + )∣ ≲ r σ ( E ) 1 ∫ E u + d σ . (315)
Thus, gathering the last two estimates proves (312) . □
A time reflection yields an estimate analogous to (312) for the function
u − ( Y ) : = Γ ( Y , P − ) − ∫ Γ ( Y , W ) φ Z , r ( W ) d ω ∗ P − ( W ) , u^-(Y):=\Gamma(Y,P^-)-\int\Gamma(Y,W)\varphi_{Z,r}(W)\,d\omega_*^{P^-}(W), u − ( Y ) := Γ ( Y , P − ) − ∫ Γ ( Y , W ) φ Z , r ( W ) d ω ∗ P − ( W ) ,
at the time-lagged point Z − : = ( Z , t Z − 4 r 2 ) Z^-:=(Z,t_Z-4r^2) Z − := ( Z , t Z − 4 r 2 ) .
The maximal truncations on a testing ball
Let B B B be a ball as in Definition 1.8 such that
σ ( ( δ B ) − ) ≳ σ ( B ) and σ ( ( δ B ) + ) ≳ σ ( B ) , (316) \sigma((\delta B)^-) \gtrsim\sigma(B) \qquad\text{and}\qquad\sigma((\delta B)^+) \gtrsim\sigma(B), \tag*{(316)} σ (( δ B ) − ) ≳ σ ( B ) and σ (( δ B ) + ) ≳ σ ( B ) , (316)
with fixed constants. In particular, this holds for the balls of Lemma 8.9 . To apply the local T b Tb T b theorem, we first define the testing measures
ν B ∗ : = σ ( B ) ω B + ( B ) ω B + ∣ B , ν B : = σ ( B ) ω B − ( B ) ω B − ∣ B , (317) \nu_B^\ast:= \frac{\sigma(B)}{\omega_B^{+}(B)}\omega_B^{+}|_B,\qquad\nu_B := \frac{\sigma(B)}{\omega_B^{-}(B)}\omega_B^{-}|_B, \tag*{(317)} ν B ∗ := ω B + ( B ) σ ( B ) ω B + ∣ B , ν B := ω B − ( B ) σ ( B ) ω B − ∣ B , (317)
and we remark that the denominators in (317) are positive by (310) . Both measures are non-negative and concentrated on B B B , and by definition we have
ν B ( B ) = ν B ∗ ( B ) = σ ( B ) . (318) \nu_B(B)=\nu_B^\ast(B)=\sigma(B). \tag*{(318)} ν B ( B ) = ν B ∗ ( B ) = σ ( B ) . (318)
Moreover, by Definition 1.8 , for every Borel set E ⊂ B E\subset B E ⊂ B we have that:
If σ ( E ) ≤ κ σ ( B ) , then ν B ( E ) ≤ κ ′ σ ( B ) and ν B ∗ ( E ) ≤ κ ′ σ ( B ) . (319) \text{If }\sigma(E)\leq\kappa\sigma(B),\qquad\text{then}\qquad\nu_B(E)\leq\kappa'\sigma(B)\text{ and }\nu_B^\ast(E)\leq\kappa'\sigma(B). \tag*{(319)} If σ ( E ) ≤ κσ ( B ) , then ν B ( E ) ≤ κ ′ σ ( B ) and ν B ∗ ( E ) ≤ κ ′ σ ( B ) . (319)
To verify the alternative (5) of Definition 1.2 , we need pointwise bounds for the maximal truncations of T T T and T ∗ T^\ast T ∗ applied to these measures. We recall that the non-centered dilated maximal function in (21) of a non-negative measure ν \nu ν is given by
M ~ σ ν ( Z ) = sup B ′ ∋ Z , σ ( 5 B ′ ) > 0 ν ( B ′ ) σ ( 5 B ′ ) , for Z ∈ P n . \widetilde{\mathcal{M}}_{\sigma}\nu(Z)=\sup_{\substack{B'\ni Z,\ \sigma(5B')>0}}\frac{\nu(B')}{\sigma(5B')},\qquad\text{for }Z\in\mathbb{P}^n. M σ ν ( Z ) = B ′ ∋ Z , σ ( 5 B ′ ) > 0 sup σ ( 5 B ′ ) ν ( B ′ ) , for Z ∈ P n .
Proposition 8.6. For τ , η ∈ ( 0 , 1 / 10 ) \tau,\eta\in(0,1/10) τ , η ∈ ( 0 , 1/10 ) , the measures in (317) satisfy
T # ∗ ν B ∗ ( Z ) ≤ C τ , η ( 1 + M ~ σ ν B ∗ ( Z ) ) , Z ∈ ( ( 1 − τ ) B ∩ supp σ ) ∖ B ( P B + , η r ( B ) / 2 ) , (320) T^\ast_{\#}\nu_B^\ast(Z)\leq C_{\tau,\eta}\left(1+\widetilde{\mathcal{M}}_{\sigma}\nu_B^\ast(Z)\right),\qquad Z\in\bigl((1-\tau)B\cap\operatorname{supp}\sigma\bigr)\setminus B(P_B^+,\eta r(B)/2), \tag*{(320)} T # ∗ ν B ∗ ( Z ) ≤ C τ , η ( 1 + M σ ν B ∗ ( Z ) ) , Z ∈ ( ( 1 − τ ) B ∩ supp σ ) ∖ B ( P B + , η r ( B ) /2 ) , (320) and
T # ν B ( Z ) ≤ C τ , η ( 1 + M ~ σ ν B ( Z ) ) , Z ∈ ( ( 1 − τ ) B ∩ supp σ ) ∖ B ( P B − , η r ( B ) / 2 ) , (321) T_{\#}\nu_B(Z)\leq C_{\tau,\eta}\left(1+\widetilde{\mathcal{M}}_{\sigma}\nu_B(Z)\right),\qquad Z\in\bigl((1-\tau)B\cap\operatorname{supp}\sigma\bigr)\setminus B(P_B^-,\eta r(B)/2), \tag*{(321)} T # ν B ( Z ) ≤ C τ , η ( 1 + M σ ν B ( Z ) ) , Z ∈ ( ( 1 − τ ) B ∩ supp σ ) ∖ B ( P B − , η r ( B ) /2 ) , (321) where C τ , η : = C min { τ , η } − n − 1 C_{\tau,\eta}:=C\min\{\tau,\eta\}^{-n-1} C τ , η := C min { τ , η } − n − 1 , and C > 0 C>0 C > 0 depends only on n n n , E 0 \mathcal{E}_0 E 0 , ϑ \vartheta ϑ , δ \delta δ , and the constants in (316) .
The proof of the proposition above relies on the following lemma.
Lemma 8.7. We write P + : = P B + P^+:=P_B^+ P + := P B + , ω + , : = ω + \omega^{+,}:=\omega^+ ω + , := ω + , a B : = σ ( B ) / ω + ( B ) a_B:=\sigma(B)/\omega^+(B) a B := σ ( B ) / ω + ( B ) , and fix Z Z Z as in the statement of Proposition 8.6. We also assume that C ~ : = M ~ σ ν B ∗ ( Z ) < ∞ \widetilde{C}:=\widetilde{\mathcal{M}}_{\sigma}\nu_B^\ast(Z)<\infty C := M σ ν B ∗ ( Z ) < ∞ . Let r ∗ : = 10 − 4 min { τ , η } r ( B ) r_\ast:=10^{-4}\min\{\tau,\eta\}r(B) r ∗ := 1 0 − 4 min { τ , η } r ( B ) . If 0 < R ≤ r ∗ 0<R\leq r_\ast 0 < R ≤ r ∗ is such that
σ ( B ( Z , 100 R ) ) ≤ 100 n + 2 σ ( B ( Z , R ) ) , (322) \sigma(B(Z,100R))\leq100^{n+2}\sigma(B(Z,R)), \tag*{(322)} σ ( B ( Z , 100 R )) ≤ 10 0 n + 2 σ ( B ( Z , R )) , (322) then
∣ T R ∗ ν B ∗ ( Z ) ∣ ≤ C τ , η ( 1 + C ~ ) . (323) |T_R^\ast\nu_B^\ast(Z)|\leq C_{\tau,\eta}(1+\widetilde{C}). \tag*{(323)} ∣ T R ∗ ν B ∗ ( Z ) ∣ ≤ C τ , η ( 1 + C ) . (323) Proof. By the definition of C ~ \widetilde{C} C and the upper growth of σ \sigma σ , for r > 0 r>0 r > 0 we have
ν B ∗ ( B ( Z , r ) ) ≤ C ~ σ ( B ( Z , 5 r ) ) ≤ 5 n + 1 C 0 C ~ r n + 1 . (324) \nu_B^\ast(B(Z,r))\leq\widetilde{C}\sigma(B(Z,5r))\leq5^{n+1}\mathcal{C}_0\widetilde{C}r^{n+1}. \tag*{(324)} ν B ∗ ( B ( Z , r )) ≤ C σ ( B ( Z , 5 r )) ≤ 5 n + 1 C 0 C r n + 1 . (324) Let Z R : = ( Z , t Z + 4 R 2 ) Z_R:=(Z,t_Z+4R^2) Z R := ( Z , t Z + 4 R 2 ) . Since R ≤ 10 − 4 min { τ , η } r ( B ) R\leq10^{-4}\min\{\tau,\eta\}r(B) R ≤ 1 0 − 4 min { τ , η } r ( B ) , we have P + ∉ B ( Z , 100 R ) P^+\notin B(Z,100R) P + ∈ / B ( Z , 100 R ) , B ( Z , 100 R ) ⊂ B B(Z,100R)\subset B B ( Z , 100 R ) ⊂ B , and ∥ P + − Z R ∥ ≥ η r ( B ) / 4 \lVert P^+-Z_R\rVert\geq\eta r(B)/4 ∥ P + − Z R ∥ ≥ η r ( B ) /4 . Hence, by Lemma 8.5 with r = R r=R r = R and differentiating (311) with respect to the space variable, we obtain
∫ K ( W , Z R ) φ Z , R ( W ) d ω + ( W ) = ∇ X u + ( Z R ) + K ( P + , Z R ) . (325) \int K(W,Z_R)\varphi_{Z,R}(W)\,d\omega^+(W)=\nabla_Xu^+(Z_R)+K(P^+,Z_R). \tag*{(325)} ∫ K ( W , Z R ) φ Z , R ( W ) d ω + ( W ) = ∇ X u + ( Z R ) + K ( P + , Z R ) . (325)
To prove the desired bound, we denote ν : = ν B ∗ = a B ω + ∣ B \nu:= \nu_B^* = a_B\omega^+|_B ν := ν B ∗ = a B ω + ∣ B , and we split
T R ∗ ν ( Z ) = a B ∇ X u + ( Z R ) + a B K ( P + , Z R ) + ∫ R < ∥ W − Z ∥ < 20 R K ( W , Z ) d ν ( W ) + ∫ ∥ W − Z ∥ ≥ 20 R ( K ( W , Z ) − K ( W , Z R ) ) d ν ( W ) − ∫ B ( Z , 20 R ) K ( W , Z R ) φ Z , R ( W ) d ν ( W ) − a B ∫ P n ∖ B K ( W , Z R ) φ Z , R ( W ) d ω + ( W ) = a B ∇ X u + ( Z R ) + a B K ( P + , Z R ) + I 1 + I 2 + I 3 + I 4 . (326) \begin{aligned}
T_R^*\nu(Z)={}&a_B\nabla_Xu^+(Z_R)+a_BK(\mathbb{P}^+,Z_R)+\int_{R<\lVert W-Z\rVert<20R}K(W,Z)\,d\nu(W)\\
&+\int_{\lVert W-Z\rVert\ge20R}\bigl(K(W,Z)-K(W,Z_R)\bigr)\,d\nu(W)\\
&-\int_{B(Z,20R)}K(W,Z_R)\varphi_{Z,R}(W)\,d\nu(W)-a_B\int_{\mathbb{P}^n\setminus B}K(W,Z_R)\varphi_{Z,R}(W)\,d\omega^+(W)\\
={}&a_B\nabla_Xu^+(Z_R)+a_BK(\mathbb{P}^+,Z_R)+\mathfrak{I}_1+\mathfrak{I}_2+\mathfrak{I}_3+\mathfrak{I}_4. \tag*{(326)}
\end{aligned} T R ∗ ν ( Z ) = = a B ∇ X u + ( Z R ) + a B K ( P + , Z R ) + ∫ R < ∥ W − Z ∥ < 20 R K ( W , Z ) d ν ( W ) + ∫ ∥ W − Z ∥ ≥ 20 R ( K ( W , Z ) − K ( W , Z R ) ) d ν ( W ) − ∫ B ( Z , 20 R ) K ( W , Z R ) φ Z , R ( W ) d ν ( W ) − a B ∫ P n ∖ B K ( W , Z R ) φ Z , R ( W ) d ω + ( W ) a B ∇ X u + ( Z R ) + a B K ( P + , Z R ) + I 1 + I 2 + I 3 + I 4 . (326)
By {(8.10)}, the definition of C ~ \widetilde C C , and {(8.20)}, we have
a B ∣ ∇ X u + ( Z R ) ∣ ≲ ε 0 σ ( B ( Z , R ) ) ν ( B ( Z , 20 R ) ) ≤ ε 0 C ~ σ ( B ( Z , 100 R ) ) σ ( B ( Z , R ) ) ≲ ε 0 C ~ . (327) \begin{aligned}
a_B\left|\nabla_Xu^+(Z_R)\right|\lesssim\frac{\varepsilon_0}{\sigma(B(Z,R))}\nu(B(Z,20R)) \\
&\le\varepsilon_0\widetilde C\frac{\sigma(B(Z,100R))}{\sigma(B(Z,R))}\lesssim\varepsilon_0\widetilde C. \tag*{(327)}
\end{aligned} a B ∇ X u + ( Z R ) ≲ σ ( B ( Z , R )) ε 0 ν ( B ( Z , 20 R )) ≤ ε 0 C σ ( B ( Z , R )) σ ( B ( Z , 100 R )) ≲ ε 0 C . (327)
Moreover, {(8.8)} and standard kernel estimates yield
a B ∣ K ( P + , Z R ) ∣ ≲ ε 0 r ( B ) n + 1 ( η r ( B ) ) n + 1 ≤ ε 0 η − n − 1 . (328) a_B\left|K(\mathbb{P}^+,Z_R)\right|\lesssim\frac{\varepsilon_0r(B)^{n+1}}{(\eta r(B))^{n+1}}\le\varepsilon_0\eta^{-n-1}. \tag*{(328)} a B K ( P + , Z R ) ≲ ( η r ( B ) ) n + 1 ε 0 r ( B ) n + 1 ≤ ε 0 η − n − 1 . (328)
By the size estimate and {(8.22)}, we obtain
∣ I 1 ∣ + ∣ I 3 ∣ ≲ R − n − 1 ν ( B ( Z , 20 R ) ) ≲ ε 0 C ~ . |\mathfrak{I}_1|+|\mathfrak{I}_3|\lesssim R^{-n-1}\nu(B(Z,20R))\lesssim\varepsilon_0\widetilde C. ∣ I 1 ∣ + ∣ I 3 ∣ ≲ R − n − 1 ν ( B ( Z , 20 R )) ≲ ε 0 C .
To bound the second integral, note that kernel regularity and {(8.22)} give
∣ I 2 ∣ ≲ ∫ ∥ W − Z ∥ ≥ 20 R R ∥ W − Z ∥ n + 2 d ν ( W ) ≲ ε 0 C ~ ∑ j ≥ 0 2 − j ≲ ε 0 C ~ . |\mathfrak{I}_2|\lesssim\int_{\lVert W-Z\rVert\ge20R}\frac{R}{\lVert W-Z\rVert^{n+2}}\,d\nu(W)\lesssim\varepsilon_0\widetilde C\sum_{j\ge0}2^{-j}\lesssim\varepsilon_0\widetilde C. ∣ I 2 ∣ ≲ ∫ ∥ W − Z ∥ ≥ 20 R ∥ W − Z ∥ n + 2 R d ν ( W ) ≲ ε 0 C j ≥ 0 ∑ 2 − j ≲ ε 0 C .
Since ∥ Z R − Z ∥ = 2 R \lVert Z_R-Z\rVert=2R ∥ Z R − Z ∥ = 2 R , the distance from Z R Z_R Z R to P n ∖ B \mathbb{P}^n\setminus B P n ∖ B is at least τ r ( B ) / 2 \tau r(B)/2 τ r ( B ) /2 . Moreover, ω + ( ∂ Ω ) ≤ 1 \omega^+(\partial\Omega)\le1 ω + ( ∂ Ω ) ≤ 1 , so
∣ I 4 ∣ ≲ a B ∫ P n ∖ B ∣ K ( W , Z R ) ∣ φ Z , R ( W ) d ω + ( W ) ≲ a B ( τ r ( B ) ) n + 1 ≲ ε 0 τ − n − 1 , |\mathfrak{I}_4|\lesssim a_B\int_{\mathbb{P}^n\setminus B}|K(W,Z_R)|\varphi_{Z,R}(W)\,d\omega^+(W)\lesssim\frac{a_B}{(\tau r(B))^{n+1}}\lesssim\varepsilon_0\tau^{-n-1}, ∣ I 4 ∣ ≲ a B ∫ P n ∖ B ∣ K ( W , Z R ) ∣ φ Z , R ( W ) d ω + ( W ) ≲ ( τ r ( B ) ) n + 1 a B ≲ ε 0 τ − n − 1 ,
which, together with the previous bounds for the other terms in {(8.24)}, allows us to conclude {(8.21)}. □
The proof of Proposition 8.6 combines the lemma above with the standard kernel estimates.
Proof of Proposition 8.6. We prove {(8.18)} and note that {(8.19)} readily follows by time reversal. Moreover, we fix Z Z Z as in the statement and we can assume without loss of generality that C ~ : = M σ ν B ∗ ( Z ) < ∞ \widetilde C:=\mathcal{M}_{\sigma}\nu_B^*(Z)<\infty C := M σ ν B ∗ ( Z ) < ∞ . As in the proof of the lemma above, we denote r ∗ : = 10 − 4 min { τ , η } r ( B ) r_*:=10^{-4}\min\{\tau,\eta\}r(B) r ∗ := 1 0 − 4 min { τ , η } r ( B ) and ν : = ν B ∗ \nu:=\nu_B^* ν := ν B ∗ .
Let ε > 0 \varepsilon>0 ε > 0 . If ε ≥ r ∗ / 100 \varepsilon\ge r_*/100 ε ≥ r ∗ /100 , kernel size and {(8.16)} give
∣ T ε ∗ ν ( Z ) ∣ ≲ ε − n − 1 σ ( B ) ≲ ε 0 min { τ , η } − n − 1 . (329) |T_\varepsilon^*\nu(Z)|\lesssim\varepsilon^{-n-1}\sigma(B)\lesssim\varepsilon_0\min\{\tau,\eta\}^{-n-1}. \tag*{(329)} ∣ T ε ∗ ν ( Z ) ∣ ≲ ε − n − 1 σ ( B ) ≲ ε 0 min { τ , η } − n − 1 . (329)
Let us now assume that ε < r ∗ / 100 \varepsilon<r_*/100 ε < r ∗ /100 and, for j ≥ 0 j\ge0 j ≥ 0 , define R j : = 100 j ε R_j:=100^j\varepsilon R j := 10 0 j ε . We denote by k ≥ 0 k\ge0 k ≥ 0 the smallest integer for which either {(8.20)} holds with R = R k R=R_k R = R k or we have R k ≥ r ∗ / 100 R_k\ge r_*/100 R k ≥ r ∗ /100 . By minimality, R k < r ∗ R_k<r_* R k < r ∗ , and
σ ( B ( Z , R j + 1 ) ) > 100 n + 2 σ ( B ( Z , R j ) ) , for 0 ≤ j < k . (330) \sigma(B(Z,R_{j+1}))>100^{n+2}\sigma(B(Z,R_j)),\qquad\text{for }0\le j<k. \tag*{(330)} σ ( B ( Z , R j + 1 )) > 10 0 n + 2 σ ( B ( Z , R j )) , for 0 ≤ j < k . (330)
In either case, {(8.21)} or the preceding size estimate gives ∣ T R k ∗ ν ( Z ) ∣ ≤ C τ , η ( 1 + C ~ ) |T_{R_k}^*\nu(Z)|\le C_{\tau,\eta}(1+\widetilde C) ∣ T R k ∗ ν ( Z ) ∣ ≤ C τ , η ( 1 + C ) . Moreover,
∣ T ε ∗ ν ( Z ) − T R k ∗ ν ( Z ) ∣ ≲ ∑ j = 0 k − 1 ν ( B ( Z , 2 R j + 1 ) ) R j n + 1 ≤ C ~ ∑ j = 0 k − 1 σ ( B ( Z , R j + 2 ) ) R j n + 1 . (331) \left|T_{\varepsilon}^{*}\nu(Z)-T_{R_k}^{*}\nu(Z)\right|\lesssim\sum_{j=0}^{k-1}\frac{\nu(B(Z,2R_{j+1}))}{R_j^{n+1}}\leq\widetilde C\sum_{j=0}^{k-1}\frac{\sigma(B(Z,R_{j+2}))}{R_j^{n+1}}. \tag*{(331)} T ε ∗ ν ( Z ) − T R k ∗ ν ( Z ) ≲ j = 0 ∑ k − 1 R j n + 1 ν ( B ( Z , 2 R j + 1 )) ≤ C j = 0 ∑ k − 1 R j n + 1 σ ( B ( Z , R j + 2 )) . (331)
We assume without loss of generality that k ≥ 1 k\geq1 k ≥ 1 , since otherwise the sum in (331) is empty. Note that upper growth implies
σ ( B ( Z , R k + 1 ) ) R k n + 1 ≲ 100 2 ( n + 1 ) E 0 . (332) \frac{\sigma(B(Z,R_{k+1}))}{R_k^{n+1}}\lesssim100^{2(n+1)}\mathcal{E}_0. \tag*{(332)} R k n + 1 σ ( B ( Z , R k + 1 )) ≲ 10 0 2 ( n + 1 ) E 0 . (332)
For j ≤ k − 2 j\leq k-2 j ≤ k − 2 , iterating (330) and again using upper growth yields
σ ( B ( Z , R j + 2 ) ) R j n + 1 ≤ 100 − ( n + 2 ) ( k − j − 2 ) σ ( B ( Z , R k ) ) R j n + 1 ≤ 100 2 ( n + 1 ) E 0 100 − ( k − j − 2 ) . (333) \frac{\sigma(B(Z,R_{j+2}))}{R_j^{n+1}}\leq100^{-(n+2)(k-j-2)}\frac{\sigma(B(Z,R_k))}{R_j^{n+1}}\leq100^{2(n+1)}\mathcal{E}_0\,100^{-(k-j-2)}. \tag*{(333)} R j n + 1 σ ( B ( Z , R j + 2 )) ≤ 10 0 − ( n + 2 ) ( k − j − 2 ) R j n + 1 σ ( B ( Z , R k )) ≤ 10 0 2 ( n + 1 ) E 0 10 0 − ( k − j − 2 ) . (333)
Hence, we gather (331) , (332) , (333) , and obtain
∣ T ε ∗ ν ( Z ) − T R k ∗ ν ( Z ) ∣ ≲ E 0 C ~ , \left|T_{\varepsilon}^{*}\nu(Z)-T_{R_k}^{*}\nu(Z)\right|\lesssim\mathcal{E}_0\widetilde C, T ε ∗ ν ( Z ) − T R k ∗ ν ( Z ) ≲ E 0 C ,
which, combined with (323) and (329) , proves (320) . □
The exceptional sets on the selected balls and the proof of Theorem 1.9
Fix τ , η ∈ ( 0 , 1 / 10 ) \tau,\eta\in(0,1/10) τ , η ∈ ( 0 , 1/10 ) and a ball B B B as in Definition 1.8 satisfying (316) . We set
V B : = B ∩ B ( P B − , η r ( B ) / 2 ) , V B ∗ : = B ∩ B ( P B + , η r ( B ) / 2 ) , V_B:=B\cap B(P_B^{-},\eta r(B)/2),\qquad V_B^{*}:=B\cap B(P_B^{+},\eta r(B)/2), V B := B ∩ B ( P B − , η r ( B ) /2 ) , V B ∗ := B ∩ B ( P B + , η r ( B ) /2 ) ,
and, for A > 1 A>1 A > 1 , we define
U B : = V B ∪ { Z ∈ B : M σ ν B ( Z ) > A } , U B ∗ : = V B ∗ ∪ { Z ∈ B : M σ ν B ∗ ( Z ) > A } . (334) U_B:=V_B\cup\{Z\in B:\mathcal{M}_{\sigma\nu_B}(Z)>A\},\qquad U_B^{*}:=V_B^{*}\cup\{Z\in B:\mathcal{M}_{\sigma\nu_B^{*}}(Z)>A\}. \tag*{(334)} U B := V B ∪ { Z ∈ B : M σ ν B ( Z ) > A } , U B ∗ := V B ∗ ∪ { Z ∈ B : M σ ν B ∗ ( Z ) > A } . (334)
Lemma 8.8. For every A > 1 A>1 A > 1 , we have
σ ( U B ) ≤ σ ( V B ) + A − 1 σ ( B ) and σ ( U B ∗ ) ≤ σ ( V B ∗ ) + A − 1 σ ( B ) . (335) \sigma(U_B)\leq\sigma(V_B)+A^{-1}\sigma(B)\qquad\text{and}\qquad\sigma(U_B^{*})\leq\sigma(V_B^{*})+A^{-1}\sigma(B). \tag*{(335)} σ ( U B ) ≤ σ ( V B ) + A − 1 σ ( B ) and σ ( U B ∗ ) ≤ σ ( V B ∗ ) + A − 1 σ ( B ) . (335) Moreover,
T ψ ν B ♯ ( Z ) ≤ C τ , η ( 1 + A ) , for Z ∈ ( ( 1 − τ ) B ∩ supp σ ) ∖ U B , (336) T_{\psi\nu_B}^{\sharp}(Z)\leq C_{\tau,\eta}(1+A),\qquad\text{for }Z\in((1-\tau)B\cap\operatorname{supp}\sigma)\setminus U_B, \tag*{(336)} T ψ ν B ♯ ( Z ) ≤ C τ , η ( 1 + A ) , for Z ∈ (( 1 − τ ) B ∩ supp σ ) ∖ U B , (336) and
T ψ ∗ ν B ∗ ( Z ) ≤ C τ , η ( 1 + A ) , for Z ∈ ( ( 1 − τ ) B ∩ supp σ ) ∖ U B ∗ , (337) T_{\psi^{*}\nu_B^{*}}(Z)\leq C_{\tau,\eta}(1+A),\qquad\text{for }Z\in((1-\tau)B\cap\operatorname{supp}\sigma)\setminus U_B^{*}, \tag*{(337)} T ψ ∗ ν B ∗ ( Z ) ≤ C τ , η ( 1 + A ) , for Z ∈ (( 1 − τ ) B ∩ supp σ ) ∖ U B ∗ , (337) where C τ , η C_{\tau,\eta} C τ , η is the constant in Proposition 8.6.
Proof. The estimates in (335) follow from (22) and (318) . If Z ∈ ( ( 1 − τ ) B ∩ supp σ ) ∖ U B Z\in((1-\tau)B\cap\operatorname{supp}\sigma)\setminus U_B Z ∈ (( 1 − τ ) B ∩ supp σ ) ∖ U B , then Z ∉ B ( P B − , η r ( B ) / 2 ) Z\notin B(P_B^{-},\eta r(B)/2) Z ∈ / B ( P B − , η r ( B ) /2 ) and M σ ν B ( Z ) ≤ A \mathcal{M}_{\sigma\nu_B}(Z)\leq A M σ ν B ( Z ) ≤ A , so (321) gives (336) . The proof of (337) is analogous, with (320) in place of (321) . □
We prove Theorem 1.9 by applying Theorem 1.3 with ( n + 1 ) (n+1) ( n + 1 ) in place of n n n and μ : = σ \mu:=\sigma μ := σ , with δ 0 : = 1 / 2 \delta_0:=1/2 δ 0 := 1/2 and Λ 0 : = 100 \Lambda_0:=100 Λ 0 := 100 in place of δ \delta δ and Λ \Lambda Λ , and with β 0 : = β 0 ( D , n + 1 , δ 0 , Λ 0 ) \beta_0:=\beta_0(D,n+1,\delta_0,\Lambda_0) β 0 := β 0 ( D , n + 1 , δ 0 , Λ 0 ) in place of β \beta β , where D D D is the geometric doubling constant of P n \mathbb{P}^n P n . In what follows, B = B ( X 0 , r ) B=B(X_0,r) B = B ( X 0 , r ) is a ball of the corresponding family B \mathcal{B} B , so that, in particular, X 0 ∈ supp σ X_0\in\operatorname{supp}\sigma X 0 ∈ supp σ and σ ( Λ 0 B ) ≤ β 0 σ ( δ 0 B ) \sigma(\Lambda_0B)\leq\beta_0\sigma(\delta_0B) σ ( Λ 0 B ) ≤ β 0 σ ( δ 0 B ) , while δ \delta δ and Λ \Lambda Λ denote the parameters in Definition 1.8.
Lemma 8.9. There exist N = N ( n , δ , Λ ) ≥ 1 N=N(n,\delta,\Lambda)\ge1 N = N ( n , δ , Λ ) ≥ 1 and a ball B ′ = B ( X E , ρ ) B'=B(X_{\mathrm E},\rho) B ′ = B ( X E , ρ ) with 40-small boundary, where X E ∈ B / 2 ∩ supp σ X_{\mathrm E}\in B/2\cap\operatorname{supp}\sigma X E ∈ B /2 ∩ supp σ and r / ( 8 Λ ) ≤ ρ ≤ r / ( 4 Λ ) r/(8\Lambda)\le\rho\le r/(4\Lambda) r / ( 8Λ ) ≤ ρ ≤ r / ( 4Λ ) , such that
Λ B ′ ⊂ B , σ ( ( δ B ′ ) ± ) ≥ σ ( B ) 8 β 0 N , and σ ( Λ B ′ ) ≤ 4 β 0 N σ ( δ B ′ ) . (338) \Lambda B'\subset B,\qquad\sigma\left((\delta B')^{\pm}\right)\ge\frac{\sigma(B)}{8\beta_0N},\qquad\text{and}\qquad\sigma(\Lambda B')\le4\beta_0N\sigma(\delta B'). \tag*{(338)} Λ B ′ ⊂ B , σ ( ( δ B ′ ) ± ) ≥ 8 β 0 N σ ( B ) , and σ ( Λ B ′ ) ≤ 4 β 0 N σ ( δ B ′ ) . (338) Proof. We put R : = r / ( 8 Λ ) R:=r/(8\Lambda) R := r / ( 8Λ ) . Since σ ( B / 2 ) ≥ β 0 − 1 σ ( B ) \sigma(B/2)\ge\beta_0^{-1}\sigma(B) σ ( B /2 ) ≥ β 0 − 1 σ ( B ) , there exists a compact set F ⊂ B / 2 ∩ supp σ F\subset B/2\cap\operatorname{supp}\sigma F ⊂ B /2 ∩ supp σ with σ ( F ) ≥ σ ( B ) / ( 2 β 0 ) \sigma(F)\ge\sigma(B)/(2\beta_0) σ ( F ) ≥ σ ( B ) / ( 2 β 0 ) . We cover F F F by N N N balls of radius δ R / 4 \delta R/4 δ R /4 , where N N N depends only on n n n , δ \delta δ , and Λ \Lambda Λ , and we choose a compact subset E E E of the intersection of F F F with one member of this cover such that σ ( E ) ≥ σ ( B ) / ( 4 β 0 N ) \sigma(E)\ge\sigma(B)/(4\beta_0N) σ ( E ) ≥ σ ( B ) / ( 4 β 0 N ) . By Lemma 8.1 , there exists X E = ( X E , t E ) ∈ E X_{\mathrm E}=(X_{\mathrm E},t_{\mathrm E})\in E X E = ( X E , t E ) ∈ E which bisects σ ∣ E \sigma|_E σ ∣ E in time. Moreover, since E E E is contained in a ball of radius δ R / 4 \delta R/4 δ R /4 , we have E ⊂ B ( X E , δ R / 2 ) E\subset B(X_{\mathrm E},\delta R/2) E ⊂ B ( X E , δ R /2 ) . Finally, by Lemma 2.2 with ε = 1 \varepsilon=1 ε = 1 , we choose R ≤ ρ ≤ 2 R R\le\rho\le2R R ≤ ρ ≤ 2 R so that B ′ : = B ( X E , ρ ) B':=B(X_{\mathrm E},\rho) B ′ := B ( X E , ρ ) has 40-small boundary.
The inclusion in (338) holds because X E ∈ B / 2 X_{\mathrm E}\in B/2 X E ∈ B /2 and Λ ρ ≤ r / 4 \Lambda\rho\le r/4 Λ ρ ≤ r /4 . Since E ⊂ δ B ′ E\subset\delta B' E ⊂ δ B ′ , the choice of X E X_{\mathrm E} X E gives
σ ( ( δ B ′ ) ± ) ≥ 1 2 σ ( E ) ≥ σ ( B ) 8 β 0 N \sigma\left((\delta B')^{\pm}\right)\ge\frac{1}{2}\sigma(E)\ge\frac{\sigma(B)}{8\beta_0N} σ ( ( δ B ′ ) ± ) ≥ 2 1 σ ( E ) ≥ 8 β 0 N σ ( B ) and
σ ( Λ B ′ ) ≤ σ ( B ) ≤ 4 β 0 N σ ( E ) ≤ 4 β 0 N σ ( δ B ′ ) , \sigma(\Lambda B')\le\sigma(B)\le4\beta_0N\sigma(E)\le4\beta_0N\sigma(\delta B'), σ ( Λ B ′ ) ≤ σ ( B ) ≤ 4 β 0 N σ ( E ) ≤ 4 β 0 N σ ( δ B ′ ) , which concludes the proof. □
Let B ′ B' B ′ be the ball of Lemma 8.9 . By construction and (338) , we have r ( B ′ ) ≈ r ( B ) r(B')\approx r(B) r ( B ′ ) ≈ r ( B ) and σ ( B ′ ) ≈ σ ( B ) \sigma(B')\approx\sigma(B) σ ( B ′ ) ≈ σ ( B ) , and B ′ B' B ′ satisfies (316) . Moreover, B ′ B' B ′ satisfies the hypotheses in Definition 1.8 , provided that the doubling constant β \beta β in Definition 1.8 is at least 4 β 0 N 4\beta_0N 4 β 0 N , which we assume from now on. Indeed, B ′ B' B ′ is centered on supp σ \operatorname{supp}\sigma supp σ , its radius is at most r ≤ diam ( supp σ ) r\le\operatorname{diam}(\operatorname{supp}\sigma) r ≤ diam ( supp σ ) , it has C 3 C_3 C 3 -small boundary because C 3 ≥ 40 C_3\ge40 C 3 ≥ 40 , and σ ( Λ B ′ ) ≤ β σ ( δ B ′ ) \sigma(\Lambda B')\le\beta\sigma(\delta B') σ ( Λ B ′ ) ≤ β σ ( δ B ′ ) . Hence, the measures ν B ′ \nu_{B'} ν B ′ and ν B ′ ∗ \nu^*_{B'} ν B ′ ∗ , in (317) , are defined, and we set
ν ^ B : = σ ( B ) σ ( B ′ ) ν B ′ and ν ^ B ∗ : = σ ( B ) σ ( B ′ ) ν B ′ ∗ . \widehat{\nu}_B:=\frac{\sigma(B)}{\sigma(B')}\nu_{B'}
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
\widehat{\nu}_B^*:=\frac{\sigma(B)}{\sigma(B')}\nu_{B'}^*. ν B := σ ( B ′ ) σ ( B ) ν B ′ and ν B ∗ := σ ( B ′ ) σ ( B ) ν B ′ ∗ .
By (318) , these measures are non-negative, supported in B ′ ‾ ⊂ B \overline{B'}\subset B B ′ ⊂ B , and satisfy
ν ^ B ( B ) = ∥ ν ^ B ∥ = σ ( B ) and ν ^ B ∗ ( B ) = ∥ ν ^ B ∗ ∥ = σ ( B ) . (339) \widehat{\nu}_B(B)=\lVert\widehat{\nu}_B\rVert=\sigma(B)
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
\widehat{\nu}_B^*(B)=\lVert\widehat{\nu}_B^*\rVert=\sigma(B). \tag*{(339)} ν B ( B ) = ∥ ν B ∥ = σ ( B ) and ν B ∗ ( B ) = ∥ ν B ∗ ∥ = σ ( B ) . (339)
Moreover, since σ ( B ) ≤ 4 β 0 N σ ( B ′ ) \sigma(B)\le4\beta_0N\sigma(B') σ ( B ) ≤ 4 β 0 N σ ( B ′ ) by (338) , the condition (319) applied to B ′ B' B ′ yields, for every Borel set A ⊂ B A\subset B A ⊂ B ,
if σ ( A ) ≤ κ 4 β 0 N σ ( B ) , then ν ^ B ( A ) ≤ κ ′ σ ( B ) and ν ^ B ∗ ( A ) ≤ κ ′ σ ( B ) . (340) \text{if }\sigma(A)\le\frac{\kappa}{4\beta_0N}\sigma(B),\qquad\text{then}\qquad
\widehat{\nu}_B(A)\le\kappa'\sigma(B)\quad\text{and}\quad
\widehat{\nu}_B^*(A)\le\kappa'\sigma(B). \tag*{(340)} if σ ( A ) ≤ 4 β 0 N κ σ ( B ) , then ν B ( A ) ≤ κ ′ σ ( B ) and ν B ∗ ( A ) ≤ κ ′ σ ( B ) . (340)
Indeed, if σ ( A ) ≤ κ σ ( B ) / ( 4 β 0 N ) \sigma(A)\le\kappa\sigma(B)/(4\beta_0N) σ ( A ) ≤ κσ ( B ) / ( 4 β 0 N ) , then σ ( A ∩ B ′ ) ≤ κ σ ( B ′ ) \sigma(A\cap B')\le\kappa\sigma(B') σ ( A ∩ B ′ ) ≤ κσ ( B ′ ) , so
ν ^ B ( A ) = σ ( B ) σ ( B ′ ) ν B ′ ( A ∩ B ′ ) ≤ κ ′ σ ( B ) , \widehat{\nu}_B(A)=\frac{\sigma(B)}{\sigma(B')}\nu_{B'}(A\cap B')\le\kappa'\sigma(B), ν B ( A ) = σ ( B ′ ) σ ( B ) ν B ′ ( A ∩ B ′ ) ≤ κ ′ σ ( B ) ,
and the same holds for ν ^ B ∗ \widehat{\nu}_B^* ν B ∗ .
Let ζ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \zeta\in(0,1) ζ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) and A : = 8 / ζ A:=8/\zeta A := 8/ ζ . Since B ′ B' B ′ has 40-small boundary and 5 B ′ ⊂ B 5B'\subset B 5 B ′ ⊂ B , we have
σ ( ( 1 + h ) B ′ ∖ ( 1 − h ) B ′ ) ≤ 40 h σ ( B ) for h ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) . \sigma\left((1+h)B'\setminus(1-h)B'\right)\le40h\,\sigma(B)
\qquad\text{for }h\in(0,1). σ ( ( 1 + h ) B ′ ∖ ( 1 − h ) B ′ ) ≤ 40 h σ ( B ) for h ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) .
Hence, we fix h ∈ ( 0 , 1 / 10 ) h\in(0,1/10) h ∈ ( 0 , 1/10 ) such that
W B : = ( 1 + h ) B ′ ∖ ( 1 − h ) B ′ satisfies σ ( W B ) ≤ ζ 8 σ ( B ) . W_B:=(1+h)B'\setminus(1-h)B'
\qquad\text{satisfies}\qquad
\sigma(W_B)\le\frac{\zeta}{8}\sigma(B). W B := ( 1 + h ) B ′ ∖ ( 1 − h ) B ′ satisfies σ ( W B ) ≤ 8 ζ σ ( B ) .
For η ∈ ( 0 , 1 / 10 ) \eta\in(0,1/10) η ∈ ( 0 , 1/10 ) , let V B ′ V_{B'} V B ′ , U B ′ U_{B'} U B ′ , V B ′ ∗ V_{B'}^* V B ′ ∗ , and U B ′ ∗ U_{B'}^* U B ′ ∗ be the sets associated with B ′ B' B ′ and A A A in (334) . We define
V B : = V B ′ , U B : = U B ′ ∪ W B ∪ ( B ∖ supp σ ) , V B ∗ : = V B ′ ∗ , U B ∗ : = U B ′ ∗ ∪ W B ∪ ( B ∖ supp σ ) , V_B := V_{B'}, \qquad U_B := U_{B'} \cup W_B \cup(B \setminus\operatorname{supp}\sigma), \qquad V_B^* := V_{B'}^*, \qquad U_B^* := U_{B'}^* \cup W_B \cup(B \setminus\operatorname{supp}\sigma), V B := V B ′ , U B := U B ′ ∪ W B ∪ ( B ∖ supp σ ) , V B ∗ := V B ′ ∗ , U B ∗ := U B ′ ∗ ∪ W B ∪ ( B ∖ supp σ ) ,
and we prove that the alternative in the following lemma holds.
Lemma 8.10. There exists C 2 = C 2 ( η , ζ ) > 0 \mathfrak{C}_2=\mathfrak{C}_2(\eta,\zeta)>0 C 2 = C 2 ( η , ζ ) > 0 , depending only on η \eta η , ζ \zeta ζ , and the parameters in Theorem 1.9 , such that the following holds.
If σ ( V B ) ≥ ζ σ ( B ) / 2 \sigma(V_B)\geq\zeta\sigma(B)/2 σ ( V B ) ≥ ζ σ ( B ) /2 , then V B ⊂ U B V_B\subset U_B V B ⊂ U B satisfies (4) .
If σ ( V B ) < ζ σ ( B ) / 2 \sigma(V_B)<\zeta\sigma(B)/2 σ ( V B ) < ζ σ ( B ) /2 , then σ ( U B ) < 3 ζ σ ( B ) / 4 \sigma(U_B)<3\zeta\sigma(B)/4 σ ( U B ) < 3 ζ σ ( B ) /4 and
T ♯ ν ^ B ( Z ) ≤ C 2 , Z ∈ B ∖ U B . (341) T_{\sharp\widehat{\nu}_B}(\mathbf{Z})\leq\mathfrak{C}_2,\qquad\mathbf{Z}\in B\setminus U_B. \tag*{(341)} T ♯ ν B ( Z ) ≤ C 2 , Z ∈ B ∖ U B . (341) The analogous statement holds for V B ∗ V_B^* V B ∗ , U B ∗ U_B^* U B ∗ , and T ♯ ν ^ B ∗ T_{\sharp\widehat{\nu}_B^*} T ♯ ν B ∗ .
Proof. The first alternative is immediate because diam ( V B ) ≤ η r ( B ′ ) ≤ η r ( B ) \operatorname{diam}(V_B)\leq\eta r(B')\leq\eta r(B) diam ( V B ) ≤ η r ( B ′ ) ≤ η r ( B ) , so we assume that σ ( V B ) < ζ σ ( B ) / 2 \sigma(V_B)<\zeta\sigma(B)/2 σ ( V B ) < ζ σ ( B ) /2 . By (335) applied to B ′ B' B ′ , the choices of A A A and h h h , and σ ( B ∖ supp σ ) = 0 \sigma(B\setminus\operatorname{supp}\sigma)=0 σ ( B ∖ supp σ ) = 0 , we have
σ ( U B ) ≤ σ ( V B ′ ) + A − 1 σ ( B ′ ) + σ ( W B ) < ζ 2 σ ( B ) + ζ 8 σ ( B ) + ζ 8 σ ( B ) = 3 4 ζ σ ( B ) . \begin{aligned}
\sigma(U_B)&\leq\sigma(V_{B'})+A^{-1}\sigma(B')+\sigma(W_B)\\
&<\frac{\zeta}{2}\sigma(B)+\frac{\zeta}{8}\sigma(B)+\frac{\zeta}{8}\sigma(B)=\frac{3}{4}\zeta\sigma(B).
\end{aligned} σ ( U B ) ≤ σ ( V B ′ ) + A − 1 σ ( B ′ ) + σ ( W B ) < 2 ζ σ ( B ) + 8 ζ σ ( B ) + 8 ζ σ ( B ) = 4 3 ζ σ ( B ) .
To prove (341) , we fix Z ∈ B ∖ U B \mathbf{Z}\in B\setminus U_B Z ∈ B ∖ U B . Since W B ⊂ U B W_B\subset U_B W B ⊂ U B , either Z ∈ ( 1 − h ) B ′ \mathbf{Z}\in(1-h)B' Z ∈ ( 1 − h ) B ′ or Z ∉ ( 1 + h ) B ′ \mathbf{Z}\notin(1+h)B' Z ∈ / ( 1 + h ) B ′ . In the first case, we have Z ∈ ( ( 1 − h ) B ′ ∩ supp σ ) ∖ U B ′ \mathbf{Z}\in((1-h)B'\cap\operatorname{supp}\sigma)\setminus U_{B'} Z ∈ (( 1 − h ) B ′ ∩ supp σ ) ∖ U B ′ , so (336) applied to B ′ B' B ′ with τ = h \tau=h τ = h and the bound σ ( B ) ≤ 4 β 0 N σ ( B ′ ) \sigma(B)\leq4\beta_0N\sigma(B') σ ( B ) ≤ 4 β 0 N σ ( B ′ ) , which follows from (338) , readily give
T ♯ ν ^ B ( Z ) = σ ( B ) σ ( B ′ ) T ♯ ν ^ B ′ ( Z ) ≤ 4 β 0 N C h , η ( 1 + A ) . T_{\sharp\widehat{\nu}_B}(\mathbf{Z})=\frac{\sigma(B)}{\sigma(B')}T_{\sharp\widehat{\nu}_{B'}}(\mathbf{Z})\leq4\beta_0N\mathcal{C}_{h,\eta}(1+A). T ♯ ν B ( Z ) = σ ( B ′ ) σ ( B ) T ♯ ν B ′ ( Z ) ≤ 4 β 0 N C h , η ( 1 + A ) .
In the second case, the support of ν ^ B \widehat{\nu}_B ν B lies at distance at least h r ( B ′ ) h r(B') h r ( B ′ ) from Z \mathbf{Z} Z . Thus, the size estimate, (339) , the ( n + 1 ) (n+1) ( n + 1 ) -growth of σ \sigma σ , and r ( B ′ ) ≥ r / ( 8 Λ ) r(B')\geq r/(8\Lambda) r ( B ′ ) ≥ r / ( 8Λ ) give
T ♯ ν ^ B ( Z ) ≲ σ ( B ) ( h r ( B ′ ) ) n + 1 ≲ C 0 ( 8 Λ h ) n + 1 . T_{\sharp\widehat{\nu}_B}(\mathbf{Z})\lesssim\frac{\sigma(B)}{(h r(B'))^{n+1}}\lesssim\mathfrak{C}_0\left(\frac{8\Lambda}{h}\right)^{n+1}. T ♯ ν B ( Z ) ≲ ( h r ( B ′ ) ) n + 1 σ ( B ) ≲ C 0 ( h 8Λ ) n + 1 .
Since h h h and A A A depend only on ζ \zeta ζ , this proves (341) . The proof for ν ^ B ∗ \widehat{\nu}_B^* ν B ∗ is analogous, with (337) in place of (336) . □
We finally conclude the section by gathering all the results above and applying our local T b Tb T b theorem.
Proof of Theorem 1.9 . We apply Theorem 1.3 , as described before Lemma 8.9 , to each component of T σ T_\sigma T σ , with the testing measures ν ^ B \widehat{\nu}_B ν B and ν ^ B ∗ \widehat{\nu}_B^* ν B ∗ defined above, for B ∈ B B\in\mathcal{B} B ∈ B . By (339) , the measures ν ^ B \widehat{\nu}_B ν B and ν ^ B ∗ \widehat{\nu}_B^* ν B ∗ satisfy (2) with C 1 : = 1 \mathfrak{C}_1:=1 C 1 := 1 . Moreover, since κ ′ ≤ 1 / 200 \kappa'\leq1/200 κ ′ ≤ 1/200 , (340) gives (3) with C 1 = 1 \mathfrak{C}_1=1 C 1 = 1 and ε 0 : = κ / ( 4 β 0 N ) \varepsilon_0:=\kappa/(4\beta_0N) ε 0 := κ / ( 4 β 0 N ) , which depends only on the parameters in Theorem 1.9 .
We fix τ ∈ ( 0 , τ 0 ) \tau\in(0,\tau_0) τ ∈ ( 0 , τ 0 ) and ζ ∈ ( 0 , ζ 0 ) \zeta\in(0,\zeta_0) ζ ∈ ( 0 , ζ 0 ) , with τ 0 \tau_0 τ 0 and ζ 0 \zeta_0 ζ 0 as in (8) . Since (341) holds on the whole B ∖ U B B\setminus U_B B ∖ U B , Lemma 8.10 shows that, for every η ∈ ( 0 , 1 / 10 ) \eta\in(0,1/10) η ∈ ( 0 , 1/10 ) , one of the alternatives (4) and (5) holds with C 2 ( η ) : = C 2 ( η , ζ ) \mathfrak{C}_2(\eta):=\mathfrak{C}_2(\eta,\zeta) C 2 ( η ) := C 2 ( η , ζ ) , both for ν ^ B \widehat{\nu}_B ν B and T σ T_\sigma T σ and for ν ^ B ∗ \widehat{\nu}_B^* ν B ∗ and T σ ∗ T_\sigma^* T σ ∗ . The maximal truncations of each component of T σ T_\sigma T σ and T σ ∗ T_\sigma^* T σ ∗ are bounded by those of T σ T_\sigma T σ and T σ ∗ T_\sigma^* T σ ∗ , respectively. Therefore, the families { ν ^ B } B ∈ B \{\widehat{\nu}_B\}_{B\in\mathcal{B}} { ν B } B ∈ B and { ν ^ B ∗ } B ∈ B \{\widehat{\nu}_B^*\}_{B\in\mathcal{B}} { ν B ∗ } B ∈ B are accretive measure testing systems for each component of T σ T_\sigma T σ and for its adjoint, in the sense of Definition 1.2 . Finally, Theorem 1.3 applies to each component of T σ T_\sigma T σ , and summing over the components concludes the proof of Theorem 1.9 . □
Remark 8.11. The level C 2 ( η , ζ ) \mathcal{C}_2(\eta,\zeta) C 2 ( η , ζ ) in Lemma 8.10 associated with the L 0 L^0 L 0 condition depends on η \eta η through the constant C h , η C_{\mathrm{h},\eta} C h , η of Proposition 8.6, which comes from the bound (328) . The poles P B ± \mathbf{P}^{\pm}_{B} P B ± of caloric measures may be arbitrarily close to ∂ Ω \partial\Omega ∂ Ω , so our argument does not avoid this dependence, and the alternative (4) in the testing dichotomy takes care of the balls on which σ \sigma σ concentrates near the poles. However, we note that the bound in Theorem 1.3 depends on the levels only through C 2 ( η ∗ ) C_2(\eta_*) C 2 ( η ∗ ) , and η ∗ \eta_* η ∗ depends only on n n n , ζ \zeta ζ , and the structural parameters, see (101) . Thus, in Theorem 1.9 , the level is ultimately determined by ζ \zeta ζ , as in the function-testing setting of Corollary 1.5 , where it does not depend on η \eta η at all.
Appendix A. David-Mattila, random, and Whitney-type cubes in metric spaces
Throughout this appendix, ( X , d ) (X,d) ( X , d ) is a geometrically doubling metric space with parameter D D D .
Construction of the David-Mattila testing balls
A.1. Construction of the David-Mattila testing balls. Let σ \sigma σ be a non-negative Radon measure on X X X . If supp σ \operatorname{supp}\sigma supp σ is compact and has positive diameter, let D σ \mathcal{D}_{\sigma} D σ be the lattice of Lemma 2.3 and, otherwise, use the lattice D σ ( s ) \mathcal{D}_{\sigma}^{(s)} D σ ( s ) of Lemma 2.5 , for a fixed s > 0 s>0 s > 0 . The arguments below also apply to the latter lattice when supp σ \operatorname{supp}\sigma supp σ is compact. We write D σ \mathcal{D}_{\sigma} D σ in both cases, and use the notation r Q r_Q r Q and N j ∗ i n t ( Q ) N_{j_*}^{\mathrm{int}}(Q) N j ∗ int ( Q ) for the radii and boundary strips. The auxiliary constants are chosen as in § 2.3.1 , with the same boundary-decay constant for both lattices.
Lemma A.1. For every Q ∈ D σ d b Q\in\mathcal{D}_{\sigma}^{\mathrm{db}} Q ∈ D σ db , there exist x Q ∈ Q ∖ N j ∗ i n t ( Q ) x_Q\in Q\setminus N_{j_*}^{\mathrm{int}}(Q) x Q ∈ Q ∖ N j ∗ int ( Q ) and ρ Q > 0 \rho_Q>0 ρ Q > 0 such that the ball B ~ ( Q ) : = B ( x Q , ρ Q ) \widetilde{B}(Q):=B(x_Q,\rho_Q) B ( Q ) := B ( x Q , ρ Q ) satisfies the following properties:
(1) We have that ρ Q ≈ r Q \rho_Q\approx r_Q ρ Q ≈ r Q . More precisely, it holds
c ∗ 4 Λ r Q ≤ ρ Q ≤ c ∗ 2 Λ r Q . (342) \frac{c_*}{4\Lambda}r_Q\leq\rho_Q\leq\frac{c_*}{2\Lambda}r_Q. \tag*{(342)} 4Λ c ∗ r Q ≤ ρ Q ≤ 2Λ c ∗ r Q . (342) (2) We have the inclusion
Λ B ~ ( Q ) ∩ supp ( σ ) ⊂ Q ⊂ M ∗ B ~ ( Q ) . \Lambda\widetilde{B}(Q)\cap\operatorname{supp}(\sigma)\subset Q\subset M_*\widetilde{B}(Q). Λ B ( Q ) ∩ supp ( σ ) ⊂ Q ⊂ M ∗ B ( Q ) . (3) B ~ ( Q ) \widetilde{B}(Q) B ( Q ) has the doubling property
σ ( Λ B ~ ( Q ) ) ≤ σ ( Q ) ≤ β ∗ σ ( δ B ~ ( Q ) ) . (343) \sigma(\Lambda\widetilde{B}(Q))\leq\sigma(Q)\leq\beta_*\sigma(\delta\widetilde{B}(Q)). \tag*{(343)} σ ( Λ B ( Q )) ≤ σ ( Q ) ≤ β ∗ σ ( δ B ( Q )) . (343) (4) B ~ ( Q ) \widetilde{B}(Q) B ( Q ) has 40-small boundary with respect to σ \sigma σ . Namely, for every 0 < λ ≤ 1 0<\lambda\leq1 0 < λ ≤ 1 we have
σ ( { x ∈ 5 B ~ ( Q ) : ∣ dist ( x , x Q ) − ρ Q ∣ ≤ λ ρ Q } ) ≤ 40 λ σ ( 5 B ~ ( Q ) ) . (344) \sigma\left(\left\{x\in5\widetilde{B}(Q):\left|\operatorname{dist}(x,x_Q)-\rho_Q\right|\leq\lambda\rho_Q\right\}\right)\leq40\lambda\sigma(5\widetilde{B}(Q)). \tag*{(344)} σ ( { x ∈ 5 B ( Q ) : ∣ dist ( x , x Q ) − ρ Q ∣ ≤ λ ρ Q } ) ≤ 40 λσ ( 5 B ( Q )) . (344) Proof. First, we define the center x Q x_Q x Q of the ball B ~ ( Q ) \widetilde{B}(Q) B ( Q ) using a covering argument applied to the set F Q : = Q ∖ N j ∗ i n t ( Q ) F_Q:=Q\setminus N_{j_*}^{\mathrm{int}}(Q) F Q := Q ∖ N j ∗ int ( Q ) . By the properties of David-Mattila cells, we have that F Q ⊂ Q ⊂ 28 B ( Q ) F_Q\subset Q\subset28B(Q) F Q ⊂ Q ⊂ 28 B ( Q ) . We define R Q : = c ∗ 4 Λ r Q R_Q:=\frac{c_*}{4\Lambda}r_Q R Q := 4Λ c ∗ r Q , and note that the definition of m ∗ m_* m ∗ yields
28 2 m ∗ r Q ≤ δ 2 R Q . (345) \frac{28}{2^{m_*}}r_Q\leq\frac{\delta}{2}R_Q. \tag*{(345)} 2 m ∗ 28 r Q ≤ 2 δ R Q . (345) By the geometrically doubling property, 28 B ( Q ) 28B(Q) 28 B ( Q ) can be covered by at most D m ∗ D^{m_*} D m ∗ balls of radius 28 r Q / 2 m ∗ 28r_Q/2^{m_*} 28 r Q / 2 m ∗ . Discard the balls that do not meet F Q F_Q F Q , and recenter each remaining ball at a point of its intersection with F Q F_Q F Q , doubling its radius. By (A.4), the resulting balls have radius at most δ R Q \delta R_Q δ R Q . Since they are at most D m ∗ D^{m_*} D m ∗ and σ ( F Q ) ≥ σ ( Q ) / 2 \sigma(F_Q)\geq\sigma(Q)/2 σ ( F Q ) ≥ σ ( Q ) /2 , by Lemma 2.6 , one of them, whose center we denote by x Q x_Q x Q , is such that E Q : = F Q ∩ B ( x Q , δ R Q ) E_Q:=F_Q\cap B(x_Q,\delta R_Q) E Q := F Q ∩ B ( x Q , δ R Q ) satisfies
σ ( E Q ) ≥ σ ( Q ) 2 D m ∗ . (346) \sigma(E_Q)\geq\frac{\sigma(Q)}{2D^{m_*}}. \tag*{(346)} σ ( E Q ) ≥ 2 D m ∗ σ ( Q ) . (346)
To define the radius of B ~ ( Q ) \widetilde{B}(Q) B ( Q ) , we apply Lemma 2.2, which implies that there exists ρ Q ∈ [ R Q , 2 R Q ] \rho_Q \in[R_Q,2R_Q] ρ Q ∈ [ R Q , 2 R Q ] such that the ball B ~ ( Q ) : = B ( x Q , ρ Q ) \widetilde{B}(Q):=B(x_Q,\rho_Q) B ( Q ) := B ( x Q , ρ Q ) has 40-small boundary with respect to the measure σ \sigma σ . Hence, the property (4) holds by construction. Property (1) holds by the choice of the radii.
To prove (2), it is enough to observe that
Λ ρ Q ≤ 2 Λ R Q = c ∗ 2 r Q < dist ( x Q , supp ( σ ) ∖ Q ) \Lambda\rho_Q \le2\Lambda R_Q = \frac{c_*}{2}r_Q < \operatorname{dist}(x_Q,\operatorname{supp}(\sigma)\setminus Q) Λ ρ Q ≤ 2Λ R Q = 2 c ∗ r Q < dist ( x Q , supp ( σ ) ∖ Q )
by Lemma 2.6 , since x Q ∈ F Q x_Q \in F_Q x Q ∈ F Q . Moreover, if y ∈ Q y \in Q y ∈ Q , then, since x Q , y ∈ Q ⊂ 28 B ( Q ) x_Q,y \in Q \subset28B(Q) x Q , y ∈ Q ⊂ 28 B ( Q ) , we have
d ( y , x Q ) < 56 r Q ≤ 224 Λ c ∗ ρ Q = M ∗ ρ Q . d(y,x_Q)<56r_Q\le\frac{224\Lambda}{c_*}\rho_Q=M_*\rho_Q. d ( y , x Q ) < 56 r Q ≤ c ∗ 224Λ ρ Q = M ∗ ρ Q .
Finally, the first inequality in (A.2) follows from (2). To prove the second one, note that the inequality ρ Q ≥ R Q \rho_Q\ge R_Q ρ Q ≥ R Q implies B ( x Q , δ R Q ) ⊂ δ B ~ ( Q ) B(x_Q,\delta R_Q)\subset\delta\widetilde{B}(Q) B ( x Q , δ R Q ) ⊂ δ B ( Q ) . Thus, (A.5) yields
σ ( Q ) ≤ 2 D m ∗ σ ( δ B ~ ( Q ) ) = β ∗ σ ( δ B ~ ( Q ) ) . \sigma(Q)\le2D^{m_*}\sigma(\delta\widetilde{B}(Q))=\beta_*\sigma(\delta\widetilde{B}(Q)). σ ( Q ) ≤ 2 D m ∗ σ ( δ B ( Q )) = β ∗ σ ( δ B ( Q )) .
Since, see Remark 2.7, we assume β > β ∗ \beta>\beta_* β > β ∗ , the balls B ~ ( R ) \widetilde{B}(R) B ( R ) associated with doubling David-Mattila cells R ∈ D σ d b R\in\mathcal{D}^{db}_\sigma R ∈ D σ d b satisfy
σ ( Λ B ~ ( R ) ) ≤ β σ ( δ B ~ ( R ) ) , \sigma(\Lambda\widetilde{B}(R))\le\beta\sigma(\delta\widetilde{B}(R)), σ ( Λ B ( R )) ≤ β σ ( δ B ( R )) ,
so they satisfy the doubling and small-boundary requirements of Theorem 1.3 . The radius requirement is automatic when supp σ \operatorname{supp}\sigma supp σ is unbounded. If 0 < diam W < ∞ 0<\operatorname{diam}W<\infty 0 < diam W < ∞ , where W = supp σ W=\operatorname{supp}\sigma W = supp σ , it also holds for the lattice of Lemma 2.3 and for the lattice of Lemma 2.5 with s ≤ 2 diam W s\le2\operatorname{diam}W s ≤ 2 diam W , since (A.1) gives ρ Q ≤ c ∗ K 0 s / ( 2 Λ ) ≤ diam W \rho_Q\le c_*K_0s/(2\Lambda)\le\operatorname{diam}W ρ Q ≤ c ∗ K 0 s / ( 2Λ ) ≤ diam W . This includes the scale used in § 4 .
By a standard application of Lemma 2.2, for any given non-negative Radon measure m m m on X X X , the radius of B ~ ( Q ) \widetilde{B}(Q) B ( Q ) constructed in Lemma A.1 can be selected so that the ball satisfies all the properties above, and an additional analogue of (A.3) with m m m in place of σ \sigma σ and 80 in place of 40. Indeed, in the proof of Lemma 2.2, the excluded radii occupy at most half of the interval for σ \sigma σ and, with the threshold doubled, at most one quarter for m m m , so a common admissible radius exists.
Testing balls associated with doubling David-Mattila cells satisfy the following, additional properties.
Lemma A.2. For Q , R ∈ D σ d b Q,R\in\mathcal{D}^{db}_\sigma Q , R ∈ D σ d b such that Q ⊂ R Q\subset R Q ⊂ R and J ( Q ) > J ( R ) J(Q)>J(R) J ( Q ) > J ( R ) , the following properties hold:
ρ Q ρ R ≤ 2 K 0 A 0 − ( J ( Q ) − J ( R ) ) ≤ 2 K 0 A 0 < 1 2 . (347) \frac{\rho_Q}{\rho_R}\le2K_0A_0^{-(J(Q)-J(R))}\le\frac{2K_0}{A_0}<\frac{1}{2}. \tag*{(347)} ρ R ρ Q ≤ 2 K 0 A 0 − ( J ( Q ) − J ( R )) ≤ A 0 2 K 0 < 2 1 . (347) 2 M ∗ B ~ ( Q ) ⊂ 2 M ∗ B ~ ( R ) . (348) 2M_*\widetilde{B}(Q)\subset2M_*\widetilde{B}(R). \tag*{(348)} 2 M ∗ B ( Q ) ⊂ 2 M ∗ B ( R ) . (348) 84 B ( Q ) ⊂ 2 M ∗ B ~ ( Q ) and 100 B ( Q ) ⊂ 2 A Λ , ∗ B ~ ( Q ) . (349) 84B(Q)\subset2M_*\widetilde{B}(Q)\qquad\text{and}\qquad100B(Q)\subset2A_{\Lambda,*}\widetilde{B}(Q). \tag*{(349)} 84 B ( Q ) ⊂ 2 M ∗ B ( Q ) and 100 B ( Q ) ⊂ 2 A Λ , ∗ B ( Q ) . (349)
Proof. The estimate (A.1) and the bounds s A 0 − J ( P ) ≤ r P ≤ K 0 s A 0 − J ( P ) sA_0^{-J(P)}\le r_P\le K_0sA_0^{-J(P)} s A 0 − J ( P ) ≤ r P ≤ K 0 s A 0 − J ( P ) , for P ∈ { Q , R } P\in\{Q,R\} P ∈ { Q , R } , where s = diam ( supp σ ) s=\operatorname{diam}(\operatorname{supp}\sigma) s = diam ( supp σ ) for the lattice of Lemma 2.3 , give ρ Q / ρ R ≤ 2 r Q / r R ≤ 2 K 0 A 0 − ( J ( Q ) − J ( R ) ) \rho_Q/\rho_R\le2r_Q/r_R\le2K_0A_0^{-(J(Q)-J(R))} ρ Q / ρ R ≤ 2 r Q / r R ≤ 2 K 0 A 0 − ( J ( Q ) − J ( R )) , and (A.6) follows from A 0 > 5000 K 0 A_0>5000K_0 A 0 > 5000 K 0 . To prove (A.7), we first note that, since x Q ∈ Q x_Q\in Q x Q ∈ Q and Q ⊂ R ⊂ 28 B ( R ) Q\subset R\subset28B(R) Q ⊂ R ⊂ 28 B ( R ) , we have
d ( x Q , x R ) < 56 r R ≤ M ∗ ρ R . (350) d(x_Q,x_R)<56r_R\le M_*\rho_R. \tag*{(350)} d ( x Q , x R ) < 56 r R ≤ M ∗ ρ R . (350)
For y ∈ 2 M ∗ B ~ ( Q ) y\in2M_*\widetilde{B}(Q) y ∈ 2 M ∗ B ( Q ) , the triangle inequality and (A.6) therefore give d ( y , x R ) < 2 M ∗ ρ Q + M ∗ ρ R < 2 M ∗ ρ R d(y,x_R)<2M_*\rho_Q+M_*\rho_R<2M_*\rho_R d ( y , x R ) < 2 M ∗ ρ Q + M ∗ ρ R < 2 M ∗ ρ R , which proves (A.7). Finally, since x Q ∈ Q ⊂ 28 B ( Q ) x_Q\in Q\subset28B(Q) x Q ∈ Q ⊂ 28 B ( Q ) , (A.1) and the definitions of M ∗ M_* M ∗ and A Λ , ∗ A_{\Lambda,*} A Λ , ∗ give d ( y , x Q ) < 112 r Q ≤ 2 M ∗ ρ Q d(y,x_Q)<112r_Q\le2M_*\rho_Q d ( y , x Q ) < 112 r Q ≤ 2 M ∗ ρ Q for y ∈ 84 B ( Q ) y\in84B(Q) y ∈ 84 B ( Q ) , and d ( y , x Q ) < 128 r Q ≤ 2 A Λ , ∗ ρ Q d(y,x_Q)<128r_Q\le2A_{\Lambda,*}\rho_Q d ( y , x Q ) < 128 r Q ≤ 2 A Λ , ∗ ρ Q for y ∈ 100 B ( Q ) y\in100B(Q) y ∈ 100 B ( Q ) , which proves (A.8). □
Properties of random cubes
First, we consider the dyadic cubes associated with ( X , d ) (X,d) ( X , d ) as in Theorem 2.9 .
Theorem A.3 ([39 ] , Theorem 5.6). Let ( Ω , P ) (\Omega,\mathbb{P}) ( Ω , P ) be a probability space as in Theorem 2.11 with parameter D D D , and suppose that 144 ℓ ≤ 1 144\ell\le1 144 ℓ ≤ 1 . For a dyadic cube Q Q Q , define the Hytönen–Kairema boundary zone by
∂ ( Q , ε ) : = { x ∈ Q ~ : dist ( x , X ∖ Q ~ ) ≤ ε } , ε > 0. \partial(Q,\varepsilon):=\{x\in\widetilde{Q}:\operatorname{dist}(x,X\setminus\widetilde{Q})\le\varepsilon\},\qquad\varepsilon>0. ∂ ( Q , ε ) := { x ∈ Q : dist ( x , X ∖ Q ) ≤ ε } , ε > 0. Then there exist constants C 2 , η > 0 C_2,\eta>0 C 2 , η > 0 , with C 2 C_2 C 2 depending only on c 1 c_1 c 1 and ℓ \ell ℓ and η \eta η depending on ℓ \ell ℓ and τ 0 \tau_0 τ 0 , the constant constructed in Theorem 2.11 , such that, for every x ∈ X x\in X x ∈ X , every τ > 0 \tau>0 τ > 0 and every k ∈ Z k\in\mathbb{Z} k ∈ Z ,
P ( { w ∈ Ω : x ∈ ⋃ α ∈ A k ∂ Q α k ( w ) , τ ℓ k } ) ≤ C 2 τ η . \mathbb{P}\left(\left\{w\in\Omega:x\in\bigcup_{\alpha\in A_k}\partial Q_\alpha^k(w),\tau\ell^k\right\}\right)\le C_2\tau^\eta. P ( { w ∈ Ω : x ∈ α ∈ A k ⋃ ∂ Q α k ( w ) , τ ℓ k } ) ≤ C 2 τ η . Moreover, for every x ∈ X x\in X x ∈ X ,
P ( { w ∈ Ω : x ∈ ⋃ k , α ∂ Q α k ( w ) } ) = 0 , \mathbb{P}\left(\left\{w\in\Omega:x\in\bigcup_{k,\alpha}\partial Q_\alpha^k(w)\right\}\right)=0, P ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ w ∈ Ω : x ∈ k , α ⋃ ∂ Q α k ( w ) ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ = 0 , and, if μ \mu μ is a positive σ \sigma σ -finite measure on X X X , then
μ ( ⋃ k , α ∂ Q α k ( w ) ) = 0 , for P -a.e. w ∈ Ω . \mu\left(\bigcup_{k,\alpha}\partial Q_\alpha^k(w)\right)=0,\qquad\text{for }\mathbb{P}\text{-a.e. }w\in\Omega. μ k , α ⋃ ∂ Q α k ( w ) = 0 , for P -a.e. w ∈ Ω.
For i = 1 , 2 i=1,2 i = 1 , 2 , let D i ( w i ) \mathbb{D}_i(w_i) D i ( w i ) be two independent copies of the random dyadic system constructed above. If Q ∈ D i ( w i ) Q\in\mathbb{D}_i(w_i) Q ∈ D i ( w i ) and Q = Q α k ( w i ) Q=Q_\alpha^k(w_i) Q = Q α k ( w i ) for some k ∈ Z k\in\mathbb{Z} k ∈ Z , we recall that ℓ ( Q ) = ℓ k \ell(Q)=\ell^k ℓ ( Q ) = ℓ k .
We also set
D i , k ( w i ) : = { Q ∈ D i ( w i ) : ℓ ( Q ) = ℓ k } , k ∈ Z , \mathbb{D}_{i,k}(w_i):=\{Q\in\mathbb{D}_i(w_i):\ell(Q)=\ell^k\},\qquad k\in\mathbb{Z}, D i , k ( w i ) := { Q ∈ D i ( w i ) : ℓ ( Q ) = ℓ k } , k ∈ Z ,
and we refer to good and bad cubes as in Definition 6.1 . Recall that a cube Q ∈ D 1 ( w 1 ) Q\in\mathbb{D}_1(w_1) Q ∈ D 1 ( w 1 ) is bad if there exists R ∈ D 2 ( w 2 ) R\in\mathbb{D}_2(w_2) R ∈ D 2 ( w 2 ) such that ℓ ( R ) ≥ ℓ − m ℓ ( Q ) \ell(R)\ge\ell^{-m}\ell(Q) ℓ ( R ) ≥ ℓ − m ℓ ( Q ) and
dist ( Q , R ) ≤ ℓ ( Q ) α ℓ ( R ) 1 − α , dist ( Q , X ∖ R ) ≤ ℓ ( Q ) α ℓ ( R ) 1 − α . \operatorname{dist}(Q,R)\le\ell(Q)^\alpha\ell(R)^{1-\alpha},\qquad\operatorname{dist}(Q,X\setminus R)\le\ell(Q)^\alpha\ell(R)^{1-\alpha}. dist ( Q , R ) ≤ ℓ ( Q ) α ℓ ( R ) 1 − α , dist ( Q , X ∖ R ) ≤ ℓ ( Q ) α ℓ ( R ) 1 − α .
The cube Q Q Q is good if no such R R R exists.
Lemma A.4. Let 0 < α < 1 0<\alpha<1 0 < α < 1 and κ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \kappa\in(0,1) κ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) . There exist L < ∞ L<\infty L < ∞ and m 0 ∈ N m_0\in\mathbb{N} m 0 ∈ N , depending only on ℓ \ell ℓ , C 1 C_1 C 1 , C 2 C_2 C 2 , η \eta η , α \alpha α , κ \kappa κ and the structural constant M ∗ M_* M ∗ , with the following property. Let B i = B ( x i , r i ) B_i=B(x_i,r_i) B i = B ( x i , r i ) , i = 1 , 2 i=1,2 i = 1 , 2 , where r 1 ≤ r 2 r_1\le r_2 r 1 ≤ r 2 and 2 M ∗ B 1 ⊂ 2 M ∗ B 2 2M_*B_1\subset2M_*B_2 2 M ∗ B 1 ⊂ 2 M ∗ B 2 . One can fix generations k i k_i k i before choosing either grid so that, if Q i ( w j ) Q_i(w_j) Q i ( w j ) is the unique cube of D j , k i ( w j ) \mathbb{D}_{j,k_i}(w_j) D j , k i ( w j ) containing x i x_i x i , then for every m ≥ m 0 m\ge m_0 m ≥ m 0 ,
( P ⊗ P ) ( { w ∈ Ω 2 : 6 M ∗ B i ⊂ Q i ( w j ) , diam Q i ( w j ) ≤ L r i , Q 1 ( w j ) ⊂ Q 2 ( w j ) , Q i ( w j ) ∈ D j g ( w , m ) , i , j = 1 , 2 } ) > 1 − κ . (\mathbb{P}\otimes\mathbb{P})\left(\left\{w\in\Omega^2:6M_*B_i\subset Q_i(w_j),\ \operatorname{diam}Q_i(w_j)\le Lr_i,\ Q_1(w_j)\subset Q_2(w_j),\ Q_i(w_j)\in\mathbb{D}_j^g(w,m),\ i,j=1,2\right\}\right)>1-\kappa. ( P ⊗ P ) ( { w ∈ Ω 2 : 6 M ∗ B i ⊂ Q i ( w j ) , diam Q i ( w j ) ≤ L r i , Q 1 ( w j ) ⊂ Q 2 ( w j ) , Q i ( w j ) ∈ D j g ( w , m ) , i , j = 1 , 2 } ) > 1 − κ . In particular, L L L and the chosen generations are independent of m ≥ m 0 m\ge m_0 m ≥ m 0 .
Proof. We choose ε ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \varepsilon\in(0,1) ε ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) such that
2 ( C 2 + 1 ) ε η = κ 4 , 2(C_2+1)\varepsilon^\eta=\frac{\kappa}{4}, 2 ( C 2 + 1 ) ε η = 4 κ ,
and let k i k_i k i be the largest integer such that
ℓ k i ≥ 6 M ∗ r i ε . \ell^{k_i}\ge\frac{6M_*r_i}{\varepsilon}. ℓ k i ≥ ε 6 M ∗ r i .
which yields ℓ k i < 6 M ∗ r i / ( ε ℓ ) \ell^{k_i}<6M_*r_i/(\varepsilon\ell) ℓ k i < 6 M ∗ r i / ( ε ℓ ) . Then, we set E i j : = { w j : 6 M ∗ B i ⊂ Q i ( w j ) } E_i^j:=\{w_j:6M_*B_i\subset Q_i(w_j)\} E i j := { w j : 6 M ∗ B i ⊂ Q i ( w j )} , and note that, if w j ∉ E i j w_j\notin E_i^j w j ∈ / E i j , then
dist ( x i , X ∖ Q i ( w j ) ) ≤ 6 M ∗ r i ≤ ε ℓ k i , \operatorname{dist}(x_i,X\setminus Q_i(w_j))\le6M_*r_i\le\varepsilon\ell^{k_i}, dist ( x i , X ∖ Q i ( w j )) ≤ 6 M ∗ r i ≤ ε ℓ k i ,
so x i ∈ ∂ ( Q i ( w j ) , ε ℓ k i ) x_i\in\partial(Q_i(w_j),\varepsilon\ell^{k_i}) x i ∈ ∂ ( Q i ( w j ) , ε ℓ k i ) . By Theorem A.3 , we deduce that
P ( E 1 j ∩ E 2 j ) ≥ 1 − 2 C 2 ε η > 1 − κ 4 , j = 1 , 2. (351) \mathbb{P}(E_1^j\cap E_2^j)\ge1-2C_2\varepsilon^\eta>1-\frac{\kappa}{4},\qquad j=1,2. \tag*{(351)} P ( E 1 j ∩ E 2 j ) ≥ 1 − 2 C 2 ε η > 1 − 4 κ , j = 1 , 2. (351)
We also note that, if w j ∈ E 1 j ∩ E 2 j w_j\in E_1^j\cap E_2^j w j ∈ E 1 j ∩ E 2 j , then x 1 ∈ 2 M ∗ B 1 ⊂ 2 M ∗ B 2 ⊂ Q 2 ( w j ) x_1\in2M_*B_1\subset2M_*B_2\subset Q_2(w_j) x 1 ∈ 2 M ∗ B 1 ⊂ 2 M ∗ B 2 ⊂ Q 2 ( w j ) . Since k 1 ≥ k 2 k_1\ge k_2 k 1 ≥ k 2 , the nesting property gives Q 1 ( w j ) ⊂ Q 2 ( w j ) Q_1(w_j)\subset Q_2(w_j) Q 1 ( w j ) ⊂ Q 2 ( w j ) . Moreover, we have
diam Q i ( w j ) ≤ 2 C 1 ℓ k i < 12 M ∗ C 1 ε ℓ r i . \operatorname{diam}Q_i(w_j)\le2C_1\ell^{k_i}<\frac{12M_*C_1}{\varepsilon\ell}r_i. diam Q i ( w j ) ≤ 2 C 1 ℓ k i < ε ℓ 12 M ∗ C 1 r i .
Fix w 1 w_1 w 1 and put Q = Q i ( w 1 ) Q=Q_i(w_1) Q = Q i ( w 1 ) and k = k i k=k_i k = k i . If Q Q Q is bad, there are h ≤ k − m h\le k-m h ≤ k − m and R ∈ D 2 , h ( w 2 ) R\in\mathcal{D}_{2,h}(w_2) R ∈ D 2 , h ( w 2 ) such that the distances from Q Q Q to both R R R and X ∖ R X\setminus R X ∖ R are at most ℓ α k ℓ ( 1 − α ) h \ell^{\alpha k}\ell^{(1-\alpha)h} ℓ α k ℓ ( 1 − α ) h . Since x i ∈ Q x_i\in Q x i ∈ Q , the distances from x i x_i x i to these two sets are at most
t h : = ℓ α k ℓ ( 1 − α ) h + 2 C 1 ℓ k . t_h:=\ell^{\alpha k}\ell^{(1-\alpha)h}+2C_1\ell^k. t h := ℓ α k ℓ ( 1 − α ) h + 2 C 1 ℓ k .
Let S ∈ D 2 , h ( w 2 ) S\in\mathcal{D}_{2,h}(w_2) S ∈ D 2 , h ( w 2 ) contain x i x_i x i . If x i ∈ R x_i\in R x i ∈ R , then S = R S=R S = R and dist ( x i , X ∖ S ) ≤ t h \operatorname{dist}(x_i,X\setminus S)\le t_h dist ( x i , X ∖ S ) ≤ t h . Otherwise R ⊂ X ∖ S R\subset X\setminus S R ⊂ X ∖ S , so again dist ( x i , X ∖ S ) ≤ t h \operatorname{dist}(x_i,X\setminus S)\le t_h dist ( x i , X ∖ S ) ≤ t h . Therefore x i ∈ ∂ ( S , t h ) x_i\in\partial(S,t_h) x i ∈ ∂ ( S , t h ) , and Theorem A.3 gives
P w 2 ( { Q i ( w 1 ) is bad } ) ≤ C 2 ∑ h ≤ k − m ( ℓ α ( k − h ) + 2 C 1 ℓ k − h ) η ≤ C 2 ( 1 + 2 C 1 ) η ∑ j = m ∞ ℓ α η j = C 2 ( 1 + 2 C 1 ) η 1 − ℓ α η ℓ α η m . (352) \begin{aligned}
\mathbb{P}_{w_2}\bigl(\{Q_i(w_1)\text{ is bad}\}\bigr)
\le C_2\sum_{h\le k-m}\left(\ell^{\alpha(k-h)}+2C_1\ell^{k-h}\right)^\eta\\
&\le C_2(1+2C_1)^\eta\sum_{j=m}^{\infty}\ell^{\alpha\eta j}
=\frac{C_2(1+2C_1)^\eta}{1-\ell^{\alpha\eta}}\ell^{\alpha\eta m}. \tag*{(352)}
\end{aligned} P w 2 ( { Q i ( w 1 ) is bad } ) ≤ C 2 h ≤ k − m ∑ ( ℓ α ( k − h ) + 2 C 1 ℓ k − h ) η ≤ C 2 ( 1 + 2 C 1 ) η j = m ∑ ∞ ℓ α η j = 1 − ℓ α η C 2 ( 1 + 2 C 1 ) η ℓ α η m . (352)
Choose m 0 m_0 m 0 so that the last expression is less than κ / 16 \kappa/16 κ /16 for every m ≥ m 0 m\ge m_0 m ≥ m 0 . Interchanging the two grids yields
P w 2 ( { Q i ( w 1 ) is bad } ) < κ 16 and P w 1 ( { Q i ( w 2 ) is bad } ) < κ 16 , i = 1 , 2. (353) \mathbb{P}_{w_2}\bigl(\{Q_i(w_1)\text{ is bad}\}\bigr)<\frac{\kappa}{16}
\quad\text{and}\quad
\mathbb{P}_{w_1}\bigl(\{Q_i(w_2)\text{ is bad}\}\bigr)<\frac{\kappa}{16},
\qquad i=1,2. \tag*{(353)} P w 2 ( { Q i ( w 1 ) is bad } ) < 16 κ and P w 1 ( { Q i ( w 2 ) is bad } ) < 16 κ , i = 1 , 2. (353)
By Fubini’s theorem, (A.10), and (A.12), we finally obtain
( P ⊗ P ) ( ⋂ j = 1 2 ( E 1 j ∩ E 2 j ) ∩ ⋂ i , j = 1 2 { Q i ( w j ) ∈ D j G ( w , m ) } ) > 1 − κ 2 − 4 κ 16 > 1 − κ . (\mathbb{P}\otimes\mathbb{P})\left(\bigcap_{j=1}^{2}(E_1^j\cap E_2^j)\cap\bigcap_{i,j=1}^{2}\{Q_i(w_j)\in\mathcal{D}_j^G(w,m)\}\right)>1-\frac{\kappa}{2}-\frac{4\kappa}{16}>1-\kappa. ( P ⊗ P ) ( j = 1 ⋂ 2 ( E 1 j ∩ E 2 j ) ∩ i , j = 1 ⋂ 2 { Q i ( w j ) ∈ D j G ( w , m )} ) > 1 − 2 κ − 16 4 κ > 1 − κ .
This proves the lemma with L = 12 M ∗ C 1 / ( ε ℓ ) L=12M_*C_1/(\varepsilon\ell) L = 12 M ∗ C 1 / ( ε ℓ ) . □
We conclude this appendix with the proof of Lemma 6.27 , which provides the Whitney -type decomposition of dyadic cubes used for the sum over S 4 , t e r m ′ \mathcal{S}'_{4,\mathrm{term}} S 4 , term ′ in § 6 , see Lemma 6.28 .
Proof of Lemma 6.27
A.3. Proof of Lemma 6.27. Fix c W = 2 c_W=2 c W = 2 . We consider all cubes S ∈ D S\in\mathcal{D} S ∈ D , with their generations, such that S ⊂ Q S\subset Q S ⊂ Q and c W ℓ ( S ) ≤ dist ( S , X ∖ Q ) c_W\ell(S)\le\operatorname{dist}(S,X\setminus Q) c W ℓ ( S ) ≤ dist ( S , X ∖ Q ) , and define W ( Q ) W(Q) W ( Q ) to be the family of those cubes which are maximal with respect to dyadic ancestry. To see that this family covers the interior of Q Q Q , let x ∈ int Q x\in\operatorname{int}Q x ∈ int Q and denote by S k ( x ) S_k(x) S k ( x ) the cube of generation k k k containing x x x . For all sufficiently large k k k , the diameter bound in Theorem 2.9 gives
dist ( S k ( x ) , X ∖ Q ) ≥ dist ( x , X ∖ Q ) − 2 C 1 ℓ k ≥ c W ℓ k . \operatorname{dist}(S_k(x),X\setminus Q)\ge\operatorname{dist}(x,X\setminus Q)-2C_1\ell^k\ge c_W\ell^k. dist ( S k ( x ) , X ∖ Q ) ≥ dist ( x , X ∖ Q ) − 2 C 1 ℓ k ≥ c W ℓ k .
Thus S k ( x ) ⊂ Q S_k(x)\subset Q S k ( x ) ⊂ Q and c W ℓ ( S k ( x ) ) ≤ dist ( S k ( x ) , X ∖ Q ) c_W\ell(S_k(x))\le\operatorname{dist}(S_k(x),X\setminus Q) c W ℓ ( S k ( x )) ≤ dist ( S k ( x ) , X ∖ Q ) . If an ancestor S S S of S k ( x ) S_k(x) S k ( x ) satisfies the same conditions, then, for any fixed y ∈ X ∖ Q y\in X\setminus Q y ∈ X ∖ Q ,
c W ℓ ( S ) ≤ dist ( S , X ∖ Q ) ≤ d ( x , y ) . c_W\ell(S)\le\operatorname{dist}(S,X\setminus Q)\le d(x,y). c W ℓ ( S ) ≤ dist ( S , X ∖ Q ) ≤ d ( x , y ) .
There are only finitely many such ancestors, since their side lengths tend to infinity. Consequently, x x x belongs to a cube of W ( Q ) \mathcal{W}(Q) W ( Q ) . Each cube in W ( Q ) \mathcal{W}(Q) W ( Q ) lies in int Q \operatorname{int} Q int Q , and maximality and nesting imply that these cubes are pairwise disjoint. This proves (1).
The lower bound in (2) follows from the definition of W ( Q ) \mathcal{W}(Q) W ( Q ) . If S ∈ W ( Q ) S \in\mathcal{W}(Q) S ∈ W ( Q ) and S ^ \widehat{S} S is its dyadic parent, then either S ^ ⊄ Q \widehat{S} \not\subset Q S ⊂ Q , so dist ( S ^ , X ∖ Q ) = 0 \operatorname{dist}(\widehat{S}, X \setminus Q) = 0 dist ( S , X ∖ Q ) = 0 , or maximality gives dist ( S ^ , X ∖ Q ) < c W ℓ ( S ^ ) \operatorname{dist}(\widehat{S}, X \setminus Q) < c_W\ell(\widehat{S}) dist ( S , X ∖ Q ) < c W ℓ ( S ) . Hence,
dist ( S , X ∖ Q ) ≤ diam ( S ^ ) + dist ( S ^ , X ∖ Q ) ≤ ( 2 C 1 + c W ) ℓ ( S ^ ) = 2 C 1 + c W ℓ ℓ ( S ) . \operatorname{dist}(S, X \setminus Q) \le\operatorname{diam}(\widehat{S}) + \operatorname{dist}(\widehat{S}, X \setminus Q) \le(2C_1+c_W)\ell(\widehat{S}) = \frac{2C_1+c_W}{\ell}\ell(S). dist ( S , X ∖ Q ) ≤ diam ( S ) + dist ( S , X ∖ Q ) ≤ ( 2 C 1 + c W ) ℓ ( S ) = ℓ 2 C 1 + c W ℓ ( S ) .
This proves (2) with C W = ( 2 C 1 + c W ) / ℓ C_W=(2C_1+c_W)/\ell C W = ( 2 C 1 + c W ) / ℓ .
To prove (261) , we fix x ∈ X x \in X x ∈ X , we set
W x : = { S ∈ W ( Q ) : x ∈ 2 S } , \mathcal{W}_x := \{S \in\mathcal{W}(Q): x \in2S\}, W x := { S ∈ W ( Q ) : x ∈ 2 S } ,
and we may assume that W x ≠ ∅ \mathcal{W}_x \ne\varnothing W x = ∅ . Let S ∈ W x S \in\mathcal{W}_x S ∈ W x . Since dist ( x , S ) < ℓ ( S ) \operatorname{dist}(x,S)<\ell(S) dist ( x , S ) < ℓ ( S ) , (2), the triangle inequality, and the diameter bound in Theorem 2.9 give
( c W − 1 ) ℓ ( S ) ≤ dist ( S , X ∖ Q ) − dist ( x , S ) ≤ dist ( x , X ∖ Q ) ≤ dist ( x , S ) + diam S + dist ( S , X ∖ Q ) ≤ ( C W + 1 + 2 C 1 ) ℓ ( S ) . \begin{aligned}
(c_W-1)\ell(S) \le\operatorname{dist}(S,X\setminus Q)-\operatorname{dist}(x,S) \le\operatorname{dist}(x,X\setminus Q) \\
&\le\operatorname{dist}(x,S)+\operatorname{diam} S+\operatorname{dist}(S,X\setminus Q) \le(C_W+1+2C_1)\ell(S).
\end{aligned} ( c W − 1 ) ℓ ( S ) ≤ dist ( S , X ∖ Q ) − dist ( x , S ) ≤ dist ( x , X ∖ Q ) ≤ dist ( x , S ) + diam S + dist ( S , X ∖ Q ) ≤ ( C W + 1 + 2 C 1 ) ℓ ( S ) .
Hence, if we fix S 0 ∈ W x S_0 \in\mathcal{W}_x S 0 ∈ W x and set ρ W : = ( c W − 1 ) / ( C W + 1 + 2 C 1 ) \rho_W := (c_W-1)/(C_W+1+2C_1) ρ W := ( c W − 1 ) / ( C W + 1 + 2 C 1 ) , we have
ρ W ℓ ( S 0 ) ≤ ℓ ( S ) ≤ ρ W − 1 ℓ ( S 0 ) for every S ∈ W x . \rho_W\ell(S_0) \le\ell(S) \le\rho_W^{-1}\ell(S_0) \qquad\text{for every } S \in\mathcal{W}_x. ρ W ℓ ( S 0 ) ≤ ℓ ( S ) ≤ ρ W − 1 ℓ ( S 0 ) for every S ∈ W x .
Thus, since B ( z S , c 1 ℓ ( S ) ) ⊂ S B(z_S,c_1\ell(S))\subset S B ( z S , c 1 ℓ ( S )) ⊂ S , by Theorem 2.9 , and the cubes in W x \mathcal{W}_x W x are pairwise disjoint, by (1), we obtain
d ( z S , z S ′ ) ≥ c 1 ρ W ℓ ( S 0 ) , S , S ′ ∈ W x , S ≠ S ′ . (354) d(z_S,z_{S'}) \ge c_1\rho_W\ell(S_0), \qquad S,S' \in\mathcal{W}_x,\quad S\ne S'. \tag*{(354)} d ( z S , z S ′ ) ≥ c 1 ρ W ℓ ( S 0 ) , S , S ′ ∈ W x , S = S ′ . (354)
Moreover, since S ⊂ B ( z S , C 1 ℓ ( S ) ) S\subset B(z_S,C_1\ell(S)) S ⊂ B ( z S , C 1 ℓ ( S )) , we have
d ( x , z S ) ≤ dist ( x , S ) + C 1 ℓ ( S ) < ( 1 + C 1 ) ρ W − 1 ℓ ( S 0 ) , S ∈ W x . d(x,z_S)\le\operatorname{dist}(x,S)+C_1\ell(S)<(1+C_1)\rho_W^{-1}\ell(S_0), \qquad S\in\mathcal{W}_x. d ( x , z S ) ≤ dist ( x , S ) + C 1 ℓ ( S ) < ( 1 + C 1 ) ρ W − 1 ℓ ( S 0 ) , S ∈ W x .
Now, we denote
N : = ⌈ log 2 3 ( 2 + C 1 ) c 1 ρ W ⌉ + 1. N:=\left\lceil\log_2\frac{3(2+C_1)}{c_1\rho_W}\right\rceil+1. N := ⌈ log 2 c 1 ρ W 3 ( 2 + C 1 ) ⌉ + 1.
By the geometric doubling property, the ball B ( x , ( 2 + C 1 ) ρ W − 1 ℓ ( S 0 ) ) B(x,(2+C_1)\rho_W^{-1}\ell(S_0)) B ( x , ( 2 + C 1 ) ρ W − 1 ℓ ( S 0 )) , which contains the centers z S z_S z S , for S ∈ W x S\in\mathcal{W}_x S ∈ W x , can be covered by D N D^N D N balls of radius ( 2 + C 1 ) ρ W − 1 ℓ ( S 0 ) / 2 N < c 1 ρ W ℓ ( S 0 ) / 3 (2+C_1)\rho_W^{-1}\ell(S_0)/2^N<c_1\rho_W\ell(S_0)/3 ( 2 + C 1 ) ρ W − 1 ℓ ( S 0 ) / 2 N < c 1 ρ W ℓ ( S 0 ) /3 . By (A.13), each of these balls contains at most one center z S z_S z S , so that # W x ≤ D N \#\mathcal{W}_x\le D^N # W x ≤ D N . Since x ∈ X x\in X x ∈ X is arbitrary, this proves (261) , with c : = D N c:=D^N c := D N , and concludes the proof of Lemma 6.27 .
Appendix B. Suppressed kernels associated with a dominating function
Dominating functions
B.1. Dominating functions. Throughout this appendix, as in [37 ] , we assume ( X , d , μ ) (X,d,\mu) ( X , d , μ ) to be a geometrically doubling metric measure space with μ ≠ 0 \mu\ne0 μ = 0 and λ : X × ( 0 , ∞ ) → ( 0 , ∞ ) \lambda:X\times(0,\infty)\to(0,\infty) λ : X × ( 0 , ∞ ) → ( 0 , ∞ ) a so-called dominating function such that, for some C λ > 0 C_\lambda>0 C λ > 0 , the following properties hold:
(i) The function λ ( x , ⋅ ) \lambda(x,\cdot) λ ( x , ⋅ ) is non-decreasing and μ ( B ( x , r ) ) ≤ λ ( x , r ) \mu(B(x,r))\le\lambda(x,r) μ ( B ( x , r )) ≤ λ ( x , r ) , for all x ∈ X x\in X x ∈ X , r > 0 r>0 r > 0 .
(ii) We have that
λ ( x , 2 r ) ≤ C λ λ ( x , r ) , for all x ∈ X , r > 0. (355) \lambda(x,2r)\le C_\lambda\lambda(x,r), \qquad\text{for all }x\in X,r>0. \tag*{(355)} λ ( x , 2 r ) ≤ C λ λ ( x , r ) , for all x ∈ X , r > 0. (355)
We first construct a dominating function comparable to λ \lambda λ and locally Lipschitz in the radius.
Lemma B.1. Let ( X , d , μ ) (X,d,\mu) ( X , d , μ ) be a geometrically doubling metric measure space, let λ \lambda λ be a dominating function, and define
λ ~ ( x , r ) : = 1 log 2 ∫ r 2 r λ ( x , ρ ) d ρ ρ , for x ∈ X , r > 0. \widetilde{\lambda}(x,r) := \frac{1}{\log2}\int_r^{2r}\lambda(x,\rho)\frac{\mathrm{d}\rho}{\rho}, \qquad\text{for }x\in X,r>0. λ ( x , r ) := log 2 1 ∫ r 2 r λ ( x , ρ ) ρ d ρ , for x ∈ X , r > 0. Then, for every x ∈ X x\in X x ∈ X and r > 0 r>0 r > 0 we have
λ ( x , r ) ≤ λ ~ ( x , r ) ≤ C λ λ ( x , r ) and λ ~ ( x , 2 r ) ≤ C λ λ ~ ( x , r ) . (356) \lambda(x,r)\leq\widetilde{\lambda}(x,r)\leq C_\lambda\lambda(x,r) \qquad\text{and}\qquad\widetilde{\lambda}(x,2r)\leq C_\lambda\widetilde{\lambda}(x,r). \tag*{(356)} λ ( x , r ) ≤ λ ( x , r ) ≤ C λ λ ( x , r ) and λ ( x , 2 r ) ≤ C λ λ ( x , r ) . (356) Moreover, there exists a constant C > 0 C>0 C > 0 depending on C λ C_\lambda C λ such that, for every x ∈ X x\in X x ∈ X , every m > 0 m>0 m > 0 and every s , t ∈ [ m / 2 , m ] s,t\in[m/2,m] s , t ∈ [ m /2 , m ] , we have
∣ λ ~ ( x , t ) − λ ~ ( x , s ) ∣ λ ~ ( x , m ) ≤ C ∣ t − s ∣ m . (357) \frac{\left|\widetilde{\lambda}(x,t)-\widetilde{\lambda}(x,s)\right|}{\widetilde{\lambda}(x,m)}\leq C\frac{|t-s|}{m}. \tag*{(357)} λ ( x , m ) λ ( x , t ) − λ ( x , s ) ≤ C m ∣ t − s ∣ . (357)
Proof. Let ρ ∈ [ r , 2 r ] \rho\in[r,2r] ρ ∈ [ r , 2 r ] . Properties (i) and (ii) imply
λ ( x , r ) ≤ λ ( x , ρ ) ≤ λ ( x , 2 r ) ≤ C λ λ ( x , r ) , \lambda(x,r)\leq\lambda(x,\rho)\leq\lambda(x,2r)\leq C_\lambda\lambda(x,r), λ ( x , r ) ≤ λ ( x , ρ ) ≤ λ ( x , 2 r ) ≤ C λ λ ( x , r ) ,
which readily implies the first estimate in (B.2). Moreover, a change of variables and (B.1) give the second one.
We now prove the regularity estimate (B.3). By symmetry, we assume that s < t s<t s < t . Then, the definition of λ ~ \widetilde{\lambda} λ implies
λ ~ ( x , t ) − λ ~ ( x , s ) = 1 log 2 ( ∫ t 2 t λ ( x , ρ ) d ρ ρ − ∫ s 2 s λ ( x , ρ ) d ρ ρ ) . \widetilde{\lambda}(x,t)-\widetilde{\lambda}(x,s)=\frac{1}{\log2}\left(\int_t^{2t}\lambda(x,\rho)\frac{\mathrm{d}\rho}{\rho}-\int_s^{2s}\lambda(x,\rho)\frac{\mathrm{d}\rho}{\rho}\right). λ ( x , t ) − λ ( x , s ) = log 2 1 ( ∫ t 2 t λ ( x , ρ ) ρ d ρ − ∫ s 2 s λ ( x , ρ ) ρ d ρ ) .
Hence, denoting by △ \triangle △ the symmetric difference, we have
∣ λ ~ ( x , t ) − λ ~ ( x , s ) ∣ ≤ 1 log 2 ∫ [ s , 2 s ] △ [ t , 2 t ] λ ( x , ρ ) d ρ ρ . \left|\widetilde{\lambda}(x,t)-\widetilde{\lambda}(x,s)\right|\leq\frac{1}{\log2}\int_{[s,2s]\triangle[t,2t]}\lambda(x,\rho)\frac{\mathrm{d}\rho}{\rho}. λ ( x , t ) − λ ( x , s ) ≤ log 2 1 ∫ [ s , 2 s ] △ [ t , 2 t ] λ ( x , ρ ) ρ d ρ .
Since s , t ∈ [ m / 2 , m ] s,t\in[m/2,m] s , t ∈ [ m /2 , m ] , we have the inclusion [ s , 2 s ] △ [ t , 2 t ] ⊂ [ m / 2 , 2 m ] [s,2s]\triangle[t,2t]\subset[m/2,2m] [ s , 2 s ] △ [ t , 2 t ] ⊂ [ m /2 , 2 m ] . Thus, for ρ ∈ [ m / 2 , 2 m ] \rho\in[m/2,2m] ρ ∈ [ m /2 , 2 m ] , monotonicity and doubling give
λ ( x , ρ ) ≤ λ ( x , 2 m ) ≤ C λ λ ( x , m ) ≤ (B.2) C λ λ ~ ( x , m ) . (358) \lambda(x,\rho)\leq\lambda(x,2m)\leq C_\lambda\lambda(x,m)\overset{\text{\tiny(B.2)}}{\leq}C_\lambda\widetilde{\lambda}(x,m). \tag*{(358)} λ ( x , ρ ) ≤ λ ( x , 2 m ) ≤ C λ λ ( x , m ) ≤ (B.2) C λ λ ( x , m ) . (358)
Therefore, we obtain
∣ λ ~ ( x , t ) − λ ~ ( x , s ) ∣ ≤ C λ log 2 λ ~ ( x , m ) ∫ [ s , 2 s ] △ [ t , 2 t ] d ρ ρ ≤ 2 C λ log 2 log ( t s ) λ ~ ( x , m ) , (359) \left|\widetilde{\lambda}(x,t)-\widetilde{\lambda}(x,s)\right|\leq\frac{C_\lambda}{\log2}\widetilde{\lambda}(x,m)\int_{[s,2s]\triangle[t,2t]}\frac{\mathrm{d}\rho}{\rho}\leq2\frac{C_\lambda}{\log2}\log\left(\frac{t}{s}\right)\widetilde{\lambda}(x,m), \tag*{(359)} λ ( x , t ) − λ ( x , s ) ≤ log 2 C λ λ ( x , m ) ∫ [ s , 2 s ] △ [ t , 2 t ] ρ d ρ ≤ 2 log 2 C λ log ( s t ) λ ( x , m ) , (359)
where the last inequality follows from the assumptions s < t s<t s < t , s , t ∈ [ m / 2 , m ] s,t\in[m/2,m] s , t ∈ [ m /2 , m ] , and a standard computation.
Furthermore, since s ≥ m / 2 s\geq m/2 s ≥ m /2 , we have
log t s = log ( 1 + t − s s ) ≤ t − s s ≤ 2 t − s m . (360) \log\frac{t}{s}=\log\left(1+\frac{t-s}{s}\right)\leq\frac{t-s}{s}\leq2\frac{t-s}{m}. \tag*{(360)} log s t = log ( 1 + s t − s ) ≤ s t − s ≤ 2 m t − s . (360)
Gathering (B.4), (B.5), and (B.6) finally implies (B.3) with C : = 4 C λ / log 2 C:=4C_\lambda/\log2 C := 4 C λ / log 2 and concludes the proof of the lemma. □
To prove the bounds for suppressed kernels, we also need to introduce a dominating function Λ \Lambda Λ such that Λ ( ⋅ , r ) \Lambda(\cdot,r) Λ ( ⋅ , r ) has local Lipschitz bounds at a scale r > 0 r>0 r > 0 . This can be done as in [45 Proposition 1.3] .
Lemma B.2. Let ( X , d , μ ) (X,d,\mu) ( X , d , μ ) be a geometrically doubling metric measure space, and let λ : X × ( 0 , ∞ ) → ( 0 , ∞ ) \lambda:X\times(0,\infty)\to(0,\infty) λ : X × ( 0 , ∞ ) → ( 0 , ∞ ) be a dominating function satisfying properties (i) - (ii) above.
For
λ ~ ( x , r ) : = 1 log 2 ∫ r 2 r λ ( x , ρ ) d ρ ρ , x ∈ X , r > 0 , \widetilde{\lambda}(x,r):=\frac{1}{\log2}\int_r^{2r}\lambda(x,\rho)\frac{\mathrm{d}\rho}{\rho},\qquad x\in X,\ r>0, λ ( x , r ) := log 2 1 ∫ r 2 r λ ( x , ρ ) ρ d ρ , x ∈ X , r > 0 , we define
Λ ( x , r ) : = inf z ∈ X λ ~ ( z , r + d ( x , z ) ) , x ∈ X , r > 0. \Lambda(x,r):=\inf_{z\in X}\widetilde{\lambda}(z,r+d(x,z)),\qquad x\in X,\ r>0. Λ ( x , r ) := z ∈ X inf λ ( z , r + d ( x , z )) , x ∈ X , r > 0. We have that
Λ ( x , r ) ≤ C λ λ ( x , r ) , for every x ∈ X , r > 0. (361) \Lambda(x,r)\le C_\lambda\lambda(x,r),\qquad\text{for every }x\in X,\ r>0. \tag*{(361)} Λ ( x , r ) ≤ C λ λ ( x , r ) , for every x ∈ X , r > 0. (361) Furthermore, Λ \Lambda Λ satisfies the following properties:
(a) For every x ∈ X x\in X x ∈ X , the function Λ ( x , ⋅ ) \Lambda(x,\cdot) Λ ( x , ⋅ ) is non-decreasing. Moreover, Λ ( x , r ) > 0 \Lambda(x,r)>0 Λ ( x , r ) > 0 and μ ( B ( x , r ) ) ≤ Λ ( x , r ) \mu(B(x,r))\le\Lambda(x,r) μ ( B ( x , r )) ≤ Λ ( x , r ) for every x ∈ X x\in X x ∈ X , r > 0 r>0 r > 0 .
(b) For every x ∈ X x\in X x ∈ X and r > 0 r>0 r > 0 , we have
Λ ( x , 2 r ) ≤ C λ 2 Λ ( x , r ) . (362) \Lambda(x,2r)\le C_\lambda^2\Lambda(x,r). \tag*{(362)} Λ ( x , 2 r ) ≤ C λ 2 Λ ( x , r ) . (362) (c) For every x ∈ X x\in X x ∈ X , every m > 0 m>0 m > 0 , and every s , t ∈ [ m / 2 , m ] s,t\in[m/2,m] s , t ∈ [ m /2 , m ] , we have
∣ Λ ( x , t ) − Λ ( x , s ) ∣ ≤ 2 C C λ ∣ t − s ∣ m Λ ( x , m ) , (363) \left|\Lambda(x,t)-\Lambda(x,s)\right|\le2CC_\lambda\frac{|t-s|}{m}\Lambda(x,m), \tag*{(363)} ∣ Λ ( x , t ) − Λ ( x , s ) ∣ ≤ 2 C C λ m ∣ t − s ∣ Λ ( x , m ) , (363) where C > 0 C>0 C > 0 is as in Lemma B.1 .
(d) For every r > 0 r>0 r > 0 and every x , y ∈ X x,y\in X x , y ∈ X with d ( x , y ) ≤ r d(x,y)\le r d ( x , y ) ≤ r , we have
Λ ( x , r ) ≤ C λ Λ ( y , r ) . \Lambda(x,r)\le C_\lambda\Lambda(y,r). Λ ( x , r ) ≤ C λ Λ ( y , r ) . (e) If r > 0 r>0 r > 0 and x , x ′ ∈ X x,x'\in X x , x ′ ∈ X are such that d ( x , x ′ ) ≤ r d(x,x')\le r d ( x , x ′ ) ≤ r , then
∣ Λ ( x , r ) − Λ ( x ′ , r ) ∣ ≤ C C λ d ( x , x ′ ) r Λ ( x , r ) . (364) \left|\Lambda(x,r)-\Lambda(x',r)\right|\le CC_\lambda\frac{d(x,x')}{r}\Lambda(x,r). \tag*{(364)} ∣ Λ ( x , r ) − Λ ( x ′ , r ) ∣ ≤ C C λ r d ( x , x ′ ) Λ ( x , r ) . (364)
Proof. Let x ∈ X x\in X x ∈ X and r > 0 r>0 r > 0 . For every z ∈ X z\in X z ∈ X , we have that B ( x , r ) ⊂ B ( z , r + d ( x , z ) ) B(x,r)\subset B(z,r+d(x,z)) B ( x , r ) ⊂ B ( z , r + d ( x , z )) . Therefore,
μ ( B ( x , r ) ) ≤ λ ( z , r + d ( x , z ) ) ≤ λ ~ ( z , r + d ( x , z ) ) (365) \mu(B(x,r))\le\lambda(z,r+d(x,z))\le\widetilde{\lambda}(z,r+d(x,z)) \tag*{(365)} μ ( B ( x , r )) ≤ λ ( z , r + d ( x , z )) ≤ λ ( z , r + d ( x , z )) (365)
and, taking the infimum over z ∈ X z\in X z ∈ X , we obtain μ ( B ( x , r ) ) ≤ Λ ( x , r ) \mu(B(x,r))\le\Lambda(x,r) μ ( B ( x , r )) ≤ Λ ( x , r ) .
To prove (B.7), we choose z = x z=x z = x in the definition of Λ \Lambda Λ and obtain
Λ ( x , r ) ≤ λ ~ ( x , r ) ≤ C λ λ ( x , r ) . (366) \Lambda(x,r)\le\widetilde{\lambda}(x,r)\le C_\lambda\lambda(x,r). \tag*{(366)} Λ ( x , r ) ≤ λ ( x , r ) ≤ C λ λ ( x , r ) . (366)
We now prove properties (a)-(e). For every x ∈ X x\in X x ∈ X , the monotonicity of Λ ( x , ⋅ ) \Lambda(x,\cdot) Λ ( x , ⋅ ) follows from the monotonicity of λ ~ ( z , d ( x , z ) + ⋅ ) \widetilde{\lambda}(z,d(x,z)+\cdot) λ ( z , d ( x , z ) + ⋅ ) , for every fixed z ∈ X z\in X z ∈ X .
To prove (B.8), it suffices to note that, for every x , z ∈ X x,z\in X x , z ∈ X and r > 0 r>0 r > 0 , we have
λ ~ ( z , 2 r + d ( x , z ) ) ≤ λ ~ ( z , 2 ( r + d ( x , z ) ) ) ≤ C λ 2 λ ~ ( z , r + d ( x , z ) ) , \widetilde{\lambda}(z,2r+d(x,z))\le\widetilde{\lambda}(z,2(r+d(x,z)))\le C_\lambda^2\widetilde{\lambda}(z,r+d(x,z)), λ ( z , 2 r + d ( x , z )) ≤ λ ( z , 2 ( r + d ( x , z ))) ≤ C λ 2 λ ( z , r + d ( x , z )) ,
where in the last inequality we used (B.1) and (B.2). Hence, we take the infimum over z ∈ X z\in X z ∈ X and obtain (B.8). Since μ ≠ 0 \mu\ne0 μ = 0 , every x x x has a sufficiently large ball of positive measure. The domination in (a) and a finite iteration of (b) therefore imply Λ ( x , r ) > 0 \Lambda(x,r)>0 Λ ( x , r ) > 0 for every r > 0 r>0 r > 0 .
Let us prove (B.9). By symmetry, we assume that s < t s<t s < t and, for z ∈ X z\in X z ∈ X , we denote
s ~ : = s + d ( x , z ) , t ~ : = t + d ( x , z ) , m ~ : = t ~ . \widetilde{s}:=s+d(x,z),\qquad\widetilde{t}:=t+d(x,z),\qquad\widetilde{m}:=\widetilde{t}. s := s + d ( x , z ) , t := t + d ( x , z ) , m := t .
Then s ~ , t ~ ∈ [ m ~ / 2 , m ~ ] \tilde{s},\tilde{t}\in[\tilde{m}/2,\tilde{m}] s ~ , t ~ ∈ [ m ~ /2 , m ~ ] , m ~ ≥ m / 2 \tilde{m}\ge m/2 m ~ ≥ m /2 , and t ~ ≤ 2 s ~ \tilde{t}\le2\tilde{s} t ~ ≤ 2 s ~ . The preceding lemma and the doubling property of λ ~ \tilde{\lambda} λ ~ give
0 ≤ λ ~ ( z , t ~ ) − λ ~ ( z , s ~ ) ≤ C t − s m ~ λ ~ ( z , m ~ ) ≤ 2 C C λ t − s m λ ~ ( z , s ~ ) . (367) 0\le\tilde{\lambda}(z,\tilde{t})-\tilde{\lambda}(z,\tilde{s})\le C\frac{t-s}{\tilde{m}}\tilde{\lambda}(z,\tilde{m})\le2CC_{\lambda}\frac{t-s}{m}\tilde{\lambda}(z,\tilde{s}). \tag*{(367)} 0 ≤ λ ~ ( z , t ~ ) − λ ~ ( z , s ~ ) ≤ C m ~ t − s λ ~ ( z , m ~ ) ≤ 2 C C λ m t − s λ ~ ( z , s ~ ) . (367)
Thus λ ~ ( z , t ~ ) ≤ ( 1 + 2 C C λ ( t − s ) / m ) λ ~ ( z , s ~ ) \tilde{\lambda}(z,\tilde{t})\le(1+2CC_{\lambda}(t-s)/m)\tilde{\lambda}(z,\tilde{s}) λ ~ ( z , t ~ ) ≤ ( 1 + 2 C C λ ( t − s ) / m ) λ ~ ( z , s ~ ) . Taking the infimum over z z z and using monotonicity yields
0 ≤ Λ ( x , t ) − Λ ( x , s ) ≤ 2 C C λ t − s m Λ ( x , s ) ≤ 2 C C λ t − s m Λ ( x , m ) , 0\le\Lambda(x,t)-\Lambda(x,s)\le2CC_{\lambda}\frac{t-s}{m}\Lambda(x,s)\le2CC_{\lambda}\frac{t-s}{m}\Lambda(x,m), 0 ≤ Λ ( x , t ) − Λ ( x , s ) ≤ 2 C C λ m t − s Λ ( x , s ) ≤ 2 C C λ m t − s Λ ( x , m ) ,
as required.
To prove (d), if d ( x , y ) ≤ r d(x,y)\le r d ( x , y ) ≤ r , then r + d ( x , z ) ≤ 2 ( r + d ( y , z ) ) r+d(x,z)\le2(r+d(y,z)) r + d ( x , z ) ≤ 2 ( r + d ( y , z )) . The doubling property of λ ~ \tilde{\lambda} λ ~ gives λ ~ ( z , r + d ( x , z ) ) ≤ C λ λ ~ ( z , r + d ( y , z ) ) \tilde{\lambda}(z,r+d(x,z))\le C_{\lambda}\tilde{\lambda}(z,r+d(y,z)) λ ~ ( z , r + d ( x , z )) ≤ C λ λ ~ ( z , r + d ( y , z )) ; taking the infimum over z z z proves the claim.
We are left with proving property (e). Let x , x ′ ∈ X x,x'\in X x , x ′ ∈ X and assume d ( x , x ′ ) ≤ r d(x,x')\le r d ( x , x ′ ) ≤ r . For z ∈ X z\in X z ∈ X , we define
s : = r + d ( x , z ) and t : = r + d ( x ′ , z ) , s:=r+d(x,z) \qquad\text{and}\qquad t:=r+d(x',z), s := r + d ( x , z ) and t := r + d ( x ′ , z ) ,
so that, by the triangle inequality,
∣ s − t ∣ ≤ d ( x , x ′ ) ≤ r ≤ min { s , t } . |s-t|\le d(x,x')\le r\le\min\{s,t\}. ∣ s − t ∣ ≤ d ( x , x ′ ) ≤ r ≤ min { s , t } .
Moreover, if we denote m : = max { s , t } m:=\max\{s,t\} m := max { s , t } , then s , t ∈ [ m / 2 , m ] s,t\in[m/2,m] s , t ∈ [ m /2 , m ] , so (B.3) and the doubling property of λ ~ \tilde{\lambda} λ ~ imply
∣ λ ~ ( z , s ) − λ ~ ( z , t ) ∣ ≤ C ∣ s − t ∣ m λ ~ ( z , m ) ≤ C d ( x , x ′ ) r λ ~ ( z , m ) ≤ C C λ d ( x , x ′ ) r λ ~ ( z , t ) , |\tilde{\lambda}(z,s)-\tilde{\lambda}(z,t)|\le C\frac{|s-t|}{m}\tilde{\lambda}(z,m)\le C\frac{d(x,x')}{r}\tilde{\lambda}(z,m)\le CC_{\lambda}\frac{d(x,x')}{r}\tilde{\lambda}(z,t), ∣ λ ~ ( z , s ) − λ ~ ( z , t ) ∣ ≤ C m ∣ s − t ∣ λ ~ ( z , m ) ≤ C r d ( x , x ′ ) λ ~ ( z , m ) ≤ C C λ r d ( x , x ′ ) λ ~ ( z , t ) ,
so we have
λ ~ ( z , s ) ≤ ( 1 + C C λ d ( x , x ′ ) r ) λ ~ ( z , t ) . \tilde{\lambda}(z,s)\le\left(1+CC_{\lambda}\frac{d(x,x')}{r}\right)\tilde{\lambda}(z,t). λ ~ ( z , s ) ≤ ( 1 + C C λ r d ( x , x ′ ) ) λ ~ ( z , t ) .
Hence, we finally get
Λ ( x , r ) ≤ ( 1 + C C λ d ( x , x ′ ) r ) Λ ( x ′ , r ) and Λ ( x ′ , r ) ≤ ( 1 + C C λ d ( x , x ′ ) r ) Λ ( x , r ) , \Lambda(x,r)\le\left(1+CC_{\lambda}\frac{d(x,x')}{r}\right)\Lambda(x',r)\qquad\text{and}\qquad\Lambda(x',r)\le\left(1+CC_{\lambda}\frac{d(x,x')}{r}\right)\Lambda(x,r), Λ ( x , r ) ≤ ( 1 + C C λ r d ( x , x ′ ) ) Λ ( x ′ , r ) and Λ ( x ′ , r ) ≤ ( 1 + C C λ r d ( x , x ′ ) ) Λ ( x , r ) ,
which proves (B.10). □
CZ-type bounds for suppressed kernels
In this subsection, we define suppressions of Calderón-Zygmund kernels in a metric measure space ( X , d , μ ) (X,d,\mu) ( X , d , μ ) with a dominating function λ \lambda λ . As in Remark 1.7, we say that K : ( X × X ) ∖ { ( x , x ) : x ∈ X } → C K:(X\times X)\setminus\{(x,x):x\in X\}\to\mathbb{C} K : ( X × X ) ∖ {( x , x ) : x ∈ X } → C is a Calderón-Zygmund kernel if there exist γ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] \gamma\in(0,1] γ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] and C > 0 C>0 C > 0 such that
∣ K ( x , y ) ∣ ≤ C λ ( x , d ( x , y ) ) , x , y ∈ X , x ≠ y , (368) |K(x,y)|\le\frac{C}{\lambda(x,d(x,y))},\qquad x,y\in X,\quad x\ne y, \tag*{(368)} ∣ K ( x , y ) ∣ ≤ λ ( x , d ( x , y )) C , x , y ∈ X , x = y , (368)
and, for all x , x ′ , y ∈ X x,x',y\in X x , x ′ , y ∈ X with m : = max { d ( y , x ) , d ( y , x ′ ) } m:=\max\{d(y,x),d(y,x')\} m := max { d ( y , x ) , d ( y , x ′ )} and 2 d ( x , x ′ ) ≤ m 2d(x,x')\le m 2 d ( x , x ′ ) ≤ m ,
∣ K ( x , y ) − K ( x ′ , y ) ∣ + ∣ K ( y , x ) − K ( y , x ′ ) ∣ ≤ C λ ( y , m ) ( d ( x , x ′ ) m ) γ . (369) |K(x,y)-K(x',y)|+|K(y,x)-K(y,x')|\le\frac{C}{\lambda(y,m)}\left(\frac{d(x,x')}{m}\right)^{\gamma}. \tag*{(369)} ∣ K ( x , y ) − K ( x ′ , y ) ∣ + ∣ K ( y , x ) − K ( y , x ′ ) ∣ ≤ λ ( y , m ) C ( m d ( x , x ′ ) ) γ . (369)
By Lemma B.2 -(a) and (b), Λ \Lambda Λ is a dominating function and, by (B.7), we have 1 / λ ≤ C λ / Λ 1/\lambda\le C_{\lambda}/\Lambda 1/ λ ≤ C λ /Λ , so (B.12 and (B.13) also hold with Λ \Lambda Λ in place of λ \lambda λ , after increasing C C C . Since, in general, only Λ ≤ C λ λ \Lambda\le C_{\lambda}\lambda Λ ≤ C λ λ holds, growth conditions with respect to λ \lambda λ for measures other than μ \mu μ do not transfer to Λ \Lambda Λ , and such conditions, such as (B.33) and (B.34) below, are understood with respect to Λ \Lambda Λ . From now on, we denote Λ \Lambda Λ by λ \lambda λ , and by C λ C_{\lambda} C λ the largest constant in Lemma B.2 , so that the following properties hold:
(i) The function λ ( x , ⋅ ) \lambda(x,\cdot) λ ( x , ⋅ ) is non-decreasing and μ ( B ( x , r ) ) ≤ λ ( x , r ) \mu(B(x,r))\le\lambda(x,r) μ ( B ( x , r )) ≤ λ ( x , r ) , for all x ∈ X x\in X x ∈ X , r > 0 r>0 r > 0 .
(ii) We have that
λ ( x , 2 r ) ≤ C λ λ ( x , r ) , for every x ∈ X , r > 0. (370) \lambda(x,2r)\le C_{\lambda}\lambda(x,r),\qquad\text{for every }x\in X,\ r>0. \tag*{(370)} λ ( x , 2 r ) ≤ C λ λ ( x , r ) , for every x ∈ X , r > 0. (370)
(iii) For every x ∈ X x \in X x ∈ X , every m > 0 m > 0 m > 0 , and every s , t ∈ [ m / 2 , m ] s,t \in[m/2,m] s , t ∈ [ m /2 , m ] , we have
∣ λ ( x , t ) − λ ( x , s ) ∣ ≤ C λ ∣ t − s ∣ m λ ( x , m ) . (371) |\lambda(x,t)-\lambda(x,s)| \le C_\lambda\frac{|t-s|}{m}\lambda(x,m). \tag*{(371)} ∣ λ ( x , t ) − λ ( x , s ) ∣ ≤ C λ m ∣ t − s ∣ λ ( x , m ) . (371)
(iv) For every r > 0 r > 0 r > 0 and every x , y ∈ X x,y \in X x , y ∈ X with d ( x , y ) ≤ r d(x,y) \le r d ( x , y ) ≤ r , we have
λ ( x , r ) ≤ C λ λ ( y , r ) . (372) \lambda(x,r) \le C_\lambda\lambda(y,r). \tag*{(372)} λ ( x , r ) ≤ C λ λ ( y , r ) . (372)
(v) If r > 0 r > 0 r > 0 and x , x ′ ∈ X x,x' \in X x , x ′ ∈ X are such that d ( x , x ′ ) ≤ r d(x,x') \le r d ( x , x ′ ) ≤ r , then
∣ λ ( x , r ) − λ ( x ′ , r ) ∣ ≤ C λ d ( x , x ′ ) r λ ( x , r ) . (373) |\lambda(x,r)-\lambda(x',r)| \le C_\lambda\frac{d(x,x')}{r}\lambda(x,r). \tag*{(373)} ∣ λ ( x , r ) − λ ( x ′ , r ) ∣ ≤ C λ r d ( x , x ′ ) λ ( x , r ) . (373)
Let d λ ≥ 0 d_\lambda\ge0 d λ ≥ 0 be such that λ ( x , 2 r ) ≤ 2 d λ λ ( x , r ) \lambda(x,2r) \le2^{d_\lambda}\lambda(x,r) λ ( x , 2 r ) ≤ 2 d λ λ ( x , r ) for every x ∈ X x \in X x ∈ X and r > 0 r > 0 r > 0 . By (B.14), we can take d λ = log 2 C λ d_\lambda=\log_2 C_\lambda d λ = log 2 C λ . Iterating this inequality, we obtain
λ ( z , t ) ≤ 2 d λ ( t / s ) d λ λ ( z , s ) , z ∈ X , 0 < s ≤ t . \lambda(z,t) \le2^{d_\lambda}(t/s)^{d_\lambda}\lambda(z,s), \qquad z \in X,\quad0 < s \le t. λ ( z , t ) ≤ 2 d λ ( t / s ) d λ λ ( z , s ) , z ∈ X , 0 < s ≤ t .
We fix M ≥ max { 1 , d λ / 2 } M \ge\max\{1,d_\lambda/2\} M ≥ max { 1 , d λ /2 } , and we remark that the proofs below use only these two lower bounds. In § 3.5 , where λ ( x , r ) = r n \lambda(x,r)=r^n λ ( x , r ) = r n and we can take d λ = n d_\lambda=n d λ = n , the suppressed kernel (68) corresponds to M = n M=n M = n , which is admissible since n ≥ 1 n \ge1 n ≥ 1 .
Definition B.3 (Product-suppressed kernel). Let Ξ : X → [ 0 , ∞ ) \Xi:X \to[0,\infty) Ξ : X → [ 0 , ∞ ) be 1-Lipschitz, that is,
∣ Ξ ( x ) − Ξ ( x ′ ) ∣ ≤ d ( x , x ′ ) , x , x ′ ∈ X . (374) |\Xi(x)-\Xi(x')| \le d(x,x'), \qquad x,x' \in X. \tag*{(374)} ∣Ξ ( x ) − Ξ ( x ′ ) ∣ ≤ d ( x , x ′ ) , x , x ′ ∈ X . (374) For x ≠ y x \ne y x = y , write r = d ( x , y ) r=d(x,y) r = d ( x , y ) and set
A Ξ ( x , y ) : = r 2 M r 2 M + Ξ ( x ) M Ξ ( y ) M . (375) A_\Xi(x,y):=\frac{r^{2M}}{r^{2M}+\Xi(x)^M\Xi(y)^M}. \tag*{(375)} A Ξ ( x , y ) := r 2 M + Ξ ( x ) M Ξ ( y ) M r 2 M . (375) The product-suppressed kernel associated with K K K is
K Ξ ( x , y ) : = K ( x , y ) A Ξ ( x , y ) , x , y ∈ X , x ≠ y . (376) K_\Xi(x,y):=K(x,y)A_\Xi(x,y), \qquad x,y \in X,\quad x \ne y. \tag*{(376)} K Ξ ( x , y ) := K ( x , y ) A Ξ ( x , y ) , x , y ∈ X , x = y . (376) The factor in (B.19) is symmetric and takes values in ( 0 , 1 ] (0,1] ( 0 , 1 ] . Moreover, if Ξ ( x ) = 0 \Xi(x)=0 Ξ ( x ) = 0 or Ξ ( y ) = 0 \Xi(y)=0 Ξ ( y ) = 0 , then A Ξ ( x , y ) = 1 A_\Xi(x,y)=1 A Ξ ( x , y ) = 1 . In particular, K Ξ ( x , y ) = K ( x , y ) K_\Xi(x,y)=K(x,y) K Ξ ( x , y ) = K ( x , y ) whenever Ξ ( x ) = 0 \Xi(x)=0 Ξ ( x ) = 0 or Ξ ( y ) = 0 \Xi(y)=0 Ξ ( y ) = 0 .
Lemma B.4 (Upper-doubling product suppression). Let K K K satisfy (B.12) and (B.13), and let Ξ \Xi Ξ satisfy (B.18). Then K Ξ K_\Xi K Ξ is an upper-doubling Calderón–Zygmund kernel with the same exponent γ \gamma γ . More precisely, the following assertions hold, with constants depending only on C C C , C λ C_\lambda C λ , M M M , and γ \gamma γ .
(i) For every x ≠ y x \ne y x = y ,
∣ K Ξ ( x , y ) ∣ ≤ C λ ( x , d ( x , y ) ) . (377) |K_\Xi(x,y)| \le\frac{C}{\lambda(x,d(x,y))}. \tag*{(377)} ∣ K Ξ ( x , y ) ∣ ≤ λ ( x , d ( x , y )) C . (377) (ii) With the convention 1 / λ ( z , 0 ) : = + ∞ 1/\lambda(z,0):=+\infty 1/ λ ( z , 0 ) := + ∞ , we have
∣ K Ξ ( x , y ) ∣ ≲ min { 1 λ ( x , Ξ ( x ) ) , 1 λ ( y , Ξ ( y ) ) } . (378) |K_\Xi(x,y)| \lesssim\min\left\{\frac{1}{\lambda(x,\Xi(x))},\frac{1}{\lambda(y,\Xi(y))}\right\}. \tag*{(378)} ∣ K Ξ ( x , y ) ∣ ≲ min { λ ( x , Ξ ( x )) 1 , λ ( y , Ξ ( y )) 1 } . (378) (iii) If x , x ′ , y ∈ X x,x',y \in X x , x ′ , y ∈ X satisfy 2 d ( x , x ′ ) ≤ m : = max { d ( y , x ) , d ( y , x ′ ) } 2d(x,x') \le m:=\max\{d(y,x),d(y,x')\} 2 d ( x , x ′ ) ≤ m := max { d ( y , x ) , d ( y , x ′ )} , then
∣ K Ξ ( x , y ) − K Ξ ( x ′ , y ) ∣ + ∣ K Ξ ( y , x ) − K Ξ ( y , x ′ ) ∣ ≲ 1 λ ( y , m ) ( d ( x , x ′ ) m ) γ . (379) |K_\Xi(x,y)-K_\Xi(x',y)|+|K_\Xi(y,x)-K_\Xi(y,x')|
\lesssim\frac{1}{\lambda(y,m)}\left(\frac{d(x,x')}{m}\right)^\gamma. \tag*{(379)} ∣ K Ξ ( x , y ) − K Ξ ( x ′ , y ) ∣ + ∣ K Ξ ( y , x ) − K Ξ ( y , x ′ ) ∣ ≲ λ ( y , m ) 1 ( m d ( x , x ′ ) ) γ . (379) (iv) The identity
K Ξ ( x , y ) = K ( x , y ) (380) K_\Xi(x,y)=K(x,y) \tag*{(380)} K Ξ ( x , y ) = K ( x , y ) (380) holds whenever Ξ ( x ) = 0 \Xi(x)=0 Ξ ( x ) = 0 or Ξ ( y ) = 0 \Xi(y)=0 Ξ ( y ) = 0 .
Proof. Let x ≠ y x \ne y x = y and r : = d ( x , y ) r := d(x,y) r := d ( x , y ) . Since 0 < A Ξ ≤ 1 0 < A_{\Xi} \le1 0 < A Ξ ≤ 1 , (B.21) follows immediately from (B.12). We prove the estimate in (B.22) involving x x x , since the estimate involving y y y follows by the same argument.
We set a : = Ξ ( x ) a := \Xi(x) a := Ξ ( x ) and b : = Ξ ( y ) b := \Xi(y) b := Ξ ( y ) . Without loss of generality, we can assume that a > 0 a > 0 a > 0 . If r ≥ a / 4 r \ge a/4 r ≥ a /4 , then monotonicity and two applications of (B.14) give λ ( x , a ) ≤ C λ 2 λ ( x , r ) \lambda(x,a) \le C_{\lambda}^{2}\lambda(x,r) λ ( x , a ) ≤ C λ 2 λ ( x , r ) , and hence (B.21) yields ∣ K Ξ ( x , y ) ∣ ≤ C C λ 2 / λ ( x , a ) |K_{\Xi}(x,y)| \le CC_{\lambda}^{2}/\lambda(x,a) ∣ K Ξ ( x , y ) ∣ ≤ C C λ 2 / λ ( x , a ) . Suppose next that r < a / 4 r < a/4 r < a /4 . By (B.18), b ≥ a − r ≥ a / 2 b \ge a-r \ge a/2 b ≥ a − r ≥ a /2 , and therefore
A Ξ ( x , y ) ≤ 2 M ( r a ) 2 M . A_{\Xi}(x,y) \le2^{M}\left(\frac{r}{a}\right)^{2M}. A Ξ ( x , y ) ≤ 2 M ( a r ) 2 M .
Hence, by (B.12),
∣ K Ξ ( x , y ) ∣ ≤ C 2 M λ ( x , r ) ( r a ) 2 M ≤ C 2 M + d λ λ ( x , a ) ( r a ) 2 M − d λ ≤ C 2 M + d λ λ ( x , a ) , |K_{\Xi}(x,y)| \le\frac{C2^{M}}{\lambda(x,r)}\left(\frac{r}{a}\right)^{2M} \le\frac{C2^{M+d_{\lambda}}}{\lambda(x,a)}\left(\frac{r}{a}\right)^{2M-d_{\lambda}} \le\frac{C2^{M+d_{\lambda}}}{\lambda(x,a)}, ∣ K Ξ ( x , y ) ∣ ≤ λ ( x , r ) C 2 M ( a r ) 2 M ≤ λ ( x , a ) C 2 M + d λ ( a r ) 2 M − d λ ≤ λ ( x , a ) C 2 M + d λ ,
where the last inequality follows from 2 M ≥ d λ 2M \ge d_{\lambda} 2 M ≥ d λ and r < a r < a r < a . This proves (B.22).
To prove (B.23), we fix x , x ′ , y ∈ X x,x',y \in X x , x ′ , y ∈ X with 2 d ( x , x ′ ) ≤ m 2d(x,x') \le m 2 d ( x , x ′ ) ≤ m , and we write δ : = d ( x , x ′ ) \delta:= d(x,x') δ := d ( x , x ′ ) , r : = d ( x , y ) r := d(x,y) r := d ( x , y ) , r ′ : = d ( x ′ , y ) r' := d(x',y) r ′ := d ( x ′ , y ) , a : = Ξ ( x ) a := \Xi(x) a := Ξ ( x ) , a ′ : = Ξ ( x ′ ) a' := \Xi(x') a ′ := Ξ ( x ′ ) , and b : = Ξ ( y ) b := \Xi(y) b := Ξ ( y ) . Then r , r ′ ∈ [ m / 2 , m ] r,r' \in[m/2,m] r , r ′ ∈ [ m /2 , m ] , and, by (B.18), ∣ a − a ′ ∣ ≤ δ |a-a'| \le\delta ∣ a − a ′ ∣ ≤ δ , ∣ a − b ∣ ≤ r |a-b| \le r ∣ a − b ∣ ≤ r , and ∣ a ′ − b ∣ ≤ r ′ |a'-b| \le r' ∣ a ′ − b ∣ ≤ r ′ . The function A Ξ A_{\Xi} A Ξ is symmetric, thus we obtain
∣ K Ξ ( x , y ) − K Ξ ( x ′ , y ) ∣ + ∣ K Ξ ( y , x ) − K Ξ ( y , x ′ ) ∣ ≤ ( ∣ K ( x , y ) − K ( x ′ , y ) ∣ + ∣ K ( y , x ) − K ( y , x ′ ) ∣ ) A Ξ ( x , y ) + ( ∣ K ( x ′ , y ) ∣ + ∣ K ( y , x ′ ) ∣ ) ∣ A Ξ ( x , y ) − A Ξ ( x ′ , y ) ∣ = : I 1 + I 2 . \begin{aligned}
&|K_{\Xi}(x,y)-K_{\Xi}(x',y)|+|K_{\Xi}(y,x)-K_{\Xi}(y,x')|\\
&\le\bigl(|K(x,y)-K(x',y)|+|K(y,x)-K(y,x')|\bigr)A_{\Xi}(x,y)\\
&\quad+\bigl(|K(x',y)|+|K(y,x')|\bigr)|A_{\Xi}(x,y)-A_{\Xi}(x',y)| =: \mathcal{I}_1+\mathcal{I}_2.
\end{aligned} ∣ K Ξ ( x , y ) − K Ξ ( x ′ , y ) ∣ + ∣ K Ξ ( y , x ) − K Ξ ( y , x ′ ) ∣ ≤ ( ∣ K ( x , y ) − K ( x ′ , y ) ∣ + ∣ K ( y , x ) − K ( y , x ′ ) ∣ ) A Ξ ( x , y ) + ( ∣ K ( x ′ , y ) ∣ + ∣ K ( y , x ′ ) ∣ ) ∣ A Ξ ( x , y ) − A Ξ ( x ′ , y ) ∣ =: I 1 + I 2 .
Note that A Ξ ≤ 1 A_{\Xi} \le1 A Ξ ≤ 1 , thus (B.13) yields I 1 ≤ C λ ( y , m ) − 1 ( δ / m ) γ \mathcal{I}_1 \le C\lambda(y,m)^{-1}(\delta/m)^{\gamma} I 1 ≤ C λ ( y , m ) − 1 ( δ / m ) γ .
To estimate I 2 \mathcal{I}_2 I 2 , we first note that, since r ′ ∈ [ m / 2 , m ] r' \in[m/2,m] r ′ ∈ [ m /2 , m ] , (B.12), (B.16), and (B.14) give ∣ K ( x ′ , y ) ∣ + ∣ K ( y , x ′ ) ∣ ≲ λ ( y , m ) − 1 |K(x',y)|+|K(y,x')| \lesssim\lambda(y,m)^{-1} ∣ K ( x ′ , y ) ∣ + ∣ K ( y , x ′ ) ∣ ≲ λ ( y , m ) − 1 . Moreover, A Ξ ( x , y ) = F ( r , a , b ) A_{\Xi}(x,y)=F(r,a,b) A Ξ ( x , y ) = F ( r , a , b ) and A Ξ ( x ′ , y ) = F ( r ′ , a ′ , b ) A_{\Xi}(x',y)=F(r',a',b) A Ξ ( x ′ , y ) = F ( r ′ , a ′ , b ) , where F ( ρ , s , t ) : = ρ 2 M / ( ρ 2 M + s M t M ) F(\rho,s,t):=\rho^{2M}/(\rho^{2M}+s^{M}t^{M}) F ( ρ , s , t ) := ρ 2 M / ( ρ 2 M + s M t M ) , and a direct computation shows that
∣ ∂ ρ F ( ρ , s , t ) ∣ + ∣ ∂ s F ( ρ , s , t ) ∣ ≲ M 1 ρ if ρ > 0 and ∣ s − t ∣ ≤ ρ . |\partial_{\rho}F(\rho,s,t)|+|\partial_sF(\rho,s,t)|\lesssim_M \frac{1}{\rho}\qquad\text{if }\rho>0\text{ and }|s-t|\le\rho. ∣ ∂ ρ F ( ρ , s , t ) ∣ + ∣ ∂ s F ( ρ , s , t ) ∣ ≲ M ρ 1 if ρ > 0 and ∣ s − t ∣ ≤ ρ .
For ∂ s F \partial_sF ∂ s F , we may assume that ρ = 1 \rho=1 ρ = 1 , by homogeneity, and we use that t ≥ s / 2 t\ge s/2 t ≥ s /2 if s > 4 s>4 s > 4 . Since the set { ( ρ , s ) : ρ ≥ m / 2 , ∣ s − b ∣ ≤ ρ } \{(\rho,s):\rho\ge m/2,\ |s-b|\le\rho\} {( ρ , s ) : ρ ≥ m /2 , ∣ s − b ∣ ≤ ρ } is convex and contains ( r , a ) (r,a) ( r , a ) and ( r ′ , a ′ ) (r',a') ( r ′ , a ′ ) , the mean value theorem implies
∣ A Ξ ( x , y ) − A Ξ ( x ′ , y ) ∣ ≲ M ∣ r − r ′ ∣ + ∣ a − a ′ ∣ m ≤ 2 δ m . |A_{\Xi}(x,y)-A_{\Xi}(x',y)|\lesssim_M \frac{|r-r'|+|a-a'|}{m}\le2\frac{\delta}{m}. ∣ A Ξ ( x , y ) − A Ξ ( x ′ , y ) ∣ ≲ M m ∣ r − r ′ ∣ + ∣ a − a ′ ∣ ≤ 2 m δ .
Hence, since δ ≤ m \delta\le m δ ≤ m and γ ≤ 1 \gamma\le1 γ ≤ 1 , we have I 2 ≲ λ ( y , m ) − 1 ( δ / m ) γ \mathcal{I}_2\lesssim\lambda(y,m)^{-1}(\delta/m)^{\gamma} I 2 ≲ λ ( y , m ) − 1 ( δ / m ) γ , which, together with the bound for I 1 \mathcal{I}_1 I 1 , proves (B.23). □ \square □
For a finite complex Radon measure ν \nu ν and t > 0 t>0 t > 0 , set
T t ν ( x ) : = ∫ d ( x , y ) > t K ( x , y ) d ν ( y ) , T Ξ , t ν ( x ) : = ∫ d ( x , y ) > t K Ξ ( x , y ) d ν ( y ) . (381) T_t\nu(x):=\int_{d(x,y)>t}K(x,y)\,d\nu(y),\qquad T_{\Xi,t}\nu(x):=\int_{d(x,y)>t}K_{\Xi}(x,y)\,d\nu(y). \tag*{(381)} T t ν ( x ) := ∫ d ( x , y ) > t K ( x , y ) d ν ( y ) , T Ξ , t ν ( x ) := ∫ d ( x , y ) > t K Ξ ( x , y ) d ν ( y ) . (381)
T t ∗ ν ( x ) : = ∫ d ( x , y ) > t K ( y , x ) d ν ( y ) , T Ξ , t ∗ ν ( x ) : = ∫ d ( x , y ) > t K Ξ ( y , x ) d ν ( y ) . (382) T_t^*\nu(x):=\int_{d(x,y)>t}K(y,x)\,d\nu(y),\qquad T_{\Xi,t}^*\nu(x):=\int_{d(x,y)>t}K_{\Xi}(y,x)\,d\nu(y). \tag*{(382)} T t ∗ ν ( x ) := ∫ d ( x , y ) > t K ( y , x ) d ν ( y ) , T Ξ , t ∗ ν ( x ) := ∫ d ( x , y ) > t K Ξ ( y , x ) d ν ( y ) . (382)
and define the truncated upper-doubling maximal function by
M λ , t ν ( x ) : = sup s ≥ t ∣ ν ∣ ( B ( x , s ) ) λ ( x , s ) . (383) \mathcal{M}_{\lambda,t}\nu(x):=\sup_{s\ge t}\frac{|\nu|(B(x,s))}{\lambda(x,s)}. \tag*{(383)} M λ , t ν ( x ) := s ≥ t sup λ ( x , s ) ∣ ν ∣ ( B ( x , s )) . (383)
Lemma B.5. Let ν \nu ν be a finite complex Radon measure, let t > 0 t>0 t > 0 , and let x ∈ X x\in X x ∈ X be such that Ξ ( x ) ≤ t \Xi(x)\le t Ξ ( x ) ≤ t . Then
∣ T Ξ , t ν ( x ) − T t ν ( x ) ∣ + ∣ T Ξ , t ∗ ν ( x ) − T t ∗ ν ( x ) ∣ ≲ M λ , t ν ( x ) . (384) \lvert T_{\Xi,t}\nu(x)-T_t\nu(x)\rvert+\lvert T_{\Xi,t}^{*}\nu(x)-T_t^{*}\nu(x)\rvert\lesssim\mathcal{M}_{\lambda,t}\nu(x). \tag*{(384)} ∣ T Ξ , t ν ( x ) − T t ν ( x )∣ + ∣ T Ξ , t ∗ ν ( x ) − T t ∗ ν ( x )∣ ≲ M λ , t ν ( x ) . (384) Proof. We write a : = Ξ ( x ) a:=\Xi(x) a := Ξ ( x ) , and we fix y y y with r : = d ( x , y ) > t r:=d(x,y)>t r := d ( x , y ) > t . By (B.18), Ξ ( y ) ≤ a + r ≤ 2 r \Xi(y)\le a+r\le2r Ξ ( y ) ≤ a + r ≤ 2 r , and hence
0 ≤ 1 − A Ξ ( x , y ) ≤ a M Ξ ( y ) M r 2 M ≤ 2 M ( a r ) M . (385) 0\le1-A_{\Xi}(x,y)\le\frac{a^{M}\Xi(y)^{M}}{r^{2M}}\le2^{M}\left(\frac{a}{r}\right)^{M}. \tag*{(385)} 0 ≤ 1 − A Ξ ( x , y ) ≤ r 2 M a M Ξ ( y ) M ≤ 2 M ( r a ) M . (385) On the annulus 2 k t < d ( x , y ) ≤ 2 k + 1 t 2^{k}t<d(x,y)\le2^{k+1}t 2 k t < d ( x , y ) ≤ 2 k + 1 t , the contribution to the first difference in (B.28) is bounded by a constant times
2 − k M ∣ ν ∣ ( B ( x , 2 k + 2 t ) ) λ ( x , 2 k t ) ≲ C λ 2 2 − k M M λ , t ν ( x ) . 2^{-kM}\frac{\lvert\nu\rvert(B(x,2^{k+2}t))}{\lambda(x,2^{k}t)}\lesssim C_{\lambda}^{2}2^{-kM}\mathcal{M}_{\lambda,t}\nu(x). 2 − k M λ ( x , 2 k t ) ∣ ν ∣ ( B ( x , 2 k + 2 t )) ≲ C λ 2 2 − k M M λ , t ν ( x ) . Summation over k ≥ 0 k\ge0 k ≥ 0 proves the direct estimate. The adjoint estimate follows in the same way because (B.16) gives λ ( y , d ( x , y ) ) ≈ C λ λ ( x , d ( x , y ) ) \lambda(y,d(x,y))\approx_{C_{\lambda}}\lambda(x,d(x,y)) λ ( y , d ( x , y )) ≈ C λ λ ( x , d ( x , y )) . □ \square □
We define
H Ξ , ε ν ( x ) : = T max { ε , Ξ ( x ) } ν ( x ) and H Ξ , ε ∗ ν ( x ) : = T max { ε , Ξ ( x ) } ∗ ν ( x ) . (386) H_{\Xi,\varepsilon}\nu(x):=T_{\max\{\varepsilon,\Xi(x)\}}\nu(x)
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
H_{\Xi,\varepsilon}^{*}\nu(x):=T_{\max\{\varepsilon,\Xi(x)\}}^{*}\nu(x). \tag*{(386)} H Ξ , ε ν ( x ) := T m a x { ε , Ξ ( x )} ν ( x ) and H Ξ , ε ∗ ν ( x ) := T m a x { ε , Ξ ( x )} ∗ ν ( x ) . (386)
Lemmas B.4 and B.5 imply, for every ε > 0 \varepsilon>0 ε > 0 ,
∣ T Ξ , ε ν ( x ) − H Ξ , ε ν ( x ) ∣ + ∣ T Ξ , ε ∗ ν ( x ) − H Ξ , ε ∗ ν ( x ) ∣ ≲ M λ , max { ε , Ξ ( x ) } ν ( x ) . (387) \lvert T_{\Xi,\varepsilon}\nu(x)-H_{\Xi,\varepsilon}\nu(x)\rvert+\lvert T_{\Xi,\varepsilon}^{*}\nu(x)-H_{\Xi,\varepsilon}^{*}\nu(x)\rvert\lesssim\mathcal{M}_{\lambda,\max\{\varepsilon,\Xi(x)\}}\nu(x). \tag*{(387)} ∣ T Ξ , ε ν ( x ) − H Ξ , ε ν ( x )∣ + ∣ T Ξ , ε ∗ ν ( x ) − H Ξ , ε ∗ ν ( x )∣ ≲ M λ , m a x { ε , Ξ ( x )} ν ( x ) . (387)
Indeed, if ε ≥ Ξ ( x ) \varepsilon\ge\Xi(x) ε ≥ Ξ ( x ) , this is Lemma B.5. If ε < Ξ ( x ) \varepsilon<\Xi(x) ε < Ξ ( x ) , the part of T Ξ , ε ν ( x ) T_{\Xi,\varepsilon}\nu(x) T Ξ , ε ν ( x ) over ε < d ( x , y ) ≤ Ξ ( x ) \varepsilon<d(x,y)\le\Xi(x) ε < d ( x , y ) ≤ Ξ ( x ) is bounded, by (B.22), by a constant times
∣ ν ∣ ( B ( x , 2 Ξ ( x ) ) ) λ ( x , Ξ ( x ) ) ≤ C λ M λ , Ξ ( x ) ν ( x ) , \frac{\lvert\nu\rvert(B(x,2\Xi(x)))}{\lambda(x,\Xi(x))}\le C_{\lambda}\mathcal{M}_{\lambda,\Xi(x)}\nu(x), λ ( x , Ξ ( x )) ∣ ν ∣ ( B ( x , 2Ξ ( x ))) ≤ C λ M λ , Ξ ( x ) ν ( x ) ,
and the remaining part is treated by Lemma B.5 with t = Ξ ( x ) t=\Xi(x) t = Ξ ( x ) . The estimate for the adjoint is identical.
For a non-negative Borel function Ξ \Xi Ξ , we define the suppressed maximal function
M Ξ λ ν ( x ) : = sup s ≥ Ξ ( x ) s > 0 ∣ ν ∣ ( B ( x , s ) ) λ ( x , s ) (388) \mathcal{M}_{\Xi}^{\lambda}\nu(x):=\sup_{\substack{s\ge\Xi(x)\\s>0}}\frac{\lvert\nu\rvert(B(x,s))}{\lambda(x,s)} \tag*{(388)} M Ξ λ ν ( x ) := s ≥ Ξ ( x ) s > 0 sup λ ( x , s ) ∣ ν ∣ ( B ( x , s )) (388)
and prove its boundedness properties in the following lemma.
Lemma B.6. Let Ξ : X → [ 0 , ∞ ) \Xi:X\to[0,\infty) Ξ : X → [ 0 , ∞ ) be Borel measurable, let m 1 , m 2 m_1,m_2 m 1 , m 2 be non-negative Radon measures, and suppose that, for some c 1 , c 2 > 0 c_1,c_2>0 c 1 , c 2 > 0 ,
m j ( B ( x , r ) ) ≤ c j λ ( x , r ) , for x ∈ X , r > 0 , r ≥ Ξ ( x ) , and j = 1 , 2. (389) m_j(B(x,r))\le c_j\lambda(x,r),\qquad\text{for }x\in X,\ r>0,\ r\ge\Xi(x),\qquad\text{and }j=1,2. \tag*{(389)} m j ( B ( x , r )) ≤ c j λ ( x , r ) , for x ∈ X , r > 0 , r ≥ Ξ ( x ) , and j = 1 , 2. (389) Then M Ξ λ \mathcal{M}_{\Xi}^{\lambda} M Ξ λ maps L 1 ( m 2 ) L^1(m_2) L 1 ( m 2 ) to L 1 , ∞ ( m 1 ) L^{1,\infty}(m_1) L 1 , ∞ ( m 1 ) and maps L p ( m 2 ) L^p(m_2) L p ( m 2 ) to L p ( m 1 ) L^p(m_1) L p ( m 1 ) for 1 < p < ∞ 1<p<\infty 1 < p < ∞ , with constants depending only on p p p , the geometric-doubling constant, C λ C_{\lambda} C λ , c 1 c_1 c 1 , and c 2 c_2 c 2 .
Proof. If M Ξ λ ( f m 2 ) ( x ) > t \mathcal{M}_{\Xi}^{\lambda}(fm_2)(x)>t M Ξ λ ( f m 2 ) ( x ) > t , we choose r x > 0 r_x>0 r x > 0 with r x ≥ Ξ ( x ) r_x\ge\Xi(x) r x ≥ Ξ ( x ) such that
∫ B ( x , r x ) ∣ f ∣ d m 2 > t λ ( x , r x ) . \int_{B(x,r_x)}\lvert f\rvert\,dm_2>t\lambda(x,r_x). ∫ B ( x , r x ) ∣ f ∣ d m 2 > t λ ( x , r x ) . Since we obtain estimates uniform on the radii, without loss of generality we can consider them bounded. Then, we apply the 5 r 5r 5 r -covering lemma, and obtain a pairwise disjoint subfamily { B j = \{B_j= { B j =
B ( x j , r j ) } j B(x_j,r_j)\}_{j} B ( x j , r j ) } j such that { x ∈ X : M Ξ λ ( f m 2 ) ( x ) > t } \{x\in X:\mathcal{M}^{\lambda}_{\Xi}(fm_2)(x)>t\} { x ∈ X : M Ξ λ ( f m 2 ) ( x ) > t } is covered by ⋃ j 5 B j \bigcup_j 5B_j ⋃ j 5 B j . By (B.33) and (B.14), we get
m 1 ( { M Ξ λ ( f m 2 ) > t } ) ≤ ∑ j m 1 ( 5 B j ) ≲ c 1 ∑ j λ ( x j , r j ) ≤ c 1 t ∑ j ∫ B j ∣ f ∣ d m 2 ≤ c 1 t ∥ f ∥ L 1 ( m 2 ) , \begin{aligned}
m_1\left(\left\{\mathcal{M}^{\lambda}_{\Xi}(fm_2)>t\right\}\right)\leq\sum_jm_1(5B_j)\lesssim c_1\sum_j\lambda(x_j,r_j) \\
&\leq\frac{c_1}{t}\sum_j\int_{B_j}|f|\,dm_2\leq\frac{c_1}{t}\|f\|_{L^1(m_2)},
\end{aligned} m 1 ( { M Ξ λ ( f m 2 ) > t } ) ≤ j ∑ m 1 ( 5 B j ) ≲ c 1 j ∑ λ ( x j , r j ) ≤ t c 1 j ∑ ∫ B j ∣ f ∣ d m 2 ≤ t c 1 ∥ f ∥ L 1 ( m 2 ) ,
which proves that M Ξ λ \mathcal{M}^{\lambda}_{\Xi} M Ξ λ is bounded from L 1 ( m 2 ) L^1(m_2) L 1 ( m 2 ) to L 1 , ∞ ( m 1 ) L^{1,\infty}(m_1) L 1 , ∞ ( m 1 ) . Moreover, (B.33) for m 2 m_2 m 2 gives the endpoint estimate ∥ M Ξ λ ( f m 2 ) ∥ L ∞ ( m 1 ) ≤ c 2 ∥ f ∥ L ∞ ( m 2 ) \|\mathcal{M}^{\lambda}_{\Xi}(fm_2)\|_{L^\infty(m_1)}\leq c_2\|f\|_{L^\infty(m_2)} ∥ M Ξ λ ( f m 2 ) ∥ L ∞ ( m 1 ) ≤ c 2 ∥ f ∥ L ∞ ( m 2 ) , so Marcinkiewicz interpolation completes the proof. □
We conclude with the analogue of Lemma 3.14 . Let ν \nu ν be a finite complex Radon measure, and let x ∈ X x\in X x ∈ X , R 0 ≥ 0 R_0\geq0 R 0 ≥ 0 , a 0 > 0 a_0>0 a 0 > 0 , and c 0 > 0 c_0>0 c 0 > 0 be such that
∣ ν ∣ ( B ( x , r ) ) ≤ c 0 λ ( x , r ) and ∣ T t ν ( x ) ∣ ≤ a 0 , (390) |\nu|(B(x,r))\leq c_0\lambda(x,r)\qquad\text{and}\qquad|T_t\nu(x)|\leq a_0, \tag*{(390)} ∣ ν ∣ ( B ( x , r )) ≤ c 0 λ ( x , r ) and ∣ T t ν ( x ) ∣ ≤ a 0 , (390)
for t , r > 0 t,r>0 t , r > 0 , t , r ≥ R 0 t,r\geq R_0 t , r ≥ R 0 . If Ξ ( x ) ≥ R 0 \Xi(x)\geq R_0 Ξ ( x ) ≥ R 0 , then, for ε > 0 \varepsilon>0 ε > 0 and t : = max { ε , Ξ ( x ) } ≥ R 0 t:=\max\{\varepsilon,\Xi(x)\}\geq R_0 t := max { ε , Ξ ( x )} ≥ R 0 , (B.31) and (B.34) give
∣ T Ξ , ε ν ( x ) ∣ ≤ ∣ T t ν ( x ) ∣ + C M λ , t ν ( x ) ≤ a 0 + C c 0 , (391) |T_{\Xi,\varepsilon}\nu(x)|\leq|T_t\nu(x)|+C\mathcal{M}_{\lambda,t}\nu(x)\leq a_0+Cc_0, \tag*{(391)} ∣ T Ξ , ε ν ( x ) ∣ ≤ ∣ T t ν ( x ) ∣ + C M λ , t ν ( x ) ≤ a 0 + C c 0 , (391)
and the same bound holds for T Ξ , ε ∗ ν ( x ) T^*_{\Xi,\varepsilon}\nu(x) T Ξ , ε ∗ ν ( x ) if ∣ T t ∗ ν ( x ) ∣ ≤ a 0 |T^*_t\nu(x)|\leq a_0 ∣ T t ∗ ν ( x ) ∣ ≤ a 0 for t > 0 t>0 t > 0 with t ≥ R 0 t\geq R_0 t ≥ R 0 . In summary, Lemma 3.13 is the case λ ( x , r ) = r n \lambda(x,r)=r^n λ ( x , r ) = r n and M = n M=n M = n of Lemmas B.4 and B.5, Lemma B.6 is the analogue of Lemma 3.12 , and (B.35) is the analogue of Lemma 3.14 . On the other hand, we remark that the mixed Cotlar inequality of Lemma 3.16 , § 4 –§ 7 , and Theorem 1.3 are stated and proved only under polynomial-growth assumptions. ANDREA MERLO, DEPARTAMENTO DE MATEMÁTICAS, UNIVERSIDAD DEL PAÍS VASCO (UPV/EHU), BARRIO SARRIENA S/N 48940 LEIOA, SPAIN AND, IKERBASQUE, BASQUE FOUNDATION FOR SCIENCE, BILBAO, SPAIN. Email address: andrea.merlo@ehu.eus
MIHALIS MOURGOGLOU, DEPARTAMENTO DE MATEMÁTICAS, UNIVERSIDAD DEL PAÍS VASCO (UPV/EHU), BARRIO SARRIENA S/N 48940 LEIOA, SPAIN AND, IKERBASQUE, BASQUE FOUNDATION FOR SCIENCE, BILBAO, SPAIN. Email address: michail.mourgoglou@ehu.eus
CARMELO PULIATTI, DEPARTAMENTO DE MATEMÀTIQUES, UNIVERSITAT AUTÒNOMA DE BARCELONA, 08193 BELLATERRA (BARCELONA), CATALONIA. Email address: carmelo.puliatti@uab.cat